Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Front .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Cover ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Authors and Editors ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Dedication ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3
Preface to the Third Edition ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Preface to the First Edition .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9
Acknowledgments ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
Contents ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
1 - Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
2A - Breast Anatomy and Basic Histology, Physiology, and Pathology ................................................................. 25
2B - A Pathologist's Overview of the Pathology of Breast Disease .......................................................................... 77
3 - Epidemiology, Etiology, Risk Factors, and Survival from Breast Cancer .................................................. 139
4 - Screening for Breast Cancer .......................................................................................................................................................... 214
5 - Radiation Risk ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 331
6 - Staging Breast Cancer ........................................................................................................................................................................ 346
7 - Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Early-Stage Breast Cancer ................................................................................... 375
8 - Mammography - Equipment and Basic Physics ............................................................................................................. 415
9 - Quality Assurance and Quality Control ................................................................................................................................. 455
10 - Mammographic Positioning .......................................................................................................................................................... 475
11 - A Systematic Approach to Breast Imaging ....................................................................................................................... 530
12 - Mammography and the Normal Breast ............................................................................................................................... 561
13 - Interpreting the Mammogram ...................................................................................................................................................... 592
14 - Benign Lesions ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 753
15 - Probably Benign Findings Appropriately Managed with Short-Interval Follow-up ......................... 789
16 - Suspicious Lesions and Lesions with a High Probability of Malignancy ................................................ 798
17 - Breast Ultrasound ................................................................................................................................................................................. 856
18 - The Altered Breast - Pregnancy, Lactation, A ............................................................................................................... 924
19 - The Male Breast ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1005
20 - Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Breast ............................................................................................................... 1027
21 - Evaluating Women With Lumps, Thickening, Discharge, or Pain ............................................................ 1090
22 - Image Sequencing - Problems and Solutions in Breast Evaluation ......................................................... 1116
23 - Histologic, Pathologic, and Imaging Correlation ...................................................................................................... 1150
24 - Interventional Procedures in the Breast ......................................................................................................................... 1321
25 - The Breast Imaging Report - Data Management and the Breast Imaging Audit .......................... 1428
26 - The Medical-Legal Problem and Breast Imaging ................................................................................................... 1492
27 - Digital Mammography .................................................................................................................................................................... 1518
28 - Digital Breast Tomosynthesis ................................................................................................................................................... 1559
bi
1 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Secondary Editors
Lisa McAllister
Acquisitions Editor
Kerry Barrett
Managing Editor
Alicia Jackson
Project Manager
Benjamin Rivera
Senior Manufacturing Manager
Angela Panetta
Marketing Manager
Risa Clow
Design Coordinator
Joseph DePinho
Cover Designer
Maryland Composition
Production Service
Maple Press
Printer
2 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Dedication
To my parents, Edith and David Kopans, who instilled in me the importance of honesty,
integrity, and a sense of humor, and provided me with an education that taught me to ask
questions, challenge the “conventional wisdom,” and to participate in the never-ending
search for the truth.
3 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Concern over silicone implants has faded into the past as science has prevailed, but the
radiologist is continually faced with alterations in the breast ranging from normal
physiologic changes, biopsy, treatment, and cosmetic adjustments. The chapter on the
altered breast also takes note of the fact that in our practice, there appears to be an
unexplained increase in referrals for breast abscesses and galactoceles.
Males rarely develop breast cancer, but they periodically have their breasts imaged, and I
have retained a short chapter on imaging the male breast.
Perhaps the most powerful tool that has matured for breast imaging is magnetic
resonance. I have rewritten the chapter to try to provide a simplified understanding of its
role. The techniques are still not standardized. Our approach seems to have worked well
and it is provided to the reader. As I have noted previously, I believe that MRI will become
a powerful second level screening test, but I believe that its efficacy should first be
demonstrated in randomized, controlled trials. The efficacy of using MRI to determine a
cancer's extent is more controversial than most realize and this is reviewed in the chapter.
Although many signs and symptoms that are apparent clinically need to be resolved
clinically, I have tried to provide a rational approach to the use of imaging the
“symptomatic” woman. This is followed by a chapter on image sequencing to try to guide
the use of the various technologies in an efficacious and efficient fashion.
The chapter on pathological and imaging correlation has been updated as well. Where
possible I have added the MRI appearance of lesions if we have had the opportunity to
image them.
Imaging guided needle biopsy has become the mainstay of diagnosis. Ultrasound systems
have made it easier to see the needles and stereotactic guidance continues to improve.
New biopsy devices are being introduced almost daily so I have only provided an overview
since the practitioner is urged to test out new systems before purchasing them to be
certain they function as billed.
The Breast Imaging Report continues to evolve under the supervision of the ACR's
BIRADS Committee. I disagree with some of the changes and describe my concerns.
Clearly it is preferable to have a universal system that we all use and understand so I have
only taken issue with a few important changes.
Liability issues continue to plague the breast imaging community. Fortunately, most
radiologists who must go to court win the suit, but as an adversarial system it is still an
emotionally draining experience. Fear of being sued is one of the major factors that
prevent some radiologists from entering the specialty.
Digital mammography only accounts for approximately 10% of the mammography devices
in the United States at this time. The DMIST trial has suggested that digital is superior in
young women with dense breasts who are premenopausal (actually most of the same
women). However, the reasons for the findings in DMIST have not been elucidated, and
observer variability is likely a large component. Nevertheless, digital mammography will
continue to replace analog systems (the whole world is digital and mammography will not
be an exception). Eliminating film folders and lost films is a huge improvement.
One of the major benefits of digital imaging is the fact that it opens up major areas of
research and development. We took an idea from the sixties that I read about in the
seventies, my group worked out the physics in the nineties, and have been using a clinical
7 / 1584
bi
seventies, my group worked out the physics in the nineties, and have been using a clinical
system in this new millennium. I am optimistic that digital breast tomosynthesis will have
FDA approval by the end of 2007 and so I have written a chapter describing our anecdotal,
preliminary experience.
Anyone who has written a book knows that it is an enormous undertaking. I have tried to
make Breast Imaging as complete as I can, but I have certainly not covered every aspect
in the detail that many might wish while I have covered aspects of the field in detail that
many wish I had left out. “You can please some of the people…” My hope is that most
readers will find this a useful text and that it will encourage more young radiologists to
enter the field. As other researchers look for preventive measures and cures, we, in breast
imaging, have forged ahead saving lives. There is still enormous room for improvement.
The past decades are only the foundation.
Daniel B. Kopans MD
8 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
10 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Acknowledgments
I became Director of Xeroradiography at the Massachusetts General Hospital in 1978. I
changed our name to the Breast Imaging Division soon after. Many people have been
associated with and have supported the Breast Imaging Division in the Department of
Radiology at the Massachusetts General Hospital over the nearly three decades that have
passed. Breast Imaging is a compilation of the published experience of investigators at
other institutions as well as the work of those who have participated in the detection and
diagnosis of breast cancer at the Massachusetts General Hospital. All have contributed over
many years. I regret that some names will be, inadvertently, left out, and I apologize, but
I deeply appreciate the hard work and contributions to the Division by Jean Crowley, Jack
Meyer, William Wood, Sheila Bucchianeri, Roberta Singer, Cynthia Puryear, Peggy
McCallum, Maureen Doyle, Diane Whitmarsh, Lee Niles, Christine McGlory, Linda Johnson,
Deborah Richard-Kowalski, Sandra Creaser, Jean Lamere, Jane Kelley, Sharon Mustone,
Cinda Thomas, Nancy Tobin, Maria Hanley, Jayne Cormier, Dolores Dunne, Deborah
Solomon, Melissa Candito, Lisa Dimatteo, Miki Marino, Patricia Marotta, Susan Nugent,
Mary Thersa Shore, Len Levine, Donnamarie McNeil, Donna Burgess, Jackie Barrera,
Joanne Merrill, Susan Cundari, Melissa Wasson, Paulette Bell, Linda Berube, Marybeth
Brown, Joan Carroll, Lynne Chartier, MaryAnn Chorlton, Jane Connors, Barbara Cooney,
Sandra Creaser, Denise Palumbo, Linda DiSabatino, Catherine Doris, Dolores Dunne,
Karen Dyer, Kelly Gallagher, Susan Gregorie, Rita Green, Elizabeth Gulla, Koleen (Libby)
Gurry, Brittany Haas, Kelly Hart, Lynne Jameson-Meehan, Nancy Keating, Jennifer Lynch,
Patricia McAuley, Donna Malin, Rose Miele, Eillen Moore, Mary Ellen Morissey, Ellen
Oliverio, Carla Peterson, Josephine Raimondi, Kathleen Roddy, Besty Russo, Linda Santos,
Julia Schneider, Dianne Scourletis, Cynthia Spencer, Tracy Torres, Diane Wathen, Lillian
Regan, Jane Pietremtunio, Shelley Newman, Paul Stomper, George White, Karen Lindfors,
Fritz Koerner, Dennis Sgroi, Barbara Smith, Michele Gadd, Kevin Hughes, Michelle Specht,
Carol Hulka, M.D., Gary Whitman, Alex Stewart, Priscilla Slanetz, James Thrall, Helen
Mrose, and Cynthia Swann.
I would also like to acknowledge all the other friends and co-workers on ACC 2 and across
the country who have directly or indirectly contributed to the functioning of the Breast
Imaging Division. Thanks to Elkan Halpern who has tolerated my often ridiculous statistics
questions and patiently explained the many biostatistical issues that have come up over the
years.
A special thanks to Loren Niklason who joined us in the 1990s as our physicist and, when I
explained that I wanted us to develop Digital Breast Tomosynthesis, worked out the
physics and did the preliminary validation work and is responsible for the original validation
grant and patent.
Thanks to my present colleagues Elizabeth Rafferty, Dianne Georgian-Smith, Deborah
Hall, Kathleen McCarthy, Helen D'Alessandro, Eren Yeh, Mary Staffa, Rachel Hitt, and 11 / 1584
bi
Hall, Kathleen McCarthy, Helen D'Alessandro, Eren Yeh, Mary Staffa, Rachel Hitt, and
Janie Lee. Not only have they done excellent clinical work over the years, but they have
done an excellent job of teaching our residents, fellows, and visitors as well as participated
in research protocols with little complaint. Many of the cases that are included in this text
were provided to me by my colleagues and I thank them for their efforts.
Debra Diebel is one of the leading experts in the Country on QA and QC and I am grateful
to her for writing the chapter on those topics.
I am grateful to Joseph Rabban, MD, MPH, who wrote an excellent chapter on the
histopathology of the breast.
I am particularly grateful to several colleagues and mentors. I am most grateful to Myron
(Mike) Moskowitz who taught me the basics of epidemiology and the important issues in
breast cancer screening. His energy and enthusiasm are contagious. He would always take
the time to clarify complex issues. Unfortunately, most younger radiologists do not realize
that Dr. Moskowitz was the main advocate for breast cancer screening in the United States
in the 1970s and kept the fight alive into the 1980s against over-estimates of radiation risk
and suggestions of no benefit. Mike deserves the Gold Medal from the American College of
Radiology. I wish to thank Ed Sickles who has always maintained calm in the face of
intense arguments and taught me the value and importance of careful and deliberate study
and the importance of science. I am grateful to Steve Feig who taught me to be thorough
in analysis and look at all aspects of a problem, and to Laszlo Tabar who taught me the
importance of technical rigor and whose work and energy are the basis for the success of
breast cancer screening. They are all good friends and major contributors to our
understanding of breast cancer detection and diagnosis.
I am deeply indebted to Ann Cunha who had been the Division secretary through many
years of stress and difficulty and yet maintained her equanimity and humor throughout.
I wish to extend special thanks to Dorothy McGrath who had been a co-anchor in the
Division, a developer and editor of ideas, creator of teaching materials, and a breast
imaging educator who has helped to raise the consciousness of technologists and
radiologists throughout the country stressing the importance of providing the best patient
care possible and keeping us all in touch with the human aspects of what we do.
There are sometimes individuals who work in the background, but who rarely get the
recognition they deserve. I am indebted to Richard Moore who has been the Head of
Breast Imaging Research since 1985. He is the “go to guy” when there have been
computer problems, or database issues. He has been the data manager who has done
hundreds of queries that have allowed us to better understand breast evaluation and breast
cancers. Without Rick much of what has been accomplished by the Division and myself
would not have happened. He is a dedicated, tireless, creative genius who has managed
the research and been a major supporter of the clinical program. Rick created our
reporting system so that we could track and follow more than 400,000 patient visits. He
has numerous inventions one of which is used to better position patients. He was a major
factor in the development of Digital Breast Tomosynthesis and has been the primary
developer of a user friendly workstation for reading these studies. He has sought and
received grant support for most of our major projects and the Division and I are grateful
for his often unheralded, but critical efforts over the past twenty years.
Many thanks
12 / 1584
bi
Dan Kopans
13 / 1584
bi
TABLE OF CONTENTS ↑
[+] 1 - Introduction
[+] 2A - Breast Anatomy and Basic Histology, Physiology, and Pathology
[+] 2B - A Pathologist's Overview of the Pathology of Breast Disease
[+] 3 - Epidemiology, Etiology, Risk Factors, and Survival from Breast Cancer
[+] 4 - Screening for Breast Cancer
[+] 5 - Radiation Risk
[+] 6 - Staging Breast Cancer
[+] 7 - Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Early-Stage Breast Cancer: Detection, Diagnosis, and
Prognostic Indicators
[+] 8 - Mammography: Equipment and Basic Physics
[+] 9 - Quality Assurance and Quality Control
[+] 10 - Mammographic Positioning
[+] 11 - A Systematic Approach to Breast Imaging
[+] 12 - Mammography and the Normal Breast
[+] 13 - Interpreting the Mammogram
[+] 14 - Benign Lesions
[+] 15 - Probably Benign Findings Appropriately Managed with Short-Interval Follow-up
[+] 16 - Suspicious Lesions and Lesions with a High Probability of Malignancy
[+] 17 - Breast Ultrasound
[+] 18 - The Altered Breast: Pregnancy, Lactation, Abscess Post-Biopsy Changes, Mastectomy,
Radiation, and Implants
[+] 19 - The Male Breast
[+] 20 - Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Breast
[+] 21 - Evaluating Women With Lumps, Thickening, Discharge, or Pain: Imaging Women With
Signs or Symptoms That Might Indicate Breast Cancer
[+] 22 - Image Sequencing: Problems and Solutions in Breast Evaluation
[+] 23 - Histologic, Pathologic, and Imaging Correlation
[+] 24 - Interventional Procedures in the Breast: Imaging-Guided Needle Placement for Biopsy
and the Preoperative Localization of Clinically Occult Lesions
[+] 25 - The Breast Imaging Report: Data Management and the Breast Imaging Audit
[+] 26 - The Medical-Legal Problem and Breast Imaging
[+] 27 - Digital Mammography
[+] 28 - Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
14 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
1
Introduction
In the two decades since the first edition of Breast Imaging, our understanding of breast
cancer has improved significantly. Some of the genes that predispose some women to
greater risk have been identified. The overproduction of certain proteins is now known to
indicate a more aggressive form of breast cancer. We have moved from trying to
understand the genome to trying to better understand the proteins produced by the genes
—how they function and how they malfunction. Our ability to treat breast cancer is
increasingly based on science and not anecdote, and our ability to detect cancer at a
smaller size and earlier stage continues to improve.
In the mid-1980s there was a sudden increase in the detection rate of breast cancers in the
United States, and, more dramatically, there was a sudden increase in the detection rate of
ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS). Since DCIS is almost exclusively detected by
mammographic screening, the fact that there was a sudden surge in detection of DCIS
indicated the beginning of widespread mammographic screening in the United States. So
many women were being screened that the results were reflected in national statistics.
Since it is unlikely that screening can save lives immediately, the sudden decrease in
breast cancer deaths that began abruptly in the United States in 1990 can be directly
attributed to nationwide mammography screening.
The ability of mammography screening to detect cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage
was demonstrated in screening programs such as the Breast Cancer Detection
Demonstration Project in the 1970s (1). That mammography screening leads to a decrease
in cancer deaths was proved scientifically in the randomized controlled trials of screening in
the 1960s to 1980s (2), and the benefit has now been shown for screening the general
public in the reviews from Sweden (3,4), the Netherlands (5), Denmark (6), and is
reflected in national statistics in the United States (7,8).
The rules for proving the efficacy of a screening test begin with the demonstration that it
can detect unsuspected cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage. After this it must be
shown to decrease breast cancer deaths in randomized controlled trials. The final proof
comes from seeing a decrease in breast cancer deaths in the general population when the
new test is introduced into the general population. All three criteria have been met for
mammography screening. It is therefore somewhat ironic and disturbing that, as the
success of mammographic screening became increasingly clear, there was a recent effort
that disputed these benefits. When the second edition of Breast Imaging was written, there
was a controversy regarding whether women aged 40 to 49 should be urged to participate
in screening. Just as that question seemed to have been resolved, two reviewers in
Denmark suggested that there was no benefit from screening for women at any age. Since
their conclusions were based on a highly flawed analysis, they gained little attention in 15 / 1584
bi
their conclusions were based on a highly flawed analysis, they gained little attention in
much of the media until an unexplained crusade by one reporter (9,10,11,12) and the New
York Times (13,14) created an air of uncertainty. This has now been resolved, and there is
general agreement that mammography screening can save lives, but dealing with the
controversy was a major distraction from our efforts to improve our ability to detect and
diagnose more breast cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage.
The first years of this new century will be remembered as the time when the human
genome was first deciphered. It is a time of great promise. Many, if not all, disease
processes are directly or indirectly related to the individual's genetic makeup. Certainly
breast cancer represents a situation where normal cell growth is disrupted and
unrestrained cell proliferation takes over. This is dictated by aberrations in the cell's
instruction set that is encoded in the cell's DNA. As the DNA code is deciphered, the next
large area of basic research is shifting to proteomics (the study of proteins). If it is the DNA
that instructs the cell how and when to make proteins, it is the proteins that are the actual
keys that start, run, and stop the various cellular engines that keep the cell operating
smoothly. It is the absence, alteration, lack of sufficient amounts, or excessive amounts of
various proteins that appear to directly control the cell when it functions properly as well as
when it malfunctions as in cancer.
I have every hope that, as we unravel the codes and molecular functions, we will learn to
prevent, control, and cure cancers of all types, including breast cancer. However, we have
had our hopes raised in the past only to find that
P.2
the cell and its machinery are far more complex than we had anticipated. I remember in
the early 1970s when we were convinced that immunology was going to provide the
solution to health problems, and many of the brightest among us went into the field only to
be repeatedly disappointed. I have high hopes for molecular biology. It certainly cannot be
bad to learn the very basic processes of life in order to learn how they can be disrupted,
and, hopefully, how to fix them when they are damaged, but it is my impression that basic
science is a method whereby major discoveries are made at unexpected intervals. These
discoveries are the ones that lead to the overused term “paradigm shift” causing us to think
about health and disease in fundamentally different ways. From my perspective the day-
to-day improvements in health care arise not from the (important) laboratory bench, but
from the other end of the research spectrum—clinical research. I believe that day-to-day,
week-to-week, and month-to-month improvements in health care come from observing
ourselves and developing techniques that make small but valuable changes in how we care
for each other when sick. It is for these reasons that, although I fervently hope that basic
science will soon discover a cure for breast cancer or a safe way to prevent breast cancer, I
realize, until one or both occur, the challenge continues to be building on our clinical
knowledge and developing new and better clinical tools. The incredible work by Bob Egan,
Sam Shapiro, Phillip Strax, Charles Smart, Laszlo Tabar, Ingvar Anderson, Lars Bjurstam,
Alan Morrison, Steven Duffy, Nicholas Day, Robert Smith, Myron Moskowitz, Edward
Sickles, Stephen Feig, and Edward Hendrick, to name a few who were involved in the
randomized controlled trials of mammography screening and the analysis of data from the
screening programs that proved, despite great controversies, that the earlier detection of
breast cancer using mammography screening really can save lives, is only the beginning.
Mammography screening has reduced the breast cancer death rate in several studies by
30% to perhaps as much as 50%. The breast cancer death rate in the United States has
16 / 1584
bi
30% to perhaps as much as 50%. The breast cancer death rate in the United States has
decreased by 25% since 1990, and it is decreasing in other countries, but we cannot rest on
those laurels. Even at its best this means that 50% of breast cancer deaths will still occur,
despite mammography screening. Thus, we still have two very large tasks while our
colleagues search for the cure or safe preventives. We need to provide high quality
mammographic detection and diagnosis while we intensify our efforts to find additional
ways to detect the cancers that continue to kill and are not being detected soon enough by
mammography screening. At the same time we need to remember the controversies of the
preceding decades. As Moskowitz (15) pointed out years ago, “Screening is not diagnosis.”
The evaluation of healthy individuals in the search for disease requires a higher level of
evidence to avoid causing more harm than good.
These tasks are daunting. In the United States alone there are more than 60 million
women over the age of 40 for whom breast cancer is a significant risk, and breast cancer
among even younger women is often devastating. Fortunately, most women will not
develop breast cancer, but, as a disease of aging, the numbers will continue to increase as
the population ages. One woman out of eight who is age 20 today will develop breast
cancer if she lives to the age of 85, and many more women are living to these older ages
than ever before. The lifetime risk of developing breast cancer has now been estimated by
the American Cancer Society as being 1 in 7. Although lung cancer, which is predominantly
caused by smoking, is the leading cause of cancer death among American women, breast
cancer remains the leading cause of (safely) nonpreventable cancer death.
While we search for improved methods of earlier detection, we should not lose sight of the
fact that to sustain the number of cancers that “reach the surface” each year there are
many more cancers “below the surface” that remain undetected. Not all of these will
become lethal. We need to better understand which cancers need treatment so that, as our
detection methods improve, we do not over-treat those whose cancers would have never
been a factor in their lives.
Breast cancer is one of the best-studied human tumors, but it remains poorly understood.
Although it is fairly certain that, as with all solid tumors, breast cancer is the result of DNA
alterations (damage or mutation) that lead to uncontrolled cell proliferation, the actual
etiology of any given breast cancer remains obscure. It is not possible to accurately predict
who will develop breast cancer. Its natural history remains controversial. Although I
believe that most experts agree that DCIS precedes most invasive cancers, the
relationship continues to be debated, and there is as yet no accurate way to predict which
DCIS lesions, if left alone, will proceed to become invasive cancers and which will remain
innocuous.
Tamoxifen has been shown to delay the onset or actually prevent estrogen receptor
positive breast cancers, but the drug itself is not without risk. It is for this reason that a
great deal of research and testing is going on to discover better selective estrogen receptor
modulators to reduce the breast cancer risk without causing other risks. Raloxifene appears
to have fewer side effects. Even more successful than tamoxifen, the aromatase inhibitors
that block the production of estrogen are even more potent protection against breast
cancer recurrence, but blocking estrogen production is not without its downside.
As far as I can tell, there is no universal cure for breast cancer that is on the horizon.
Fortunately, despite the great fear that it induces in our society, breast cancer is actually
one of the better cancers to have (if it is ever “better” to have a cancer). The majority of
17 / 1584
bi
one of the better cancers to have (if it is ever “better” to have a cancer). The majority of
women who are diagnosed with breast cancer do not die from it but from some other
cause. Even with minimum or no therapy, as many as 60% of those who are diagnosed
with breast cancer will not die from it. Since the likelihood of being diagnosed with breast
cancer increases with age, this may change as women live longer and we learn how
competing causes of death change,
P.3
but for now breast cancer remains a fairly curable and certainly treatable cancer. This good
news, however, means that it is very difficult to prove whether a new method of early
detection is beneficial. Cancer like that of the pancreas is pretty much universally lethal
within 5 years, but, because breast cancer is often not lethal and when it is lethal it may
take decades to kill, this makes it very difficult to prove the efficacy of an early detection
technique. This is one of the reasons it was so difficult to show that mammographic
screening was efficacious, and why it is not clear that ultrasound or magnetic resonance
screening are beneficial. I personally feel that finding breast cancers at a smaller size and
earlier stage translates directly into lives being saved, but this is not a perfect one-to-one
correlation by any means. Since screening can make healthy people sick by false alarms
and unnecessary treatment that would never have occurred had they not been screened,
screening is not a completely innocuous process. Nonetheless, my goal has always been to
find as many cancers as early as possible. I have left the actual financial costs of screening
to others. If magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) becomes a second-level screening tool, as
I have always thought it would, the cost of screening with MRI will be an order of
magnitude higher than mammography screening unless the cost of the testing can be
reduced significantly.
Despite the numerous large studies that have evaluated the benefit of early detection,
there is still no universal agreement as to who should be screened, at what age screening
should begin, how often an individual should be screened, at what age screening should be
discontinued, and what tests should be used to screen.
Our understanding of breast anatomy, histology, and pathology has increased dramatically
over the past several decades but remains fairly rudimentary. Basic questions remain
unanswered. These range from the simplest anatomic questions, such as the distribution of
ducts and their interrelation, to more complex questions, such as the possibility that there
is a stem cell that is responsible for terminal duct differentiation and possibly the site for
malignant transformation.
There is still not complete agreement as to whether breast cancer originates as a disease
of a single cell, whose progeny spread through a single duct system, or as a field
phenomenon, in which multiple cells and ducts (related or separate) are simultaneously
involved.
It is not known why the cells of the terminal duct appear to be the sites of origin for breast
cancer, and there is no basic understanding of the relationship between cancers that appear
to originate from cells lining the duct and those that appear to originate from cells that line
the lobule.
Over the past several years, a clearer picture has arisen as to how much the risk of breast
cancer increases when atypical ductal hyperplasia, atypical lobular hyperplasia, lobular
neoplasia, and lobular carcinoma in situ are discovered at biopsy, but their relationships to
invasive cancer remain obscure.
18 / 1584
bi
invasive cancer remain obscure.
The complexity and frustrations associated with breast cancer are reflected in the fact that
some women with microscopic, or even undetectable, breast cancer die rapidly of
metastatic disease, while other women with large masses that almost replace the breast
survive for many years.
Fortunately, a disease process does not have to be completely understood to be treated
successfully. The randomized controlled trials of breast screening have clearly
demonstrated that the natural history of breast cancer can be interrupted in some women
if the process is detected early enough, and cure or delayed mortality can be achieved for
many women. The efficacy of screening asymptomatic women has been demonstrated,
particularly through the use of mammography. Mammography is the primary breast
imaging technology, and the only system that has been validated for screening.
Nevertheless, other tests have been and will be shown to be valuable in the assessment of
breast problems. Since breast imaging was first described as a specialty within radiology
(16), the field has expanded to include virtually all of the imaging technologies, including
MRI and nuclear medicine scans. The specialty attempts, using these various methods of
imaging the breast, to detect and diagnose breast cancer earlier, when cure is more likely
and treatment less formidable, and to assist in determining the appropriate therapy for a
given lesion. Earlier detection has permitted the more widespread use of conservation
therapy with the excision of the primary lesion followed by irradiation to reduce the
likelihood of recurrence within the breast. As techniques are refined it may be possible to
eliminate the tumor within the breast with little physical damage to the normal breast
tissues.
Within the specialty there are numerous gaps in our knowledge. The very basic natural
development of the breast as manifest by its imaging appearance is poorly understood. Is
there a normal breast? With the exception of one MRI study and a retrospective
mammography review, there has never been a study to determine whether there are
significant changes in imaging that are related to the menstrual cycle. Although some think
they know what happens to the breast at menopause, the facts are far from clear and, at
least as far as mammography is concerned, highly individual. The breast tissue in some
women appears to be hormonally sensitive, and changes can be seen by mammography
when the individual goes through menopause. In most women, however, the changes in
mammography appear to be only related to age with little change noticeable at
menopause. Breast tissue density, as measured by mammography, has been shown to be a
risk factor in the development of breast cancer. Some investigators are, appropriately,
trying to determine the etiologic factors associated with breast tissue density. They should
also wonder why among some women the dense fibroglandular tissues are replaced by fat
as the individual ages, while in others there is little or no fatty replacement. Might one or
the other be a reflection of breast cancer risk?
Because the assumption has been made that menopause
P.4
must play an important role in the development of breast cancers, I believe that study
results have been tainted by self-fulfillment. The data suggest that menopause does not
have the powerful influence that many attribute to it. The fact that the age of 50 has been
used as a threshold for menopause has also obscured important information about breast
cancer and aging. Investigators should stop thinking that the age of 50 has any major
importance (17); otherwise, they are likely to overlook important phenomena by artificially19 / 1584
bi
importance (17); otherwise, they are likely to overlook important phenomena by artificially
grouping women and the data. I strongly urge that no age thresholds be applied to data
analysis to avoid obscuring what might actually be happening with increasing age.
The histological basis of all the structures seen by imaging is still not clear. Why does one
woman have dense breast tissue, and why does another, of the same age and apparent
demographic characteristics, have predominantly fat? Is one of these a normal state, while
the other is an indicator of abnormality? There has been a fairly consistent suggestion that
women with more radiographically dense tissues are at a slightly increased risk for cancer,
but the relationships and mechanisms for this remain obscure. Does decreasing density
with age modify this risk? What happens to risk if dense tissues persist throughout life?
MRI and breast ultrasound have been suggested as screening tests. I personally feel that
MRI is an exciting screening technology that will ultimately be shown to benefit not just
high risk women but all women. However, despite my own personal feelings, I strongly
believe that rigorous scientific validation is important before applying breast cancer
screening tests to the population. The problems with MRI are that it is far too expensive
and requires the intravenous injection of contrast material. Ultrasound someday may be
shown to be efficacious (saves lives), but, unless it can be automated and made less
operator-dependent, it is far too impractical and has too many false positives. New
screening tests need to be validated through scientific study. Opponents of science argue
that the studies are too difficult and expensive. This is clearly not the case. Without
scientific validation we return to the days of snake oil as a cure. It ultimately becomes far
more expensive to introduce a test that has no benefit than to prove its benefit before
introducing it into general medical care. The premature introduction of a screening test will
mean that people will be injured unnecessarily, others will be given false hope, and the cost
to society will mount without justification. For some the answer is philosophical, while the
economics of health will ultimately dictate many choices (18).
This third edition of Breast Imaging comes at a time of significant change. Technologies are
being phased in and some will be phased out as a result. Digital mammography has
become clinically useful. This text faces a bit of a dilemma in that we are one of only a few
departments that have converted completely to digital mammography. Film/screen
mammography still makes up most of the mammography performed around the world.
Fortunately, the interpretation of digital mammograms is the same as the interpretation of
film/screen studies so that the chapters on breast imaging using x-ray mammography
apply to digital as well as film/screen. The digital images are merely enhanced by the
computer and displayed on a monitor. The observations are the same. Our experience,
however, suggests that two-dimensional digital mammography will be short-lived. I believe
that in the next 2 to 3 years digital breast tomosynthesis (DBT), which was developed in
my department at the Massachusetts General Hospital, will replace all mammography.
DBT avoids many of the problems with mammographic interpretation by eliminating the
structure noise that comes from the superimposition of normal breast tissues. Structure
noise obscures cancers and is an important cause of false-positive studies. By removing
structure noise and making both benign and malignant lesions more conspicuous and
clearly seen, the radiologist is better able to differentiate benign from malignant lesions
using DBT. The reasons for performing diagnostic mammography will go away since the
screening tomosynthesis study answers virtually all of the questions that required
diagnostic evaluation in the past. DBT has the fairly unique ability to increase sensitivity
and at the same time increase the specificity in screening for breast cancer. The 20 / 1584
bi
and at the same time increase the specificity in screening for breast cancer. The
development of this test has been far slower and more arduous than I would ever have
expected. It has shown what others have known for years: large companies cannot
respond to important needs very quickly. DBT should have been commercially available by
2004, but its rapid development did not fit into the business plans of companies that need
to make profits and are not geared up for new developments.
Given all these changes, the third edition of Breast Imaging comes on the cusp where
multiple technologies are still common with some phasing in and others phasing out. I have
rewritten most of the chapters to try to bring the reader the most up-to-date information.
The chapter on film/screen technology, however, has not been changed. The technology is
fairly mature, and I believe it will be replaced very soon. I have expanded the chapter on
digital mammography and written a chapter on DBT based on our early experience. I have
also rewritten the chapter on breast MRI to reflect the practical uses of this technology.
As I write these chapters, I must admit to some concern. One of the problems with a small
field such as breast imaging is that there are a limited number of true experts in the field.
There are numerous experts in mammographic and sonographic interpretation, but there
are very few experts in the field who understand and appreciate the critical importance of
science in breast cancer detection and diagnosis. The mammography screening debates
were carried out by a relatively small number of individuals who understood most of the
scientific issues. Many of those who participated in the mammography debates used the
analyses of these few true experts as their debating points without really knowing or
understanding the underlying data. As a
P.5
result, the issues that were so important in those debates were never understood by most
practitioners and have been forgotten by the new generation. Even among my younger
colleagues, who have heard the issues repeatedly, the importance of scientific validation is
too often placed aside and replaced by expedience. Santayana's admonition “Those who
cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it” (19) remains true today. I find it
ironic that having successfully defended the importance of mammography screening for
women aged 40 to 49 based on scientific studies, I am now considered somewhat of a
pariah for advocating the importance of scientific validation of MRI and ultrasound. It is
understandable that community physicians should want to use the best technology for
those in their care. Most health care is based on anecdotes and not rigorous scientific study.
This is the reality today and is understandable. However, screening involves the evaluation
of healthy individuals using tests that might make them unnecessarily ill (false-positive
results and unnecessary treatments for pseudo-disease). Screening tests must be held to a
higher standard of validation.
The use of MRI has been advocated for finding extra foci of breast cancer among those
diagnosed with palpable or mammographically detected disease without fully
understanding the consequences of this and the potentially unnecessary increase in
mastectomies that this might be creating. Decades have been spent trying to reduce the
need for breast removal, and, when tumor margins are negative, it appears that
lumpectomy and radiation result in a less than 2% recurrence rate at 10 years without the
knowledge of additional foci that might have been found by MRI. Nevertheless, the use of
MRI to look for additional foci of cancer has rapidly been adopted, and the mastectomy
rate has probably increased as a consequence, without knowing whether this is necessary.
I am concerned that our academic centers and academic leaders have also not learned 21 / 1584
bi
I am concerned that our academic centers and academic leaders have also not learned
from the past. “Evidence-based guidelines” is not just a catchy phrase from our medical
colleagues. It is the responsibility of all of us to constantly question how we do things and
determine scientifically if they are the correct things to do and if they can be done better.
This should not be optional for those of us in academia. We should be at the forefront in
developing new ways to provide better health care, and we must also be the champions of
proving, as best we can, that these developments do provide better care.
As with the first two editions of this text, I have tried to provide references that support
the observations that I make. The reader should be aware that, if there is no reference,
the issue has probably not been studied directly. Whenever I make a suggestion based on
my experience rather than a published study, I will try to indicate that it is based on
anecdote and not science. It is my hope that our specialty will continue to lead the other
specialties in promoting and adhering to science over anecdote. As in all medical
endeavors, the practitioner should, whenever possible, use the results of scientific studies
to guide clinical decisions. In the absence of science, experience must guide management.
As was the goal in the second edition of Breast Imaging, this third edition has been written
to try to provide the practitioner with the latest data available and scientific justification for
the proper process whenever possible. When science is not available, it is hoped that the
arguments for management decisions are logical and reasonable.
There is still much more work to be done. Our understanding of breast cancer remains
rudimentary. Our ability to detect lesions early and save lives is good but not great. New
and better techniques are needed. Once again I hope that this text will provide a useful
summary of the present state of knowledge and its application to breast evaluation. I hope
that an understanding of the major gaps in our knowledge will stimulate more interest in
the field and more support for important breast imaging research.
I will end this introduction with a prediction since many readers may never make it to the
end of this text. I believe that there will eventually be a universal cure for cancers of the
breast. If this is not achievable, then it is likely that we can at least turn these cancers into
chronic diseases that can be held in check for many years. The ability to safely prevent
breast cancers will become possible for some, but medications always have side effects,
and thus far the prevention of breast cancer looks to be no exception. Early detection will
continue to be the best way to reduce the death rate. DBT will result in a marked
improvement over conventional, two-dimensional mammography (film/screen or digital),
but even DBT will not find all cancers. It will, however, become a valuable platform for
testing other technologies. The fusion of three-dimensional DBT images with other tests,
such as whole breast ultrasound by scanning the patient in the tomosynthesis device to
allow perfect registration, will have added benefit. DBT will become the platform on which
other imaging and sensing systems are added so that there can be direct correlation
between the new test and the well understood x-ray findings. Ultrasound screening will
become practical and beneficial if it can be automated and fused accurately with DBT.
Optical imaging and even electrical impedance measures will become useful adjuncts if
they too can be incorporated into the DBT system and validated. Multiple imaging tests
that are obtained simultaneously and directly registered (fused) will result in improvements
in the sensitivity and specificity of breast cancer screening. Unfortunately, MRI cannot be
incorporated into the DBT system, but I believe that the use of MRI for breast cancer
screening will be validated for all women. If the cost of the test can be brought down and
the studies can be made more efficient, I believe that MRI screening will benefit not just 22 / 1584
bi
the studies can be made more efficient, I believe that MRI screening will benefit not just
women at high risk but all women. The cost of MRI is the major impediment to its use once
its efficacy has been validated scientifically.
We have made important advances in the battle against breast cancer through
mammography screening. I hope
P.6
that the reader can benefit from the experiences of the past and that this will lead to even
greater improvements in the future.
References
1. Baker LH. Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project: five-year summary
report. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
2. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Smith RA. The mammographic screening trials: commentary on
the recent work by Olsen and Gotzsche. CA Cancer J Clin 2002;52:68–71.
3. Tabar L, Vitak B, Tony HH, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
4. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Chen H, et al. The impact of organized mammography service
screening on breast carcinoma mortality in seven Swedish counties. Cancer
2002;95:458–469.
6. Olsen AH, Njor SH, Vejborg I, et al. Breast cancer mortality in Copenhagen after
introduction of mammography screening: cohort study. BMJ 2005;330:220. E-pub
January 13, 2005.
8. Berry DA, Cronin KA, Plevritis SK, et al, Cancer Intervention and Surveillance
Modeling Network (CISNET) Collaborators. Effect of screening and adjuvant therapy on
mortality from breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2005;353:1784–1792.
9. Kolata G. Study sets off debate over mammograms' value. New York Times
December 9, 2001.
10. Kolata G. Questions grow over usefulness of some routine cancer tests. New York
Times December 16, 2001.
23 / 1584
bi
11. Kolata G, Moss M. X-ray vision in hindsight: science, politics and the mammogram.
New York Times February 11, 2002.
12. Kolata G. Expert panel cites doubts on mammogram's worth. New York Times
January 24, 2002.
13. Editorial. The latest mammography debate. New York Times December 10, 2001.
14. Editorial. Circling the mammography wagons. New York Times February 6, 2002.
16. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Sadowsky N. Breast imaging. N Engl J Med 1984;310:960.
18. King MJ. Mammography screening for breast cancer [letter]. Cancer 1994;73:2003
–2004.
19. Santayana G. The life of reason, vol. 1. New York: Scribner's; 1905:284.
24 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 2A - Breast Anatomy and Basic Histology, Physiology, and
Pathology
2A
Breast Anatomy and Basic Histology,
Physiology, and Pathology
As with all organ systems, an understanding of the anatomy, histology, and pathology of
the breast leads to an enhanced ability to interpret imaging studies. Breast imaging
primarily involves the assessment of the morphology of macroscopically visible breast
structures. A basic understanding of the anatomy and histology of the breast, and of the
complex underlying microscopic structures in which changes take place, is important for an
understanding of the pathologic processes that occur. All are helpful for image
interpretation.
Radiologists are all pattern readers. However, rather than just searching for patterns, the
interpreter should try to understand the underlying processes that produce the morphologic
changes that are visible on the various imaging studies. Although different processes may
produce similar findings, in many cases the imaging morphology reflects histologic and
pathologic changes. The anatomy of the breast and the organization and distribution of the
histologic elements shape the imaging findings. Ideally the interpreter should be able to
explain, using specific criteria, why a finding is judged benign or potentially malignant by
being able to explain the specific characteristics of the finding that led to the particular
assessment.
Anatomy Overview
The breast is a modified skin gland that develops from the mammary ridge in the embryo.
It generally lies on the chest wall between the clavicle and the sixth to eighth ribs. Breast
tissue can be found as far medially as the sternum and laterally to the midaxillary line.
Breast tissue is frequently found high in the axilla, occasionally reaching to its apex.
The breast lies on top of and lateral to the pectoralis major muscle, whose muscle fibers
course obliquely from the ribs to the humerus. Since breast tissue frequently wraps around
the lateral margin of the pectoralis major muscle (Fig. 2A-1), imaging the breast is best
accomplished using the mediolateral oblique projection. The best way to image the most
tissue is by positioning the breast such that the plane of compression is parallel to the
oblique fibers of the free margin of the muscle. This permits maximum traction on the
breast so that it can be fully positioned over the detector and comfortably compressed. It
also permits evaluation of the portion of the breast that lies lateral to the muscle and
extends up into the axilla.
Recent work at the MGH by Jennifer Rusby, MD, suggests that there are usually more than
20 lobes or segments that are defined by the major lactiferous ducts that open on the
25 / 1584
bi
20 lobes or segments that are defined by the major lactiferous ducts that open on the
nipple. A lobe (segment) can be thought of as a tree whose trunk, branches, and leaves
are hollow. These arborizing networks conduct milk from the lobules (the true glands of the
breast) to the nipple. The lobule is actually the most proximal of the structures if direction
is the flow of breast secretions (milk), but it is called the terminal portion of the duct
system. The lobule consists of multiple blunt-ending ductules in a cluster like the fingers of
a glove. These fingers form the glandular acini of the lobule. They are surrounded by
specialized connective tissue that differs histologically
P.8
from the stromal connective tissue found in the rest of the breast. The acini and specialized
connective tissue together form the lobule. A terminal duct and its lobule are collectively
called the terminal duct lobular unit (TDLU) (Fig. 2A-2). TDLUs can be found as immediate
branches of the major ducts and are not always at the periphery of the ductal networks.
Breast cancer is thought to originate in the terminal duct in the lobule. One theory is that
this is the location of stem cells and that these undifferentiated cells are the most likely to
develop malignant transformations.
The breast is held together by varying amounts of connective tissue that form varying
volumes of sheets of tissue known as Cooper's ligaments. Fat is interspersed throughout
the breast and surrounds it as subcutaneous and retromammary adipose deposits.
26 / 1584
bi
Breast Development
Little detail is available on the actual development of the human breast. Much of the
information that we have is based on mouse models, which differ significantly from the
human breast. The breasts have the same ectodermal origin as skin glands. They develop
from the mammary ridges, which begin as ventral “streaks” found in the fifth week of
gestation. The mammary ridges extend longitudinally from the base of the forelimb bud
(the primitive axilla) along the ventral surface of the embryo (the chest and abdomen to
be) to an area medial to the base of the hindlimb bud (the primitive inguinal region). If
development proceeds normally, the middle portion of the upper third of the mammary
ridge persists to form the breast bud on the chest wall and eventually the tail of Spence,
extending into the axilla, while the remainder of the structure disappears. Failure of
portions of the ridge to involute may result in accessory breast tissue anywhere along the
“milk line,” extending from the axilla to the inguinal region (1,2).
The axilla is the most common area in which accessory breast tissue can be found.
Accessory breast tissue may be in continuity with the main breast tissue (Fig. 2A-3A), it
may appear as a separate discontinuous structure (Fig. 2A-3B), or it may actually form a
complete breast (Fig. 2A-3C). Accessory nipples are occasionally present (see Fig. 2A-3D).
These are most common in the anterior superior abdominal wall just caudal to the usual
breast location and may be mistaken for nevi.
Although very rare, breast cancer can occur anywhere there is a rest of breast tissue (3,4).
We have seen a case where breast cancer developed in a rest of tissue in the upper
anterior abdominal wall. Since the most common location for accessory breast tissue is in
the axilla, imaging should include as much axillary tissue as possible.
During the first trimester of intrauterine growth, the primitive epidermal bud in the embryo
begins to produce
P.9
cords of epithelial cells that penetrate down into the dermis. Research indicates that there
are factors that are produced in the underlying mammary mesenchyme that stimulate this
growth (5). Interactions between the glandular tissues of the breast and its supporting
stroma appear to continue throughout life. In the full-term fetus there is already a simple
network of branching ducts, and although lobules (the glandular elements) do not appear
until adolescence, secretion may occur under the stimulation of maternal hormones and the
newborn may have a nipple discharge.
27 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-2 (A) This schematic representation of the basic anatomy of the breast can
be compared to the lateral view (B) from a negative mode radiograph using the Xerox
technique.
Figure 2A-3 Accessory breast tissue can form anywhere along the “milk line.” Breast
tissue can be found extending high into the axilla. It may be in continuity with the
breast, as seen on these mediolateral mammograms (A). Accessory tissue may also
be separate from the main breast tissue (arrow), as seen on left mediolateral oblique
view (B). Accessory tissue may even form a separate, ectopic breast, as seen in this
third individual (C), who had a separate breast mound in her right axilla (arrow).
Accessory nipples may be seen, as in this lateral xeromammogram where a separate
nipple was visible at the bottom of the breast (D) (arrow).
29 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-5 This is a developmental anomaly where the left breast is much larger
than the right, as seen on the craniocaudal projection.
30 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-6 It is unclear how the breast develops with respect to the superficial
fascia, which runs just under the skin (A). The fascia may split, forming a deep and
superficial layer with the breast forming in between (insinuation) (B–D). The other
possibility is that as the ducts elongate and grow back into the soft tissues, they may
be enveloped by the fascia, like pushing a finger into plastic wrap (invagination) (E,F).
31 / 1584
bi
Male breasts also contain primitive ducts. Probably as a result of the fluctuating hormonal
environment in adolescent males, gynecomastia is fairly common during puberty (see
Chapter 19, “The Male Breast”). This too may be asymmetric and almost always corrects
itself without the need for intervention.
Terminal Differentiation
As the breast grows, the subcutaneous adipose and connective tissues increase in volume
and ductal elements proliferate, elongating and extending deeper into the subcutaneous
tissues. Over a variable period of time, terminal buds at the ends of the branching ducts
differentiate into tufts of blunt-ending ductules that form the glandular acini of the TDLUs.
The exact cells responsible for duct elongation and lobular differentiation have not been
identified. The evidence suggests that there are “stem” cells at the terminal end of the duct
that are responsible for this growth. Studies suggest that it may be the undifferentiated
stem cell that is transformed and results in breast cancer (6). It is likely that the rapid cell
proliferation and DNA replication that take place in this area account for the fact that most
cancers appear to develop in the terminal duct as it enters, or along its course within, the
lobule. Increased cellular proliferation increases the chance that DNA will not be copied
properly and that mutations will occur.
Deng et al (7) found that there were similar genetic defects (loss of heterozygosity) in the
cells of normal lobules that were adjacent to lobules that contained breast cancer cells,
while cells in lobules further away did not have the same genetic changes. This suggests 32 / 1584
bi
while cells in lobules further away did not have the same genetic changes. This suggests
that there may be a common progenitor for both the benign and malignant cells of the
affected duct network. If there is a stem cell responsible for the development of the ducts
and lobules, then an alteration in its DNA early in life, prior to duct elongation and terminal
lobular differentiation, could be distributed into every cell in the segment. This would place
the cells throughout the segment at risk for further genetic change, increasing the
likelihood that one of the cells might ultimately become a cancer. This would explain the
findings of Deng et al. It might also be the explanation for the so-called field phenomenon,
in which the cells in an area of the breast have a similar abnormality while other areas of
the breast are normal. This is the likely explanation for diffuse adenosis, atypical
hyperplasia, and lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS).
It would be very unlikely that a carcinogen or mutagen could damage all of the cells in a
segment while sparing cells in other segments of the mature breast. However, if a stem
cell were altered in the immature breast, the damage would be distributed to all of the
cells of the developing segment, and only the cells of that segment would be affected (Fig.
2A-8). This is the likely explanation for segmentally distributed abnormalities.
Our attention in preventing breast cancer is often directed toward older women. However,
if there is a stem cell, its presence would suggest the importance of exposure
P.14
P.15
to carcinogens at an early age, prior to terminal differentiation. This is also supported by
the fact that cancers with long doubling times (180 days) may take as long as 30 years to
reach 2 cm in size (8), suggesting that malignant transformation for a woman who is
diagnosed with cancer in her forties may have been initiated while she was in her teens or
twenties. Data in mice suggest that the breast is susceptible to carcinogens during
development. In mice, the period of end-bud differentiation is a time during which a
carcinogen is more likely to initiate malignancy (9). A similar phenomenon may occur in
humans. The data showing that radiation is a carcinogen in the breast show that the breast
is more sensitive to radiation while it is developing, during adolescence and for women in
their early twenties, while the mature (differentiated) breast of women in their early forties
and older is not at increased risk from radiation. The maturation of the breast may take
place over many years and may not be complete until the third decade of life, or it may
proceed rapidly with an early first full-term pregnancy. It is likely that the terminal
differentiation that takes place with a full-term pregnancy protects the breast from future
carcinogens. Breast cancer prevention might include protecting the breast from carcinogens
while it is developing.
33 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-8 Breast cancer may be initiated very early in life. (A) This diagram
represents three primitive ducts in the infant breast. If there are breast stem cells,
then each duct's stem cells will eventually develop that duct network separate from the
others. (B) When the breast develops, the DNA from that stem cell is distributed
throughout that segment and none of the other segments (C). If cancer develops in
separate duct networks (D), then this could happen due to damage after thecducts
developed. A carcinogen could affect separate segments. If multiple cancers develop
separately in one duct network (D), this may be due to DCIS bridging several (E)
branches and invasive cancers growing simultaneously. However, if there were no
DCIS bridges, this would imply that there was damaged DNA throughout the segment
and not any other segments, and the only way this could happen is if the DNA was
damaged before the ducts developed so that the damaged DNA was spread throughout
the segment but not in any of the segments (F). This would be likely if a carcinogen
damaged a stem cell before the duct developed and would be unlikely to occur from a
carcinogen that affected the ducts after they had developed.
Additional lobular development may take place in preparation for lactation. After the
cessation of lactation, many of the lobules involute. Since the breast must be complete for
lactation, a full-term pregnancy likely causes rapid lobular differentiation. It is likely,
however, that complete maturation does not occur until after a full-term pregnancy. This
may explain why women who have a first full-term pregnancy by the age of 18 have a
much lower risk of subsequently developing cancer than women who remain nulliparous or
have their first child after age 30. An early full-term pregnancy offers some protection 34 / 1584
bi
have their first child after age 30. An early full-term pregnancy offers some protection
possibly by narrowing the period of time over which differentiation takes place and,
consequently, the “window of opportunity” during which a carcinogen may be most effective
in causing lasting damage. If, as appears to be the case, the mature breast (differentiated
terminal buds into lobules) is less susceptible to carcinogens (e.g., radiation), this might
account for the diminished risk of breast cancer among women who bear a child early in
life.
Breast Anatomy
In most individuals, the bulk of the breast extends from the second to the seventh rib.
Since breast tissues often curve around the lateral margin of the pectoralis major muscle
(Fig. 2A-9), the orientation of the muscle is important for optimal mammographic
positioning. The pectoralis major muscle spreads like a fan across the chest wall. Portions
of the pectoralis major muscle attach to the clavicle, the lateral margin of the scapula,
costal cartilage, and the aponeurosis of the external oblique muscles of the abdomen. All
these fibers converge on and attach to the greater tubercle of the humerus. The free fibers
predominantly run obliquely over the chest from the medial portion of the thorax toward
the humerus (see Fig. 2A-1). The relationship of the breast to the pectoralis major muscle
influences two-dimensional projectional imaging, such as mammography. Since the breast
tissue is closely applied to the muscle, some of the lateral tissues can be imaged only
through the muscle. As with any soft-tissue structure overlying muscle, it is easier to
project the breast into the field of view by pulling it away from the chest wall and
compressing it with the plane of compression paralleling the obliquely oriented muscle
fibers of the pectoralis major muscle. To maximize the tissue imaged, the free portion of
the muscle should be included in the field of view.
Figure 2A-9 Breast CT with the breasts in the pendent position shows breast tissue on
the left adjacent to the pectoralis major muscle extending up toward the axilla. This
would be behind the pectoralis on the mediolateral oblique projection. In this individual
the tissue is absent on the right after surgery for breast cancer.
Although it has not been directly studied, there is likely a variable attachment of the
pectoralis major muscle medially to the thoracic wall. I believe that in approximately 1%
of women, a small tongue of muscle adjacent to the sternum is sufficiently free to be pulled
into the field of view of the mammogram in the craniocaudal projection (Fig. 2A-10). This 35
is / 1584
bi
into the field of view of the mammogram in the craniocaudal projection (Fig. 2A-10). This is
not seen on the mediolateral oblique, since it is very difficult to pull this portion of the
muscle into the machine in this projection. We have seen what we believe to be a variant
of the muscle on a chest-wall lateral xeromammogram (Fig. 2A-11). This variable portion
of the muscle (Fig. 2A-12) may be round, triangular, or flame-shaped and should not be
mistaken for a mass.
When a flame-shaped structure that is almost completely
P.16
separate from the chest wall is seen medially (Fig. 2A-13A), it is likely the sternalis muscle
that is being imaged (Fig. 2A-13B). The sternalis muscle is a thin muscle that runs parallel
to the sternum and is found in 4% to 11% of individuals (10). It has been speculated that it
was once an extension of the rectus abdominis, but it is not connected to this or any other
muscle, and its origin and use are unknown. It appears to be of no functional value and can
be unilateral or bilateral.
Figure 2A-10 The density seen medially (arrow) on this craniocaudal projection is the
pectoralis major muscle pulled into the field of view by the compression system.
Although either pectoralis major or sternalis muscles can project into the craniocaudal
mammographic image, care must be exercised to avoid dismissing a true medial mass as
muscle, since breast cancers can occur in this portion of the breast. If there is any doubt,
computed tomography (CT; Fig. 2A-13C) (11), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI; Fig. 2A-
13D), or ultrasound can be used to confirm or exclude a mass. By placing a patient on her
side in the CT scanner so that the breast on the side in question pulls toward the table (Fig.
2A-14), the sternalis muscle will be pulled by the breast, and a definitive diagnosis can be
made if this is needed.
36 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-11 These chest wall lateral xeromammograms show what is likely a
variation of the pectoralis major attachment to the thoracic cage with a free margin of
what is likely the inferomedial attachment (arrows).
Figure 2A-12 The tissue densities seen at the edge of the film on these craniocaudal
projections, medially, are the pectoralis major muscles.
P.17
The pectoralis minor muscle lies beneath the pectoralis major muscle, extending from the
third, fourth, and fifth ribs to the coracoid process of the scapula. Occasionally it is seen on
the mediolateral oblique projection as a second triangle of muscle high in the axilla above
37 / 1584
bi
the mediolateral oblique projection as a second triangle of muscle high in the axilla above
the pectoralis major muscle in the corner of the film (Fig. 2A-15). This is not the latissimus
dorsi muscle, as some have speculated. In lymph node dissection of the axilla, lymph
nodes beneath the pectoralis minor muscle are called level II lymph nodes.
Enervation
Nerves supplying the breast originate primarily from the anterior and lateral cutaneous
branches of the thoracic intercostal nerves, with some enervation from the cervical plexus
to the upper breast. The deep pain sensors in the breast appear to be variable. In many
women, needle aspiration or needle localization with 20-gauge or smaller needles can be
performed with a minimum of discomfort without the use of local anesthesia (12). In some
women, however, it is extremely difficult to establish deep anesthesia. In our experience
this is more likely if the breasts are extremely dense radiographically, which usually is due
to fibrous connective tissue. It is merely speculation, but perhaps the nerves are more
tightly tethered in these women and are not displaced from the needle path. Fibrous
connective tissue may also prevent the anesthetic from reaching the nerves.
Breast pain is a fairly common symptom and is likely due to edema and swelling that
occurs in many women with the normal hormone cycle. Mammography is rarely able to
demonstrate the cause of breast pain. Although pain is almost always due to benign
processes and breast cancer is usually painless, malignancy occasionally causes breast
pain. Focal pain and, in our experience, a drawing sensation are the types of pain that can
be associated, on rare occasions, with breast cancer. Some physicians believe that some
types of breast pain are actually chest wall in origin and referred to the breast. The
discomfort of costochondritis, for example, can be perceived as breast pain. This is
apparent when pushing the breast against the chest wall causes pain but squeezing it side
to side does not.
Figure 2A-13 (A) The appearance of the sternalis muscle on the craniocaudal
projection and a schematic of the sternalis muscle (B). When in doubt, CT can
demonstrate the sternalis muscle. Here the patient is oblique in the scanner and the
breast pulls the muscle away from the chest wall (C). On this MRI the full course of
the muscle is demonstrated (D) (arrows).
39 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-14 With the patient on her back in a CT scanner, the muscle is barely
evident (A), but when she rolls on her side, the breast can pull on the sternalis muscle
(B), pulling it away from the chest wall and making it more evident.
Figure 2A-15 (A) The pectoralis major muscle (M) is visible anterior to the pectoralis
minor muscle (m) seen on this mediolateral oblique mammogram. The two muscles
are evident on this CT reconstruction of the left breast of another patient reformatted
at an oblique angle, simulating the mediolateral oblique projection. The slice is through
the upper outer left breast (B).
The lymphatic drainage of the breast has been extensively studied, yet significant
uncertainty continues as to its distribution and how it actually functions. There are clearly
significant variations between individuals. Some
P.20
investigators have suggested that the lymphatic drainage comes from the deeper tissues of
the breast flowing toward the surface through lymphatic channels to the skin. These then
drain into a subareolar plexus and then to the axilla. There is a small percentage of
40 / 1584
bi
drain into a subareolar plexus and then to the axilla. There is a small percentage of
drainage to the upper abdomen and medially to the internal mammary lymphatic chain,
but the primary lymphatic drainage from all parts of the breast (including the medial
tissues) is to the axilla. That there is significant variation is clear in a small number of cases
in which investigators injected an iodinated contrast into the tumor bed of women with
cancer and into the tissues around the cancer and then imaged the lymphatics with multi-
slice CT (13). Lymphatics are clearly visible coursing directly from these areas through the
breast itself to the axilla; in one case there was drainage both toward the axilla and toward
the internal mammary chain. These drainage routes are increasingly important as
surgeons rely increasingly on sentinel lymph node identification and biopsy. The most
common method for identifying the sentinel nodes at this time is to inject radioactive
technetium sulfur colloid followed by the injection of a vital dye so that these are picked up
by the lymphatics and flow toward the first lymph node in the drainage of the breast. Using
a collimated Geiger counter, the radioactive lymph node is identified, and then the blue dye
helps to make it visible during the limited dissection. The goal is to facilitate the passage of
these materials to the sentinel or first lymph nodes in the lymphatic drainage of the breast.
There has been great debate as to the best site in which to inject these materials. There
are proponents of injection around the tumor and those who favor injection into the
subcutaneous tissue; others favor an intradermal injection, and still others believe a
subareolar injection is the best. Each has its proponents, and it only depends on the
published series as to which one adheres. I suspect that most injection sites work as long
as they are in the correct breast! There is certainly a variation that is based on the
individual, and there is no one injection site that appears to be the best for all situations.
Although the concept of staging breast cancer is changing, the presence of tumor in the
lymphatics within the breast as well as in the axilla is of important prognostic significance.
Treatment may be modified based on analysis of the lymphatics and axillary nodes. For
staging purposes and prognostication, axillary lymph nodes are divided into three levels
(Fig. 2A-16). Level I lymph nodes are lateral to the lateral margin of the pectoralis major
muscle and extend down into the tail of the breast. Mammography can frequently
demonstrate the lowest lymph nodes in this portion of the lymphatic chain. Level II lymph
nodes are beneath the pectoralis minor muscle. When an axillary dissection is performed,
the free margin of the pectoralis major muscle is retracted out of the way and preserved,
and the pectoralis minor muscle is transected to remove these lymph nodes. This is also
performed when a modified radical mastectomy is used to treat breast cancer. The level
III lymph nodes are medial and superior to the pectoralis minor muscle, up to the clavicle.
Data suggest that the higher the level of nodal involvement with cancer, the worse the
prognosis.
41 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-16 The axillary nodes are divided into three levels, as demonstrated
schematically.
Sentinel Node
Most of the lymphatic drainage of the breast usually converges on the chain of lymph nodes
described above. There are often one or two lymph nodes in the axilla through which most
of the lymph drainage from the breast passes (Fig. 2A-17). These have been called the
sentinel nodes. Sentinel nodes were first demonstrated in patients with melanoma:
technetium-99m sulfur colloid, injected at the periphery of the melanoma, concentrated in
the first lymph nodes that drained the area of the tumor (14), making them identifiable
using a gamma probe (15,16). Removal and examination of these nodes was predictive for
the presence or absence of metastatic disease. By reducing the need for more complex
nodal dissection, morbidity and expense were reduced.
Krag (17) and Giuliano (18) pioneered the evaluation of the sentinel nodes in the axilla in
women with breast cancer. In Krag's preliminary report, 0.4 mCi technetium-99m sulfur
colloid mixed in 0.5 mL saline was injected into the tissue in a 180-degree arc around the
tumor along its axillary perimeter, and a probe was held over the axilla. The sentinel node
was found where there were at least 30 counts in 10 seconds. The node was removed and
evaluated for the presence of metastatic disease and compared to the results of the full
axillary dissection. In a study of 22
P.21
women, a sentinel node was identified in 18 women who had full axillary dissections (all
three levels) following radionuclide injections 1 to 9 hours before surgery. Among the 18
women, 62 radioactive and 170 nonradioactive nodes were removed. In all seven of the
women who had positive nodes, the sentinel node contained tumor. In three of the
patients, only this node contained tumor.
42 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-17 These diagrams depict the fact that a radioactive tracer or vital dye
injected near a tumor (actually almost anywhere in the same breast) will be picked up
by the same lymphatics that presumably conduct cancer cells to the axillary lymph
nodes. By finding where the radioactivity begins to concentrate in the axilla and looking
for the dye, the surgeon can find the first nodes in the drainage pattern, known as the
sentinel nodes. The absence of tumor in the sentinel node is a fairly accurate indication
that the axilla is “negative.” If tumor cells are found in the sentinel node, then the
therapeutic approach may change and an axillary dissection may be undertaken.
Although we originally injected around the tumor, injections in the periaveolar region
appears to be just as effective and keeps tracer at the injection site away from axilla where
it could hide signals from the nodes (18a). The predictive value of the sentinel node biopsy
has been validated in other trials. Its use reduces the need for a full axillary dissection.
This greatly facilitates the surgical approach to breast cancer and thus far appears to
reduce the morbidity that has been associated with axillary dissection. The use of imaging-
guided needle biopsy has reduced the need for open surgical excision to make a diagnosis
of breast cancer. With this knowledge and the use of sentinel node biopsy, the surgeon can
often perform the surgical tumor excision and stage the axilla in a single operative
procedure.
Some prefer to have a map of the lymphatic drainage using lymphoscintigraphy. We have
never done this. Although I have no proof, I suspect that the sentinel nodes are usually the
lymph nodes that we see routinely in the low axilla by mammography. An enterprising
investigator could prove this and facilitate the biopsy of these lymph nodes without the
need for injecting dye and radioactive tracers.
P.22
44 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-18 If the glandular and fat portions of the breast are removed, what
remains are Cooper's ligaments. This schematic depicts the fibrous connective tissues
that support the ductal, glandular, and fat tissues of the breast. (Adapted from Barth V,
Prechtel K. Atlas of breast disease. Philadelphia: BC Decker; 1991.)
Figure 2A-19 Fibrous connective tissue courses through the breast in various amounts
that differ from individual to individual. These were first described by Sir Astley Cooper
and are known as Cooper's ligaments. They attach to the skin by the retinacula cutis,
which are like the peaks of mountains suspending the breast from the skin. Ducts can
follow the retinacula cutis to the skin so that breast cancer can develop in the
subcutaneous fat. I believe this is why some women who have extensive DCIS and
skin-sparing mastectomies develop recurrences. It may be impossible to dissect close
enough to the skin to remove these very peripheral ducts, and if they contain cancer,
recurrences can occur.
45 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-20 The curvilinear structures are Cooper's ligaments, seen in tangent to
the x-ray beam on this mediolateral xerogram.
47 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-21 This graph demonstrates the steady decrease in the percentage of
women with dense breasts that occurs with age among women who are not using
hormone replacement therapy (A). The percentages are moderated (B) by the use of
hormone replacement therapy, suggesting that two effects are in play: age and
hormone levels.
Figure 2A-22 The specialized connective tissue within the lobule (intralobular)
surrounds the acini like a haze. It is distinct from the tough fibrous tissue that supports
and holds the breast together, forming the connective tissue between the lobules
(interlobularconnective tissue).
We have shown that the majority of breast cancers develop in the parenchyma in a zone 1
cm wide that lies immediately beneath the subcutaneous fat, or anterior to the
retromammary fat (Fig. 2A-26). It is also possible that the majority of the TDLUs are in
this zone or even, as some have speculated, that the fat acts as a reservoir for carcinogens
(hence the propensity for cancers to develop adjacent to these fat areas) (22), but this is
purely speculative. The most likely explanation is simply that this is, geometrically, where
most of the breast tissue is found (23).
Figure 2A-23 There are two kinds of connective tissue in the breast. The
connective tissue between the lobules that supports and holds the breast together can 48 / 1584
bi
connective tissue between the lobules that supports and holds the breast together can
be seen in this drawing. The specialized connective tissue surrounds the acini of the
lobule.
Figure 2A-24 The curvilinear structures seen on this mediolateral oblique digital
mammogram are the retinacula cutis that attach the breast to the skin.
Figure 2A-25 Branches of this duct that was injected with contrast material go right
to the skin of the breast.
P.26
Figure 2A-26 Cancers are most commonly found at the periphery of the parenchyma.
This schematic demonstrates the volume of tissue at the periphery of the parenchyma
in a zone 1 cm wide that lies just beneath the subcutaneous fat and in front of the
retromammary fat. More than 70% of breast cancers develop in this zone.
Figure 2A-27 The tissue density of the breast reflects the body fat of the
patient. This patient had a large amount of breast fat (A). When she lost weight, her
breasts became much denser (B).
The surface of the nipple itself is irregular, with a cobblestone texture (Fig. 2A-28). This is
appearance is produced by numerous crevices in its surface. The duct orifices are usually at
the bottom of these crevices. With magnification, the duct openings can be seen as
glistening gray specks in the tissue of the nipple. Each duct and its tributaries defines a lobe
or segment of the gland. Beneath the nipple openings, the major ducts dilate into their
ampullary portions. These are the lactiferous sinuses. The deeper segmental ducts divide
into subsegmental structures and may branch further until they form the terminal duct that
enters the lobule.
The pigmented tissues of the areola contain numerous apocrine sweat glands and
sebaceous glands, as well as hair follicles. The glands help to lubricate the nipple/areolar
surface during nursing to reduce irritation. The skin of the areola is thicker than the rest of
the skin of the breast, tapering down toward the limbus of the areola where it joins the
regular skin. The small, raised nodular structures that are distributed over the areola
(Morgagni's tubercles)
P.28
define the openings of Montgomery's (sebaceous) glands (Fig. 2A-29). 51 / 1584
bi
define the openings of Montgomery's (sebaceous) glands (Fig. 2A-29).
Figure 2A-28 In this close-up, the nipple surface has a cobblestone appearance.
Cellular debris can be found in the crevices, and the duct openings are usually in these
crevices.
Figure 2A-29 The nipple–areolar complex includes raised structures on the surface of
the areola known as Montgomery's tubercules. Note the verrucoid surface of the
nipple. The duct openings are generally down in the crevices of the nipple surface.
53 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-30 (A) The breast is composed of lobes or segments that are defined by
the major lactiferous ducts that open on the nipple. This is evident in this reproduction
of the painting done by Cooper's artist following the injection of the ducts with paraffin.
(B) Frequently a segment occupies a wedge of breast tissue, as seen in this duct
injection imaged by xeroradiography in the craniocaudal projection. (C) Some
segments are very small, as seen in this galactogram in the craniocaudal projection.
Figure 2A-31 A major duct can branch in two directions and actually involve two
separate quadrants. This duct branches medially and laterally. On the craniocaudal
projection the injected duct has branches that spread across the entire upper breast, so
that if this patient were to have cancer and it was a segmental process, a quadrant
resection would likely miss branches and possible cancer that had spread within the
ducts. It is likely, for this reason, that quadrant resection does not preclude recurrent 54 / 1584
bi
ducts. It is likely, for this reason, that quadrant resection does not preclude recurrent
cancer. (Courtesy of Norman Sadowsky, MD)
The ducts of the breast are lined by an inner layer of epithelial cells surrounded by a
thinner, and often discontinuous-appearing, layer of myoepithelial cells (Fig. 2A-32). The
myoepithelial cells presumably play a role in the propulsion and expression of milk during
lactation. The presence of both cell types in a lesion such as a papilloma is used by the
pathologist to determine that it is benign, since only the epithelial cells are involved in
cancer formation. Because terminal branches are not only found deep
P.30
in the breast tissue but may also form immediately off a major duct anywhere in the
breast, cancers may occur immediately beneath the nipple as well as anywhere else in the
breast.
Figure 2A-33 (A) This is a thick section of tissue that has been defatted so that the
three-dimensional terminal ducts and lobules are visible at 40× magnification. (B) The
appearance of TDLUs is seen on this optically enlarged craniocaudal galactogram (C)
in which the lobules (the small “fluffy” densities at the ends of the ducts) have filled
with contrast. (D) This histologic section demonstrates the terminal duct and lobular
acini of a TDLU. The large arrow points to the intralobular terminal duct. The TDLU is
composed of the terminal duct (extralobular and intralobular portion), the ductules, or
acini, of the lobule, and the specialized connective tissue that surrounds the acini and is
distinct from the surrounding fat and the interlobular connective tissue. (E) Multiple
lobules and their specialized connective tissue, as well as the interlobular,
nonspecialized connective tissues, are visible in this lower-magnification section.
57 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-34 Cancers are thought to arise in the intralobular portion of the terminal
duct in the location suggested by this schematic.
The breast is a heterogeneous organ. Further complicating breast analysis is the variable
“end-organ” response of its cellular constituents to fluctuations in hormone levels. One
volume of breast tissue may be very sensitive to hormonal variations, while other portions
of the same breast and the contralateral breast may have little or no reaction. This
heterogeneous response can result in clinically apparent “lumps” that may merely reflect
disproportionate stimulation of a volume of breast tissue, resulting in a prominence that
distinguishes the particular tissue volume from the surrounding less affected tissues. The
distribution of fibroglandular elements is not uniform; neither is the distribution of fat.
Islands of these various tissues may feel, on clinical breast examination, as thickened
areas or even lumps, while by mammography the heterogeneous distribution of normal
breast tissue elements may produce suspicious densities.
60 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-35 The breast is highly sensitive to the hormone changes during the
menstrual cycle. Just as with the endometrium, there is cell proliferation in the first
part of the menstrual cycle. There are two cell types visible during the middle of the
cycle (follicular phase), and the cells become vacuolated and secretions accumulate
during the luteal phase of the cycle, also associated with edema and venous congestion
in the breast. The cycle begins again after apoptosis (programmed cell death) reduces
the cell population at the end of the cycle. (Reprinted with permission from Scott J,
DiSaia PJ, Hammond C, et al, eds. Danforth's obstetrics and gynecology, 7th ed.
Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1994:30.)
Lactation
Pregnancy clearly has a profound effect on the breast. The epithelial cells begin to
demonstrate changes in the first trimester. During the second trimester, the lobules
increase in size and there is a generalized proliferation of lobular acini, many of which
begin to contain secreted material. Continued increase in the size of the lobules in the third
trimester leads to replacement (crowding out) of the intralobular and interlobular
connective tissue, until by the onset of lactation only thin fibrous septa separate the
enlarged, secretion-distended lobules. The myoepithelial cells elongate. These are thought
to be the contractile cells of the breast that aid in expressing milk. When lactation takes
place, membrane-encapsulated fat globules are secreted from the epithelial cells. The
61 / 1584
bi
place, membrane-encapsulated fat globules are secreted from the epithelial cells. The
membranes of these milk fat globules have been studied for their antigenic components in
the search for tumor markers in nonlactating women.
Figure 2A-36 The tissues of the lactating breast are often extremely and
heterogeneously dense, as seen on this mediolateral oblique projection (A). The
density often regresses after the cessation of lactation, as seen in the same patient 1
year later postlactation (B).
When lactation ceases, the breast undergoes a degree of involution, but large lobules may
persist. A return to a new baseline takes approximately 3 months following the cessation of
lactation. Because lactation causes a marked increase in the radiographic density of the
breast (Fig. 2A-36) that
P.35
could obscure pathology, we recommend that routine screening mammography not be
performed for at least 3 months following the cessation of lactation. If diagnostic
mammography is needed when a patient is lactating, we recommend that the woman
nurse or pump her breasts prior to the mammogram. True involution occurs with age.
Figure 2A-37 The percentage of the breast that is collagen decreases with age, while
the percentage of fat increases with age, as seen in this schematic adapted from
Prechtel. (Adapted from Prechtel K. Mastopathic und altersabbangige brustdrusen
verandernagen. Fortschr Med 1971;89:1312–1315.)
The lack of a uniform definition of what constitutes the normal breast complicates
determination of the abnormal. Furthermore, in all probability, host responses are
important in the development of pathology. Breast evaluation is further complicated by the
variable response of the end organ. This variability is suggested not only by the
63 / 1584
bi
variable response of the end organ. This variability is suggested not only by the
inhomogeneous monthly changes seen histologically, but also by the varying rate at which
different parts of the breast undergo involutional change. The breast is a relatively
disordered organ that lacks uniform architectural landmarks. The inhomogeneities found in
varying degrees in all breasts compromise the ability of imaging studies to detect the early
epithelial changes that may indicate a malignant process.
The following is a summary of the histologic and pathologic changes that can occur in the
breast. For a more complete description of pathologic changes, see Chapter 2B.
64 / 1584
bi
Paget's Disease
Paget described a form of ductal cancer that involves the large ducts. Although there is
disagreement as to the exact progression of Paget's disease, these are likely ductal
carcinomas that spread down the duct and out onto the nipple, where characteristic Paget's
cells are found in the dermis, associated with an eczematoid, crusting nipple lesion. This
form of ductal carcinoma often has a favorable prognosis due to its often early clinical
presentation, although it may be found in conjunction with a more advanced, invasive
lesion deeper in the breast. 65 / 1584
bi
lesion deeper in the breast.
P.37
Cysts
Cysts ranging from microscopic to those containing many cubic centimeters of fluid are
probably the result of idiopathic, apocrine metaplasia of the lobular acinar epithelium.
These cells appear to be hypersecretory. The increased secretion is not balanced by
increased resorption, and dilatation of the lobule results (Fig. 2A-40). The frequent
suggestion of an associated obstructed terminal duct may be part of the process or a result
of the dilating lobule causing compression of the duct.
Fibroadenoma
Fibroadenomas are the result of an idiopathic overgrowth of the specialized connective
tissues surrounding the acini of the lobule. The acini are drawn out into slit-like spaces (Fig.
2A-41). Subcategories of fibroadenomas have been described (intracanalicular and
extracanalicular), but these do not appear to have any practical significance.
Most studies suggest that fibroadenomas carry little if any risk for the subsequent
development of breast cancer. Because these lesions contain epithelium lining the
P.38
P.39
stretched acini, cancers can arise in fibroadenomas just as they can in any breast
epithelium.
67 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-39 (A) In this form of DCIS, the ducts are filled with cells that are aligned
and define cribriform spaces. (B) This duct is filled with so many cells that those in the
center have died, probably because nutrients could not reach them. This type of
comedo-intraductal cancer appears to develop invasive cells more rapidly than the
better-differentiated forms of DCIS. (C) These cancer cells have broken out of the
duct and are forming a mass of invasive or infiltrating ductal carcinoma. The edge of
the lesion is at the top of the figure. (D) The invasive component (IN) is on the left,
while cancecontinues to grow within the duct as the in situ, intraductal (ID) component
in this mixed lesion.
Figure 2A-40 Early microcyst formation. In this histologic section there are several
normal lobules and one whose acini are cystically dilated. This is likely the early phase
in most cyst formation.
68 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-41 The specialized connective tissue has overgrown, and the acini are now
elongated slit-like spaces in this fibroadenoma. Normal lobules can be seen at the right
edge of the picture.
One study has suggested that women with complex fibroadenomas, defined as those
containing cysts, sclerosing adenosis, epithelial calcifications, or papillary apocrine changes,
were at three times the risk of developing subsequent cancer than comparison groups (46).
Women with adjacent proliferative disease, as well as those with fibroadenomas and a
family history of breast cancer, were also at some increased risk (3.9 and 3.7 times,
respectively). If Dupont et al are correct, these risks last for many decades.
Adenosis
Adenosis is a benign proliferation of the stromal and epithelial elements of the lobule
producing an increase in the number of acinar structures (Fig. 2A-42). Instead of several to
100 acini, adenosis results in innumerable acini in a lobule. The individual acini are
elongated. Viewed three-dimensionally, the lobule looks like a porcupine. Adenosis can be
associated with a scarring process that can distort the architecture (sclerosing adenosis)
and can sometimes be confused with malignant change. Calcifications are often seen in the
acini.
Figure 2A-42 The acini of this lobule have proliferated so that they number in the
hundreds. Adenosis makes the three-dimensional lobule look like a porcupine.
69 / 1584
bi
Phylloides Tumor
The phylloides tumor is likely related to the fibroadenoma and occasionally is mistaken for
it (Fig. 2A-43). These are also lesions of the specialized connective tissue of the lobule.
They are usually rapidly growing. Approximately 25% recur locally if not completely
excised, and as many as 10% may metastasize. The pathologist looks for cellular
pleomorphism and invasive rather than pushing borders to suggest
P.40
malignant potential. These lesions frequently have characteristics that are similar to
fibrosarcomas or liposarcomas.
Figure 2A-43 The phylloides tumor is related to the fibroadenoma and is primarily an
abnormal proliferation of the intralobular connective tissue. Note the extremely cellular
stroma (numerous nuclei). The epithelium-lined spaces may be quite cystic; this
explains the previous terminology of the cystosarcoma.
70 / 1584
bi
Figure 2A-44 This lobule is filled with and distended by monomorphic round cells.
This is the appearance of LCIS. Because this does not appear to be a direct, precursor
lesion, some prefer to term this “lobular neoplasia.”
LCIS is a diffuse process usually involving large portions of breast tissue. Women with
LCIS are at a higher risk for invasive breast cancer in either breast. In the original work by
Rosen et al (47), it has been observed that when LCIS is discovered at breast biopsy, both
breasts appear to have a similar risk (15%) for the development of an invasive breast
cancer within 20 to 30 years (the total risk is 30%). Although invasive lobular carcinoma is
not found without LCIS, women with LCIS may develop an invasive ductal cancer. This has
been corroborated in a study by Bodian et al (48). They found that there was a 1 in 3
chance of developing breast cancer in either breast after a biopsy that contained LCIS; this
estimate was 5.4 times the rate in the general population. The risk decreased with
increasing age at diagnosis. The risk of developing breast cancer remained elevated for at
least 20 years after the biopsy.
More recently, the National Surgical Breast Project reported on a 12-year follow-up of
women who had their LCIS detected while participating in one of its protocols (49). One
hundred eighty patients who had been diagnosed with LCIS had not had any more
treatment than local excisions. The investigators followed the women and evaluated the
risk of ipsilateral breast tumor recurrence (IBTR) and contralateral breast tumor
recurrence (CBTR) as well as the death rates among these women. During the 12 years of
follow-up there were 26 (14.4%) IBTRs and 14 (7.8%) CBTRs. Among these, 9 of the
women with IBTRs (5.0% of the 180) and 10 of the women with CBTRs (5.6% of the total)
developed invasive cancers. Eight of the nine invasive cancers that recurred in the
ipsilateral breast (88.9%) and six of the eight invasive cancers developing in the
contralateral breast (75%) among women who had histology that the authors could review
were invasive lobular cancers. The investigators also found that 96% of all IBTRs and
100% of the invasive IBTRs developed in the same site as the original LCIS was found.
Fortunately, only 2 women among the 180 (1.1%) died of breast cancer: both had invasive
cancers, one IBTR and the other CBTR. The authors concluded that LCIS represents a
more indolent form of in situ breast carcinoma than DCIS. Although it may be a direct
precursor to invasive cancer, the recurrence rates are so low that they could find “no
compelling reason to surgically treat LCIS other than conservatively.” These data differ
71 / 1584
from some of the older results, with rates of invasive tumor recurrence that are lower than
bi
from some of the older results, with rates of invasive tumor recurrence that are lower than
predicted by earlier analyses. This might be due to their shorter follow-up.
Many pathologists are now subdividing these lesions and making a distinction between
atypical lobular hyperplasia and LCIS. The atypical forms appear to be linked to a higher
rate of ipsilateral development of breast cancer (50), while LCIS represents a more
bilateral risk. Page et al (50) found that 50 (20%) of the 252 women who had been treated
by biopsy alone subsequently developed invasive breast cancer. The relative risk of
developing breast cancer in women with atypical lobular hyperplasia was 3.1 (95% CI 2.3
–4.3, p < 0.0001). Among 34 of these 50 women (68%), the invasive cancer developed in
the same breast (ipsilateral) that had been diagnosed with atypical lobular hyperplasia; it
developed in the contralateral breast in only 12 (24%). They concluded that an invasive
carcinoma that develops after a preceding diagnosis of atypical lobular hyperplasia is about
three times more likely to arise in the same breast that contained the atypical lobular
hyperplasia than it is in the opposite breast: “Our findings suggest a model of
premalignancy for atypical lobular hyperplasia intermediate between a local precursor and
a generalised risk for both breasts.”
P.42
Unclassified Lesions
Although a very common lesion seen histologically, the radial scar has become a more
important lesion because of its visibility on mammograms and because its imaging
appearance is indistinguishable from breast cancer. Its etiology and origin are idiopathic.
The lesions may be very small or several centimeters in size. Page prefers to call the
larger lesions “complex sclerosing lesions.” Thought to originate at a branching point in the72 / 1584
bi
larger lesions “complex sclerosing lesions.” Thought to originate at a branching point in the
duct network, the lesions often show hyperplastic changes (often papillary in appearance),
adenosis, cyst formation, and a prominent fibrotic and elastic component, as well as
causing spiculated distortion of the tissue (Fig. 2A-45). Although this is a scarring process,
these lesions are unrelated to previous surgery and should not be confused with
postsurgical change. There has been an ongoing debate as to the relationship of these
lesions to the subsequent development of breast cancer, but there is no consensus. Jacobs
et al (51) suggested that very large radial scars were a risk factor, but this has not been
corroborated, and the excess risk in that study may have been related to the
(coincidentally?) associated atypical changes rather than the radial scar itself.
References
1. Sloane JP. Biopsy pathology of the breast. New York: Wiley, 1985.
3. Scanlan KA, Propeck PA. Accessory breast tissue in an unusual location. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1996;166:339–340.
4. Irvin WP, Cathro HP, Grosh WW, et al. Primary breast carcinoma of the vulva: a
case report and literature review. Gynecol Oncol 1999;73:155–159.
9. Russo J, Russo IH. Biological and molecular bases of mammary carcinogenesis. Lab
Invest 1987;57:112–113.
10. Scott-Conner CE, Al-Jurf AS. The sternalis muscle. Clin Anat 2002;15:67–69.
11. Bradley FM, Hoover HC, Hulka CA, et al. The sternalis muscle: an unusual finding
seen on mammography. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;166:33–36.
12. Reynolds HE, Jackson VP, Musnick BS. Preoperative needle localization in the
breast: utility of local anesthesia. Radiology 1993;187:503–505.
73 / 1584
bi
13. Suga K, Yuan Y, Okada M, et al. Breast sentinel lymph node mapping at CT
lymphography with iopamidol: preliminary experience. Radiology 2004;230:543–552.
14. Morton DL, Wen DR, Wong JH, et al. Technical details of intraoperative lymphatic
mapping for early stage melanoma. Arch Surg 1992;127:392–399.
15. Alex JC, Krag DN. Gamma-probe guided localization of lymph nodes. Surg Oncol
1993;2:137–143.
16. Alex JC, Weaver DL, Fairbank JT, et al. Gamma-probe guided lymph node
localization in malignant melanoma. Surg Oncol 1992;2:303–308.
17. Krag DN, Weaver DL, Alex JC, et al. Surgical resection and radiolocalization of the
sentinel node in breast cancer using gamma probe. Surg Oncol 1993;2:335–340.
18. Giuliano AE, Kirgan DM, Guenther JM, et al. Lymphatic mapping and sentinel
lymphadenectomy for breast cancer. Ann Surg 1994;220:391–401.
18a. Ellis RL, Seitert PJ, Neal LE, et al. Periaveolar injection for localization of sentinel
nodes in breast cancer patients. Breast J 2004;10:94–100.
19. Egan RL, McSweeney MB. Intramammary lymph nodes. Cancer 1983;51:1838
–1942.
20. Meyer JE, Ferraro FA, Frenna TH, et al. Mammographic appearance of normal
intramammary lymph nodes in an atypical location. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;161:779–780.
22. Falck F, Ricci A, Wolff MS, et al. Pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyl residues in
human breast lipids and their relation to breast cancer. Arch Environ Health
1992;47:143–146.
23. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of breast
cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
24. Love SM, Barsky SH. Anatomy of the nipple and breast ducts revisited. Cancer
2004;101:1947–1957.
25. Ohtake T, Abe R, Izoh K, et al. Intraductal extension of primary invasive breast
carcinoma treated by breast conservative surgery. Cancer 1995;76:32–45.
74 / 1584
bi
26. Wellings SR, Jensen HM, Marcum RG. An atlas of subgross pathology of the human
breast with special reference to possible precancerous lesions. J Natl Cancer Inst
1975;55:231–273.
27. Wellings SR, Jensen HM. On the origin and progression of ductal carcinoma in the
human breast. J Natl Cancer Inst 1973;50:1111.
29. Davis HH, Simons M, Davis JB. Cystic disease of the breast: relationship to
carcinoma. Cancer 1964;17:957.
30. Vogel PM, Georgiade NG, Fetter BF, et al. The correlation of histologic changes in
the human breast with the menstrual cycle. Am J Pathol 1981;104:23.
31. Love SM, Gelman RS, Sileri W. Sounding board. Fibrocystic “disease” of the breast
—a nondisease? N Engl J Med 1982;307:1010–1014.
32. Dupont WD, Page DL. Risk factors for breast cancer in women with proliferative
breast disease. N Engl J Med 1985;312:146–151.
33. Hussain Z, Roberts N, Whitehouse GH, et al. Estimation of breast volume and its
variation during the menstrual cycle using MRI and stereology. Br J Radiol 1999;72:236
–245.
34. Graham SJ, Stanchev PL, Lloyd-Smith JO, et al. Changes in fibroglandular volume
and water content of breast tissue during the menstrual cycle observed by MR imaging
at 1.5 T. J Magn Reson Imaging 1995;5:695–701.
36. Huston SW, Cowen PN, Bird CC. Morphometric studies of age-related changes in
normal human breast and their significance for evolution of mammary cancer. J Clin
Pathol 1985;38:281.
38. Page DL, Anderson TJ. Diagnostic histopathology of the breast. New York: Churchill
Livingstone, 1987.
P.43
75 / 1584
bi
39. Wolfe JN. Breast parenchymal patterns and their changes with age. Radiology
1976;121:545.
40. Kriger N, Hiatt RA. Risk of breast cancer after benign breast diseases: variation by
histologic type, degree of atypia, age at biopsy, and length of follow-up. Am J Epidemiol
1992;135:619–631.
41. Ciatto S, Andreoli C, Cirilli A, et al. The risk of breast cancer subsequent to
histologic diagnosis of benign intraductal papilloma: follow-up study of 339 cases.
Tumori 1991;77:41–43.
42. Gallager HS, Martin JE. Early phases in the development of breast cancer. Cancer
1969;24:1170–1178.
43. Page DL, Schuyler PA, Dupont WD, et al. Atypical lobular hyperplasia as a
unilateral predictor of breast cancer risk: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet
2003;361:125–129.
44. Ohuchi N, Abe R, Kasai M. Possible changes of intraductal papillomas of the breast:
a 3-D reconstruction study of 25 cases. Cancer 1984;54:605–611.
45. Ohuchi N, Abe R, Kasai M. Possible changes of intraductal papillomas of the breast:
a 3-D reconstruction study of 25 cases. Cancer 1984;54:605–611.
46. Dupont WD, Page DL, Pari FF, et al. Long-term risk of breast cancer women with
fibroadenoma. N Engl J Med 1994;331:10–15.
47. Rosen PP, Kosloff C, Lieberman PH, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast.
Am J Surg Pathol 1978;2:225–251.
48. Bodian CA, Perzin KH, Lattes R. Lobular neoplasia. Long-term risk of breast cancer
and relation to other factors. Cancer 1996;78:1024–1034.
49. Fisher ER, Land SR, Fisher B, et al. Pathologic findings from the National Surgical
Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project: twelve-year observations concerning lobular
carcinoma in situ. Cancer 2004;100:238–244.
50. Page DL, Schuyler PA, Dupont WD, et al. Atypical lobular hyperplasia as a
unilateral predictor of breast cancer risk: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet
2003;361:125–129.
51. Jacobs TW, Byrne C, Colditz G, et al. Radial scars in benign breast biopsy
specimens and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1999;340:430–436.
76 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 2B - A Pathologist's Overview of the Pathology of Breast Disease
2B
A Pathologist's Overview of the Pathology
of Breast Disease
Joseph Rabban
In general, pathologists classify breast lesions according to the microscopic architecture
and cytologic features of the cells that compose the lesion. Diagnostic breast pathology is
complex, and a detailed discussion is beyond the scope of this text. Excellent reference
sources are widely available, including the recently issued 2003 version of the World Health
Organization Classification of Tumors (1,2,3,4,5,6). The goals of this section, which draws
from these sources, are (a) to introduce the process of preparing core needle biopsy
samples for microscopic evaluation and ways in which radiologists may help optimize this
process, (b) to broadly introduce the general classification of common breast pathology
seen in routine practice, and (c) to familiarize the radiologist with the terminology and
structure of the pathology report of a typical breast core biopsy.
Tissue Processing
To microscopically visualize the tissue that is obtained by breast core biopsy or surgical
excision, the tissue must be cut into a sheet approximately 5 µm in thickness, and this
sheet must be mounted on a glass slide. Multiple steps are involved in preparing such slides
from the freshly biopsied tissue, and, in most laboratories, two days are required (i.e.,
biopsies are submitted on one day, and slides are available the next day). These steps
include fixing the tissue; processing the tissue; embedding the tissue in wax (paraffin) for
sectioning; sectioning the tissue; mounting the sections on the glass slides; and staining the
sections.
Tissue fixation refers to exposing the tissue to chemicals that harden the tissue and
preserve the three-dimensional structure of the cells and extracellular stromal
components. In the United States, commonly used fixatives are formaldehyde-based.
Penetration of formaldehyde into the tissues occurs at a rate of approximately 1 mm per
hour, so most small biopsies require at least several hours of fixation. Tissue that is
suboptimally fixed (i.e., exposed to fixative for too short a duration) or not quickly placed
into fixative will degenerate and can be uninterpretable under the microscope. The
radiologist can help to achieve optimal fixation by immediately and directly placing biopsy
material (Fig. 2B-1) into containers with adequate volume of fixative solution prior to
submitting them to the pathology laboratory. A volume ratio of fixative to tissue of 10:1 is
commonly recommended; basically, the more fixative, the better. Wrapping tissue biopsy
cores in gauze or other material is not advised because this may lead to damage or
fragmentation of the cores when the pathologist or technician unwraps the gauze to
evaluate the specimen. The cores may stick to the gauze or even get lost in the material. 77 / 1584
bi
evaluate the specimen. The cores may stick to the gauze or even get lost in the material.
Placing cores directly in the fixative solution is best. Of note, saline
P.46
is not a fixative and may cause artifacts in the tissue. If a delay is anticipated before
fixation, tissue can be refrigerated in an airtight container, although this is not advisable for
periods of more than several hours.
Figure 2B-1 Core biopsy specimens. These cylinders of tissue are obtained by core
needle biopsy from a patient with suspicious calcifications. Separation of the cores
containing radiologic calcifications from those without calcifications by the radiologist
will increase the pathologist's efficiency in identifying the correlating histologic
calcifications and any associated findings.
Figure 2B-2 Specimen cassettes. The tissue cores are loaded into these plastic
cassettes (lid not shown). The perforations allow the processing fluids to permeate the
specimens during the automated tissue processing sequence.
78 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-3 Tissue block and slide. On the left, the tissue cores have been
embedded in a paraffin wax block. Thin (5 µm) sections are shaved off the block,
mounted on a glass slide (right), and then stained.
Tissue sectioning is accomplished by embedding the biopsy cores in a block of paraffin wax.
The paraffin block containing the tissue is then sequentially shaved down using a blade
mounted in a microtome. The microtome allows for precisely shaved sections to be cut at a
thickness of only 2 to 10 µm. Generally, 5 µm is the optimal thickness for visualizing
cytoplasmic and nuclear detail with routine stains. These paper-thin sections are then
placed onto a glass slide and allowed to dry (Fig. 2B-3).
Processing of excisional biopsies is essentially the same as that for core biopsies except
that the larger size of the tissue requires the pathologist to dissect the tissue and sample
areas of interest (Fig. 2B-4). Detailed discussion of the
P.47
handling of excisional specimens is beyond the scope of this section because the approach
depends on the clinical scenario. It is now generally accepted that an excisional biopsy of
breast tissue should have its surfaces painted with “ink” before it is cut into sections for
review. The goal of the surgical resection of potential breast cancer is to remove the lesion
with a rim of normal breast tissue all the way around. Once the surface of the excised
tissue has been inked, the pathologist can determine whether neoplastic cells are at or
near the margin of resection by measuring the microscopic distance between the tumor
and the ink. If tumor comes to the resection margin (the inked surface), the obvious
inference is that there is tumor on the other side of this margin (still in the breast).
Although it cannot always be achieved, the ideal goal of surgery is to remove a cancer with
“clear margins.” The exact definition of clear margins is controversial, varying between 0.1
and 1 cm depending on the lesion and the clinician. In any case, the pathologist should ink
the surfaces of any specimen other than a core biopsy.
79 / 1584
bi
The surgeon may decide to orient an excisional specimen in three dimensions, thereby
allowing the pathologist to define six margins (anterior, posterior, superior, inferior, medial,
and lateral). The pathologist can preserve the orientation in the sectioned tissue by inking
the margins with different color inks. One way that the surgeon can orient the excised
specimen is by affixing sutures of different length to the particular tissue margins. If the
specimen is not oriented, the specimen should still be inked by the pathologist, but, if
tumor cells are seen microscopically at an inked margin, it will not be possible for the
pathologist to determine which margin is involved and hence what portion of the resection
cavity might harbor residual tumor.
After inking the specimen is sliced into parallel sections, each ideally 3 mm thick. Any
grossly visible abnormality in the tissue slices can then be further trimmed to be loaded
into cassettes for processing. The algorithm for deciding how much and which areas of
tissue to sample is complex and depends on the size of the specimen, the presence of
grossly visible abnormalities, and the clinical context (i.e., mammographic calcifications,
palpable mass, nonpalpable mass, prior cancer, etc.). There is always the possibility of a
sampling error when tissues are examined microscopically. The process is designed to
thoroughly sample tissues, but even pathological evaluation is a sampling. The pathologist
cannot possibly review all of the excised tissue in a given case. For example, it would
require approximately 2,000 slides to completely review a very small 1 cc sample of tissue
using serial sections that are only microns thick. This is clearly impractical. Consequently,
pathologists review several (hopefully) representative slides from each subsample of the
tissue. When large amounts of tissue are removed, it may not be practical to even process
all of the tissue so that it is critical to provide the pathologist with sufficient clinical details
so that the correct sampling can be performed efficiently.
When core biopsies are performed to determine the cause of mammographically detected
calcifications, it is helpful if the radiologist can separate the tissue cores containing
calcifications (proved by specimen radiography) into a separately labeled container from
the cores that do not contain calcifications. Although all of the tissue will be processed and
examined microscopically, sometimes calcifications are not present in the initial slides.
Knowing which cores contain the calcifications will allow the pathologist to be more efficient
in the search for the calcifications; this will be discussed in detail later in this chapter.
80 / 1584
bi
Tissue staining is required to visualize the cells once the tissue section is mounted on the
glass slide. The most commonly used stain is a combination of hematoxylin and eosin,
referred to as H&E stain. Hematoxylin is a basic dye and therefore has affinity for nucleic
acids. Hematoxylin will stain the cell nucleus dark blue or purple. Eosin is an acidic dye and
stains the cell cytoplasm and stroma pink.
The H&E stain itself does not differentiate cell types (e.g., epithelial cell versus fibroblast);
the nucleus of an epithelial cell is basophilic (blue) just as is the nucleus of a myoepithelial
cell. In certain circumstances, it may be necessary for the pathologist to confirm the cell
type present, for example, myoepithelium or epithelium. Since the myoepithelial cell layer
is in the outer wall of the duct, ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) is distinguished from
invasive ductal carcinoma by the presence of a myoepithelial cell layer surrounding the
tumor proliferation. To confirm the presence of myoepithelium, immunohistochemical
stains can be performed to detect protein antigens that are expressed by myoepithelium
but not by epithelium.
Immunohistochemical Stains
Immunohistochemistry (IHC) uses antibodies directed against the antigen of interest.
These antibodies are linked to chemical complexes that can react, for example, in a
colorimetric enzymatic reaction that ultimately can be seen under the microscope. The
antibody binds to the antigen of the cell, and the chemical complex that is bound to the
antibody can be processed so that the pathologist sees the color decorating that cell under
the microscope. Immunohistochemical evaluation may be helpful in various settings.
Common examples include (a) distinguishing ductal differentiation versus lobular
differentiation in a carcinoma by evaluating E-cadherin expression (lobular carcinoma does
not express E-cadherin); (b) distinguishing in situ versus invasive carcinoma
(myoepithelium is preserved around in situ tumor, therefore expression of myoepithelial
antigens, such as calponin, myosin heavy chain, or p63 excludes invasion); and (c)
evaluating potential response to tamoxifen by determining estrogen receptor expression in
the tumor cell nuclei. Generally, routine processing of tissue for H&E staining is an
overnight process from the time the tissue arrives at the pathology laboratory to the
P.48
time the glass slide is stained and available. Immunohistochemical staining may take an
additional 1 to 2 days.
Normal Histology
The basic microscopic unit of the breast is the terminal duct lobular unit (TDLU). The bulk
of the breast parenchyma consists of adipose (fat tissue) and fibrous stroma within which
are embedded the TDLUs (Fig. 2B-5). Each TDLU consists of a round aggregate of tubular
glands called acini that are arranged around a terminal duct (Figs. 2B-6,2B-7,2B-8).
Functionally, during lactation, each acinus will secrete milk into the terminal duct of that
lobule (Fig. 2B-9). The terminal ducts will then sequentially converge on larger ducts (Fig.
2B-10) that ultimately empty into the lactiferous sinus (Fig. 2B-11). The lactiferous ducts
(Fig. 2B-12) then communicate directly with the nipple (Fig. 2B-13) to form the channels
through which milk is expelled. Smooth muscle lining surrounding the lactiferous ducts aids
in this process.
Figure 2B-5 Normal breast parenchyma. The majority of normal adult breast
tissue consists of a mixture of adipose tissue (fat) and fibrous tissue. Embedded within
this fibroadipose are the terminal duct lobular units and the ductal system.
Figure 2B-6 Normal terminal duct lobular unit. The terminal duct lobular unit is
the basic histologic unit of the breast. The lobule (L) consists of glands (acini), whose
secretory product drains into the terminal duct (TD), which gives rise to segmental
ducts (SD). The terminal duct lobular unit is embedded in fibrofatty tissue.
82 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-7 Normal acinus. Two cell layers compose the normal acinus, an outer
myoepithelial cell layer and an inner glandular epithelial cell layer.
Figure 2B-8 Normal lobule. Several acini are clustered in a lobular arrangement
and drain into the terminal ductule (TD). The intralobular stroma (specialized stroma)
between the acini consists of small blood vessels, fibroblasts, and collagen.
Extralobular stroma (nonspecialized stroma) is less cellular.
Figure 2B-9 Lactation. The acini are hyperplasic and dilated from secreting milk
globules (white round globules) into the lumens.
83 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-10 Normal segmental duct. The lining consists of an inner epithelial cell
layer and an outer myoepithelial layer, similar to that of the acinus.
Figure 2B-13 Normal nipple. Lactiferous ducts drain directly to the nipple via
multiple channels through the skin.
P.49
P.50
The cellular composition is essentially the same from the acinus to the lactiferous duct. It is
a dual population lining, consisting of a single layer of inner ductal epithelium that lines the
acini and ducts and an outer myoepithelial layer. The acinar epithelium is usually cuboidal
in shape in the TDLU (Fig. 2B-7). The cytoplasm is clear to eosinophilic, and the nuclei are
bland. The myoepithelium is usually cuboidal in shape and can be immunohistochemically
distinguished from the epithelium by its expression of myoepithelial antigens (Fig. 2B-14).
During the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle, myoepithelial cells may exhibit more
abundant, clear cytoplasm, and prominent nucleoli may be seen in the epithelium (Fig. 2B-
15). During lactation, large vacuoles of milk form within the acini and are expelled into the
lumen (Fig. 2B-9). Once breastfeeding has stopped, the lobules gradually involute over
time and return to their normal appearance; involuting post-lactation changes can be seen85 / 1584
bi
time and return to their normal appearance; involuting post-lactation changes can be seen
during this process, including variably dilated acini, residual secretions, and attenuated
epithelial lining (Fig. 2B-16).
Figure 2B-15 Normal acinus, luteal phase. During luteal phase of the menstrual
cycle, the myoepithelium of the acini becomes more prominent, with abundant clear
cytoplasm. Punctate nucleoli can be seen in the nuclei of the epithelium.
86 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-17 Normal nonspecialized stroma. This fibrous tissue consists of spindle
shaped fibroblasts, collagen, small blood vessels, and peripheral nerves (not shown).
Adipocytes appear as round, empty white spaces since the lipids are dissolved during
processing. The thin cell membranes form a latticelike network.
Atrophy of the TDLU can occur in normal postmenopausal aging as well as following
radiation or chemotherapy exposure. Atrophic TDLUs show decreased size and number of
acini, fibrosis of the basement membrane surrounding the acini, and fibrosis of the
specialized stroma (Fig. 2B-19). Additional findings following exposure to radiation or
chemotherapy include atypical epithelial changes, such as prominent nucleoli and increased
nuclear size (Figs. 2B-20 and 2B-21).
Male gynecomastia consists of duct proliferation with variable fibrosis and inflammation.
Lobules are absent. Variable degrees of ductal proliferation may be seen at different stages
of gynecomastia (Figs. 2B-22 and 2B-23).
87 / 1584
bi
Inflammatory Lesions
Healing of Biopsy Site
Following a core biopsy or excisional biopsy, the wound healing process in the breast begins
immediately and evolves over several weeks. This evolution can be witnessed in the
histologic findings at the biopsy site. Initially, red blood cells and fibrin fill the space created
by the wound (Fig. 2B-24). Within the first few days, histiocytes (tissue macrophages)
aggregate at the site along with inflammatory cells. Multinucleated giant histiocytes may
also be present. Granulation tissue consists of neovascularization and collagen deposition,
manifested by an abundance of small blood vessels, fibroblasts, and collagen (Fig. 2B-25).
Over the ensuing weeks, the number of histiocytes diminishes, although residual
histiocytes laden with hemosiderin (breakdown products of hemoglobin) are a telltale sign
of
P.52
prior bleeding. Over these weeks, fibroblasts and collagen fill the space, creating the scar
(Fig. 2B-26). Residual changes of a healing biopsy site are often not detectable after
several months following biopsy or excision. Clips placed at the time of the core biopsy
88 / 1584
bi
several months following biopsy or excision. Clips placed at the time of the core biopsy
become embedded in a collagen matrix consisting of bovine collagen. This can be seen
microscopically (Fig. 2B-27). Usually, this material is not resorbed or broken down by
histiocytes, and it often elicits a robust multinucleated giant cell histiocytic response.
Suture material from a prior surgical procedure also elicits a similar response (Fig. 2B-28).
Figure 2B-21 Radiation effect in acini. The individual cells of the acinar epithelium
in this markedly atrophic lobule show increased nuclear size and prominent nucleoli,
features which may also be seen following chemotherapy.
89 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-23 Florid male gynecomastia. Stroma surrounding this duct shows
reactive features of edema (empty space between fibroblasts) and chronic
inflammatory cells (small round cells within the stroma). Duct epithelium shows mild
piling up and tufting.
Figure 2B-24 Core biopsy tract, acute healing phase. The center of this needle
tract is filled with red blood cells. At the wound edges are organizing fibroblasts, small
vessels, histiocytes, and inflammatory cells (granulation tissue).
Figure 2B-25 Granulation tissue. Proliferation of small blood vessels (BV) and
fibroblasts (F), admixed with histiocytes, lymphocytes, and plasma cells aggregate to
form granulation tissue, an intermediate step to scar formation following biopsy.
Subareolar Abscess
Duct obstruction during lactation can lead to rupture, resulting in inflammation and abscess
formation. This process is usually subareolar and consists of acute inflammatory cells and
necrotic debris accumulating within and around the duct. Because the abscess is based
within a duct,
P.53
there is usually a distinct finding of a reactive metaplastic change of the normally columnar
90 / 1584
bi
there is usually a distinct finding of a reactive metaplastic change of the normally columnar
cell duct epithelial lining to a stratified squamous epithelial duct lining. Exposure of the
metaplastic squamous cells to the surrounding stroma elicits a foreign-body type reaction,
and multinucleated giant histiocytes may aggregate at the abscess site.
Figure 2B-26 Scar. This well-healed site of a prior core biopsy shows spindle shaped
fibroblasts arranged in bundles with abundant extracellular collagen deposition.
Figure 2B-27 Clip residue at biopsy site. This round aggregate of acellular
material is collagen residue that coated a clip placed following a core needle biopsy
several weeks prior to this excision. Granulation tissue surrounds it.
Figure 2B-28 Suture material in scar. Suture fibers (round white structures) left
within the breast during an excision elicit a robust foreign body tissue reaction of
histiocytes, chronic inflammatory cells, and fibrosis. Multinucleate giant histiocytes are
seen engulfing fibers.
Figure 2B-29 Duct ectasia. This duct is massively dilated (ectatic) and filled with
proteinaceous debris (P). The duct wall (W) is markedly fibrotic and infiltrated by
histiocytes and inflammatory cells (not appreciated at this magnification).
Diabetic Mastopathy
Diabetic mastopathy is a stromal proliferation associated with perivascular lymphocytic
collections (Fig. 2B-31) that can form a mass within the breast of diabetic patients,
including male diabetics. Although this is quite uncommon, the constellation of pathologic
findings is distinct. The stroma is markedly collagenized (scarlike) (Fig. 2B-32) and there is
increased stromal cellularity, consisting of spindle cells. This fibrous stromal proliferation
can produce a firm mass measuring up to several centimeters. The second component of
diabetic mastopathy is a perivascular lymphocytic
P.54
infiltrate. Dense collections of B-cell and T-cell lymphocytes aggregate around small
vessels in the extralobular and intralobular stroma. This is not a vasculitis because there is
no damage to these blood vessels. The etiology of diabetic mastopathy is unclear, but it has
92 / 1584
bi
no damage to these blood vessels. The etiology of diabetic mastopathy is unclear, but it has
been suggested to be a component of HLA-associated autoimmune disease. Lymphocytic
infiltrates have been noted in breast specimens of other autoimmune disease patients, such
as those with lupus and rheumatoid arthritis.
Fat Necrosis
Fat necrosis in the breast is fairly common. It may be spontaneous or may result from
trauma, surgery, or radiation treatment. Acutely, the adipocytes (fat cells) are disrupted,
and this is accompanied by hemorrhage and histiocytic infiltration (Fig. 2B-33). Over time,
a lymphoplasmacytic infiltrate develops around the degenerating adipocytes, and
histiocytes engulf the lipids released by the adipocytes; such lipid-laden histiocytes
(macrophages) are referred to as lipophages (Fig. 2B-34). Multinucleated giant histiocytes
are commonly found admixed in the inflammatory response. Cysts containing gelatinous
material may develop in the center of the degeneration. Calcification and stromal fibrosis
become prominent. Fibrosis and calcification may produce a firm masslike lesion that, on
clinical examination, can be suspected for carcinoma, though the size of such lesions 93 / 1584
bi
clinical examination, can be suspected for carcinoma, though the size of such lesions
typically is small (on the order of 1 or 2 cm). In a core biopsy showing only fat necrosis,
the possibility of a nearby occult tumor should be considered since stromal inflammation
and degeneration can be seen adjacent to invasive cancer. As with any biopsy, the
pathology results should be viewed in light of the imaging findings, and, if the two are not
concordant, rebiopsy may be indicated.
Figure 2B-32 Keloidal stroma in diabetic mastopathy. These dark gray bands
and bundles of heavily collagenized (keloidal) stroma in between the stromal
fibroblasts and myofibroblasts can give rise to large breast nodules in diabetic patients.
Figure 2B-33 Fat necrosis. The degenerating adipocytes are in various states of
collapse. Histiocytes, fibroblasts, and chronic inflammatory cells fill the intervening
stroma.
Silicone Mastitis
Direct injection or implant leakage of silicone into the breast elicits a characteristic
granulomatous inflammatory
P.55
response of histiocytes, multinucleated giant cells, and lymphoplasmacytic inflammation
(Fig. 2B-35). Histiocytes ingest the silicone, but it is lost during tissue processing, leaving
distinct rounded white spaces or vacuoles within the histiocytes and multinucleated giant
cells (Fig. 2B-36). The features are similar to those of fat necrosis, with the addition of the
94 / 1584
bi
cells (Fig. 2B-36). The features are similar to those of fat necrosis, with the addition of the
telltale vacuoles within the histiocytes. As in fat necrosis, calcification, cystic degeneration,
and stromal fibrosis may develop over time, resulting in firm masslike lesions.
Figure 2B-35 Silicone mastitis. This is similar to fat necrosis with the addition of
nondigestible silicone droplets. Over time, degeneration leads to cyst (C) formation.
95 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-37 Periprosthetic capsule. This wall of fibroblasts and collagen form the
capsule. Over time, a palisaded, parallel arrangement of the cells (synovial
metaplasia, SM) develops at the surface.
Epithelial Lesions
Lesions of the epithelial lining of the ducts and lobules form the bulk of breast pathology.
This category consists of fibrocystic changes, papillary proliferations, benign and atypical
epithelial hyperplasia, in situ carcinoma, and invasive carcinoma.
Fibrocystic Changes
Fibrocystic changes (FCC) are common in the breast. FCC refers to a constellation of
benign alterations of the ducts and stroma, any of which can be present alone or in
combination with others. Cyst formation is one of the common changes (Figs. 2B-38 and
2B-39). Small ducts are dilated
P.56
and may contain proteinaceous fluid. Apocrine metaplasia of the duct lining is characteristic
(Fig. 2B-40). The epithelial ductal cells, which are normally cuboidal or columnar, acquire
abundant pink cytoplasm and prominent apical granules. The nuclei become round with
distinct nucleoli. The cytoplasmic changes give a tufted appearance to the cells. Macrocyst96 / 1584
bi
distinct nucleoli. The cytoplasmic changes give a tufted appearance to the cells. Macrocyst
formation may occur sometimes to the extent of producing a radiologically or clinically
detectable lesion. Varying degrees of stromal fibrosis may be a component of FCC.
Calcification may accompany FCC.
Figure 2B-38 Fibrocystic changes. Ducts and lobules are dilated, forming cysts
(C), and the lining has undergone apocrine metaplasia. Normal lobules (N) are present
for comparison.
Mild degrees of epithelial hyperplasia within ducts can be considered a form of proliferative
FCC. Usual ductal hyperplasia (UDH) is defined as stratification of the duct lining beyond
three cell layers (Fig. 2B-41). The cells of UDH are small and have bland nuclear features.
With increasing extent of hyperplasia, irregular, slitlike lumens are seen at the periphery of
the involved duct. Florid UDH refers to marked expansion of the duct lumen by this benign
proliferation (Fig. 2B-42).
97 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-40 Apocrine metaplasia. The epithelial cells have a granular cytoplasm
and round nuclei with distinct nucleoli (dotlike chromatin condensations). The cells may
pile up, forming tufts and papillary-like projections.
Figure 2B-41 Usual ductal hyperplasia. More than three stratified layers of ductal
epithelium form tufts and mounds, filling this duct. The smaller size of the cells in the
center of the duct (so-called maturation) and peripheral slitlike lumens between the
cells are characteristic of usual ductal hyperplasia.
Other proliferative changes include adenosis and sclerosing adenosis. In adenosis there is
an increase in the number of normal-sized acini within a lobule. The proliferation of acini
usually maintains an overall lobular organization and does not irregularly infiltrate the
stroma. Sclerosing adenosis is a variant in which stromal fibrosis is superimposed on an
adenosis lesion (Figs. 2B-43 and 2B-44). This may mimic invasive carcinoma, but the
overall pattern of a well-circumscribed expanded lobule is generally maintained.
Papillary Proliferations
From a histologic perspective, the term papillary refers to an architectural pattern of
sequential or hierarchical
P.57
branching of a fibrovascular stromal skeleton lined by a layer of epithelium, analogous to a
tree trunk giving rise to sequentially smaller branches which themselves subdivide further.
Papillary epithelial proliferations may be entirely benign (papilloma), partially involved by
benign hyperplasia or FCC, partially involved by carcinoma in situ, or malignant
themselves (papillary carcinoma). Therefore, papillary is a descriptive term and does not 98 / 1584
bi
themselves (papillary carcinoma). Therefore, papillary is a descriptive term and does not
itself imply a benign or malignant nature.
Figure 2B-42 Florid ductal hyperplasia. These expanded ducts are nearly
completely filled by ductal hyperplasia. Peripherally located slitlike lumens are present.
Papillomas (Fig. 2B-45) may arise within the central large ducts, often near the nipple, and
cause nipple discharge. As a result of infarction of the papilloma, the discharge may be
hemorrhagic. Centrally-located papillomas are typically single and larger than peripherally-
located papillomas that are smaller and multiple. Both types consist of a fibrovascular stalk
(Fig. 2B-46) that gives rise to papillary branches. The stalk is lined by an epithelial-
myoepithelial bilayer similar to that in the normal ducts. It is not uncommon for larger
papillomas to infarct and bleed, resulting in inflammation, foamy histiocytes, and
hemorrhagic debris in the ducts (Fig. 2B-47). Papillomas can also undergo extensive
fibrosis and occasionally can calcify. Papillary carcinoma is distinguished by malignant-
appearing epithelial cells lining the papillary stalks. Partial involvement of a papilloma by in
situ carcinoma is evaluated in a similar manner as in situ carcinoma not involving a
papilloma.
99 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-45 Intraductal papilloma. Two dilated ducts are filled by papillomas.
The left papilloma shows areas of edema (white hypocellular stromal areas) and
fibrosis (gray hypocellular stromal areas). Normal lobules (N) are present for
comparison.
100 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-47 Infarcted papilloma. The fibrovascular skeleton is intact but the
epithelium has sloughed. Histiocytes, inflammatory cells, and red blood cells have
aggregated within the papilloma. Native duct wall is in the upper left.
P.58
101 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-49 Central nidus of radial scar. A few compressed, distorted acini are
embedded in fibroelastotic stroma. This mimics invasive carcinoma.
Lactational Adenoma
During pregnancy a firm palpable nodule or mass consisting of aggregated lobules showing
secretory change may develop. The lobules are expanded by increased numbers of acini,
which contain intraluminal secretions. The cytoplasm of the acinar epithelium appears
vacuolated because of the secretions (Fig. 2B-50). Often, distinct nucleoli can be
appreciated within the acinar epithelium. In contrast to a compact, organized lactational
adenoma, normal lactating breast tissue usually shows lobular hyperplasia with secretory
features including markedly dilated acini filled with secretions. The amount of intervening
fibrofatty stroma is somewhat diminished in lactation.
102 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-51 Comedo pattern ductal carcinoma in situ. Necrotic debris and
calcification markedly expand this duct lined by high nuclear grade ductal carcinoma in
situ.
P.59
Carcinoma In Situ
Carcinoma in situ refers to malignant epithelium which has not yet disrupted its underlying
basement membrane and invaded the stroma. The pathologic distinction between invasive
and in situ carcinoma is the absence of an intact myoepithelial layer surrounding the
invasive tumor cells. Myoepithelium can generally be appreciated in routine H&E stained
slides. In some instances, immunohistochemical stains for myoepithelium may be needed
to confirm their presence or absence. Usually though, the architectural distribution of the
neoplastic cells as appreciated at low magnification is enough to differentiate the two. The
overall normal lobular and ductal architecture is preserved in carcinoma in situ, while
invasive tumor usually forms irregular shaped nests, sheets, or single cells within the
stroma. Often, reactive changes in the stroma adjacent to invasive tumor can be
appreciated; this is referred to as desmoplastic stroma.
Carcinoma in situ can be of either ductal or lobular differentiation; the histologic difference
is primarily the presence (ductal) or absence (lobular) of intercellular cohesion. Several
distinctive architectural patterns of DCIS exist, although they are not of major clinical
significance. The comedo pattern refers to the presence of necrotic debris (dead, sloughed
tumor cells) within the duct lumen (Fig. 2B-51). The solid pattern refers to an expanded
duct completely and solidly filled with neoplastic cells. A cribriform pattern is a solid pattern
that appears to have empty, punched-out circular spaces distributed through the duct,
rendering a sievelike architecture (Fig. 2B-52). The micropapillary pattern refers to thin,
fingerlike projections or tendrils of neoplastic cells arising from the duct wall (Fig. 2B-53).
The clinging or flat-type pattern is often associated with micropapillary pattern and the
neoplastic cells are confined to the duct lining, with no projections or other architectural
structures (Fig. 2B-54). Mixtures of any combination of these patterns are typical.
103 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-54 Clinging (flat-type) ductal carcinoma in situ. Mixed with areas of
micropapillary ductal carcinoma in situ in this duct are neoplastic epithelial cells that
cling to the duct wall rather than project into the lumen. Small snouts or hairlike
projections can be appreciated.
104 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-55 Lobular carcinoma in situ. This lobule is enlarged and each acinus is
expanded by a proliferation of monotonous, homogeneous tumor cells without gland
formation.
P.60
In contrast to the DCIS patterns, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS) generally shows a
pattern of lobular expansion (Fig. 2B-55). The acini of the lobule are filled by tumor cells
that lack intercellular cohesion. This is manifested by white space surrounding the
individual tumor cells (Fig. 2B-56). The white space is caused by loss of expression of the
cell surface adhesion molecule E-cadherin (Fig. 2B-57); as mentioned earlier,
immunohistochemical staining for E-cadherin can be helpful in cases that are difficult to
classify as ductal or lobular. The major variant is solid pattern LCIS, and this may mimic
solid pattern DCIS in appearance. LCIS may occasionally have comedonecrosis (Fig. 2B-
58).
The grading of DCIS is generally predictive of recurrence. Many grading systems exist, but
they all are based on two major factors: nuclear atypia and necrosis. A three-tiered system
of low/intermediate/high nuclear atypia is typically
P.61
used (Figs. 2B-59,2B-60,2B-61). Necrosis is reported as present or absent. These are the
most clinically relevant features of DCIS. Grading is not performed for LCIS.
Figure 2B-57 E-cadherin stain in lobular carcinoma in situ. On the right, the cell
membranes of these benign acini are well-defined by this immunohistochemical stain
for E-cadherin. On the left are acini distended by lobular carcinoma in situ. These
noncohesive cells do not express E-cadherin.
106 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-59 Ductal carcinoma in situ, low nuclear grade. A homogeneous
proliferation of neoplastic epithelial cells expands the duct. An acinar pattern (without
lumens) can be appreciated in some areas. This is solid pattern ductal carcinoma in
situ.
Figure 2B-60 Ductal carcinoma in situ, intermediate nuclear grade. The nuclei
are more pleomorphic in shape and size, as well as prominent nucleoli, compared to
low nuclear grade ductal carcinoma in situ.
Figure 2B-61 Ductal carcinoma in situ, high nuclear grade. Severe nuclear
pleomorphism is present. The lumen is filled with necrotic debris. The neoplastic cells
have not transgressed the underlying myoepithelium.
Figure 2B-63 Ductal atypia in columnar cell change. This dilated lobule is lined
by columnar epithelium (compare to cuboidal epithelium of the smaller acinus in the
lower left corner). Homogeneous nuclei, smooth oval nuclear contours, and smooth
chromatin patterns are atypical. The cytoplasmic snouts at the lumenal edge of the
cells are also characteristic. Some pathologists may classify this as atypical ductal 108 / 1584
bi
cells are also characteristic. Some pathologists may classify this as atypical ductal
hyperplasia.
Atypical lobular hyperplasia refers to lesions that are quantitatively insufficient for a
diagnosis of LCIS. Similar to DCIS, there are different definitions of the minimal criteria
for LCIS, but they all incorporate the degree of lobular involvement and expansion by the
tumor cells.
109 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-67 Tubular carcinoma. Angular and tear-drop shaped tubules without
myoepithelium infiltrate the stroma.
110 / 1584
bi
Mucinous carcinoma consists of well-differentiated nests of tumor cells freely floating within
pools of mucin (Figs. 2B-68 and 2B-69). Mucinous carcinoma is often quite hypocellular,
and the bulk of the lesion may be mucin with relatively few clusters of tumor cells.
Medullary carcinomas are challenging to diagnose because the criteria vary among
experts. In general, most medullary carcinomas show (a) syncytial growth pattern, (b)
complete histological circumscription, (c) diffuse lymphoplasmacytic infiltrate, and (d)
marked nuclear atypia (Figs. 2B-70 and 2B-71). Many medullary carcinomas develop in
patients with breast cancer gene (BRCA) mutations. Medullary carcinoma tends to have a
better clinical behavior than ductal carcinoma of no special type.
Metaplastic carcinoma refers to a heterogeneous group of carcinomas with areas of
spindled, squamous, or mesenchymal differentiation (i.e., bone, skeletal, muscle, or
cartilage formation (Fig. 2B-72). The spindle cell carcinoma variant
P.64
deserves mention because the spindled appearance of the cells can be misinterpreted as a
component of a benign stromal proliferation. Close scrutiny of lesions with spindle cell
features is warranted to rule out spindle cell carcinoma.
Figure 2B-69 Neoplastic cells in mucinous carcinoma. Tumor cells float in the
center of the mucin pools and are not attached to the duct walls.
111 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-72 Metaplastic carcinoma, chondroid type. This field of high grade
carcinoma shows tumor cells embedded in a glassy, chondroid extracellular matrix that
resembles cartilaginous matrix.
112 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-73 Micropapillary carcinoma. Small buds, clusters, and ringlike glands
of tumor are embedded in loose fibrous stroma.
113 / 1584
bi
Nuclear Pleomorphism
Marked variation 3
3–5 1 (well-differentiated)
6–7 2 (moderately-differentiated)
114 / 1584
bi
8–9 3 (poorly-differentiated)
*Based on Elston CW, Ellis IO. Pathological prognostic factors in breast cancer. I.
The value of histological grade in breast cancer: experience from a large study with
long-term follow-up. Histopathology 1991;19:403–410.
**Because the mitotic count depends on the field diameter of the microscope, it is
important for the pathologist to calibrate the mitotic score to the published
nomograms (see preceding footnote) for the particular microscope used.
P.65
The microscopic appearance of invasive carcinoma can be altered by exposure to
chemotherapy or radiation. Patients who receive neoadjuvant chemotherapy or radiation
may demonstrate two changes in their tumors. First, the tumor size may shrink and, in
some patients, disappear completely. Second, the tumor may undergo cytologic alterations
due to treatment exposure. These changes include enlargement of the nuclei and
cytoplasm, alterations in the cytoplasm to a pink, glassy appearance (eosinophilic change),
or alterations that mimic the appearance of tissue macrophages (Fig. 2B-77). Not all
tumors are responsive to neoadjuvant treatment. Furthermore, there is not always a
correlation between radiologic changes to the tumor during neoadjuvant treatment and
histologic changes; in other words, some tumors that appear to have shrunk radiologically
may be present microscopically as occult single tumor cells scattered throughout the
original tumor bed. Pathologic evaluation is important to confirm the radiologic changes in
patients undergoing neoadjuvant treatment.
115 / 1584
bi
116 / 1584
bi
Inflammatory Carcinoma
Inflammatory carcinoma is a clinical description of invasive carcinoma with extensive
involvement of dermal lymphatic spaces (Fig. 2B-81). The obstruction of the dermal
lymphatics by tumor causes hydrostatic obstruction in the skin, resulting in marked tissue
edema, engorgement, induration, and erythema. Skin sloughing, erosion, or ulceration can
occur. Inflammatory carcinoma is not a pathological term. Instead, the pathology of
inflammatory carcinoma is the dermal lymphatic involvement. Inflammatory carcinoma
carries a poor prognosis, although with intensive therapy the prognosis has improved
somewhat in recent years.
117 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-80 Lobular neoplasia. Individual small round cells in the stroma mimic
lymphocytes at low magnification but are actually invasive lobular carcinoma cells
surrounding a normal duct. Lobular carcinoma in situ is in the upper field.
Paget Disease
Paget disease of the nipple is another clinical entity with a distinct pathologic finding.
Clinically, patients present with an eczema-like condition of the nipple. Biopsy of the nipple
shows tumor cells within the epithelium of the skin (Fig. 2B-82). These intraepithelial cells,
which represent adenocarcinoma, are either single or in clusters and nests. In the vast
majority of cases, Paget disease of the nipple is associated with an underlying primary
breast carcinoma. No particular features of the underlying breast carcinoma distinguish it
from tumors that are not associated with
P.67
Paget disease of the nipple, other than it tends to be higher grade. The major differential
diagnosis is melanoma. Immunohistochemical stains can be used to support the distinction.
Of note, the term pagetoid spread is often confused with Paget disease of the nipple. When
LCIS involves segmental ducts, the involvement is often called pagetoid spread of LCIS.
Thus, the two terms are quite different.
118 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-82 Paget disease of the nipple. Within the stratified epithelium of the
nipple skin are multiple large individual and nested aggregates of neoplastic cells with
abundant cytoplasm, enlarged nuclei, and nucleoli. This patient had an underlying
ductal carcinoma although the differential diagnosis included melanoma.
Fibroepithelial Lesions
These entities are biphasic; they comprise a stromal and an epithelial component.
Fibroepithelial lesions may be benign (fibroadenoma, tubular adenoma) or potentially
malignant (phyllodes tumor). Because of heterogeneity and overlap in the histology of both
benign and malignant fibroepithelial tumors, great care must be taken in the evaluation of
a core needle biopsy showing a fibroepithelial proliferation. In addition to the range of
fibroepithelial entities, the differential diagnosis of a core needle biopsy containing a spindle
cell proliferation also includes a range of reactive, benign, and malignant entities that
contain spindle cells: biopsy scar, fibromatosis, nodular fasciitis, pseudoangiomatous
stromal hyperplasia (PASH), sarcoma, and metaplastic carcinoma (e.g., spindle cell
carcinoma). Therefore, unless the core biopsy shows only the classic features of a
fibroadenoma, caution should be exercised before excluding these other entities.
119 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-83 Intramammary lymph node. These lymph nodes are similar to those
at other anatomic sites.
Fibroadenoma
Fibroadenomas are benign and are typically well-circumscribed nodules or masses of
stroma (fibroblasts and collagen) that have distorted the native duct epithelium, rendering
either the so-called intracanalicular or pericanalicular patterns. In the intracanalicular
pattern, the stromal expansion pushes into and distorts the ductal epithelial structures (also
called canaliculi), causing them to be compressed, elongated, and slitlike, wrapping around
and investing the stromal nodules (Fig. 2B-85). In the pericanalicular pattern, the stromal
component does not cause compression of the
P.68
ductal structures, which therefore appear relatively normal and without distortion (Fig. 2B-
86). There is no clinical significance to these two patterns and they are generally no longer
reported in the diagnosis of fibroadenoma. The ductal epithelium is otherwise normal in
either pattern. The stroma is cytologically bland (Fig. 2B-87). As in epithelium in regular
breast tissue, fibrocystic and proliferative changes, as well as calcifications, may be seen in
the epithelial component of fibroadenomas. The myxoid variant of fibroadenoma shows
prominent myxoid stromal change. The cellular variant of fibroadenoma shows a higher
stromal cell density than normal. This is distinguished from a low grade phyllodes tumor 120by / 1584
bi
stromal cell density than normal. This is distinguished from a low grade phyllodes tumor by
the lack of frondlike architecture, nuclear atypia, or significant mitoses. With time the
hyalinization of a fibroadenoma may become prominent to the extent that only a
hypocellular fibrotic nodule remains (Fig. 2B-88).
Figure 2B-86 Fibroadenoma. The pericanalicular pattern is present at the left and
right edges of the field where the epithelium is not as compressed by the stromal
proliferation as in the center of the field.
121 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-87 Stroma in fibroadenoma. There is no significant atypia or mitotic
activity in the specialized stroma which forms the fibroadenoma. The epithelium is also
bland.
Phyllodes Tumor
The older name for phyllodes tumor was cystosarcoma phyllodes. This referred to the
macroscopically visible cystic spaces in the tumor. Phyllodes (or phylloides) refers to the
presence of leaflike fronds of tissue, which may be appreciated both grossly and
microscopically. In this neoplasm, a stromal proliferation typically forms leaflike projections
that are lined by ductal epithelium (Fig. 2B-89). The tumor cells are spindle shaped with
varying degrees of nuclear atypia and mitotic activity (Figs. 2B-90 and 2B-91). There is a
propensity for recurrence and a small percentage of these lesions can metastasize, but
histologic predictors of
P.69
malignant behavior have been notoriously difficult to establish. A general predictive grade
can be assigned based on the extent of mitoses, stromal cellularity, and nuclear atypia
(Fig. 2B-92). Larger size and overgrowth of the stroma tend to be associated with worse
behavior. Stromal overgrowth refers to areas of tumor in which the stromal proliferation
occupies more than a microscopic field without the presence of any ductal epithelium. It
should be noted, however, that even lesions classified as low grade phyllodes tumor may
have an unfavorable outcome. Although the role of fibroadenoma in the tumorigenesis of
phyllodes tumor is not clear, there are lesions that display similar features, producing an
overlap between fibroadenomas and low grade phyllodes tumor. In these circumstances, a
precise classification may be challenging even in excised specimens. Incompletely excised
phyllodes tumors are likely to recur.
122 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-89 Phyllodes tumor, low grade. Leaflike fronds of proliferating stroma
lined by epithelium are projecting into a large cystic space. The cyst wall is on the
right.
Figure 2B-90 Fronds in phyllodes tumor, low grade. The spindle cells forming
the fronds do not display significant atypia, cellularity, or mitoses.
Figure 2B-91 Phyllodes tumor, high grade. The stroma is highly cellular and
nuclear atypia (dark, bizarre nuclear shapes) is marked.
123 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-92 Nuclear atypia in phyllodes tumor, high grade. The striking
pleomorphism of these stromal nuclei is a poor prognostic factor.
Tubular Adenoma
This benign entity consists of a well-circumscribed dense proliferation of normal-sized acini
forming a nodule or mass (Figs. 2B-93 and 2B-94). No malignant features are present.
Some authors consider tubular adenoma to be an epithelial-rich variant of fibroadenoma
that is extremely stroma-poor. Others consider it to be a variant of a hamartoma.
Regardless of classification, tubular adenoma is benign and does not recur.
Hamartoma
The general pathologic definition of hamartoma is a disorganized collection of nonneoplastic
tissues native to the organ in which it is present. A mammary hamartoma is a benign
nodule or mass of normal but disorganized ducts and lobules admixed with stroma and
adipose (Fig. 2B-95). Proliferative and fibrocystic changes may be present.
P.70
PASH has been described within hamartomas. Smooth muscle metaplasia may also be
seen in the stromal component.
124 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-95 Hamartoma. The lobules and ducts are disorganized and admixed with
adipose.
125 / 1584
bi
Fibromatosis
Uncommonly, nodular aggregates of fibroblast proliferation may occur, even forming a
mass (Fig. 2B-97). These bland, benign spindle cell proliferations are usually accompanied
by coarse collagen bundles. Such lesions require careful evaluation, particularly on core
needle biopsy, to rule out a spindle cell carcinoma, low grade sarcoma, or phyllodes tumor.
Sarcoma
Primary mesenchymal neoplasms of the breast are uncommon. Reported entities include
malignant fibrous histiocytoma,
P.71
osteosarcoma (Fig. 2B-98), chondrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma (Fig. 2B-99), liposarcoma,
and rhabdomyosarcoma, among others. These neoplasms exhibit the microscopic features
of their counterparts found in anatomic sites other than the breast. Careful examination is
required to distinguish a sarcoma from a metaplastic carcinoma that contains an abundance
of heterologous differentiation such as osseous or chondroid metaplasia (Fig. 2B-72). In the
latter, the carcinomatous cells may appear spindled. Immunohistochemical stains for
keratin, which is expressed by cells of epithelial differentiation, are useful in the detection
of metaplastic carcinoma cells mimicking sarcoma.
Figure 2B-98 Osteosarcoma of the breast. Osteoid matrix fills the majority of this
field with spindle cells in the upper, right field. A few multinucleate osteoclasts are seen
at the interface of the osteoid and spindle cells.
Angiosarcoma of the breast may arise de novo, typically in younger patients, or following
postoperative radiotherapy of the chest wall for breast carcinoma. Microscopically, a
spectrum of grades may be seen, but in general angiosarcoma consists of irregular
anastomosing vascular spaces lined by hyperchromatic endothelial cells (Fig. 2B-100).
Papillary architecture may be seen, as well as more solid areas with spindled cells. Mitoses
are easily identified. Postradiation angiosarcoma tends to be based in the skin, while
primary angiosarcoma tends to be in the breast parenchyma.
Figure 2B-99 Leiomyosarcoma of the breast. Neoplastic smooth muscle cells are
arranged in dense bundles. The nuclei are extremely atypical. Multiple bizarre mitotic
figures are present.
Secondary Neoplasms
Secondary neoplasms of the breast are infrequent but should be considered when the
histologic appearance of a malignant breast tumor is not straightforward or is unusual.
Small, round cell proliferations that lack intercellular cohesion could represent invasive
lobular carcinoma, but lymphoma (Fig. 2B-101), melanoma (Fig. 2B-102), and small cell127 / 1584
bi
lobular carcinoma, but lymphoma (Fig. 2B-101), melanoma (Fig. 2B-102), and small cell
carcinoma may enter the differential diagnosis. Unusual adenocarcinoma patterns may in
fact represent metastatic carcinoma of the stomach, kidney, ovary, cervix, or thyroid,
among other primary sites. Clinical history becomes paramount in this setting. Most of the
time when there is a metastatic lesion from elsewhere in the body to the breast, the
primary is already known. IHC offers some help. By performing a panel of immunostains,
the differential diagnosis of an unusual tumor can usually be narrowed down further than
the histologic data provides. An effective immunostain panel will include stains that are
expected to be positive as well as stains that are expected to be negative for the suspected
tumor. Primary breast carcinoma usually expresses cytokeratin CK7 and often expresses
gross cystic disease fluid protein 15 (GCDFP-15) but does not express
P.72
cytokeratin CK20. Colorectal carcinoma is typically CK20 positive and CK7 and GCDFP-15
negative. Ovarian and uterine carcinomas are typically CK7 positive and CK20 negative.
Thyroid carcinoma expresses thyroid transcription factor, also expressed by some lung
carcinomas. Lymphoma does not express cytokeratins but typically expresses leukocyte
common antigen, among many other hematopoeitic markers. Melanoma does not express
cytokeratins but typically expresses one of the melanocytic markers, including S-100
protein, HMB-45, or MART-1. These immunophenotypes are not completely sensitive or
specific but do provide guidance in conjunction with the clinical history and routine histology
of the tumor.
128 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-101 Primary lymphoma of the breast. The tumor cells (plasmacytoid
B-cells) are small, round, and lack intercellular cohesion. They surround and infiltrate a
small duct (lymphoepithelial lesion, LE). This example of extranodal marginal zone B-
cell lymphoma (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma) is the most common
type in the breast.
Figure 2B-102 Metastatic melanoma. The giant cell size, abundant cytoplasm,
massive nuclei, multinucleation, and macronucleoli are characteristic of melanoma,
though a poorly-differentiated carcinoma also should be considered.
Other Entities
Lipoma
Lipomas within the breast are similar to lipomas arising at other anatomic sites. They
consist of mature adipose tissue (Fig. 2B-103). In a core biopsy specimen, the diagnosis of
lipoma requires clinical and radiological correlation to ensure that the biopsy truly
represents the mass and that the radiological features are compatible with lipoma.
Otherwise, a core biopsy of normal fatty breast parenchyma cannot be distinguished from
a core biopsy of lipoma. Variants include the angiolipoma, which has small blood vessels
admixed with the adipocytes; spindle cell lipoma, which has areas of myofibroblasts
embedded in collagen admixed with the adipocytes; and hibernoma, which consists of
brown fat.
Hemangioma
Hemangiomas within the breast are similar to those arising at other anatomic sites. They
consist of lobular prolifera-tions of dilated vessels filled with blood (Fig. 2B-104).
Calcification of the vessel walls may occur. Cavernous hemangiomas consist of engorged
anastomosing channels lined by bland endothelial cells. Capillary hemangiomas consist of
much smaller caliber vessels. Because the periphery of a low grade angiosarcoma may
appear bland and resemble hemangioma, the diagnosis of a hemangioma by core biopsy
may be problematic. Some authors advocate excision of hemangiomas detected by core
biopsy to rule out this possibility. Perilobular hemangioma is distinguished from
hemangioma by its microscopic size and, therefore, perilobular hemangioma is an
incidental finding.
Collagenous Spherulosis
Collagenous spherulosis is an entity that pathologists must be able to recognize to prevent
overdiagnosis as cribriform
P.73
DCIS. Collagenous spherulosis refers to a unique pattern of basement membrane
deposition by myoepithelial cells. Ducts involved by collagenous spherulosis contain distinct
round globular deposits of eosinophilic acellular matrix surrounded by attenuated
myoepithelial cells (Fig. 2B-105). Typically, several of these pink globular deposits are
aggregated in an expanded duct with epithelial cells in the intervening spaces. At low
power magnification, there is striking resemblance to cribriform DCIS, and thus
pathologists must be able to distinguish the two. There is also morphologic similarity to
adenoid cystic carcinoma, a neoplasm seen in the head and neck in salivary glands. Of
note, LCIS may be associated with collagenous spherulosis. On its own, collagenous
spherulosis has no clinical significance.
130 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-107 Stromal calcifications. Deposits may form in the stroma. Multiple
linear fractures are seen in this calcification, which is surrounded by invasive
carcinoma.
132 / 1584
bi
Calcification of medium and small blood vessels in the breast may be seen in older
patients. The crystals deposit within the medial layer of the vessel, a process also known
as Monckeberg arteriosclerosis in other anatomic sites (Fig. 2B-112). Deposition can be
extensive. There are some data suggesting that these vascular qualifications in the breast
may indicate a risk for coronary artery disease. The data are not strong, and, since the
mechanism of Monckeberg arteriosclerosis differs from coronary atherosclerosis, it is
unlikely that there is a relationship.
Evaluating Calcifications
In breast biopsies performed specifically for the evaluation of suspicious,
mammographically detected calcifications, the pathologist's goal is to identify the
calcifications in the specimen that correlate with the radiologic appearance of the
calcifications and then to identify the pathology associated with these calcifications.
Infrequently, the initial slides of the biopsy may not contain calcifications. Many possibilities
may explain this:
133 / 1584
bi
Figure 2B-110 Calcium oxalate. These crystals are nearly transparent in routine
stained slides, but the geometric shapes can still be appreciated. Surrounding
epithelium shows apocrine metaplasia.
Figure 2B-111 Calcium oxalate under polarized light. Polarized light facilitates
identification of calcium oxalate. Calcium pyrophosphate, the more common form of
deposition, does not polarize.
P.75
1. The specimen itself may not contain the targeted calcifications. This can be easily
addressed by reviewing the specimen radiograph to make sure that it contains the
targeted calcifications.
2. The calcifications may have fallen out of the tissue during processing. This is unusual
and difficult to definitively document, but it is the only explanation when the specimen
radiograph shows the calcifications and they are not in the slides or paraffin blocks.
3. The calcifications may have been knocked out of the tissue section by the microtome
blade while cutting the paraffin block. In this case, there are usually telltale linear
“skidmarks” in the tissue where the hard crystals were dragged through during the
process of being displaced by the microtome blade.
4. The technician may not have cut deep enough into the paraffin block to reach the level
of the calcifications. In this case, the pathologist can order deeper levels to be cut.
134 / 1584
bi
of the calcifications. In this case, the pathologist can order deeper levels to be cut.
Radiographic examination of the paraffin blocks can also be performed to more
efficiently select which of the blocks contains the deposits and therefore needs deeper
levels cut. When x-rays are obtained of the paraffin blocks, the blocks are imaged
from the side so that, if there are calcifications in the blocks, the depth of the
calcifications in the paraffin can be seen.
Figure 2B-112 Vascular calcifications. The deposits form in the media layer of this
small vessel (Monckeberg arteriosclerosis) from an elderly patient.
Phyllodes tumor
Primary sarcoma
Another component of the pathology report is the gross description. This is a description of
the patient, tissue identifiers on the specimen container, and the appearance of the
specimen itself to the naked eye (the “gross” appearance). The dimensions, shape, color,
and consistency of the specimen are described as well as how the tissue was submitted for
processing. For core biopsies, the number of cassettes that are loaded is reported. For
excisional biopsies, the details of margin inking, dissection, and gross abnormalities or
lesions are reported. Whether the entire excised tissue is submitted or whether only
representative tissue sections are submitted is also reported. If a distinct lesion is seen
grossly (e.g., a nodule or hemorrhagic area), the pathologist may designate which of the
cassettes contains this lesion (e.g., the entire tissue is submitted in cassettes A through F
and the nodule is in cassette C). This allows for pathologic correlation of the gross and
microscopic findings. The same can be done for identifying the tissue surrounding the tip of
a localization wire.
136 / 1584
bi
Malignant
Phyllodes tumor
Sarcoma (primary or metastatic)
Metaplastic carcinoma (e.g., spindle cell carcinoma)
The clinical history component of the pathology report generally is drawn directly from the
information provided on the requisition form. For breast biopsies, the crucial information is
the exact indication for the procedure (e.g., calcifications or nonpalpable mass). The more
detailed the clinical information provided, the more efficient the pathologic evaluation will
be. Most pathology reports will also list all prior pathologic specimens related to the patient
that were evaluated by that given laboratory. This allows the pathologist to review prior
biopsies for comparison, if indicated.
References
1. Tavassoli FA, Devilee P, eds. World Health Organization classification of tumors:
pathology and genetics of tumors of the breast and female genital organs Lyon:
International Agency for Research on Cancer Press; 2003.
2. Rosen PP. Rosen's breast pathology, 2nd ed. Philadelpha: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2001.
3. Azzopardi JG. Problems in breast pathology. In: Major problems in pathology, vol.
11. Bennington JL, ed. Phildelphia: WB Saunders; 1979.
4. Tavassoli FA. Pathology of the breast, 2nd ed. Hong Kong: Appleton and Lange;
1999.
5. Elston CW, Ellis IO. The breast, 3rd ed. In: Systemic pathology, vol. 13. Symmers W
StC, ed. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; 1998.
137 / 1584
bi
6. Rosai J. Ackerman's surgical pathology, 9th ed. New York: Mosby; 2004.
138 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 3 - Epidemiology, Etiology, Risk Factors, and Survival from Breast
Cancer
3
Epidemiology, Etiology, Risk Factors, and
Survival from Breast Cancer
Epidemiology: Prevalence and Incidence
Each year more than 210,000 women are diagnosed with invasive breast cancer in the
United States. In addition approximately 35,000 cases of in situ carcinoma are also found
annually. For the first time in 50 years (since records were first kept in the United States),
the rate of deaths due to breast cancer began to decrease in 1990. The decrease in breast
cancer deaths has continued so that, despite an increasing annual incidence, the number of
deaths has declined. Nevertheless, approximately 40,000 women die annually from these
cancers (1). Breast cancer remains the second leading cause of cancer death behind lung
cancer (most of which could be prevented through smoking cessation) and continues to be
the leading cause of nonpreventable cancer death among American women (tamoxifen has
been shown to reduce the risk of developing estrogen receptor–positive cancers, but it is
not sufficiently safe to permit widespread use and general prevention; radoxifene may be
safer).
The mapping of the human genome has opened major new avenues for understanding and
potentially treating numerous human conditions, and breast cancer is among the ones
being intensively studied. Genomics is the start, but genes just provide the blueprint for the
construction of proteins. Proteins are the levers that directly control cellular functions. A
gene may be normal in its configuration, but, if it is overexpressed and it provides too
much of a certain protein, this can result in abnormal cell function. Understanding protein
synthesis and function will provide an even greater understanding of the mechanisms that
control normal and abnormal cells. Proteomics, the study of proteins, will further increase
our ability to detect, diagnose, and treat diseases including breast cancer.
Although it is still not possible to determine the specific cause of an individual's cancer, the
mechanisms by which unrestricted cellular proliferation and metastatic spread occur are
being elucidated. It is still not possible to predict who will develop breast cancer, nor can
we predict who will be spared, but the chromosomal abnormalities that place some women
at higher risk are being discovered, and a better understanding of cell control mechanisms
is occurring almost daily. Scientists are gradually determining the sequence of events that
lead to loss of these controls.
The discovery of inherited chromosomal abnormalities involving the breast cancer 1
(BRCA1) and breast cancer 2 (BRCA2) genes has unmasked some of the highest risk
factors for developing breast cancer. Nevertheless, despite a better understanding of
molecular changes, it is still not possible to predict who will develop breast cancer and who
139 / 1584
bi
molecular changes, it is still not possible to predict who will develop breast cancer and who
will not. As far as we can tell, all women are at some risk of developing breast cancer.
Some are at lower than average risk and some are at higher than average risk. The age at
first full-term pregnancy still relates to overall risk. There are still suggestive links between
dietary factors and risk, but these may relate to breast cancer in a more indirect fashion
than previously believed. Although the use of exogenous hormones by postmenopausal
women has been shown to slightly increase the risk of developing breast cancer (2), it is
not clear whether the hormones cause the cancers
P.78
or support their more rapid growth. Given the fairly long doubling times of even fairly fast-
growing cancers and the fact that the hormone-related cancers appeared fairly soon (within
5.2 years) after the start of the trial, I suspect that hormones might support breast cancer
growth rather than being the cause of these cancers, but this remains to be determined.
As noted below, the incidence of breast cancer has gone up steadily since at least 1940.
The reasons for this steady increase in breast cancer incidence are not understood, but it is
likely that a woman's exposure to her own hormones is a key factor, as discussed later.
Environmental factors likely are also involved, but these remain undefined.
141 / 1584
bi
Previous benign breast 3
biopsy
Race (white/Asian) 5
Affluent women 2
Jewish women* 2
Obese women 2
Once again it is important to understand that most risk factors are expressed as an
increase relative to some other group. Most are factors relative to a group that is not at
any known elevated risk. The lifetime risk of developing breast cancer is approximately
14% (1 woman in 7). What is often forgotten is that this includes women who are at all
levels of risk. The risk for the woman who has no elevated risk is likely considerably lower.
If women with elevated risks are removed from the analysis, the lifetime risk for women
who are not at elevated risk is likely more in the range of 4% to 5% (5). It is not zero, but
142 / 1584
bi
who are not at elevated risk is likely more in the range of 4% to 5% (5). It is not zero, but
it is lower than the commonly published risk that is calculated for all women. Unfortunately,
it is not possible to identify women who are at no risk. Even women who have no clear
factors that elevate their risk still have some risk of developing breast cancer simply
because they are women and they are getting older. No factor or group of factors has been
delineated that predict a woman will not get breast cancer. All women are at risk. Some
women are at higher risk.
Being Female
The single most important risk factor for breast cancer is being female. Breast cancer is
almost exclusively a disease of women. Approximately 1,500 cases (less than 1%) occur in
males each year.
Age
Breast cancer is extremely rare through the second decade of life, and only about 0.3% of
breast cancers occur in women under 30 years of age. The incidence begins to increase
rapidly around age 35, and this increase continues throughout life, although, as noted
earlier, at a more gradual pace in postmenopausal women. The chance that a mass
represents cancer also increases with age. A palpable abnormality in a woman over 50
years of age is 8 times more likely to be malignant than one in a 35-year-old (6).
In our own screening data, the positive predictive value (cancer diagnosed/biopsy
recommended) for a breast biopsy recommended on the basis of an abnormal
mammogram increases steadily from approximately 15% at age 40 to almost 50% by age
80. This merely reflects the prior probability of cancer at different ages (the actual cancers
in the population).
Family History
There are several different types of family histories of breast cancer. Some family histories
are important, while others
P.80
are of little consequence. It is likely that most women who have relatives who develop
breast cancer postmenopausally are not genetically predisposed to breast cancer, and their
increased risk is slight. On the other hand, a woman who has a first-degree relative
(mother, sister, or daughter) with breast cancer is at a substantially increased risk of
developing breast cancer herself. Estimates vary depending on the study, but range from
1.5 to 2 times above the woman who has no affected first-degree relatives (12) to as high
as 4 times the risk (13). The risk may be further increased to 6 times if more than one
first-degree relative is affected (14). In one study the degree of risk appeared to increase if
the affected mother or sister had bilateral breast cancer premenopausally (15). Such
women have been reported to have as high as a 50% lifetime risk, approximately 9 times
the 4% to 6% lifetime risk of women who have no elevated risk factors (16). When cancers
do develop in this population, they tend to occur at an earlier age than in the mother or
sister. These women have likely inherited DNA mutations of the BRCA1 or BRCA2 genes
that put them at markedly elevated risk, increased risk for multiple breast cancers, and the
increased chance that they will develop breast cancer earlier in life. As noted earlier a
woman who inherits an abnormal BRCA1 or BRCA2 gene has a greater than 50% chance
of developing breast cancer if she lives to age 80. Since the risk for these women is present
early in life, screening of such women should probably begin 10 years earlier than the age
at which the first-degree relative was diagnosed.
The relationship of a family history of breast cancer, where no genetic link is suspected, is
more problematic. Women with a mother, cousin, aunt, or grandmother with
postmenopausal breast cancer are at a somewhat increased risk, but this is on the order of
1.5 to 2 times the baseline risk. It is not clear why these women are at increased risk. No
direct genetic link has been established. Although the risk is significant, this slight elevation
in risk is not particularly useful in advising these women, and there are no data to support
any unusual intervention for them.
Although a genetic predisposition is a major concern, the vast majority of women who
develop breast cancer do not have any demonstrable risk factors except that they are
women. Even among women who develop breast cancer at an early age, most do not have
any of the known genetic mutations but likely develop breast cancer by what I would term
statistical bad luck. Many women do not understand that the absence of a family history
does not offer protection. It is important for women to know that more than 60% of breast
cancers occur in women who have no family history of breast cancer and all women are at
some risk regardless of their family history.
Adenosis
Apocrine metaplasia
Cysts
Duct ectasia
Fibroadenoma (if atypical are an increased risk)
Fibrosis
Hyperplasia (mild)
Inflammation (mastitis)
Squamous metaplasia
Radiation
Ionizing radiation has been clearly shown to increase the risk of developing breast cancer.
The energies from the radiation produce free radicals (charged particles) that can react
with and cause damage to DNA. The type of damage caused by radiation is usually one or
more breaks in one or both strands of DNA in the double helix molecule in which one or
more nucleotides are eliminated (Fig. 3-1).
P.83
Irreparable DNA damage is the mechanism by which radia-tion, as used for therapeutic
purposes, kills cells (both nor-mal and unwanted). However, some cells are only dam-
aged, not killed, by radiation, and it is these that may become malignant.
Figure 3-1 Radiation damage is usually due to free radicals from ionization causing
DNA breaks. (A) The normal double helix of DNA contains two opposite strands in
which guanine is paired with cytosine and adenine is paired with thymine. Misrepair can
be lethal or result in a mutation that may result in cancer. (B) A single-strand break.
(C) A double-strand break in separate portions of the molecule. (D) Double-stranded
opposite breaks may break the DNA into two pieces.
On the basis of data from women exposed to very high doses, it appears that
approximately 200 rad (2 Gy) doubles a woman's risk of developing breast cancer. Not only
149 / 1584
bi
approximately 200 rad (2 Gy) doubles a woman's risk of developing breast cancer. Not only
is it impossible to predict specifically who will develop breast cancer even at these high
doses, but this estimate oversimplifies a more complex relationship. Radiation risk does
not appear to be absolute but rather seems to be related to the age at which the radiation
was absorbed. Older women are at considerably less risk than young girls. The effects of
low-level radiation on the breast are difficult to measure because of the large number of
naturally occurring cancers and the relatively small magnitude of the radiation effect. Even
the theoretical effects at mammographic doses do not appear to be clinically relevant.
Women who have received substantial exposure to radiation (hundreds of rads) to their
breasts should be followed carefully.
Obesity
With the stress that has been placed on fat in the diet, it is somewhat paradoxical that
obesity is associated with a decreased risk of breast cancer in premenopausal women and a
slightly increased risk in older women (42). The reason for this is unclear, but it has been
postulated that it is the conversion of androgens to estrogen in the fat that accounts for the
postmenopausal risk.
Lactation
Lactation has been shown in some studies to have a weak protective effect, but this
appears to be related to the total length of time a woman lactates (43). The benefit from
lactation, if any, likely occurs because while lactating the individual is probably not
ovulating, and her risk could be influenced by reducing her exposure to her own hormones.
Alcohol Consumption
Several studies have shown an association between alcohol consumption and breast cancer
risk (44). A slightly increased risk has been seen with even a single drink a day (45). A
meta-analysis combining results from available studies shows a consistent, but low,
elevation of risk ranging from 1.4 to 1.7 times the risk for nonconsumers (46). No clear
mechanism for this association has been identified, but at least one study has
demonstrated increased levels of estrogen following alcohol consumption (47). It appears
that folate can help to modulate the risk from alcohol (48).
P.85
Figure 3-2 Many cancers are still detectable earlier in women with dense
breast tissues. Although dense breast tissue makes it more difficult to detect breast
cancer by mammography, many cancers are still detectable in women with dense
breasts. This patient (A) had a small invasive breast cancer in the upper inner left
breast that was detected by mammography because of architectural distortion. This
154 / 1584
bi
breast that was detected by mammography because of architectural distortion. This
patient (B) with dense breast tissue had her cancer detected by mammography
because it produced fine linear calcifications.
The incidence of breast cancer (the number of cancers detected each year relative to the
number of women in the population) has increased steadily for women at all ages since at
least 1940 (62). In 1940 approximately 60 women per 100,000 in the population were
diagnosed with breast cancer. This has risen steadily by approximately 1.1% each year. In
1960 approximately 75 women were diagnosed with breast cancer for every 100,000 in the
population. In 1980 there were 90 women diagnosed per 100,000 and 112 per 100,000 in
1987 (Fig. 3-3).
Against this background of a steadily (and incompletely understood) increasing incidence,
there was a sudden abrupt jump above the increasing baseline in the annual incidence of
invasive breast cancer that began in 1983 to 1984. Initially, it was thought that something
extraordinary had occurred and that breast cancer was becoming an epidemic. Fortunately,
it was soon recognized that this sudden increase in incidence was a temporary aberration.
The sudden increase in breast cancer incidence was the result of the onset of
mammography screening on a national scale. Cancers that would normally have not been
found for several years were being detected 1 to 3 or more years earlier by screening
mammography. This added to the background incidence of cancers that would have risen to
detectable size without screening. The favorable results from the Swedish screening trials
had been recognized, and large numbers of women began to be screened in the United
States. So many women were being screened that the increase in the detection of breast
cancers was actually reflected in national statistics. Cancers that were being detected
earlier were added to the background of slowly increasing incidence. As more women
availed themselves of screening, the apparent excess incidence increased. That it was the
earlier detection by mammography that was the cause of the sudden increase (63,64) is
shown by the fact that there was a simultaneous increase in the detection of DCIS that
appeared abruptly in 1984. DCIS is virtually only found by mammography. Prior to the
start of widespread screening, only extensive, palpable DCIS was detectable by clinical
examination. Consequently, before 1984, DCIS only accounted for 3% to 5% of all
cancers. Once mammography screening began, the percentage of cancers that were being
detected as DCIS suddenly jumped. Since 1984 the incidence of DCIS has risen so that
now it accounts for 20% to 30% of all breast cancers. Thus, the sudden increase in the
detection of these lesions in the middle of the 1984 serves as a marker for the widespread
onset of screening in the Untied States. As screening has become more widespread, and
more and more of the population is being screened on a consistent basis, the threshold for
detection has dropped so that cancers are being detected at the same rate but at smaller
sizes. This means that the overall incidence of invasive cancers
P.87
is coming back to the background baseline, which still appears to continue to increase.
The death rate from breast cancer remained fairly constant between 1940, when data were
first collected by the Connecticut Tumor Registry, and 1990. Suddenly, in 1990, the death
rate from breast cancer began to fall, and it decreased by 25% over the subsequent 15
years. Since the death rate is independent of cancer detection, this was clearly a true
decrease in deaths and not a dilution of the data. Given the abrupt onset of mammography
screening in 1984 and the equally abrupt decrease in breast cancer deaths 6 years later
155 / 1584
bi
screening in 1984 and the equally abrupt decrease in breast cancer deaths 6 years later
(Fig. 3-4), it is clear that much of the decrease in deaths is the result of mammography
screening (64a). Periodic screening detects the moderate- and slower-growing cancers.
These would not be lethal right away but would take several years to be lethal. When they
are interrupted through early detection, the decreased deaths will not appear until they
would have killed several years after detection.
156 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-3 Screening began on a large enough scale in the United States to affect
national statistics in 1983 to 1984. This graph is based on data from the Connecticut
Tumor Registry and the national Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results program.
There was a steady increase in the percentage of women who developed invasive
breast cancer between 1940 and 1983. Around 1983 to 1984 there was a sudden
increase that went beyond the fairly steady annual increase. Cancers were being
detected earlier by mammography, and this marked the start of widespread screening
in the United States. (Adapted from Miller BA, Feuer EJ, Hankey BF. Trends in invasive
breast cancer incidence among American women. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:678.)
157 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-4 This graph, based on data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End
Results program and the Connecticut Tumor Registry, shows that the incidence of
invasive breast cancer, which had steadily increased since 1940, showed an additional
jump in 1983 to 1984 that was due to increased detection in the United States after the
onset of large-scale mammography screening. The lower graph shows a death rate
over the same period that was unchanged until screening began and the death rate
suddenly decreased.
To gauge the significance of risk one must know the characteristics of the groups being
compared and the severity of the problem being evaluated. If women in group A have 1.5
times the risk as women in Group B, then women in group A have a 50% increase in risk
relative to Group B. However, if the problem is uncommon to begin with (women in group
B rarely develop cancer), this seemingly large increased risk is not as important as a
smaller excess risk is for a common disease in terms of the absolute risk and the actual
numbers of people affected. For example, as noted earlier, in the Women's Health
Initiative study women who use postmenopausal hormones appear to have had almost a
30% increase in their risk of developing breast cancer relative to women who did not use
hormones. However, over the period of study there were only 38 women out of 10,000
who developed breast cancer in the group that used hormones, while 30 women developed
breast cancer in the group that did not take the hormones. The relative risk is 38 versus 30
(a 27% increase), while the absolute risk is relative to the entire 10,000 women (8 more
cancers among 10,000 women using HRT). The absolute risk of developing breast cancer,
even for women who used hormones was still extremely low even though it is significantly
larger than for those women who developed breast cancer but did not use hormones. The
relative risk is higher while the absolute risk is still very low.
The relationship between absolute and relative risks can be seen in the following formulas:
the relative risk of developing breast cancer = (the number of women in a study group
with the factor being studied who develop breast cancer)/(the number of women in the
study group without the factor who develop breast cancer)
the absolute risk of developing breast cancer = (the number of women with the factor
158 / 1584
bi
When reading about risks, it is important to distinguish between relative and absolute
risks.
Lifetime risk and annual risk are sometimes confused. Annual risk (incidence) is the
number of women diagnosed with cancer each year in a population (usually expressed as a
number per 1,000 or 100,000 individuals in the population). Lifetime risk is the chance that
an individual will develop breast cancer during the course of her life. The lifetime risk is
compiled by adding the annual risks together. In other words, the lifetime risk is the sum of
the risk of developing breast cancer each year. The annual risks of developing breast
cancer are summarized in Table 3-3A,B based on SEER estimates. This can be simplified
by remembering that approximately 1 woman in 1,000 will develop breast cancer each
year while in her forties, 2 per 1,000 will be diagnosed each year for women in their fifties,
159 / 1584
bi
year while in her forties, 2 per 1,000 will be diagnosed each year for women in their fifties,
and 3 per 1,000 for women in their sixties. The actual incidence does not progress as
simply 1 per 1,000, 2 per 1,000, 3 per 1,000, 4 per 1,000 with each decade of life, but
rather there is a steady increase with each year of life. The lifetime risk is simply the sum
of each of these annual risks.
The fact that a woman has 1 chance in 7 (14%) of developing breast cancer over her
lifetime has been highly publicized. Fortunately, most women are actually substantially less
likely to develop breast cancer. On the basis of sex alone (being female), women in the
United States have a baseline lifetime risk of about 4% to 5%. Subsegments of the
population are at additional risk, and these women, when combined with the general
population, elevate the total average lifetime risk to 1 chance in 7 (14%) of developing
breast cancer during the course of a lifetime.
20–24 0.7
25–29 3.9
160 / 1584
bi
30–34 13.4
35–39 30.8
40–44 60.6
45–49 100.0
50–54 132.4
55–59 172.2
60–64 204.9
65–69 237.8
70–74 271.2
75–79 295.5
80–84 299.9
85+ 288.3
162 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-5 (A) The incidence of breast cancer begins to increase around age 35, has
a slight plateau around age 50 (arrow), and then continues to increase again at a more
gradual slope, suggesting two different populations of cancer. (B) The change in slope
can be seen when the data are graphed on a semilogrithmic plot. There is a rapid rise
in incidence until around the age of 50, and then the rate of increase in incidence slows.
(Adapted from American Cancer Society. 1987–1989 SEER Incidence Rates and 1993
U.S. Census Projections. P-25, no. 1018. Atlanta: American Cancer Society.)
Another piece of information that may suggest a change in the type of cancers that occurs
with age is seen in the American College of Surgeons National Cancer Database and the
SEER data, where the percentage of breast cancers diagnosed appears to drop among
women in their mid-forties and then rises after their mid-fifties to a second peak when
women are in their mid-sixties (71).
Figure 3-6 As shown by Manton and Stallard, two overlapping curves can add to
produce an overall incidence curve. This suggests the possibility of a premenopausal
form of breast cancer (dashed line) and a postmenopausal type (dotted line) that add
to give the solid incidence line with Clemmesen's hook.
Under 40 44
40–44 51
45–49 48
50–54 41
55–59 30
60–69 34
70–79 17
Adapted from Adami HO, Malker B, Holmberg L, et al. The relationship between
survival and age at diagnosis in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1986;315:559–563.
165 / 1584
bi
Age Range New Cases Percentage of Total Deaths Percentage of Total
Studies suggest that even fast-growing breast cancers may take many years to grow from
a single cell to a discoverable mass. This is the reason that there are many more cancers
found in the breasts of women who die accidentally than the number of cancers that are
detected each year (78). Investigators have misinterpreted this as suggesting that there
are many cancers that never become clinically important (79), when, in fact, to sustain the
number of cancers that are detected each year, there need to be many more that have not
reached the level of detectability in any given year.
It has also been observed that breast cancers appear to be faster growing and more lethal
among very young women (80,81) while breast cancers appear to be slower growing and
more indolent among very old women. Some have suggested that this is due to hormonal
or other age-related factors, but these observations have never been fully explained. Our
simple model of breast cancer growth suggests that the differences noted in the growth of
breast cancers in the very young and the very old (66) may be purely mechanistic. The
model also suggests that, since it may take decades for some cancers to become clinically
evident, many breast cancers likely begin to develop in very young women. It is likely not
useful when trying to ascertain why breast cancers occur to look at environmental
exposures to women a few years before they were diagnosed. Given the growth rate of 166 / 1584
bi
exposures to women a few years before they were diagnosed. Given the growth rate of
cancers, it may be that the cancer was initiated many years to even decades before
diagnosis. This also has implications for prevention. We may need to direct our prevention
efforts toward teenage women and those in their early twenties, rather than older women
whose cancers may have begun many years before.
Our simple model is based on the “growth over time” diagrams developed by Moskowitz
(82). He used them to explain the importance of screening intervals and thresholds for
intervention. The model assumes that most breast cancers start as a single cell. This
doubles, and then its clones double and so on. Based on cell numbers, the size of the tumor
can be projected as it grows, and this can be plotted as a function of time. Although growth
is most likely exponential, the visualization of the process can be simplified by imagining
that breast cancers are like balloons being released from the floor of the ocean. They rise
gradually, over many years, toward the surface, getting larger as they rise. Balloons
reaching the surface can be compared to breast cancers becoming clinically apparent as a
lump. This can be represented by arrows whose slopes are dependent on the rate of
growth (doubling time) of the tumor (Fig. 3-7). Faster-growing cancers will have a steeper
slope than slower-growing cancers. Although the average breast cancer doubles the
number of cells in approximately 120 days (83), there is likely a distribution of growth
rates from very fast to very slow.
The model assumes that three new cancers begin each year (three balloons are released
from the ocean floor). One will grow very quickly with a doubling time of 60 days. The
second will double at the average of 120 days, and the third will be slower growing,
doubling in 180 days. If it is assumed cancers go through an in situ phase, this can be
incorporated into the model. For low-grade cancers we assumed that it takes
approximately 9 years for an invasive clone to emerge, while for intermediate grade we
assumed approximately 6 years and for high grade only 3 years as an in situ lesion. If we
further assume a continuous, straight-line growth once the invasive cancer develops, low-
grade invasive cancer that is doubling every 180 days would produce a 1 mm diameter
tumor (one million cells) approximately 11 years from the first invasive cell, a 1 cm tumor
in 16 years, and a 2 cm tumor in 21 years. An intermediate-grade invasive cancer would
produce a 1 mm diameter lesion in approximately 8 years, a 1 cm cancer in 11 years, and
a 2 cm tumor in 14 years. High-grade invasive cancer would produce a 1 mm diameter
tumor in approximately 4 years from the first cell, a 1 cm cancer in 5 years, and a 2 cm
lesion in 7 years. Adding all of these times together means that to grow from the first
DCIS cell to a 2 cm (palpable) invasive mass could take 30 years for a low-grade cancer,
20 years for an intermediate-grade cancer, and 10 years for a high-grade cancer. Although
these are almost certainly oversimplifications, more complex growth patterns do not alter
the basic observations that there will be many more cancers growing in the population than
are detected each year, and that fast-growing cancers will predominate in young women
while slower-growing cancers will predominate among older women.
To simplify the model, we also assumed that each year
P.93
three more new tumors begin to grow (Fig. 3-8). The vertical lines in the figures represent
years, and the horizontal lines represent the size of the cancers. The arrows that cross any
vertical line represent the number of cancers of a given type in the population at that point
in time.
167 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-7 Cancers grow at different rates. Growth rates are likely a continuous
distribution, but cancers can be thought of as growing at a fast, intermediate, and slow
rate, as indicated in this figure with (A) the fast-growing cancers doubling every 60
days (4 years as ductal carcinoma in situ), (B) intermediate cancers doubling every
120 days (7 years as ductal carcinoma in situ), and (C) slow-growing cancers doubling
every 180 days (10 years as ductal carcinoma in situ).
168 / 1584
bi
It is immediately apparent that there will be many more small, invasive breast cancers
present in the population at any given time than those that reach a detectable level (2 cm)
in any given year. Just adding up the arrows crossing the vertical lines, it is evident in
Figure 3-8E that, when the first slow-growing cancer reaches “the surface,” there will be 29
other slow-growing cancers (9 as DCIS and 20 as invasive) still undiscovered (beneath the
surface) in the population. At the same time there will also be 19 moderate-growth tumors
(6 DCIS and 13 invasive), and there will be 9 fast-growing tumors (3 DCIS and 6 invasive)
that are undiscovered in the population, beneath the surface.
From this model it can be seen that, for every 3 cancers that reach 2 cm in size, there will
be another 57 cancers (39 invasive cancers and 18 DCIS) undetected in the population.
These ratios mean that, given our assumptions, there would be 6 times as much DCIS and
13 times as many
P.94
invasive lesions that remain undiscovered in the population for every invasive cancer that
is detected each year. The ratio of 19 times as many cancers remaining undetected each
year as the number of cancers that are detected each year is even higher than what has
been found in autopsy studies. However, autopsies are unlikely to find all of the cancers in
a population since many are likely too small to be found, even at histologic sectioning.
Even a thorough pathological review would likely underestimate the true number of
cancers that are present. Nevertheless, this simple model explains why we should expect
to find many more undiscovered cases of breast cancer at autopsy than the number of
cases diagnosed each year and, commensurately, the number of deaths each year from
breast cancer. It is also important to realize that these are the numbers of cancers that are
needed to be growing each year to sustain the three cancers being diagnosed. If we
assume that the three cancers that are diagnosed are potentially lethal, there could be
even more cancers below the surface if there are nonlethal cancers as well.
See PDF
Figure 3-8 (A) Cancers build up in the population over time. This graph shows
three cancers starting in the first year and three more in the second. Three more are
added in the third year (B). Assume three more new cancers begin growing each
subsequent year (C–E). Ultimately, there will be many more cancers “beneath the
surface” that have not yet been detected than are detected each year. If we become
better at detecting cancers, then we can expect to find far more cancers in the
population than the few per 1,000 that are detected each year. Ultimately, as we detect
most cancers at the lower threshold, the number of cancers detected per 1,000 will be
the same each year, but they will just be at a smaller size, and, unless we find cancers
the year they begin to grow, there will always be more cancers than we find each year.
P.95
171 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-9 The age of menarche has been decreasing since the turn of the century. It
is possible that earlier exposure to endogenous hormone cycling has shifted the
incidence curve to the left (younger ages) and may account for at least some of the
increase in breast cancer incidence.
Early Menarche
The preceding observations suggest that it is the amount of exposure a women has to her
own hormones and to her own ovulatory cycles that may determine the likelihood that she
will develop breast cancer. Additional, indirect support for this theory comes from the
observations that the incidence of breast cancer is low in societies in which menarche
occurs in the late teenage years. In societies and even areas of the country where the first
full-term pregnancy occurs at an early age and menopause occurs earlier in life, breast
cancer risk is reduced (91).
In the United States, women have been maturing at increasingly younger ages exposing
their breasts to endogenous estrogens, progestins, and cycling earlier in life (92). The
average age of menarche has fallen from age 17 in the 1800s to age 12 to 13 and even 173 / 1584
bi
average age of menarche has fallen from age 17 in the 1800s to age 12 to 13 and even
younger (93).
It has been postulated that nutrition is a factor in earlier maturation and there may be a
link between dietary intake and breast cancer. Societies that consume a high fat diet may
be better nourished. Better nutrition results in earlier maturation and the earlier onset of
ovulation. This results in earlier exposure to endogenous hormone cycling and the cell
proliferation that appears linked to the risk of breast cancer. Similarly, the age of
menopause has increased. Women are being exposed to their own hormone cycles for
longer periods of time. The progressively earlier age at
P.99
menarche and later age at menopause may account for some of the increased breast
cancer incidence.
Lactation
There is some disagreement as to the influence of lactation on cancer risk. It seems clear
that the mere fact that an individual has lactated does not influence risk. There are some
data, however, that suggest that prolonged lactation helps reduce risk. If lactation is
protective, it is likely not just the result of having lactated but rather is related to the
duration of lactation. It has been reported that the risk of breast cancer can be cut in half
when an individual lactates for a total of more than 10 years (95). The benefits of long-
duration lactation have also been suggested in a study by Newcomb et al (96) where the
risk of breast cancer was reduced by 25% to 30% (for premenopausal women) if they
lactated for a minimum of 24 months. Although the reduced risk may be due to alterations
within the breast itself, it may also be due to the cessation of ovulatory cycles that
accompanies lactation, supporting Pike's hypothesis.
Oral Contraceptives
Breast cancer is clearly hormonally mediated. Some have suggested that the use of oral
contraceptives may be a factor in the increasing incidence since 1940, although the studies
of women who have utilized birth control pills have produced conflicting results with no
clear-cut increase in risk with their use. In a large prospective study monitored by the 174 / 1584
bi
clear-cut increase in risk with their use. In a large prospective study monitored by the
Harvard School of Public Health, there was no increased risk of breast cancer among
118,273 nurses aged 30 to 55 after 10 years of follow-up for those who used oral
contraceptives versus those who did not (97). A meta-analysis reviewing the data from 5
prospective studies showed no evidence of increased risk, although the review of 27 case-
control studies suggested a 1.73 relative risk for women who used oral contraceptives for
at least 4 years prior to a first full-term pregnancy (98). Some data suggest that the use of
oral contraceptives at young ages and for long periods of time may increase the risk of
breast cancer before the age of 40 (99). This may be the case, but the maximum reported
relative risk is 1.3 to 1.5 and, since the risk of breast cancer at these ages is very low to
begin with, even a large difference in relative risk translates into a very small absolute
risk. Given that approximately five women out of 10,000 will develop breast cancer each
year while in their thirties, a relative risk of 1.5 would increase this to 7.5 (5 × 1.5). It is
likely that the benefits of contraception far outweigh any breast cancer risk.
Environmental Carcinogens
It has been hypothesized that environmental factors may be contributing to the increasing
incidence of breast cancer from an increased exposure to environmental carcinogens. One
study showed a higher concentration of DDE, a metabolite of DDT, in the blood of women
with breast cancer (101), while another demonstrated higher levels of polychlorinated
biphenyl compounds (PCBs) in the breast fat of women with breast cancers (102). Our own
study revealed that breast cancers are more commonly found in the tissues adjacent to the
subcutaneous or retromammary fat. This latter observation may merely be due to the
geometry of the breast (103), but it has also been postulated that carcinogens are held in
the fat, perhaps accounting for our results.
None of the studies trying to link environmental carcinogens to breast cancer has been
corroborated. Years of study of various locations in which there are high rates of breast
cancer have failed to produce any causal relationships. It is often forgotten that the laws of
probability dictate that there must be someplace in the country that has the highest risk of
cancer and someplace that has the lowest, just based on chance alone. It also seems to be
overlooked that the cancers may have begun while women were in other parts of the
country and then they moved to the hot spot. The location where a woman is living when
her cancer is diagnosed may be different from where she was living when the first cell
became malignant.
Regardless of the theories, the steadily increasing incidence has remained unexplained.
The NCI review, noted earlier, demonstrated that the excess breast cancer incidence and
mortality experienced among women in the northeastern United States compared to other
parts of the country could be attributed to the later age at first full-term pregnancy and
later age at menopause among these women and was probably not related to
environmental factors, as many have feared (16).
176 / 1584
bi
Etiology
The Probable Genetics of Breast Cancer
Breast cancers appear to be primarily the result of a failure of the normal regulation of cell
differentiation and proliferation. Ultimately, loss of regulation is likely due to abnormalities
that develop in the double helix of DNA that make up the cell's genes that are contained in
the 23 pairs of human chromosomes. Changes or mutations involving one or more genes
are emerging as the direct cause of breast cancer.
DNA may be damaged by external influences such as environmental carcinogens, or by
spontaneous mutation (107). If somatic cells, which begin life with normal DNA are
involved, the accumulation of damage may take decades,
P.101
accounting for the increasing incidence of cancers with age. These tumors are likely to be
isolated and probably account for the majority of cancers that occur in older women. Many
now believe that stem cells are the cells that become malignant. As noted above, this
might account for the lower risk of breast cancer among women whose breasts have
differentiated over a shorter period of time by having an early first full-term pregnancy.
Germ cell abnormalities are the basis for the truly hereditary breast cancers. Since the
abnormal inherited genes are in every cell of the body, the odds of developing a cancer
earlier in life are higher, and these likely account for many of the cancers that develop in
younger women. It was Knudson who postulated that women who inherit damaged DNA
require less subsequent damage, and, since the inherited problem is in the germ cell, all
the breast cells are primed for future change and cancer (108). Thus women with a
hereditary predisposition for breast cancer would be expected to develop breast cancer
early in life (fewer subsequent DNA changes needed), and they would be more likely to
develop multicentric tumors and have a higher incidence of bilaterality (109). This
hypothesis is supported by the fact that, among the sisters and daughters of women who
have bilateral premenopausal breast cancer, the sisters and daughters of these women are,
indeed, more likely to develop breast cancer at an earlier age than the proband.
There is probably no single factor that accounts for the development of all breast cancer,
and it is likely that cancer induction is multifactorial. Many host and environmental 177 / 1584
bi
and it is likely that cancer induction is multifactorial. Many host and environmental
associations have been reported (110), although none has been conclusively shown to be
causative in humans.
Protein Synthesis
Chromosomal DNA regulates cellular functions through the control of protein synthesis. For
a protein to be created, the gene in the chromosome that expresses it must be turned on.
Genes have basically two functioning portions as well as long sequences that do not appear
to have a function. One portion is a regulatory region that controls the transcription of the
gene, and the other contains the code that ultimately determines the sequence of amino
acids that will form the gene's protein product.
Figure 3-10 Regulatory proteins called transcription factors attach to specific portions
of a gene and permit the attachment and activation of RNA polymerase that
transcribes the DNA code into messenger RNA. The messenger RNA code is
subsequently used by the cell's ribosomes to assemble specific proteins.
Transcription occurs when other proteins (transcription factors) attach to portions of the
control region of the gene. This binding permits the attachment of RNA polymerase that
transcribes the coded sequence of nucleotide bases contained in the DNA of the gene
(adenine, guanine, thymine, and cytosine) to produce a complimentary molecule of
messenger RNA (mRNA). The mRNA passes into the cell's cytoplasm to the ribosomes.
The code contained in the sequence of the mRNA is, in turn, used by the ribosomes as a
template for sequencing the linkage of amino acids into proteins that are specific for the
original gene (Fig. 3-10).
DNA Alterations
Breast cancer, as is likely true of most solid tumors, is the result of at least two, and
probably multiple, alterations in the chromosomal DNA of a cell. This can occur as the
result of spontaneous mutations that accumulate over time, endogenous processes that
increase the likelihood that DNA replication, as part of normal proliferation, is
compromised in some way that leads to damage, or from environmental influences such as
the inhalation, ingestion, or other exposures to chemicals or radiations that damage DNA178 / 1584
bi
the inhalation, ingestion, or other exposures to chemicals or radiations that damage DNA
(carcinogens).
Although there are factors that have been associated with increased risk, most breast
cancers occur sporadically and unpredictably and are likely the result of bad luck and cell
aging. Instead of being repaired by the normal DNA repair
P.102
mechanisms or instead of the cell dying from DNA alterations, the damaged DNA becomes
incorporated into the chromosome and is passed on to the cell's clones (identical offspring)
at each division. If sufficient damage is accumulated in the appropriate gene(s), the cell
loses its inhibition and is capable of unrestrained proliferation. Since DNA damage or
alterations accumulate with time, it is not surprising that the incidence of breast cancer
increases with age.
Cell repair mechanisms are very important. Damage to the repair mechanisms of the cell
increase the likelihood that if DNA is damaged, the damage will not be properly corrected.
The higher risk of developing breast cancer among women with mutations of the BRCA1
and BRCA2 genes may occur because these genes are part of the repair system. If they do
not function properly, then DNA damage will not be repaired properly, and the risk of a
cancer developing is increased.
179 / 1584
bi
Growth Factors
The protein products of the cell perform numerous functions. One category of proteins has
been termed growth factors because they influence cell proliferation. The overexpression of
these factors has been found in many tumors. Several growth factors appear to be active
180 / 1584
bi
these factors has been found in many tumors. Several growth factors appear to be active
in some breast cancers. The overexpression of the DNA sequences that code for these
growth factors has been identified in numerous solid tumors. Among the best studied
include epidermal growth factor, transforming growth factor alpha, and Her-2/neu (also
known as erb-B2, and int-2).
Cellular Differentiation
Some of the factors listed above exert their influence on portions of the cell cycle. There
are several basic types of cells. Ultimately, cells must be formed that perform their proper
organ function. These cells have differentiated. Differentiated cells are considered to be
mature. It is believed that a differentiated cell cannot become dedifferentiated and is not
capable of malignant change, but the process of differentiation can be interrupted, and it is
likely that it is the proliferating, undifferentiated cells that are the basis for most tumors.
As noted earlier, investigators suspect that it is actually damaged stem cells that produce
malignant tumors.
Stem Cells
In addition to being the cells that divide to form the human being, stem cells are needed to
maintain the body. Since cells frequently die, they must be replaced. This is the role of the
stem cell. These cells are not differentiated. In the usual course of events when a cell dies,
a stem cell divides so that two cells result. One remains a stem cell, while the other
becomes a differentiated replacement for the cell that died. One theory is that defective
stem cells are the progenitors of cancer. Since there are likely intermediate stages
between the stem cell and the differentiated cell, interruptions along the way might also
lead to a variety of malignant manifestations. Deng et al (112) published a study in 1996
that suggests there may be a stem cell for the mammary ducts, but it has not yet been
identified. They found that there were similar genetic defects in the cells of normal lobules
that were adjacent to lobules containing breast cancer cells. Cells in lobules further away
did not have the same genetic changes. This suggests several possibilities. If there is a
stem cell responsible for the development of the ducts and lobules, then an alteration in its
DNA prior to duct elongation and terminal differentiation would mean that the altered DNA
would be distributed into every cell in the segment. This would place a larger number of
cells at risk so that, if they sustained further damage, this would increase the likelihood
that one of the cells might develop malignant change. This would explain the findings of
Deng et al and might be the explanation for the so-called field phenomenon. The
development of similar genetic alterations that are confined to a lobe or segment of the
breast could only come from damage before the segment was formed (so that abnormal
DNA would be spread throughout just that segment while not affecting other segments)
(Fig. 3-11). Exposure to an agent after differentiation of the lobules and maturation of the
breast could not possibly just affect just the cells in one lobe or segment. All these
observations again suggest the importance of exposure to carcinogens at an early age,
prior to terminal differentiation.
See PDF
Figure 3-11 Many cancers are likely initiated before duct development takes
place. At birth, there are primitive ducts, each likely having its own stem cell, under
the nipple (A). When the breast develops, the DNA from the stem cells is distributed
throughout the lobe (B). The DNA in the cells of each segment are separate from the
DNA in the other segments (C,D). If multifocal cancers develop in separate portions of
one duct network (lobe) and there are connections of ductal carcinoma in situ between
the invasive lesions (E), then inference about when the cancer began cannot be made.
Multicentric cancers (F) could arise from initiation after the ducts develop. However, if
simultaneous cancers arise in the same segment but with no direct bridges and no
cancer in the other separate lobes (G), this would indicate initiation prior to duct
development.
Cell Ploidy
Normal cells have two copies of each chromosome and are termed diploid. They have two
copies of each gene. Other areas in which cell proliferative errors can occur lie in the actual
process of pulling the newly duplicated chromosomes apart into the two cells that have
been created from the single “parent.” Spindle poles are anchoring points that develop in
opposite portions of the nucleus. During mitosis filamentous structures, known as spindles,
extend from these spindle poles to the chromosomes. When the cell divides, these spindles
pull the duplicated chromosomes to their respective new cells as the cytoplasm and nucleus
divide.
Figure 3-12 The cell cycle has several defined stages. The resting state is
termed G 0. Growth factors trigger the production of cyclins that activate cyclin-
dependent kinases that trigger DNA synthesis during the S phase. When synthesis is
complete, the cell is in G 2. The cycle is interrupted at checkpoints between G 1 and S 183 / 1584
bi
complete, the cell is in G 2. The cycle is interrupted at checkpoints between G 1 and S
and between G 2 and M at which time mistakes may be corrected by repair
mechanisms. Errors at any number of points along this sequence have been associated
with breast cancers. (Adapted from Hartwell LH, Kasten MB. Cell cycle control and
cancer. Science 1994;266:1821–1828.)
184 / 1584
bi
Cell division is carefully regulated in the normal cell and is suspended when the appropriate
environment signals the cell to stop dividing. Contact inhibition is one such feedback
system in which dividing cells cease to divide when they contact a neighboring cell.
Differentiation into a cell appropriate for its location and function in the body also appears
to be important for normal, regulated cell growth. The loss of growth regulation and loss of
cell differentiation are characteristics of malignant growth. When altered, or
overexpressed, the proto-oncogenes become oncogenes.
Because these genes are so critical to cell function, only minimal damage may be needed
for the cell's transformation (116). Although some oncogenes are recessive (damage to
both copies is needed for malignant transformation), other oncogenes are dominant. The
result of a point mutation (alteration in a single base pair), translocation (movement of
part of the DNA code to an inappropriate location), rearrangement (incorrect ordering of
the DNA sequence), or amplification (too many copies of the gene) can convert a proto-
oncogene to an oncogene.
Oncogenes that act as dominant genes can affect a cell if a single change occurs and do not
require both alleles (copies of the gene) to be altered. Ras is an example of an oncogene
that requires only a single-point mutation for its activation. Amplification of Her-2/neu
(another proto-oncogene), has been associated with breast cancers with a poorer prognosis
(117), while other studies have suggested that activation of this oncogene is needed for in
situ cancer to become invasive (118).
Suppressor Genes
A positive control on cell proliferation is exercised by tumor suppressor gene activity. These
are genes that have cell regulatory functions in their normal, or wild-type, configurations.
Tumor suppressor genes control cell proliferation. These normal functions can be altered or
lost if the wild-type code is damaged, mutated, or lost. When tumor suppressors stop
functioning, the cell can proliferate without control. Alteration, activation, or loss of these
genes can come during normal cell division where the reconstituted DNA is incorrectly
arranged or sequences are lost in the transcription needed to copy the DNA from one cell
to its progeny. Some individuals inherit one bad copy of the gene. This means that it only
requires a loss of the normally functioning allele for the cell to lose its self-control.
Unlike the dominant behavior of oncogenes, loss of suppressor gene activity requires that
both chromosomal copies (alleles) be lost or altered. It is likely for this reason that genes
associated with inherited susceptibility to breast cancer appear to be suppressor genes. An
inherited dominant cancer gene would likely be fatal very early. For abnormal suppressor
gene function, both copies must be lost or altered. Thus, a woman can inherit one
abnormal allele and still have normally functioning cells, but, since it would only take
damage to the single remaining allele, the likelihood of the cell losing function is higher
than the chance of having both damaged in a normal cell. This accounts
P.108
for the increased likelihood that these women will develop cancer.
One example of a tumor suppressor gene is the gene labeled p53. This gene normally
functions to inhibit unrestricted cell growth. It may also be involved in DNA repair. It is
believed that when DNA is damaged, p53 is involved in temporarily stopping cell division to
permit time for the DNA to be repaired before the abnormal DNA is copied and becomes a
permanent defect passed on to the subsequent generations of the original cell. The loss of
wild type, normal p53 activity requires the inactivation or mutation of both copies of the 185 / 1584
bi
wild type, normal p53 activity requires the inactivation or mutation of both copies of the
gene for the cell to become malignant.
189 / 1584
bi
It Is Not So Simple
Hwang et al (129) demonstrated the clonality between LCIS and invasive lobular
carcinoma. They found that the genes in invasive lobular cancers were more similar to the
genes in the associated LCIS than were the genes in other cases of invasive lobular
carcinoma. This not only suggests, not surprisingly, that invasive lobular carcinoma
develops from LCIS, but it also suggests that it may not simply be the genes that are
present that determine the cells' behavior. Other factors may be involved. Our own
pathologists at the Massachusetts General Hospital find few, if any, differences between the
genes in lesions ranging from atypical hyperplasia to invasive breast cancer. This suggests
that cancer growth is not merely due to genetic changes but the expression of the genes
involved. One tumor might have the same genetic composition as another, but it may be
the level of gene expression that determines its behavior.
There are likely other factors that are required in breast cancer initiation, promotion, and
progression. Some may act as carcinogens, while others are cofactors that support the
development and growth of a cancer.
Invasion
Cancer cells within the duct replicate without the normal regulation. They may proliferate
without inhibition but are
P.112
prevented from leaving the duct by the collagen that surrounds it, forming the basement
membrane. It is likely that these cells are also genetically unstable and are primed for an
additional mutation or alteration. Invasion is likely the result of one of these cells
developing the ability to penetrate the basement membrane. This may require the ability191 / 1584
bi
developing the ability to penetrate the basement membrane. This may require the ability
to secrete proteolytic enzymes, such as cathepsin D, to disrupt the basement membrane
around the duct and allow invasion into the surrounding tissue. Cells with invasive
capability gain access to the vascular and lymphatic systems and the opportunity to
become metastatic.
Metastasis
In situ breast cancer is not lethal. Even invasive cancer that is confined to the breast is not
lethal (unless it were to erode a major vessel or into the lung or mediastinum). Breast
cancer kills through metastatic spread and by compromising the functions of other organs.
Not all breast cancers develop metastatic capability. It has been shown that cancer cells
are frequently shed into the blood (132) with no detrimental effect if they have not
developed the ability to grow outside the breast.
For cells to be successfully metastatic, they likely must acquire additional changes beyond
the unrestricted growth of a tumor. Further changes are required for cells that have gained
access to the blood and lymphatic systems to be capable of exiting the vascular system and
establishing metastases in other organ systems (133). It is fortunate that the process of
metastatic spread is complex. To become successfully metastatic, a cell must be able to
escape from the duct, invade into the stroma surrounding the duct, enter the lymphatics or
vascular system, avoid destruction by the immunologic system, travel to another organ,
extravasate (leave the blood), invade the new site, and proliferate in the new tissues
(134). To be invasive, the tumor cells must secrete proteolytic enzymes that can dissolve
the type IV collagen that forms the basement membrane that surrounds the duct. Although
some studies suggest that cancer cells in the blood get stuck in the capillaries and this
allows them to proliferate in the organ, other studies suggest that the metastatic cancer
cell must develop adhesion proteins that permit it to adhere to the blood vessel wall and
pass through the wall into the surrounding tissue (Fig. 3-13B). It is likely these
requirements that prevent most of the cells that are shed into the blood from many tumors
from being capable of metastatic growth. Although some cancers may have cells that
achieve metastatic capability early in their development, the fact that women with cancer
can be cured suggests that many cancers require time to develop the ability to spread to
other organs. By analyzing large series of women with breast cancer, Michaelson et al
(135) have shown that the probability of metastatic spread is a function of the number of
cells in the primary tumor. Our analysis suggested that, for breast cancer, the risk of
metastatic spread is low when there are fewer than a billion cells in the tumor but that it
increases rapidly when the number of cells is increased beyond a billion cells. We calculated
that every cell has about a 10-12 chance of metastatic spread. Mammography begins to
detect cancers that contain approximately 107 cells (3 mm in diameter) and can find many
cancers before they have had a chance to spread. This is the reason that screening can
save lives.
192 / 1584
bi
Figure 3-14 Breast cancer may be the result of a progression from a normal
epithelium through hyperplasia to atypical hyperplasia to ductal carcinoma in situ to
invasive cancer or perhaps may proceed from any of these stages directly to invasion.
It is likely that some cancers immediately develop the ability to invade and
metastasize from the first cell.
Dietary Factors
As has been discussed previously, the primary mechanism for the development of breast
cancer is likely chromosomal
P.114
DNA alteration. The interplay of environmental risk factors and basic cellular mechanisms
is obscure. Not long ago there was a great deal of interest in the influence of diet on the
development of breast cancer. This was due to fairly dramatic differences in a geographic
distribution of the incidence of breast cancer that do not appear to be directly related to
genetics and are not completely explained by lifestyle changes, such as late first full-term
pregnancy. Most of the studies have failed to link dietary factors directly to the
development of breast cancer, although there are a number of factors that appear to define
an increased risk.
The influence of nutritional factors has been suggested both by animal models and by
population studies. Japanese women, for example, had a low prevalence of breast cancer
that some have related to their traditional diet, which is low in animal fat. When they
change to a western diet, their breast cancer prevalence eventually approaches that of
western women (142,143,144). The death rate from breast cancer in other countries has
been shown to correlate directly with the estimated amount of fat consumption by the
population, but the effects of fat in the diet on the breast are as yet not well understood.
No cause-and-effect relationship has been established, and the significance of dietary fat
has been brought into question. Willett et al (145) have been following a population of
89,538 registered nurses who are participating in a long-term health study. Over a 4-year
follow-up period, 601 cases of breast cancer were diagnosed. Detailed dietary histories
were obtained, and analysis failed to show any increased risk for women whose caloric
intake was 44% fat versus those with a 32% fat intake. The authors published an 8-year
follow-up of this population, and there was still no relationship between breast cancer risk
and total fat intake (146). Critics argue that the low end (less than 29% of total energy
intake as fat) was not sufficiently restricted to produce a result.
The studies looking specifically at fat intake in midlife (when breast cancer begins to
increase in incidence) have been inconclusive. However, Holmes and Willett (147) point out
that weight gain in midlife does increase the risk for developing breast cancer and that risk
may not be related just to fat intake but to total caloric intake. There is also the possibility
that, as with radiation risk, dietary factors at the ages when the breasts are developing 195 / 1584
bi
that, as with radiation risk, dietary factors at the ages when the breasts are developing
(perhaps resulting in the initiation of cancers that will be promoted later in life) are more
important than the same factors at the ages when breast cancers begin to appear. Since it
takes many years (even decades) for a cancer to grow from a single cell to a clinically
evident tumor, it makes sense that dietary factors are more likely to be important in the
decades before cancers become evident than dietary factors at the time when cancers are
being diagnosed (years after they were initiated). Rather than studying diet among women
around the time their breast cancers developed, we should be looking at dietary factors
many years before (148). The fact that breast cancer risk can be related to factors at the
time of breast development is clearly seen by the fact that the chance of radiation-induced
breast cancer is highest when the breast is developing. Contraceptive use, in general, is
not associated with an increased risk of developing breast cancer except among women
who used them soon after menarche (149). We have probably been evaluating dietary
factors among women at ages that are long after cancers have been induced. However,
trying to study how dietary factors among teenagers influence their risk of breast cancer in
subsequent years will be difficult and will take decades before answers are available.
It is probable that dietary associations, if they in fact bear directly on breast cancer risk,
are not simply “cause and effect” but are likely the result of complex interactions. It is
possible that environmental factors work only at specific stages of breast development. It
may be that dietary factors influence the growing breast but not the differentiated adult
breast. It is also possible that more stringent fat restriction might have an effect, but, at
present, it does not appear that moderate fat restriction has a demonstrable effect on
breast cancer risk.
The question remains whether it is the diet or some other associated factors that account
for this. The fact that directly measurable hereditary relationships are very uncommon
suggests a complex interplay of environment and individual characteristics in the
pathogenesis of breast cancer. Harris et al (150) have pointed out that these nongenetic
determinants offer the possibility of developing methods of prevention.
Viruses
Viral etiologies for breast cancer have been suggested but never conclusively
demonstrated. Viruses are a potential vector for the introduction of abnormal DNA or RNA
into a cell that can function as oncogenes. This could conceivably affect cell regulation.
Viruses are a significant factor in the development of breast cancer in some strains of mice,
but there have been no firm links in humans. Although viral particles have reportedly been
isolated in human mammary tumors (151), a clear causal relationship has yet to be
established.
The majority of women do not have any apparent elevated risk other than the fact that
they are female, and most breast cancer occurs as sporadic malignancy among women in
the general population. Between 65% and 80% of breast cancer occurs in women with
none of the commonly acknowledged factors that increase risk other than being female.
Thus, all women must be considered at risk, and there is no population that can be safely
excluded from screening.
Fortunately, most women, even those in the major risk categories (with the exception of
hereditary risk), will never develop cancer of the breast. Since risk factors are generally of
insufficient strength to influence most screening decisions, their value is questionable, but it
196 / 1584
bi
30–39 8.7
40–49 8.1
50–59 9.3
60–69 4.8
70–79 3.1
Summary
The ideal solution to the problem of breast cancer would be the development of a safe way
to prevent it, and efforts are under way to develop prevention techniques. Since most
women who would use a prevention technique would never develop breast cancer in its
absence, the key difficulty will be to develop a preventive that has no significant side
effects. Until we understand the causes of cancer, prevention remains a hit-or-miss
possibility. From a public health perspective, a universal cure would be preferable so that
only women with the disease need be treated. Such a cure has also remained elusive. It is
likely that, for the foreseeable future, early detection will remain the best hope for
mortality reduction.
Conclusion
There is likely no single factor that explains all cancers of the breast, and the direct
etiologies remain obscure. A number of factors appear to place some women at increased
risk, but, as far as can be determined, no female is immune and all women have some
degree of risk. The associations between specific risk factors and breast cancer are
interesting, and important for targeting research, but usually of little practical significance.
It must be reemphasized that, although some women are at increased risk, all women
must be considered at risk for developing breast cancer.
P.117
Risk factors only define those who may be at a risk that is higher than the 4% to 5%
baseline. No population of women has been identified that is not at risk for developing
breast cancer, and screening programs must take this into account. If screening is offered
only to women in high-risk groups, more than 65% of breast cancers will develop outside
the high-risk groups, and the affected women will not have the benefit of early detection.
Until safe methods of prevention are defined, screening for early detection remains the
main method for reducing the mortality from breast cancer, and the mammographic
screening of asymptomatic women remains the only efficacious method that has been
shown to reduce mortality in randomized trials. MRI can detect cancers in high-risk women
with dense breasts that may not be detectable by mammography (131), but the
significance of finding these cancers is uncertain, and the efficacy of finding cancers with
MRI (mortality reduction) has never been shown in randomized trials. What has been
ignored to this point is that MRI can likely find more cancers in women at all levels of risk.
MRI is being used to screen high-risk women. What is being avoided is the threshold as to 200 / 1584
bi
MRI is being used to screen high-risk women. What is being avoided is the threshold as to
what constitutes high risk. It is likely that all women could benefit from MRI screening. If
MRI can be shown to decrease breast cancer deaths beyond what can be achieved using
mammography, it will be the cost of the technology and the requirement of the intravenous
administration of contrast agents that will limit its widespread use. The most likely near-
term advance in screening for all women will be the use of digital breast tomosynthesis,
which produces a better mammogram than conventional two-dimensional x-ray imaging.
For the foreseeable future, high-quality mammographic screening will be the most
efficacious method for reducing the death rate from breast cancer.
References
1. American Cancer Society. Breast cancer: cancer facts and figures. Atlanta: American
Cancer Society; 1995.
2. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus
progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women's Health
Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2002;288:321–333.
4. Vatten LJ, Kvinnsland S. Body height and risk for breast cancer: a prospective study
of 23,831 Norwegian women. Br J Cancer 1990;61:881–885.
5. Gail MH, Brinton LA, Byar DP. Projecting individualized probabilities of developing
breast cancer for white females who are being examined annually. J Natl Cancer Inst
1989;81:1879–1886.
6. Spivey GH, Perry BW, Clark VA, et al. Predicting the risk of cancer at the time of
breast biopsy. Am Surg 1982;48:326–332.
8. Kvale G, Heuch I. Menstrual factors and breast cancer risk. Cancer 1988;62:1625
–1631.
9. Moolgavkar SH, Day NE, Stevens RG. Two-stage model for carcinogenesis:
epidemiology of breast cancer in females. J Natl Cancer Inst 1980;65:559–569.
10. Trichopolous D, MacMahon B, Cole P. Menopause and breast cancer risk. J Natl
Cancer Inst 1972;48:605–613.
11. Lilienfield AM. The relationship of cancer of the female breast to artificial
menopause and marital status. Cancer 1956;9:927–934.
201 / 1584
bi
12. Adami HO, Hansen J, Jung B, et al. Characteristics of familial breast cancer in
Sweden: absence of relation to age and unilateral versus bilateral disease. Cancer
1981;48:1688–1695.
13. Sattin RW, Rubin GL, Webster LA. Family history and the risk of breast cancer.
JAMA 1985;253:1908.
14. Gail MH, Brinton LA, Byar DP, et al. Projecting individualized probabilities of
developing breast cancer for white females who are being examined annually. J Natl
Cancer Inst 1989;81:1879–1886.
15. Anderson DE. Some characteristics of familial breast cancer. Cancer 1971;28:1500
–1504.
16. Ottman R, Pike MC, King MC, et al. Practical guide for estimating risk for familial
breast cancer. Lancet 1983;2:556–558.
17. Hall JM, Lee MK, Newman B, et al. Linkage of early-onset familial breast cancer to
chromosome 17q21. Science 1990;250:1684–1689.
18. Malkin D, Li F, Strong LC, et al. Germ line p53 mutations in a familial syndrome of
breast cancer, sarcomas, and other neoplasms. Science 1990;250:1233–1238.
19. Lynch HT, Lynch JF. Breast cancer genetics in an oncology clinic: 328 consecutive
patients. Cancer Genet Cytogenet 1986;22:369–371.
20. Rebbeck TR, Friebel T, Lynch HT, et al. Bilateral prophylactic mastectomy reduces
breast cancer risk in BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutation carriers: the PROSE Study Group. J
Clin Oncol 2004;22:1055–1062.
21. King MC, Wieand S, Hale K, et al. Tamoxifen and breast cancer incidence among
women with inherited mutations in BRCA1 and BRCA2: National Surgical Adjuvant
Breast and Bowel Project (NSABP-P1) Breast Cancer Prevention Trial. JAMA
2001;286:2251–2256.
22. MacMahon B, Cole P, Lin M, et al. Age at first birth and breast cancer risk. Bull
World Health Organ 1970;43:209–221.
23. Sellers TA, Kush LA, Potter JD, et al. Effect of family history, body-fat distribution,
and reproductive factors on the risk ofpostmenopausal breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1323–1329.
24. Horn PL, Thompson WD. Risk of contralateral breast cancer: associations with
histologic, clinical, and therapeutic factors. Cancer 1988;62:412–424.
202 / 1584
bi
25. Henderson IC. Risk factors for breast cancer development. Cancer 1993;71:2127
–2140.
26. Love SM, Gelman RS, Silen WS. Fibrocystic disease of the breast: a non-disease? N
Engl J Med 1982;307:1010.
27. Marshall LM, Hunter DJ, Connolly JL, et al. Risk of breast cancer associated with
atypical hyperplasia of lobular and ductal types. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev
1997;6:297–301.
28. Connolly J, Schnitt S, London S. Both atypical lobular hyperplasia and atypical
ductal hyperplasia predict for bilateral breast cancer risk. Lab Invest 1992;66:13A.
30. Jensen RA, Page DL, Dupont WD, et al. Invasive breast cancer risk in women with
sclerosing adenosis. Cancer 1989;64:1977–1983.
31. Ohuchi N, Abe R, Kasai M. Possible changes of intraductal papillomas of the breast:
a 3-D reconstruction study of 25 cases. Cancer 1984;54:605–611.
33. Rosen PP, Kosloff C, Lieberman PH, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast.
Detailed analysis of 99 patients with average follow-up of 24 years. Am J Surg Pathol
1978;2:225–231.
34. Arpino G, Allred DC, Mohsin SK, et al. Lobular neoplasia on core-needle biopsy
—clinical significance. Cancer 2004;101:242–250.
35. Foster MC, Helvie MA, Gregory NE, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ or atypical
lobular hyperplasia at core-needle biopsy: is excisional biopsy necessary? Radiology
2004;231:813–819.
36. Janjan NA, Wilson JF, Gillin M, et al. Mammary carcinoma developing after
radiotherapy and chemotherapy for Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 1988;61:252–254.
P.118
37. Dershaw D, Yahalom J, Petrek JA. Breast carcinoma in women previously treated
for Hodgkin disease: mammographic evaluation. Radiology 1992;184:421–423.
38. Aisenberg AC, Finklestein DM, Doppke KP, et al. High risk of breast carcinoma after
irradiation of young women with Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 1997;79:1203–1210. 203 / 1584
bi
irradiation of young women with Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 1997;79:1203–1210.
39. Russo J, Russo IH. Biological and molecular bases of mammary carcinogenesis. Lab
Invest 1987;57:112–137.
40. Colditz GA, Stampfer MJ, Willett WC, et al. Prospective study of estrogen
replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer in postmenopausal women. JAMA
1990;264:2648–2653.
41. Beral V, Million Women Study Collaborators. Breast cancer and hormone-
replacement therapy in the Million Women Study. Lancet 2003;362:419–427.
42. Stephenson GD, Rose DP. Breast cancer and obesity: an update. Nutr Cancer
2003;45:1–16.
43. Lee SY, Kim MT, Kim SW, et al. Effect of lifetime lactation on breast cancer risk: a
Korean women's cohort study. Int J Cancer 2003;105:390–393.
44. Stampfer MJ, Colditz GA, Willett WC. Alcohol intake and risk of breast cancer.
Compr Ther 1988;14:8–15.
45. Willett WC, Stampfer MJ, Colditz GA, et al. Moderate alcohol consumption and the
risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1988;316:1174–1179.
46. Longnecker MP, Berlin JA, Orza MJ, et al. A meta-analysis of alcohol consumption in
relation to the risk of breast cancer. JAMA 1988;260:652–656.
47. Wrensch M, Chew T, Farren G, et al. Risk factors for breast cancer in a population
with high incidence rates. Breast Cancer Res 2003;5:R88–102.
48. Sellers TA, Alberts SR, Vierkant RA, et al. High-folate diets and breast cancer
survival in a prospective cohort study. Nutr Cancer 2002;44:139–144.
49. Wolfe JN. Breast patterns as an index of risk for developing breast cancer. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1976;126:1130–1137.
50. Krook PM. Mammographic tissue patterns as risk indicators for incident cancer in a
screening program: an extended analysis. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1978;131:1031.
51. Wilkinson E, Clopton C, Green R, et al. Mammographic tissue patterns and the risk
of breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1977;59:1397.
204 / 1584
bi
53. Hainline S, Meyers L, McLelland R, et al. Mammographic patterns and risk of breast
cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1978;130:1157–1158.
54. Peyester RG, Kalisher L, Cole P. Mammographic tissue patterns and the prevalence
of breast cancer. Radiology 1977;125:287.
55. Egan RL, McSwenney MB. Mammographic tissue patterns and risk of breast cancer.
Radiology 1979;133:65.
56. Mendell L, Rosenbloom M, Naimark A. Are breast tissue patterns a risk index for
breast cancer? A reappraisal. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1977;128:547.
57. Carlile T, Thompson DJ, Kopecky KJ, et al. Reproducibility and consistency in
classification of breast parenchymal patterns. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1983;140:1–7.
58. Wolfe JN, Wilkie RC. Breast pattern classification and observer error. Radiology
1978;127:343–344.
60. Boyd NF, O'Sullivan B, Fishell E, et al. Mammographic patterns and breast cancer
risk: methodologic standards and contradictory results. J Natl Cancer Inst
1984;72:1253–1259.
61. Boyd NF, Jensen HM, Cooke G, et al. Relationship between mammographic and
histological risk factors for breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1992;84:1170–1179.
62. Miller BA, Feuer EJ, Hankey BF. Trends in invasive breast cancer incidence among
American women. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:678.
63. Feuer EJ, Wun LM. How much of the recent rise in breast cancer incidence can be
explained by increases in mammography utilization? A dynamic population model
approach. Am J Epidemiol 1992;136:1423–1436.
64. Miller BA, Feuer EJ, Hankey BF. Recent incidence trends for breast cancer in women
and the relevance of early detection: an update. CA Cancer J Clin 1993;43:27–41.
64a. Nass SJ, Henderson C, Lashog JC, eds, Committee on Technologies for the Early
Detection of Breast Cancer. Mammography and Beyond. Developing Technologies for
the Early Detection of Breast Cancer. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 2001.
65. Ries LAG, Eisner MP, Kosary CL, et al, eds. SEER cancer statistics review, 1975
–2001. Bethesda: National Cancer Institute; 2004.
http://www.seer.cancer.gov/csr/1975_2001/results_merged/sect_04_breast.pdf, 3.
205 / 1584
bi
66. Kopans DB, Rafferty E, Georgian-Smith D, et al. A simple model of breast cancer
growth may provide explanations for observations of apparently complex phenomena.
Cancer 2003;97:2951–2959.
67. Smith RA. Epidemiology of breast cancer, 2nd ed. In: A categorical course in
physics: technical aspects of breast imaging. Haus, AG, Yaffe MJ, eds. Oak Brook, IL:
Radiological Society of North America Publications; 1993:21–33. Adapted from
American Cancer Society. 1987–1989 SEER Incidence Rates and 1993 U.S. Census
Projections. P-25, no. 1018. Atlanta: American Cancer Society.
68. Manton KG, Stallard E. A two-disease model of female breast cancer: mortality in
1969 among white females in the United States. J Natl Cancer Inst 1980;64:9–16.
69. Burhenne HJ, Burhenne LW, Goldberg F, et al. Interval breast cancers in the
screening mammography program of British Columbia: analysis and classification. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1994;162:1067–1071.
70. Bjurstam N, Bjorneld L, Warwick J, et al. The Gothenburg Breast Screening Trial.
Cancer 2003;97:2387–2396.
71. Mettlin CJ, Menck HR, Winchester DP, et al. A comparison of breast, colorectal,
lung, and prostate cancers reported to the National Cancer Data Base and the
Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program. Cancer 1997;79:2052–2061.
72. Tabar L, Faberberg G, Day NE, et al. What is the optimum interval between
screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the Swedish Two-
County Breast Cancer Screening Trial. Br J Cancer 1987;55:547–551.
73. Moskowitz M. Breast cancer: age-specific growth rates and screening strategies.
Radiology 1986;161:37–41.
74. Tabar L. New Swedish breast cancer detection results for women aged 40–49.
Cancer 1993;72:1437–1448.
75. Adami HO, Malker B, Holmberg L, et al. The relationship between survival and age
at diagnosis in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1986;315:559–563.
76. Michaelson J, Satija S, Kopans D, et al. Gauging the impact of breast carcinoma
screening in terms of tumor size and death rate. Cancer 2003;98:2114–2124.
77. Gajdos C, Tartter PI, Bleiweiss IJ, et al. Stage 0 to stage III breast cancer in young
women. J Am Coll Surg 2000;190:523–529.
78. Pollei SR, Mettler FA, Bartow SA, et al. Occult breast cancer: prevalence and
radiographic detectability. Radiology 1987;163:459–462.
206 / 1584
bi
79. Welch HG, Black WC. Using autopsy series to estimate the disease “reservoir” for
ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast: how much more breast cancer can we find? Ann
Intern Med 1997;127:1023–1028.
80. Tabar L, Faberberg G, Dayne, et al. What is the optimum interval betwem
screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the Swedish Two-
Country Breast Cancer Screening Trial. Br J Cancer 1987;55:547–551.
82. Moskowitz M. Guidelines for screening for breast cancer. Is revision in order? Radiol
Clin North Am 1992;30:221–233.
83. Michaelson JS, Halpern E, Kopans DB. Breast cancer: computer simulation method
for estimating optimal intervals for screening. Radiology 1999;21:551–560.
84. Adair F, Berg J, Joubert L, et al. Long-term followup of breast cancer patients: the
30-year report. Cancer 1974;33:1145–1150.
85. Band PR, Le ND, Fang R, et al. Carcinogenic and endocrine disrupting effects of
cigarette smoke and risk of breast cancer. Lancet 2002;360:1044–1049.
86. Russo J, Russo IH. Biological and molecular bases of mammary carcinogenesis. Lab
Invest 1987;57:112–137.
P.119
87. Bhatia S, Robison LL, Oberlin O, et al. Breast cancer and other second neoplasms
after childhood Hodgkin's disease. N Engl J Med 1996;334:745–751.
88. Pike MC, Krailo MD, Henderson BE, et al. Hormonal risk factors, breast tissue age,
and the age-incidence of breast cancer. Nature 1983;303:767–770.
89. Spicer DV, Ursin G, Parisky YR, et al. Changes in mammographic densities induced
by a contraceptive designed to reduce breast cancer risk. J Natl Cancer Inst
1994;86:431–436.
90. Kelsey JL, Gammon MD, John EM. Reproductive factors and breast cancer.
Epidemiol Rev 1993;15:36–47.
91. Sturgeon SR, Schairer C, Gail M, et al. Geographic variation in mortality from
breast cancer among white women in the United States. J Natl Cancer Inst
1995;87:1846–1843.
207 / 1584
bi
92. Henderson BE. Endogenous and exogenous endocrine factors. Hematol Oncol Clin
North Am 1989;3:577–598.
93. Wyshak G, Frisch RE. Evidence for a secular trend in the age of menarche. N Engl J
Med 1982;306:1033–1035.
94. MacMahon B, Cole P, Lin TM, et al. Age at first birth and breast cancer risk. Bull
World Health Organ 1970;43:209–221.
95. Byers T, Graham S, Rzepka T, et al. Lactation and breast cancer. Evidence for a
negative association in premenopausal women. Am J Epidemiol 1985;121:664–674.
96. Newcomb PA, Storer BE, Longnecker MP, et al. Lactation and a reduced risk of
premenopausal breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1994;330:81–87.
97. Romieu I, Willett WC, Colditz GA, et al. Prospective study of oral contraceptive use
and risk of breast cancer in women. J Natl Cancer Inst 1989;81:1313–1321.
98. Romieu I, Berlin JA, Colditz G. Oral contraceptives and breast cancer: review and
meta-analysis. Cancer 1990;66:2253–2263.
99. Breast cancer and combined oral contraceptives: results from a multinational study.
The WHO Collaborative Study of Neoplasia and Steroid Contraceptives. Br J Cancer
1990;61:110–119.
100. Colditz GA, Hankinson SE, Hunter DJ, et al. The use of estrogens and progestins
and the risk of breast cancer in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1589
–1593.
101. Wolff MS, Toniolo PG, Lee EW, et al. Blood levels of orcanochlorine residues and
risk of breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:648–652.
102. Falck F, Ricci A, Wolff MS, et al. Pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyl residues in
human breast lipids and their relation to breast cancer. Arch Environ Health
1992;47:143–146.
103. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of
breast cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
104. Glass A, Hoover R. Changing incidence of breast cancer [letter]. J Natl Cancer
Inst 1988;80:1076–1077.
105. Lantz PM, Remington PL, Newcomb PA. Mammography screening and increased
incidence of breast cancer in Wisconsin. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:1540–1546.
208 / 1584
bi
106. White E, Lee CY, Kristal AR. Evaluation of increase in breast cancer incidence in
relation to mammography use. J Natl Cancer Inst 1990;82:1546–1552.
107. Shields PG, Harris CC. Molecular epidemiology and the genetics of environmental
cancer. JAMA 1991;266:681–687.
108. Knudson AG. Hereditary cancer, oncogenes, and antioncogenes. Cancer Res
1985;45:1437–1443.
109. Hall JM, Lee MK, Newman B, et al. Linkage of early-onset familial breast cancer to
chromosome 17q21. Science 1990;250:1684–1689.
110. Leis HP. Risk factors for breast cancer: an update. Breast 1981;6:21–27.
111. Stein WD. Analysis of cancer incidence data on the basis of multistage and clonal
growth models. Adv Cancer Res 1991;56:161–182.
113. Hartwell LH, Kasten MB. Cell cycle control and cancer. Science 1994;266:1821
–1828.
114. Kim NW, Piatyszek MA, Prowse KR, et al. Specific association of human
telomerase activity with immortal cells and cancer. Science 1994;266:2011–2015.
115. Marx J. DNA repair comes into its own. Science 1994;266:728–730.
116. Roth JA. Molecular surgery for cancer. Arch Surg 1992;127:1298–1302.
117. Kern JA, Schwark DA, Nordberg JE, et al. Studies of the HER-2/neu proto-
oncogene in human breast and ovarian cancer. Science 1989;244:707–712.
119. Malkin D, Li FP, Strong LC, et al. Germ line p53 mutations in a familial syndrome
of breast cancer, sarcomas, and other neoplasms. Science 1990;250:1233–1238.
122. Ford D, Easton DF, Bishop DT, et al. Risks of cancer in BRCA1-mutation carriers.
Breast Linkage Consortium. Lancet 1994;343:692–695.
123. Struewing JP, Hartage P, Wacholder S, et al. The risk of cancer associated with
specific mutations of BRCA1 and BRCA2 among Ashkenazi Jews. N Engl J Med
1997;336:1401–1408.
124. Abstracts presented at the Breast Cancer Linkage Consortium (BCLC) and the
International Collaborative Group on Familial Breast and Ovarian Cancer (ICG-FBOC)
14th General Meeting at the Centro Nacional de Investigaciones Oncológica (CNIO),
Madrid, Spain, 2–4 June 2003. Fam Cancer 2003;2:175–230.
126. Tilanus-Linthorst MM, Obdeijn IM, Bartels KC, et al. First experiences in screening
women at high risk for breast cancer with MR imaging. Breast Cancer Res Treat
2000;63:53–60.
127. Kriege M, Brekelmans CT, Boetes C, et al. Efficacy of MRI and mammography for
breast-cancer screening in women with a familial or genetic predisposition. N Engl J
Med 2004;351:427–437.
129. Shelley Hwang E, Nyante SJ, Yi Chen Y, et al. Clonality of lobular carcinoma in situ
and synchronous invasive lobular carcinoma. Cancer 2004;100:2562–2572.
131. Weinberg RA. The genetic bases of cancer. Arch Surg 1990;125:257–260.
132. Hansen E, Wolff N, Knuechel R, et al. Tumor cells in blood shed from the surgical
field. Arch Surg 1995;130:387–393.
135. Michaelson JS, Halpern E, Kopans DB. Breast cancer: computer simulation method
for estimating optimal intervals for screening. Radiology 1999;21:551–560.
136. van de Vijver MJ, He YD, van't Veer LJ, et al. A gene-expression signature as a
predictor of survival in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2002;347:1999–2009.
138. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus
progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women's Health
Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2002;288:321–333.
P.120
139. Sellers T, Kushi L, Potter DJ, et al. Effect of family history, body fat distribution and
reproductive factors on the risk of postmenopausal breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1323–1329.
140. Henderson BE. Endogenous and exogenous endocrine factors. Hematol Oncol Clin
North Am 1989;3:577–598.
141. Harris JR, Lippman ME, Veronesi U, et al. Breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;327:319–328.
143. Cole P. Major aspects of the epidemiology of breast cancer. Cancer 1980;46:865.
144. Wynder EL. Dietary factors related to breast cancer. Cancer 1980;46:899–904.
145. Willett WC, Stampfer MJ, Colditz GA, et al. Dietary fat and the risk of breast
cancer. N Engl J Med 1987;316:22–28.
146. Willett WC, Hunter DJ, Stampfer MJ, et al. Dietary fat and fiber in relation to risk
of breast cancer. An 8-year follow-up. JAMA 1992;268:2037–2044.
147. Holmes MD, Willett WC. Does diet affect breast cancer risk? Breast Cancer Res
2004;6:170–178.
148. Frazier AL, Li L, Cho E, et al. Adolescent diet and risk of breast cancer. Cancer
Causes Control 2004;15:73–82.
149. White E, Malone KE, Weiss NS, et al. Breast cancer among young U.S. women in
relation to oral contraceptive use. J Natl Cancer Inst 1994;86:505–514.
211 / 1584
bi
150. Harris JR, Lippman ME, Veronesi U, et al. Breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;327:319–328, 390–397, 473–480.
151. Hutter RV. The influence of pathologic factors on breast cancer management.
Cancer 1980;46:961.
153. Smigel K. Breast cancer death rates decline for white women. J Natl Cancer Inst
1995;87:173.
154. Early Breast Cancer Trialists' Collaborative Group. Systemic treatment of early
breast cancer by hormonal, cytotoxic, or immune therapy: 133 randomised trials
involving 31,000 recurrences and 24,000 deaths among 75,000 women. Lancet
1992;339:71–85.
155. Rutqvist LE, Cedermark B, Glas U, et al. Contralateral primary tumors in breast
cancer patients in a randomized trial of adjuvant tamoxifen therapy. J Natl Cancer Inst
1991;83:1299–1306.
156. Nayfield SG, Karp JE, Ford LG, et al. Potential role of tamoxifen in prevention of
breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:1450–1459.
157. Fornander T, Rutqvist LE, Sjoberg HE, et al. Long term adjuvant tamoxifen in
early breast cancer: effect on bone mineral density in postmenopausal women. J Clin
Oncol 1990;8:1019–1024.
158. Bagdade JD, Wolter J, Subbaiah PV, et al. Effects of tamoxifen treatment on
plasma lipids and lipoprotein lipid composition. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:1132
–1135.
159. Leeuwen FE, Benraadt J, Coebergh JWW, et al. Risk of endometrial cancer after
tamoxifen treatment of breast cancer. Lancet 1994;343:448–452.
160. Nayfield SG, Karp JE, Ford LG, et al. Potential role of tamoxifen in prevention of
breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:1450–1459.
161. Sporn MB, Dowsett SA, Mershon J, et al. Role of raloxifene in breast cancer
prevention in postmenopausal women: clinical evidence and potential mechanisms of
action. Clin Ther 2004;26:830–840.
162. Rhodes DJ, Hartmann LC, Perez EA. Breast cancer prevention trials. Curr Oncol
Rep 2000;2:558–565.
212 / 1584
bi
213 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
4
Screening for Breast Cancer
Introduction
Statistics on breast cancer incidence and deaths began to be gathered by the Connecticut
Tumor Registry in 1940. In 1973 the National Cancer Institute (NCI), under a mandate
from the National Cancer Act, began the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results
(SEER) program to carefully monitor cancer incidence and death rates in multiple,
representative states and cities throughout the United States. Breast cancer was one of the
cancers that was carefully monitored.
Between 1940 and 1990, the death rate from breast cancer remained unchanged. In 1990
the death rate from breast cancer in the United States began a sudden and sustained
decrease. By the year 2000 the death rate from breast cancer had declined by almost 20%
(1) and in 2005 was down by 25%. Since the death rate is the number of women dying
each year from breast cancer as a percentage of all of the women in the population
(adjusted for changes in the distribution of women at different ages over time), it is not
influenced by the rate or types of cancer being detected. Since the death rate is the ratio of
the number of women who die of breast cancer divided by the number of women in the
population, it is the best measure of how we are doing in the war against breast cancer. As
described below, mammography screening is likely in large part responsible for the
decrease in breast cancer deaths in the United States. Medical oncologists would argue that
much of the decrease is due to better treatment. Peto et al (2) argued that the decrease in
breast cancer deaths was due to improved therapy, but Peto, who is best known for
applying meta-analysis to the chemotherapy trials data, admitted to me that their analysis
had not even taken into account the contribution of screening and earlier detection (Richard
Peto, personal communication). A careful analysis of the data suggests that better therapy
has probably contributed a few percentage points to the decrease, but screening has likely
contributed the major portion of the decreasing rate of death in the United States (3).
Furthermore, there are now studies in Sweden, the Netherlands, and Denmark that
attribute to screening most of the decrease in deaths, with only a small component of the
decrease due to better therapy (4,5,6,7).
An understanding of the probable role of screening in decreasing the death rate from breast
cancer can be found in a review of national cancer statistics in the United States. The
incidence (new cases discovered each year) of invasive breast cancer has gone up steadily
for as long as records have been kept. In 1940 (the first year of the Connecticut Tumor
Registry), there were approximately 60 new cases of breast cancer per 100,000 women in
the population (8). This increased by 1% to 2% each year, so that by 1980 there were
approximately 90 new cases of invasive breast cancer diagnosed per 100,000 women. This
steady background increase has never been fully explained but has been attributed to 214 / 1584
bi
steady background increase has never been fully explained but has been attributed to
changes in lifestyle and environmental factors. In 1983 to 1984, however, there was a
sudden increase in the number of invasive breast cancers diagnosed in the United States
that was over and above the steady, background change. Although, at the time, this
caused great concern (some thought there was an epidemic of breast cancer), it soon
became apparent there was not a real change in the incidence of breast cancer, but rather
the sudden additional jump occurred because widespread mammographic screening had
begun, and cancers that would previously not have been detected for several years were
being detected years earlier, adding to the incidence of a given year. The fact that national
statistics showed the change was an indication that screening had begun on a large enough
scale in the United States that the results were reflected in the national statistics. Perhaps
an even greater indication that widespread screening had begun was the fact that there
was a sudden and sustained increase in the detection of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) in
the United States. This change was also large enough to be reflected in the national
numbers (9). Since DCIS is virtually only found by mammography, the abrupt change in
incidence of these early lesions is a clear marker for the fact that widespread
mammographic screening in the United States
P.122
began in sufficient numbers to influence national statistics beginning in 1983 to 1984 (Fig.
4-1).
Figure 4-1 (top) This graph demonstrates the steady increase in breast cancer
incidence since at least 1940. The data take into account the aging population. In 1983
to 1984 there was a sudden rapid increase in incidence that was due to the onset of
screening in the United States in large enough numbers to be reflected in national
statistics. (bottom) As would be expected if moderately and slower-growing cancers
were being detected earlier, the death rate began a similar sudden drop several years
later in 1990, reflecting the decreased deaths from mammography screening. (Adapted
from Miller BA, Feuer EJ, Hankey BF. Trends in invasive breast cancer incidence among
American women. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:678.)
215 / 1584
bi
To understand what may have happened, it is important to realize that periodic screening is
unlikely to interrupt rapidly growing (and rapidly lethal) breast cancers before they have
metastasized. As a consequence of length-bias sampling (see below), periodic screening is
more likely to interrupt moderately and slower-growing cancers. Moderately growing
cancers, if not detected earlier, would lead to death 5 to 10 years after they could have
been cured, if they had been found earlier. Thus, when the death rate began a sudden
decrease in 1990, it mirrored the sudden increase in incidence in 1983 to 1984, and the
time course was compatible with screening being a major reason why the death rate began
to decrease (3). In the Netherlands, screening was introduced in stages in various parts of
the country. In a careful analysis it has been shown that the death rate from breast cancer
remained fairly constant (it was even increasing slightly) prior to the opening of screening
centers. Deaths from breast cancer decreased in the regions covered by screening centers
in direct relationship to these screening centers opening (6). In the two counties of
Ostergotland and Dalarma in Sweden, a comparison was done of the death rates from
breast cancer before screening was available, during the Swedish Two-County Screening
Trial when approximately half the women were offered screening, and after the trial when
all women aged 40 to 74 were offered screening. This demonstrated as much as a 63%
decrease in breast cancer deaths from the nonscreening era to the most recent years
among women who participated in screening (4). A second Swedish review that covered
almost 30% of the population revealed a 44% decrease in breast cancer deaths over time
that mirrored the amount of screening being done. The authors estimated that 16% (of the
44% decrease in deaths) could be attributed to better health and better treatment over
time, but a 28% decrease in breast cancer deaths was likely due to mammographic
screening (5). A study in Copenhagen, Denmark has also shown a decrease in deaths
associated with the onset of mammography screening (7). These population-based studies
do not prove that mammography screening saves lives, but they represent the “frosting on
the cake.” Mammography has been studied in greater detail and with greater scientific
rigor than any other screening test. It has been validated at all levels that are required to
prove efficacy. The Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (BCDDP) and other
studies showed that mammography could find cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage
than the usual practice. A statistically significant mortality reduction was shown in highly
scientific randomized controlled trials (RCTs), and now the results have been confirmed
when mammography screening has been introduced into the general population. All of the
necessary, objective criteria have been met for validating mammography as a screening
test for breast cancer.
Figure 4-2 These diagrams show why merely detecting a cancer earlier in its
progression may have no effect on outcome. (A) With the standard detection
threshold, the cancer has already metastasized so that outcome is not affected by
discovery of the primary tumor. The patient will die. A new screening test may be
developed that discovers the cancer earlier (B), but, if metastatic spread has still
already occurred, the outcome will be unchanged and the patient will still die. Of
course, if the cancer never metastasizes, then earlier detection will also be of no value.
The only way that a new screening test will be efficacious is if the cancer is discovered
earlier before metastatic spread has occurred (C). In this situation the patient's life 218 / 1584
bi
earlier before metastatic spread has occurred (C). In this situation the patient's life
will be saved.
P.124
Mammography is a screening technology. Its only real value is the earlier detection of
breast cancer to reduce the death rate from these malignancies. Since screening is not
without negative consequences, it is critical to determine whether screening can actually
alter the natural history of breast cancer and interrupt its growth before successful
metastatic spread has occurred. Furthermore, since the benefit may not be uniform, it is
important to determine if it is age-related, and, if so, at what age screening should begin
and at what age it is no longer valuable.
cancers will be lethal). The anxiety and physical trauma that can be associated with the
detection of these nonlethal cancers is a potential harm from screening. Some women will
be treated for cancers that may never have affected them had they not been found
(pseudodisease), and others will be treated with toxic therapies that will not stop the
cancers but will only make them sick for a longer period of time before their deaths, yet
they will still die at the same time they would have died had their cancers not been
detected earlier. These are all the potential harms that can be caused by a screening test.
1. ead-time bias: The cancer is found earlier so survival seems longer, but the date of
death is not altered.
2. Length-bias sampling: Periodic screening is more likely to detect slower-growing
cancers rather than fast-growing cancers.
3. Selection bias: Women who participate in screening or screening trials are more likely
to be healthy.
4. Pseudodisease bias (overdiagnosis bias): Screening may detect nonlethal cancers,
making it seem as if there is a benefit.
5. Assigning-the-cause-of-death bias: How is the cause of death determined if the patient
has more than one disease (e.g., cancer and heart disease)?
6. Randomization bias: More women with better (or worse) prognoses are assigned to
the screened group.
222 / 1584
bi
7. Age creep: The age of the population is counted as when they entered the trial, but
benefit might not occur until they reach a later age.
Statistical Significance
Statistical significance is a mathematical way of determining whether a finding could be due
to chance or is likely to be a true finding. The mathematics is little more than a way of
determining what is frequently obvious. If, for example, among women who were screened
with our new test, 7 died from breast cancer while there were 10 women who died in the
group that was not tested, we would likely agree that 7 versus 10 is not a big difference.
Because of the small numbers, this difference could easily be due to chance (a coin may
come up heads several times in a row, but with more flips the chance becomes 50/50) and
is certainly not proof of a benefit. If, however, among the screened women, only 70 died
while 100 died among those who were not screened, our gut reaction when comparing 70
versus 100 (the same ratio as 7 versus 10, but the absolute difference is much larger) is
that this is much less likely to be due to chance and suggests that the test made a real
difference. Statistical significance is merely a mathematical method that is used to
calculate the chance that the differences in the results are likely due to chance or likely to
be true differences. This makes comparisons more objective and less subjective.
The p Value
Even the determination of statistical significance is arbitrary because chance is always a
factor even when large numbers are involved. There is no absolute measure of benefit.
Statistical significance is chosen based on probabilities. It is generally accepted that a
result is statistically significant if there is a 5% or smaller probability that the result was
due to chance. Simply expressed, statistically significant means that the results have a 5%
or less probability of having been due merely to chance, meaning they have a 95% or
greater likelihood that they represent a true relationship. Most accept a p value of 5% or
less as being significant. This is expressed as a p value of 0.05 (5%) or lower in the
statistical analysis.
Statistical significance is not trivial. For women aged 40 to 49, the issue of statistical
significance caused much of the disagreement in the screening debate. Evidence of a
benefit for these women was available early in the debate, but proof was lacking until the223 / 1584
bi
benefit for these women was available early in the debate, but proof was lacking until the
number of deaths grew, with the passage of time, so that the benefit became statistically
significant.
Sojourn Time
Breast cancer is thought to arise from a single cell. One becomes two, two become four,
four become eight, etc. It is not possible to detect breast cancer until there are well over a
million cancer cells in the tumor. This is the truly occult phase of the tumor. It then enters a
preclinical period of growth, during which it is not evident in a CBE or self-examination
(SBE) but it can be detected by mammography. Finally, it becomes large enough to be
evident to the individual and/or her physician. The time that a cancer is in its preclinical
phase, during which it is detectable by mammography but not yet clinically evident, has
been termed the sojourn time (Fig. 4-3A). If screening is to find cancers earlier than they
would otherwise be detected, they must be detected during this period. If the time
between screenings is the same as the sojourn time or longer, only cancers that are
detected during their sojourn can benefit
227 / 1584
bi
P.130
P.131
from early detection since this is the period when earlier detection can occur (Fig. 4-3B). It
can be seen that the way to maximize the detection of early cancers is to make the time
between screening no more than half the sojourn time.
See PDF
Figure 4-3 The cancer time line. (A) A cancer grows for a period of time during which
it is undetectable. It then enters a period in its growth during which it can be detected
by mammography but is clinically occult. This has been called the sojourn time.
Ultimately it becomes clinically apparent. (B) If the time between screenings is too
long, only cancers detected by chance during the sojourn period can be treated. (C) If
the interval between screenings is too long, there will be no benefit. For example, if the
cancers are synchronized and the first screening occurs before the start of the sojourn
period and the next screening comes after the period, there will be no benefit from
screening. (D) Even if the cancers are not synchronized, if the screening interval is too
long, the benefit is reduced. (E) The detection of cancers during the sojourn time is
maximized by screening at an interval that is no more than half the sojourn time.
This can be understood by simplifying the situation. Assume that all cancers start at the
same time and have the same preclinical sojourn time. If the first screen takes place
before they enter the detectable phase and the second occurs after they enter the clinically
apparent phase (Fig. 4-3C), it is obvious that the screen will have little value in earlier
detection because by the time of the second screen they will have become clinically
evident. The only way to detect these synchronized cancers is to screen again before they
became clinically evident.
All cancers, however, are not synchronized in their growth. Even if all cancers have the
same sojourn times, which they do not, the screens fall at different places during the
sojourn period (Fig. 4-3D). Some will be detected earlier by the first screen, but, if the
time between screens is too long, most will reach clinical detectability before the next
screen. To maximize the number of cancers detected during the preclinical period, the
screening interval must be less than half of the sojourn time (Fig. 4-3E). Even more
frequent screening may not benefit all women. If the sojourn time is very short or cancers
metastasize during the sojourn time, it may become impractical to screen with sufficient
frequency to detect these cancers earlier. In fact, what is probably more important than
the sojourn time is the ability to detect cancers before they successfully metastasize.
P.132
For some cancers metastatic spread likely occurs well before they become clinically or even
mammographically detectable. This is all the more reason to screen at short intervals.
Figure 4-4 (A) Cancer is like a balloon rising from the depths of the ocean, increasing
in size with time. (B) Each year the balloons reach a new level and size, while new
balloons begin to rise. This is the same as cancers growing with time and new cancers
developing each year.
229 / 1584
bi
P.133
The depth to which the diver can descend is one threshold that will determine the size at
which the balloons can be detected. Because the balloons are floating to the surface at
some specific rate, a certain number reach the surface each year. This is the same as the
incidence rate of cancers diagnosed in the absence of screening.
To gain additional insight into the factors associated with screening, the problem can be
simplified. Assume that two balloons reach a new level each year and each year two of the
balloons reach the surface before diving commences (Fig. 4-4). When the dives first begin,
the number of balloons that are found is determined by how deep the diver can go and how
successful he is at finding the balloons. If we assume that the diver can dive deep enough
to reach the third level down, we know that he is able to find eight balloons (Fig. 4-5): He
will find the two balloons that reach the surface; he will eliminate two balloons that, had he
not dived, would have reached the surface the following year; he will find two balloons that
would not have reached the surface for 2 more years; and he will even find the two that
would not have reached surface for another 3 years.
If he dives again the next year, the balloons that would have been found at shallower
depths have already been eliminated so he will only find the two balloons that, over the
course of the year, have reached the depth of his dive (threshold of detection). The first
dive is analogous to the first breast cancer screen, which is called the prevalence screen
because it finds the cancers that had been building in the population undetected. Each
successive screen (dive) that finds the new cancers reaching the threshold of detection is
called an incidence screen. The time during which the balloons could be found is the sojourn
time, and the number of years earlier that the balloons (or cancers) can be found by the
screen is the lead time gained by screening. A simplified formula can be used to calculate
how much sooner screening finds cancer by subtracting the incidence from the prevalence
and dividing by the incidence. In the example of the diver, he was able to find balloons 3
years earlier than if he had waited for them to surface ([8 - 2]/2).
Figure 4-5 Detection threshold. Assuming that the diver can reach to the third level,
Mammo 2, then eight balloons will be found in the first year. If he dives to the same
depth again a year later (1-year interval between screenings), he will find 2 new
balloons at level Mammo 2, and he will find 2 new balloons at each successive annual
dive. 230 / 1584
bi
dive.
Lead time and the success of screening are influenced by the time between screens and the
threshold for detection. If the diver only dived every 2 years (a longer time between
screens known as the screening interval) (Fig. 4-6), many of the balloons would have
reached a larger size than if he dived every year. The lead time would be shorter, and he
would find larger balloons (more advanced cancers). Similarly, if he does not dive as deep
(representing a higher, less aggressive threshold for intervention), he will only find the
larger balloons and the lead time will be shorter (Fig. 4-7). If the time between dives is too
long relative to how quickly the balloons are rising, he will reach a point where he may
discover many of the balloons just before or at the time they were about to reach the
surface. The opportunity to interrupt many of the cancers earlier will be lost. The diver will,
effectively, have not have added any significant lead time to their detection since many, if
not most, of the cancers will be close to or at the surface.
One of the problems with screening is that many cancers are morphologically
indistinguishable from benign lesions by imaging. Either intervention is aggressive (low
threshold) to diagnose these lesions, resulting in many biopsies that result in benign
histology (considered by some critics as unnecessary biopsies), or, to avoid the
unnecessary biopsies, some cancers that are detected are permitted to pass through the
screen (high threshold) because they have similar morphology to benign lesions and the
radiologists do not want to have a large number of biopsies with benign results. For the
diver, the overlap of benign versus malignant lesions is analogous to having some of the
balloons
P.134
P.135
in the shape of fish and trying to avoid catching fish while trying to find the balloons. The
diver may fail to see some balloons among the fish, or he may let them pass to avoid
catching fish. If he wishes to find as many balloons as possible, the diver may have to trap
some of the fish as well. The ratio between the number of balloons found to the number of
fish plus balloons that the diver has to bring to the surface is the positive predictive value
(PPV) of the screen.
Figure 4-6 Increasing the interval between screenings reduces the lead time. If the
diver skips a year but still dives to the same depth, then at the next dive he will find 231 / 1584
bi
diver skips a year but still dives to the same depth, then at the next dive he will find
four balloons, but two will be larger than if he had dived every year. Similarly, if there
are 2 years between screenings, the cancers detected will likely be more advanced
than if screening was annual.
Figure 4-7 Raising the threshold reduces the ability to detect cancers earlier. (A) If
the threshold is raised (the diver does not dive as deep), fewer cancers will be detected
at the first screening, and those detected at the second screening a year later will be
larger than if the threshold were lower. (B) Raising the threshold and increasing the
interval compromises the value of screening. If the threshold is raised and the time
between dives is lengthened, then the balloons (cancers) will be even larger at the
time of detection and lead time will have been further reduced.
The problem for the diver is additionally complicated in that sometimes the water is
clouded and it is difficult to see the balloons, and sometimes it is so murky that it is
impossible to see even the large balloons and they float by undetected until they reach the
surface. This is analogous to the radiographic density of the breast where some cancers are
difficult to see in dense tissue and others are completely hidden and undetectable by
mammography.
In summary, the size and success at which the balloons are detected is influenced by how
deep the diver can dive (the quality of the mammogram), how often the dives are made
(screening interval), how clear the water is (sensitivity of mammography), and how many 232 / 1584
bi
(screening interval), how clear the water is (sensitivity of mammography), and how many
fish the diver is willing to catch to avoid missing the balloons (thresholds for intervention
and specificity of mammography).
The detection rates at the prevalence screen can be compared to the incidence screen to
provide a crude indication of the average lead time and a measure of how well the
screening program is doing. In one of the European screening trials, the women are
screened every 2 to 3 years, and each time 6 cancers are detected for every 1,000 women
being screened. This means that the program is performing what amounts to a prevalence
screen each time. Some cancers will be detected earlier, but others will have been allowed
to grow closer to the size that they would have been without screening. The latter have
essentially no lead time and the screening program is not advancing the detection of
cancers beyond what they would find at any prevalence screen. The screening program is
missing the opportunity to detect many cancers at a smaller size and stage by having too
long a screening interval.
Screening for breast cancer is identical to the above model. The success of screening is
determined by how much earlier the mammography can find cancers that are growing with
time, how often women are screened, and how aggressive the radiologist is in diagnosing
indeterminate lesions (the threshold for intervention).
234 / 1584
bi
Figure 4-8 The growth rate of cancers likely follows a bell-shaped, Poisson
distribution; however, crudely, there are three types of cancer. Some grow very
quickly, others have a moderate growth rate, and some grow very slowly. Assume that
the thick horizontal line is the level of incurability. When a cancer reaches this level, it
has successfully metastasized and the patient cannot be cured. This may be the second
cell that has developed the necessary changes to become invasive and metastatic, and
even earlier detection will not save the individual. However, it is clear that the natural
history of breast cancer can be interrupted, and the level of incurability is usually
directly related to cancer size. The thin dotted line represents the detection threshold
for mammography. Anything below this line cannot be detected; any cancer above the
line is detectable. The vertical dashed lines represent a screening. If slow-growing
cancers are evaluated, it can be seen that perhaps at the first screening they are
missed because they are just below the detection threshold (arrow A). They are
detectable at the second screening (arrow B), but, even if they are missed again, they
are detectable at the next screening (arrow C) before they reach a level of incurability.
In fact, some of these may never be lethal in the patient's lifetime. The fact that
periodic screening is more likely to find slower-growing cancers is called length-biased
sampling. Cancers with moderate growth patterns may not be detected at the first
screening (arrow A), but they can be detected at the next screening (arrow D) before
they reach the level of incurability, and it is likely that it is the detection of these
cancers that has resulted in the demonstration of decreased mortality in the
randomized controlled trials. Cancers with rapid growth patterns may not be detected
at the first screening (arrow A), and, if the time between screenings (screening
interval) is too long, they may reach the level of incurability before the next screening.
The only way to interrupt faster-growing cancers is to have a lower detection threshold
or to screen more frequently (short vertical arrow).
Length-biased sampling means that women whose cancers are detected by screening are
more likely to have more indolent disease simply because these are the cancers that are
more easily detected by periodic screening. Even if these were the only cancers detected at
screening, there might still be some real benefit. There are some data that suggest that
earlier detection finds cancers before a more virulent clone can develop and overgrow the
other cells (23). If, however, screening merely selects women with nonlethal cancers, then
the observation that their survival is better than women who are not screened may merely
reflect this phenomenon. Length-biased sampling is one reason that evaluating the survival
of women whose cancers are detected by screening and comparing them to others or to
historical controls can be misleading.
P.137
Figure 4-9 (A) Lead-time bias can be explained by assuming there are 2 identical
women (1 and 2) whose cancers develop at the same time and grow at the same rate.
If woman 1 is screened and her cancer is detected at point S, but woman 2 is not
screened and her cancer is not detected until it is palpable (point P), then woman 1's
survival will appear to be 2 years longer than woman 2's. Although she knew about her
cancer 2 years earlier than woman 2, woman 1, in this scenario, actually did not
236 / 1584
bi
cancer 2 years earlier than woman 2, woman 1, in this scenario, actually did not
benefit because both women still died 15 years after the cancers began. This is lead-
time bias. (B) Absolute mortality benefit. If, however, woman 1 outlived woman 2,
then there would be a benefit from screening. Randomized controlled trials simulate
twins by having identical populations created by the process of randomization. In
randomized controlled trials, the same number of women should die each year from
breast cancer. If the screened group has fewer deaths, then screening is effective
because lead-time bias is avoided.
P.138
Assigning-the-Cause-of-Death Bias
In cancer drug treatment trials, all of the individuals being treated have the disease, and
most of the deaths in the trial will be caused by the cancer being treated. In these trials the
treated group and the untreated group are compared by their death rates, regardless of
why they died. Since few deaths are due to other causes, this usually does not dilute the
data, but it also eliminates biases that can be introduced by having to try to determine why
a participant died. For example, suppose a woman had metastatic breast cancer but also
had heart disease. When she dies, how accurately can the cause of death be determined?
If she is known to have participated in a breast cancer screening trial, the individual who
assigns the cause of death might be consciously, or otherwise, biased. If he/she felt that
screening was beneficial, then he/she might assign the cause of death to heart disease so
that there would appear to be fewer cancer deaths among the screened women. If he/she
felt that screening did not help, then the cause of death might be assigned to breast cancer
when in fact it was due to a heart attack. In addition, if the intervention actually causes
unexpected deaths from some other cause, this might be hidden by looking at deaths just
from cancer, while looking at all deaths may reveal an unsuspected problem. If the drug
reduces deaths from the cancer but itself increases the risk of heart disease, as is the case
with doxorubicin (Adriamycin), this effect might not have been appreciated if the drug
studies only looked at women who died from breast cancer. By using mortality from all
causes (all-cause mortality), bias can be eliminated—the patient died and that is all that
counts.
Looking at all of the causes of mortality is the best way to avoid assignment bias as well as
overlooking an unexpected side effect of the intervention, but it is a major problem for
breast cancer screening trials. In these trials, most women never develop breast cancer,
and the vast majority of deaths among women in the trial are not from breast cancer. The
fact is that, despite it being a common cancer, only approximately 3% of all deaths each
year in the United States are due to breast cancer even though more than 200,000 women
are diagnosed each year with invasive cancers. Consequently, most women who die during
a screening trial will die from some other reason than breast cancer (since they reflect the
general population), with deaths from breast cancer representing a small percentage of all
the deaths. Consequently, trying to show that finding breast cancers earlier can reduce the
overall death rate is a very difficult task. Screening for breast cancer in the screening trials
reduced the deaths from breast cancer by approximately 25%. Even if these deaths were
responsible for as many as 10% of the total deaths among the women in the trial, we have
estimated that the trials would have had to include more than 3 million women for the 25%
decrease in breast cancer deaths to reflect a significant decrease in deaths from all causes.
If breast cancer only accounts for 3% of all of the deaths, the number of women needed in
the trial increases to multiple millions. Such large trials are not feasible. As a consequence,
the screening trials have compared deaths just from breast cancer, or they have compared
all causes of mortality among women with breast cancer. To reduce the chance of
assignment bias, those who
P.139
review the records of the women who die in the screening trials have to be blinded and not
know anything about whether the women were screened or unscreened so that the
assignment of the cause of death cannot be biased.
238 / 1584
bi
Randomization Bias
RCTs are designed to eliminate the biases listed above. Unfortunately, there are ways in
which RCTs can, themselves, be compromised. One of the biases that can occur in
randomized controlled trials is that the randomization itself is compromised. Trial designs
go to great lengths to avoid this bias. The National Breast Screening Study (NBSS) of
Canada is a trial where major mistakes were made leading to a randomization bias.
In properly performed trials, women are assigned to a screened group or a control group.
This must be done before anything is known about the women (blind allocation), so that
women with a good (or bad) prognosis are not, inadvertently or otherwise, assigned
disproportionately to one or the other arm of the trial. This possible bias is reviewed in
detail below (see The National Breast Screening Studies of Canada). In that trial not only
were the women assigned on open lists but also someone allocating a woman could skip a
line to place the woman in the desired allocation, defeating a blinded allocation. This was
compounded by the fact that all women had a CBE before they were allocated, so that
those allocating them knew in advance whether they had a lump or axillary adenopathy.
The NBSS is an example of how not to perform randomization.
Age Creep
When trial data are analyzed, the age of the individuals is routinely counted as the age
they were at when they were allocated to the screened group or the control group. This is
the best way to avoid biasing the results (24). However, some have argued that this may
result in attributing a benefit to younger women when the benefit did not occur until they
were older. In other words. a woman may have entered the trial at the age of 48, but
screening might not have been effective until she reached her fifties (25). The mortality
reduction attributed to screening before the age of 50 might be inappropriate. De Koning et
al (26) wrote a paper in 1995 that has been widely quoted that suggested that the benefit
for women aged 40 to 49 was in fact due to cancers detected after the age of 50. However,
de Koning admitted to me at the Global Summit on Mammographic Screening held in Milan
from June 3 to 5, 2002 that he had suggested at the 1997 National Institutes of Health
Consensus Development Conference (CDC) that his estimate had been based on only a
10% mortality reduction, that, based on higher numbers provided to him from the Swedish
screening trials, he agreed that much of the benefit was due to screening before the age of
50, and that age creep was not a significant factor. It is not clear why he has not published
an update of the original paper, since it caused a great deal of confusion, but he assured me
in 2004 that he was working on a re-analysis.
Superficially, it might seem that trial data should be analyzed by the age at which the
woman had her cancer diagnosed. However, if the data are to be analyzed by age groups,
this could introduce a significant problem. To understand the possible implications, we need
to turn to the model of the twins, as described in the next section. If the screened twin had
her breast cancer diagnosed at the age of 48 and the control twin did not have her cancer
diagnosed until the age of 51, the ultimate death of the control twin would be attributed to
a benefit for women after the age of 50, while the life saved for a woman under the age of
50 would not be credited since she would have no concomitant death in the control group.
It is best to analyze the trial data by the age at allocation, not the age at diagnosis, and to
realize that it is likely that cancer knows nothing about age and screening does not
suddenly begin to work because someone has reached the age of 50.
239 / 1584
bi
suddenly begin to work because someone has reached the age of 50.
1. There must be enough women in the study so that there will be sufficient numbers of
women with cancer. This is called the prior probability of cancer in the population.
2. There need to be sufficient numbers of women who die from cancer (called events)
such that, if there is a reduction in deaths among the screened women, the benefit
(difference between the number of deaths in the screened group relative to the control
subjects), will be statistically significant.
3. If there are insufficient numbers of women in the trials or an insufficient number of
events, positive results may not reach statistical validity and a true benefit may be
discounted.
There are other factors that may influence an RCT, and, in particular, the number of
women needed for the trial. Since risk factors determine how many women will develop
breast cancer and age is a major risk factor, the age of the women in the trial as well as
their family histories of breast cancer will influence how many participants are needed.
Another factor is how frequently the participants are screened relative to the lead time of
the test (how much earlier the test can find the cancer than the care to which it is being
compared). The number of participants needed in the trial is also influenced by the
technical quality of the screening procedure and its ability to detect breast cancer earlier, as
well as the thresholds for intervention. Finally, if the difference between the deaths among
the screened women versus the unscreened women is small, then the trial will need more
participants to have statistical significance than if the difference is large.
1. the expected number of cancers that will develop in the population over the course of
the trial (the prior probability of cancer in the population being studied)
2. the rate of death from breast cancer that is to be expected among these women
(death rate)
3. the amount of benefit anticipated (mortality reduction)
4. the time by which that benefit is expected
5. the degree of certainty needed to accept a benefit (statistical significance)
Any alteration in these factors that involves fewer participants or fewer events can reduce
the ability of the trial to have the statistical power to prove a benefit. For example, the
fewer the number of deaths among control women, the more difficult it is to prove a
benefit (if women do not die of breast cancer in the control group, then there is no room for
a benefit in the screening group).
RCTs must be carefully designed to ensure that all of these factors are taken into
consideration. Variations alter the statistical ability (power) to prove a benefit. Because
244 / 1584
bi
consideration. Variations alter the statistical ability (power) to prove a benefit. Because
these trials are very expensive to run, investigators try to reduce the population size as
much as possible to keep down costs. This diminishes the power of the trial.
If the statistical test fails to reach significance, the power of the test becomes a critical
factor in reaching an inference. It is not widely appreciated that the failure to achieve
statistical significance may often be related more to the low power of the trial than to
an actual lack of difference between the competing therapies. Clinical trials with
inadequate sample size are thus doomed to failure before they begin and serve only to
confuse the issue of determining the most effective therapy for a given condition.
This was reinforced in an article by Moher et al (34), who wrote in the Journal of the
American Medical Association:
Essential to the planning of an RCT is estimation of the required sample size. The
investigator should ensure that there is sufficient power to detect, as statistically
245 / 1584
bi
investigator should ensure that there is sufficient power to detect, as statistically
significant, a treatment effect of an a priori specified size. The opposite perspective of
conceiving the problem is that the investigator should ensure that there is a low
probability of making a type II error, or concluding that the result is not statistically
significant, when the observed effect is clinically meaningful.
If a trial with negative results has insufficient power, a clinically important but
statistically nonsignificant effect is usually ignored, or worse, is taken to mean that the
treatment under study made no difference.
The controversy over screening women aged 40 to 49 was due to the fact that some
analysts ignored these basic warnings and analyzed subgroups of the data from trials that
had insufficient numbers of participants to permit statistically valid subgroup analyses.
Inappropriate data analysis was the main reason for the screening controversy and the
1993 decision by the NCI to deny screening to women in their forties. We warned of this
problem in 1993 at the International Workshop on Screening for Breast Cancer for Women
Ages 40 to 49 conducted by the NCI (35), but our warning has gone unheeded for years,
and inappropriate analyses have been used repeatedly to suggest that there is no benefit
for screening women aged 40 to 49, but the data actually show a benefit when the trials
are scientifically analyzed.
Generalizability
Screening trials must be designed with great care, as errors in design can produce
misleading results. Ideally, a screening trial should involve women from the same
population that is expected to participate if screening is shown to be beneficial. If the
population studied is not representative of the general population, then the results of the
trial may not apply to the general population (generalizability). For example, women who
volunteer for trials usually have a different likelihood of disease (prior probability), and,
because they may have a different level of health than the average woman, they may
have a different course with the same disease. The results of a trial in which women select
themselves for participation by volunteering may not apply, for example, to a population of
women who are referred for screening by their doctor.
The NBSS is the only trial that solicited volunteers to participate in the study. These
women were then randomized into two groups, a screened group and a control group that
247 / 1584
bi
women were then randomized into two groups, a screened group and a control group that
was not offered mammography. Asking women to volunteer ensured that there would be a
high level of compliance, but it meant that the results of the trial could only be applied to
women who volunteer. This seems superficially to be a trivial point, but there are clear
biases that result from studying volunteers and not the general population.
The fact that very few minority women have been included in the trials is a problem. The
death rate from breast cancer for black women, particularly those younger than 40, is
higher than for white women. There are no data to determine whether these women can
be helped by screening. Even older minority women may benefit more or less from
screening. There are no trial data to evaluate these populations. There is now interest in
screening women who are at high risk (38), especially those who may have mutated
genes, e.g., breast cancer gene 1 (BRCA1) and breast cancer gene 2 (BRCA2), that
increase their likelihood of developing breast cancer. Unfortunately, none of the trials
specifically evaluated high-risk women, so there are no data to prove that screening high-
risk women actually has any benefit.
Treatment Bias
Another potential problem with the RCTs of screening is that it is difficult to determine
whether women in the control group who were diagnosed with breast cancer were treated
in the same way as women in the screened group. The investigators in the NBSS, in an
effort to explain an excess of women with lymph node–positive breast cancer in the
screened group, revealed that the control women, cared for in community hospitals, had
fewer and less extensive axillary dissections than the screened women. If it is the case that
there were treatment differences between the
P.145
screened women and the control group, then it introduces a major new bias into the
248 / 1584
bi
screened women and the control group, then it introduces a major new bias into the
analysis of that trial's data.
For example, if 25% of the women in the control group are expected to have
mammograms on their own, contaminating the unscreened controls, then the number of
women needed in the trial, as originally estimated in the power calculation, must be
increased by the factor 1/(1 - 0.25)2 = 1.78. Thus, if 25% of the control women have
mammograms in a trial in which 50,000 women are needed to prove a specific, anticipated
benefit, the number of women in the trial must be increased by 78%, to 89,000 women, to
retain the same power to prove a benefit. The number would have to increase to 200,000
women if, in addition, 25% of the women offered screening refused to be screened.
Despite the fact that RCTs are the only accepted method to objectively determine the
efficacy of screening and have the imprimatur of science to give them validity, their results
must be evaluated with a careful understanding of how they were designed and how they
were executed. Significant biases can enter into these trials, so the details of each trial, its
design, and execution must be evaluated to determine the legitimacy of the results.
Noncompliance and contamination dilute the benefit in an RCT. There was significant
noncompliance and contamination in the European trials, and there was significant
noncompliance in the HIP of New York Trial. For example, in the HIP study, only 21,000 of
the 31,000 women counted as screened were actually screened. Nevertheless, as required
to avoid selection bias, all were counted as being in the screened group. This dilutes the
effect of the screen because, as in the Ostergotland trial in Sweden, nonattenders (women
counted as having been screened who refused the invitation) frequently have a higher
mortality and, consequently, decrease the overall benefit from screening for the
population. In the Swedish Two-County Screening Trial, it has been estimated that the 249 / 1584
bi
population. In the Swedish Two-County Screening Trial, it has been estimated that the
30% reduction in mortality for the entire screened group was actually a 40% or more
reduction, if only women who were actually screened are analyzed. In the Ostergotland
trial, if the nonattenders are not included, the screen would have resulted in a mortality
reduction rather than the lack of benefit that has been seen as a result of the deaths among
women who refused screening but were still counted as having been screened.
In the NBSS of Canada, women were first invited to participate and were then
randomized. This reduces the number of noncompliers, but, because women who volunteer
for programs tend to be more health conscious and are often healthier, the results from this
type of trial may not be applicable to the general population. (Other problems with the
Canadian trial are discussed later in this chapter.)
There is nothing to prevent a woman assigned to a control group from obtaining a
mammogram on her own, outside of the trial. This was a significant problem in the Malmö
trial, in which 25% of the women who were supposed to act as unscreened controls
obtained mammograms outside the screen. Among women between the ages of 45 and 54,
35% of the control women had mammography. Overall, 20% of the cancers detected in the
control group were detected by mammography. This obviously has a dilutional effect and
significantly reduces the power to detect a benefit from a trial that was already
compromised by having a relatively small number of women participating.
The method of randomization is also important. Some of the trials were randomized based
on individuals. Others were randomized based on geographic location. The results of the
Edinburgh trial, for example, have been found to be imbalanced since randomization was
based on physician practices. Since there were differences in the socioeconomic status of
the participants, the results have been found to be influenced, and adjustments have had to
be made to take this into account. In addition, the quality of the mammography in that
trial has been considered poor. Nevertheless, the trial has still shown a benefit for
screening (39).
P.146
Kopparberg (Dalarma)
The Kopparberg trial began in 1977. There were 38,562 women from age 40 to 74 who
were randomly assigned to the screened group, and 18,478 who were allocated to the
control group. Mammography was offered to the screened women who were between the
ages of 40 and 49 every 2 years and to women between the ages of 50 and 74 every 33
months. Among the women offered screening, 89% complied for at least the first screen.
Single-view mammography was used.
Ostergotland
The Ostergotland trial began in 1978 as a companion to the Kopparberg trial. The trial
design was similar, with women aged 40 to 74 randomized by community clusters. There
were 38,405 women who were offered screening, and 37,145 who were chosen to act as
unscreened controls. Single-view mammography was offered every 2 years for women
aged 40 to 49 and every 33 months for women aged 50 to 74, and there was 89%
compliance with the first screening invitation.
It is important to recognize that in the Two-County Trial women 40 to 49 years of age were
screened every 2 years and those over 50 were screened at an interval close to 3 years. A
2-year interval between screens may be too long to have much of an effect on mortality for
the younger population. Another limitation of the study is that only a single mediolateral
oblique view of each breast was obtained, and this practice has been shown to result in as
many as 24% of cancers being missed (55,56). A third potential problem with this trial is
that, after the prevalence screen, 70% of biopsies performed for mammographically
detected lesions proved to be cancers. This high PPV may mean that some cancers were 256 / 1584
bi
detected lesions proved to be cancers. This high PPV may mean that some cancers were
overlooked because they did not have sufficient characteristics to warrant biopsy, and, as a
consequence, their diagnosis may have been delayed. Later in the trial, fine-needle
aspiration was used, and this may account for the apparent high threshold for intervention
based on the excisional biopsy rate.
For the 89% of women who complied with the first screen, the rate of stage II cancers was
reduced by 25% relative to the unscreened controls, and, 7 years after randomization,
there were 31% fewer deaths from breast cancer among those screened than in the control
group. This reduction persisted for 10 years (18). Two requirements for screening efficacy
were fulfilled in the Two-County Trial: reduction in stage and reduction in absolute
mortality.
P.150
The Two-County Trial is an example of how merely reviewing statistics may not reveal the
entire effect of screening. The data have been retrospectively segregated and analyzed by
age. For women 40- to 49-years-old in the Kopparberg trial, there was a 25% mortality
reduction. This was initially not statistically significant because of small numbers and short
follow-up. In the Ostergotland trial, there was no decrease in cancer deaths in the
screened group compared to the controls. The reason for this is not completely clear but is
almost certainly because a large number of women who died in the screened group had
refused to be screened. Almost half of the women who died of breast cancer in the
Ostergotland program and were counted as having been screened had actually refused to
be screened. It is required in the analysis of these trials to include these women in the
screened group. Given the overall small numbers of cancer deaths, if only a few of these
women had been screened and saved, then the trial would show a benefit. Analysts have
ignored the high cancer death rate among refusers and merely pointed to Ostergotland as
an example of screening having no benefit.
Malmö
Another RCT of mammography screening began in Malmö, Sweden, in 1976 and ended in
1986 (57). Approximately 42,000 women, 45- to 69-years-old were randomized
individually. The interval between screens for the study group was 18 to 24 months
(average, 21 months). There were 20,695 women allocated to be offered screening, and
20,783 randomly assigned to act as unscreened controls. For the first two screens, both
mediolateral oblique and craniocaudal views were obtained. If the breasts were not
radiographically dense, the subsequent screens included only the single oblique view.
Compliance with screening was 70%. In the early follow-up, women aged 55 and older at
entry had a 20% decrease in mortality, but because of the small numbers of participants in
the trial this had not reached statistical significance. Many researchers were concerned
when the early follow-up of women aged 45 to 50 showed a few more cancer deaths
among the screened women than among the controls. This, however, was due to the
statistical fluctuation that is expected when the number of total deaths is extremely small.
By the 10-year follow-up, the benefit for women aged 45 to 49 was a 49% decrease in
breast cancer deaths.
A second Malmö trial has also been performed. The two were reported at the January 1997
CDC in Bethesda, Maryland (58). An additional 17,000 women aged 45 to 48 were
screened. The summary for women aged 40 to 49, can be found in the section Proof:
Statistically Significant Benefit for Women 40- to 49-Years-Old, which includes the 257 / 1584
bi
Statistically Significant Benefit for Women 40- to 49-Years-Old, which includes the
combined results from the two Malmö trials.
Stockholm
The Stockholm trial began in 1981 (59). The trial randomized 38,525 women 40- to 65-
years-old to be offered screening and 20,651 to remain as unscreened controls.
Randomization was by individual and based on a system using birth dates. Of the women
invited to be screened, 82% complied with the first screen. The women were offered
screening every 2 years using single-view oblique mammography. In the first screen, 53%
of the cancers were palpable. Because the Two-County Trial was already showing a benefit,
the program was terminated early after only two screens, and. subsequently, all women
have been offered screening. The small numbers and short duration of the screening limits
the usefulness of the study. Stockholm has reported a 21% mortality reduction, but,
because of the small numbers in the trial, the benefit is not statistically significant.
Furthermore, having only two cycles of screening in a very small population makes it very
difficult to show a benefit.
Gothenburg
The Gothenburg trial was begun in 1982. The trial randomized 52,000 women 39- to 59-
years-old. There were 20,724 women who were invited to be screened and 28,909 women
randomized to be unscreened controls. Screening using two-view mammography was
performed every 18 months, and 84% of the women invited to the first screen participated.
In Gothenburg, there has been a statistically significant reduction in breast cancer deaths
for women aged 39 to 49 of approximately 44% (60). The benefit from screening women
aged 39 to 59 was a 20% to 30% decrease in cancer deaths (61). It is of interest that there
was benefit for women aged 39 to 44, 45 to 49, and 55 to 59, but there was no benefit
among women aged 50 to 54. These results reinforce the point that we have been making
for many years: grouping women by ages, especially by decades, can lead to
oversimplification and misunderstanding of what is actually taking place.
Edinburgh
The Edinburgh trial is complicated. Using physicians' practices for randomization, 45,130
women were divided into 23,226 in the study arm and 21,904 in the control arm. The
women involved were 45- to 64-years-old at the time of entry. Those in the screened
group had mammography (two views) and a CBE at the prevalence (first) screen. Clinical
examination only was used in years 2, 4, and 6, and CBE was combined with single-view
mammography (the mediolateral oblique) in the odd years 3, 5, and 7. A relative reduction
in mortality of almost 20% was reported with 7- to 9-year follow-up, but because of the
small numbers of women in the trials this did not achieve statistical significance (62). That
only 60% of the women complied with the offer to be screened and that the randomization
by physician practice introduced socioeconomic differences has been suggested as
somewhat compromising the results. Longer follow-up revealed a 21% to 29% decrease in
deaths
P.151
among the screened women with most of the benefit due to mammography (39).
261 / 1584
bi
Figure 4-10 The ratio of death from breast cancer for women between the ages of 40
and 74 who participated in the 7 randomized controlled trials by invitation. The dots
represent point estimates (the data are analyzed at some point in time). This changes
with longer follow-up. They represent the ratio of the cancer deaths relative to the
number of screened women divided by the cancer deaths relative to the number of
controls. If the point estimate is to the left of the line, it means that there were fewer
cancer deaths among the screened women. If the dot is to the right, it means there
were more cancer deaths among the screened women. The percentage of death
reduction is 1 - the point estimate × 100. The bars provide the 95% confidence
interval. This means that, based on the numbers of cancer deaths involved at the time
the data are reviewed, the laws of probability (with 95% confidence) suggest that the
true effect lies somewhere along the line. If the entire bar is to the left of the 1.0
vertical line, then the benefit is considered statistically significant (p <0.05). (Adapted
from Shapiro S. Screening: assessment of current studies. Cancer 1994;74:231–238.)
In an update of the seven population-based trials (Canada was not included) published in
1994, Wald et al (70) calculated a 22% mortality reduction for screening women 40- to 74-
years-old with a 95% confidence interval of 0.70 to 0.87. Because of the small numbers of
women in the trials, however, only the HIP trial and the Two-County Trial are, by
themselves, statistically significant. Duffy et al (71) provided another meta-analysis in
2002 that showed a 24% statistically significant mortality reduction [RR 0.76 (0.70–0.82)]
for screening beginning at the age of 40.
There is no question that screening can reduce the death rate from breast cancer, with the
combined data suggesting a reduction of at least 20% to 30%. This is likely a low estimate
because the results are based on trials by invitation. As noted earlier, noncompliance and
contamination reduce the apparent benefit. With the exception of the Canadian trial, all of
the trials were “by intent to treat.” This means that women were randomly assigned to a
study (screened) group or the unscreened control group, and, once they were randomized,
they were then invited to be screened. The results of the trials have been analyzed as if
they all participated as assigned, but many refused the offer. Nevertheless, to avoid
selection bias, a woman who died of breast cancer and who had been offered screening is
still counted with the screened group even if she had refused screening (noncompliance).
Similarly, if a woman allocated to the control group had a mammogram on her own,
outside of the trial, and had her life saved as a result, she is still counted as an unscreened
control (contamination). Noncompliance and contamination serve to dilute the benefit from
262 / 1584
bi
control (contamination). Noncompliance and contamination serve to dilute the benefit from
screening. The benefit, in fact, is likely considerably greater than the trials demonstrate.
267 / 1584
bi
Figure 4-11 (A) Approximately 16% of invasive breast cancers diagnosed in 1993
were diagnosed in women between the ages of 40 and 49. (B) Approximately 17% of
invasive breast cancers diagnosed in 1993 were diagnosed in women between the ages
of 50 and 59. (C) Approximately 25% of invasive breast cancers diagnosed in 1993
were diagnosed in women between the ages of 60 and 69. (D) Approximately 23% of
invasive breast cancers diagnosed in 1993 were diagnosed in women between the ages
of 70 and 79. (E) Totals for all age groups in 1993.
Randomization Process
The validity of an RCT lies in a balanced distribution of women in both groups. If neither
group was screened, there should be the same amount of everything in the two groups.
The same number of women should develop cancer, the same number of women should be
diagnosed with advanced cancer, and the same number of women should die from breast
cancer in both groups. To accomplish this, it is very important that the allocation of women
to the screened group and the control group be truly random. This is the only way to
achieve groups that will behave in a similar fashion. To avoid a compromise of the process
of allocation, the randomization should be blind, with those doing the randomization having
no information concerning the women being randomized, so that there is no possibility that
women could be intentionally placed in one group or the other. There is strong evidence
that the random allocation process in the NBSS was, in fact, compromised and that the
groups were imbalanced from the start of the trial.
The results reveal that there were more advanced cancers (axillary lymph node–positive)
found in the screened population in the first round of screening than in the control group.
This means that, either by chance or through a flaw in the randomization process, more
women with prognostically poor tumors were placed in the study group. At the time of
allocation, 33 women who had positive axillary nodes at the time of entry into the trial
were randomized to the screened group (30 of these cancers were palpable at the first
examination), whereas only 21 were placed among the controls. The discrepancy is even
greater if women with four or more nodes are evaluated. There were 19 women with these
poor prognosis cancers (17 palpable at the time of allocation) that were placed in the
screened group, whereas only 5 were randomized to the control group. The difference is
statistically significant. This imbalanced distribution alone would account for the failure of
the trial to show any benefit for women in their forties.
The reasons for these major imbalances are likely two design flaws in the NBSS. Because
the trial was actually too small (see Statistical Power), the investigators included
P.160
women with palpable abnormalities in this trial of screening. They argued that this was
more realistic because, if screening is provided as a public health benefit, then women with
lumps will also participate. The fact is that, without the palpable cancers that would be
found among these symptomatic women, the trial would not have had enough women to
meet its statistical requirements. Because these women were unlikely to benefit from
screening, the inclusion of symptomatic women at best diluted the results of the trial had
they been allocated equally to both trial arms. If, on the other hand, they were allocated
unequally, as it appears they were, then they would have imbalanced the results.
Nonblinded Randomization
The inclusion of women with advanced cancer by itself might not have been a critical
problem but for the fact that the design of the trial permitted a likely compromise of the
allocation process. A key element in the design of an RCT is that the randomization process
273 / 1584
bi
allocation process. A key element in the design of an RCT is that the randomization process
be blinded so that there is no chance for compromise of the random distributions between
both groups. What has never been satisfactorily explained, and what has also been
dismissed in the analyses by those opposed to screening, is that women in the NBSS had a
CBE prior to randomization. By allowing women with palpable breast cancer to participate
and by permitting a CBE before allocation, the randomization process could be
compromised. The process was likely corrupted as the assignment to a group was made on
open lists prepared ahead of time. This offered the opportunity for a nurse examiner to
have a symptomatic woman placed into the screened group to ensure that she would have
a mammogram, and this is the likely explanation of the imbalance of advanced and poor-
prognosis cancers.
The investigators argued that the groups appeared to be randomly assigned because the
major demographic features of the women appeared to be equally divided between the two
groups. What they have ignored is that a shift of even 100 or more women from one group
to the other would not influence the demographics of the other 24,000 women who were
likely properly randomized, but it could severely affect the outcome of the trial. A shift of a
relatively few women with advanced breast cancer would greatly affect the mortality
results. The fact that there was an excess of advanced cancers and a statistically significant
excess of poor-prognosis cancers allocated to screening raises the possibility that the
random allocation process was compromised. Regardless of the reason, this loading of the
screened group guarantees that screening cannot show an early benefit in the NBSS where
the results from these prevalent cancers, whose course is unlikely to be affected by
screening, predominate.
The investigators have argued that the excess of advanced cancers allocated to the
screened group at the start of the trial was due to the fact that screening detects more of
all kinds of cancers, including the advanced cancers. This is likely true. However, if the
randomization process was truly random, there should eventually be the same number of
all types of cancers in both groups, and the advanced cancers in the control group should
rise to the surface over the course of the trial, diminishing the excess of advanced cancers
in the screened group. This type of equilibration occurred in the other trials but did not
occur in the NBSS. In fact, the opposite happened. The excess of advanced cancers (lymph
node–positive) increased among the screened women relative to the controls over the
course of the trial. It rose from 33 to 102 (an increase of 69 women) in the screened 40- to
49-year-old group, whereas among the controls it went from only 21 to only 68 (an
increase of 47). The fact that a diminution did not occur, coupled with the facts that the
randomization was not blinded, that the women had a CBE before randomization, and that
90% of the poor-prognosis cancers allocated to screening were palpable, suggests a
probable compromise of the allocation process. As noted above, if 10 to 100 women were
shifted between the 2 groups, the shift would not be detectable in the overall demography
of the 2 groups. This would also account for the poorer-than-expected survival among the
screened women and the better-than-expected survival among the control women that was
reported by the NBSS investigators.
Although the principal investigator in the NBSS had argued that all of the other trials had
had a similar experience with advanced cancers, R. E. Tarone (27), a biostatistician at the
NCI, showed that this was, in fact, not the case, and that the excess of advanced cancers
in the NBSS was the exception among the trials. He confirmed that this was an indication
of a randomization failure and urged that the results of the NBSS be recalculated to 274 / 1584
bi
of a randomization failure and urged that the results of the NBSS be recalculated to
eliminate the advanced cancers. An independent review of the randomization process was
performed by MacMahon and Bailar in 1995 and 1996 (98). Unfortunately, despite the fact
that the reviewers were urged to interview those responsible for the randomization, the
nurses and administrative personnel were never interviewed (with anonymity and
guarantees against retribution). This is the only way to determine whether the
randomization was compromised, and the reviewers failed to answer the question.
Figure 4-12 These are the results summarizing the randomized controlled trials for
women between the ages of 40 and 49, as of March 1997, as compiled by Edward
Hendrick, PhD, and presented to the American Cancer Society. They demonstrate a
statistically significant benefit attributable to screening (see Fig. 4-10 for details).
In a dramatic turnaround, the NCAB, repudiating the conclusion of the CDC panel, advised
the NCI to recommend that women in their forties be screened. This was immediately
adopted by the NCI at the end of March 1997, and the controversy was essentially ended.
The unfortunate fact is that all of the arguments were made as if the age of 50 has some
real meaning. There is no biological significance to the age of 50. There was never any
justification for using it as a cutoff. The controversy had been essentially manufactured
from the inappropriate analysis and improper manipulation of data. There is a statistically
significant benefit from screening women beginning by the age of 40. As noted above, the
benefit is likely even greater than the trial data reveal because seven of the eight trials
were by invitation and diluted by noncompliance and contamination.
277 / 1584
bi
Introduction
It is somewhat surprising that the age of 50 continues to be used as the age at which
women are urged to begin mammographic screening. There are absolutely no data
pertaining to screening that show any factors that change abruptly at the age of 50 or any
other age from 40 and up (100). The age of 50 has no known biological significance. It was
chosen years ago as a surrogate for the age of menopause, and menopause, given the
influence of hormones in the development of breast cancer, was assumed to influence
detection, diagnosis, and treatment of these malignancies. Unfortunately, although many
researchers now recognize that the age of 50 is arbitrary and that the influence of
menopause on screening is, at best, very small and unclear, women and their physicians
have been led to believe that the age of 50 and menopause have some true relevance to
screening when they have none. As will be discussed later, the misinformation about the
age of 50 comes from grouping the data and comparing women aged 49 and younger with
women aged 50 and over as if these were two uniform groups. They are not uniform, and
this type of dichotomous comparison has made it appear as if there are changes that take
place at the age of 50, when there are none.
Figure 4-13 These are similar to the data used by the National Cancer Institute to
dismiss the screening benefit for women 40- to 49-years-old (see Fig. 4-10 for an 281 / 1584
bi
dismiss the screening benefit for women 40- to 49-years-old (see Fig. 4-10 for an
explanation). The National Breast Screening Study is not included. (Adapted from
Shapiro S. Screening: assessment of current studies. Cancer 1994;74:231–238.)
Figure 4-14 (A) Survival by age at diagnosis. Younger women actually live longer
with breast cancer than older women, as seen in this chart. (B) It is difficult to provide
an early benefit from screening. For the screened woman to demonstrate a benefit, her
counterpart in the control group must develop successful metastases some time after
the screened woman's cancer was discovered and treated, and the control woman
must then die from those metastases. This is unlikely to occur within a few years after
the first screening but more likely to appear 5 or more years later, certainly not 1 to 2 282 / 1584
bi
the first screening but more likely to appear 5 or more years later, certainly not 1 to 2
years after the onset of screening. A delayed benefit makes more sense than an
immediate benefit. (C) Data analysis should be based on the date of randomization,
rather than the date of diagnosis, to avoid bias. (A adapted from Adami HO, Malker B,
Holmberg L, et al. The relationship between survival and age at diagnosis in breast
cancer. N Engl J Med 1986;315:559–563.)
P.165
Opponents' Arguments
Opponents of screening before the age of 50 have argued that, because there is a clear
benefit for women older than 50 and because the benefit appears for younger women 8 to
10 years after the start of screening, the same benefit can be achieved by starting
screening later. The data contradict this. The window of opportunity to delay or eliminate
death from breast cancer may occur early in its growth, even though it will not become
fatal for many years. There is no biological reason to believe that the cancers detected by
screening in women 50 and over, that result in decreased mortality, are the same cancers
that have reduced the mortality in younger women, when they are detected in women in
their forties, any more than it is reasonable to suggest that the benefit for women in their
fifties occurred because they reached the age of 60.
An extension of this fallacious argument was used by opponents of screening to suggest
that the apparent benefit for women between the ages of 40 and 49 was a consequence of
their having reached the age of 50 and suddenly their cancers were cured. Not only is this
biologically insupportable, but Prorok et al (24) have warned that the data from RCTs
should be analyzed by the age that the women were at allocation. Although it seems logical
to analyze the results by the age at diagnosis, analyzing data by the age at diagnosis is a
pseudovariable that is influenced by the study itself. Its use will bias the results against
cancers detected in younger women. Because RCTs can be thought of as groups of twins, if
a cancer is discovered by screening a 48-year-old and her twin in the control group does
not discover her cancer until she is 51 (Fig. 4-14C), the control group twin's cancer death
will be attributed as a death for a cancer diagnosed after the age of 50, whereas the
screened
P.167
woman without a control counterpart would be attributed to a diagnosis before the age of
50 and, if she survived, would appear to have merely had a nonlethal cancer.
Despite the fact that data should not be analyzed by age at diagnosis, the HIP (11),
Kopparberg (107), and Gothenburg (108) trials performed such analyses, and all found that
the majority of the benefit was achieved for cancers diagnosed before the age of 50. Since
the Gothenburg trial began screening its control group as well after the seventh year of the
trial (the benefits shown in other trials made it impossible to deny screening to the
controls), the investigators estimate that the majority of the benefit came from cancers
detected while the women were under the age of 50. In the HIP trial, there was a 30%
mortality reduction for women who began screening at ages 40 to 44. None of these
women reached the age of 50 during the trial. Tabar et al (107) have pointed out that, in
the Kopparberg trial, the majority of the benefit for women between the ages of 40 and 49
was from cancers detected while they were in their forties. Several of the trials suggest
that the benefit is actually highest for women in their early forties, while it diminishes for
those in their late forties and early fifties and then increases again around the age of 55.
This may reflect the possibility of two breast cancer populations (see Chapter 3).
285 / 1584
bi
286 / 1584
bi
More modem screening programs such as that at UCSF, the program in British Columbia,
and even a private practice in New Mexico, demonstrate that small, early-stage cancers
can be found with proportional frequency between the two groups. In recent reviews of
their data, the screening programs found that the median size for cancers in both the
under-50 and 50-and-over groups was the same. The stage at diagnosis was slightly better
for women under the age of 50 (78,111,112).
Ironically, at the same time that the NCI was discouraging women under the age of 50
from being screened, they announced that, for women aged 40 to 49, there had been a
decrease in breast cancer deaths of 8.7% from 1989 to 1992. The decrease for women
aged 50 to 59 (many of these cancers were likely detected while women were in their
forties) was 9.3%. Although the NCI suggested that the decrease was due to
chemotherapy, the data suggest that much of the decrease was due to screening.
Conclusion
Unfortunately, the controversy over whether to recommend screening for women in their
forties has been manufactured. There are no data to support the use of the age of 50 as
anything but an arbitrary starting point. The controversy began by the understandable, but
scientifically inappropriate, use of retrospective, unplanned subgroup analyses of data that
lacked statistical power that compared women aged 40 to 49 with women aged 50 and
over. This led to the false belief that the age of 50 had some real significance. The very
basis for not recommending screening for women aged 40 to 49 is scientifically
unsupportable. If women are to be advised to start screening at the age of 50, they and
their physicians should be informed that this is a purely arbitrary age and that, if screening
is not recommended for younger women, this is primarily based on economic
considerations rather than science, since the true scientific evidence supports a
recommendation for screening women beginning by the age of 40.
Figure 4-15 Single-view mammography can miss almost 25% of cancers. An invasive
cancer is not evident on the mediolateral oblique projection (A) and would be missed
using single-view screening. It is only evident in the lateral left breast on the
craniocaudal (B) projection (arrow).
An allocation imbalance in the NBSS can explain the fact that the excess of advanced
cancers between the screens and controls did not diminish, but it cannot explain the
increase in the excess during the trial. The fact that the gap widened over the course of the
trial is likely due to false reassurance and delay in diagnosis among the screened women.
This is the most likely explanation for the widening of the excess of advanced cancers in
the NBSS. Poor-quality mammography exacerbates the problem by increasing the number
of falsely reassured women and converting potentially curable cancers (by earlier detection
by high-quality mammography) to incurable through the failure to detect them earlier and
delayed diagnosis from false reassurance.
Screening Intervals
The frequency of screening (time between screens) is not a trivial question. The fact that
the mortality from breast cancer can be reduced proves that the natural history of breast
cancer can be interrupted. This suggests that there is a period of time in the growth of
many, if not all, cancers before they reach a level of lethality. The screening interval may
determine the types of cancer detected and can affect how soon a benefit can be expected.
Only cancers that are slow to reach the level of lethality will be detected, and the patient
may derive little benefit if the time between screenings is too long. If the interval is
shortened, then the tumors with moderate growth rates can be influenced, and it is likely
many of these have been cured in the screening trials and account for the mortality
reduction. The only way to interrupt cancers that reach the level of incurability faster is to
shorten the time between screenings. If women 40- to 49-years-old are to be screened,
the available data suggest that it should be every year (81,82). The lead time for
mammography for women from the ages of 40 to 49 is approximately 2 years. If women
this age are screened every 2 years, the advantage of early detection will be diminished.
Screening should be on an annual basis.
One method of determining how much earlier breast cancers are detected by
mammography is to subtract the number of cancers found in each incidence screening from
the number detected at the prevalence screening and divide that number by the number of
cancers detected at each incidence screening. Without screening, the cancers build up in
the population, so that the prevalence screening includes the number of new cancers that
rise to the surface each year (incident cancers) plus the cancers that have risen to the
surface in previous years that could have been detected but, in the absence of screening,
had collected in the population. If there are 8 cancers detected per 1,000 women screened
in the prevalence mammographic screen (2 of which would have been detected without
screening) and then 2 cancers are detected at each subsequent screen (incidence screen),
the lead time would be (8 - 2)/2 = 3 years. In other words, because 2 cancers rise to the
threshold of detectability each year (incidence), it would have taken 3 years of not
screening, with 2 cancers each year being added to the population, to build up to the 8
cancers found at the first screening.
Moskowitz reasoned that lead time can be derived by determining how long it takes for the
annual detection rate to return to its baseline once screening is terminated (81). If one
postulates that a new detection technique (screening) is more sensitive at finding cancer
than waiting for symptoms or signs to reveal a lesion, then screening will find not only the
cancers that annually rise to clinical detectability but also those occult lesions that are not
yet clinically evident. In the first year of screening, the prevalent cancers will be found.
These include cancers that have been detectable for many years but were ignored, as well
as those that have just reached the level of clinical detectability and cancers that are found
1 or more years earlier because of the screen. The subsequent years of screening (if the 292 / 1584
bi
1 or more years earlier because of the screen. The subsequent years of screening (if the
interval is within the lead-time period) will detect the incident or new cancers and will
include the clinically detectable lesions and the occult lesions. These two combine to
produce an annual steady-state incidence during the period of screening in the population.
Screening, by detecting lesions earlier, dips into the pool of future cancers that would not
have ordinarily been found until they grew to clinical detectability. Thus, when screening
ceases there will be a drop in the annual incidence of cancers detected, because the
screening has already eliminated many future clinically detectable lesions. Moskowitz found
that the lead time gained by the screen is the time it takes following the cessation of
screening for the incidence to return to the incidence during screening (81) (Fig. 4-16). In
other words, because screening detects cancers that would not have reached clinical
detectability until some future time, the time gained by the screen is equal to the time it
takes for new cancers to rise from below detection thresholds, once screening stops, to
replace those removed by screening and hence for the incidence to return to the annual
incident steady state. The lead time gained by earlier detection is thus the amount of time
it takes for the pool to be replenished to prescreening levels by the growth of new cancers
in the population.
The Cincinnati BCDDP screened 10,530 women on an annual basis using physical
examination and mammography. Using the preceding rationale, Moskowitz found that the
lead time gained by mammographic screening of women aged 35 to 49 years was on
average 2 ± 0.5 years, whereas it was 3.5 ± 0.5 years for women over 50 (81).
A similar phenomenon was seen in the Swedish Two-County Trial, in which Tabar et al (82)
compared the number of cancers that rose to clinical detectability among the screened
women during the interval between screenings with the number of cancers that were
detected during the same period among the control women. He found that by the second
year after a screening and just prior to the next screening, the screened women between
the ages of 40 and 49 were being diagnosed (between screens) with 68% as many cancers
as their counterparts in the control group over the same period. In other words, the lead
time for mammography among these women was about 2 years. In
P.172
comparison, by the time women 50 and older were screened after almost a 3-year
interval, the interval cancers among the screened women were not even up to 50% of
what was occurring in the control population, suggesting a longer lead time for older
women.
293 / 1584
bi
Figure 4-16 Moskowitz estimated the lead time gained by screening by counting the
number of years it took for the number of cancers surfacing in his screening population,
after they stopped being screened, to be equal to the number of cancers that were
found each year (incident cancers) during the screen. The bars above the horizontal
line represent cancers detected by clinical examination or by the patient herself. The
bars below the line represent cancers detected by mammography. At the first screening
(prevalence), a large number of cancers are detected, including those that were
building up in the population and those that only mammography can detect. The
diagonal arrows indicate the fact that cancers detected by mammography represent
cancers that are taken from the future. If they were not detected earlier, they would
have come to the surface in subsequent years. When screening stops, there is initially
a drop in the number of cancers surfacing. The amount of time it takes for the number
surfacing each year (without mammography screening) to equal the number of cancers
detected each year during screening provides an estimate of how much earlier cancers
were being found by screening (lead time).
In the screening program at UCSF, the investigators found that the sensitivity of
mammography (percentage of cancers detected by mammography) for women aged 40 to
49 was 87.5% if the screening interval was 7 months, 83.6% if the interval was 13 months,
and 71.4% if the interval was 25 months. The numbers for women aged 50 and over were
98.5%, 93.2%, and 85.7% at the same intervals. The UCSF data indicate that screening
women in their forties every year has the same sensitivity as screening older women every
2 years.
Unfortunately, the data have only been provided with the age of 50 as the break point and
the age around which the data have been analyzed. It is likely that the lead time does not
suddenly increase at age 50 but that there is a progressive elongation of lead time with
age, as would be expected when averages are used. For some women, regardless of age,
the lead time is considerably longer, and for others it is considerably shorter (Fig. 4-17).
The Swedish data showed a mortality benefit for women over 50 screened every 2 to 3
years. This would appear to support Moskowitz's analysis predicting a longer lead time for
women in this age group. Although it is likely that older women can derive benefit from
screening intervals of 2 years. because these are average lead times any lengthening of
the interval between screenings will likely result in a reduction in benefit. Ultimately, it will
be the cost of screening that determines how long the interval will be. Caution is needed. If
the interval is too long and is close to the average sojourn time, money may be saved but
there may be little benefit from screening.
A trial involving more than one million women to evaluate the effect of interval had been
suggested but was never performed. Given the cost of such a trial and its intricacies, it
would have been difficult to perform properly. It is also unlikely that the available studies
will provide any additional data that can be used to convince all analysts of the appropriate
intervals. However, based on the available data and the more recent favorable radiation
risk assessment for women 40 and over (see Radiation Risk), it is likely that by the age of
40 women should be screened yearly. The only reason to not screen every year is
economic. If cost
294 / 1584
bi
P.173
becomes dominant then for older women—and the age at which older begins is uncertain
—a cycle of screening every 18 months to 2 years may be sufficient to reduce mortality,
although more frequent screening will likely offer additional benefit.
Figure 4-17 Tumors can grow rapidly, regardless of age. In a 67-year-old woman,
there was no evidence of cancer on the medial lateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal
(B) projections in 1995. On the mediolateral oblique (C) and craniocaudal (D)
projections 16 months later, her palpable, 1.5-cm, invasive ductal carcinoma is
obvious. This cancer probably could have been intercepted earlier if Medicare had
permitted screening at annual intervals. In another patient, the first lateral
mammogram (E) was unremarkable. Three months later, the 2-cm, palpable, invasive
breast cancer is evident (F). This cancer is so rapidly growing that even a 6-month
screening interval would have been irrelevant.
295 / 1584
bi
screening interval would have been irrelevant.
Is Mammography Detrimental?
Based on the incomplete analyses of the early results that suggested a possible excess of
cancer deaths among the screened women, some were quick to suggest that
mammography was the cause of premature death. It was suggested that the pressure
from the mammogram might cause a duct containing intraductal cancer to be disrupted,
permitting the cells to spill into the surrounding tissue and metastasize (121) and that the
compression might squeeze cells directly into the blood (121), whereas others cited the
animal data that showed an increase in the growth of some metastatic lesions when the
primary lesion is removed (122) as explaining the excess deaths. This latter observation
was invoked in 2003 by Retsky et al (123) who postulated that “surgical wounding [excising
a cancer], particularly for premenopausal node-positive patients, can trigger
P.175
the angiogenesis of dormant avascular micrometastases” causing them to grow faster and
lead to earlier death. They, too, cited the apparent excess of cancer deaths among young
women in the early years of follow-up in the randomized controlled trials of mammography
screening. A close examination of these observations, however, shows that there is no
scientific basis to support the concern that screening might lead to premature breast cancer
296 / 1584
bi
scientific basis to support the concern that screening might lead to premature breast cancer
deaths. Analysts have taken data out of context, applied theories that are not physically
possible, and ignored the scientific evidence to arrive at unsupportable conclusions.
Unfortunately, some investigators who have a theory of cancer growth and metastasis
have tried to mold the data to support their theories (124).
Figure 4-18 Statistical fluctuation. The statistical fluctuation that comes with the
evaluation of small numbers is easily seen in this graph. In the early data from the
Malmö trials, the curves weave back and forth as deaths in one group exceed those in
the other. Women do not die at precisely the same time in the groups being compared
in randomized controlled trials, so that when the early data are analyzed there may be
one group that has more deaths than the other, based entirely on chance and small
numbers. As the number of deaths increases, the fluctuation is eliminated. Suggesting
an excess of deaths when the numbers are so small is not supported by science.
(Adapted from Andersson I, Janzon L. Reduced breast cancer mortality in women
under age 50: updated results from the Malmö Mammographic Screening Program. J 298 / 1584
bi
under age 50: updated results from the Malmö Mammographic Screening Program. J
Natl Cancer Inst Monogr 1997;22:63–67.)
P.176
306 / 1584
bi
Gotzsche and Olsen also argued that screening leads to more mastectomies, based on the
data that they had from the trials. What they overlooked is the fact that mastectomy was
the standard treatment for all cancers at the time these trials were performed. This is no
longer the case. It is well established that modern mammography has resulted in a
marked reduction in the need for mastectomy.
The credibility of the Danish analysis is also diminished by the fact that they emphasized
the NBSS of Canada as an example of a properly performed and unbiased trial, when the
facts, as noted earlier, clearly show that the Canadian trial was significantly compromised.
Gotzsche and Olsen, who held themselves up as experts on RCTs, ignored the fact that the
NBSS violated basic and critical rules for an RCT. It is well known that, to avoid bias, the
allocation process must be blinded and nothing can be known about individual participants
prior to the blinded, random allocation. Not only did the patients in the NBSS all have a
CBE prior to allocation, but the allocation was on open lists. Furthermore, women with
clinically obvious cancers, some of which were advanced, were permitted to participate in
this trial of screening. It would have been simple, and undetectable, to have inadvertently
shifted a few women with advanced cancers into the screened group (skip a line on the
list), causing a major bias in the cancer allocations and trial results without having any
effect on the overall demographics, etc. At least for the women aged 40 to 49, there was a
statistically significant excess of women with advanced breast cancer who were allocated to
the screening arm (27). The Danish authors suggest that a review cleared the Canadian
randomization process, but they ignored the fact that the review was essentially a
whitewash since it failed to interview the women who performed the randomization to
determine if it had been compromised (68). The flaws in the NBSS are indefensible and
represent textbook errors in trial design and execution. Furthermore, the quality of the
mammography in this trial of mammographic screening was poor (92,102), even
prompting the NBSS's own physicist to state that it was “far below state of the art, even for
that time (early 1980s)” (96). It is inexplicable why Gotzsche and Olsen, who based their
arguments on the claim that they are expert in reviewing RCTs, would point to the NBSS
as an example of a properly designed and executed trial.
Despite the scientific facts, the New York Times and Ms. Kolata continued to try to buttress
their position. They stressed the fact that the PDQ, a committee that summarizes NCI
guidelines, agreed with the Gotzsche and Olsen review. The PDQ was portrayed as an
objective committee of the NCI (154). In fact, the PDQ is actually a group of individuals
who are loosely connected to the NCI. They were not chosen in any objective fashion but
by the committee chairman, Barnett Kramer, a long-time opponent of recommending
screening for women aged 40 to 49. Nine of the other 11 members of the PDQ were also
established opponents of screening for women aged 40 to 49 (having all lectured and
published articles in opposition). I believe that the PDQ is, perhaps, one of the most biased
groups that could be assembled to evaluate the issue. I personally wrote New York Times,
advising them of the bias in this committee, but they continued to mislead their readers
into thinking that this was an objective group and implied that it voiced the opinion of the
NCI. They failed to contact Andrew von Eschenbach, MD, the director of the NCI, who
advised me that the PDQ “does not determine NCI policy.”
The New York Times continued to ignore the scientific evidence and attacked anyone who
voiced support for screening. When Secretary Thompson of Health and Human Services
came out in support of screening, based on the report of the USPSTF, the New York Times
published an editorial criticizing him. They also dismissed the USPSTF as an unimportant307 / 1584
bi
published an editorial criticizing him. They also dismissed the USPSTF as an unimportant
group when, in fact, the USPSTF is quite well respected, even by those of us who have
disagreed with it in the past. The Times went on to dismiss the analysis because the Task
Force, under pressure from the Gotzsche and Olsen critique, had downgraded the level of
evidence from the trials from an A to a B. This downgrading was clearly a concession to the
politics of what had taken place. A conference in Sweden in mid-February confirmed the
quality of the trials and the lack of scientific support for the Gotzsche and Olsen review. All
trials have flaws, but most of the trials were very well done, and the few flaws do not
negate the results. Certainly, the Swedish trials were carefully thought out and executed,
with very rigorous follow-up, and they show a clear benefit from mammographic screening.
The benefits of screening were reaffirmed with the publication of an updated review of
Swedish trials (53).
counties that composed the Two-County Trial in Sweden. They compared the death rate
from breast cancer over a 29-year period. The first period was from 1968 to 1977, when
there was no screening in the counties. The second period was from 1978 to 1987, when
the Two-County Trial was underway during which approximately half the women were
offered screening, and finally for the period from 1988 to 1996, when all women aged 40 to
69 were being offered screening in the two counties. The mortality rate from incident
breast cancers diagnosed in women aged 40 to 69 who
P.183
actually were screened during the most recent screening period (1988 to 1996) declined by
a significant 63%. The relative risk of dying in the final screening period compared to the
first period, when there was no screening, was 0.37, and the 95% CI was 0.30 to 0.46.
When all women are counted (including those who refused to be screened), the mortality
decrease compared to the period when no screening was available was 50% (RR = 0.50;
95% CI, 0.41 to 0.60). There was no significant change in breast cancer mortality over the
three time periods among women who did not undergo screening. This group included
women aged 20 to 39 because these individuals were never invited to undergo screening,
women aged 40 to 69 who did not undergo screening, and those women who were invited
during the second and third time periods but declined to be screened. Presumably all
women in the two counties had access to the same treatment, so the fact that women who
were not screened did not have any improvement in death rate over the 29-year period
suggests that the benefit was almost all due to screening.
In 2002 Duffy et al (5) published a more comprehensive review of the breast cancer death
rates in seven counties (approximately one third of the Swedish population). This
confirmed the benefit of screening. Included in their review were 2,044 breast carcinoma
deaths from 14,092 incident tumors diagnosed in the prescreening and screening periods.
Breast cancer mortality was reduced by 44% in all 7 counties combined for women who
actually underwent screening when compared to the prescreening period (RR = 0.56; 95%
confidence interval [95% CI], 0.50 to 0.62). When all of the incident cancers were included
(both among women who had undergone screening and those who had not), with more
than 10 years of screening there had been a 32% (statistically significant) decrease in the
death rate (RR = 0.68; 95% CI, 0.60 to 0.77). Counties with fewer than 11 years of
screening showed a significant 18% reduction in breast carcinoma mortality (RR = 0.82;
95% CI, 0.72 to 0.94) for the screening period when compared with the prescreening
period.
Although the kind of rigorous analysis that was performed in Sweden cannot be duplicated
in the United States, a review of statistics from the SEER program shows a similar benefit
when widespread screening began in the United States (3). The incidence of breast cancer
had increased steadily since 1940, going from approximately 60 invasive cancers per
100,000 women in the population to over 90 per 100,000 by 1983. In 1984 there was a
sudden further increase in the incidence of invasive breast cancers, over and above the
background steady increase. The fact that this more recent increase was due to
mammography screening is supported by the fact that, at the same time, there was a
sudden increase in the number of cases of DCIS. It is fairly clear that DCIS can only be
detected by mammography (with the exception of the occasional case where the lesion is
so extensive that it is palpable). In fact, mammography has been criticized for finding so
much DCIS (129). The jump in incidence of both forms of breast cancer, in sufficient
numbers to affect the national statistics, represents a marker for the beginning of
310 / 1584
bi
numbers to affect the national statistics, represents a marker for the beginning of
widespread screening in the United States. Given the fact that periodic screening is more
likely to influence the moderately and slower-growing cancers, it would not be expected
that the deaths from breast cancer would decrease immediately after screening began.
Just as suddenly as the incidence of breast cancer rose due to screening, the death rate
began to drop in the United States in 1990. This is approximately 5 to 7 years after the
onset of screening. The decrease continued, so that by 2000 the death rate had decreased
by almost 20%. I suspect that improvements in treatment have contributed to the
decrease in deaths, but the timing strongly suggests that screening has resulted in a
decrease in breast cancer deaths in the United States as well as other countries.
Additional support for mammographic screening has been provided by a study from the
Netherlands. Otto et al (6) found that the death rate from breast cancer, which had been
slowly increasing in Holland, began to drop in relationship to the opening of regional
screening centers. Until a center opened, the death rate went up. Soon after a screening
center opened, the death rate decreased.
Finally, another study from the Netherlands estimated that 7% of the decrease in mortality
among women aged 55 to 74 could be attributed to adjuvant chemotherapy and hormonal
therapy, while 28% to 30% of the decrease in mortality could be due to mammography
screening.
Assume there are 100 women who will be diagnosed with breast cancer in a given year
and that all of them are screened at the beginning of the year using mammography 311 / 1584
bi
and that all of them are screened at the beginning of the year using mammography
and CBE. Of the 100, 68 will have their cancers detected by the mammogram, and
another 12 will have their cancers detected by the screening CBE. These make up the
80 cancers that are detectable at the time of screening, leaving the other 20 to
become palpable and diagnosed during the year after the negative screen.
Breast Self-Examination
As noted earlier, the preliminary data from one of the only prospective RCTs that has
assessed the efficacy of BSE has not shown a benefit. This study was among Chinese
women, who have a low incidence of breast cancer to begin with, and the data were very
preliminary. Because most breast cancers are still detected by the individual herself and
because mammography and clinical examination in combination appear to miss 5% to 20%
of cancers that occur in the interval between screens, monthly BSE would still seem to be
prudent.
Dilutional Nihilism
Opponents of screening frequently place the intervention in the context of the entire
population. This is appropriate when comparing interventions, but the distortions that this
creates must be understood. By analyzing a benefit with respect to the entire population,
the results of an intervention can be trivialized and made to appear not worth the effort.
This type of analysis is commonly seen in cost-benefit analyses when the intervention is
314 / 1584
bi
This type of analysis is commonly seen in cost-benefit analyses when the intervention is
said to add a number of days of life. This type of analysis that evaluates the benefit in
terms of the entire population has been misunderstood by some who take the added days
literally. In reality, for example, an individual who is saved from dying from breast cancer
at age 40 may have 40 additional years added to her life, but cost-benefit analysis divides
this result by the entire population and expresses the benefit in terms of days of life added
over the entire population. This is a useful way of comparing different interventions as long
as
P.186
it is not misunderstood to mean that the benefit of an intervention is small.
Another example of how diluting the result can lead to trivialization of the problem can be
seen in the requirement that cars have seat belts. In 1994 the National Transportation
Safety Council estimated that approximately 5,200 lives are saved each year by seat belts.
This can be made to appear insignificant by asking how the entire population benefits. If
the benefit of 5,200 lives is diluted over all 250,000,000 Americans, seat belts benefit only
1 in 50,000. Furthermore, approximately nine million cars are sold each year in the United
States. It costs approximately $100 to install a seat belt ($400/car). Thus, the cost for seat
belts in new cars is $3.6 billion. If this is divided by the 5,200 lives, it amounts to $700,000
for each life saved. If the individual is ignored, this same type of analysis could be used to
argue that seat belts are not worth the expense to society. Opponents of screening have
used similar arguments to trivialize the benefit of screening for women 40- to 49-years-old
(see Economics and Cost Benefit).
It is useful to provide a frame of reference for the screening controversy. Cervical
screening is well accepted. What most people do not know is that approximately 12,000
women of all ages are diagnosed with cancer of the cervix each year, and 4,500 women of
all ages die of cervical cancer annually. In 1996, approximately 33,000 women in their
forties were diagnosed with breast cancer, and almost 6,000 women died from breast
cancer while in their forties (this does not include women diagnosed in their forties who
died in their fifties or even later). There were more breast cancer deaths among women
who had been diagnosed while in their forties than cervical cancer deaths among all
women.
Summary
Screening mammography is not the ultimate solution to the problem of breast cancer. Not
all lives can be saved even through earlier detection, and it is well known that
mammography does not detect all breast cancers, nor are the cancers that are detected by
mammography alone always curable. Until methods to prevent breast cancer are devised
or a universal cure is discovered, the best opportunity women have of reducing the chance
of dying from breast cancer lies in periodic screening using mammography, CBE, and
monthly BSE. It is likely that screening can reduce mortality regardless of the age at which
it is begun. The available data suggest that younger women should be screened more
frequently. Annual screening (not the optional 1- to 2-year interval) should be
recommended, certainly for women under the age of 50. The only reason to go to a longer
interval for older women is to save money. In this day and age, issues of costs and benefits
become mixed with medical recommendations. There are methods available that can lead
to cost reduction without sacrificing screening quality, and these should be implemented
before support for screening is withdrawn for economic reasons.
315 / 1584
bi
before support for screening is withdrawn for economic reasons.
Recommendations
As recommended by the ACS, the available data suggest that there is benefit from
annually screening all women beginning by the age of 40, using mammography and CBE
and encouraging monthly BSE. The only reason to go to a longer time between screenings
is economic (to save money). The age at which it is safe to increase the interval between
screenings has not been defined. It is not likely 50.
Although there are few data that can be used to evaluate the true age at which screening
becomes efficacious, there are anecdotal data to suggest that it is not unreasonable for
women to begin screening in their late thirties. In the absence of data, it is difficult to be
firm concerning the benefit.
Below the age of 35, the risk from radiation begins to be important, and the benefit of
screening becomes even less clear as a result. Although there is no study to prove efficacy,
women who are at very high risk, such as those with a first-degree relative with
premenopausal breast cancer (and possibly inherited BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutations), may
wish to begin screening earlier (165). Although there is the unproved concern that these
women may be at increased risk from radiation carcinogenesis, their background risk is
sufficiently high that the benefits of early detection outweigh the slightly increased risk
from the radiation. Because the risk for these women is to develop cancer even earlier
than the proband, we currently suggest that these women begin screening 10 years earlier
than the age at which their relative was diagnosed.
Because mammography can be expected to miss 15% to 20% of cancers, it should not be
used to exclude cancer, and a clinically significant abnormality must be addressed despite a
negative mammogram. Women should be reminded that a negative screening does not
guarantee freedom from breast cancer and that they should bring any changes (regardless
of how soon after a negative screening they occur) to their doctor's attention.
Mammography is not the ultimate solution to breast cancer. Intensive research is needed
to combat these devastating malignancies, but until a safe preventive technique is devised,
a better detection method developed, or a universal cure discovered, screening using
mammography offers the best opportunity for reducing the death rate from breast cancer.
A Final Comment
Many of the issues raised in the mammography screening debates were specious and a
distraction, but the basic issues concerning the validation of a screening test are very real
and important. As Santayana (168) wrote, “Those who cannot remember the past are
condemned to repeat it.” We must learn from the screening debates so that we do not
repeat the same mistakes. Screening tests need to be properly validated before they are
introduced into general health care.
References
1. Smigel K. Breast cancer death rates decline for white women. J Natl Cancer Inst
1995;87:173.
2. Peto R, Boreham J, Clarke M, et al. UK and USA breast cancer deaths down 25% in
year 2000 at ages 20-69. Lancet 2000;355:1822.
4. Tabar L, Vitak B, Tony HH, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
5. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Chen H, et al. The impact of organized mammography service
screening on breast carcinoma mortality in seven Swedish counties. Cancer
2002;95:458–469. 317 / 1584
bi
2002;95:458–469.
7. Olsen AH, Njor SH, Vejborg I, et al. Breast cancer mortality in Copenhagen after
introduction of mammography screening: cohort study. BMJ 2005;330:220. E-pub
January 13, 2005.
8. Miller BA, Feuer EJ, Hankey BF. Trends in invasive breast cancer incidence among
American women. J Natl Cancer Inst 1991;83:678.
9. Committee on Technologies for the Early Detection of Breast Cancer, Sharyl J. Nass,
I. Craig Henderson, Joyce C. Lashof, eds, National Cancer Policy Board, Institute of
Medicine, Division of Earth and Life Studies, National Research Council. Mammography
and Beyond. Developing Technologies for the Early Detection of Breast Cancer. The
Institute of Medicine of the National Academies. National Academy of Sciences:
Washington, DC;2001:18.
10. Kopans DB, Monsees B, Feig SA. Screening for cancer – when is it valid? Lessons
from the mammography experience. Radiology 2003;229:319–327.
11. Nielsen M, Jensen J, Andersen J. Precancerous and cancerous breast lesions during
lifetime and at autopsy. A study of 83 women. Cancer 1984;54:612–615.
12. Bhathal PS, Brown RW, Lesueur GC, et al. Frequency of benign and malignant
breast lesions in 207 consecutive autopsies in Australian women. Br J Cancer
1985;51:271–278.
13. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
14. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
15. Michaelson J, Satija S, Kopans D, et al. Gauging the impact of breast carcinoma
screening in terms of tumor size and death rate. Cancer 2003;98:2114–2124.
16. Baker LH. Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project: five-year summary
report. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
17. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Comparison of the performance of screening
mammography, physical examination, and breast US and evaluation of factors that
influence them: An analysis of 27,825 patient evaluations. Radiology 2002;225:165
–175.
318 / 1584
bi
–175.
18. Tabar L, Duffy SW, Burhenne LW. New Swedish breast cancer detection results for
women aged 40–49. Cancer 1993;72:1437–1448.
19. Alpers CE, Wellings SR. The prevalence of carcinoma in situ in normal and cancer-
associated breasts. Hum Pathol 1985;16:796–807.
20. Bartow SA, Pathak DR, Black WC, et al. Prevalence of benign, atypical, and
malignant breast lesions in populations at different risk for breast cancer. A forensic
autopsy study. Cancer 1987;60:2751–2760.
P.188
21. Michaelson JS, Halpern E, Kopans DB. Breast cancer: computer simulation method
for estimating optimal intervals for screening. Radiology 1999;21:551–560.
22. Kopans DB, Rafferty E, Georgian-Smith D, et al. A simple model of breast cancer
growth may provide explanations for observations of apparently complex phenomena.
Cancer 2003;97:2951–2959.
23. Heimann R, Hellman S. Aging, progression, and phenotype in breast cancer. J Clin
Oncol 1998;8:2686–2692.
24. Prorok PC, Hankey BF, Bundy BN. Concepts and problems in the evaluation of
screening programs. J Chronic Dis 1981;34;159–171.
25. Fletcher SW. Breast cancer screening among women in their forties: an overview of
the issues. J Natl Cancer Inst Monogr 1997;22:5–9.
26. de Koning HJ, Boer R, Warmerdam PG, et al. Quantitative interpretation of age-
specific mortality reductions from the Swedish breast cancer-screening trials. J Natl
Cancer Inst 1995;87:1217–1223.
27. Tarone RE. The excess of patients with advanced breast cancers in young women
screened with mammography in the Canadian National Breast Screening Study. Cancer
1995;75:997–1003.
29. Gotzsche PC, Olsen O. Is screening for breast cancer with mammography
justifiable? Lancet 2000;355:129–134.
30. Olsen O, Gotzsche PC. Cochrane review on screening for breast cancer with
mammography. Lancet 2001;358:1340–1342.
319 / 1584
bi
31. Wright C, Mueller CB. Screening mammography and public health policy: the need
for perspective. Lancet 1995;348:29–32.
32. Kopans DB, Halpern E. Re: all-cause mortality in randomized trials of cancer
screening. J Natl Cancer Inst 2002;94:863.
33. Lachin JM. Introduction to sample size determination and power analysis for clinical
trials. Control Clin Trials 1981;2:93–113.
34. Moher D, Dulberg C, Wells GA. Statistical power, sample size, and their reporting in
randomized controlled trials. JAMA 1994;272:122–124.
35. Kopans DB, Halpern E, Hulka CA. Statistical power in breast cancer screening trials
and mortality reduction among women 40–49 with particular emphasis on the National
Breast Screening Study of Canada. Cancer 1994;74:1196–1203.
36. Hendrick RE, Smith RA, Rutledge JH, et al. Benefit of screening mammography in
women aged 40-49: a new meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Natl Cancer
Inst Monogr 1997;22:87–92.
37. Elwood JM, Cox B, Richardson AK. The effectiveness of breast cancer screening by
mammography in younger women. Online J Curr Clin Trials 1993;32.
38. Kriege M, Brekelmans CT, Boetes C, et al. Efficacy of MRI and mammography for
breast-cancer screening in women with a familial or genetic predisposition. N Engl J
Med 2004;351:427–437.
39. Alexander FE, Anderson TJ, Forrest APM, et al. 14 Years of follow-up from the
Edinburgh randomised trial of breast-cancer screening. Lancet 2000;353:1903–1908.
40. Adami HO, Malker B, Holmberg L, et al. The relationship between survival and age
at diagnosis in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1986;315:559–563.
41. Chu KC, Connor RJ. Analysis of the temporal patterns of benefits in the Health
Insurance Plan of Greater New York trial by stage and age. Am J Epidemiol
1991;133:1039–1049.
42. D'Orsi CJ. To follow or not to follow, that is the question. Radiology 1992;184:306.
43. Peer PG, Holland R, Jan HCL, et al. Age-specific effectiveness of Nijmegen
population-based breast cancer-screening program: assessment of early indicators of
screening effectiveness. J Natl Cancer Inst 1994;86:436–441.
44. Shapiro S. Evidence on screening for breast cancer from a randomized trial. Cancer
1977;39:2772–2778.
320 / 1584
bi
46. Shapiro S, Venet W, Strax P, et al. Periodic screening for breast cancer: the Health
Insurance Plan project and its sequelae, 1963–1986. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press; 1988.
47. Connor RJ, Chu KC, Smart CR. Stage-shift cancer screening model. J Clin
Epidemiol 1989;42:1083–1095.
48. Chu KC, Smart CR, Tarone RE. Analysis of breast cancer mortality and stage
distribution by age for the Health Insurance Plan clinical trial. J Natl Cancer Inst
1988;80:1125–1132.
49. Smart CR, Byrne C, Smith RA, et al. Twenty-year follow-up of the breast cancers
diagnosed during the Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project. CA Cancer J Clin
1997;47:134–149.
50. Fletcher SW, Black W, Harris R, et al. Report of the International Workshop on
Screening for Breast Cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1644–1656.
52. Nystrom L, Rutqvist LE, Wall S, et al. Breast cancer screening with mammography:
overview of Swedish randomised trials. Lancet 1993;341:973–978.
54. Tabar L, Fagerberg CJG, Gad A, et al. Reduction in mortality from breast cancer
after mass screening with mammography. Lancet 1985;1:829–832.
55. Muir BB, Kirkpatrick A, Roberts MM, et al. Oblique-view mammography: adequacy
for screening. Radiology 1984;151:39–41.
56. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomised controlled trial
of one and two view mammography in breast cancer screening. BMJ 1995;311:1189
–1193.
58. Andersson I, Janzon L. Reduced breast cancer mortality in women under 50: update
from the Malmö mammographic screening program. J Natl Cancer Inst Monogr
1997;22:63–67. 321 / 1584
bi
1997;22:63–67.
60. Bjurstam N, Bjorneld L, Duffy S, et al. The Gothenburg Breast Cancer Screening
Trial: preliminary results on breast cancer mortality for women ages 39–49. J Natl
Cancer Inst Monogr 1997;22:53–55.
61. Bjurstam N, Bjorneld L, Warwick J, et al. The Gothenburg Breast Screening Trial.
Cancer 2003;97:2387–2396.
62. Roberts MM, Alexander TJ. Anderson TJ, et al. Edinburgh trial of screening for
breast cancer: mortality at seven years. Lancet 1990;335:241–246.
63. Miller AB, Baines CJ, To T, et al. Canadian National Breast Screening Study: 1.
Breast cancer detection and death rates among women aged 40–49. CMAJ
1992;147:1459–1476.
64. Miller AB, Baines CJ, To T, et al. Canadian National Breast Screening Study: 2.
Breast cancer detection and death rates among women aged 50–59. CMAJ
1992;147:1477–1594.
65. Miller AB, To T, Baines CJ, et al. The Canadian National Breast Screening Study-1:
breast cancer mortality after 11 to 16 years of follow-up. A randomized screening trial
of mammography in women age 40 to 49 years. Ann Intern Med 2002;137:305–312.
66. Kopans DB, Feig SA. The Canadian National Breast Screening Study: a critical
review. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:755–760.
67. Bailar JC, MacMahon B. Randomization in the Canadian National Breast Screening
Study: a review for evidence of subversion. CMAJ 1997;156:193–199.
68. Kopans DB. NBSS: opportunity to compromise the process [letter]. CMAJ
1997;157:247.
69. Miller AB, To T, Baines CJ, et al. Canadian National Breast Screening Study-2: 13-
year results of a randomized trial in women aged 50–59 years. J Natl Cancer Inst
2000;92:1490–1499.
71. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Smith RA. The mammographic screening trials: commentary on
the recent work by Olsen and Gotzsche. CA Cancer J Clin 2002;52:68–71.
322 / 1584
bi
72. Fletcher SW, Elmore JG. Mammographic screening for breast cancer. N Engl J Med
2003;348:1672–1680.
P.189
73. Bailar, JC. Mammography: a contrary view. Ann Intern Med 1976;84:77–84.
74. Feig SA. Hypothetical breast cancer risk from mammography: a reassuring
assessment. Breast 5:2–6, 1980.
75. Feig SA, Ehrlich SM. Estimation of radiation risk from screening mammography:
recent trends and comparison of expected benefits. Radiology 1990;174:638–647.
76. Feig SA. Assessment of radiation risk from screening mammography. Cancer
1996;77:818–822.
77. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography:
a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
78. Clay MG, Hiskop G, Kan L, et al. Screening mammography in British Columbia
1988–1993. Am J Surg 1994;167:490–492.
79. Tabar L, Duffy SW, Krusemo UB. Detection method, tumor size and node
metastases in breast cancers diagnosed during a trial of breast cancer screening. Eur J
Cancer Clin Oncol 1987;23:959–962.
80. Chu KC, Smart CR, Tarone RE. Analysis of breast cancer mortality and stage
distribution by age for the Health Insurance Plan clinical trial. J Natl Cancer Inst
1988;80:1125–1132.
81. Moskowitz M. Breast cancer: age-specific growth rates and screening strategies.
Radiology 1986;161:37–41.
82. Tabar L, Faberberg G, Day NE, et al. What is the optimum interval between
mammographic screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the
Swedish two-county breast screening trial. Br J Cancer 1989;55:547–551.
84. Smith RA. Epidemiology of breast cancer, 2nd ed. In: A categorical course in
physics: technical aspects of breast imaging. Haus, AG, Yaffe MJ, eds. Oak Brook, IL:
Radiological Society of North America Publications; 1993:21–33.
323 / 1584
bi
85. Kopans DB. “Conventional wisdom”: observation, experience, anecdote and science
in breast imaging. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994;162:299–303.
87. Stomper PC, D'Souza DJ, DiNitto PA, et al. Analysis of parenchymal density on
mammograms in 1353 women 25–79 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;167:1261
–1265.
89. Sox H. Screening mammography in women younger than 50 years of age. Ann
Intern Med 1995;122:550–552.
90. Frankel SD, Sickles EA, Cupren BN, et al. Initial versus subsequent screening
mammography: comparison of findings and their prognostic significance. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1995;164:1107–1109.
91. Kopans DB. The use of mammography for screening. JAMA 1994;271:982.
92. Kopans DB. The Canadian screening program: a different perspective. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1990;155:748–749.
93. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Cohen AM, et al. Palpable breast masses: the importance of
preoperative mammography. JAMA 1981;246:2819–2822.
94. Miller AB, Baines CJ, Turnbull C. The role of the nurse-examiner in the National
Breast Screening Study. Can J Public Health 1991;82:162–167.
95. Baines CJ, Miller AB, Kopans DB, et al. Canadian National Breast Screening Study:
time-related changes in mammographic technical quality—an external review. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1990;155:743–747.
96. Yaffe MJ. Correction: Canada study [letter]. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:94.
97. Baines CJ, McFarlane DV, Miller AB. The role of the reference radiologist. Estimate
of inter-observer agreement and potential delay in cancer detection in the National
Breast Screening Study. Invest Radiol 1990;25:971–976.
99. Kopans DB. The breast cancer screening controversy and the National Institutes of
Health Consensus Development Conference on Breast Cancer Screening for Women 324 / 1584
bi
Health Consensus Development Conference on Breast Cancer Screening for Women
ages 40-49. Radiology 1999;210:4–9.
100. Kopans DB. The breast cancer screening controversy: lessons to be learned. J
Surg Oncol 1998;67:143–150.
101. Miller AB, Howe GR, Wall C. The national study of breast cancer screening. Clin
Invest Med 1981;4:227–258.
102. Baines CJ, Miller AB, Kopans DB, et al. Canadian National Breast Screening Study:
assessment of technical quality by external review. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1990;155:743
–747.
103. Kopans DB, Halperin E, Hulka CA. Statistical power in breast cancer screening
trials and mortality reduction among women 40–49 with particular emphasis on the
National Breast Screening Study of Canada. Cancer 1994;74:1196–1203.
105. Eyre H, Sondik E, Smith RA. Joint meeting on the feasibility of a study of
screening premenopausal women (40–49 years) for breast cancer: April 20–21, 1994.
Cancer 1995;75:1391–1403.
106. Kerlikowske K, Grady D, Barclay J, et al. Likelihood ratios for modern screening
mammography: risk of breast cancer based on age and mammographic interpretation.
JAMA 1996;276:39–43.
107. Tabar L, Duffy SW, Chen HH. Re: quantitative interpretation of age-specific
mortality reductions from the Swedish breast cancer screening trials. J Natl Cancer Inst
1996;88:52–53.
108. Tabar L, Larson LG, Andersson I, et al. Breast cancer screening with
mammography in women aged 40–49. Report of the organizing committee and
collaborators, Falun meeting; 21–22 March, 1996: Falun, Sweden. Int J Cancer
1996;68:693–699.
110. Smart CR, Hartmann WH, Beahrs OH, et al. Insights into breast cancer screening
of younger women. Cancer 1993;72:1437–1448.
111. Sickles EA, Kopans DB. Deficiencies in the analysis of breast cancer screening
data. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1621–1624.
325 / 1584
bi
data. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1621–1624.
112. Linvers M, Paster SB. Success of screening, mammography in the private practice
setting in detecting early breast cancer in women age 40–49 versus over age 50.
Presented at the Society of Breast Imaging; Orlando, Florida; May 10–13, 1995.
113. Stomper PC, D'Souza DJ, DiNitto PA, et al. Analysis of parenchymal density on
mammograms in 1353 women 25–79 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;167:1261
–1265.
114. Sox HC. Benefit and harm associated with screening for breast cancer. N Engl J
Med 1998;338:1145–1146.
115. Kopans DB, Moore RH, McCarthy KA, et al. Biasing the interpretation of
mammography screening data by age grouping: nothing changes abruptly at age 50.
Breast J 1998;4:139–145.
116. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585–588.
117. Bassett LW, Liu TH, Giuliano AE, et al. The prevalence of carcinoma in palpable vs
impalpable mammographically detected lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1991;157:21
–24.
118. Liberman L, Dershaw DD, Deutch BM, et al. Screening mammography: value in
women 35–39 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:53–56.
119. Joensu H, Klemi PJ, Tuominen J, et al. Breast cancer found at screening and
previous detection by women themselves [letter]. Lancet 1992;339:315.
121. Watmough DJ, Quan KM. X-ray mammography and breast compression [letter].
Lancet 1992;340:122.
122. Van Dierendonck JH, Keijzer R, Cornelisse CJ, et al. Surgically induced cytokinetic
responses in experimental rat mammary tumor models. Cancer 1991;68:759–767.
P.190
123. Retsky M, Demicheli R, Hrushesky W. Breast cancer screening: controversies and
future directions. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol 2003;15:1–8.
125. Russell DG, Ziewacz JT. Pressure in a simulated breast subjected to compression
forces comparable to those of mammography. Radiology 1995;194:383–387.
126. Gunduz N, Fisher B, Saffer EA. Effect of surgical removal on the growth and
kinetics of residual tumor. Cancer Res 1979;39:3861–3865.
127. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Breast cancer survival among
women under age 50: is mammography detrimental? Lancet 1992;340:991–994.
128. National Cancer Institute. SEER Cancer Statistics Review, Graph 153. Available
online at http://www.seer.cancer.gov./cgi-bin/csr/1975_2003/search.pl#results.
Accessed July 25, 2006.
129. Ernster VL, Barclay J, Kerliikowske K, et al. Incidence of and treatment for ductal
carcinoma in situ of the breast. JAMA 1996;275:913–918.
130. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
131. Evans AJ, Pinder SE, Ellis IO, et al. Screen detected ductal carcinoma in situ
(DCIS): overdiagnosis or an obligate precursor of invasive disease? J Med Screen
2001;8:149–151.
132. Fisher ER, Dignam J, Tan-Chiu E, et al. Pathologic findings from the National
Surgical Adjuvant Breast Project (NSABP) eight-year update of Protocol B-17.
intraductal carcinoma. Cancer 1999;86:429–438.
133. Kopans DB. The most recent breast cancer screening controversy about whether
mammographic screening benefits women at any age: nonsense and nonscience. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:21–26.
134. Duffy SW. Interpretation of the breast screening trials: a commentary on the
recent paper by Gotzsche and Olsen. Breast 2001;10:209–212.
135. Kolata G. Study sets off debate over mammograms' value. New York Times
December 9, 2001.
136. Kolata G. Questions grow over usefulness of some routine cancer tests. New York
Times December 30, 2001.
137. Kolata G, Moss M. X-ray vision in hindsight: science, politics and the mammogram.
New York Times February 11, 2002.
327 / 1584
bi
138. Lerner BH. Breast cancer is a complicated enemy. New York Times December 14,
2001.
139. Virginia Ernster [OP ED]. Mammograms and Personal Choice. New York Times,
February 14, 2002.
141. Editorial. Circling the mammography wagons. New York Times February 6, 2002.
143. Okie S. Analysis: mammograms don't cut cancer death risk. Washington Post
October 19, 2001.
144. International Agency for Research on Cancer Press Release N° 139, March 19,
2002. Available online at
http://www.iarc.fr/ENG/Press_Releases/archives/pr139a.html. Accessed July 25, 2006.
145. Knottnerus JA. Report to the Minister of Health, Welfare, and Sport. The benefit of
population screening for breast cancer with mammography. Health Council of the
Netherlands. The Hague: Publication No. 2002/03E.
146. Miettnen OS, Henschke CI, Pasmantier MW, et al. Mammographic screening: no
reliable supporting evidence? Lancet 2002;359:404–405.
147. Statement of Andrew von Eschenbach, MD, Director, National Cancer Institute,
before the United States Senate Committee on Appropriations, Subcommittee on
Labor, Health and Human Services, Education, and Related Agencies, and the
Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, Subcommittee on Public Health.
Thursday, February 28, 2002.
150. Nixon R, Prevost TC, Duffy SW, et al. Some random-effect models for the analysis
of matched-cluster randomized controlled trials: applications to the Swedish two-county
trial of breast cancer screening. J Epidemiol Biostat 2000;5:349–358.
328 / 1584
bi
151. Kopans DB, Halpern E. Re: all-cause mortality in randomized trials of cancer
screening. J Natl Cancer Inst 2002;94:863.
153. Early Breast Cancer Trialists' Collaborative Group. Favorable and unfavorable
effects on long-term survival of radiotherapy for early breast cancer: an overview of the
randomised trials. Lancet 2000;355:1757–1770.
154. Kolata G. Expert panel cites doubts on mammogram's worth. New York Times
January 24, 2002.
155. Freedman DA, Petitti DB, Robins JM. On the efficacy of screening for breast
cancer. Int J Epidemiol 2004;33:43–55.
156. Oestreicher N, Lehman CD, Seger DJ, et al. The incremental contribution of
clinical breast examination to invasive cancer detection in a mammography screening
program. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2005;184:428–32.
157. Thomas DB, Gao DL, Ray RM, et al. Randomized trial of breast self-examination
in Shanghai: final results. J Natl Cancer Inst 2002;94:1445–1457.
158. Barton MB, Harris R, Fletcher SW. The rational clinical examination. Does this
patient have breast cancer? The screening clinical breast examination: should it be
done? How? JAMA 1999;282:1270–1280.
159. Spivey GH, Perry BW, Clark VA, et al. Predicting the risk of cancer at the time of
breast biopsy. Am Surg 1982;48:326–332.
160. Kopans DB. Screening mammography in women over age 65. J Gerontol
1992;47:59–62.
161. Eddy DM, Hasselblad V, McGivney W, et al. The value of mammography screening
in women under 50 years. JAMA 1988;259:1512–1519.
162. Rosenquist CJ, Lindfors KK. Screening mammography in women aged 40–49
years: analysis of cost-effectiveness. Radiology 1994;191:647–650.
163. Tengs TO, Adams M, Pliskin JS, et al. Five hundred life-saving interventions and
their cost-effectiveness. Risk Anal 1995;15:369–390.
164. Mass PJ, Koning HJ, Inveld M, et al. The cost-effectiveness of breast cancer
screening. Int J Cancer 1989;43:1055–1060.
329 / 1584
bi
166. Berg WA. Rationale for a trial of screening breast ultrasound: American College of
Radiology Imaging Network (ACRIN) 6666. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:1225
–1228.
167. Kopans DB. Sonography should not be used for breast cancer screening until its
efficacy has been proven scientifically. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:489–491.
168. Santayana G. The life of reason, vol. 1. New York: Scribner's; 1905:284.
330 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
5
Radiation Risk
By 1976, the Health Insurance Plan of New York study had begun to demonstrate the
benefits of breast cancer screening. The Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project
was under way when Bailar raised the concern that the radiation doses required for
mammography in the 1960s might induce as many cancers as might be cured from early
detection by mammography (1). This pessimistic evaluation generated a great deal of fear
and resulted in a marked reduction in the use of mammography. A reassessment of the
potential radiation risk to the breast was stimulated, as was research into techniques for
reducing mammographic doses. The doses used for mammography are now much lower
than those used by Bailar in his estimates as his estimates have been shown to be too high.
Multiple reviews have concluded that the risk is very low and may even be nonexistent,
certainly for women in the screening age groups of 40 and over. Nevertheless, despite
years of evaluation and favorable analyses, some opponents of mammographic screening
continue to raise questions about the safety of mammography (2,3).
Figure 5-1 Theoretical excess breast cancer as a result of exposure to radiation. The
schematic is predicated on absolute risk assessment. The linear extrapolation from
high-dose data down to mammographic levels below 1 rad is a conservative estimate.
The more gradual curve of the linear quadratic is favored by many physicists.
P.192
rads) for mastitis (9), and almost 40,000 women have been studied who underwent
repeated chest fluoroscopies between 1930 and the early 1950s to monitor their
pneumothorax treatment for tuberculosis (10,11,12). The preponderance of data from
studying these women has shown a subsequent increased incidence of breast cancer among
those exposed to high doses of radiation. More recent studies have shown a similar risk for
women irradiated for Hodgkin's disease (13,14,15). These studies leave little doubt that
exposure to ionizing radiation increases the risk. However, debate continues over the
magnitude of the risk and its applicability for those exposed to low doses. It has become
increasingly clear that it is not simply the level of dose that determines the risk, but also
the age of the individual at the time of breast exposure. At Hiroshima and Nagasaki,
women whose breasts were exposed to the radiation when under the age of 20 were at a
significantly increased risk; however, the risk dropped rapidly: women older than age 35
who were exposed had little or no increased risk (4). The same age relationships have
been seen in women irradiated for Hodgkin's disease (16). In one review 35% of women
irradiated for Hodgkin's disease while in their teens had developed breast cancer by age 40
(17). The risk that a Hodgkin's survivor will develop breast cancer from the radiation
decreases if the woman was irradiated in her twenties, and there is no demonstrably
elevated risk if she was treated in her thirties or older. These findings clearly suggest that it
is the undifferentiated, developing breast that is potentially susceptible to radiation
carcinogenesis, while the “mature,” differentiated breast appears to have little if any
radiation sensitivity with respect to carcinogenesis.
Genetic Abnormalities
Altered or damaged DNA appears to be the major mechanism involved in the development
of breast cancers. There is some concern that women who already have, through the
inheritance of damaged genes, abnormalities of DNA that predispose them to the
development of malignancy may be at greater risk from carcinogens than the average
individual. Some investigators have speculated that women who harbor the BRCA1 or
BRCA2 gene may be at increased risk from these exposures. At this time, these concerns
have not been validated and one study suggests there is no increased risk.
Ataxia-Telangiectasia Gene
One investigator raised a great deal of concern by suggesting that those who carry the
ataxia-telangiectasia gene may be at increased risk. A 1991 report in the New England
Journal of Medicine suggested that women who were heterozygotes (one abnormal copy)
for the ataxia-telangiectasia gene were at increased risk for radiation-induced breast
cancer. This was based on a case–control study of the relatives of homozygotes who had
the syndrome. In this study the blood relatives (many presumed to be heterozygotes with
one bad copy) of those with ataxia-telangiectasia who were exposed to diagnostic x-rays
appeared to be at increased risk for developing breast cancer. The authors warned that
because these heterozygotes were estimated to make up 1% of the general population,
and because there is as yet no test to determine heterozygosity, all women should avoid
breast radiation exposure (18). This concern was an extrapolation from the fact that
homozygotes are known to be extremely sensitive to radiation. They postulated that the
increased risk seen in homozygotes exposed to radiation would be reflected in their
heterozygote relatives.
The conclusions of this study were based on a comparison of cases with unmatched controls
333 / 1584
bi
The conclusions of this study were based on a comparison of cases with unmatched controls
and a very limited sample with serious flaws. Obligate heterozygotes (blood relatives of
homozygotes have one bad copy of the gene) were questioned about their exposure to
diagnostic x-ray studies, and the incidence of breast cancer among these women was then
compared to spouses (no blood relationship), who were
P.193
less likely to harbor the gene. The authors found a greater number of breast cancers
among the heterozygotes and raised the warning.
Numerous letters to the editor disputed the authors' con-clusions (19,20,21,22,23). Among
the problems with the study, including the small sample size, was the lack of dosimetry.
The actual radiation exposure to the breast could not be determined. Although the authors
cautioned against mammography, exposure to mammography was not even determined in
the study. The majority of the exposures were from angiographic studies that exposed the
breasts to less than background radiation. A major bias was the fact that the study group
was older than the controls (breast cancer incidence is higher in older women). Other risk
factors were not accounted for, and the reasons for undergoing x-ray studies were not
provided. The authors built their arguments on previous assumptions that they supported
with their own previous work, which was similarly built on their own previous assumptions.
The concerns raised by this paper are not supported scientifically and are likely incorrect. A
study of the same individuals would likely have also shown that eating in the hospital
cafeteria carried the same increased risk. Nevertheless, it is important to be alert to
possible risks. It is likely that as we develop a greater understanding of the molecular
biology of breast cancer, it will be possible to identify factors that predispose an individual
and make her more sensitive to the many environmental carcinogens as well as radiation.
40 >400
45 352
50 66
55 47
60 37
65 38
65 33
70 29
75 27
Source: Adapted from Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks
from mammography: a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
P.195
*Over the same period of time, more than 3,000 deaths would occur as a result of
naturally occurring breast cancers among women who are not screened.
Source: Courtesy of R. Edward Hendrik, Ph.D.
Statistical arguments are frequently not reassuring, but many of the risks of daily life that
we willingly assume are as life-threatening, if not more threatening, than the theoretical
(and possibly nonexistent) risk of radiogenic breast cancer at mammographic doses (Table
5-5). Women for whom mammographic screening is likely to be of benefit are at very low
risk, if any, for tumor induction from the radiation.
*This is a partial list of everyday risks (adapted from Wilson R. Analyzing the daily
risk of life. Technology Review, 1979, and Pochin E. Estimates of industrial and
other risks. J R Coll Physicians London 1978;12:210–218) that increase the chance
of dying by one in a million, which is the risk a woman incurs from a mammogram
assuming an absolute risk model. Because radiation risk is age-related, the risk of
mammography for women 35 years of age and over is considerably lower and
approaches zero.
Conclusion
As with any test, risk must be weighed against potential benefit. The potential risk from
radiation to the breast cannot be ignored, but this theoretical possibility must be viewed in
conjunction with the reduction in breast cancer mortality shown by the randomized and
controlled screening programs and other trials using mammography relative to the lack of
success in reducing overall breast cancer mortality in the decades before mammographic
screening. Most data demonstrate that age at exposure is the most important factor in x-
ray carcinogenesis. Certainly there is no reason
341 / 1584
bi
P.197
to perform mammograms on anyone under the age of 30, and there is little evidence to
support mammographic evaluation of women under age 30. Since the proven efficacy of
mammography is its use as a screening test among women in whom the likelihood of
cancer is low, and thus the benefit of early detection is low, mammography should probably
be avoided unless an expected benefit for the specific individual is anticipated.
Mammography is almost exclusively a screening technology, and its use should be limited
to women among whom screening has been shown to be beneficial.
The use of mammography in any woman, symptomatic or otherwise, who is under age 40,
is anecdotal. National standards of care should be based on scientific data. Because
mammography is not diagnostic in the strict definition of the term, its use to evaluate a
clinically evident abnormality is limited. Its use is primarily for screening the remainder of
the breast in which there is a sign or symptom as well as the contralateral breast in the
search for clinically occult malignancy. The screening data have all evaluated women ages
40 and over. One study that evaluated screening women 35 to 39 years old found the same
breast cancer detection rate for these women (1.6/1,000) as for women 40 to 45 years old
(34), suggesting that the benefit from screening these women would likely be the same as
for women between the ages of 40 and 45. Because there are no data to support screening
women under age 35, the efficacy of mammography, even among symptomatic women,
has not been proved and therefore it should not be adopted as a standard of care. Many
now believe that women who are at a genetically increased risk should begin screening 5 to
10 years earlier than the age at which the youngest first-degree relative was diagnosed.
There are no direct data to support this, but it is the best estimate based on possible risks
and benefits (35). In the absence of proof of efficacy, each practitioner must be guided by
experience as to whether to use mammography for evaluating a particular individual under
age 35.
References
1. Bailar JC. Mammography: a contrary view. Ann Intern Med 1976;84:77–84.
3. Kopans DB. The Breast Cancer Screening Controversy and the National Institutes of
Health Consensus Development Conference on Breast Cancer Screening for Women
ages 40–49. Radiology 1999;210:4–9.
4. Land CE, Tokunaga M, Koyama K, et al. Incidence of female breast cancer among
atomic bomb survivors, Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 1950–1990. Radiat Res 2003;160:707
–717.
5. Feig SA, Hendrick RE. Risk, benefit, and controversies in mammographic screening.
In: Haus AG, Yaffe MJ, eds. Syllabus: a categorical course in physics. Technical aspects
of breast imaging, 2nd ed. Oak Park, IL: RSNA; 1993:119–135.
6. McGregor DH, Land CE, Choi K, et al. Breast cancer incidence among atomic bomb
survivors, Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 1950–1969. J Natl Cancer lnst 1977;59:799.
342 / 1584
bi
survivors, Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 1950–1969. J Natl Cancer lnst 1977;59:799.
7. Tokunga M, Norman JE, Asano M, et al. Malignant breast tumors among atomic
bomb survivors, Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 1950–1974. J Natl Cancer Inst
1979;62:1347.
8. Lewis CA, Smith PG, Stratton IM, et al. Estimated radiation doses to different
organs among patients treated for ankylosing spondylitis with a single course of x-rays.
Br J Radiol 1988;61:211–220.
9. Mettler FA, Hempelmann LH, Dutton AM, et al. Breast neoplasms in women treated
with x-rays for acute postpartum mastitis: a pilot study. J Natl Cancer Inst
1969;43:803.
11. Myrden JA, Hiltz JE. Breast cancer following multiple fluoroscopies during artificial
pneumothorax treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. Can Med Assoc J 1969;100:1032.
12. Boice JD, Monson RB. Breast cancer following repeated fluoroscopic examinations of
the chest. J Natl Cancer lnst 1977;59:823.
13. Janjan NX, Wilson JF, Gillin M, et al. Mammary carcinoma developing after
radiotherapy and chemotherapy for Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 1988;61:252–254.
14. Dershaw D, Yahalom J, Petrek JA. Breast carcinoma in women previously treated
for Hodgkin's disease: mammographic evaluation. Radiology 1992;184:421–423.
15. Bhatia S, Robison LL, Oberlin O, et al. Breast cancer and other second neoplasms
after childhood Hodgkin's disease. N Engl J Med 1996;334:745–751.
16. Horwich A, Swerdlow AJ. Second primary breast cancer after Hodgkin's disease. Br
J Cancer. 2004;90:294–298.
17. Bhatia S, Robison LL, Oberlin O, et al. Breast cancer and other second neoplasms
after childhood Hodgkin's disease. N Engl J Med 1996;334:745–751.
18. Swift M, Morrell D, Massey RB, et al. Incidence of cancer in 161 families affected by
ataxia-telangiectasia. N Engl J Med 1991;325:1831–1836.
19. Kuller LH, Modran B. Risk of breast cancer in ataxia-telangiectasia [letter]. N Engl J
Med 1992;326:1357.
20. Boice JD. Risk of breast cancer in ataxia-telangiectasia [letter]. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1358.
343 / 1584
bi
21. Wagner LK. Risk of breast cancer in ataxia-telangiectasia [letter]. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1359.
22. Hall EJ, Geard CR, Brenner DJ. Risk of breast cancer in ataxia-telangiectasia
[letter]. N Engl J Med 1992;326:1359.
23. Land CE. Risk of breast cancer in ataxia-telangiectasia [letter]. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1360.
25. Shore RE, Hildreth N, Woodard ED, et al. Breast cancer among women given x-ray
therapy for acute postpartum mastitis. J Natl Cancer Inst 1986;77:689–696.
26. Miller AB, Howe GR, Sherman GJ, et al. Mortality from breast cancer after
irradiation during fluoroscopic examinations in patients being treated for tuberculosis. N
Engl J Med 1989;321:1285–1289.
28. Kopans DB. Re: radiation-induced breast cancer [letter]. J Natl Cancer Inst
1993;86:66–67.
29. Boice JD, Harvey EB, Blettner M, et al. Cancer in the contralateral breast after
radiotherapy for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1992;326:781–785.
31. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography:
a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
32. Russo J, Tay LK, Russo IH. Differentiation of the mammary gland and susceptibility
to carcinogenesis. Breast Cancer Res Treat 1982;2:5–73.
33. Gohagan JK, Darby WP, Spitznagel EL, et al. Radiogenic breast cancer effects of
mammographic screening. J Natl Cancer Inst 1996;77:71–76.
34. Liberman L, Dershaw DD, Deutch BM, et al. Screening mammography: value in
women 35–39 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:53–56.
35. Hoskins KF, Stopler JE, Calzone KA, et al. Assessment and counseling for women
with a family history of breast cancer: a guide for clinicians. JAMA 1995;273:577–585.
344 / 1584
bi
with a family history of breast cancer: a guide for clinicians. JAMA 1995;273:577–585.
345 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
6
Staging Breast Cancer
Although breast cancers appear to begin in the ductal or lobular epithelium, there is a wide
variation in their growth and development. It is difficult to accurately predict the course of
the disease for the individual woman. There may be exceptions, but for the most part
these tumors grow first within the duct system. As they enlarge they develop the ability,
probably through mutation or further chromosomal damage, to break out of the duct and
infiltrate into the periductal stroma and gain access to the lymphatics and vascular
structures, ultimately spreading to axillary and other lymph nodes and to distant organs.
It is becoming increasingly clear that each tumor is unique in its DNA pattern and with
regard to the interaction of the tumor with the host. Efforts are under way to identify the
specific traits of each tumor, with the goal of tailoring therapy for each woman based on the
unique characteristics of her tumor and her body's response to it. However, until this
becomes possible, our understanding of breast cancer has come from looking at large
numbers of women and the response of groups of women to therapeutic approaches. This
grouping of what appear to be similar individuals is based on staging.
Staging uses definable tumor characteristics that have, over the years, provided the best
information for trying to establish the prognosis for the individual and as an aid for
determining which therapy might provide the best response. Although a crude measure,
the labeling of a cancer permits a more accurate prognostication of its course and is a key
factor in the testing of new approaches to treatment and the selection of treatment options.
By allowing the comparison of tumors with similar characteristics, staging allows detection
and therapeutic interventions to be compared.
Factors that crudely predict eventual outcome have been identified. The hope is to make
this prognostication increasingly accurate, but for now a fairly simple system has been
devised, and radiologists should be familiar with it. Staging is still very crude and does not
yet take into account the features of each individual tumor and characteristics of the
patient, but it provides an important frame of reference.
A cancer can be staged based on its clinical presentation and/or its pathologic features. The
pathologic characteristics are usually the more accurate, reproducible, and predictive and
are the features upon which most therapeutic decisions are based. Breast cancer staging
recognizes three general levels of tumor involvement, loosely categorized by the locations
of the growths:
346 / 1584
bi
The most important prognostic features remain the size of the cancer (1), which is
generally defined as its largest diameter (spiculations not included), and the axillary nodal
status. The histologic grade of the tumor is also an important prognostic factor (2).
Major treatment decisions depend on whether the tumor is confined to the duct (intraductal
cancer/ductal carcinoma in situ) or whether it is invasive, its size, and whether tumor has
entered the lymphatics or blood vessels or is evident outside the breast in regional lymph
nodes or other metastatic sites. Although in some women the presence of tumor in the
lymphatics can become a direct problem (e.g., involvement of the brachial plexus),
lymphatic involvement is an indication of the tumor's biology and establishes its capacity to
exist in organs outside the breast.
The primary reason for evaluating the axillary lymph nodes is for prognostication and as an
aid in treatment selection, especially the decision to employ adjuvant chemotherapy or
hormonal therapy. The demonstration that some women who are axillary lymph node
negative may still benefit from adjuvant therapies has somewhat reduced the importance
of assessing the axillary nodes (3), but most practitioners still prefer knowing the status of
the axillary nodes as a measure of the tumor's aggressivity.
Over the past several years the standard axillary dissection has led to a less morbid
sampling of the lymph nodes guided by identifying the lymph nodes that appear to be the
first draining nodes in the chain that drains the breast (sentinel node biopsy). Sentinel node
biopsy has replaced axillary dissection in most major centers. These lymph nodes are
predictive of the rest of the nodes in the axilla 95% of the time (4). By not having to do a
full axillary dissection on every breast cancer patient, the morbidity of
P.200
the axillary surgery (e.g., arm edema) has been reduced. Staging has many uses. It may
even be useful in determining whether axillary nodal dissection is needed (5).
Investigators have tried to subcategorize in situ and invasive cancers to permit more
accurate prognostication. Barth et al (6), in an analysis of 918 patients with T1 breast
cancers (2 cm or less), found that 23% had positive axillary lymph nodes. They found,
however, that lymph node positivity varied with certain factors. The strongest predictors of
axillary nodal involvement were the presence of intramammary lymphatic or vascular
invasion, a palpable tumor, and a high nuclear grade. The likelihood of positivity increased
with tumor size. They found that if a tumor was nonpalpable, T1a or T1b without lymph or
vascular invasion, and not high grade, the incidence of positive nodes was only 3%. If,
however, the lesion was palpable, had lymph or vascular invasion, was high grade, and was
1 to 2 cm in size, lymph node positivity increased to 49%. Women with a nonpalpable
tumor of low or intermediate grade that is 1 cm or smaller with no lymph vessel or
vascular invasion have such a low risk of nodal involvement that axillary dissection may
not be required.
The American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) uses the TNM classification system to
define stages. The size of the primary tumor determines the T, the status of the regional
lymph nodes the N, and the presence or absence of distant metastases the M.
As noted above, the primary site is the breast itself, along with its skin and chest wall
attachments. Regional lymph nodes are those in the axilla. Although lymphatic drainage of
the breast also includes the internal mammary chain as well as nodes along channels
through the pectoralis muscles, the nodes most commonly affected and clinically accessible
are those in the axilla, and it is primarily these that are studied for staging purposes.
Axillary nodes have been subdivided into levels (Fig. 6-1). Level I nodes are those that are
in the axilla lateral to the pectoralis major muscle. Level II lymph nodes are high in the
apex of the axilla, between the pectoralis major and minor muscles, and level III nodes
are infraclavicular. Tumor in supraclavicular nodes or involvement of any other lymph node
group, including internal mammary nodes, is considered distant metastasis. 347 / 1584
bi
group, including internal mammary nodes, is considered distant metastasis.
Cancers can be staged at the clinical level by visual inspection, palpation, and
mammography, with tumor confirmation by biopsy. Most treatment protocols, however,
use pathologic staging. Pathologic staging includes the gross assessment of the size of the
excised tumor as well as histologic evaluation of the tumor, its type (if it can be classified),
the grade of the cells (grade 1 is well differentiated and grade 3 is poorly differentiated)
and the remainder of the breast (if a mastectomy has been performed), and the
microscopic evaluation of the axillary lymph nodes removed at surgery. Studies suggest
that at least 10 axillary lymph nodes should be excised from level I and perhaps level II to
ensure an accurate evaluation of regional involvement (7). Staging now allows for
categorization as to how the axillary nodes were assessed to account for the widespread
adoption of sentinel node biopsy. Even though adjuvant therapy is to be used, regardless of
the node status, the presence or absence of tumor in axillary nodes is important for
prognostication and future analysis of therapeutic decisions.
The actual number of involved nodes appears to directly affect prognosis. Prognostically,
the absence of nodal involvement offers the greatest chance of cure, although as many as
30% of women who are lymph node negative develop recurrent breast cancer. Women with
one to three nodes involved have a diminished survival expectation but do better than
women with four or more involved nodes (8). Some studies indicate that infiltration of
tumor from the node into the surrounding tissue is an additional adverse prognostic factor.
Women who are lymph node positive at diagnosis can benefit from adjuvant chemotherapy
or hormonal therapy (9). Women with large and more aggressive tumors may also benefit
from adjuvant therapy even if they are node negative.
Most of the available data are based on a rather crude analysis of lymph nodes. The node
is bivalved, and several slices are shaved from each surface. The percentage of women
with positive nodes increases as more thorough investigation is carried out. Staging and
the conclusions based on staging are evolving as even more sensitive tests using
immunohistochemical techniques, or even polymerase chain reaction DNA studies, can
detect even a few cancer cells in the lymph nodes. Because there are fewer nodes to
evaluate, the change to sentinel node biopsy has led to a more detailed evaluation of the
lymph nodes, and even a few cancer cells can be identified in these nodes. Their
importance remains to be determined, but the updated staging system allows for
distinguishing how the lymph nodes were evaluated so that over time it is hoped that the
importance of this more detailed evaluation can be determined.
Although staging initially appears complex, it basically involves the size of the tumor and
the presence or absence of tumor in axillary nodes or distant sites. The stage of the tumor
depends on the combinations of these factors and can be simplified as follows:
Stage I cancers are less than or equal to 2 cm in diameter and have no evidence of
axillary or distant metastases.
Stage II cancers are larger than 2 cm but not larger than 5 cm in diameter, or they
are tumors with associated involvement of the axillary nodes but without distant
metastatic spread.
Stage III cancers are tumors of any size in which the lymph nodes are fixed together
in a matted axillary mass (IIIa), or tumors in which there is extension to the chest
wall, or there is skin involvement, or both (IIIb).
Stage IV cancers include any tumor with associated distant metastases.
References
1. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Sgroi D, et al. The effect of tumor size and lymph node
status on breast carcinoma lethality. Cancer 2003;98:2133–2143.
2. Henson DE, Ries L, Freedman LS, et al. Relationship among outcome, stage of
disease, and histologic grade for 22,616 cases of breast cancer. The basis for a
prognostic index. Cancer 1991;68:2142–2149.
4. Harlow SP, Krag DN. Sentinel lymph node biopsy in breast cancer. Breast Dis
2001;12:43–55.
6. Barth A, Craig PH, Silverstein MJ. Predictors of axillary lymph node metastases in
patients with T1 breast carcinoma. Cancer 1997;79:1918–1922.
C50.0 Nipple
C50.1 Central portion of breast
C50.2 Upper inner quadrant of breast
C50.3 Lower inner quadrant of breast
C50.4 Upper outer quadrant of breast
C50.5 Lower outer quadrant of breast
C50.6 Axillary tail of breast
C50.8 Overlapping lesion of breast
C50.9 Breast, NOS
349 / 1584
bi
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Micrometastases are distinguished from isolated tumor cells on the basis of size and
histologic evidence of malignant activity.
Identifiers have been added to indicate the use of sentinel lymph node dissection
and immunohistochemical or molecular techniques.
Major classifications of lymph node status are designated according to the number of
involved axillary lymph nodes as determined by routine hematoxylin and eosin
staining (preferred method) or by immunohistochemical staining.
The classification of metastasis to the infraclavicular lymph nodes has been added as
N3.
Metastasis to the internal mammary nodes, based on the method of detection and
the presence or absence of axillary nodal involvement, has been reclassified.
Microscopic involvement of the internal mammary nodes detected by sentinel lymph
node dissection using lymphoscintigraphy but not by imaging studies or clinical
examination is classified as N1. Macroscopic involvement of the internal mammary
nodes as detected by imaging studies (excluding lymphoscintigraphy) or by clinical
examination is classified as N2 if it occurs in the absence of metastases to the
axillary lymph nodes or as N3 if it occurs in the presence of metastases to the
axillary lymph nodes.
Metastasis to the supraclavicular lymph nodes has been reclassified as N3 rather
than M1.
Introduction
This staging system for carcinoma of the breast applies to infiltrating (including
microinvasive) and in situ carcinomas. Microscopic confirmation of the diagnosis is
mandatory, and the histologic type and grade of carcinoma should be recorded.
Anatomy
Primary Site
The mammary gland, situated on the anterior chest wall, is composed of glandular tissue
with a dense fibrous stroma. The glandular tissue consists of lobules that group
P.202
together into 15–25 lobes arranged approximately in a spoke-like pattern. Multiple major
and minor ducts connect the milk-secreting lobular units to the nipple. Small milk ducts
course throughout the breast, converging into larger collecting ducts that open into the
lactiferous sinus at the base of the nipple. Most cancers form initially in the terminal duct
lobular units of the breast. Glandular tissue is more abundant in the upper outer portion of
the breast; as a result, half of all breast cancers occur in this area.
Chest Wall
The chest wall includes ribs, intercostal muscles, and serratus anterior muscle, but not the
pectoral muscles.
1. Axillary (ipsilateral): interpectoral (Rotter's) nodes and lymph nodes along the axillary
vein and its tributaries that may be (but are not required to be) divided into the
following levels:
a. Level I (low-axilla): lymph nodes lateral to the lateral border of pectoralis minor
muscle.
b. Level II (mid-axilla); lymph nodes between the medial and lateral borders of the
pectoralis minor muscle and the interpectoral (Rotter's) lymph nodes,
c. Level III (apical axilla): lymph nodes medial to the medial margin of the
pectoralis minor muscle, including those designated as apical.
2. Internal mammary (ipsilateral): lymph nodes in the intercostal spaces along the edge
of the sternum in the endothoracic fascia.
3. Supraclavicular: lymph nodes in the supraclavicular fossa, a triangle defined by the
omohyoid muscle and tendon (lateral and superior border), the internal jugular vein
(medial border), and the clavicle and subclavian vein (lower border). Adjacent lymph
nodes outside of this triangle are considered to be lower cervical nodes (M1).
Figure 6-1 Schematic diagram of the breast and regional lymph nodes. ① Low
axillary, Level I; ② Mid-axillary, Level II; ③ High axillary, apical, Level III; ④
Supraclavicular; ⑤ Internal mammary nodes.
Metastatic Sites
Tumor cells may be disseminated by either the lymphatic or the blood vascular system.
The four major sites of involvement are bone, lung, brain, and liver, but tumor cells are
also capable of metastasizing to many other sites.
P.203
Pathologic Staging
Pathologic staging includes all data used for clinical staging, plus data from surgical
exploration and resection as well as pathologic examination of the primary carcinoma,
regional lymph nodes, and metastatic sites (if applicable), including not less than excision
of the primary carcinoma with no macroscopic tumor in any margin of resection by
pathologic examination. A cancer can be classified pT for pathologic stage grouping if there
is only microscopic, but not macroscopic, involvement at the margin. If there is tumor in
the margin of resection by macroscopic examination, the cancer is coded pTX because the
total extent of the primary tumor cannot be assessed. If the primary tumor is invasive and
not only microinvasive, resection of at least the low axillary lymph nodes (Level I)—that is,
those lymph nodes located lateral to the lateral border of the pectoralis minor muscle
—should be performed for pathologic (pN) classification. Such a resection will ordinarily
include six or more lymph nodes. Alternatively, one or more sentinel lymph nodes may be
resected and examined for pathologic classification. Certain histologic tumor types (pure
tubular carcinoma <1 cm, pure mucinous carcinoma <1 cm, and microinvasive carcinoma)
have a very low incidence of axillary lymph node metastasis and do not usually require an
axillary lymph node dissection. Cancerous nodules in the axillary fat adjacent to the breast,
without histologic evidence of residual lymph node tissue, are classified as regional lymph
node metastases (N). Pathologic stage grouping includes any of the following combinations
of pathologic and clinical classifications: pT pN pM, or pT pN cM, or cT cN pM. If surgery
occurs after the patient has received neoadjuvant chemotherapy, hormonal therapy,
immunotherapy, or radiation therapy, the prefix “y” should be used with the TNM
classification, e.g., ypTNM.
TNM Classification
Primary Tumor (T)
Determining Tumor Size
The clinical measurement used for classifying the primary tumor (T) is the one judged to
be most accurate for that particular case (that is, physical examination or imaging such as
mammography or ultrasound). The pathologic tumor size for the T classification is a
measurement of only the invasive component. For example, if there is a 4.0-cm intraductal
component and a 0.3-cm invasive component, the tumor is classified T1a. The size of the
primary tumor is measured for T classification before any tissue is removed for special
studies, such as for estrogen receptors. In patients who have received multiple core
biopsies, measuring only the residual lesion may result in significantly underclassifying the
T component and thus understaging the tumor. In such cases, original tumor size should be
reconstructed on the basis of a combination of imaging and all histologic findings.
352 / 1584
bi
Tis Classification
Carcinoma in situ, with no evidence of an invasive component, is classified as Tis, with a
subclassification indicating type. Cases of ductal carcinoma in situ and cases with both
(ductal carcinoma in situ and lobular carcinoma in situ are classified Tis (DCIS). Lobular
carcinoma in situ is increasingly defined as a risk factor for subsequent breast cancer,
although there is some evidence that it may occasionally be a precursor of invasive lobular
carcinoma. For example, this may be the case with LCIS with more atypical cytology
(pleomorphic) as well as more extensive and locally distorting examples of well-developed
LCIS (1). Regardless of this controversy, LCIS is reported as a malignancy by national
database registrars and should be designated as such in this classification system—e.g., Tis
(LCIS), Paget's disease of the nipple without an associated tumor mass (clinical) or
invasive carcinoma (pathologic) is classified Tis (Paget's), Paget's disease with a
demonstrable mass (clinical) anywhere within that breast or an invasive component
(pathologic) is classified according to the size of the tumor mass or invasive component.
Inflammatory Carcinoma
Inflammatory carcinoma is a clinicopathologic entity characterized by diffuse erythema and
edema (peau d'orange) of the breast, often without an underlying palpable mass. These
clinical findings should involve the majority of the skin of the breast. Classically, the skin
changes arise quickly in the affected breast. Thus the term inflammatory carcinoma should
not be applied to a patient with neglected locally advanced cancer of the breast presenting
late in the course of her disease. On imaging, there may be a detectable mass and
characteristic thickening of the skin over the breast. This clinical presentation is due to
tumor emboli within dermal lymphatics, which may or may not be apparent on skin biopsy.
The tumor of inflammatory carcinoma is classified T4d. It is important to remember that
inflammatory carcinoma is primarily a clinical diagnosis. Involvement of the dermal
lymphatics alone does not indicate inflammatory carcinoma in the absence of clinical 353 / 1584
bi
lymphatics alone does not indicate inflammatory carcinoma in the absence of clinical
findings. In addition to the clinical picture, however, a biopsy is still necessary to
demonstrate cancer either within the dermal lymphatics or in the breast parenchyma itself.
Skin of Breast
Dimpling of the skin, nipple retraction, or any other skin change except those described
under T4b and T4d may occur in T1, T2, or T3 without changing the classification.
Definition of TNM
Primary Tumor (T)
Definitions for classifying the primary tumor (T) are the same for clinical and for pathologic
classification. If the measurement is made by physical examination, the examiner will use
the major headings (T1, T2, or T3). If other measurements, such as mammographic or
pathologic measurements, are used, the subsets of T1 can be used. Tumors should be
measured to the nearest 0.1 cm increment.
T1a Tumor more than 0.1 cm but not more than 0.5 cm in greatest dimension
T1b Tumor more than 0.5 cm but not more than 1 cm in greatest dimension
T1c Tumor more than 1 cm but not more than 2 cm in greatest dimension
T4 Tumor of any size with direct extension to (a) chest wall or (b) skin, only as
described below
T4b Edema (including peau d'orange) or ulceration of the skin of the breast, or
satellite skin nodules confined to the same breast
N2a Metastasis in ipsilateral axillary lymph nodes fixed to one another (matted) or to
other structures
N2b Metastasis only in clinically apparent* ipsilateral internal mammary nodes and in
the absence of clinically evident axillary lymph node metastasis
N3b Metastasis in ipsilateral internal mammary lymph node(s) and axillary lymph
node(s)
Pathologic (pN)a
aClassification is based on axillary lymph node dissection with or without sentinel lymph
node dissection. Classification based solely on sentinel lymph node dissection without
subsequent axillary lymph node dissection is designated (sn) for “sentinel node,” e.g.,
pN0(i+) (sn).
P.206
Note: Isolated tumor cells (ITC) are defined as single tumor cells or small cell clusters not
greater than 0.2 mm, usually detected only by immunohistochemical (IHC) or molecular
methods but which may be verified on H&E stains. ITCs do not usually show evidence of
malignant activity, e.g., proliferation or stromal reaction.
pN1mi Micrometastasis (greater than 0.2 mm, none greater than 2.0 mm)
pN2a Metastasis in 4 to 9 axillary lymph nodes (at least one tumor deposit
greater than 2.0 mm)
357 / 1584
bi
pN3a Metastasis in 10 or more axillary lymph nodes (at least one tumor deposit
greater than 2.0 mm), or metastasis to the infraclavicular lymph nodes
M0 No distant metastasis
M1 Distant metastasis
STAGE GROUPING
Stage 0 Tis N0 M0
Stage I T1* N0 M0
Stage IIA T0 N1 M0
T1* N1 M0
T2 N0 M0
Stage IIB T2 N1 M0
T3 N0 M0
Stage IIIA T0 N2 M0
T1* N2 M0
T2 N2 M0
T3 N1 M0
T3 N2 M0
Stage IIIB T4 N0 M0
T4 N1 M0
T4 N2 M0
Histopathologic Type
The histopathologic types are the following:
In situ Carcinomas
NOS (not otherwise specified)
Intraductal
Paget's disease and intraductal
Invasive Carcinomas
NOS
Ductal
Inflammatory
Medullary, NOS
Medullary with lymphoid stroma
Mucinous
Papillary (predominantly micropapillary pattern)
Tubular
Lobular
Paget's disease and infiltrating
Undifferentiated
Squamous cell
Adenoid cystic
Secretory
Cribriform
359 / 1584
bi
G3 High combined histologic grade (unfavorable)
aNS, grading system not specified; BR, Bloom-Richardson; N, Nottingham combined histologic
grade; WHO, World Health Organization
bDFR, disease-free rate; OS, overall survival; MFS, metastasis-free survival; RFS, relapse-free
survival; DDFS, distant-disease-free survival
cOriginal Grades 3 and 4 showed no significant difference and were collapsed into Grade 3 for this
review.
dOriginal Grades 1 and 2 were collapsed into one category In the original study.
361 / 1584
bi
Thus histologic grading has prognostic value, and improved reproducibility is possible with
the Nottingham combined histologic grade. The question of how to add grading to the
existing TNM classification system remains. Because large tumors (T3, T4) nearly always
carry a recommendation for adjuvant therapy, and because many such tumors tend to be
high grade, the addition of grading information would not be expected to have a significant
effect on treatment planning for this group. Most conservatively, grading should be
considered in those cases where it would influence treatment decisions most heavily—that
is, for small (T1,T2) node-negative tumors. It is unfortunate, therefore, that available
evidence about the interaction between tumor size and histologic grade as they relate to
patient outcome is disappointingly meager for these small tumors.
Table 6-1 shows the results of eight retrospective studies that analyzed outcome data on
the basis of histologic grade
P.209
in small tumors (8,14,18,22,23,24,25,26). Because of the variety of follow-up times,
grading systems, patient samples, and measured outcomes, it is difficult to extract a
consistent picture from these studies. All studies showed a difference between Grade 1 and
Grade 3, but the positioning of the Grade 2 intermediate tumors varied, sometimes
clustering with Grade 1 and at other times clustering with Grade 3. In those studies that
specifically used the Nottingham combined histologic grade (18,24,26), Grade 2 either
clustered with Grade 3 or else was intermediate between Grades 1 and 3 for a variety of
outcomes. Three studies specifically looked at T1a/b tumors (23,24,25). These studies
used three different histologic grading systems and three different outcomes, but they
nonetheless showed somewhat smaller outcome differences between Grade 1 and Grade 3
than other studies that included larger tumors.
These tentative observations, coupled with the overall sparseness and variability of the
information, strongly suggest that the available data are not yet mature enough to offer
guidance in incorporating histologic grade into the staging system for breast cancer.
Because the evidence indicating that histologic grade is an important prognostic factor in
breast cancer is so robust, it seems certain that emerging data will support the
incorporation of grade into the AJCC staging system in the near future.
Should the classification of pathologic lymph node status in node-negative
patients be amplified to include information about isolated tumor cells detected
by immunohistochemical techniques?
Isolated tumor cells (ITCs) are defined as single tumor cells or small clusters of cells that
are not greater than 0.2 mm in size and that usually show no histologic evidence of
malignant activity (such as proliferation or stromal reaction). Although there is a growing
feeling that ITCs detected by immunohistochemical staining may be prognostically
relevant, their clinical significance has not yet been demonstrated. Even with larger
clusters of single cells, it is not clear whether a finding of ITC would justify an axillary
lymph node dissection. This is especially true for ITCs found in sentinel lymph nodes in
cases where the primary tumor is very small and the probability of metastasis in a
nonsentinel lymph node seems to be virtually zero (27).
Clearly, organized large-scale data collection is essential for determining the clinical
significance of ITCs. For this reason, a uniform shorthand is now suggested for describing
pN0 patients where there has been immunohistochemical examination for ITCs. The added
designation of “i+4- or “i—” indicates that immunohistochemical staining was performed
with positive or negative results.
Should micrometastases (pN1mi) detected by immunohistochemical staining and
not verified by H&E staining be classified as pN1?
362 / 1584
bi
Micrometastases are defined as tumor deposits greater than 0.2 mm and no greater than
2.0 mm in size. Unlike isolated tumor cells, micrometastases may show histologic evidence
of metastatic activity, such as proliferation or stromal reaction. The use of
immunohistochemical techniques (IHC) to detect occult micrometastases has increased
dramatically with the growing acceptance of sentinel lymph node dissection. The reported
incidence of nodal micrometastases detected by IHC in patients who are histologically
node-negative has ranged from 12% to 29% (28,29,30,31,32).
The unresolved issue is whether micrometastases detected by IHC and not verified by
standard histologic staining have a significant impact on patient outcome. Retrospective
studies have reported decreases in disease-free survival ranging from 10% to 22% in some
subgroups of patients where micrometastatic axillary disease was detected by
immunohistochemical techniques, A significant percentage of histologically node-negative
patients ultimately experience distant recurrence and die of their disease, and it has been
suggested that some of this subgroup of patients may be those with occult
micrometastases in the axillary nodes, but bone marrow and other metastases may occur
with no axillary involvement (30,31,33).
The premise that H&E verification is required to validate the metastatic potential of lesions
detected by IHC is under increasing scrutiny. Cell deposits identified only by IHC are
increasingly being used to make clinical recommendations without H&E verification. The
size of the micrometastatic focus may prove to be critical; a 1-mm IHC-positive lesion may
contain as many as 500,000 cells, and this would clearly meet the proliferation requirement
for metastatic potential, regardless of H&E verification. Nonetheless, verification by H&E
staining is recommended by the College of American Pathologists, because it provides
more definitive cytologic and histologic evidence of malignancy than is usually available
from immunostained preparations and avoids overinterpretation of staining artifacts.
Should size criteria be used to distinguish between isolated tumor cells and
micrometastases?
Isolated tumor cells should theoretically be distinguishable from micrometastases on the
basis of metastatic characteristics, such as proliferation or stromal reaction (34). This
distinction can be highly subjective, however, and replication among pathologists and
among institutions may be difficult. This revision incorporates size criteria to assist in
making this distinction, with isolated tumor cell groups defined as not greater than 0.2 mm
in diameter and micrometastases defined as greater than 0.2 mm and not greater than 2.0
mm in diameter. The use of 2.0 mm as an upper size limit for micrometastases, originally
proposed by Huvos and colleagues in 1971 (35), is consistent with standards already used
in the AJCC staging system. The use of 0.2 mm as a lower limit was selected because it
significantly reduces the likelihood that ITCs will be recorded as micrometastases, without
making it necessary to estimate actual cell number counts in ITCs. The resulting
classification of patients with metastatic tumor deposits no greater than 0.2 mm as pN0 is
consistent with the low recurrence rates typically seen in this patient group.
P.210
How should RT-PCR be used in the detection of small tumor deposits?
An even finer level of resolution in the detection of isolated tumor cells and
micrometastases is potentially available with the use of reverse transcriptase–polymerase
chain reaction (RT-PCR). Verbanac and colleagues (36) recently reported that this
technique was able to identify a neoplastic marker in a significant percentage of sentinel
nodes that were negative for disease by both histologic and immunohistochemical staining.
This is not altogether surprising, given that RT-PCR is theoretically capable of identifying
single cells. However, it seems unlikely that such cells would become clinically important.
There is evidence that such highly sensitive tests produce false positive results.
Furthermore, because an entire block of lymph node tissue is digested in preparation for 363 / 1584
bi
Furthermore, because an entire block of lymph node tissue is digested in preparation for
RT-PCR, it would be technically challenging to determine the exact size of the original
lesion.
Pending further developments in this area, this edition of the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual
will classify any lesion identified by RT-PCR alone as pN0 (the classification it would have
had using standard histologic staining) for the purposes of staging. All cases that were
histologically negative for regional lymph node metastasis and in which an additional
examination for tumor cells was made with RT-PCR will have the appended designation
(mol+) or (mol-), as appropriate.
Should the classification of pathological lymph node status in node-positive (all
nodes with deposits greater than 0.2 mm) patients be changed to reflect more
clearly the prognostic significance of number of affected nodes?
In past editions of the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual, the TNM system has used similar
definitions for clinical lymph node status and pathological lymph node status. This has had
the unfortunate result of assigning number of affected lymph nodes to subcategories of the
pN1 classification, effectively ignoring this important prognostic indicator.
In this revision, patients with 1 to 3 positive axillary lymph nodes (with at least one tumor
deposit greater than 2 mm and all tumor deposits greater than 0.2 mm) are classified as
pN1a, patients with 4 to 9 positive axillary lymph nodes are classified as pN2a, and
patients with 10 or more positive axillary lymph nodes are classified as pN3a. This
recognition of the prognostic importance of the absolute number of involved lymph nodes is
in keeping with current clinical practice and is supported by a large body of clinical data.
The decision to separate patients with 1 to 3 positive nodes from patients with 4 or more
positive nodes is consistent with survival data reported by Carter and colleagues (see Fig.
6-2) (37). These researchers examined 5-year survival rates by tumor size and lymph
node status in 24,740 breast cancer cases recorded in the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and
End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer Institute. In each size group of tumors
(<2 cm, 2,3,4,5 cm, >5 cm) they found an inverse relationship between overall survival
and number of positive nodes. In patients with tumors <2 cm in size, for example, the
relative 5-year survival was 96.3% for patients with negative nodes, 87.4% for patients
with 1 to 3 positive nodes, and 66.0% for patients with 4 or more positive nodes.
Figure 6-2 Five-year relative survival of breast cancer as a function of both tumor
diameter and number of positive axillary lymph nodes. (From Carter, et al. Relation of
tumor size, lymph node status, and survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer
1989;63:181–187. Reprinted by permission of Wiley-Liss, Inc., a subsidiary of John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.)
The decision to separate patients with 10 or more positive nodes into the N3a category,
364 / 1584
bi
though somewhat more arbitrary, is based on the recognition that survival rates continue
to decrease with increasing numbers of positive axillary lymph nodes. In a survey of
20,547 cases of breast carcinoma collected by the American College of Surgeons, Nemoto
and colleagues (38) demonstrated that expected survival declined linearly with increasing
number of axillary lymph nodes that were positive by histologic examination, up to a total
of 21 positive nodes (Fig. 6-3). The specific breakpoint used here (≥10) is in common
usage. [See, for example, the report on the NSABP B-11 protocol in Paik et al (39) and
various other clinical studies (40,41,42).]
The change in classification of axillary lymph node-positive patients reorganizes the
pathologic staging system to reflect more closely the current practice standards used by
clinicians in stratifying patients for prognosis and treatment decisions.
Should a finding of positive internal mammary lymph nodes retain a current
classification of N3?
Data from the National Cancer Data Base (1985–1991) were analyzed to compare 5-year
relative survival rates in all Stage IIIB breast cancer patients versus only Stage IIIB
cancer patients with positive internal mammary nodes (N3) (L.L. Douglas, personal
communication). For all Stage IIIB cancers (n = 9775), the relative 5-year survival rate
was 47.6% with a 99% confidence interval of 45.7–49.5. For Stage IIIB cases with N3 only
(n = 717), the relative survival rate was 45.2% with a 99% confidence interval of 38.6
–51.9. This suggests no survival difference between N3
P.211
patients and the Stage IIIB group as a whole. In a separate report, Veronesi and
colleagues (43) reported the results of a randomized trial carried out from 1964 to 1968 in
which T1–3, N0–1 breast cancer patients were treated with a Halsted mastectomy or with
an extended mastectomy that included removal of the internal mammary nodes. In the
342 patients treated with extended mastectomy, the 5-year overall survival rate was 44%
in patients with positive internal mammary nodes, compared with 78% in patients with
negative internal mammary nodes. These survival rates are consistent with those taken
from the National Cancer Data Base.
Figure 6-3 Survival of 20,547 women with breast cancer according to the number of
histologically involved axillary nodes. (Data from Nemoto, et al. Management and
survival of female breast cancer: results of a national survey by the American College
of Surgeons. Cancer 1980;45:2917–2924.
A problem with these reports is that neither one considers the independent survival effects
of positive internal mammary lymph nodes (IM) in the absence of positive axillary lymph
nodes (AX). Table 6-2 shows the results of five studies that compared survival rates in
patients who were IM—/AX+, IM+/AX—, and IM+/AX+ (44,45,46,47,48). Although the
survival rates in the first two categories were similar, there was a significant decrease in 365 / 1584
bi
survival rates in the first two categories were similar, there was a significant decrease in
survival in patients who were IM+ and AX+.
On the basis of these findings, this revision classifies clinically positive internal mammary
lymph nodes that are detected by imaging studies (including CT scan or ultrasound, but
excluding lymphoscintigraphy) or by clinical examination as N2b when they occur in the
absence of positive axillary lymph nodes and as N3b when they occur in the presence of
positive axillary lymph nodes. In cases where proven microscopic disease is detected in the
internal mammary lymph nodes, the classification is based on whether the disease was
clinically occult. For positive internal mammary nodes with microscopic disease detected by
sentinel lymph node dissection but not by imaging studies (excluding lymphoscintigraphy),
the pathologic classification is pN1b in the absence of positive axillary lymph nodes and is
pN1c in the presence of 1 to 3 positive axillary lymph nodes. Positive internal mammary
nodes discovered by sentinel lymph node dissection but in the presence of 4 or more
positive axillary lymph nodes are considered pN3b to reflect the increased tumor burden.
For positive internal mammary nodes with histologic macroscopic disease detected by
imaging studies (excluding lymphoscintigraphy) or by clinical examination, the classification
is pN2b in the absence of positive axillary lymph nodes and is pN3b in the presence of
positive axillary lymph nodes.
Figure 6-4 (A) Estimated overall survival for patients with Stage IIIB breast cancer
compared with regional Stage IV breast cancer (ipsilateral supraclavicular adenopathy
without evidence of distant disease). (B) Estimated overall survival for patients with 367 / 1584
bi
without evidence of distant disease). (B) Estimated overall survival for patients with
regional Stage IV breast cancer (ipsilateral supraclavicular adenopathy without
evidence of distant disease) compared with patients with Stage IV breast cancer
(distant metastases). (Reprinted from Brito, et al. Long-term results of combined-
modality therapy for locally advanced breast cancer with ipsilateral supraclavicular
metastases: The University of Texas M. D. Anderson Cancer Center experience. J Clin
Oncol 2001;19(3):628–633, with permission.)
Are there other prognostic factors that are powerful enough to consider for
inclusion in the TNM grading system?
Prognostic factors provide information about potential patient outcome in the absence of
systemic therapy. These factors tend to reflect biologic characteristics of the tumor, such as
proliferation, invasiveness, and metastatic capacity. Prognostic factors must be carefully
distinguished from predictive factors, which reflect response to a particular therapeutic
agent or combination of agents.
A clinically useful prognostic factor is one that is statistically significant (its prognostic value
only rarely occurs by chance), independent (it retains its prognostic value when combined
with other factors), and clinically relevant (it has a major impact on prognostic accuracy).
Axillary lymph node status has been shown definitively to be the single
P.213
most important prognostic factor for disease-free and overall survival in breast cancer
patients (3).
In the Fifth Edition of the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual (51), it was reported that
approximately 80 potential prognostic variables had been identified for human breast
cancer. Since that time, additional factors have been suggested (various growth factors
with their receptors and binding proteins; proteases, including cathepsin-D, urokinase-type
plasminogen activator, and matrix metalloproteinases). Simultaneously, some factors that
were once considered promising have yielded ambiguous or disappointing results in
outcome studies (p53, HER2/neu), often because technical approaches have not been
standardized and data are difficult to compare between studies.
In addition to axillary lymph node status, the College of American Pathologists Consensus
Report (3) and the clinical practice guidelines from the American Society of Clinical
Oncology (53,54) have identified tumor size, histopathologic grade, and mitotic index as
clinically useful prognostic factors. (This revision recommends the routine use of the
Nottingham combined histologic grading system, which incorporates mitotic index into the
measurement of tumor grade.) DNA ploidy was reported to be an unreliable prognostic
marker in both studies. Estrogen receptor status, although a good predictive factor for
response to hormonal therapy, is a relatively weak prognostic factor. Promising results
have been reported in some cases for p53, but lack of standardization and data
comparability are ongoing problems. Similar problems affect the use of HER2/neu as a
prognostic factor, although it should be routinely measured in patients to predict the
likelihood of their response to Herceptin® should they relapse after standard adjuvant
therapy. Factors such as Ki-67 continue to have technical problems that limit interuser
reproducibility.
It is expected that ongoing studies will provide more definitive evidence about the clinical
usefulness of many of these factors. These studies should also contribute to the
standardization of assay systems and analytic approaches that will be required to achieve
reproducibility among different researchers and different institutions. Such studies of
promising new prognostic factors should simultaneously measure and report proven factors
—particularly size, nodal status, and histologic grade—to indicate how much the new
368 / 1584
bi
—particularly size, nodal status, and histologic grade—to indicate how much the new
factors reflect the classic ones.
Footnote
*Used with the permission of the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC), Chicago,
IL. The original source for this material is the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual, 6th ed.
(2002), published by Springer-Verlag, NY, http://www.springeronline.com.
References
1. Page DL, Kidd TE, Dupont WD, Simpson JF, Rogers LW. Lobular neoplasia of the
breast: higher risk for subsequent invasive cancer predicted by more extensive disease.
Hum Pathol 1991;22:1232–1239.
2. Elston CW, Ellis IO. Pathological prognostic factors in breast cancer. I. The value of
histologic grade in breast cancer: experience from a large study with long-term follow-
up. Histopathology 1991;19:403–410.
3. Fitzgibbons PL, Page DL, Weaver D, et al. Prognostic factors in breast cancer.
College of American pathologists consensus statement 1999. Arch Pathol Lab Med
2000;124:966–978.
5. Greenough RB. Varying degrees of malignancy in cancer of the breast. J Cancer Res
1925;9:452–463.
6. Bloom HJG, Richardson WW. Histologic grading and prognosis in breast cancer. Br J
Cancer 1957;9:359–377.
8. Henson DE, Ries L, Freedman LS, Carriaga M. Relationship among outcome, stage
of disease, and histologic grade for 22,616 cases of breast cancer. Cancer 1991;68:2142
–2149.
10. Delides GS, Garas G, Georgouli G, et al. Intralaboratory variations in the grading
of breast carcinoma. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1982;106:126–128.
369 / 1584
bi
12. Gilchrist KW, Kalish L, Gould VE, et al. Interobserver reproducibility of
histopathological features in Stage II breast cancer: an ECOG study. Breast Cancer Res
Treat 1985;5:3–10.
13. Harvey JM, de Klerk NH, Sterrett GH. Histologic grading in breast cancer:
interobserver agreement, and relation to other prognostic factors including ploidy.
Pathology 1992;24:63–68.
14. Lundin J, Lundin M, Holli K, et al. Omission of histologic grading from clinical
decision making may result in overuse of adjuvant therapies in breast cancer: results
from a nationwide study. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:28–36.
15. Dalton LW, Page DL, Dupont WD. Histologic grading of breast carcinoma. A
reproducibility study. Cancer 1994;73:2765–2770.
16. Frierson HP, Wolber RA, Berean KW, et al. Interobserver reproducibility of the
Nottingham modification of the Bloom and Richardson histologic grading scheme for
infiltrating ductal carcinoma. Am J Clin Pathol 1995;103:195–198.
19. Donhuijsen K, Schmidt U, Hirche H, et al. Changes in mitotic rate and cell cycle
fractions caused by delayed fixation. Hum Pathol 1990;21:709–714.
20. Cross SS, Start RD, Smith JHF. Does delay in fixation affect the number of mitotic
figures in processed tissue? J Clin Pathol 1990;43:597–599.
21. Start RD, Flynn MS, Cross SS, et al. Is the grading of breast carcinomas affected by
a delay in fixation? Virch Arch A Pathol Anat 1991;419:475–477.
22. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. Pathological prognostic factors in Stage I
(T1N0M0) and Stage II (T1N1M0) breast carcinoma: a study of 644 patients with
median follow-up of 18 years. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:1239–1251.
23. Rosner D, Lane WW. Should all patients with node-negative breast cancer receive
adjuvant therapy? Cancer 1991;68:1482–1494.
24. Kollias J, Murphy CA, Elston CW, et al. The prognosis of small primary breast
cancers. Eur J Cancer 1999;35:908–912.
25. Leitner SP, Swern AS, Weinberger D, et al. Predictors of recurrence for patients
with small (one centimeter or less) localized breast cancer (T1a,bN0M0). Cancer
1995;76:2266–2274.
370 / 1584
bi
26. Reed W, Hannisdal E, Boehler PJ, et al. The prognostic value of p53 and c-erb B-2
immunostaining is overrated for patients with lymph node negative breast cancer.
Cancer 2000;88:804–813.
P.214
27. Czerniecki BH, Scheff AM, Callans LS, et al. Immunohistochemistry with
pancytokeratins improves the sensitivity of sentinel lymph node biopsy in patients with
breast carcinoma. Cancer 1999;85:1098–1103.
29. Senmak DD, Meineke TA, Knechtges DS, Anderson J. Prognostic significance of
cytokeratin-positive breast cancer metastases. Mod Pathol 1989;2:516–520.
30. Chen ZL, Wen DR, Coulson WF, et al. Occult metastases in the axillary lymph
nodes of patients with breast cancer node negative by clinical and histologic
examination and conventional histology. Dis Markers 1991;9:238–248.
32. Hainsworth PI, Tjandra JJ, Stillwell RG, et al. Detection and significance of occult
metastases in node-negative breast cancer. Br J Surg 1993;80:459–463.
33. Clare SE, Sener SF, Wilkens W, et al. Prognostic significance of occult lymph node
metastases in node-negative breast cancer. Ann Surg Oncol 1997;4:447–451.
34. Hermanek P, Hutter RVP, Sobin LH, Wittekind C. Classification of isolated tumor
cells and micrometastasis. Cancer 1999;86:2668–2673.
35. Huvos AG, Hutter RVP, Berg JW. Significance of axillary macrometastases and
micrometastases in mammary cancer. Ann Surg 1971;173:44–46.
36. Verbanac KM, Fleming TP, Min CH, et al. RT-PCR increases detection of breast
cancer sentinel lymph node micrometastases. [Abstract 125]. 22nd Annual San Antonio
Breast Cancer Symposium, 1999.
37. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
38. Nemoto T, Vana J, Bedwani RN, et al. Management and survival of female breast
cancer: results of a national survey by the American College of Surgeons. Cancer
1980;45:2917–2924.
39. Paik S, Bryant J, Park C, et al. erbB-2 and response to doxorubicin in patients with
axillary lymph node-positive, hormone receptor-negative breast cancer. J Natl Cancer
Inst 1998;90:1361–1370.
371 / 1584
bi
40. Crump M, Goss PE, Prince M, Girouard C. Outcome of extensive evaluation before
adjuvant therapy in women with breast cancer and 10 or more positive axillary lymph
nodes. J Clin Oncol 1996;14:66–69.
41. Diab SG, Hilsenbeck SG, de Moor C, et al. Radiation therapy and survival in breast
cancer patients with 10 or more positive axillary lymph nodes treated with mastectomy.
J Clin Oncol 1998;16:1655–1660.
43. Veronesi U, Marubini E, Mariani L, et al. The dissection of internal mammary nodes
does not improve the survival of breast cancer patients: 30-year results of a
randomized trial. Eur J Cancer 1999;35:1320–1325.
44. Bucalossi P, Veronesi U, Zingo L, Cantu C. Enlarged mastectomy for breast cancer:
review of 1,213 cases. Am J Roentgenol Radium Ther Nucl Med 1971;111:119–122.
46. Li KYY, Shen Z-Z. An analysis of 1,242 cases of extended radical mastectomy.
Breast, Diseases of the Breast 1984;10:10–19.
47. Urban JA, Marjani MA. Significance of internal mammary lymph node metastases in
breast cancer. Am J Roentgenol Radium Ther Nucl Med 1971;111:130–136.
48. Veronesi U, Cascinelli N, Bufalino R, et al. Risk of internal mammary lymph node
metastases and its relevance on prognosis of breast cancer patients. Ann Surg
1983;198:681–684.
49. Halsted WS. The results of radical operations for the cure of cancer of the breast.
Ann Surg 1907;46:1–5.
50. Debois JM. The significance of a supraclavicular node metastasis in patients with
breast cancer: a literature review. Strahlenther Onkol 1997;173:1–12.
51. AJCC cancer staging manual, 5th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1997.
52. Brito RA, Valero W, Buzdar AU, et al. Long-term results of combined-modality
therapy for locally advanced breast cancer with ipsilaterai supraclavicular metastases:
The University of Texas M. D. Anderson Cancer Center experience. J Clin Oncol
2001;19:628–633.
53. American, Society of Clinical Oncology: Clinical practice guidelines for the use of
tumor markers in breast and colorectal cancer, J Clin Oncol 1996;14:2843–2877.
54. American Society of Clinical Oncology: 1997 update of recommendations for the use
of tumor markers in breast and colorectal cancer. J Clin Oncol 1998;16:793–795. 372 / 1584
bi
of tumor markers in breast and colorectal cancer. J Clin Oncol 1998;16:793–795.
Histologies—Breast
8010/2 Carcinoma in situ, NOS
See PDF
373 / 1584
bi
374 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 7 - Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Early-Stage Breast Cancer:
Detection, Diagnosis, and Prognostic Indicators
7
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Early-Stage
Breast Cancer: Detection, Diagnosis, and
Prognostic Indicators
Radiologists have taken pride in the fact that mammographic screening has led to the
detection of the earliest form of breast cancer—ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS).
Mammography is the only way that small, noninvasive breast cancers can be detected.
Before 1984 it was exceedingly rare for DCIS to be detected. When it was, it was almost
always an extensive lesion that was palpable. In 1984 there was a sudden increase in the
detection of DCIS as indicated in the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results database
of the National Cancer Institute. This marked the date when mammography screening
began to be used by a sufficient number of women to be reflected in national statistics.
What seemed like a victory to some was seen by others as a major problem. This was
articulated in a 1996 article in the Journal of the American Medical Association in which
Ernster et al (1), rather than praising the ability of mammography to detect preinvasive
lesions, faulted the screening test for its ability to detect these lesions. They cited the fact
that the increased rate of detection of DCIS that occurred with the introduction of
mammography screening had led to “overtreatment” of women. They raised the legitimate
concern that these lesions were not clearly cancer, since they had questionable lethal
potential. Nevertheless, as the authors pointed out, these early lesions, of uncertain
significance, were being treated by mastectomy at a time when women with potentially
lethal, invasive cancers were having their breasts preserved by lumpectomy and radiation.
Although this concern was legitimate, it was a case of “shooting the messenger.”
Radiologists were being faulted for finding these lesions when in fact it was the pathological
interpretation and inappropriate therapy that had not caught up with the ability of
technology to find these lesions. Nevertheless, important questions were raised concerning
DCIS and its significance.
375 / 1584
bi
Figure 7-1 Given enough time, DCIS will likely progress to invasive breast cancer. In
this patient, the fine linear calcifications seen on the mediolateral oblique (MLO) A and
enlarged MLO B and craniocaudal (CC) C and enlarged CC D projections were
evaluated and dismissed as vascular. Twenty-seven months later the patient returned.
In addition to more calcifications in the in situ component, there is now a mass, seen
on the MLO E and enlarged MLO F and CC G and enlarged CC H projections, that
proved to be invasive breast cancer.
376 / 1584
bi
There is no question that mammography is, essentially, the only way to detect most DCIS
lesions. Before the widespread use of mammographic screening, approximately 2% to 5%
of all cancers that were diagnosed each year were DCIS (2). At present between 20% and
30% of cancers detected in the United States are DCIS (3). Many believe that the
detection of breast cancer in its earliest form must be beneficial, but that is not so clear. If
DCIS is the precursor lesion for all invasive cancers, then the detection of these
P.220
lesions should interrupt the progression to invasion and the number of invasive cancers
should decrease as the number of DCIS lesions increases. It is perplexing that this has not
happened. Despite the detection of 20,000 or more cases of DCIS each year, the number
of invasive cancers does not appear to have decreased. Part of the problem may be that
because the rate of invasive cancers has been increasing steadily each year since 1940, it
might be difficult to detect a relative decrease; perhaps the rate of increase would have
been greater had we not been finding DCIS. Nevertheless, the fact remains that there is
little direct evidence that the detection of more DCIS has been beneficial. On the other
side of this confusing situation is the fact that when DCIS lesions are excised, if the breast
is not treated with irradiation, as many as 24% will recur within 5 years, and half of these
will recur as invasive cancers (4). The natural history and significance of these lesions
remain confusing and uncertain.
Cytologic differentiation
Well differentiated: Cells are uniform in size and shape (monomorphic) with evenly
distributed chromatin and absent or “inconspicuous” nucleoli and rare mitoses
evident.
Intermediate differentiation: Some pleomorphism. The chromatin may be slightly
clumped and there are nucleoli and occasional mitoses.
Poorly differentiated: Pleomorphic cells with pleomorphic nuclei, clumped
chromatin, prominent nucleoli, and frequent mitoses.
Necrosis: Necrosis is usually present in poorly differentiated DCIS, occasionally
present in intermediately differentiated DCIS, and usually absent in well-
differentiated DCIS.
Architectural features
The polarization of the cells (orienting their long access toward a lumen) is a
primary feature.
Highly polarized cells forming cribriform spaces or micropapillary protrusions into
the lumen of the duct are associated with well-differentiated DCIS.
Highly polarized cells (the cells are oriented with their apices directed toward the
lumen) may be present without an associated lumen and can form a solid pattern of
growth. This occurs occasionally with moderately differentiated DCIS. Less
polarization (the cells are haphazardly oriented) is associated with poorly
differentiated DCIS. This may form a solid pattern with or without necrosis, or
pseudo micropapillary or cribriform patterns.
Source: Adapted from Holland R, Peterse JL, Millis RR, et al. Ductal carcinoma in
situ: a proposal for a new classification. Semin Diagn Pathol 1994;11:167–180.
The long-term success of these grading systems remains to be seen, as well as how they
will be used in the management of DCIS. Some argue that it is only a matter of degree
and that ultimately, given sufficient time, many of these lesions, regardless of their levels
of differentiation, will recur if not treated completely, and many will develop invasive
capability.
The importance of long-term follow-up is apparent in a review by Page et al (19). They
followed 28 patients whose previous biopsies had been incorrectly diagnosed as benign. On
381 / 1584
bi
followed 28 patients whose previous biopsies had been incorrectly diagnosed as benign. On
histologic review, the biopsied lesions were retrospectively diagnosed as low-grade
cribriform DCIS. Among these 28 women, there were nine (36%) recurrences over a 25-
year period. Seven of the women (25% of the total and 78% of the recurrences) developed
invasive cancers within 10 years in the same quadrant of the same breast. The two other
recurrences developed in subsequent years. There were five breast cancer deaths (18%)
among this group. This clearly shows that even low-grade DCIS is not a totally innocuous
lesion. The potential importance of DCIS is further suggested by the fact that studies such
as this evaluate lesions that have been excised, and some were probably completely
excised. Thus, long-term follow-up
P.223
of excised DCIS probably underestimates the risk from DCIS that is left alone. If a patient
has a significant life expectancy, even low-grade DCIS can be an important lesion.
Microscopic Invasion
As noted earlier, pure DCIS cannot be lethal. The only way that breast cancer can kill is
through metastatic spread. Analysis of the significance of DCIS is further complicated
because the pathologist's differentiation of in situ from invasive lesions may be inaccurate
because he or she can review only a minute portion of the entire tumor. It would require
thousands of slides to evaluate every level through a tumor to identify where it might have
broken through the basement membrane and invaded into the stroma. This sampling error
accounts for the fact that invasion may be overlooked.
386 / 1584
bi
accounts for the fact that invasion may be overlooked.
Some lesions that appear confined to the ducts by light microscopy have been shown on
electron microscopy to have transgressed the basement membrane into the surrounding
stroma (31). This may explain why a few women with apparent intraductal carcinoma are
paradoxically found to have tumor in their axillary lymph nodes when the diagnosis is
made, and some actually die of metastatic breast cancer. The likelihood of “microscopic”
invasion increases with the size of the DCIS lesion. On careful sectioning, Lagios et al
found that if the DCIS lesion was larger than 2.5 cm, there was almost a 50% (11/24)
probability that there was microscopic invasion (32). There was no microscopic invasion for
any lesion smaller than 25 mm. For most mammographically detected DCIS lesions, which
are usually very small, invasion is very rare. The likelihood of nodal metastasis does
increase when microinvasion is present. Overall, only 2% of women with DCIS who have
P.228
axillary dissections will be found to have tumor in their lymph nodes. For this reason,
axillary node dissection is rarely indicated for DCIS, although some surgeons are now
performing sentinel node biopsies for women with large volumes of DCIS, especially if it is
poorly differentiated.
387 / 1584
bi
As discussed below, for many years LCIS was thought to represent a high-risk lesion and
not a direct precursor, as DICS would seem to be. This was because invasive cancers,
when they developed, seemed to appear at the same rate in both breasts (not just the
breast that contained the LCIS), and the invasive cancer could be either lobular or ductal.
More recent analyses suggest that LCIS is a precursor lesion. At least one study suggests
that the genetic changes in women with invasive lobular carcinoma alongside LCIS are
similar for both lesions, suggesting a similar origin and “clonality” (34).
Historically, fewer than 10% of cancers have cytologic features that suggest an origin in the
lobular epithelium. However, in our data at the Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH), the
percentage of cancers diagnosed as invasive lobular carcinoma almost doubled between
1993 and 2003. The reason for this increase is unclear. Some have suggested that hormone
replacement therapy (HRT) might stimulate estrogen receptor (ER)-positive cancers, and
invasive lobular carcinoma is usually ER positive, but there is no direct proof that the use of
HRT in the 1980s and 1990s accounts for the increase. The increase in invasive lobular
cancers at the MGH began fairly abruptly. I am unaware of any commensurate sudden
increase in use of HRT that preceded this. There has been a marked decrease in the use of
exogenous hormones that occurred with the publication of the Women's Health Initiative,
but the percentage of cancers that are invasive lobular carcinoma has not begun to
decrease.
390 / 1584
bi
Figure 7-2 The continuum theory suggests a stepwise progression from normal
epithelium through hyperplasia to atypical hyperplasia to DCIS to invasive breast
cancer. It is more likely that some cancers follow this progression, whereas others
advance to invasion from any of the intermediate steps. Some cancers may be
invasive with metastatic potential from the first transformed cell, whereas others
replicate at each step for various lengths of time. Some intermediate changes, such as
atypical hyperplasia, may represent field changes that occur in many cells
simultaneously.
Cancer cells that remain confined within the duct cannot cause death. Breast cancer
becomes lethal only when it develops the capability of breaking out of the duct and
invading into the surrounding tissue, gaining access to the blood and lymphatic systems,
through which it can spread to other organs, and grow and destroy their functions.
Uncertainty remains over the natural history of breast cancer and the actual steps in the
progression to lethality. As with other cancers, the development and growth of these
tumors is variable and likely to be influenced by individual tumor properties as well as host
and environmental factors.
It is becoming increasingly apparent that cancer initiation, promotion, and progression
form a multistep sequence of DNA alterations and promotional factors that eventually
results in a malignant cell whose clones proliferate without restraint. The early genetic
changes are at present undetectable by light microscopy. It is difficult to accurately relate
genetic (genotypic) changes at the histologic level because many changes are probably not
reflected in visible alterations in the cell's phenotype as morphologically evident changes.
Field Phenomena
Although it appears that many (if not most) breast cancers originate from a single cell that
acquires (over a variable length of time) all the necessary DNA changes to proliferate
without restraint, invade normal tissue, and spread to other organs, it also appears that
some cancers arise in tissues that are “primed.” This makes the ultimate change more
likely. Some changes affect numerous cells such that they are not themselves malignant
but are predisposed to malignant transformation. Their “genetic instability” increases the
risk that such a transformation will occur. In a significant number of women, a large
number of cells, influenced by as yet undetermined factors, may be transformed
simultaneously, each with a higher potential for subsequent transformations. When multiple
cells are at risk, it is described as a field phenomenon.
It is now clear that these multicell changes may be related to inherited abnormal gene
sequences passed from the germ cell to all the cells in the body, increasing the likelihood of
subsequent cancer. It is also likely that they may be due to some environmental agent that
affected many cells in a similar fashion. I suspect, however, that changes that affect
multiple cells over a large area (field) are more than likely due to a single cell sustaining
DNA damage or alteration prior to breast development that is subsequently spread over a
segment of the breast as those changes are copied and so form the developed breast. The
mechanism for these changes remains to be elucidated, but it is increasingly clear that
there are likely breast stem cells (although none has as yet been directly identified). If this
is the case, then damage to such a cell before the breast has developed could mean that
every cell in the ductal distribution formed from that stem cell when the ducts are formed
would contain abnormal DNA. This is one possible explanation as to how a large field of
similarly abnormal cells could arise. Alternatively, and less likely, a carcinogen could have
acted on a large number of cells in a volume of the breast at the same time.
LCIS appears to be a field phenomenon in which multiple cells have resulted with a
common genetic transformation. The higher risk for women with these lesions is probably
due to the greater number of cells that have a genotype much closer to a true cancer
phenotype.
Atypical hyperplasia may be a small focus of abnormal cells or extend over large areas.
The fact that it also carries a high risk for the development of invasive cancer suggests that
it too represents a field defect. Atypical hyperplastic tissues consist of many cells that have
sustained changes (presumably in DNA or perhaps in response to growth regulation 392 / 1584
bi
sustained changes (presumably in DNA or perhaps in response to growth regulation
factors) that are reflected phenotypically and place the tissues closer to acquiring the
chromosomal alterations needed to become cancerous. The sheer number of these cells
and statistical probabilities increase the likelihood of a transition of one (or more) cell to
frank malignancy.
393 / 1584
bi
Figure 7-3 It is likely that the DNA in each lobe (segment) of the breast differs from
that in the other lobes because they do not communicate. If there are stem cells
present at birth A, then it is likely that if one or more develop DNA alterations before
the ducts develop, these will be spread to all of the cells in that network B but not to
the cells in the other duct networks.
P.232
The sequence of events described above and those that follow, however, are still disputed.
Those who believe in a growth continuum suggest that intraductal carcinoma proliferates
for a variable length of time confined within the duct. Ultimately one or more cells develop
the ability to penetrate the basement membrane, and their clones invade the surrounding
stroma, gaining access to the vascular and lymphatic networks and permitting metastatic
spread (Fig. 7-4).
Dual theorists argue that a significant number of nonlethal cancers develop in the breast
that will never affect the life of the woman. Invasive, potentially lethal cancer is
interpreted as a separate distinct lesion that also develops in the epithelium but rapidly
invades and metastasizes (i.e., becomes systemic and thus incurable) before it can be
detected. This latter model is based on the observation that in random breast biopsies,
unsuspected cancers (particularly in situ lesions) are found that never affected the life of
the patient.
394 / 1584
bi
395 / 1584
bi
Figure 7-4 Whether as a multistage process or as the direct development of an
invasive lesion, a number of genetic changes most likely take place for a cell and its
clones to be able to proliferate, invade, and metastasize.
Figure 7-5 Cells that are proliferating out of control but lack the ability to invade may
continue to grow within the duct, while a clone that has developed invasive capability
can be growing simultaneously in the same lesion.
Whole-breast studies by Holland et al (46) suggest that most cancer foci are directly
connected and represent contiguous spread. They found that multifocal cancers are actually
part of the same lesion. Because of sampling error, the connection between the
components of the lesion is not always appreciated on routine pathologic analysis. Ohtake
et al (47) used high-definition three-dimensional analysis of cancers to show that multifocal
lesions are connected by ducts involved in contiguity with DCIS. True multicentricity with
completely separate foci of cancer in different duct networks is extremely rare.
Metastatic Spread
Early breast cancer can be defined as cancer that has not yet spread from the breast to
other parts of the body. The
P.234
phenomenon of metastatic spread has been modeled and appears to be consistent with a
probability associated with numbers (48). The greater the number of cells in a cancer, the
greater the chance that one will spread to other organs. Cancer cells can be found floating
in the blood of patients with breast cancer (49). Because there are cells in the blood,
however, does not mean that the cancer has become metastatic. The ability to metastasize
likely requires additional genetic alteration, activation, or deactivation.
Investigators have shown that to grow, a tumor must be able to stimulate the growth of a
new blood supply (50). Metastatic potential increases with tumor size, which is related to
tumor neovascularity. Several studies have suggested that the number of vessels at the
periphery of a tumor is predictive of the likelihood of metastatic spread (51). In some
series, long-term survival seems to be related to neovascularity. It is likely that the more
new vessels that are formed, the worse the prognosis.
396 / 1584
bi
new vessels that are formed, the worse the prognosis.
The ability of a tumor to metastasize requires other genetic capabilities. Simply releasing
cancer cells into the blood does not result in metastatic spread. Tumors must also be able
to produce proteolytic enzymes that are necessary to disrupt the collagen that might
prevent their spread (although some studies suggest that the cancer cell can induce normal
tissues to produce these enzymes). Traveling through the blood, cancer cells also must be
able to produce adhesion proteins that permit them to stick to vessel walls and exit from
the vascular system to invade an organ (52). Some experimental data suggest that some
cancer cells may be able to grow just by becoming mechanically stuck in small capillary
beds. The metastasis of many cancers to specific sites, however, suggests that local
environmental factors are also necessary for metastatic spread.
Breast cancer, unfortunately, is frequently successful in establishing itself in many different
sites in the body. The success of screening, however, proves that it is possible to interrupt
these sequential changes and eliminate breast cancer before the establishment of
metastatic lesions.
397 / 1584
bi
It is a statistical probability that some cells will acquire the appropriate mutations or
chromosomal damage that permit unrestricted growth, tissue invasion, and metastatic
potential very quickly, but other lesions will pass slowly through the various stages with
clones of cells that can only grow locally, whereas others, through chromosomal change
over time, develop more lethal capability. There are probably in situ cancers that never
acquire the changes necessary to permit the production of enzymes needed for invasion,
but on a statistical basis, the longer an in situ lesion is present, the more likely it is for one
of its cells to develop the ability to break out of the duct. If this cell survives, its clonal
progeny become the invasive cancer that is recognized as potentially lethal.
398 / 1584
bi
Figure 7-6 As a consequence of the surgical excision and the way biopsy material is
processed and reviewed, the pathologist may be unaware that tumor extends to the
margin of the excised tissue and that there is residual tumor in the breast. The surgeon
may excise a tumor without realizing that ducts containing tumor have been cut
through and there is residual tumor in the breast A. The excised sample is cut into 2-
mm slices B that are embedded in separate paraffin blocks C. The pathologist reviews
one or two 4-µm slices taken from the top of each block D. If the tumor that extends
to the margin is deeper in the block, it will not be seen by the pathologist, and it will
incorrectly appear that the tumor has been completely excised with a border of normal
surrounding tissue.
399 / 1584
bi
As more women with DCIS are studied and the spectrum of lesions encompassed by this
terminology is better defined, therapeutic approaches will likely be modified to recognize
the variety of lesions that in the past have all been treated as if they had the same
prognosis. Until we have better methods to characterize these lesions, we must rely on the
results of large trials to assist in making treatment
P.236
recommendations. The studies have shown that conservation therapy (excision and
radiation) is as successful in treating DCIS as it is in invasive breast cancer; mastectomy is
usually not necessary. What remains to be seen is the long-term survival significance. The
data suggest that recurrence in the conserved breast is not as significant an event as
recurrence on the chest wall following a mastectomy. It also appears that conservation
therapy for DCIS is the correct approach. The importance of DCIS remains to be
determined.
Year of Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
Diagnosis 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Age under 50
1985 97.6 91.9 85.8 81.3 77.9 73.5 71.8 69.9 68.6 67.9
1990 97.6 93.0 88.4 84.9 82.3 80.0 78.5 76.5 75.4 73.3
1985 95.3 91.1 86.5 82.6 79.1 76.6 74.4 72.5 70.5 68.7
1990 96.8 93.5 90.3 87.7 85.7 83.7 81.7 80.7 79.3 78.2
Source: Data from the National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology and End-
Results Program. Relative Survival Rates for Successive Numbers of Years after
Diagnosis. SEER Program.
Tumor Size
Numerous studies have shown a direct relation between the diameter of an infiltrating
cancer (usually measured by the pathologist) and survival (23,62,63). In the Breast Cancer
Detection Demonstration Project (BCDDP), the percentage of women with positive axillary
nodes increased with the size of the tumor. None of the women had positive nodes when
the cancer was in situ, and if the invasive cancer was less than 0.3 mm, only 4% had
positive lymph nodes. This increased to 10% for tumors 0.3 to 1 cm, 22% for tumors 1 to 2
cm, 32% for tumors 2 to 3 cm, 44% for tumors 4 to 5 cm, and 50% for tumors 5 cm or
more (61).
Although most staging schemes use 2 cm as the cutoff between large and small cancers
(stage 1), prognosis improves continuously as tumor size decreases. Rosen et al (64) found
a significant survival difference for node-negative invasive cancers smaller than 1 cm
relative to those 1 to 2 cm (all stage 1). If the tumor was smaller than 1 cm and the nodes
were negative, 20% of the women had recurrence by 20 years and died. If the tumor (still
node-negative) was 1 to 2 cm, deaths rose to 30%.
The Swedish Two-County Trial showed that if invasive cancers are smaller than 1 cm, the
patients all do so well that histologic grade (which is normally an independent prognostic
factor) has no influence on survival (65). Tabar et al have also shown that survival data
parallel mortality results in that both are improved when tumors are found at a smaller
size and an earlier stage (66). The biology of larger tumors appears to differ from smaller
tumors.
Michaelson et al have developed a mathematical relationship between tumor size and
survival (67). Their formula
P.238
shows that the chance of dying increases by approximately 1% for every additional
millimeter of tumor diameter. They have also integrated the presence of nodal metastases
into the formula. They predict that every additional positive node increases the chances of
dying by 6%. Clearly this is a mathematical model and not a perfect predictor, but it shows
that prognosis is directly linked to the size and stage of the cancer.
403 / 1584
bi
Henson et al found that the histologic grade of the tumor was prognostically important in
an analysis of 22,616 cases of breast cancer in the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End-
Results program that monitors 9.6% of the U.S. population (Table 7-3) (69). Women whose
tumors were classified stage I, grade 1 had a 99% 5-year survival and a 95% 10-year
survival rate. Even if their lymph nodes contained tumor, if their tumors were smaller than
2 cm and the histologic grade was 1, their 5-year survival was 99%. Women who had
tumors classified as stage II, grade 1 had the same prognosis as women whose tumors
were stage I, grade 3. Both were better than those whose tumors were classified as stage
I, grade 4. Histologic grade increased (worsened) with tumor size. Tabar also found that
the grade of the tumor appears to change as it increases in size. This may reflect
progressive genetic changes as tumors age, with the selection of more aggressive clones.
I 96
II 82
III 53
IV 18
Source: Adapted from Henson DE, Ries L, Freedman LS, et al. Relationship among
outcome, stage of disease, and histologic grade for 22,616 cases of breast cancer.
The basis for a prognostic index. Cancer 1991;68:2142–2149.
In an analysis of 918 patients with T1 breast cancers (2 cm or less), Barth et al (70) found
that overall 23% had positive axillary lymph nodes. They found that the likelihood of
positivity increased with tumor size, and the strongest predictors of axillary nodal
involvement were the presence of intramammary lymphatic or vascular invasion,
palpability of the tumor, and high nuclear grade. They found that if a tumor was not
palpable, T1a or T1b without lymphatic or vascular invasion, and was not high grade, the
incidence of positive nodes was only 3%. If, however, the lesion was palpable, had
lymphatic or vascular invasion, was high grade, and was 1 to 2 cm, lymph node positivity
increased to 49%. Michaelson et al have shown a direct relationship between tumor size
and survival (56).
DNA Content
Flow cytometry to measure the DNA content of cancer cells has been correlated in some
studies with prognosis. This method involves digestion of the tumor to prepare a
suspension of its cells. After special staining, the cells flow past a laser cell counter that
permits quantification of the cell population as well as providing a semiquantitative
estimate of the DNA content of the cells. The basic measures of flow cytometry are the
ploidy of the cells (the chromosomal complement) and the percentage of cells in S phase
(DNA synthesis). In general, cells that have an abnormal complement of DNA (aneuploid)
have a poorer prognosis than those with the usual diploid complement. A cancer that has a
large population of dividing cells, as indicated by the percentage of cells in S phase, also
seems to indicate a worse prognosis (74).
Despite optimism for flow cytometry, the difficulties in standardization and the vagaries of
flow analysis have not produced consistent results. Ploidy analysis is not commonly used,
but the percentage of cells in S phase is used by some to estimate the growth rate of the
tumor. The incorporation of radioactive thymidine into the tumor cells has been used as a
measure of DNA synthetic activity. Immunohistochemical stains can be used instead.
Bromodeoxyuridine is incubated with the tumor cells and then the tissue is stained,
permitting the detection of cells that are actively replicating. Numbers may vary from 405 / 1584
bi
permitting the detection of cells that are actively replicating. Numbers may vary from
laboratory to laboratory. Although no longer used at the MGH, the range of cells in S phase
has varied from 0% to 40%, with a mean of 6% and a median of 5% for invasive ductal
cancers. Benign lesions rarely measure more than 3%. In general, the higher the
percentage of cells in S phase, the greater the probability of recurrence.
Tumor Angiogenesis
It is fairly apparent that cancers cannot grow beyond a volume of approximately a few
millimeters without the ingrowth of blood vessels to provide nutrients. These vessels also
likely provide the tumor with metastatic egress from the breast. It is not surprising that
the amount of neovascularity might correlate with the biologic capability of the tumor.
Weidner et al have correlated the density of the tumor vascularity surrounding the cancer
with the presence of metastatic disease (51) and survival (77). The tissues were stained
immunohistochemically to detect factor VIII-related antigen (a blood vessel cell membrane
factor). By evaluating the area of most “active” neovascularity, the investigators found that
for every 10 vessels around the tumor counted in a 200× field, the risk of metastatic
disease rose by 60%. In their test population, if there were more than 100 vessels in this
field, all cancers recurred within 33 months, whereas less than 5% recurred if there were
33 or fewer microvessels in the field.
Summary
The natural history of breast cancer continues to remain largely speculative. The various
stages of tumor initiation, promotion, and progression likely take place over a variable
period of time. This may be very short, or occur over decades. The requirements of altered
gene expression through loss, mutation, inactivation, or overexpression are probably
usually chance happenings, although environmental carcinogens may play a role in some407 / 1584
bi
usually chance happenings, although environmental carcinogens may play a role in some
cases. Inherited genetic abnormalities may reduce the number of necessary subsequent
events in others. For a cancer to be “successful,” changes likely must occur in proper
sequence, with chance and statistical probability probably playing an important role. Some
tumors may never develop the ability to grow beyond the duct, whereas others develop
invasive and metastatic capability early in their growth (with the majority somewhere in
between). It is likely that the natural history of tumors that develop changes over a
moderately long period can be altered by screening and earlier detection. The effectiveness
of the screening, the frequency of screening, and its ability to detect “early” breast cancer
will determine how large a percentage of cancers can be affected.
References
1. Ernster VL, Barclay J, Kerliikowske K, et al. Incidence of and treatment for ductal
carcinoma in situ of the breast. JAMA 1996;275:913–918.
5. Welch HG, Black WC. Using autopsy series to estimate the disease “reservoir” for
ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast: how much more breast cancer can we find? Ann
Intern Med 1997;127:1023–1028.
7. Nielsen M, Thomsen JL, Primdahl S, et al. Breast cancer and atypia among young
and middle-aged women: a study of 110 medicolegal autopsies. Br J Cancer
1987;56:814–819.
8. Pollei SR, Mettler FA, Bartow SA, et al. Occult breast cancer: prevalence and
radiographic detectability. Radiology 1987;163:459–446.
9. Alpers CE, Wellings SR. The prevalence of carcinoma in situ in normal and cancer-
associated breasts. Hum Pathol 1985;16:796–807.
10. Welch HG, Black WC. Using autopsy series to estimate the disease “reservoir” for
ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast: how much more breast cancer can we find? Ann
Intern Med 1997;127:1023–1028.
408 / 1584
bi
Intern Med 1997;127:1023–1028.
11. Kopans DB, Rafferty E, Georgian-Smith D, et al. A simple model of breast cancer
growth may provide explanations for observations of apparently complex phenomena.
Cancer 2003;97:2951–2959.
13. Duffy SW, Vitak B, Day NE, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
P.241
14. Holland R, Peterse JL, Millis RR, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ: a proposal for a
new classification. Semin Diagn Pathol 1994;11:167–180.
15. Lagios MD, Margolin FR, Westdahl PR, et al. Mammographically detected duct
carcinoma in situ: frequency of local recurrence following tylectomy and prognostic
effect of nuclear grade on local recurrence. Cancer 1989;63:618–624.
16. Lagios MD. Duct carcinoma in situ: pathology and treatment. Surg Clin North Am
1990;70:853–871.
17. Silverstein MJ, Poller DN, Waisman JR, et al. Prognostic classification of breast
ductal carcinoma-in-situ. Lancet 1995;345:1154–1157.
18. Adair F, Berg J, Joubert L, et al. Long-term followup of breast cancer patients: the
30-year report. Cancer 1974;33:1145–1150.
19. Page DL, Dupont WD, Rogers LW, et al. Continued local recurrence of carcinoma 15
–25 years after a diagnosis of low-grade ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast treated
only by biopsy. Cancer 1995;76:1197–1200.
20. van de Vijver MJ, He YD, van't Veer LJ, et al. A gene-expression signature as a
predictor of survival in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2002 19;347:1999–2009.
21. Gallagher HS, Martin JE. Early phases in the development of breast cancer. CA
Cancer J Clin 1969;24:1170.
22. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
23. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
409 / 1584
bi
24. Page DL, Dupont WD, Rogers LW, et al. Intraductal carcinoma of the breast
—follow-up after biopsy only. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;49:751.
27. Fisher ER, Dignam J, Tan-Chiu E, et al. Pathologic findings from the National
Surgical Adjuvant Breast Project (NSABP) eight-year update of Protocol B-17:
intraductal carcinoma. Cancer 1999;86:429–438.
28. Silverstein M, Lagios MD. Use of predictors of recurrence to plan therapy for DCIS
of the breast. Oncology 1997;11:393–410.
29. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
30. Yen MF, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. Quantifying the potential problem of overdiagnosis
of ductal carcinoma in situ in breast cancer screening. Eur J Cancer 2003;39:1746
–1754.
32. Lagios MD, Westdahl PR, Margolin FR, et al. Duct carcinoma in situ. Relationship of
extent of noninvasive disease to the frequency of occult invasion, multicentricity, lymph
node metastases, and short-term treatment failures. Cancer 1982;50:1309–1314.
33. Tabar L, Chen HH, Duffy SW, et al. A novel method for prediction of long-term
outcome of women with T1a, T1b, and 10–14-mm invasive breast cancers: a
prospective study. Lancet 2000;355:429–433.
34. Shelley Hwang E, Nyante SJ, Yi Chen Y, et al. Clonality of lobular carcinoma in situ
and synchronous invasive lobular carcinoma. Cancer 2004;100:2562–2572.
35. Page DL. Atypical lobular hyperplasia (ALH) and focal lobular carcinoma in situ
(LCIS). Available at: http://www.BreastConsults.com
36. Page DL, Schuyler PA, Dupont WD, et al. Atypical lobular hyperplasia as a
unilateral predictor of breast cancer risk: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet
2003;361:125–129. 410 / 1584
bi
2003;361:125–129.
38. Rosen PP, Lieberman PH, Braun DV, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast.
Am J Surg Pathol 1978;2:225.
39. Brenner RJ, Jackman RJ, Parker SH, et al. Percutaneous core needle biopsy of
radial scars of the breast: when is excision necessary? AJR Am J Roentgenol
2002;179:1179–1184.
40. Elsheikh TM, Silverman JF. Follow-up surgical excision is indicated when breast core
needle biopsies show atypical lobular hy-perplasia or lobular carcinoma in situ: a
correlative study of 33 patients with review of the literature. Am J Surg Pathol
2005;29:534–543.
41. Fisher ER, Land SR, Fisher B, et al. Pathologic findings from the National Surgical
Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project: twelve-year observations concerning lobular
carcinoma in situ. Cancer 2004;100:238–244.
43. Ohuchi N, Furuta A, Mori S. Management of ductal carcinoma in situ with nipple
discharge. Intraductal spreading of carcinoma is an unfavorable pathologic factor for
breast-conserving surgery. Cancer 1994;74:1294–1302.
44. Visscher DW, Wallis TL, Crissman JD. Evaluation of chromosome aneuploidy in
tissue sections of preinvasive breast carcinomas using interphase cytogenetics. Cancer
1996;77:315–320.
45. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Chen H, et al. Screening for breast cancer in women aged
under 50: mode of detection, incidence, fatality, and histology. J Med Screen 1993;2:94
–98.
46. Holland R, Hendriks JHCL, Verbeck ALM, et al. Extent, distribution, and
mammographic/histological correlations of breast ductal carcinoma in situ. Lancet
1990;335:519–522.
47. Ohtake T, Abe R, Izoh K, et al. Intraductal extension of primary invasive breast
carcinoma treated by breast conservative surgery. Cancer 1995;76:32–45.
48. Michaelson JS, Halpern E, Kopans DB. Breast cancer: computer simulation method
for estimating optimal intervals for screening. Radiology 1999;21:551–560.
411 / 1584
bi
49. Brugger W, Bross KJ, Glatt M, et al. Mobilization of tumor cells and hematopoietic
cells into peripheral blood of patients with solid tumors. Blood 1994;83:636–640.
51. Weidner N, Semple JP, Welch WR, et al. Tumor angiogenesis and metastasis
correlation in invasive breast carcinoma. N Engl J Med 1991;324:18.
53. Evans A, Pinder S, Wilson R, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast:
correlation between mammographic and pathologic findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;162:1307–1311.
54. Collins VP, Loeffler RK, Tivey H. Observations on growth rates of human tumors.
Cancer 1956;9:988.
55. Lundgren B. Observations on growth rate of breast carcinomas and its possible
implications for lead time. Cancer 1977;40:1722.
56. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
57. Van Dierendonck JH, Keijzer R, Cornelisse CJ, et al. Surgically induced cytokinetic
responses in experimental rat mammary tumor models. Cancer 1991;68:759–767.
58. Adami H, Malker B, Holmberg L, et al. The relation between survival and age at
diagnosis in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1986;315:559–563.
60. Tabar L. New Swedish breast cancer detection results for women aged 40–49.
Cancer 1993;72:1437–1448.
61. Smart CR, Hartmann WH, Beahrs OH, et al. Insights into breast cancer screening
of younger women. Cancer 1993;72:1449–1456.
62. McGuire WL. Prognostic factors in primary breast cancer. Cancer Surv 1986;5:527
–536.
63. Tabar L, Duffy SW, Krusemo UB. Detection method, tumor size and node
rnetastases in breast cancers diagnosed during a trial of breast cancer screening. Eur J
Cancer Clin Oncol 1987;23:959–962. 412 / 1584
bi
Cancer Clin Oncol 1987;23:959–962.
P.242
64. Rosen PP, Grosheti S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
65. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day N, et al. Breast cancer treatment and natural history:
new insights from results of screening. Lancet 1992;339:412–414.
66. Tabar L, Gad A, Holmberg I, et al. Significant reduction in advanced breast cancer.
Results of the first seven years of mammography screening in Kopparberg, Sweden.
Diagn Imag Clin Med 1985;54:158–164.
67. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Sgroi D, et al. The effect of tumor size and lymph
node status on breast carcinoma lethality. Cancer 2003;21:33–43.
68. Ridolfi RL, Rosen PP, Port A, et al. Medullary carcinoma of the breast—a
clinicopathological study with 10-year follow-up. Cancer 1977;40:1365–1385.
69. Henson DE, Ries L, Freedman LS, et al. Relationship among outcome, stage of
disease, and histologic grade for 22,616 cases of breast cancer. The basis for a
prognostic index. Cancer 1991;68:2142–2149.
70. Barth A, Craig PH, Silverstein MJ. Predictors of axillary lymph node metastases in
patients with T1 breast carcinoma. Cancer 1997;79:1918–1922.
71. Fisher B, Wolmark N, Bauer M, et al. The accuracy of clinical nodal staging and
limited axillary dissection as a determinant of histologic nodal status in carcinoma of the
breast. Surg Gyneco Obstet 1981;152:765–772.
72. Veronesi U, Galimberti V, Mariani L, et al. Sentinel node biopsy in breast cancer:
early results in 953 patients with negative sentine node biopsy and no axillary
dissection. Eur J Cancer 2005;41:231–237.
75. McGuire WL, Clark GM, Dressler LG, et al. Role of steroid hormone receptors as
prognostic factors in primary breast cancer. Natl Cancer Inst Monogr 1986;1:19–23.
413 / 1584
bi
76. Tandon AK, Clark GM, Chamness GC, et al. Cathepsin D and prognosis in breast
cancer. N Engl J Med 1990;322:297–302.
77. Weidner N, Folkman J, Pozia F, et al. Tumor angiogenesis: a new significant and
independent prognostic indicator in early-stage breast carcinoma J Natl Cancer Inst
1992;84:1875–1887.
79. Tabar L, Vitak B, Tony HH, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
414 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
8
Mammography: Equipment and Basic
Physics
In the late 1980s the American College of Radiology (ACR) developed the Mammography
Accreditation Program (MAP). Initially a voluntary program, the MAP was an effort to
standardize and improve the quality of mammography and mammographic equipment. In
1992 the U.S. Congress enacted the Mammography Quality Standards Act (MQSA) and
appointed the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to develop guidelines and oversee the
basic quality of mammography equipment and mammography facilities in the United
States. In turn the FDA certified several organizations to perform the mandated
inspections of equipment and facilities. The first to be certified and the largest accrediting
body is the MAP of the ACR. Several states also have been certified to accredit
mammography facilities.
The ACR periodically reviews the requirements for mammography equipment and
generates detailed specifications as part of the MAP (1). These have evolved over time,
and the reader is referred to the ACR and FDA for up-to-date guidance and specific
information. Because specifications will change as technologic advances are made, this
chapter discusses general principles of x-ray imaging, many of which cannot change. An
additional valuable reference is the syllabus for the 1993 and 1994 Categorical Course in
Physics for the Radiological Society of North America, Technical Aspects of Breast Imaging
(2). More recently Hendrick and Berns provided a detailed analysis of image optimization
for screen film mammography for those seeking greater detail (3). The latest information
on ACR requirements can be found at
http://www.acr.org/departments/stand_accred/accreditation/mammo/mammo.html.
The latest mammography equipment specifications can be found at
http://www.acr.org/departments/stand_accred/accreditation/qcm/doc/mqsa_eqpt_rqmts.doc
.
Although digital mammography systems have become commercially available, they have
not yet replaced conventional film/screen systems because of their increased cost, the
need for a digital archiving system, and the fact that, other than logistical improvement,
digital mammography has not been shown to be better at detecting breast cancer than
conventional mammograms (see “Digital Mammography”). Digital mammography systems
have been shown to be equivalent in lesion detection and analysis to film/screen systems,
but it is still not clear that they are superior. Once digital breast tomosynthesis becomes
commercially available, there will be a rapid shift to this new digital technology (see
“Digital Breast Tomosynthesis”) because these three-dimensional digital mammography
devices will lead to an increase in breast cancer detection (sensitivity) while reducing the
415 / 1584
bi
devices will lead to an increase in breast cancer detection (sensitivity) while reducing the
false-positive callback rate (specificity). Nevertheless, the generation of x-rays, the physics
of x-ray interaction with breast tissues, and the conversion of the x-rays exiting the breast
into a mammographic image will still follow the basic physical principles described below.
P.244
Every component of the imaging sequence influences the resulting image and can affect the
ability to detect early breast cancer. Ultimately, the image is formed by the detector, and it
is the requirements of the detector that dictate the imaging parameters. Film/screen
416 / 1584
bi
is the requirements of the detector that dictate the imaging parameters. Film/screen
combinations, for example, require sufficient exposure to be certain that when the image is
processed, the resulting picture will be optimized for viewing on a view box. This has
inherent disadvantages because the characteristics of the film as a viewing medium dictate
the various components of the imaging sequence and the exposure values. The
development of digital mammography permits greater optimization of the exposure
parameters because image generation and viewing is independent of exposure.
Film has a complex, sigmoid-shaped response to x-ray exposure and the light the photons
stimulate in the intensifying screens. Because low levels of exposure produce little change
on the film, there is little contrast between tissues of high x-ray attenuation (the white
areas of the film) because of the characteristics of the film at the “toe” of the curve. To
enhance the attenuation differences between normal and malignant lesions and to provide
contrast in the high-attenuation areas of the breast (the fibroglandular tissues), greater
exposure is needed to move to the portion of the Hunter and Driffield (H&D) curve (Fig. 8-
2) to where small changes in the amount of radiation reaching the detector lead to large
changes in film blackening (higher contrast). This can be seen by comparing optical density
on the film to contrast on a gamma plot. Optimal imaging is at the peak of the gamma
plot. Contrast is improved when the peak is high and over a large range of optical density.
This corresponds to the exposures that record the x-ray attenuation on the steeply sloped
linear portion of the H&D curve where small differences in tissue contrast are amplified. At
high exposures, the film density changes begin to level out (the “heel” of the curve) and
contrast is no longer enhanced. The toe and heel of the film's response to light are among
where contrast is the poorest, and part of the limitations of film.
Direct digital acquisition of an x-ray image is not restricted in this fashion because the
image display is not affected by the factors involved in image acquisition. Digital detectors
have essentially a straight-line response to x-ray photons, regardless of the level of
exposure. This permits the maximum contrast separation and greater room to explore
potentially even better ways to image the breast with x-rays.
417 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-2 These Hunter and Driffield (H&D) curves relate the amount of
exposure to the density (blackening) of the film for a system (S) with a longer gray
scale and less contrast than (F), which represents a faster film (less exposure is needed
for the amount of blackening) with greater contrast (the curve rises more quickly with
increasing amounts of exposure).
P.245
Contrast
The inherent “subject contrast” is the difference in x-ray attenuation of the various breast
tissues through which the x-rays pass relative to the adjacent tissues, and this is
determined by their thickness, density, and atomic composition. The contrast that can be
demonstrated by an image is related to the transmission of x-rays through the tissues
(penetration). This is influenced by the beam quality (the energy and number of photons),
which is a function of the anode/target material, the kilovoltage of the beam, and the
material used to filter the x-ray beam. The ultimate contrast is also influenced by the
amount of scatter reaching the film, which is influenced by the collimation of the beam,
thinning of the breast by compression, any air gap between the breast and the detector,
and by scatter-reducing grids or slit collimation. The inherent tissue contrast is amplified by
the contrast generated on the film or digital detector system. The film image is influenced
by the type of film used, its processing (i.e., chemistry, temperature, time, and agitations)
and factors that compromise the photographic image, including fog from improper storage,
inappropriate safelights, and light leaks.
418 / 1584
bi
Blur
Haus breaks blur into several components, beginning with direct blurring due to actual
breast movement during the exposure. Blurring due to motion can be reduced by
compression to immobilize the breast and also by shortening the exposure time. Geometric
blur (formally called geometric unsharpness) is the blurring of detail due to various
components of the imaging chain, many of which interact with one another. Altering one
component may negatively influence the other. One source of blur is related to the size of
the focal spot. The blur due to a large focal spot can be balanced by using a longer distance
from the tube to the breast and the detector (the source-to-image distance). The amount
of blur is also related to the distance of the object to the detector. There is also blur related
to the thickness of the phosphor of the screen that converts the x-ray photons to light. Blur
is also influenced by the particle size of the phosphor, and the contact between the film and
the screen. The amount of blur influences the ability to see fine detail. One goal for
improving x-ray imaging of the breast is to minimize blur.
Noise
Noise is another source of image degradation. Noise can come from various sources. It is
essentially a random signal that can hide the signal that provides the useful information.
Noise in an x-ray image begins with the x-rays themselves. Nonuniformity, or mottle, in
the image is a function of the quality of the x-ray beam (kVp and mAs), which influences
that quantity of x-ray photons reaching the detector (quantum mottle). An x-ray image can
be thought of as being painted by a series of dots. Each dot is produced by an x-ray
photon. Too few photons make the image “noisy,” with inhomogeneities and reduced
definition of structures (Fig. 8-3). The more dots that make up the picture, and the closer
together they are, the clearer the picture. When there are more x-ray photons reaching
the detector, the image is much clearer than when fewer photons reach the detector. The
grain of the film is another source of noise. These are finite in size, and if the film image is
enlarged, the inhomogeneity of the film grain becomes apparent. When the size of
calcifications, for example, is very small, the spot on the film caused by the calcification
cannot be differentiated from the grain of the film emulsion.
Mottle is also influenced by the speed and contrast of the film, the absorption
characteristics of the screen, and its efficiency in converting x-ray photons to light photons.
Although film responds to x-rays directly, this is very inefficient, and the image is made by
converting x-rays to visible light, which is much more efficient at exposing film. The
conversion of x-rays to light photons by a fluorescing screen adds additional noise to the
image and adds blur because the light is diffused by the screen, reducing the sharpness of
the ultimate image. Finally, the normal breast tissue structures that superimpose on one
another and can hide cancers produce what is termed “structure” noise. All of
P.246
these factors conspire to reduce the sharpness and contrast and make it more difficult to
interpret mammograms.
419 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-3 Quantum mottle is a function of the number of photons that reach the
detector. If few photons reach the detector, the shadow of the object will be indistinct
A. Increasing the number of photons improves the clarity of the object being imaged
B. The greater the concentration of photons, the clearer the image C.
Artifacts
There are numerous sources of artifacts that also compromise the image. These may be on
the patient, such as antiperspirant, ointments, and powders. The film may be crimped or
scratched during handling. Fingerprints may cause negative as well as positive artifacts.
Static electricity can also cause artifacts. The film processor can produce streaks, spots,
and scratches, among other artifacts.
Film/Screen Detectors
The primary problem in using film as the detector as well as the display medium is that
virtually all imaging parameters are interrelated, and a modification of any one component
may dramatically influence other parameters affecting the resultant image. Each
improvement in one component usually forces a compromise in another to compensate.
Although an improvement, even digital detectors result in compromises.
Most film/screen mammographic systems represent a balance among the various elements
of the imaging sequence. This process begins with the generator, the generation of
electrons, the composition and shape of the focal spot, and the type of beam filtration.
Together these generate an x-ray spectrum that should be optimized for the tissues being
imaged and the requirements of the recording system. The generator is one of the major
determinants of the speed with which the exposure can be made and the quality (energy)
of the x-ray beam. The type of material chosen for the focal spot influences the focal spot
size and x-ray output. Because the inherent contrast between breast tissues and lesion in
the breast is fairly low, efforts have gone into trying to amplify those subtle contrast
differences. The beam quality determines x-ray and tissue interactions that produce
contrast separation. Tissue differences are enhanced using “softer” x-rays. This is very
important for film/screen imaging. Because of computer manipulation, digital imaging does
not require soft x-rays because the contrast can be recaptured by computer processing.
The quality of the beam also influences the amount of image-degrading scatter from x-ray
interactions at the atomic level in the tissues. When the direction of some of the primary
beam photons is altered (scattered), contrast is compromised. This results in the need for a
scatter-reduction grid or slot-type collimator, as used in the Fisher digital mammography
420 / 1584
bi
scatter-reduction grid or slot-type collimator, as used in the Fisher digital mammography
system. With the exception of the Fisher system, which protects the breast from unused
primary x-rays, the addition of a scatter-reduction grid necessitates increased dose. The
grid blocks the scatter photons but also blocks the primary beam, and essentially a second
exposure must be made to image the area under the grid after it is moved to its other
position (assuming half the image is covered when the grid is stationary).
As with all x-ray systems, as the focal spot size is reduced, the potential spatial resolution
increases. Unless heat is more efficiently dissipated, however, photon output must diminish
as the size of the focal spot is reduced so that the heat generated by concentrating the
electron flux on a smaller area of the anode does not destroy the tube. Because photon flux
drops as the square of the distance that the
P.247
x-ray source is moved from the detector, a decline in output influences the distance that
the focal spot can be from the object to be imaged and from the detector, which affects
sharpness, blur, and spatial resolution. Output, based on the generator, x-ray tube, and
tube distance, and the detection efficiency of the recording system influence the time
required to produce an optimal exposure. Longer exposures lead to disproportionately
higher doses in film/screen systems as a result of reciprocity law failure (see “Reciprocity
Law Failure”). The engineering characteristics of the system influence the object (breast
structures and lesions)-to-detector distance, affecting magnification and spatial resolution.
The body habitus of the patient and the interface between the patient and the machine
may be limited to accommodate technical requirements.
Ultimately, resolution is limited by the ability of the detector to record and display the
detail that the other elements of the system present to it. The optimization of the
components of the imaging chain is limited by the available technology, and compromises
are often necessary. An ideal mammography system would have an infinitely small focal
spot capable of the instantaneous production of an unlimited number of appropriately low-
energy photons, with a detector that had unlimited dynamic range and was able to detect
every photon that directly transited the breast. There is no ideal mammographic system.
X-Ray Production
Kilovolt Peak
X-ray tubes are designed to take electrical energy in the form of electrons that are boiled
off a filament and accelerated toward a piece of metal so that the collision with the metal
converts the electron energy into x-ray photons. Virtually all x-ray tubes used for medical
imaging (with the exception of experimental devices) generate x-rays by passing an
electrical current through a metal wire or ribbon (the cathode filament). Because of the
resistance of the filament, some of the energy of the current passing through the filament
is converted to heat. The high temperatures cause electrons to “boil” off the metal cathode.
Electrical forces are used to accelerate these electrons away from the cathode and toward
the anode, which is composed of a metal specifically selected for the types of x-rays
generated by the electron impacts. When the electrons strike the anode, part of their
energy is converted into x-ray photons and part is converted to heat. Many of the
limitations of standard x-ray tubes lie in the heat limitations of the cathode filament and
the capacity of the anode to handle the heat that is generated by the beam of electrons
focused on it.
421 / 1584
bi
The type and energy of the x-ray photons generated are determined by the energy of the
electrons and the composition of the anode. Many photons are created by bremsstrahlung,
which is German for “breaking radiation.” As electrons penetrate the anode, those that
pass close to the nucleus of the anode atoms are slowed by the attraction to the nucleus. In
slowing, they give up varying amounts of energy, which is converted to x-ray photons of
correspondingly varying energies.
The energies of the bremsstrahlung photons depend on the energy of the electrons that
produce them and the proximity of the electrons to the nucleus as they pass through the
atom. These photons cannot have any higher energy than the electrons that were
responsible for their production, but they produce a spectrum of low-energy x-ray photons.
The highest energy in a beam of photons is determined by the energy imparted to the
electrons as they are accelerated from the cathode to impact on the anode. This energy is
described as the kilovolt peak (kVp); it represents the peak energy of the photons being
generated.
X-Ray Spectra
The spectrum of energies included in the entire beam is determined by other factors,
including kVp. Most of the interactions produce heat and no x-rays. The majority of
photons emitted due to bremsstrahlung are usually generated with energies that are
considerably lower than the kVp. These photons are most abundant at the low energies but
range up to the kVp.
Characteristic X-Rays
Some x-ray photons are generated with specific energy characteristics. Interactions
between the accelerated electrons and the atoms of the anode produce “characteristic” x-
rays. This term is given because they have energies that are characteristic of the material
that generated them. For characteristic x-rays to be generated, accelerated electrons must
have sufficient energy to knock out an electron in one of the outer shells of the atom. The
loss of an electron produces an unstable situation. The displaced electron is quickly
replaced by another of the atom's electrons from a higher energy level. In dropping from a
higher energy level to a lower energy position, the electrons release energy in the form of
x-ray photons. Because these photons are generated by electrons moving between discrete
energy levels that are dictated by the atomic number of the atom, their energies are
discrete and “characteristic” of the atom that generated the photons. The generation of
these photons, with their specific energies, is one reason the composition of the anode is so
important.
The quality of the characteristic radiation depends on which electron shells are involved.
The most common anodes used for film/screen mammography are molybdenum, rhodium,
and tungsten. The characteristic x-ray photons emitted by a molybdenum target are
predominantly at 17.4 keV of energy, with a smaller contribution from 19.7 keV. Those
produced by rhodium are predominantly at 20.2 keV, with a small contribution at 22.8 keV;
tungsten
P.248
has a characteristic emission at 59 keV (along with other very low-energy peaks). The
characteristic radiations of molybdenum and rhodium are particularly valuable for
film/screen imaging because they provide an abundant source of low-energy photons that
help enhance the inherently low contrast between tissue of the breast and breast cancer. 422
It / 1584
bi
help enhance the inherently low contrast between tissue of the breast and breast cancer. It
is likely that digital detectors will be able to take advantage of more heat-tolerant focal
spots such as tungsten because computer processing can recover much of the contrast that
is lost by using higher-energy photons. More heat-tolerant tubes that produce more
energetic (and penetrating) photons will allow faster exposures and improved imaging
using digital detectors.
X-Ray Generators
The electrical power supply of the mammographic system is among several factors that
determine the x-ray output and beam quality. The generator determines the kVp and the
timing involved in x-ray production. Constant potential generators produce an essentially
continuous output at a single voltage level. The least efficient generators were single
phase, in which the kVp was reached over a period of time. Three-phase generators were
an improvement, but constant potential is needed to provide more uniform photon
energies. Uniform photon energy is important because it provides a “purer” x-ray output.
Constant potential virtually eliminates the fluctuations (ripple) in x-ray generation that
were inherent with three-phase as well as the earlier single-phase equipment. By
producing an almost immediate and constant voltage and beam energy, exposure times
are diminished and beam energy profiles are more uniform.
424 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-5 Mammography tubes are oriented by angling either the anode or the tube
so that the smallest projection of the focal spot is at the nipple side; it becomes
progressively larger toward the chest wall. This schematic demonstrates how the
“apparent” focal spot becomes progressively smaller away from the chest wall.
Because the heel effect begins to limit the photon flux as the projected spot size
diminishes, the orientation of the focal spot is matched to the thinner front of the
breast, which can be properly exposed with the diminished flux. The thicker chest wall
side of the breast receives the most output.
Heel Effect
As with most factors involved in mammography, because the small focal spot is achieved
by angling the anode, as the apparent focal spot size decreases, the output of the focal spot
also decreases because of the heel effect. This occurs in the portion of the x-ray field in
which the focal spot-to-detector angle is the most obtuse. Because the angle of the exiting
x-rays generated from this part of the focal spot is so steep, the apparent focal spot at this
end is very small, but unfortunately many of the photons generated at this end are
reabsorbed by the anode itself. This means that the output, seen at the breast, is
diminished. Tubes are oriented so that this heel falls on the thinnest anterior portion of the
breast, where lower flux can be tolerated.
Figure 8-6 Because the focal spot has a finite size and x-rays come from both ends as
well as the middle, a secondary shadow (the penumbra) is produced A that can overlap
and blur the primary shadow. This can be reduced by pressing the object (breast
structures) closer to the detector, which reduces the size of the penumbra and
improves the sharpness of the shadow B.
Figure 8-7 Because the focal spot has dimension (it is not infinitely small), photons
come from both ends as well as the middle. This causes an object to cast primary
(umbra) and secondary (penumbra) shadows A. The ability to resolve objects and
distinguish one as separate from another, such as these two round structures B, is
related to many factors. The spatial resolution of a system can be reduced, causing
geometric unsharpness (blur). If the shadows (both primary and secondary) do not
overlap, the two objects will be seen as separate. Blur is increased when the secondary
shadows of two adjacent structures are enlarged so that they overlap. This makes it
426 / 1584
bi
shadows of two adjacent structures are enlarged so that they overlap. This makes it
less likely that the observer will be able to tell that the structures are indeed separate.
This occurs when the objects are moved farther away from the detector C, the focal
spot is made larger D, or the focal spot is brought closer to the objects E.
and moving the focal spot closer to the object being imaged and moving the object away
from the detector. Because of beam divergence, the shadows enlarge and magnification
will result (see “Magnification Mammography”). This will be useful only if sharpness is
maintained, which requires that the focal spot size be reduced to avoid the geometric
blurring that increases as the distances are changed. Although the improved visibility of
structures with actual radiographic magnification is primarily due to a reduction of noise
(6), if the focal spot is sufficiently small, magnification will result in an absolute increase in
spatial resolution (see below).
Figure 8-8 Spatial resolution has little benefit if there is no contrast. Even
though there is high spatial resolution, these two objects A appear as one on the film
because there is insufficient ability to separate their slight differences in contrast. With
improved contrast resolution, they can be distinguished B.
Improving the other elements of resolution will have little effect if the detector system
cannot record the improved detail. This may become a significant factor with the lower
resolving power of the digital detectors. Spatial resolution is measured using a metal line-
pair phantom that alternates metal lines with essentially empty spaces. This produces a
target that has very high (essentially 100%) contrast (the bars block all of the radiation
and the spaces let most through). Actual resolving power for structures with less than
100% contrast differences will be less.
Spatial resolution cannot be thought of by itself. The ability of the human eye to appreciate
the resolution of a system depends not only on spatial resolution, however, but also on the
contrast between the object and its surroundings. High spatial resolution is of no value if 428 / 1584
bi
contrast between the object and its surroundings. High spatial resolution is of no value if
the edges that are being distinguished have the same x-ray absorption but no contrast
difference. If this is the case, then they cannot be “seen” (Fig. 8-8). The true visible spatial
resolution in the breast may be considerably lower than the line-pair measurement
because the differences in contrast between breast structures are considerably less than a
line-pair phantom. These relationships are expressed in the modulation transfer function,
which provides a better method for comparing two systems because it integrates both
contrast and spatial resolution. Due to limitations in contrast, the potential for high
resolution in film/screen systems is never achieved (the details are there, but because they
have no contrast difference they cannot be perceived). The higher contrast resolution of
digital systems may more than compensate for lower spatial resolution. This is evident
P.252
when looking at the ACR phantom. Despite lower spatial resolution than film/screen
systems, most digital mammographic systems can image all of the test objects in the
phantom. This cannot be done with film/screen systems (Fig. 8-9).
Figure 8-9 This image of the ACR phantom was made using a digital detector.
Because the contrast can be exaggerated, all of the test objects are visible even though
the spatial resolution is lower than that for film.
Because it is usually not uniform, the shape of the focal spot also affects resolution. It is
frequently rectangular, and the output may be biphasic with greater intensity at the ends.
This reduces resolving capability, because the focal spot acts as two sources rather than a
point source. Efforts to reduce the size of the focal spot are complicated by the relationship
between focal spot size and the amount of heat that the anode can sustain in generating x-
rays, and the number of photons that can be generated per unit of time from a small
surface. Reducing the size of the focal spot increases the heat loading on the tube and may
preclude the use of high milliamperage (mA). This in turn increases the exposure time
required to produce the necessary photon flux to adequately expose the detector, and
longer exposures increase the chance of blur caused by patient motion.
429 / 1584
bi
431 / 1584
bi
If the x-rays are too low in energy (too soft), they will be absorbed by the breast in
increasing proportions, contributing to dose but not increasing the contrast because they
never reach the film. To penetrate large or radiographically dense breasts, the kVp must
be increased. Increasing the kVp will diminish contrast somewhat (although the actual
effect has been exaggerated by some), so the increase should be tailored if possible. Once
again, digital detectors can use higher energy tubes and regain any lost contrast through
image processing.
One method that has been used to slightly increase the energy of the beam is to modify
the anode or the filtration to permit slightly more energetic photons to be produced and
pass through. Tungsten anodes that produce a large proportion of higher-energy photons
can be used in film/screen imaging, but they must be specially designed using filters to
reduce the large number of very high-energy photons generated by the tungsten anode
that would significantly compromise contrast. Rhodium, palladium, or other “K-edge” filters
can be used to reduce these high-keV (contrast-degrading) photons, but a tungsten anode
will still produce a mammogram that has a lower contrast than a molybdenum anode, even
when low kVp settings are used. (A K-edge filter is a filter composed of metals whose
atoms contain K-shell electrons that will absorb x-ray photons of specific energies and
slightly above and prevent those photons from passing through the filter.) Tungsten may
become a more desirable anode for primary digital systems because they are not as
limited in contrast differentiation as film/screen systems. Some have suggested that silver
anodes will provide the best spectrum for digital imaging.
Rhodium has been developed as an anode material as well as a filter. Because it melts at a
lower temperature, however, rhodium anodes must be operated at lower mAs. The
characteristic energies produced by a rhodium anode are approximately 2 keV higher than
molybdenum. When this beam is filtered using a rhodium filter, this shift to slightly higher
energies has some advantage over molybdenum with molybdenum filtration in
radiographically dense breasts or those that are thick despite compression. In the
radiographically dense or thick breast that requires 28 kVp or higher energies using
molybdenum, comparable images can be obtained using rhodium (focal spot)/rhodium
(filter) at 2 kVp lower than the molybdenum/molybdenum combination. Gingold et al (7)
found that 29 kVp was the crossing point above which a molybdenum target with rhodium
filtration provided higher contrast and lower dose
P.254
than a molybdenum/molybdenum combination, and they also found that if the exposure
requires 29 kVp or higher, the rhodium/rhodium combination was even better.
Our own studies, as well as those of others, show that the main gain from rhodium,
however, is in dose reduction. The image quality will be slightly lower in contrast for
rhodium/rhodium at 26 kVp than for molybdenum/molybdenum at 28 kVp, but the dose
will be reduced by approximately 30% if the rhodium combination is used. Rhodium can be
used to filter a molybdenum beam and will result in an intermediate dose and a slightly
better image if a kVp of 29 or higher is needed for an image using
molybdenum/molybdenum.
Because the filter is in the x-ray beam, its own inhomogeneities can appear on the film.
Due to the distance of the filter from the film, these are usually blurred and of no
consequence to the image, but if recurrent artifacts appear on the films, the filter should be
evaluated for lack of uniformity.
432 / 1584
bi
Off-Focus Radiation
Because electrons may not be perfectly focused at the focal spot of the x-ray tube, they
may strike other parts of the anode and produce photons that are off-focus. Because these
act as a much larger focal spot, their presence compromises image quality. Efforts to
reduce off-focus radiation improve image quality.
Breast Compression
To provide high contrast, film/screen systems had to have narrow exposure latitude. This
necessitated the development of x-ray systems designed specifically for mammography.
With modem film/screen combinations, the breast cannot be imaged in its normal conical
shape because the thin front would have to be overexposed to permit optimized imaging of
the thick back of the breast; otherwise the back would end up underpenetrated if the thin
front of the breast was properly exposed. One reason that breast compression is required
is to even out the thickness through which the x-ray beam must pass so that a uniform
exposure may be obtained. Because the dynamic range of a primary digital mammography
system is so broad, exposure latitude is not as great a problem. Because variations in
exposure values could be corrected with a digital mammography system, it would be
possible to perform digital mammograms with less compression than that needed for
film/screen imaging. However, such an image would be compromised by other factors
(e.g., scatter, the need to spread tissues) that preclude reduction in compression. Uniform
exposure is not the only reason for firm compression; there are also other advantages
(Table 8-1).
1. To hold the breast away from the chest wall, permitting the projection of all the
tissues onto the detector without the interfering noise of the other structures of
the thorax
2. To reduce blur due to motion by physically holding the breast motionless
3. To reduce the dose needed to image the breast by reducing the thickness of the
tissue through which the radiation must pass
4. To further reduce dose and motion because the shorter exposure time needed
to image a thinned structure avoids dose increases due to reciprocity law
failure when using film/screen systems with long exposure times. This also
reduces the likelihood of motion. 433 / 1584
bi
reduces the likelihood of motion.
5. To separate overlapping structures, facilitating more accurate evaluation
6. To press breast structures closer to the detector to reduce blur from geometric
unsharpness and improve the resolution of the system
7. To reduce image-degrading scatter
8. To produce a more uniform thickness and permit more uniform exposure
9. To permit accurate registration of images for computer reconstruction
algorithms
Figure 8-11 Compression in pounds per square inch (psi). The actual pressure
applied to the breast is the force applied (in pounds) divided by the area over which the
force is spread, giving psi. If the breast is assumed to be a hemisphere, then psi equals
half the area of a circle whose diameter (D) is that of the part of the breast touched by
the compression paddle, divided into the number of pounds applied. This diagram
depicts the surface in contact with the compression paddle and film holder. The larger
the surface in contact, the lower the pressure in psi.
Breast compression is important, but it should not be excessive. The technologist should be
aware that once the skin of the breast is tight (taut), any additional compression will not
improve the image (there is no more potential for the breast to be thinned), and additional
compression will only add to the discomfort. Another potential source of pain occurs if the435 / 1584
bi
compression will only add to the discomfort. Another potential source of pain occurs if the
skin is pinched in the process. The technologist should be sensitive to any discomfort
experienced by the patient. If the compression is uncomfortable, it is usually best to
release the compression and work with the patient to alleviate the problem. It is generally
easier to position the patient the second time if she has already experienced compression.
The technologist should make every effort to smooth out the skin and try to ensure a
comfortable procedure. If the patient is hurt or loses trust in the process, the
mammograms will likely not be optimal and the patient will likely not return in the future
to be screened. It may at times be best to desist and have the patient return in several
days at a time when her breasts may be less sensitive. Compression is, however, critical
for high-quality imaging.
P.256
Women should be educated as to the importance of compression, and technologists should
work with the individual to produce appropriate compression with a minimum of
discomfort.
Compression Paddles
For the reasons listed above, compression is needed for x-ray imaging of the breast. It was
found through trial and error that compression plates should have a straight edge across
the front (along the chest wall side) so that they can be brought down along the chest wall.
Curved plates (and film) have been tried, but the curvature rarely conforms to the patient,
and the tendency is for the corners to push the patient away from the edge of the detector.
436 / 1584
bi
For film/screen mammography, the edge of the compression plate along the chest wall
should be molded at right angles to the plane of compression and blunted to avoid trauma
to the patient. A ridge may help hold the breast tissue in the field of view and aid in pulling
the breast tissue away
P.257
from the chest to project it over the film/screen detector (Fig. 8-14). More gradual spoon-
shaped compression plates not only fail to even out the breast thickness but also tend to
push the back of the breast out of the field of view.
Figure 8-12 Imaging the chest wall does not guarantee imaging all of the breast
parenchyma. The arrows point to a mass that is hidden in the lateral aspect of the
breast behind the curve of the thorax and the pectoralis muscles on this
xeromammogram.
437 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-13 Separating the detector from the breast compression system will permit
the positioning of the detector slightly farther back around the curve of the chest wall.
This will provide some magnification and will reduce the chance that the mammogram
will not image the deep tissues. The lesion is behind the compression paddles but is still
projected onto the detector, which is moved farther back around the curve of the chest
wall.
Figure 8-14 A ridge along the chest wall side of the compression paddle may help
hold the breast tissue in the field of view and aid in pulling the breast tissue away from
the chest to project it over the film/screen detector.
There are disadvantages to a compression paddle that is parallel to the film plane. For
thicker breasts, the front of the breast may receive no compression. We have found that by
keeping the chest wall side of the paddle parallel to the detector but tilting the front of the
compression paddle, the tissues of the anterior breast may be better compressed and
separated (Fig. 8-15). By permitting the entire paddle to rotate, thicker portions of the
breast and axillary tail may be compressed while not sacrificing compression of the thinner
portions of the anterior breast. We have also developed a traction system that can aid in
pulling more breast tissue into the field of view even after some compression has been
applied (Fig. 8-16).
438 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-15 This schematic demonstrates how a rigid paddle that is parallel to the
detector may not compress the front of the breast A. By tilting the front of the paddle
B, these tissues are compressed. The effect of this type of compression is to separate
the anterior structures (see “Positioning” in Chapter 10).
Scatter Radiation
The x-ray image is formed by the differential absorption of the photons passing through the
breast by the tissues through which they pass. “Shadows” are cast on the detector. As with
any shadow, the clarity of the shadow will depend on the path that the photons traveled
through the breast to the detector. A sharp image depends on having the photons that
reach the detector travel in a straight line from the focal spot, through the object, to the
detector. If their course is altered, the shadow becomes less distinct and sharp. Most x-ray
interactions at mammographic energies involve photoelectric absorption in which an x-ray
photon is completely absorbed by displacing an electron. This produces images with sharp
shadows.
439 / 1584
bi
The other interaction between x-ray photons and tissues produces Compton scattering. In
this interaction the photon transfers some of its energy to an electron. The photon
continues out of the atom, but its course is altered. If this scattering is coherent (in the
same direction as the original photon's course), it can contribute to the sharpness of the
image. Many of these interactions, however, are not coherent, and the scattered photons
can cloud the image similar to the way scattered light in a room degrades the shadow of a
hand cast on a white wall by a spotlight.
The secondary photons of scatter radiation significantly compromise image quality in
mammography, reducing contrast and overall sharpness. Scatter increases with the
thickness of the breast and the diameter of the field imaged. In a breast 6 cm thick, the
amount of scatter reaching the recording system may equal almost half as much as that
from the primary (information-containing) beam. Barnes and Berzovich (10) found that the
ratio of the scatter radiation to the primary beam (S/P) might be as high as 0.86.
Scatter can be reduced by compressing the breast to diminish the amount of tissue
traversed by the beam. Collimation to expose a smaller volume of tissue will also diminish
scatter. Barnes and Berzovich also found that as the diameter of the field was reduced from
14 cm to 4 cm and
P.258
the thickness of the breast from 6 cm to 3 cm, the S/P ratio decreased from 0.86 to 0.32.
An air gap between the breast and the detector will also diminish the effects of scatter by
spreading it over a larger area, and scatter toward the edges of the field will not even
reach the detector.
Despite their adverse effect on the image, scatter photons do contribute to film blackening,
and when scatter is reduced by a grid, additional photons are required to produce proper
exposure. This contributes to the increased dose necessitated by the use of a grid. The grid
and spacer material not only absorb scatter, but they also block some of the primary beam.
To compensate requires a further increase in radiation dose to the patient. For film/screen
mammography without a grid, 25 to 26 kVp produces the best contrast when a
molybdenum target tube is used. Although most mammography grids have low-
attenuation carbon fiber spacers, the additional material may require an increase to 27 or
28 kVp for adequate imaging.
Various dose estimates have been recorded when grids are used. In our experience, using
an oscillating grid with a 5:1 grid ratio increased the midplane exposure to an average 5-
cm-thick breast from 80 mrad (0.08 cGy) to 160 mrad (0.16 cGy). Others have recorded
higher dose increases that relate to the type of grid, the mammography equipment used,
and the size of the breast (11).
Although decreased contrast can be electronically improved in digitally acquired images,
scatter reduction also improves those images, particularly for very dense or thick breasts,
and grids are useful with digital mammography. The reason for this can be seen in the
following example. If the attenuation of a mass permits the same photons to reach the
detector as scattered photons plus normal breast tissue, there will be no contrast between
the two that can be recovered electronically, and a mass will not be visible, even using a
digital detector. In general, however, the scatter is distributed in a nonuniform but
predictable pattern, and it is possible that an electronic filter could compensate for much of
its effect and return the lost contrast. Eliminating the scattered photons, however, will still
improve the visualization of breast lesions, even with a digital detector. 440 / 1584
bi
improve the visualization of breast lesions, even with a digital detector.
Grids
Several types of scatter-reduction grids are available. Stationary devices attached to the
film holder or inserted directly into the cassette between the breast and the film are no
longer permitted. Focused grids with 80 lines per cm and a ratio of 3.5:1.0 had been shown
to improve the visualization of many lesions (12), but it became evident that even these
very thin grid lines compromised the image, conceivably covering significant pathology
such as microcalcifications. Thus, oscillating grids are required. These devices, which have
grid ratios of 4:1 to 5:1, are housed in cassette holders. The grid lines are eliminated by
the motion of the grid.
Sickles and Weber (13) showed that in 60% of mammograms, using a scatter-reduction
grid improved image quality. In their study, the use of grids resulted in improved detection
capability in 20% of women. The images that benefited most from use of the grid were of
breasts that were greater than 6 cm when compressed or contained more than 50%
radiographically dense tissue. Because as yet there are no accurate methods of predicting
the radiographic density of the breast, and scatter increases with the radiographic density,
the grid must either remain on at all times or a test film must be obtained. It has been our
experience that most mammograms benefit from the use of a grid. Most now agree that
grids improve the image most of the time, and for efficient, rapid throughput, high-quality
mammography, most leave the grid in place for all images. A doubling of the radiation
dose due to the grid's interruption of the primary beam and the need to make up for these
lost photons is reasonable due to the significant improvement in image quality that results
and the favorable radiation risk assessment for women over 35 to 40 years of age.
New grids have been developed. A focused grid with absorbers arrayed to produce
polygonal air spaces cleans up scatter in multiple directions. An early digital
mammography system devised by American Science and Engineering (Cambridge, MA)
had a slit that moved with the fan beam with a precollimator, preventing breast exposure
to rays that were not properly aligned (Fig. 8-17). The Fisher digital mammography
system uses a similar slot scanning technique. This is a very efficient way to eliminate most
scatter (a matched slot on the tube side of the breast prevents excessive exposure to the
breast). The disadvantage of these
P.259
scanners is that they are mechanical and require a high degree of precision to function
properly. Furthermore, they form only a part of the image at a time, so such approaches
as tomosynthesis are not practical.
441 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-17 Pre- and postbreast slit collimation. The best scatter rejection is
achieved with moving slits that are aligned. The slit on the tube side of the breast
prevents irradiation of the breast by primary beam that cannot get to the detector. The
postbreast slit permits only directly transmitted radiation to reach the detector. The
difficulty with this approach lies in the mechanics of moving the slits together and
keeping the alignment, as well as the demand placed on the tube.
Film/Screen Mammography
Major improvements have occurred since the use of industrial film for mammography was
introduced in the 1960s. This plain film (no screen) technique provided high resolution.
However, because film is not very sensitive to radiation, film mammography required long
exposures (increasing the likelihood of blur due to motion) and high radiation doses.
Although the inherent resolution of industrial film is higher than that of film/screen
combinations, the coupling of new films with rare earth screens that were more efficient in
capturing x-ray photons and converting their energy to visible light led to considerable dose
reduction while maintaining adequate spatial resolution.
Most modern mammography screens use variations of lanthanum and gadolinium
oxysulfide to emit green light. More recently, screens that emit blue light have been
developed. When combined with the appropriate film and proper processing, these systems
provide high spatial resolution and contrast at acceptable dose levels. Film/screen
combinations require equipment designed for mammography. In addition to the
development of these detector systems, mammographic positioning and techniques have
also evolved since they were first standardized by Egan (14) in the late 1950s.
X-Ray Film
X-ray film consists of a clear or color-tinged (dyed) backing material coated on one side
with a gel that contains a uniform distribution of silver halide crystals. These crystals form
grains that contain approximately 109 atoms of silver. Each grain also contains an area
known as the “sensitivity spec.” The crystals and the gel that contains the crystals compose
the emulsion. The emulsion side of the film is placed in direct contact with the phosphor
layer of the screen. The contact between the film and screen must be tight so that the
light, emitted from the screen by an x-ray's interaction with the screen phosphor, cannot
spread into a wider spot. Sharpness requires that the light produce a sharp spot on the film
(Fig. 8-18). If there is poor contact between the screen and film, the light will spread over
a larger area, and the shadows from the tissues (absence of light exposure) will be less
sharp.
The x-ray image is produced in the emulsion of the film. The silver halide grains are
distributed in the gel layer. When exposed, the silver bromide of the crystal is converted by
the energy transferred from the absorbed light photon into a silver ion and an electron. The
silver ion is attracted to the “sensitivity spec” in the emulsion, forming an enlarging
structure containing silver atoms. If sufficient numbers of atoms congregate, the
relationship becomes stable and the grain is “activated.” The number of activated grains is
related to the amount of exposure. Before development, the exposed film contains a
“latent” image of these activated grains in which the silver atoms are grouped together, but
the grouping is too small to be visible. Film development is a process that amplifies the
chemical changes that are present in the latent image by converting the other silver
P.260
ions in the grain to metallic silver that is black, making the image visible (see below). 443 / 1584
bi
ions in the grain to metallic silver that is black, making the image visible (see below).
Figure 8-18 Light spread in the detector screen can cause a blurred image. A thicker
phosphor layer is more efficient in absorbing x-rays (dotted arrows). If the phosphor is
thick, however, light generated by an x-ray photon (solid arrows) can spread in the
phosphor as it heads to the surface. This light exposes the film and reduces the
sharpness of the edges of structures. A thinner phosphor layer increases the sharpness,
but it allows more x-rays to pass undetected, requiring a higher dose.
Film Processing
The development of digital breast tomosynthesis will result in a rapid conversion to digital
mammography as it becomes apparent that this is superior to two-dimensional
mammography. Economic considerations may delay the change for some, and film will
likely remain a common form of mammographic imaging for a number of years to come.
Film processing is a critical part of the mammographic
P.261
study. Sharp, high-contrast, artifact-free images are the goal.
The latent image that is contained in the film emulsion after exposure is not visible. If the
grain of silver bromide crystals received sufficient exposure, it contains a nucleus of
metallic silver atoms. The development process converts the remaining silver bromide into
black metallic silver, causing the entire grain to become black. The density of the blackened
grains in a given area of the film gives it its “gray scale.” All conventional processors
transport the film through the developer, which is made up of chemicals that react with the
silver halide crystals that have been activated by their exposure to x-rays and the light
from the screens.
445 / 1584
bi
Film development is a reduction process in which electrons are provided by the developer
chemistry to convert the remaining atoms of an activated silver bromide grain to metallic
silver. The process of development involves multiple chemical steps. An activator in the
development chemistry causes the emulsion to soften and swell so that the other chemicals
can reach the silver crystals. Potassium bromide regulates the rate of development. The
cluster of molecules containing silver is reduced to metallic silver through the transfer of an
electron from one of the developer chemicals (typically phenidone). A second agent,
hydroquinone, regenerates the electron transfer molecule so that it can reduce another
silver halide molecule. The semiquinone that results from this regeneration could slow the
process, but it reacts with sodium sulfate to form a hydroquinone monosulfonate salt and
allows the development process to proceed and amplify the latent image. The sodium
sulfite also functions as an antioxidant that maintains the stability of the hydroquinone by
preventing oxygen from being dissolved in the developer solution.
The rate of the process is controlled by other chemicals, such as potassium bromide.
Glutaraldehyde is added to harden the gel so that the final x-ray image resists scratching.
Because there are approximately 101 atoms of silver in each grain, the development
process amplifies the latent image information by a factor of 5 × 109 (18).
The silver halide that was not activated is not “developed.” However, the developer
chemicals can continue to work, gradually causing the conversion of inactivated grains to
silver and “fogging” the film unless the chemical reaction is stopped. Consequently, the film
is transported into the fixer chemicals, where acetic acid neutralizes the development
process. The inactivated silver halide dissolves in the fixer solution, which also contains
ammonium or sodium thiosulfate. These form with the silver halide to produce silver
thiosulfate ion complexes. These are washed from the film in the wash tank. Sodium sulfite
is included in the fixer as a film preservative.
The washing process is important for removing the thiosulfate from the emulsion. Over
time this can react with the silver nitrate and air, forcing a yellow-brown stain as silver
sulfate. The fixer retention test checks to ensure that only small amounts of thiosulfate
remain in the emulsion.
The development process is completed in the drying chamber, and the developed film is
then released from the processor. Most processors move the film through these various
stages using rollers. Too much or too little heat in the drying process as well as the rollers
that transport the film can be sources of film artifacts.
Based on experience, it is usually best to process film according to the manufacturer's
specifications. To obtain optimized images, proper chemical concentrations are needed.
Because the active chemicals are used up during the development process, they must be
replaced. The proper replenishment rates for these chemicals are important to maintain a
stable developer environment. The temperature of the chemistries also has a significant
effect on the ultimate image, because heating the developer speeds the chemical reactions.
When a film developer is first installed, it is important to optimize the development
process. Once the parameters of development have been established to provide the
radiologist with the desired film contrast and noise reduction, the processor should be
maintained to ensure that those parameters remain the same and image development is
stable and consistent. The procedures followed in the quality control process, including
sensitometric/densitometric and temperature measurements, are all designed to monitor
the stability of the processor functions. The radiologist should be aware that the processor446 / 1584
bi
the stability of the processor functions. The radiologist should be aware that the processor
quality control (QC) tests measure only the stability of the processor: the processor can be
set up incorrectly and the QC will still appear consistent and in range. The processor must
first be optimized before the processor QC test has any value.
Extended Processing
Tabar and Haus (19) showed that by “pushing” the development process, film could be
made to exhibit higher contrast, and mammograms could be obtained at a lower dose. This
is the origin of extended processing. The manufacturers of film built in a wide latitude for
development to try to ensure that the film would not be easily fogged by overdevelopment.
The usual parameters suggested for processing the film actually underdeveloped the
emulsion. Tabar and Haus realized this and were the first to develop more of the activated
grains by leaving the film in the developer solutions longer than was recommended. The
typical amount of time that the film was in the developer chemistries in standard
processing was 20 to 25 seconds. Tabar and Haus found that if they doubled this time,
processing was enhanced, producing greater contrast at lower dose (more grains were
developed at the same exposure). Modern film/screen combinations have been devised to
provide similarly high-contrast images without the need for extended processing.
Processor Problems
Sprawls and Kitts (20) have summarized the problems that can occur with film processing.
They cite underprocessing
P.262
in particular as a major problem that results in reduced contrast and the decreased
perspicuity of abnormalities. They define optimum processing as “the level of processing
that produces the film performance characteristics (contrast and sensitivity) specified by
the film manufacturer.” It is reasonable for academic sites to experiment with films,
screens, and processors (this is how Tabar revealed the potential for extended processing),
but in general it is best for the average mammography program to use and process a
film/screen combination according to the manufacturer's recommendation.
If film is underprocessed, contrast is reduced, and the film speed is diminished, requiring
higher radiation dose. This can be seen using the H&D curve produced using a
sensitometer to expose a film, processing it using the clinical processor, and reading the
densities with a densitometer. The curve generated by this method can be compared with
the curve expected by the film manufacturer. If the slope of the curve is not as steep, the
contrast is lower than it should be, and if the curve is shifted to the right, a greater
radiation dose is needed to achieve the same film blackening. This indicates that the
processing has reduced the potential speed of the film.
Clinically, the effect of underprocessing is an image that has a wide gray scale and
diminished contrast.
There are only two reasons for the skin line to be visible on a mammogram. The first
reason is that the breast is very thin when compressed. The skin will often be evident when
the breast compresses to less than 3 cm. If the film is underdeveloped, the skin line will
also be evident. A crude indication that the film has been underdeveloped is that the
maximum density of the film will not be achieved in the areas exposed to the full beam,
and the radiologist will be able to see through the darkest parts of the film not covered by
the breast that should be developed to the maximum film density. 447 / 1584
bi
the breast that should be developed to the maximum film density.
The film will be underdeveloped if the processor temperature is too low, the film does not
spend sufficient time in the developer chemistry, or the developer chemistries are not
sufficiently agitated to prevent a buildup of “spent” chemistry adjacent to the film emulsion
that prevents fresh chemical from reaching the emulsion. Underdevelopment also results if
the developer chemistry is not being replenished appropriately or the developer chemistry
is diluted or contaminated.
Dose Measurement
Despite the increasingly more favorable assessment of the risks associated with radiation,
the possibility of radiationinduced malignancy continues to be an important factor in
mammographic screening. Although it is likely that there is little or no risk at present levels
of exposure for the screening population of women over 40 years of age (21), it is prudent
to try to limit dose as long as image quality (detection capability) is not compromised.
Dose Determination
The determination of dose has generated a great deal of confusion, and many articles have
been written to try to establish appropriate standards. There are several methods of
measuring dose, but most agree that mean glandular dose is the most appropriate figure
by which to judge exposures. Hammerstein et al (22) argued that because it is the
glandular and ductal epithelium that is at risk, the dose sustained by these components of
breast tissue is the significant figure.
Because dose varies with the depth within the breast where it is measured, average
glandular dose cannot be measured directly. However, direct measurements taken within
phantom material have been used to create a model that enables dose in vivo to be
estimated from measurable factors. These factors include the quality of the x-ray beam
and its half-value layer (HVL). The HVL is a measure of the penetrating energy of the
beam as determined by the thickness of aluminum needed to reduce the transmission of
photons by 50%. The higher the energy, the thicker the HVL. The beam energy, the
thickness of the tissue through which the beam passes (compressed thickness), and the
composition (percentage of fat versus glandular tissue) of the breast all affect the dose to
the breast.
An excellent review of these factors is presented in detail in a manual published by the
National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements titled Mammography—A
User's Guide (23). This report indicates that for film/screen systems, the optimal HVL is
0.3 to 0.4 mm of aluminum. By measuring the dose at which the beam enters the breast
(skin entrance dose) and by knowing the energy of the beam by measuring its HVL (beam
quality), dose to the breast can be estimated based on the composition of the tissues (to
standardize dose measurements, an average breast is considered to be 50% adipose tissue
and 50% glandular elements). Assuming a 4-cm-thick breast and a skin entrance exposure
of 370 mrad (0.37 cGy) for film/screen systems, the average glandular dose for a beam
with an HVL of 0.3 mm of aluminum is 60 mrad (0.06 cGy) (24). Adding a grid at least
doubles the dose. Wu et al (25) provided estimates of dose that are based on the energy of
the beam (kVp), the skin entrance dose, and the thickness of the breast.
The mean glandular dose has replaced other measures of dose. Skin entrance dose is
significant only for calculating average glandular dose. Because the skin is not at risk for
448 / 1584
bi
significant only for calculating average glandular dose. Because the skin is not at risk for
radiation carcinogenesis, skin entrance dose is not a useful measurement by itself.
Midbreast dose is a better estimate, but it is affected by beam quality and is less accurate
than average glandular dose. The average absorbed dose to the breast is a fairly good
estimate (9), but it does not compensate as well as the average glandular dose for
variations in
P.263
breast composition (26). Tables are available by which these estimates can be easily made
(8), and this should be part of a quality assurance program. The ACR recommends that
when using film/screen systems, the mean glandular dose to a breast that is 4.2 cm thick
and composed of 50% fat and 50% glandular tissue should not exceed 0.3 rads (3 mGy) for
each image.
Dose Reduction
The ultimate ability to reduce radiation dose is determined by the efficiency of the detector
in counting the photons reaching it. Film/screen imaging fails to record many photons
passing through the breast. Rare earth film/screen combinations in common use today are
more efficient in detecting x-ray photons. Physicists measure the accuracy with which a
detector collects the incoming signal and converts that signal to an image. Because a signal
(x-rays passing through the breast with useful information in the form of shadows) is
always accompanied by noise (signals that have no useful information but can hide the
primary signal), the clarity of an image is based on the ratio of the signal to the noise
(signal-to-noise ratio [SNR]). Because the detector adds additional noise of its own, the
measure of an efficient detector is how accurately it converts the incident signal into an
interpretable image. This can be quantified by the detective quantum efficiency (DQE) of
the system. This relates the accuracy and efficiency of the SNR of the signal arriving at the
detector with the SNR following detection based on the following formula: DQE =
(SNR out/SNR in)2.
Film/screen systems are quite efficient in converting incident photons into interpretable
images, but they still fail to use a large percentage of the available photons. Greater
efficiency in converting these photons could result in improved images or lower radiation
dose.
Screen Thickness
Efficiency in detecting photons can be increased by producing a thicker medium in which to
stop and record them. Most mammographic film/screen combinations use single-emulsion,
single-screen combinations to preserve resolution. Thin screens let some photons pass
completely through so that they do not contribute to the image.
Thicker screens would be more efficient in absorbing these photons. However, the photon is
converted to light in the screen and the light is radiated in all directions from the point of
absorption. A thicker screen would permit light photons to spread over a wider area before
they reach the film, so that the area of exposure would be more of a blur than a point. The
thickness of the screen represents a compromise between the speed and efficiency of
photon detection and the sharpness of the image. Digital detectors that use light generated
by a phosphor as the input signal have the same limitation.
449 / 1584
bi
Figure 8-19 Crossover occurs when the light from one screen crosses to the other
side, exposing the other emulsion with a wide edge, causing blur A. Parallax also
reduces the sharpness of details with dual-emulsion film. The image on the tube side of
the emulsion will be slightly smaller than the image on the far side, and the lack of
superimposition will cause blur B.
Magnification Mammography
Magnification mammography improves the visibility of fine details and the detectability of
breast lesions, as Sickles
P.264
has shown (27). Because of the divergence of the x-ray beam, magnification is obtained 450
by / 1584
bi
has shown (27). Because of the divergence of the x-ray beam, magnification is obtained by
moving the object away from the film and closer to the focal spot. The degree of
magnification is calculated from this simple relationship M = FSD/FSO, where M is the
magnification produced, FSD is the distance from the focal spot to the detector, and FSO is
the distance from the focal spot to the object. For example, a structure 23.5 cm above the
film will be magnified 1.5 times if the focal spot is 35 cm away from the film.
Magnification requires very small focal spots. If the focal spot is too large, geometric blur
will increase and blur will decrease the spatial resolution. A focal spot that measures 0.2
mm or less can resolve 17 lp/mm at 1.5-mm magnification. Because this is the
approximate display resolution of film/screen combinations, focal spots this size are
required for this degree of magnification. The same focal spot at two times magnification
will resolve only 11 lp/mm because of the increase in geometric unsharpness that results
from moving the object farther from the detector.
A conceptualization advanced by Zamenhof and Homer (28) helps explain how
magnification improves spatial resolution. The detector system can be thought of as an
array of resolution elements. The shadow of two closely placed structures in the breast
may fall on a single resolution element in an unmagnified image (Fig. 8-20). If the objects
are moved farther away from the detector, however, the divergent beam will cause the
objects to be projected farther apart onto separate resolution elements, producing greater
resolution. A digital detector actually is made up of what amounts to “resolution elements”
in the form of pixels and the value of mammographic magnification can be understood
directly as a spreading out of the image over a larger number of pixels.
Summary
The ability to detect breast cancers earlier depends completely on high-quality imaging.
Equipment should be
P.265
carefully selected to provide high-quality images. The imaging sequence should be
optimized and then maintained through a QC program. Until systems are devised that can
mechanically position the breast, highly skilled technologists are needed to position the
patient for optimized imaging. Digital mammography systems eliminate much of the effort
needed to obtain high-quality image production, but they introduce their own
requirements. Digital breast tomosynthesis and the collection of multiple images from
numerous angles will further increase the need for accurate positioning and maintenance of
the breast in a fixed position. The ability of the computer algorithms to accurately portray
breast structures will need to be tested and confirmed, and artifacts from the process will
need to be reduced. The intensity of effort in producing high-quality images will continue.
References
1. Yaffe MJ, Hendrick RE, Feig SA, et al. Recommended specifications for
mammography equipment: report of the ACR-CDC focus group on mammography
equipment. Radiology 1995;197:19–26. 452 / 1584
bi
equipment. Radiology 1995;197:19–26.
2. Haus AG, Yaffe MJ. A categorical course in physics: technical aspects of breast
imaging [syllabus]. Oak Brook, IL: Radiological Society of North America, 1992–94.
5. Haus AG, Cowart RW, Dodd GD, et al. A method of evaluating and minimizing
geometric unsharpness for mammographic x-ray units. Radiology 1978;128:775.
6. Niklason LT, Rosol MS, Moore RH, et al. Magnification in mammography imaging.
Med Phys 1995;22:919.
7. Gingold EL, Wu X, Barnes GT. Contrast and dose with Mo-Mo, Mo-Rh, and Rh-Rh
target-filter combinations in mammography. Radiology 1995;195:639–644.
9. Kopans DB. Physical trauma and breast cancer [letter]. Lancet 1993;343:1364–1365.
10. Barnes GT, Berzovich IA. The intensity of scattered radiation in mammography.
Radiology 1978;126:243.
11. Dershaw DD, Malik S. Stationary and moving grids: comparative radiation dose.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;147:491.
12. Chan HP, Frank PH, Doi K, et al. Ultra-high-density radiographic grids: a new
antiscatter technique for mammography. Radiology 1985;154:807.
13. Sickles EA, Weber WN. High-contrast mammography with a moving grid:
assessment of clinical unity. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;146:1137.
14. Egan RL. Experience with mammography in a tumor institution: evaluation of 1,000
studies. Radiology 1960;75:894.
15. Oestmann JW, Kopans DB, Linetsky L, et al. Comparison of two screen film
combinations in contact and magnification mammography: detectability of
microcalcifications. Radiology 1989;23:657–659.
453 / 1584
bi
16. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
17. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
18. Haus AG. Screen film image receptors and film processing. In: A categorical course
in physics—technical aspects of breast imaging [syllabus]. Oak Brook, IL: Radiological
Society of North America, 1993:83–99.
19. Tabar L, Haus AG. Processing of mammographic films: technical and clinical
considerations. Radiology 1989;173:65–69.
21. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA. et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography:
a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
22. Hammerstein GR, Miller DW, Masterson ME, et al. Absorbed radiation dose in
mammography. Radiology 1979;130:485.
23. Feig SA, Haus AG, Jans RG, et al. Mammography—a user's guide [NCRP Report
no. 85] (Vol. 85). Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements, 1986.
25. Wu X, Barnes GT, Tucker DM. Spectral dependence of glandular tissue dose in
film/screen mammography. Radiology 1991;179:143–148.
27. Sickles EA. Further experience with microfocal spot magnification mammography in
the assessment of clustered breast microcalcifications. Radiology 1980;137:9.
28. Zamenhof RG, Homer MJ. Mammography: Part 1, physical principles. Appl Radiol
1984;Sept/Oct.
454 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
9
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Debra Deibel
Introduction
Digital mammography is still undergoing an evolution. The quality control (QC) for these
systems is still being worked out and is vendor-specific. The reader is advised to use the
methods recommended by the vendor until general QC measures are developed. It is also
likely that digital breast tomosynthesis will replace conventional digital mammography, and
this will offer a whole new set of QC challenges. This chapter deals with QC for
conventional film/screen systems and has not been changed from the second edition of
Breast Imaging.
455 / 1584
bi
Quality Assurance
The goal of mammography is to image all the breast tissue with high contrast and high
resolution at the lowest dose with as little noise as possible to permit the detection and
diagnosis of breast cancer at as small a size and early a stage as possible. If screening is to
be available to all, this must be done at a reasonable cost. QA specifies the overall
management program, which includes policies and procedures designed to optimize the
control of the performance of the facility and its equipment. Ultimately, the physician is
responsible for implementing a QA program. QA requires an entire system of monitoring
that not only ensures that the images are obtained and processed properly, but that
P.268
their analysis and interpretation are organized and monitored and that the information
derived is accurately and effectively conveyed to the patient and her physician.
It is advantageous to use reporting systems that provide an organized structure for
reporting and a standardized reporting language, such as the American College of
Radiology (ACR) Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System (BIRADS). Computer
systems are strongly recommended to facilitate the tracking of patients, especially those
needing follow-up, to be certain that suggested measures have been taken when needed
and that “the loop” has been closed. By collecting detailed statistical information such as
the number of biopsies recommended and the number of cancers diagnosed, the cancer
detection program can be monitored, adjusted, and improved.
Quality Control
QC is the segment of the overall QA program that specifies and implements measurements
of the mammographic procedure to detect any variations from the optimum so that
corrective actions can be taken promptly (1). Quality maintenance through QC monitoring
of the production of the image is the foundation of an early detection program. The
sequence of elements that must function properly to produce a high-quality mammogram
can be considered an imaging chain. A weak link or break in the chain at any point
compromises the effectiveness of early detection. All components should be optimized and,
once optimized, monitored to be sure that optimization is maintained.
These tests are documented in both the ACR Manual for Mammography Physicists and in
the American Association of Physicists in Medicine Report No. 29. Any problems should
initiate a call to the service engineer to take corrective action.
Mammography Equipment
Detector
Screen/film combinations that are specifically designed and suited for mammography must
be chosen. At present this involves a single intensifying screen, used as a back screen, with
spatial resolution sufficient to detect microcalcifications 2 to 300 µm in size, and properly
coupled with a single-emulsion film sensitive to the emission spectrum (the color of light
emitted) of the intensifying screen. The cassette containing the screen and film should have
very low x-ray attenuation and high durability and provide intimate contact between the
film and screen. In addition, the cassette should be designed so that the edges of the film
and screen are positioned tightly against the chest wall edge of the cassette to minimize
the amount of breast tissue that is not imaged.
P.269
Screen/Film Contact
One cause of image blur is poor contact between the screen and the film. The cassettes
should be tested by imaging a 40-mesh copper screen to ensure good screen/film contact.
Areas of poor screen/film contact appear as black splotches on the resulting image. Each
screen should be marked with an identification number near the left or right edge away
457 / 1584
bi
screen should be marked with an identification number near the left or right edge away
from the chest wall. This is accomplished by affixing thin stick-on numbers that do not
compromise film screen contact but prevent light from the screen from reaching the film,
so that the screen number appears in white on each film. The same number should also be
placed on the outside of the cassette. This numbering permits the identification of the
particular cassette and its screen should a problem arise, so that artifacts related to the
cassette and its screen can be rapidly resolved. Because dust causes artifacts on images
and can cause poor screen/film contact, screens should be cleaned at least once a week
(more frequently as needed).
Grid
The grid must be a moving grid. It must function properly and be able to continue to
function even when there is firm pressure against it during breast compression. A common
cause of grid artifact is poor electrical connection (Fig. 9-1).
Figure 9-1 Grid lines are not immediately apparent on this mediolateral oblique
projection A but are obvious on close inspection B. They can compromise the
appreciation of fine details. The image should be repeated.
Processing
Processing of the film is frequently the weakest link in the imaging chain. Processing
involves a fairly sensitive, controlled interaction among the film, the chemicals, and the
processor. It has been found that it is usually best to follow the film manufacturer's
guidelines and use combinations of film, chemicals, processor cycle time, and developer
temperatures that have been determined to work best. This does not mean that the
individual practice cannot discover better combinations, but the recommended processing
parameters have usually been carefully arrived at by the manufacturers. It is usually best
to consider these components together as a complete system to obtain appropriate image
quality, especially in terms of film contrast and speed.
Processor
458 / 1584
bi
Ideally the processor is completely dedicated to mammography. If the processor must be
used to process other kinds of film, it should be optimized for the mammography film. If
the processor must be shared, it is beneficial if all single-emulsion film is directed to the
mammography processor, with a separate processor for double-emulsion films, because
P.270
the chemistry replenishment rates are determined by the amount of emulsion processed.
Daily processor maintenance includes sensitometry, monitoring of developer temperature,
and cleaning of the crossover rollers so that buildup of particulate matter or other material
does not scratch or otherwise damage the film. A thorough cleaning should be performed
at least monthly, and processor inspection should check for rough rollers, nonuniform
transport speed, broken gears, and chemistry replenishment rates.
Wash Cycle
Washing the film after it has been developed is important for the long-term stability of the
image. The removal of residual developer and fixer chemistries improves the survival of
archived images. The wash water should always be filtered to remove possible
contaminants and the temperature of the wash water should be set to the processor
manufacturer's recommendation.
Drain the tanks in the processor and thoroughly clean and flush the tanks, racks, and
tubing to the replenishment tanks with water.
Drain and flush the replenisher tanks and refill with fresh chemistry mixed to the
proper concentration.
Check the specific gravity with a hydrometer to provide a gross measurement of the
concentration of the processor chemicals. This should agree with the desired
measurement provided by the chemistry manufacturer of both the developer and fixer.
Check the pH readings to determine whether the solutions have been properly mixed.
Fill the fixer tank with fixer solution.
Fill the wash tank with filtered water.
Once again rinse the developer tank to eliminate any possibility that contaminants
such as fixer have compromised the tank. Check developer tank filter.
Fill the developer tank halfway full with developer and add the specified amount of
developer starter solution to begin the seasoning of the chemistry. Add an additional
amount of developer solution to fill the developer tank. To keep the pH and potassium
bromide within acceptable limits, starter (from the manufacturer of the chemicals
used) of a slightly higher pH is added to the fresh developer.
Set the developer temperature control at the temperature specified by the film
manufacturer for the processing cycle time being used.
Set replenishment rates according to the volume of the tank and the size of films that
will be used and the estimated number of films that will be processed each day.
Wait for the processor to warm up and stabilize. Check the temperature with a digital
thermometer accurate to at least ±0.5°F. (Do not use thermometers containing
mercury or alcohol: they may contaminate the processor if they break.)
Select a fresh box of film for control testing of the same type of film used for
mammography. Note the emulsion number and record it.
Using a sensitometer that is matched to the color of the light that will be emitted by
the screens and that produces a 21-step wedge on the control film, expose and process
a sensitometric strip. This should be processed with the less-exposed end being fed
into the processor first, inserted on the same side of the processor feed tray each time
and in the same orientation to the emulsion. It is important that these details of
testing be completed precisely.
Repeat the sensitometric strip each day at approximately the same time for 5
consecutive days. Always do this before any clinical images are processed.
462 / 1584
bi
Using a densitometer, read in the center of each step of the sensitometric strip and
record the densities, including an area of the processed film that has not been
exposed.
Determine the average of the densities for each step, using the densities for that step
from the five strips.
Determine which step has a density closest to 2.20 and the step close to but not less
than 0.45. The difference in densities between these two steps is designated as the
density difference (DD) (often referred to as the contrast points).
Determine the average of the densities measured from step 1 or the unexposed area
of the five strips. This provides the base plus fog level (B + F). The numeric values of
mid-density (MD), DD, and B + F are the standards that must be used when
comparing future test strips in your processor using the control box of film.
Record these values on a control chart and use them as standards for daily processor
QC. The control limits of MD and DD should be within ±0.10 of the optimized
standards and the B + F within ±0.03 of the standard.
Darkroom
The darkroom environment can be a major cause of problems. Good design and cleanliness
help to control dust artifacts and ensure image quality. The darkroom should not be used as
a storage room. Only the necessary processing materials should be in the darkroom.
Additional objects add unwanted dust and dirt.
An adequate air supply must be provided, and the relative humidity should be maintained
between 40% and 60%. Vents, which are dust accumulators, should not be located above
the counters that are used for handling cassettes.
P.273
One of the biggest contributors to dust and artifacts in darkrooms can be the ceiling
material. The often-used acoustic ceiling tiles made of a compressed material and set into
metal tracks accumulate dust and dirt that fall when the air pressure changes when the
darkroom door is opened and closed. Light can also enter the darkroom through such tiles.
A solid construction ceiling is strongly recommended. Sources of dust and dirt as well as
light must be controlled. Food should not be allowed in the darkroom; crumbs on the
screens are as bad as dust.
463 / 1584
bi
Figure 9-3 These curves of film density plotted against the log of the relative
exposure demonstrate the differences between one film with higher contrast A and
another B, which has a wider gray scale.
Figure 9-4 Average gradient is calculated by finding the slope of the Hunter and
Driffield curve between point A, which is the density 0.25 above the base plus fog (base
plus fog is generally approximately 0.17 to 0.20) and the point on the curve that is 2.0
above the base plus fog. The formula is 1.75/(E2 - E1). In this case E2 = 1.67 and E1
= 1.09, so that the average gradient = 1.75/(1.67 - 1.09) = 3.022.
Care must be taken that there are no light leaks around the doors, pass boxes, or
processors. Light leaks result in fog and a loss of contrast on the final image. Proper
safelights, chosen to avoid the spectral sensitivity of the film being used, and correct light
bulb wattage must be used. The safelight should be positioned 4 feet from the work area or
the feed tray. A QC safelight test must be performed. The film in the darkroom must be
kept in a clean, light-tight container.
465 / 1584
bi
466 / 1584
bi
Established protocol to correct any problems noted in QC tests
Reports of committee meetings and medical physicist annual report
Sign-off page
Patient complaint mechanism
P.275
Darkroom Cleanliness
Darkroom cleaning should be carried out at the beginning of the work period before any
clinical films are handled or processed to minimize artifacts on film images. Sufficient time
must be given to accomplish this task at the start of the working day. The use of daylight
processors for mammography has largely eliminated the darkroom except for loading the
film containers or magazines, which must still be kept clean and in a clean area.
Screen Cleanliness
Cleaning is performed at least weekly, or whenever dust or dirt artifacts that may degrade
image quality or mimic microcalcifications are noted on images. Grease from a finger on
the film can prevent its development, and the result can look like calcifications on a
mammogram (Fig. 9-5).
Phantom Images
A radiograph is done to establish an optimized baseline to ensure image quality of the
entire imaging chain. All other components must be optimized first (i.e., mammography
equipment and processing). Subsequently, it should be carried out weekly. A phantom
image should be obtained after service to the mammographic equipment or whenever
problems in image quality are suspected. With mobile mammography equipment, a
phantom image should be done each time the unit is moved.
The phantom image is evaluated for film background density, contrast (density difference),
uniformity, and the number of objects seen. The mammographic phantom approximates a
4.0- to 4.5-cm compressed breast with six different-size nylon fibers that simulate fibrous
structures, five groups of simulated microcalcifications, and five different-size tumorlike
masses (Figs. 9-6 and 9-7). Test objects within the phantom range in size from those that
should
P.276
be visible on any system to objects that are difficult to see even on the best
mammographic systems.
469 / 1584
bi
ACR criteria require a minimum score that includes visibility of the four largest fibrils, the
three largest simulated microcalcification groups, and the three largest tumorlike masses.
The QC technologist should evaluate the phantom image and record the number of objects
seen using a magnifying glass and the same viewing conditions each time. The radiologist
may also wish to evaluate the phantom images. The phantom images should be compared
to the baseline, and previous images should be examined for artifacts and nonuniform
areas. If problems are noted, the source must be determined and corrective action taken.
The medical physicist can assist in identifying the specific problem.
Visual Checklist
A visual inspection checklist for each mammographic unit and room should be based on the
unit model, manufacturer, and policy.
Repeat Analysis
The number of repeated mammograms (additional patient exposure) should be tracked.
There are inevitable misfires, patient motion (Fig. 9-8), and other problems that affect the
images. The resulting data establish the number and cause of films that have been
discarded to identify the source. The analysis helps identify ways to improve efficiency,
reduce costs, and reduce patient exposure.
Fixer Retention
Fixer retention is tested to determine the amount of residual fixer in the processed film as
an indicator of how well the images will keep over time. Residual fixer indicates insufficient
washing and degrades the image's stability.
Darkroom Fog
Darkroom fog is checked to prevent any unwanted film density due to fog from darkroom
light leaks, poor condition of safelight filters, or film storage. 470 / 1584
bi
light leaks, poor condition of safelight filters, or film storage.
Figure 9-6 The Radiation Measurements Inc. (ACR) phantom contains 16 test objects
seen here schematically. These include six nylon fibers of varying thickness (1 = 1.56
mm, 2 = 1.12 mm, 3 = 0.89 mm, 4 = 0.54 mm, 5 = 0.40 mm, and 6 = 0.40 mm) to
simulate spicules, five groups of specs of varying sizes (7 = 0.54 mm, 8 = 0.40 mm, 9
= 0.32 mm, 10 = 0.24 mm, and 11 = 0.16 mm) to simulate calcifications, and tapered
discs of varying diameter (12 = 10 mm, 13 = 7.5 mm, 14 = 6.0 mm, 15 = 5.0 mm,
and 16 = 3.0 mm) whose thickness also varies (12 = 2.0 mm, 13 = 1.0 mm, 14 = 0.75
mm, 15 = 0.5 mm, and 16 = 0.25 mm) to simulate masses. A flat disk is also provided
to be placed on the phantom so that the density of the film under the disk can be
compared to that immediately adjacent to the disk to provide a measure of the
contrast range of the imaging chain. (From Radiation Measurements, Inc., Middleton,
WI, with permission.)
P.277
Screen/Film Contact
Screen/film contact is checked to ensure that the contact between screen and film is being
maintained and not causing image blurring. All cassettes should be tested during
acceptance testing and then at least semiannually or when a problem of blur is suspected.
The deterioration of the foam or backing on which the screens are mounted or improper
cleaning can result in poor screen/film contact or blurred image quality. This can also be
caused by particulate matter between the screen and film (Fig. 9-9).
Compression
The force of compression is tested to ensure adequate but not excessive force in both
manual and powered modes. The medical physicist's annual tests are designed to detect
problems that interfere with the image quality or increase the radiation dose to the patient.
A written report of the test results should be provided to the radiologist for review and
recorded in the QA manual. The medical physicist should also review the technologist's QC
data and charts at an annual visit and be available to the QC technologist and radiologist.
471 / 1584
bi
Figure 9-7 Image of the ACR phantom, showing the various test objects visible using
the screen/film technique. At least four of the fibers, three of the simulated calcification
clusters, and three of the simulated masses should be visible.
A mammography technique chart for both phototiming and manual techniques should be
completed and posted on the mammographic unit. A copy should also be placed in the QA
manual. These charts should be reviewed periodically by the technologist, medical
physicist, and radiologist. It may be necessary to use manual techniques to obtain
appropriate film density when imaging breasts for implant views, and some phototimers do
not produce acceptable densities for all kilovolts (peak) or all thicknesses of breasts.
472 / 1584
bi
Figure 9-8 Motion blur can be subtle. It is best seen by looking at calcifications. A The
benign calcifications appear blurred. B With motion eliminated, the calcifications are
sharply defined. C In this second case, the calcifications of ductal carcinoma in situ
were barely evident due to motion blur on the magnification image. D They are much
sharper on the repeat image without motion.
Figure 9-9 A small piece of wood between the film and the screen blocks the light
from the screen so that the film under it is white. The breast structures in the area are
blurred due to poor screen/film contact.
Many states also have state regulations for mammography. Each facility should consult its
state boards to ensure compliance with both state and federal requirements.
473 / 1584
bi
Summary
QA and QC depend on thorough preplanning of activities and proper execution of the plan.
Every person involved in caring for the patient and the imaging chain has a responsibility to
ensure that the result is of high quality.
References
1. Gray JE, Winkler NT, Stears J, et al. Quality control in diagnostic imaging. Rockville,
MD: Aspen, 1982.
3. Kimme-Smith C, Sun H, Bassett LW, et al. Effect of poor control of film processors
on mammographic image quality. Radiographics 1992;12:1137–1146.
6. Methods for the sensitometry of medical and dental x-ray films. Washington, DC:
American National Standards Institute. ANSI PH 2.9-1974.
474 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
10
Mammographic Positioning
One of the most important yet difficult aspects of breast cancer detection and diagnosis is
positioning the patient and properly exposing the mammogram. If the breast is not
properly positioned, large volumes of breast tissue may not be imaged. Clearly, if tissues
are not imaged, then the skill of the interpreter is irrelevant and cancers will be missed
(Fig. 10-1). The radiologist must insist on well-positioned, properly exposed mammograms
and work continuously with and support dedicated technologists whose goal is try to obtain
the best images for every patient. High-quality imaging requires highly motivated
technologists who recognize the importance of their work and constantly seek to improve
its quality.
Imaging the anterior breast tissues is simple, but imaging the deep tissues is difficult.
Given that the volume of the breast increases toward the chest wall, failure to image these
tissues could exclude large areas where cancer might develop. It requires a well-trained
technologist who is skilled in the proper maneuvers and a cooperative patient who is
relaxed and permits the pulling and compression of the breast that is so important for high-
quality imaging.
The following discussions pertain to conventional 2D mammograms—film/screen and
digital. With the introduction of digital breast tomosynthesis (DBT), the need for multiple
projections will be much less and will probably be eliminated. Our reviews of the literature
and a review of more than 400 cancers imaged using 2D mammography (1) suggest that
the mediolateral oblique (MLO) projection should be all that is needed when using DBT. The
craniocaudal (CC) projection is primarily of value to allow the radiologist to “see behind”
tissues that can obscure a lesion on the MLO. DBT eliminates this problem. Furthermore,
DBT will eliminate the need for most “diagnostic” mammography. Lesions are far more
conspicuous using DBT and margins are more clearly seen using DBT, so that spot
compression and rolled views will no longer be needed. Since the location of a lesion is
clearly defined by the x and y coordinates on DBT and the z is easily determined from the
number of slices and the breast thickness, the 3D location of a lesion is always evident by
DBT. DBT will still require excellent positioning for the MLO. This will become even more
important since the CC projection will likely not be obtained.
Screening Mammography
The screening mammogram is the most important mammographic study. Although earlier
detection does not guarantee cure, the screening mammogram is the only opportunity to
detect a clinically occult breast cancer earlier. The fact that screening must be highly
efficient and of low cost, so that it can be available to as many women as possible, does
not mean that the quality of the screening mammogram can be diminished. The equipment 475 / 1584
bi
not mean that the quality of the screening mammogram can be diminished. The equipment
and detector system must be capable of producing excellent image quality. The
technologist must strive to work with the patient to position the breast as completely over
the imaging field of view as possible to avoid missing the deep tissues. The breast must be
appropriately compressed to spread overlapping structures, and the exposure should be
suitable to properly image the tissues at risk for cancer. With the introduction of DBT, the
distinction between a screening study and diagnostic x-ray evaluation will disappear, but
the need for excellent positioning will become even more important. DBT provides much
clearer x-ray images by eliminating structure noise, but the technique will require
maximizing the tissues in the field of view.
Figure 10-1 Poor positioning can result in lost opportunity. This MLO projection
was not well positioned and was interpreted as negative A along with the CC projection
B. One year later C the breast was pulled further into the machine and an invasive
ductal carcinoma was evident. It could have been detected a year earlier with better
positioning. Its front edge is barely visible at the back of the earlier MLO (arrow on A).
Standard Views
476 / 1584
bi
When using digital or film/screen conventional mammography, two projections of each
breast should be obtained whether the study is for screening or for a diagnostic evaluation
(unless a recent two-view study is available). Two views permit an appreciation of three
dimensions and an understanding of overlapping structures that may be confusing when
single-view mammograms are obtained. Sickles et al found that single-view
mammography leads to a higher rate of patient recall for additional evaluation (2). This is
because normal overlapping structures can be confusing on a single projection but are
easily clarified by the second view. More important, it has been shown repeatedly that
single-view mammography causes the radiologist to fail to detect 11% to 25% of cancers
(Fig. 10-3) (3,4). If DBT is being used, then the problem of overlapping tissues is
eliminated so that the CC projection may not be needed when using DBT.
Figure 10-2 Although the glandular and ductal elements of the breast are usually in
the distribution shown (dark area), they can extend high on the chest wall up to the
clavicle, high into the axilla itself, around laterally past the anterior axillary line, and
down to the upper abdomen.
Two views should always be obtained as the first baseline screening examination. Some
radiologists, to save money and radiation exposure, still argue that when the breast tissues
are predominantly composed of radiolucent fat, subsequent screening studies with single-
view mammograms are sufficient. Not only has this never been proved, but the cost
savings is a relatively small percentage of the overall cost of screening (a sheet of film
contributes 1/25 of the cost of a mammogram) and the radiation exposure, relative to the
benefit of early detection, is insignificant for women ages 40 and over (5). Because single-
view conventional mammography is likely to result in early cancers being missed, the
effort to save money and dose will result in lives lost, and single-view screening is unlikely
to be cost-effective. Two-view mammography is preferred for all screening studies. If DBT
is used, then the MLO projection may be all that is needed.
Additional Views
When using conventional mammography (film/screen or digital), additional views may be
useful when a suspected abnormality is detected at screening or by clinical examination.
Modified projections, coned-down spot compression, and magnification may be useful to
477 / 1584
bi
Modified projections, coned-down spot compression, and magnification may be useful to
clarify a problem (see the section on additional projections later in this chapter).
P.283
Pendent Positioning
Pendent positioning, with the patient leaning forward or even prone, using gravity to
assist in positioning the breast into the field of view, has advantages in some women (Fig.
10-4). With the pectoralis major muscle relaxed by having the arm hang forward, the free
margin of the pectoralis falls away from the chest wall, carrying the adjacent breast tissue
with it (Fig. 10-5). This helps bring the deep tissues into the imaging field. Unfortunately,
these systems did not become standard and are no longer manufactured.
478 / 1584
bi
these systems did not become standard and are no longer manufactured.
One company offers a positioning assist technology that was developed at the
Massachusetts General Hospital. As an aid to the technologist, a membrane that lies
between the compression system and the breast can be used to pull the breast further into
the machine even after compression is applied (Fig. 10-6). This too can help ensure that
the deep tissues are included in the imaging.
479 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-4 Using gravity to help position the breast in the pendent position
has some advantages. This mammography unit tilts so that the patient can lean
forward and gravity can assist the technologist in positioning on the mediolateral
projection A and the CC view B. Having the arms relaxed and forward relaxes the
pectoralis major muscle and also facilitates positioning. C On this image obtained using
conventional, upright positioning, the back of the breast is not as far into the field of
view as when the patient was positioned with her breast pendent D.
Proper Compression
Insufficient compression permits tissue to slip out from the field of view. Too much
compression does nothing to improve the image and only results in discomfort and even
pain for the patient. Among the goals of compression are thinning the breast as much as
possible and spreading the structures. The determining factor is the elasticity of the breast
and in particular the elasticity of its envelope, the skin. As compression is increased, the
breast tissues push out perpendicular to the direction of the compression and against the
exposed skin. Once the exposed skin is tight,
P.285
additional pressure only pushes the tissues against an unstretchable skin envelope and
does not improve the image, but causes pain. Thus, the compression should be applied
until the skin becomes taut (or the patient asks that it be stopped).
Figure 10-5 Breast tissue lies along the lateral margin of the pectoralis major
muscle. The patient in this CT scan was lying prone with her breasts pendent. There is
breast tissue (arrow) that extends along the lateral margin of the pectoralis major (P)
that must be pulled into the field of view on a mammogram. The same tissue was
excised from the other side when her breast cancer was excised.
Figure 10-6 A traction system can pull the breast (and possible lesions) further into
the machine, even after some compression has been applied.
Mammography should not be painful. If it is, it may mean that skin is being pinched; if
compression is hurting, the technologist should stop and release the compression. In
addition to the actual squeezing, much of the discomfort is likely due to the anxiety and
loss of control associated with the procedure. Technologists should recognize this and be as
supportive as possible. Each step of the process should be explained, and the patient
should be warned when pressure is to be applied. Compression at a slow rate appears to
be preferred over rapid squeezing. If the patient expresses pain, compression should be
stopped. If the positioning is unsatisfactory, compression should be released, the
technologist should try to determine what was causing the discomfort, the procedure
should be discussed again with the patient, and then the technologist should try to
reposition so that it is more comfortable.
There is clearly a psychological aspect to the discomfort associated with breast
compression. Although mammography systems are expected to be able to generate 25 to
45 lb of force, pressure is related to the surface area over which the force is applied. This is
expressed in pounds per square inch (psi). Because even the smallest breasts have surface
areas that are over 10 in2, the actual pressure on the breast is quite low. For example, if
the surface of the breast that is in contact with the compression paddle is semicircular (Fig.
10-7) and the chest wall side is 11 inches across, the
P.286
area in contact with the compression device is approximately half the area of a circle that is
11 inches in diameter (5.5 inches in radius). This is approximately 45 square inches (1/2 ×
πgp × 5.52). This means that if 45 pounds is applied over that area, the pressure amounts
to 1 psi (45 lb/45 in2). If the breast is smaller, the same force amounts to greater
481 / 1584
bi
to 1 psi (45 lb/45 in2). If the breast is smaller, the same force amounts to greater
pressure, but even reducing the diameter to 7 inches only increases the pressure to 3 psi.
In our experience the amount of force rarely exceeds 20 lb. It has been shown that the
average (depending on breast size) pressure generated from mammographic compression
is approximately 3 psi. This is the equivalent of applying 45 lb to a breast whose skin area,
in contact with the compression paddles, is 15 square inches, suggesting a diameter at the
chest wall that is a little less than 7 inches. These numbers may not have much meaning
until it is realized that the pressure from a mammogram is actually much less than the 6
psi that can be generated by the examining fingers of a clinical breast examination (CBE)
(7). A mammogram likely delivers less pressure to the breast tissues than “social
interactions.”
Figure 10-7 The amount of pressure applied to the breast is the number of pounds
applied divided by the area of the compression paddle's contact with the breast
(shaded area), which equals pounds per square inch.
Lack of control is also a component of the discomfort. In a study that allowed women to
control the compression, many women actually satisfactorily compressed themselves with
less reported discomfort than if the technologist compressed them (8).
Figure 10-8 A well-positioned MLO mammogram should include tissue from high and
deep in the axilla down to the opened IMF with the front of the breast pulled up and out
from the chest wall.
Proper positioning is accomplished by determining the angle of the free margin of the
pectoralis major muscle while the patient's humerus is slightly raised, keeping the muscle
relaxed (Fig. 10-9). The gantry should be rotated so that the plane of the detector parallels
the muscle as it passes obliquely across the chest. This has been shown to be the best way
to permit the breast to be pulled away from the chest wall and to permit the maximum
amount of tissue to be brought into the field of view. This angle, which varies from
individual to individual, permits the necessary compression of the tissues of the breast with
the least amount of discomfort.
It is important that the patient be instructed to relax her shoulders as much as possible to
avoid tension in the pectoralis muscles, because this reduces the amount of tissue that can
be imaged. The arm should never be elevated higher than the shoulder, and every effort
should be made to avoid tightening the chest muscles, which tends to pull the breast out of
the field of view. The best mammograms are obtained when a woman can actively relax
the pectoralis major muscle.
The breast is positioned by taking advantage of its movable margins. One of the goals of
positioning is to press the breast and its structures as close to the detector as possible to
reduce blur from geometric unsharpness. Because it is firmly attached to the chest wall
medially along the sternum and superiorly below the clavicle, the breast cannot be moved
laterally or inferiorly on the chest wall, but it
P.287
can be elevated and moved medially (Fig. 10-10). In positioning for the MLO, the
483 / 1584
bi
can be elevated and moved medially (Fig. 10-10). In positioning for the MLO, the
technologist raises the breast and pulls it forward and medially, trying to gather all the
deep lateral tissues. She guides the patient into the machine so that the corner of the
cassette is high and deep in the axilla, positioning the edge of the cassette against the ribs
to keep the breast from sliding back laterally.
Figure 10-9 The technologist's fingers are behind the free margin of the pectoralis
major muscle. It is the angle of the muscle (line and arrows) that determines the angle
to which the gantry is rotated.
Figure 10-10 A) The medial and superior margins of the breast are fixed and
immovable (patterned arrows). The mobility of the lateral and inferior margins (B)
(solid arrows) is used to properly position the breast.
The patient is then rolled slowly toward the cassette holder so that the edge of the cassette
keeps the breast from slipping out of the field of view and the detector pushes
P.288
and holds the breast medially, preventing it from slipping back laterally and out of the field
of view. As the compression paddle is brought across the sternum and against the breast,
the technologist removes her hand. As this is done, the technologist should continue to hold
the breast and slide her hand up and out to ensure that the breast continues to be held
medially, is pulled forward away from the chest wall, and is pulled up so that the structures
484 / 1584
bi
medially, is pulled forward away from the chest wall, and is pulled up so that the structures
are spread (up and out). The patient should be as far into the machine as possible to image
the tissues from high in the axilla and the upper outer quadrant of the breast down to the
IMF. The breast should be pulled up and out (Fig. 10-11) so that the IMF is open and there
is no overlap between the bottom of the breast and the upper abdomen (Fig. 10-12). The
open IMF should be visible at the bottom edge of the film (Fig. 10-13).
If the corner of the detector has been properly placed high in the axilla, then the
compression paddle, which is aligned with the detector, encounters the breast high and
deep along its superomedial margin (Fig. 10-14). During positioning the technologist must
hold the breast to maintain its position and smooth the skin to eliminate any folds. Because
the breast is anchored medially, the compression paddle cannot push these tissues any
distance. If the breast is not properly held medially, then the tethering of the breast along
the sternum will pull the medial tissues out of the field of view as the paddle slides over the
anchored tissues (Fig. 10-15).
Figure 10-11 The breast should be pulled up and away from the chest wall as the
compression is being applied to open the IMF.
By moving the breast as far medially (toward the sternum) as possible, the skin over the
medial breast is relaxed and the compression paddle does not have to move as far to
compress the breast. This reduces, but does not eliminate, the possibility that a lesion in
the medial breast will slip out from under the compression paddle and not be imaged (see
Fig. 10-15C). The technologist should try to be sure that the breast is as far into the
machine as possible.
486 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-12 The breast should be pulled up and away from the chest wall. In
this MLO projection the breast is drooping and the IMF is not even on the film A. This
can occur because the patient has been allowed to pull out of the compression, as seen
from behind B, and the bottom of the breast has slipped out. By pulling the breast up
and away from the chest wall and being sure that the detector is as close against the
chest wall as possible C, the inframammary crease is visible and open D.
Figure 10-14 The corner of the detector should ideally be placed high in the axilla, as
shown in this picture where the technologist has placed her fingers. The compression
paddle will be at the level of the technologist's thumb.
488 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-15 A This schematic is a perspective looking down from above. If a lesion
is in the medial portion of the breast, it may be pulled out from the field of view if the
breast is moved laterally during compression (arrow). The breast should be moved
medially B (arrow) to avoid requiring the compression paddle to move too far laterally.
Medial lesions can be pulled out of the field of view from under the compression
because the breast is tethered medially. No abnormality is evident on these bilateral
MLO projections C. A repeat image on the same day of the right breast demonstrates
an invasive cancer D. The medial tissues had been pulled from the field of view on the
first study.
489 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-16 The tilt paddle is able to compress the anterior breast tissues.
This MLO projection was performed with a standard compression paddle. The front of
the breast is not compressed, and the structures overlap A. Using standard, flat
compression, the back of the breast is compressed but the front is frequently not B.
The tilt paddle first holds and compresses the back of the breast, and then it tilts to
compress the front C. The result is better overall compression and separation of the
anterior structures D.
As the only constant reference point, the nipple should ideally be projected in tangent to
the x-ray beam on all images. This also reduces the chance of confusing the nipple as a
mass, or a true subareolar mass being mistaken as the nipple. If positioning the nipple in
profile reduces the amount of breast tissue imaged, then the technologist should ignore
trying to image the nipple in profile in favor of projecting the maximum amount of tissue
onto the film. When the nipple is not in tangent, it can be mistaken for a mass (Fig. 10-
19A). If there is any question that a subareolar abnormality may be present, an additional
view of the front of the breast, with the nipple in profile, can be obtained (Fig. 10-19B).
Craniocaudal Projection
The second view that should be routinely obtained when using conventional 2D x-ray
imaging is the CC projection. Compression is usually applied from the top of the breast
(although some units permit compression from the bottom up) with the detector system
under the caudal surface. The gantry is positioned with the beam perpendicular to the floor.
Whenever possible, the nipple should be projected in profile, although, as with the MLO
projection, maximizing the tissues imaged takes precedence over imaging the nipple in
profile. In the standard CC view, the axis of the nipple is perpendicular to the edge of the
detector. Optimal CC positioning is achieved by having the technologist elevate
490 / 1584
bi
P.293
P.294
P.295
the breast by gathering the tissues from below and pulling the breast up and away from the
chest wall. The skin and tissues at the top of the breast are fixed, but the lower breast and
its attachment at the IMF are movable and can be elevated, relaxing the skin of the upper
breast. If the breast is simply placed on the detector (Fig. 10-20), the compression paddle
may not be able to keep the deep tissues in the field of view. Elevation of the IMF permits
more breast tissue to be pulled into the field of view as well as allowing better and more
comfortable compression.
Figure 10-17 In a patient with a large breast or when the deep tissues prevent
compression of the anterior breast, two images may be needed. In this patient the
anterior breast is not well compressed A. Having obtained a good image of the deep
tissues, a second image was obtained of only the front of the breast B to provide better
compression to the anterior tissues.
491 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-18 A well-positioned MLO projection images the tissues from high in the
axilla to just below the IMF A. The mammogram B should ideally appear as in this 36-
year-old woman (note that not all young women have dense tissues).
Figure 10-19 If the nipple is not in profile, it can be mistaken for a mass. On
this projection there appears to be a subareolar mass A. It proved to be the nipple
when the patient was repositioned with the nipple in profile B.
492 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-20 Just placing the breast on the detector A may result in deep tissues,
particularly at the top of the breast (arrow and O on skin), being pulled out of the field
of view by tethering at the top of the breast as the compression paddle traverses the
upper chest. Elevating the breast B relaxes the upper skin, and a lesion is less likely to
be excluded from the field of view. The detector is then raised to this level. The benefit
of elevating the breast can be seen schematically. Failure to raise the breast can result
in the lesion not being imaged C. Elevation permits more of the upper breast to be
included in the field of view D.
The technologist should raise the breast with a flat palm underneath so that the IMF is
raised as high as it will move (Fig. 10-21). The detector should be raised to this level so
that when the breast is placed on the detector, the bottom of the breast is as high as
possible, while avoiding raising it so high that attachments at the bottom of the breast pull
breast tissues close to the chest wall out of the field of view. Elevating the breast relaxes
the upper tissues so that when compression is applied, the attachments at the top of the
breast do not pull high, deep lesions out of the field of
P.296
view (see Fig. 10-20). The patient should be guided into the machine so that the edge of
the cassette is against the ribs, pushing up slightly from beneath the breast. The breast is
then pulled into the machine with two hands (Fig. 10-22).
493 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-21 The technologist should elevate the breast with a flat palm as high as it
can be moved to relax the upper breast tissues. The detector should be elevated to this
level.
Figure 10-22 The breast is pulled into the machine using two hands.
Because the medial tissues may inadvertently be pulled out of the field of view on the MLO
by normal tethering along the sternum, many radiologists suggest that special attention be
paid to these tissues on the CC projection. As the patient moves against the film holder for
the CC
P.297
projection, the opposite pendent breast may bump against the holder and prevent the
patient from pressing as close into the detector as possible. To prevent this, the opposite
breast should be placed up on the detector so that the patient can move into the field of
view as deeply as possible (Fig. 10-23). Care should be taken to be certain that the medial
tissues are imaged. Because breast cancer is most commonly found in the lateral breast,
however, the lateral tissues should not be neglected, and the technologist should draw the
lateral tissues into the field of view as the compression is applied (Fig. 10-24). 494 / 1584
bi
lateral tissues into the field of view as the compression is applied (Fig. 10-24).
Figure 10-23 To prevent the opposite breast from pushing the patient away from the
detector, the breast is placed up on the detector, as seen on this CC position.
Figure 10-24 As the compression is applied, the technologist should try to pull the
lateral tissues into the field of view, as demonstrated here.
Because the skin of the upper breast cannot be stretched, the technologist should carefully
guide the compression paddle over the clavicle. It is a good idea to gently pull some of the
skin up and over the clavicle before lowering the compression so that as the paddle is
brought down the skin can be released, preventing uncomfortable stretching. The
compression is brought down from above along the chest wall to push the tissues against
the detector. If the breast has been maximally elevated, then the compression will have to
travel only a short distance to compress the tissues, and it is unlikely that a lesion in the
upper breast will be pulled out from under the compression by tethering of the upper
breast. Breast tissues are to some extent elastic, but there is a limit, and as the
compression is brought down, a lesion high in the breast may be pulled out of the field of495 / 1584
bi
compression is brought down, a lesion high in the breast may be pulled out of the field of
view by normal superior attachments. If a lesion high in the breast is suspected,
undercompression can be used on subsequent imaging to evaluate these tissues.
Quality Control
The properly positioned CC view should complement the MLO. Ideally the nipple is
perpendicular to the edge of the film. A small portion of the opposite breast should be
visible on the mammogram, indicating that it was draped on the detector and that there is
the likelihood that the medial breast tissues have been included on the image. The lateral
tissues should have been pulled into the field of view so that, if possible, there is fat visible
behind the lateral portion of the fibroglandular tissues (Fig. 10-25).
Maximizing the tissue imaged on the CC view is usually compromised by the shape of the
thorax blocking the positioning of the detector. Generally, more breast tissue can be
projected on the MLO view than on the CC view because of the slope and curve of the
chest wall. Although the technologist should strive to image all of the breast tissues by
ensuring that the medial (sternal) tissues are included on the CC projection, some of the
lateral tissues might not be included in the field of view. If the images suggest that there is
likely glandular tissue extending laterally off the film, rotating the patient so that the
lateral tissues lie on the detector (CC exaggerated laterally) can provide a better
evaluation of the lateral tissues (Fig. 10-26). In a screening setting, technologists should be
trained to automatically obtain these additional views if the lateral tissues extend beyond
the standard CC projection so that the patient need not be recalled for an incomplete
screening study.
As with the MLO, the opposite breast should be positioned symmetrically in the CC
projection so that the mammograms can be viewed as mirror images.
496 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-25 Ideally there is fat between the edge of the film and the parenchyma on
a well-positioned CC projection. These are the CC projections of the patient in Figure
10-8.
The CC view should image as much of the breast as possible, although the geometry of the
breast and chest wall frequently means that less tissue is imaged than on the MLO. It has
been suggested that the distance from just under the nipple to the chest wall edge of the
film on the CC projection (NAL-CC), sometimes called the “posterior nipple line,” should be
no more than 1 cm shorter than the distance back from the nipple, in the axis of the nipple
(NAL-MLO), to the pectoralis major muscle in the MLO (see Fig. 10-27). Stated another
way, NAL-MLO minus NAL-CC should be less than or equal to 1 cm.
497 / 1584
bi
It has been estimated that the pectoralis major muscle should be visible on approximately
30% of CC views. Seeing the pectoralis major muscle is likely a result of a relaxed patient
permitting the muscle to bulge forward; it does not necessarily indicate that more breast
tissue is imaged (Fig. 10-28).
Figure 10-27 A Schematic indicating the visualization of the pectoralis major on the
MLO down to the level of the nipple axis line (NAL) on the MLO. B The corresponding
line from the nipple to the back of the film on the CC should be no more than 1 cm
shorter than the NAL on the MLO. If it is shorter, there is likely breast tissue that is not
being projected onto the detector.
The MAP is made by drawing on the skin of a volunteer (using appropriate markers) the
area of the chest wall that can contain breast tissue and is thus at risk to harbor a
malignancy (Fig. 10-29). This is the area that the technologist is trying to include on the
mammogram. By also drawing
P.300
the anticipated location and course of the fibers of the underlying pectoralis major muscle,
the relationship of these structures, as seen on the mammogram, is visually apparent. If
the patient is properly positioned for the MLO, it is clear on the MAP that the free margin of
the pectoralis major can be imaged down to the level of the nipple (Fig. 10-30). When the
MLO is properly positioned, all of the muscle that is free from attachment is in the field of
view, permitting inclusion of the tissue along its posterolateral surface.
Figure 10-29 The area of potential breast tissue (dark outer line A), as well as the
expected course of the pectoralis major muscle fibers (labeled PMF), is outlined on this
volunteer. The posterior nipple line (PNL) is drawn on medially so that the technologist
can appreciate how it relates to the pectoralis major in the MLO projection.
Because the corner of the compression paddle is aligned with the corner of the film holder,
if the muscle is not wide at the top of the mammogram, this indicates that the axillary
corner was not positioned deep in the axilla, as is also clearly evident on the MAP (Fig. 10-
499 / 1584
31). Using the MAP can show that if the pectoralis muscle appears to be vertically oriented,
bi
31). Using the MAP can show that if the pectoralis muscle appears to be vertically oriented,
the patient is not properly positioned and deep tissues may not be imaged. Poor positioning
can lead to deep cancers being overlooked (Fig. 10-32).
The MAP can also be used to evaluate the CC projection. If the patient is relaxed, the
pectoralis major muscle can be drawn into the field of view (Fig. 10-33). It is even possible
to see how a bulge in the sternal insertion of the pectoralis may be imaged (Fig. 10-34).
Figure 10-30 Using the MAP, the technologist-in-training can visually appreciate the
relationship of the breast and pectoralis major muscle as they appear on the
mammogram. The relationship of the posterior nipple line to the pectoralis muscle is
also apparent.
Identification Markers
Digital mammography has eliminated the need for metallic markers because all
annotations can be added to the image electronically. If film/screen imaging is still used,
identifying markers are critical. In addition to identifying the patient, proper labeling is
important to avoid right–left and medial–lateral confusion. Efforts should be made to avoid
label clutter, but a right and a left marker should be visible on all images (Fig. 10-35). An
indication of the projection should be attached to the film. Some technologists prefer to
place radiopaque markers that indicate the projection of the image. We prefer stickers that
wrap over the edge of the film (readable from either side of the film) so that the
P.301
500 / 1584
projection is easily identified without having to hold the film up to the light and can be more
bi
projection is easily identified without having to hold the film up to the light and can be more
easily retrieved from a file jacket. Similarly, color-coded date stickers that wrap over the
edge permit sorting through a folder to retrieve specific films without having to hold each
one up to the light (Fig. 10-36). Ideally, the film should be blackened to its edges so that
when the mammogram is being viewed there is no extraneous light that might compromise
viewing.
Figure 10-31 The MAP allows the technologist to understand what has happened
when the MLO presents only a narrow margin of pectoralis muscle. This occurs because
the detector is not positioned deep enough into the axilla. If the pectoralis appears thin
and vertical in its orientation, the breast has not been properly positioned.
By convention, radiopaque identification markers should be placed along the upper axillary
portion of the breasts in the lateral views and along the axillary side of the breast in the CC
projections (Fig. 10-37). When supplemental views are obtained, they should be labeled in
a similar fashion and the projection should be indicated.
Each film should contain a unique number that identifies the patient. The date of the study,
as well as an indication of the projection, should be on the film. The name of the facility
should be on each image, along with its address, so the film can be returned to the
appropriate facility should it be loaned out for review and become separated from its film
folder. As with all plain x-ray imaging, the technologist's initials should be on the film so
that she can provide information about the imaging and patient should the radiologist need
additional information.
501 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-32 This right MLO A was poorly positioned and a small cancer, visible in
retrospect (arrow), was missed. A year later the patient returned, and with better
positioning (but still not optimal) the larger cancer is now obvious B.
Placing a number sticker directly on the screen of each cassette blocks light and appears on
every mammogram.
P.302
In this way, if there is a problem caused by the screen, the screen can be identified. We
also place a radiopaque marker on the detector of each mammography unit so that it can
be identified on each image to aid in trouble-shooting imaging problems. All of these latter
markings are no longer needed when using digital systems because everything is identified 502 / 1584
bi
markings are no longer needed when using digital systems because everything is identified
electronically.
Figure 10-33 The MAP clearly shows how the pectoralis major muscle can be pulled
into the field of view on the CC projection.
Physical Examination
Although mammography is the most valuable method of screening for breast cancer, some
cancers (even some small ones) are palpable but not visible on the mammogram. Although
physical examination as the only method of screening has not been well studied, it is likely
that some lives can be saved by detecting cancers earlier based only on the CBE. It is
advisable that patients referred by a physician for screening should have been examined by
that physician. If a center accepts self-referred patients, they should be examined at the
screening center. Otherwise, they should be informed that the mammogram is only part of
a complete screen and advised to seek a CBE if they do not wish to have one provided
P.303
by the center. To be performed properly, a CBE should be done systematically (9).
Examiners should be properly trained and monitored, just as those who perform
mammograms are trained and monitored.
503 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-34 Even the periodic medial bulge of the muscle on the CC projection is
evident using the MAP.
Figure 10-35 Films should be labeled with an identifying code that is unique for the
patient, the date of the study, the projection, and the name and location of the facility,
and the technologist's initials. Imaging factors recorded on the image may also be
useful.
504 / 1584
bi
Although interested x-ray technologists can be trained to perform CBEs, this should not be
a requirement. Their primary responsibility should be to obtain high-quality
mammographic images. Radiologists certainly can perform CBEs, but this too is not a
requirement. The radiologist's responsibility is to supervise the performance of high-quality
mammographic imaging and provide reasonable interpretation of the images. Any
physician who takes responsibility for performing a CBE should recognize that it takes 5 to
15 minutes to perform a thorough one. Any faster likely means that the examination was
not thorough.
Figure 10-37 Radiopaque markers should be in the axillary portion of the images as
seen on the MLO A and CC B projections.
507 / 1584
bi
508 / 1584
bi
509 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-40 The gantry can be rotated so that the beam comes from any direction.
(CC, craniocaudal; MLO, mediolateral oblique; ML, mediolateral; ISO, inferosuperior
oblique; FB, from below; LMO, lateromedial oblique; LM, lateromedial; SIO,
superoinferior oblique.)
511 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-41 The perspective in this schematic is from above the patient A. The
thoracic wall is the dotted line. The standard CC view B images most of the breast
except for the extreme medial and lateral tissues. The lateral tissues are imaged by
rotating the patient medially C and placing the lateral tissues on the detector. In this
patient the standard CC projection of the left breast failed to adequately image the
lateral tissues D. A CC exaggerated laterally was used to image these tissues E.
512 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-42 If an abnormality is suspected in the AT of the breast, these tissues can
be isolated on the mammogram using the AT view, which projects only the lateral
tissues, which extend up into the axilla, onto the detector A. Many mammographers
make the mistake of including central and even medial tissues on this image as if it
were a poorly positioned MLO. This is an example of an incorrectly positioned AT view
B, with central tissues included. The AT view should isolate the axillary tail, as in this
picture C.
513 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-43 The cleavage view is used to image the tissues in the medial
breast. The patient is moved so that both breasts are on the detector, with the medial
portion of the side in question covering the automatic exposure control A. Both breasts
are included in the compression B. Medial lesions, like this invasive breast cancer C,
can be imaged in this fashion.
Figure 10-44 The straight lateral view is positioned with the x-ray beam parallel to
the floor.
P.308
P.309
P.310
514 / 1584
bi
Lateromedial Projections
It should come as no surprise that basic x-ray principles apply to mammography. Since the
resolution of very small details is critical, blur caused by geometric unsharpness can be a
significant problem. This is particularly true if large focal spots are used with short source-
to-object distances or there is a long object-to-detector distance. Blur can be reduced by
shortening the distance between the lesion and the detector by bringing the lesion closer to
the recording system. Thus, if a lesion is present in the medial tissues of the breast, the
image will be sharper if a lateromedial projection is used (Fig. 10-45). This places the
detector along the medial aspect of the breast, with the x-ray beam and compression
coming from the lateral surface. This position may even occasionally project more tissue
than the mediolateral position, but in general the mediolateral projection is favored as the
standard view.
The patient is positioned so that the edge of the detector is on the sternum, or even slightly
offset to the opposite side of the sternum. The patient leans against the detector. Some
technologists find it helpful if she rests her chin on
P.311
the detector (Fig. 10-46). This permits the technologist to push the breast across the chest
toward the detector and then add compression (Fig. 10-47). Because lesions close to the
detector are more sharply imaged, the lateromedial projection provides a sharper image of
a lesion in the medial breast tissues.
Figure 10-45 The lateromedial projection is used to image medial lesions, triangulate
possible abnormalities, and (with magnification) determine whether calcifications are
benign milk of calcium. Here the patient is positioned for the lateromedial projection.
Figure 10-46 The lateromedial projection is obtained by placing the detector against
the sternum. Having the patient relax her arm and place her chin on the detector
permits the breast to be pulled into the machine, as shown here.
Caudocranial Projection
In most systems the gantry can be rotated 180 degrees to permit the detector to be placed
against the top of the breast, closer to an upper lesion, and a caudocranial projection can
be obtained. This takes advantage of the free margin of the breast, and elevating it toward
the detector helps to prevent the upper tissues from coming out of the field of view.
Frequently, because of the slope of the chest wall, the caudocranial projection gets farther
back in the upper breast than the CC projection (Fig. 10-49).
Triangulation Tricks
Techniques to triangulate lesions in the breast are described in detail in Chapter 22.
Several basic concepts are presented in this section.
516 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-47 Once the breast is positioned, the arm is gently raised out of the field of
view.
Figure 10-48 If there is a lesion in the upper breast, isolating that area using a
“lumpogram” may be helpful. Here the marker is placed over the possible lesion A,
and then just the tissues containing the lesion are compressed B.
P.312
On occasion a lesion is seen in the CC projection that is not clearly identifiable in the lateral
view. Creative positioning can be helpful. Some problems of localization can be solved by
using the simple concept that a lesion moves in the direction that the tissue in which it lies
is moved. Additional information about location can be derived by observing the shift of the
lesion relative to other structures that accompanies slight repositioning or changes in tube
angulation (16,17). 517 / 1584
bi
angulation (16,17).
In general, if a lesion is seen in only one projection, it is best to return to the projection on
which it was seen, modify the projection, and observe its shift in relationship to the
background structures as an indication of its location.
Figure 10-49 The caudocranial projection is useful for kyphotic women and those with
small breasts. Here it is used to image a man.
Figure 10-50 The MLO projection in a man is positioned exactly as it is for the
woman, as seen here.
518 / 1584
bi
P.313
P.314
519 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-52 The location of a lesion can be predicted by its movement between the
straight lateral and the MLO projections.
P.315
P.316
1. If a lesion starts high in the breast on the ML and stays high on the MLO, then it is
lateral on the CC.
520 / 1584
bi
2. If a lesion starts high on the ML and moves down a short distance on the MLO, it is
central on the CC.
3. If a lesion starts high on the ML and moves rapidly down on the MLO, then it is medial
on the CC.
4. If a lesion starts in the middle of the breast on the ML and moves up on the MLO, then
it is lateral on the CC.
5. If a lesion starts in the middle of the breast on the ML and moves down on the MLO, it
is medial on the CC.
6. If a lesion starts in the middle of the breast on the ML and stays in the middle on the
MLO, then it is in the center on the CC.
7. If a lesion starts low in the breast on the ML and stays low on the MLO, then it is
medial on the CC.
8. If a lesion starts low in the breast on the ML and moves up a short distance on the
MLO, then it is central on the CC.
9. If a lesion starts low in the breast on the ML and moves rapidly up on the MLO, then it
is lateral on the CC.
522 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-53 This schematic A demonstrates the principle of rolled views. By rolling
the top of the breast in one direction and the bottom in the other, the structures are
reoriented relative to the x-ray beam. This can be used to determine whether a lesion
is real or merely superimposed normal structures, and it can be used to triangulate
lesions. Note the skin marker under the compression paddle B. C The technologist has
rolled the top of the breast laterally and the bottom medially. The marker, on the top of
the breast, moves laterally. By recompressing with the breast in this new position, the
location of structures can be determined. The same effect can be achieved by angling
the gantry and recompressing D.
523 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-54 Spot compression reduces blur by pushing the tissue A closer to the
detector (B), reducing geometric unsharpness.
Figure 10-55 Spot compression can separate overlapping structures. (A) The
structures are in different parts of the breast but appear as a single structure on the
mammogram. Spot compression can spread them apart, proving that there is no
significant lesion B.
Magnification
When an appropriately small focal spot is used (actual measurement of 0.2 mm for 1.5×
magnification or a smaller focal spot for higher magnification), direct magnification
mammography can improve resolution because
P.319
P.320
of the divergence of the x-ray beam and the projection of information onto a larger area of
the recording system. This concept is best understood using digital mammography. By
moving the target away from the detector, the structures being evaluated fall on a larger
number of pixels, so that the spatial resolution increases (Fig. 10-58). Although with
mammography units from the 1970s and 1980s magnification improved spatial resolution,
this is not the case with modern film/screen systems. What most do not realize is that as a
consequence of the actual focal spots involved, improved mammographic imaging using
magnification is due to a reduction in scatter-related image degradation and a reduction in
noise. The latter is less obtrusive because the signal (the lesion) is enlarged while the noise
is spread over a larger area, improving the signal-to-noise ratio.
524 / 1584
bi
525 / 1584
bi
Figure 10-57 True spot compression should bring more pressure to bear to
spread structures. There is the suggestion of spiculated architectural distortion in the
posterior center of this breast on the standard CC view A. This paddle B has been
provided as a spot-compression device, but it has little value for spot compression. It
exerts approximately the same amount of pressure over a small area as the main
compression paddle, so that structures are not spread any more than with a full paddle
C, and its edges prevent the visualization of tissue. A true spot compression D spreads
the structures, showing that there is no abnormality.
Sickles has shown that magnification improves the visibility not only of calcifications but of
masses as well (18). Magnification does require a higher dose to the patient and should be
used selectively as a problem-solving technique to determine the following:
Is a lesion real?
Do microcalcifications represent benign collections (vascular, fat necrosis, secretory)?
Are there more calcifications than can be seen on the contact study, and is biopsy
indicated?
Are calcifications part of a diffuse process not evident on the contact study and more
likely to be benign?
Will the analysis of the margins of a mass aid in lesion management?
What is the extent of the cancer?
526 / 1584
bi
P.321
Magnification is performed by moving the breast closer to the focal spot and moving the
breast farther away from the detector (Fig. 10-59). Magnification mammography can be
performed in all mammographic projections. The entire, although somewhat reduced, field
can be magnified. Many mammographers prefer to cone down to further reduce scatter
when obtaining magnification images. Probably the sharpest images are obtained using
coned-down, top-and-bottom spot-compression and magnification imaging (Fig. 10-60).
Figure 10-59 Magnification reduces the effect of noise. As shown here, the
breast is elevated from the detector and moved closer to the focal spot on the MLO A
and CC B projections. Because of beam divergence, the image is magnified. Using the
spot-compression device can reduce obscuration from the overlapping of tissues.
527 / 1584
bi
With some digital mammography systems it is our impression that little is gained using
magnification. This is under investigation but will take a year or more to determine.
P.322
References
1. Rafferty E. Presentation at RSNA, 2004.
2. Sickles EA, Weber WN, Galvin HB, et al. Baseline screening mammography: one vs.
two views per breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;147:1149–1153.
4. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomised controlled trial
of one and two view mammography in breast cancer screening. Br Med J
1995;311:1189–1193.
5. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography: a
critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
9. Miller AB, Baines CJ, Turnbull C. The role of the nurse-examiner in the National
Breast Screening Study. Can J Public Health 1991;82:162–167.
528 / 1584
bi
10. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Breast physical examination by the mammographer: an aid
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol 1983;103–106.
11. Kopans DB. Breast imaging and the “standard of care” for the “symptomatic”
patient. Radiology 1993;187:608–611.
12. Kopans DB. Breast imaging and the symptomatic patient: enough with the
“diagnostic mammography.” AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:1423.
13. Faulk RM, Sickles EA. Efficacy of spot compression-magnification and tangential
views in mammographic evaluation of palpable masses. Radiology 1992;185:87–90.
14. Moy L, Slanetz PJ, Yeh ED, et al. The pendent view: an additional projection to
confirm the diagnosis of milk of calcium. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2001;177:173–175.
16. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Localization of occult breast lesions:
practical solutions to problems of triangulation. Radiology 1987;163:577–579.
17. Sickles EA. Practical solutions to common mammographic problems: tailoring the
examination. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1988;151:31–39.
18. Sickles EA, Doi K, Genant HK. Magnification film mammography: image quality and
clinical studies. Radiology 1977;125:69–76.
529 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
11
A Systematic Approach to Breast Imaging
Basic Principles: Detection Versus Diagnosis
To use breast imaging technologies appropriately, the difference between detection and
diagnosis should be understood. Detection is the process of finding anomalies among which
a significant number prove to be malignant. Diagnosis is the ability to characterize a
detected anomaly as benign or malignant. A useful detection technique may have no value
for diagnostic evaluation; conversely, a diagnostic test may be of little use until an anomaly
has been detected.
534 / 1584
bi
Figure 11-1 The perception problem. In this drawing by Hirschfeld entitled Charlie
Rose A, the artist has included his daughter's name, Nina, into the drawing three
times. (Copyright Al Hirschfeld. Drawing reproduced by special arrangement with
Hirschfeld's exclusive representative, The Margo Feiden Galleries Ltd., New York.) The
difficulty of the visual search for “Ninas” is similar to the radiologist's search for
abnormalities on a mammogram. The Ninas are all defined by strands of hair B at the
edges (arrows). The difference is that the radiologist is not provided with a description
of the abnormality and is not informed as to which, out of the thousands of images
being reviewed, contains the abnormality.
When the quick review is complete, the computer is directed to finalize the reports and
they are sent to the hospital reporting system as the permanent record and to the referring
physicians, and a letter is sent with the results to the patient. We double read all studies
but do not list the two readers. Double reading is not reimbursed. We double read at no
charge for the benefit of the patient but do not provide two names, since there is no reason
to provide a lawyer with two people to sue if a cancer is missed.
In our prospective study of 5,899 women screened by mammography, a total of 39
malignant lesions were detected (6 to 7 per 1,000 women screened). The main reader
detected 36 of the 39; an additional 3 were detected by the quick reader. This clearly
showed us that the double reading can improve cancer detection rates. Even experienced
readers periodically fail to detect a lesion that is visible to a second reader. When we
reviewed the results of double reading among radiologists with a minimum of 4 years of
staff experience, we still picked up an additional 2% more cancers with double reading
(presented at the RSNA, 2004).
Our prospective study of double reading also pointed out an important additional
phenomenon: not surprisingly, reading quickly can lead to mistakes. The quick (second)
reader, who read faster than the main reader, missed eight cancers that were detected by
the slower, more methodical, main reader. Clearly, reading too quickly can lead to
overlooking cancers. These data show that if a single reader is used, methodical review is
535 / 1584
bi
overlooking cancers. These data show that if a single reader is used, methodical review is
needed (slow is better than fast), but it is preferable to have a second observer because
this second rapid review can improve the detection rate of breast cancer at minimal cost.
These data also argue against online reading. We found that when we read online, the
patients became impatient in the waiting room waiting for their results. They complained
to the technologists, who would pressure the radiologists in the reading room to interpret
the studies more quickly, raising the risk of overlooking a lesion. Rushing the radiologist
can lead to errors,
P.327
and this is another reason to discourage online interpretation in favor of batch reading.
Diagnostic Mammography
Although the term diagnostic mammography has come into general use, it is really a
misnomer. The greatest benefit from mammography is derived from its use as a screening
test in the evaluation of asymptomatic women. Capable of detecting breast cancers 1.5 to
4.0 or more years earlier than they might ordinarily be found (10,11), mammographic
detection at a smaller size and earlier stage has been shown to interrupt the natural history
and lethal progression of the disease and result in reduced or delayed mortality (8,12).
Mammography can be of some diagnostic value and can be used to heighten the concerns
raised by clinical examination when there is concordance between the mammogram and
physical examination and both are suspicious, but it cannot be used to reliably differentiate
benign from malignant processes and cannot be used to exclude cancer.
In the symptomatic patient, mammography occasionally provides a useful check on a
suspicious clinical finding. There is the theoretical possibility that a palpable lesion may not
be of sufficient concern on clinical examination to prompt a biopsy by itself. If the
mammogram demonstrates a suspicious finding, it might prompt earlier intervention.
There are anecdotal cases of this happening, but it has never been documented in a
prospective scientific fashion and in our experience is very rare.
Cancer, even when palpable, can be missed at biopsy. The simultaneous demonstration of
a mammographically suspicious lesion can be used to reduce a possible delay in diagnosis
when, for whatever reasons, the biopsy of a suspicious mass produces benign results (13).
If the mammogram suggests a highly suspicious lesion (Fig. 11-2) and the biopsy fails to
confirm malignancy, the mammogram should be repeated as soon as possible to confirm
that the suspicious abnormality has indeed been removed or to permit rebiopsy if
necessary.
536 / 1584
bi
Figure 11-2 A spiculated mass is almost always cancerous. If the biopsy of this
palpable, very dense, spiculated mass comes back benign, the diagnosis should be
questioned and a repeat mammogram should be obtained to try to ensure that the
mammographically suspicious lesion was actually removed at surgery.
Mammography can on occasion be used to avoid the biopsy of a benign mass. The
demonstration of a calcifying fibroadenoma (Fig. 11-3) or an encapsulated lesion containing
fat, such as a lipoma (Fig. 11-4), oil cyst, or hamartoma, is sufficiently diagnostic that
biopsy can be avoided. However, given the importance of early breast cancer diagnosis,
the relatively low morbidity from a tissue diagnosis, and the fact that mammography does
not reveal all cancers and that some cancers have benign characteristics on
mammography, it is usually unsafe to rely on a mammogram to exclude the possibility of
cancer.
As many as 60% of palpable abnormalities are not visible on the mammogram (14). Even
with tangential, spot-compression views, palpable cancers may not be defined on the
mammogram. Ultimately, just as a mammographically detected abnormality must be
resolved satisfactorily, a clinically detected abnormality must be resolved satisfactorily. In
reality, among women in whom malignancy is clinically suspected, mammography is used
primarily to screen the remainder of the breast in question as well as the contralateral
breast for clinically unsuspected cancer (15).
The major benefit from mammography is the ability to detect clinically occult, nonpalpable
anomalies in the breast. Many of these prove to be malignant, but others with similar
morphologies prove to be benign. Because mammography and physical examination
provide information based on different tissue characteristics (16,17), concerns raised by
one can rarely be negated by lack of corroboration from the other and, as has been often
reiterated, a negative mammogram should not result in delayed intervention when a
clinically suspicious lesion is present.
P.328
Similarly, a negative physical examination should not delay diagnosis in the breast
containing a mammographically suspicious abnormality.
537 / 1584
bi
Although mammography can demonstrate a few additional cancers when special views are
used to image clinically suspicious tissues (7,18), some cancers can be obscured or
overlooked on routine screening mammography, and physical examination remains an
important component of screening.
Screening Terminology
538 / 1584
bi
Many of the measures of a screening program involve statistical concepts. The following is
a short summary of several important terms:
8. False-negative results are mammograms or lesions that are called negative or benign
but prove to be cancer.
9. True-negative results are mammograms or lesions that are called negative and prove
to be negative.
10. Interval cancers are cases where no cancer is detected at screening but a lesion is
diagnosed before the next screen. The interval is usually 1 or 2 years.
11. Sensitivity is a measure of the test's capability of finding cancers that are in the
population. It is calculated by dividing the number of cancers correctly diagnosed by
the screen by the total number of cancers that are actually present in the population:
sensitivity = true positives divided by (true positives + false negatives). Sensitivity
decreases as false negatives increase.
12. Specificity is a measure of how successful a screen is at saying that cancer is not
present when it really is not present. It is calculated by dividing the number of cases
correctly called negative by the number of cases that actually are negative for cancer:
specificity = true negatives divided by (true negatives + false positives). Specificity
diminishes as false positives increase.
1. In the first year of screening (prevalence), depending on the age ranges and other risk
factors of the women being screened, 6 to 10 cancers per 1,000 women screened
should be detected.
2. In subsequent screens (incidence) of the same women, two or three cancers can be
expected per 1,000 women.
3. The goal is to maximize the detection of small invasive cancers. A successful screening
program should try to detect 40% to 50% of invasive cancers when they are 1 cm or
smaller in diameter. Some suggest 1.5 cm should be the goal (18), but the former is
possible if intervention is aggressive.
4. Twenty percent to 30% of the cancers should be DCIS (lobular carcinoma in situ is not
counted as a malignant lesion). Statistics should be kept that include DCIS and also
those that measure only invasive cancers.
5. The rate of node positivity will be higher in the prevalence year (because undiagnosed
cancers have been building up in the population before screening begins) but should
drop below 20% as the program progresses.
540 / 1584
bi
In addition to these, the sensitivity, specificity, and the PPV of an abnormality detected by
screening and the PPV of a lesion that is biopsied are useful for gauging the success of a
program.
P.330
541 / 1584
bi
If the observers have comparable perception skills, they are operating on the same ROC
curve. The only way that the false-positive rate can be reduced is for the false-negative
rate (missed cancers) to rise (22). Similarly, if the goal is to reduce the false-negative rate,
then the false-positive rate must rise. The exact level of operation that is correct is
philosophical and ultimately dictated by cost (economic and human).
It can be argued that the fundamental purpose of screening is mortality reduction, which is
contingent on detecting as many cancers as possible at an earlier stage. Efforts to reduce
the false-positive rate should not do so at the expense of increased false negatives.
A Systematic Approach
The ability to detect breast cancers earlier requires high-quality imaging, proper film
processing, systematic review of the images, reasoned interpretation, the ability to solve
problems raised by the imaging, and the ability to guide the diagnostic removal of cells or
tissue for diagnosis. The interpreter should participate in all aspects of this process. It is
very important that quality control be supervised by the interpreter(s) of the images so
that any image degradation can be detected and corrected as quickly as possible.
Errors can be reduced by following a carefully structured approach to the process. The
detection and diagnosis of breast cancer can be divided into five very specific tasks:
1. Detection—Find it.
2. Verification—Is it real?
543 / 1584
bi
3. Triangulation—Where is it?
4. Identification—What is it?
5. Management—What should be done about it?
Detection
Having obtained high-quality images, the interpreter should have a systematic approach to
the images.
Figure 11-6 Location for opaque markers. Schematic showing the location of
radiopaque markers on the craniocaudal projection A and the lateral projection B.
Alternators with films loaded for batch interpretation are more efficient in the screening
setting. Extraneous light should be reduced, and masking around the images is preferable
to reduce peripheral glare that can compromise the eye's ability to see contrasting
structures.
When previous films are available, comparison should be made. Ideally, the observer
compares the current study with prior studies that are 2 or more years old, because a
subtle abnormality may be apparent only as a progressive change over a long period of
time and may be difficult to appreciate over the short interval.
A bright light is helpful to assess changes at the edge of the parenchyma in the dark
portions of the film under the subcutaneous fat. Analysis of the skin rarely contributes
information that is not already clinically evident because skin changes associated with
cancer are usually late changes and appreciated on clinical evaluation.
Virtually all abnormalities are visible to the unaided eye, but use of a magnifying lens
frequently facilitates the analysis of small structures and is a valuable aid for the detection
of microcalcifications. A lens or other system that permits 2× to 5× magnification is useful.
We have also found that a reducing or minifying lens that compresses the image can aid in
the appreciation of broad areas of asymmetry.
When viewing digital images on a monitor the same conventions apply and the same
organization is used.
Image Interpretation
With mammograms, as with other x-ray imaging, finding lesions is based on observing
disruption of the normal patterns. There is a marked variation in the patterns of the
internal structures of the breast, and only experience can give a broad familiarity with the
normal spectrum.
Area for area, the breasts are remarkably symmetric. If the mammograms are obtained
using symmetric positioning, the architecture and distribution of density should be mirror
images (Fig. 11-8). The images should be compared area for area: the subareolar regions
should look similar, the upper right breast should be the mirror image of the upper left, and
so on. Tabar and Dean (29) suggest masking all but small mirror image sections of the
mammogram, when learning, to help appreciate asymmetric areas.
Large areas of asymmetry are more easily appreciated by viewing the back-to-back
images from a distance or through a reducing lens to compress the scale and bring the
entire image into foveal vision. The reader should assess asymmetric density differences
and asymmetric architectural differences on two projections to determine if they are three-
dimensionally real. Changes from previous studies, if they are available, should be sought.
This global evaluation is followed by a close-up individual review of each image, looking for
abnormal densities, areas of architectural distortion, and microcalcifications.
P.334
Finally, a magnifying lens should be used to search each image for small lesions and
microcalcifications.
Figure 11-8 Viewing mirror images facilitates perception. The focal asymmetry
(arrows) on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections proved to be an
island of breast tissue.
The detection of breast cancer involves the screening of tissues thought to be normal. This
usually involves the evaluation of asymptomatic women in an effort to detect clinically
occult abnormalities that have a significant probability of malignancy. It also applies to
547 / 1584
bi
occult abnormalities that have a significant probability of malignancy. It also applies to
symptomatic women in whom the asymptomatic portions of the ipsilateral breast are
screened as well as the contralateral breast.
An anomaly detected at screening may be of sufficient concern to instigate immediate
intervention, or if borderline in appearance, it may require additional evaluation to resolve
it as inconsequential or requiring tissue diagnosis. This latter process has been termed
diagnostic mammography. It is more appropriately called breast lesion evaluation or, as
Sickles has termed it, problem solving. This also applies to the symptomatic woman for
whom imaging techniques may be applied to the area of concern raised by the clinical
breast examination. The value of mammography is limited in this latter application, and
once again it is more valuable in screening the clinically unremarkable tissues.
Verification
Before raising concern when a potential abnormality is detected, the radiologist must be
convinced that a finding at screening is truly a three-dimensional reality. Methods for
affirming the presence of a lesion as well as triangulating its location are described in detail
548 / 1584
bi
affirming the presence of a lesion as well as triangulating its location are described in detail
in Chapters 10 and 22.
P.335
Lesions seen in only one projection must be confirmed as significant before suggesting any
intervention. Normal breast structures may overlap on the projected two-dimensional
image and form “summation shadows” that mimic a significant abnormality. Overlapping
structures can be differentiated from true breast lesions by various techniques. This
differentiation can usually be made on the initial screen by comparing the two standard
projections. Failure to demonstrate an abnormality on two views is usually sufficient to
determine whether an observation represents a real lesion or superimposed tissues. If
there is any question, multiple haphazard additional views are to be discouraged. The
confirmation and search for corroboration of an abnormality should be carefully tailored to
minimize x-ray exposure for the patient.
Triangulation
Once an abnormality has been confirmed and determined to be potentially significant, its
three-dimensional location in the breast must be determined. The radiologist should avoid
a recommendation for intervention unless there is an accurate idea of the true location of
the lesion within the breast. Abnormalities suggested in only one projection must be
corroborated by other views or by other imaging techniques such as ultrasound or CT.
Maneuvers such as rolled views that can be used to establish the existence of a lesion can
also be used to establish its location within the breast so that a needle can be accurately
introduced into it. Evaluation of the apparent motion of a lesion against the background of
the breast tissue through parallax shift can also be used to determine its location (see
Chapter 22).
The radiologist must be certain that the lesion is in fact within the breast. Because the
majority of the skin surface projects over the breast on two-view imaging, skin lesions and
calcifications can be mistaken for intramammary abnormalities. Placing markers on
cutaneous structures to confirm that they represent the shadow on the mammogram is
fairly straightforward. Using the localization grid to place a marker on skin calcifications to
permit tangential imaging for confirmation is described in Chapter 22.
549 / 1584
bi
Raised skin lesions or skin lesions with irregular surfaces that trap radiopaque powders and
ointments can project onto a mammogram and be mistaken as being within the breast (flat
pigmented lesions usually are not visible). Any question is easily resolved by placing a
marker on the skin lesion and imaging the marker en face and also with a tangential x-ray
beam. Skin calcifications may be shown by placing a marker on the surface in which the
calcifications are likely to be located and then imaging the marker in tangent. This will
confirm their dermal location (32).
Rolled Views
If an intramammary lesion is seen on only the craniocaudal projection, rolled views can
determine in which third of the breast the lesion lies. Simple fluoroscopic principles are
applied. If the lesion moves in the direction that the top of the breast is rolled, the lesion is
in the top of the breast. If it moves with the bottom, then that is its location. If it remains
relatively stable, it is likely in the center. Orthogonal views can then be obtained
concentrating on the third of the breast in which a lesion lies to confirm its location.
Assessment
Once the lesion has been confirmed as real and its location in the breast has been
confirmed (skin lesions excluded), lesion analysis should proceed. The first decision to be
made is whether the lesion is morphologically benign. A finding that is benign by
mammographic criteria needs no further evaluation.
Mammographic interpretation should not rely on intuition: the interpreter should have
specific reasons for deciding that a lesion is benign. Magnification views for improved
morphologic characterization and lesion definition
P.336
and ultrasound for cyst/solid differentiation are the primary noninvasive methods of lesion
analysis.
Morphologic analysis coupled with the location of the lesion can be used to avoid arousing
concern over the common intramammary lymph node. A round, lobulated, circumscribed,
or reniform lesion in the outer periphery of the breast makes it virtually certain that the
finding represents a benign intramammary lymph node and requires no additional concern
(Fig. 11-9). Lucent-centered, spherical calcifications (Fig. 11-10) are almost always due to
benign processes, including the calcification of accumulated debris in and around the ducts,
fat necrosis, and skin calcifications. Calcifications that have a diameter of more than 0.5
mm and form continuous rod-shaped deposits several millimeters long are due to the
calcification of debris within the duct that is unrelated to a malignant process.
Magnification in conjunction with a horizontal-beam lateral projection can demonstrate the
crescentic, concave-up, dependent collection of precipitated “milk of calcium” in benign
cysts. Densely calcified fibroadenomas need not arouse alarm, and radiolucent
encapsulated masses, such as lipomas, oil cysts, galactoceles, and the mixed-density 550 / 1584
bi
encapsulated masses, such as lipomas, oil cysts, galactoceles, and the mixed-density
hamartoma, are always benign.
An apparent focal cluster of calcifications on contact imaging may be shown on
magnification imaging to merely represent a more prominent group in tissues that actually
P.337
contain numerous similar, round, amorphous, scattered calcifications, reducing the
likelihood of malignancy. Lucent centers may also be revealed by the higher resolution of
magnification, and biopsy can be avoided.
Figure 11-9 Intramammary lymph nodes. This mass (arrows) and the other
smaller masses have the typical appearance and location of benign intramammary
lymph nodes on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections, and no
further evaluation is needed.
Only a circumscribed lesion with sharp margins does not require open biopsy and can be
followed (21). Some prefer to use magnification images to evaluate margins. We have
found that it is extremely rare for a sharply defined, circumscribed mass on modern
mammograms to become ill defined on magnification, and we may recommend short-
interval follow-up based on the contact screening images.
Management
Thresholds for intervention should be defined and applied consistently. Criteria that prompt
a biopsy may differ between radiologists, but the criteria used should be supported by
data. The available data (see Chapter 16) suggest that the best opportunity for cure for
infiltrating breast cancer is to discover it when it is less than 1 cm in diameter (23,24). Any
spiculated lesion that is not due to previous surgery, even one that is stable over time, is
highly suspicious; these are only rarely benign. Any suggestion of an ill-defined, infiltrative
margin should probably prompt intervention. Calcifications that do not have clearly benign
morphologies warrant careful evaluation. Those that are typical of intraductal cancer 552 / 1584
bi
morphologies warrant careful evaluation. Those that are typical of intraductal cancer
forming in necrotic cancer cells in the duct filled by breast cancer should be biopsied. Five
or more indeterminate, irregularly shaped calcifications less than 0.5 mm in a 1-mL
volume of tissue should be viewed with suspicion.
The ACR has developed the BIRADS (see Chapter 25). This provides six assessment
categories for mammography reporting:
1. Negative mammogram
2. Benign finding—negative mammogram
P.338
3. Probably benign finding—short-interval follow-up is recommended
4. Suspicious abnormality—biopsy should be considered
5. High probability of malignancy
6. Known malignancy
In the screening setting, the patient may need to be recalled for additional evaluation
before she fits into one of the above categories, but each mammographic assessment
should ultimately fit into one of the above categories.
Negative Mammogram
If the mammogram is negative, no further x-ray analysis is needed. This does not mean
that further assessment is not required. If the patient has a clinically evident abnormality,
clinical decisions must be made. The fact that the mammogram is negative does not alter
this, just as a negative physical examination does not alter the need to pursue a lesion that
is suspicious by mammography.
Benign Finding
The primary determination that must be made is whether the lesion is benign. If a finding
has clearly benign morphologic characteristics, there is no need for further analysis or
intervention.
Indeterminate Lesion
Ultimately, when a lesion is confirmed and has a finite probability of malignancy but its
histology remains uncertain based on morphologic analysis, a recommendation for further
analysis should be made. This may be merely short-interval follow-up in the case of a
lesion that has a minimal probability of malignancy (2% or less) or the recommendation to
obtain tissue for more suspicious lesions. Recommendations should be made according to
established guidelines such as those described above, and the consequences of the
recommendation should be monitored so that modifications in the guidelines can be based
on data and not anecdotal evidence.
553 / 1584
bi
In general, if the lesion is circumscribed and meets the size criterion for investigation,
ultrasound- or imaging-guided aspiration is recommended to establish the cystic or solid
composition of the lesion. The accuracy of fine-needle aspiration cytology or core needle
biopsy remains uncertain. Ideally, because there is some operator dependence for these
procedures, the accuracy is established for each radiology group (35). If biopsy is not used
to diagnose solid lesions that have reached the threshold, women with those lesions should
be followed very carefully to ensure that false-negative results are corrected expeditiously
(36).
If the results of a needle biopsy are discordant with the expected diagnosis, rebiopsy or
excisional biopsy should be performed. For example, if the lesion is a spiculated mass and
the report states “fibrocystic tissue,” there is a high likelihood that the needle missed the
target, and excisional biopsy should be performed. On the other hand, if the lesion is round
or ovoid with sharply defined margins, and the needle biopsy material is interpreted as a
fibroadenoma, the results are congruent, and reliance on the needle biopsy is justified.
Several studies have demonstrated that if the histology of a core needle biopsy is read as
atypical hyperplasia (a high-risk but benign lesion), excisional biopsy is warranted because
many prove to be breast cancer at excision (37).
Suspicious
There are no absolute criteria for prompting biopsy, because imaging probabilities must be
assessed in light of individual patient factors such as age, quality of life, risk from
intervention, and so forth. Due to the true uncertainties of lesion analysis, however, the
referring physician, whenever possible, should be given probabilities that can be presented
to the patient so that together they can make an educated decision concerning the
desirability of intervention or close follow-up. For example, some women might wish to
avoid surgery and select short-interval follow-up for a lesion with a 2% to 5% probability of
malignancy,
P.339
whereas another woman might elect surgery for a 1% chance of cancer. If needle biopsy or
open biopsy is elected, the radiologist and surgeon should be able to offer the patient a
554 / 1584
bi
open biopsy is elected, the radiologist and surgeon should be able to offer the patient a
safe, accurate procedure that has a high likelihood of arriving at the correct diagnosis with
as little cosmetic damage and morbidity as possible.
Needle Positioning
The most accurate needle positioning methods involve holding the breast in the
compression system of the mammographic unit and inserting a needle into the lesion for
needle biopsy, or a needle or wire guide through or alongside the lesion parallel to the
chest wall to guide an excisional biopsy (39). Accurate positioning can also be accomplished
for selected lesions using ultrasound, CT, and MRI. Accurate positioning for needle biopsy is
critical if the results are to be accurate. Accurate guide placement for excision is needed to
permit a small amount of tissue to be removed to accurately determine the histology of the
lesion in question (40). Specimen radiography with compression should be performed on all
nonpalpable, excised lesions, and radiography of core samples should be used to determine
that tissue containing calcifications has been sampled.
If the lesion proves to be malignant and contains mammographically visible calcifications,
postsurgical mammography with magnification may be helpful to assess the extent of the
lesion and the possibility of residual cancer by defining residual calcifications. It is
recommended that for breast conservation, all gross cancer should be removed and the
margins of the excised tissue be free of tumor (clear margins), which indicates that the
gross tumor has been removed. This appears to minimize the likelihood of recurrence after
radiation, although overall survival does not appear to be affected.
Short-Interval Follow-Up
The value of short-interval follow-up (a time period less than the recommended annual
screening interval) is still debated. Some would argue that if the lesion is of insufficient
concern to prompt immediate biopsy, there is little or no advantage in short-interval
follow-up, and unnecessary concerns are raised and cost increased.
There are few prospective, objective data on short-interval follow-up (40); even the timing
of the short interval has no truly scientific basis. Most schemes rely on analysis of the
expected doubling times of breast cancer. Our own experience suggests that whatever the
interval, it should not interfere with annual screening. We have adopted a 6-month short
interval and recommend monitoring at this interval for a total of 2 years. Sickles has
suggested a 6-month initial short interval and then directed annual follow-up for a total of 3
years (36).
In our screening program, approximately 2% to 4% of women screened have findings that
are placed in our short-interval follow-up. Although cancers can be stable for more than 2
years (37), it has been our experience that these almost always have suspicious
characteristics on the initial study. It is very rare for a lesion that is classified as probably
benign, but ultimately shown to be malignant, also to be stable for 2 years.
A lesion that has an extremely low probability that remains stable over 2 years almost
guarantees benignity. Because the number of these lesions is so small, however, it is
almost impossible to arrive at statistically significant conclusions about follow-up intervals.
Moskowitz has pointed out that age may play a role, and he suggested that in women
under 50 years, the interval should be shortened to 3 months due to the apparently faster-
growing tumors in this age group; however, this remains purely speculative (personal
555 / 1584
bi
growing tumors in this age group; however, this remains purely speculative (personal
communication).
A lesion that is classified as probably benign should have a very low probability of
malignancy. For example, short-interval follow-up should not be used to evaluate
suspicious lesions seen in only one projection. If a lesion is suspicious, an expeditious
determination of its histology should be undertaken. If this is not possible, referral to
another center may permit earlier intervention.
If a lesion has suspicious morphology, stability is much less reassuring. A spiculated lesion
of any size is suspect regardless of its stability. Prospective studies are needed to develop
policies based on data rather than supposition, but until these are available it is likely that
a lesion that is stable over a 2-year period, and has probably benign characteristics to
begin with, is very unlikely to be malignant.
The Audit
As with all of medicine, mammography and breast imaging are continuously evolving. New
observations will continue
P.340
to be made. A good screening program should track the results of abnormalities that are
discovered (see Chapter 25) (this is mandated in most states and required under the Food
and Drug Administration guidelines). By learning what an abnormality proved to be, the
radiologist and group will improve their image interpretation and can modify their
approaches to better detect and diagnose early breast cancer.
Summary
The ability to detect early breast cancer requires the following:
1. Optimized imaging using (a) dedicated mammographic equipment, (b) highly skilled
technologists to properly position the breast to maximize the visualized tissue, (c)
proper processing of the image to enhance soft-tissue contrast and preserve high
resolution, and (d) a quality control program to guarantee that these elements remain
constant.
2. Interpretation should use (a) a systematic review by a trained radiologist with
comparison to previous studies whenever possible, (b) defined parameters and 556 / 1584
bi
comparison to previous studies whenever possible, (b) defined parameters and
thresholds for interpretation, (c) the appropriate communication of a finding to the
referring physician or a structure to provide follow-up for the self-referred patient, and
(d) a system of follow-up, at least for abnormal studies, to try to ensure that concerns
are appropriately transmitted and to assess the results of the applied thresholds.
By developing a reasoned, consistent policy, a breast imaging group can provide concise,
accurate reports based on interpretations that are not arbitrary but carefully thought out.
By monitoring the results of their activities, accuracy will be improved.
References
1. Elmore JG, Wells CK, Lee CH, et al. Variability in radiologists' interpretations of
mammograms. N Engl J Med 1994;331:1493–1499.
3. Baker LH. Breast cancer detection demonstration project: five-year summary report.
CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
4. Ghate SV, Soo MS, Baker JA, et al. Comparison of recall and cancer detection rates
for immediate versus batch interpretation of screening mammograms. Radiology
2005;235:31–35.
5. Frankel SD, Sickles EA, Cupren BN, et al. Initial versus subsequent screening
mammography: comparison of findings and their prognostic significance. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1995;164:1107–1109.
9. Thurfjell EL, Lernevall KA, Taube AAS. Benefit of independent double reading in
population-based mammography screening program. Radiology 1994;191:241–244.
10. Moskowitz M. Breast cancer: age-specific growth rates and screening strategies.
Radiology 1986;161:37–41.
11. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day NE, et al. What is the optimum interval between
mammographic screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the 557 / 1584
bi
mammographic screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the
Swedish two-county breast screening trial. Br J Cancer 1989;55:547–551.
12. Tabar L, Duff SW, Krusemo UB. Detection method, tumor size and node metastases
in breast cancers diagnosed during a trial of breast cancer screening. Eur J Cancer Clin
Oncol 1987;23:959–962.
13. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas
with benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
14. Faulk RM, Sickles EA. Efficacy of spot compression—magnification and tangential
views in mammographic evaluation of palpable masses. Radiology 1992;185:87–90.
15. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Cohen AM, et al. Palpable breast masses: the importance of
preoperative mammography. JAMA 1981;246:2819–2822.
16. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
17. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
18. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Breast physical examination by the mammographer; an aid
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol 1983;103–106.
19. van Dijck JA, Verbeek AL, Hendriks JH, et al. The current detectability of breast
cancer in a mammographic screening program. Cancer 1993;72:1933–1938.
20. Kopans DB. Mammography screening for breast cancer. Cancer 1993;72:1809
–1812.
22. D'Orsi CJ. To follow or not to follow, that is the question. Radiology 1992;184:306.
23. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
24. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day N, et al. Breast cancer treatment and natural history:
new insights from results of screening. Lancet 1992;339:412–414.
25. Muir BB, Kirkpatrick A, Roberts MM, et al. Oblique-view mammography: adequacy
for screening. Radiology 1984;151:39–41. 558 / 1584
bi
for screening. Radiology 1984;151:39–41.
26. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomised controlled trial
of one and two view mammography in breast cancer screening. Br Med J
1995;311:1189–1193.
28. Bassett LW, Hirbawi IA, DeBruhl N, et al. Mammographic positioning: evaluation
from the viewbox. Radiology 1993;188:803–806.
29. Tabar L, Dean P. Teaching atlas of mammography. New York: Thieme, 1985.
30. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Localization of occult breast lesions:
practical solutions to problems of triangulation. Radiology 1987;163:577–579.
31. Sickles EA. Practical solutions to common mammographic problems: tailoring the
examination. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1988;151:31–39.
33. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Computed tomography guided localization of clinically occult
breast carcinoma—the “N” skin guide. Radiology 1982;145:211–212.
P.341
34. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Breast sonography to guide aspiration of
cysts and preoperative localization of occult breast lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1984;143:489–492.
35. Kopans DB. Fine-needle aspiration of clinically occult breast lesions. Radiology
1989;170:313–314.
36. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3,184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1981;179:463–468.
37. Gisvold JJ, Goeliner JR, Grant CS. Breast biopsy: a comparative study of
stereotaxically guided core and excisional techniques. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;162:815–820.
38. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Stability of a mammographic mass: a false sense of security.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1981;137:595–598.
39. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Spring-hookwire breast lesion localizer:
use with rigid compression mammographic systems. Radiology 1985;157:505–507. 559 / 1584
bi
use with rigid compression mammographic systems. Radiology 1985;157:505–507.
560 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
12
Mammography and the Normal Breast
This chapter is primarily devoted to x-ray mammography using either film/screen systems
or digital mammography. The appearances of the “normal” breast on ultrasound and
magnetic resonance imaging are discussed in their respective chapters.
Mammography
The primary role of mammography is to screen asymptomatic women in the hope of
detecting breast cancer at a smaller size and earlier stage than the woman's own
surveillance or her doctor's routine examination might ordinarily achieve. Detecting
cancers using mammography when they are at a smaller size and earlier stage has been
shown to reduce or delay mortality from breast cancer (1,2,3,4,5).
Mammography is also used to evaluate women with clinically evident abnormalities.
However, its utility as a diagnostic technique is limited by the fact that mammographically
evident morphologic criteria are frequently not specific and precise diagnoses are rare.
Mammography is best thought of primarily as a screening test. Although on occasion
mammographic findings can accurately guide clinical management, the management of a
clinically apparent lesion must ultimately be determined by the clinical assessment.
Because mammography cannot be used to exclude breast cancer, and because
mammographic findings are frequently not specific, in women who have a sign or symptom
that might indicate breast cancer it should be used primarily to screen the remainder of the
ipsilateral breast and screen the contralateral breast to detect clinically occult cancer (6).
General Principles
The Normal Breast
In view of the enormous amount of work that has been done in an effort to understand the
breast and the development of breast cancer, it is surprising that the normal breast has
never been clearly defined. This is likely due to the fact that since breast cancer is really
the only significant abnormality that occurs in the breast, it is really only the changes that
appear to predispose to breast cancer that are
P.344
considered significant. There is a large range of histologic findings that occur in women who
never develop breast cancer, but where “normal” ends and “abnormal” begins is not
obvious. Not surprisingly, classifications in the past have been found to be inaccurate. For
example, the term “fibrocystic disease” is still used by some although it has been discarded
in favor of more accurate subcategorization of the changes that had been formerly grouped
under this term. The change in terminology occurred when it was recognized that most of
the findings that had been grouped in this nonspecific classification were of no particular
significance and were so common that it would be difficult to classify them as a disease (9).
Compounding the difficulty of defining normal is the wide variation among individuals. It is
also difficult to obtain significant amounts of histologic information concerning the normal
breast at different ages because normal breasts are rarely available for histologic
evaluation. The preponderance of data comes from autopsy series, which tend to be biased
toward an older population of women or those with significant disease. Other data are
derived from mastectomy material for cancer and breast biopsies, which are by definition
abnormal tissue. Furthermore, because it is not possible to histologically follow the actual
development, monthly changes, and long-term evolution of the mammary tissues in a
single individual, most studies can look only at a cohort of women at one point in time.
Inferences must be made by comparing histopathology from different women at varying
ages, and these are influenced by such factors as reproductive history, environmental
factors, and the use of exogenous hormones. Consequently, an accurate definition of what
constitutes normality is difficult.
Developmental Variations
The breasts usually develop in a fairly symmetric fashion. Although small areas of tissue
are not identical in both breasts, the general distribution of tissues is symmetric, and
tissues should be evaluated to search for asymmetries. Although the breasts generally
develop simultaneously, occasionally one begins to develop before the other. As a
consequence, the asymmetric development of one breast before the other, in the
preadolescent or adolescent female, may be thought, by an inexperienced examiner, to
represent a mass on clinical examination. Surgery should be avoided since this is almost
always asymmetrical development of the breast bud. Removal of the breast bud will result
in the subsequent failure of breast development. There are occasional masses that develop
in the adolescent breast, but these are uncommon. They are virtually always benign and
are almost always eccentric from the nipple. Since breast cancer is extremely rare among
very young women and the odds are extremely high that a true mass is benign,
observation rather than intervention is reasonable if there is any question.
564 / 1584
bi
Asymmetric Breasts
Once development is complete, there is usually only a minor difference in the sizes of the
two breasts. On occasion, however, one breast may develop noticeably larger than the
other (Fig. 12-4). The exact reason for this has never been determined, but it is likely due
to differential end-organ response to hormones and growth factors. Other than the
psychological difficulty that this may induce, there is no reason to believe that it is of any
particular consequence. Rapid asymmetric enlargement during adolescence can sometimes
be caused by the growth of a giant fibroadenoma. Phyllodes tumors can also grow rapidly
and result in breast enlargement. Very large cysts may occupy large volumes of the
breast, but these usually do not occur until a woman is in her thirties.
It is rare that cancer will cause a significant enlargement of one breast without any other
evidence of malignancy, such as a mass, skin thickening, or erythema. Similarly,
nonneoplastic inflammation will almost always result in pain or erythema. Noticeably
asymmetric breasts with no other associated abnormality are almost always a
developmental phenomenon. Imaging is generally not indicated unless a mass or abscess
is suspected.
Figure 12-1 A Accessory breast tissue is seen high in the axilla on these mediolateral
oblique projections. B The appearance of this tissue is identical to normal breast tissue
on a photographic enlargement of the right axillary tail.
Breast Composition
565 / 1584
bi
The composition of the breasts is also extremely variable. Adipose tissue represents a
large portion of many breasts and is radiolucent. The radiographically visible densities
include to varying degrees ducts, lobular elements, and fibrous connective tissue
structures. Ducts can frequently be seen as thin linear structures (usually 1 mm or less in
diameter) radiating back from the nipple and crisscrossing the tissues. Lobules and the
intralobular connective tissue project as vague “fluffy” densities whose architecture can be
seen following the injection of contrast material (Fig. 12-5A–C). The ducts and lobules are
often hidden within the connective tissue (see Fig. 12-5D–G), and because they have the
same x-ray attenuation as the connective tissue they are not visible.
There are two different types of connective tissue in the breast. The specialized intralobular
connective tissues contribute to the visibility of the lobule. The major component of
radiographic density on the mammogram is due to the extralobular connective tissues,
which are likely responsible for most of the gross variations in tissue density. As noted
earlier, studies have suggested that women whose breasts are radiographically dense are
at greater risk for breast cancer. This debate has continued for over 20 years. There does
appear to be some increased risk for women with dense patterns. This is an important
relationship, and understanding it may reveal new insights into the etiology of breast
cancer, but because cancer occurs in women with every tissue pattern, the radiographic
density of the breast is important only in that the dense patterns can obscure a cancer.
Since most women with dense patterns do not develop breast cancer and women with less
dense patterns are not protected from breast cancer, none of the many tissue variations
can truly be labeled as abnormal.
566 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-2 An accessory nipple is visible at the bottom of the breast on this lateral
xerogram.
P.347
In 1976, Wolfe (20) published a review of cases of women who had had mammograms
over a 5- to 10-year period. He suggested that among some women in this group who had
dense mammary tissues, involutional changes with fatty replacement were apparent on the
subsequent mammograms. His conclusions, however, must be challenged. The images
displayed in the article suggest that Wolfe was comparing tissue patterns obtained with the
plain film techniques of the 1960s, which used low kilovolt peak (kVp) and produced high-
contrast images, with the flatter, lower-contrast, wider exposure latitude xerographic
images obtained at higher kVp in the 1970s. This comparison, coupled with the
conventional teaching of fatty involution, may have biased his results. Other studies have
shown that the percentage of younger women who have radiographically dense breasts is
higher than that among older women, but this is far from universal, and there are many
women in their 20s who have fat as the predominant
P.348
P.349
tissue and many women in their 80s who have extremely dense breast tissues.
567 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-3 Accessory breast tissue can form a complete functioning breast
that is capable of lactation. The tissue in this patient's left axilla was a complete
breast with its own separate nipple that lactated when she nursed.
Figure 12-4 Both breasts are normal, even though the left breast developed to be
considerably larger than the right.
568 / 1584
bi
considerably larger than the right.
Figure 12-5 Ducts are fine linear structures, whereas lobules produce ill-defined
densities. These structures are seen on the pre-contrast injection (left) and post-
contrast injection (right), lateral A and craniocaudal projections B. The terminal
ductules (acini) appear like fingers of a glove on this close-up view from the
craniocaudal projection of the pre- and postinjection images C. The ducts are clearly
visible when injected with contrast (D,F) but are normally silhouetted by the intra- and
extralobular connective tissues (E,G).
In our experience with women who have had mammograms over a period of 10 years or
more, we have rarely seen a significant change in the radiographic density of the breast
unless there has been a significant increase or decrease in body weight. In fact, it is likely
that obesity is one of the most significant influences on tissue density, because the breast is
one area where fat deposition and resorption are very common. Body habitus and
percentage of body fat were not controlled for in Wolfe's work.
Based on the involutional changes that have been fairly well documented at the
microscopic level, one would expect changes in the radiographic appearance of the breast
over time, but these have not been convincingly shown in longitudinal studies and may be
too subtle to be obvious on mammography. We can only extrapolate from horizontal 569 / 1584
bi
too subtle to be obvious on mammography. We can only extrapolate from horizontal
studies in which older women tend to have a greater proportion of fat in the breast than
younger women. Progression from one radiographic pattern to another, in any large
number of women, has never been objectively demonstrated.
570 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-6 A Percentages of women with dense breast tissues and those with fatty
patterns. By making age 50 years the point of analysis, it appears that the tissue
patterns change at age 50. If the same data are viewed as percentages at each age
(B), it becomes apparent that there is no dramatic change at age 50, but rather
change that occurs in some women at different ages and never occurs among others.
These data from the Massachusetts General Hospital screening program almost
duplicate the histologic analysis by Prechtel C. This histologic analysis of the change in
the proportions of the breast tissue components demonstrates the same findings as
noted mammographically. There is a gradual decrease in the connective tissue and
glandular components and a similar gradual increase in the adipose components, with 571 / 1584
bi
glandular components and a similar gradual increase in the adipose components, with
no abrupt change at any age. Young age does not always mean dense, and older age
does not always mean fatty. D This 22-year-old woman has a tissue pattern that is
almost entirely fat. E This 79-year-old woman has a very dense tissue pattern (she
was not using hormones). (C Adapted from Prechtel K. Mastopathic und
Altersabbangige Brustdrusen Berandernagen. Fortschr Med 1971;89:1312–1315.)
The data suggest that in a small percentage of women, the breast tissues change from a
dense pattern to a fatty pattern (Fig. 12-8) over a wide range of ages. What is clear is that
there is no major change that occurs suddenly at the age of 50 or any other age. This
same, gradual decrease in dense tissues (connective tissue and glandular elements) that is
evident by mammography has also been noted histologically by Prechtel (22) (see Fig. 12-
6C), whose data show a gradual change in percentages with age that almost directly
reflects mammographic pattern changes with age. Prechtel's analysis also shows no abrupt
change at 50 years or at menopause.
Although a higher percentage of younger women have dense tissue patterns, the breast
tissues of many young women are almost all fat. It is not uncommon for women in their
twenties to have almost all fat tissue patterns (see Fig. 12-6D). Similarly, it is not
uncommon for women in their 70s and 80s to have very dense patterns (see Fig. 12-6E).
Decrease in breast tissue density is rarely dramatic and is usually subtle. The trabecular
densities become thinner, and the percentage of fat gradually increases in some women. It
is extremely rare, in our experience, for the breast tissues to suddenly change.
The most frequent association with significant change
P.351
in density is weight gain or loss. The breast is a repository for fat, and weight gain and loss
may be visible in the tissue density of the breast. The most dramatic changes in breast
patterns are usually related to changes in weight (Fig. 12-9).
Many have been concerned that the use of exogenous hormones causes the breast to stay
or become dense. Our data suggest that this is true, but for only a small group
(approximately 15%) of women. Based on the data, I believe that approximately 50% of
women maintain a fairly dense tissue pattern their entire lives. Approximately 40% of
women will undergo a change to a less dense pattern that occurs with increasing age,
causing a change in approximately 0.2% of women each year from age 30 to age 45. This
change increases to about 1% per year from age 45 to 65. After age 65, the tissue patterns
appear to be fixed, with approximately 45% of women maintaining dense tissues. The use
of hormones seems to moderate the more rapid
P.352
P.353
change that occurs between age 45 and 65, while the background change that occurs with
age does not appear to be altered by hormones. In my experience it is rare for fatty
breasts to become denser with the use of exogenous hormones. In an unpublished study
we found that only about 12% of women had a noticeable increase in tissue density when
they began to use exogenous hormones. Exogenous hormones have little effect on the
tissue density of most women.
572 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-7 A small percentage of women change from dense tissue patterns
to fatty with each year of increasing age. This graph shows the percentage of
women with dense patterns (solid) and those with fatty patterns (inverse dotted line)
at each age. There is no abrupt change in this percentage at age 50 or at any other
age, and 45% of postmenopausal women still have dense breast tissue patterns.
Figure 12-8 In some women the tissue density changes from dense to a
higher percentage of fat with increasing age. At age 43 this patient had fairly
dense tissue as seen on this mediolateral oblique mammogram A. At age 47 the
percentage of fat tissue had increased B.
573 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-9 The change in pattern from dense tissue mixed with fat A to a very
dense pattern B was the result of a 20-lb weight loss in this 43-year-old woman.
Wolfe's second category included breasts that were predominantly fat by radiography but
in which 15% to 25% of the parenchyma demonstrated serpentine, beaded, or nodular
densities. He believed that these densities corresponded to prominent ducts visible because
of periductal collagenosis, although this has never been shown conclusively to be the case.
Wolfe termed this the P1 pattern (see Fig. 12-13B).
When these beaded and nodular densities increased to occupy more than 25% of the
parenchymal cone of the breast, the parenchyma was classified as having a P2 or
prominent duct pattern (see Fig. 12-13C). In fact, although these “nodular densities” often
are ductal structures, Wellings and Wolfe (29) later showed that many of them may be
related to the lobules and not the ducts, and this was confirmed in a later study that
showed that the nodular densities are frequently due to intralobular proliferation (30).
Figure 12-11 From age 35 years A to age 37 years B the patient gained 45 lb. The
breasts became less compressible, and the dense structures were spread farther apart
by fat. In addition, there was likely some resorption of fibrous and glandular tissues.
P.355
Wolfe's fourth pattern classified the breast that was radiographically dense with relatively
homogeneous sheets of density occupying more than 25% of the volume of the
parenchymal cone. He labeled this the DY pattern, arguing that it represented mammary
dysplasia (see Fig. 12-13D). This is a nonspecific term that has little true meaning, but it
confused some into thinking that this was an abnormal state. In most series,
approximately 25% to 30% of women fall into this category, and it would be unusual for
this many women to have abnormal breasts. Wellings and Wolfe (29) showed that this
diffuse density is usually due to the common finding of stromal fibrosis. Fibrous tissue is a
major constituent of the breast and is probably the major component of radiographically
visible densities.
576 / 1584
bi
The true histologic correlates of Wolfe's parenchymal patterns have never been clearly
elucidated. The few histologic studies that have been undertaken (25,31) were influenced
by the fact that the tissue sampled was from breast biopsies, which are once again by
definition abnormal. Thus, any extrapolation to the breast in general and the population as
a whole is biased. In a study we performed in conjunction with the Harvard School of
Public Health, we found that nodular densities on the mammogram actually represented
the lobules of the breast and when prominent were frequently associated with intralobular
hyperplasia (32). This study, too, was limited to biopsy material. There has never been a
large histologic comparison of entire breasts and the histologic correlates of their tissue
patterns.
As with any other x-ray analysis that relies predominantly on patterns of density and
morphology, the underlying histology of these patterns is likely varied. The so-called
prominent duct pattern is probably a conglomerate of histologies representing lobular as
well as ductal structures. The diffuse densities in the breast in all probability relate
P.356
P.357
to nonspecific fibrosis, a phenomenon that is extremely common in younger women. To
suggest that this represents an abnormal state of “dysplasia” incorrectly oversimplifies and
prejudices analysis when so many women have this pattern. The term “dysplasia” should
not be used in radiographic analysis and is questionable for histologic analysis.
Figure 12-12 At age 36 this individual had extremely dense breast tissue A. By age
39 she had gained a considerable amount of weight, and her breast tissues had a much
higher proportion of fat B.
577 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-13 A Wolfe's N1 type breast (now ACR pattern 1). Almost all of the tissue
appears to be fat. B Wolfe's P1 type breast (now ACR pattern 2) with predominantly
fat, but some (up to 25%) visible fibroglandular density. C Wolfe's P2 pattern (now
ACR pattern 3) is heterogeneously dense with a large percentage (more than 25%) of
the volume as visible fibroglandular tissue. D The most dense patterns were called DY
by Wolfe (now ACR pattern 4). These are extremely dense and predominantly due to
large percentages of fibrous connective tissue.
579 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-14 As with many cancers, this one is at the periphery of the parenchymal
cone.
Figure 12-15 Schematic of the peripheral zone of the parenchymal cone of the
breast. More than 70% of cancers develop in this zone, which is 1 cm deep beneath the
subcutaneous fat and in front of the retromammary fat. This is likely because more
than 50% of the breast tissue (by geometry) is in this zone.
A second reason for increasing density in the breast is the use of exogenous hormones. In
our experience there has been a major decrease in the number of women using exogenous
hormones since results from the Women's Health Initiative showed that the use of
exogenous hormones increased that risk of developing breast cancer and had no salutary
effects on heart disease (37). The effects of hormones on the radiographic density of the
breast, however, I believe, have been exaggerated. In my experience it is very uncommon
to see any major increase in tissue density among most women who use exogenous
hormones. Nevertheless, in a small percentage of women, there can be a dramatic
increase in density or cyst formation. This phenomenon is so rare, however, that I record
these cases in our teaching collection. A great deal of concern has been raised that
hormone replacement therapy (HRT) will cause increased density and mask breast
cancers. This has not been the case in our practice. Although some studies with limited
numbers of women have suggested that 17% to 27% of women will develop denser
patterns with HRT (38,39,40), it has been our experience in evaluating a large population
of women that this happens less than 15% of the time; for most women, there is no
increase in breast tissue density with the use of exogenous hormones. As noted earlier, this
appears to be confirmed in our review of over 150,000 mammographic examinations.
580 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-16 Tissue density change from dense to fatty with age. Some
women change their breast tissue density with increasing age, as in this case of unusual
and dramatic change. On the left is the breast at age 48, with the same breast
appearing mostly fat at age 63 on the right.
On the rare occasion when exogenous hormones do cause changes, they may result in
diffuse increases in tissue density (Fig. 12-17), and the effect may be dramatic (Fig. 12-
18). Although uncommon, we have also seen cysts develop in women on HRT. The
development of a solitary density would be difficult to attribute to HRT, but if HRT is
suspected, it might be reasonable to withdraw HRT for 3 months and evaluate any
regression of the density. Clearly, though, if the new density has malignant features, no
delay in diagnosis is advised.
Varying forms of exogenous hormones can cause an increase in tissue density. Estrogen in
vaginal creams is readily absorbed through the mucosa and can produce changes in the
breast. The use of such creams should be noted in the history.
581 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-17 Increase in breast density without weight loss is usually due to the use
of exogenous hormones. This patient had premature menopause at age 35 years, and
this mammogram was taken at age 38 years (A,B). She was on HRT when this second
mammogram was taken at age 44 years, revealing increased parenchymal density
(C,D).
P.359
Many have failed to understand what “dense” means in the evaluation of the breast.
“Dense” in this situation refers to the radiographic density of the breast. It is different from
the breast that feels firm on physical examination. Intuitively one would expect small, firm
breasts to be radiographically dense and large and soft breasts to be radiolucent, but this is
not the case. As noted earlier, the size, consistency, and compressibility of the breast are
unrelated to its radiographic density. Radiographic density is different from physical
firmness. Two studies have now demonstrated that there is no relationship between the
physical examination and tactile qualities of breast tissue and the radiographic appearance
of those tissues. Physical parameters such as size, compressed thickness, and resistance to
compression do not correlate with radiographic density (21,22).
The highest attenuators in the breast that are not calcium are the fibrous structures, which
tend to be the extralobular
P.360
connective tissues. These may be found in firm as well as soft breasts. One study suggests
that it is breasts with high fat content (radiolucent) that are frequently the firmest,
requiring higher pressures for compression during mammography (23).
582 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-18 This fairly striking increase in density from age 63 years A to age 65
years B is attributed to HRT.
Since the radiolucent (the opposite of dense) breast is due to having a high percentage of
fat in the breast, as one would expect, the density does correlate somewhat with the
amount of body fat. Height and weight are perhaps the best predictors of radiographic
density (41). Because the breast is a repository for fat, tall, thin women tend to have
dense patterns, and short, heavy women tend to have lucent patterns, but even this is not
a perfect correlation. There are no accurate correlations that permit one to predict the
radiographic density from physical parameters. This has practical implications in that
technologists cannot be expected to be able to predict radiographic density, and
phototiming is required for optimal mammographic exposure control.
The only way to determine radiographic density and tissue patterns is from the
mammogram itself. The lack of correlation between the characteristics of breast tissue on
the clinical breast examination and those found on the mammogram explains the
importance of the clinical breast examination as a part of screening. The two studies
measure different tissue characteristics. The mammogram measures the density of the
atoms grouped together to make the breast tissue, whereas the physical examination
measures the resiliency and elasticity of the molecules formed by these atoms as they
form the various tissues of the breast. The mammogram and clinical examination are
complementary studies, and each finds cancers not evident by the other.
Figure 12-19 This 6-mm invasive ductal carcinoma is easily visible because it is
surrounded by fat tissue.
Figure 12-20 This cancer is obscured by the dense tissues of the breast and was
evident on the mammogram only because it distorted the architecture (arrow). 584 / 1584
bi
evident on the mammogram only because it distorted the architecture (arrow).
The fact that mammography can detect very small cancers but can also miss some very
large cancers is confusing to clinicians and the public. Figure 12-21 is useful for explaining
how mammography can detect many very small cancers, but some large palpable cancers
can still be difficult to image.
Just as with x-ray imaging, breast cancer can be hidden in fibrous connective tissue on
MRI. The signal intensity of cancer is very similar to that of benign fibroglandular tissue.
However, breast cancers tend to have a neovasculature that can be seen using intravenous
contrast agents, and cancers can be made to “light up” on MRI with gadolinium. This same
effect is evident using iodinated contrast agents and computed tomography.
Because ultrasound measures different tissue characteristics, cancers in dense breast
tissues can at times be seen on ultrasound when they are hidden on a mammogram. It
remains to be seen whether screening with ultrasound is feasible and practical and, more
importantly, whether finding cancers with ultrasound will decrease the death rate from
breast cancer.
The dense breast is not the only reason for overlooking cancers. It is of some interest that
among cancers overlooked in the screening study in Nijmegen, The Netherlands (42),
many cancers were overlooked in women with predominantly fatty breast tissue. Detecting
small cancers in the dense breast is more difficult, but early-stage breast cancer can be
detected by mammography among these women. In a review of 118 women with breast
cancer detected by mammography alone (43), among women under age 50 years, we
found that 70% were detected in women with radiographically dense breast tissue, and
these were
P.362
P.363
at a smaller size and earlier stage than among women with palpable cancers. Even though
a higher proportion of younger women have dense tissues, recent data from modern
mammography screening programs show that mammography can detect early cancers
among women aged 40 to 49 years in the same proportion as for women aged 50 to 59
years (44,45,46). The dense breast does reduce the sensitivity of mammography
somewhat, but this should not deter screening among these women and is not the sole
cause for overlooking breast cancers.
585 / 1584
bi
Figure 12-21 The projection of a potted plant onto the wall using a spotlight A is a
good analogy to breast cancer detection by clinical breast examination and
mammography. Assume that a chestnut, with its prickly shell B, is placed among the
branches and leaves of the plant C. If the leaves are densely packed, the nut—even a
very large one—may not be visible D, yet fingers pressed against it can easily feel it E.
If the plant has fewer leaves, analogous to the breast with less fibrous tissue, then the
nut becomes more visible F. If there are few leaves, then even a very small nut is
visible G, and if an extremely small nut is nestled between the rigid stems of the plant,
the nut may be easily visible but not palpable because it is protected by the stems H.
Although disputed (47), it may be the masking of cancers by dense tissues that accounts
for some of the apparent increase in risk attributed to tissue patterns. Cancers in women
with the more lucent (fatty) patterns may have been found earlier and removed from the
population before the data acquisition in which the excess risk appeared.
Acknowledging the fact that parenchymal densities may mask small cancers, the ACR
BIRADS has adopted a similar system to that proposed by Wolfe, dividing breast patterns
into four major groups:
586 / 1584
bi
2. There are scattered fibroglandular densities (approximately 25% to 50% dense
tissue).
3. The breast tissue is heterogenously dense (approximately 51% to 75% dense tissue).
4. The breast tissue is extremely dense (more than 75% dense tissue).
These are not used to suggest any particular risk for breast cancer but to alert the clinician
that when the dense patterns are present, the sensitivity of mammography may be
diminished (48). Although the dense patterns may reduce the sensitivity of mammography,
early cancers may still be detected mammographically. Mammographic screening is still
valuable in women with dense breast tissue.
Conclusions
When evaluating the breast, it is important to realize that there is a wide range of
“normal.” Breast tissues vary radiographically from being composed of all fat to the very
dense breast that is composed primarily of fibrous connective tissue, with a broad spectrum
in between. A familiarity with the wide variation found on normal mammograms will assist
the radiologist in determining when a finding is abnormal. Each step of the process—from
obtaining the mammogram to its interpretation and communication of the results to the
patient's physician—should be performed systematically, with an effort toward high quality
and efficiency. Once an abnormality is appreciated, analysis should proceed in a systematic
manner. Before recommending additional evaluation, the radiologist should determine how
the next study will alter the course of management. Tests should not be ordered
haphazardly, but with reason and specific goals in mind.
References
1. Shapiro S, Venet W, Strax P, et al. Periodic screening for breast cancer: The Health
Insurance Plan Project and its sequelae, 1963–1986. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press, 1988.
2. Tabar L, Gad A, Holmberg LH, et al. Reduction in mortality from breast cancer after
mass screening with mammography. Lancet 1985;13:829–832.
3. Morrison AS, Brisson J, Khalid N. Breast cancer incidence and mortality in the breast
cancer detection demonstration project. J Natl Cancer Inst 1988;80(19):17–24.
5. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Smith RA. The Mammographic Screening Trials: commentary on
the recent work by Olsen and Gotzsche. CA Cancer J Clin 2002;52:68–71.
6. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Cohen AM, et al. Palpable breast masses: the importance of
preoperative mammography. JAMA 1981;246:2819–2822.
587 / 1584
bi
7. Moskowitz M. Screening is not diagnosis. Radiology 1979;133:265–268.
9. Love SM, Gelman RS, Silen W. Fibrocystic “disease” of the breast—a non-disease? N
Engl J Med 1982;307:1010–1014.
12. Graham SJ, Stanchev PL, Lloyd-Smith JO, et al. Changes in fibroglandular volume
and water content of breast tissue during the menstrual cycle observed by MR imaging
at 1.5 T. J Magn Reson Imaging 1995;5:695–701.
13. Hussain Z, Roberts N, Whitehouse GH, et al. Estimation of breast volume and its
variation during the menstrual cycle using MRI and stereology. Br J Radiol 1999;72:236
–245.
14. Vogel P, Georgiade NG, Fetter BF, et al. The correlation of histologic changes in the
human breast with the menstrual cycle. Am J Pathol 1981;104:23–34.
15. Harms SE, Flamig DP, Hesley KL, et al. Fat-suppressed three-dimensional MR
imaging of the breast. Radiographics 1993;13:247–267.
16. Boyd NF, Byng JW, Jong RA, et al. Quantitative classification of mammographic
densities and breast cancer risk: results from the Canadian National Breast Screening
Study. J Natl Cancer Inst 1995;87:670–675.
17. Stomper PC, Cholewinski SP, Penetrante RB, et al. Atypical hyperplasia: frequency
and mammographic and pathologic relationships in excisional biopsies guided with
mammography and clinical examination. Radiology 1993;189:667–671.
19. Huston SW, Cowen PN, Bird CC. Morphometric studies of age related changes in
normal human breast and their significance for evolution of mammary cancer. J Clin
Pathol 1985;38:281–287.
588 / 1584
bi
20. Wolfe JN. Breast parenchymal patterns and their changes with age. Radiology
1976;121:545–552.
21. Stomper PC, D'Souza DJ, DiNitto PA, et al. Analysis of parenchymal density on
mammograms in 1,353 women 25–79 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;167:1261
–1265.
23. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
P.364
24. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
25. Russell DG, Ziewacz J. Experimental investigation of tissue pressures that are
developed within a breast compressed during mammography. Presented at the 79th
Scientific Assembly and Annual Meeting of the Radiological Society of North America.
Chicago, November 28–December 3, 1993.
26. Pankow JS, Vachon CM, Kuni CC, et al. Genetic analysis of mammographic breast
density in adult women: evidence of a gene effect. J Natl Cancer Inst 1997;89:549–556.
27. Boyd NF, Dite GS, Stone J, et al. Heritability of mammographic density, a risk
factor for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2002;347:886–894.
28. Wolfe JN. A study of breast parenchyma by mammography in the normal woman
and those with benign and malignant disease of the breast. Radiology 1967;89:201.
29. Wellings SR, Wolfe JN. Correlative studies of the histological and radiographic
appearance of the breast parenchyma. Radiology 1978;129:299.
30. Brisson J, Morrison AS, Burstein N, et al. Mammographic parenchymal patterns and
histologic characteristics of breast tissue. Breast Dis 1989;1:253–260.
31. Fisher ER, Palekar A, Kim WS, et al. The histopathology of mammographic
patterns. Am J Clin Pathol 1977;421:29.
32. Brisson J, Morrison AS, Burstein N, et al. Mammographic parenchymal patterns and
histologic characteristics of breast tissue. Breast Disease 1989;1:253–260.
33. Wolfe JN. Breast patterns as an index of risk for developing breast cancer. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1976;126:1130–1139.
589 / 1584
bi
34. Boyd NF, Byng JW, Fishell EK, et al. Quantitative classification of mammographic
densities and breast cancer risk: results from the Canadian National Breast Screening
Study. J Natl Cancer Inst 1995;87:670–675.
35. Boyd NF, Lockwood GA, Byng JW, et al. Mammographic densities and breast cancer
risk. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1998;7:1133–1144.
36. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of breast
cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
37. Writing Group for the Women's Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of
estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. Principal results from the
Women's Health Initiative randomized, controlled trial. JAMA 2002;288:321–333.
38. Berkowitz JE, Gatewood OMB, Goldblum LE, et al. Hormonal replacement therapy:
mammographic manifestations. Radiology 1990;174:199–201.
39. Stomper PC, Van Voorhis BJ, Ravnikar VA, et al. Mammographic changes
associated with postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy: a longitudinal study.
Radiology 1990;174:487–490.
40. McNicholas MMJ, Heneghan JP, Milner MH, et al. Pain and increased mammographic
density in women receiving hormone replacement therapy: a prospective study. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1994;163:311–315.
41. Brisson J, Morrison AS, Kopans DB, et al. Height, weight, mammographic features
of breast tissue, and breast cancer risk. Am J Epidemiol 1984;119:371–381.
42. Peer PG, Holland R, Jan HCL, et al. Age-specific effectiveness of Nijmegen
population-based breast cancer screening program: assessment of early indicators of
screening effectiveness. J Natl Cancer Inst 1994;86:436–441.
43. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Breast cancer survival among women
under age 50: is mammography detrimental? Lancet 1992;340:991–994.
44. Sickles EA, Kopans DB. Deficiencies in the analysis of breast cancer screening data.
J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1621–1624.
45. Clay MG, Hiskop G, Kan L, et al. Screening mammography in British Columbia
1988–1993. Am J Surg 1994;167:490–492.
46. Linver MN, Paster SB. Mammography outcomes in a practice setting by age:
prognostic factors, sensitivity, and positive biopsy rate. Monogr Natl Cancer Inst
1997;22:113–117.
590 / 1584
bi
47. Boyd NF, O'Sullivan B, Campbell JE, et al. Mammographic patterns and bias in
breast cancer detection. Radiology 1982;143:671.
48. Bird RE, Wallace TW, Yankaskas BC. Analysis of cancers missed at screening
mammography. Radiology 1992;184:613–617.
591 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
13
Interpreting the Mammogram
By far the most important function of mammography is the earlier detection of breast
cancer in an effort to decrease the death rate from these malignancies. The performance
and acquisition of high-quality mammography is the key to the ability to accomplish this
task. No amount of interpretive expertise can correct for the fact that the lesion is not
imaged because of poor positioning, is hidden by underpenetrated tissue, or is overlooked
because the image is blurred. Similarly, no observer is perfect, and all observers are
subject to periodic failure to perceive a lesion that is visible in retrospect. Although not the
standard of care, double reading should be encouraged, but it must be accomplished
efficiently so that there is no significant increase in cost. Double reading reduces the false-
negative rate, but since it is not reimbursed, it should not be considered the standard of
care. If double reading were required, the cost of screening would be prohibitively
expensive, and screening would cease to be available. If women are denied access to
screening because of increased cost, then clearly there can be no benefit from screening,
and requiring double reading would be detrimental to women's health. Nevertheless, a
systematic approach to the entire screening process can improve efficiency, maintain
quality, and help to lead to the earlier diagnosis of breast cancers.
Image Review
Digital Mammography versus Film/Screen
Virtually all of the criteria that have been developed for the interpretation of film/screen
mammograms apply to digital mammograms as well. These criteria also apply to the
analysis of slices in digital breast tomosynthesis (DBT). One of the advantages of DBT is
that much of the diagnostic requirements that are engendered by findings on 2D
mammograms are no longer required when DBT is used. DBT eliminates overlapping
structures, the margins of masses and the morphology of calcifications are more clearly
seen, and the three-dimensional locations of findings are accurately determined on the
screening study.
P.367
maximum film density, bright backlighting is needed. In general, the light output of a
mammography view box should probably be twice as bright as a standard light box.
Although there have never been any truly scientific studies of the appropriate light output,
Haus et al (5) found that 5 experts used view boxes with approximately 3,500 nits
(candela/m2) of light output to view high-contrast mammographic images. Workstations
for digital mammography produce much less light. However, I do not believe that a
workstation needs to produce nearly as much light as a view box. Because a film image
consists of varying shades of gray that block the passage of light through the film, the view
box must produce sufficiently strong light to “push” it through the film, which dramatically
decreases the light as it passes through. A workstation only needs to produce enough light
so that the radiologist can see the structures. Workstation illumination should not be
compared to the maximum light output of a view box. A more valid comparison would be
to measure the brightness and contrast of a white structure seen on film to its brightness
and contrast as portrayed on a workstation. Modern workstations approved for
mammography produce sufficient light for viewing digital mammograms.
Regardless of whether the image is on film or a computer, because extraneous light
reduces the eye's ability to perceive low-contrast objects, the images should be masked to
reduce the glare from around the images. Glare can dramatically interfere with
visualization of details on the mammogram, and it should be eliminated as much as
possible. Ambient light also compromises viewing, and reading rooms should have low light
levels. The view boxes used by the technologists should be matched to those used by the
radiologists, so that properly exposed mammograms appear the same, facilitating quality
control. Fortunately, because of the ability to “window and level” digitally acquired
mammograms, the technologist's and radiologist's workstations do not have to be as
closely matched, but the technologist needs to be able to see on her workstation the same
structures that the radiologist can see. This not only ensures that she is able to be certain
of proper positioning, exposure, and sharpness of the image, but, when she is performing
diagnostic studies, she must be able to see the area of concern so that she can obtain the
needed images. The technologist workstation must have sufficient image quality so that
she can see if there is any blur from motion.
595 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-1 To avoid confusion, the films should be arranged the same way each
time.
If there are two banks of view boxes, we place the new films on the bottom row with older
films above (Fig. 13-1), although the specific arrangement of the films is up to the
preference of the interpreter. Because subtle changes may not be apparent from 1 year to
the next, we routinely compare films from 2 or more years earlier with the present study.
There has been one study that suggested that the most recent previous study should be
used (6), but the reasoning for this paper was flawed. It is rare that a significant change is
not evident from 1 year to the next, but there are rare occasions where a change is much
more apparent when even older studies are compared to the most recent (Fig. 13-2). A
small study such as the one performed by Sumkin et al would not show these rare cases.
Consequently, the use of 2-year-old or older studies is based on anecdote not science, but
it is the prudent approach.
If digital mammograms are being reviewed, I believe that it is advantageous to display the
present study on the same monitor as the previous study and to be able to rapidly toggle
back and forth between the two studies. By shifting back and forth, new findings become
apparent because the eye is very good at noticing a change between two pictures displayed
in the same orientation. A new mass will be more apparent if the images are toggled
rapidly in the same field of view than if the observer looks between two images on
separate monitors.
there is a question as to whether what is being seen is a subareolar mass or the nipple not
in profile (which can look like a mass), an additional view of the subareolar tissues with the
nipple in profile will clear up any confusion.
Eklund and Cardenosa (7) described measurements that provide some indication that the
maximum tissue to be imaged is on the films. Body habitus and patient infirmities may
preclude optimal positioning, but there are some goals for which to strive. On most
mammograms, the pectoralis major muscle should be visible down to the level of the axis
of the nipple on the MLO projection, and the distance from immediately beneath the nipple
to the edge of the film on the CC view should usually be within 1 cm of the distance from
under the nipple to the pectoralis major on the MLO (Fig. 13-3) (8). The breasts should be
pulled upward and out, not drooping, and the trabecular structures should be separated by
firm compression. Ideally, the junction of the breast with the upper abdomen should be
visible. The inframammary fold should be open with no overlap of breast and upper
abdomen (Fig. 13-4A). On approximately 30% of the CC projections, the pectoralis major
muscle should be visible at the back of the breast (Fig. 13-4B). As digital tomosynthesis in
the MLO projection replaces conventional two-dimensional mammography, it will become
even more important for the technologist to be certain that she does not allow breast
tissues to slip from the field of view.
areas) measure 1.0 or higher on a densitometer. This is a level at which structures can be
seen through the dense (white) portions of the mammograms (Fig. 13-4C). There must
also be sufficient penetration on a digital mammogram so that structures are also visible in
the least penetrated areas.
Blur
There are many causes of blur or unsharpness on an image. Blur due to motion of the
breast during the exposure is
P.369
often difficult to appreciate. Most breasts have at least one calcification, and observation of
the sharpness or lack of sharpness of calcifications may indicate a motion problem. The fine
linear structures of the breast are usually sharply defined. If they are not, then motion
should be suspected. On rare occasions, perhaps due to edema, the fine lines of the breast
are not sharply seen even though the breast has not moved, but this is the exception. As
tomosynthesis techniques replace conventional 2D imaging, preventing motion becomes
even more important since registration of multiple images will be compromised by
movement.
Figure 13-3 Schematic showing the posterior nipple line in the two standard
projections. The distance from the subareolar region (SA) to the pectoralis major (PM)
on the mediolateral oblique should be no more than 1 cm longer than the distance SA
to the film edge (FE) on the craniocaudal view. 598 / 1584
bi
to the film edge (FE) on the craniocaudal view.
Artifacts
Although it is almost impossible to eliminate all artifacts, efforts should be made to reduce
them to a minimum. Digital detectors with the acceptance of computed radiography (CR)
are sealed so that dust should not be a problem. The screens in film/screen systems should
be cleaned at least once a week, or more frequently, to eliminate dust that can block the
light from the screen from reaching the film, resulting in bright specks that simulate
microcalcifications. Scratches on the screen or on the film can cause pseudolesions or
distract from seeing real lesions. Unusual artifacts usually have a simple explanation (Fig.
13-4D). Artifacts on digital mammograms may be more difficult to eliminate. Bad pixels
may be removed electronically as long as they are not too close together, such that they
eliminate too many of the detector elements in an area, obscuring significant findings.
Other digital artifacts can occur from faulty electronics, and there are quality-control
programs that are used to detect and eliminate these.
Mammographic Interpretation
The observer should avoid the urge to immediately view mammograms too closely. It is
preferable to sit back and view the images from a distance, bringing foveal vision to bear
on the entire image. Some observers find the use of a minifying lens beneficial to reduce
the size of the images. This aids in appreciating areas of asymmetry.
599 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-4 The breasts should be symmetrically positioned with the breast pulled up
and out to open the inframammary fold, as on these mediolateral oblique A
projections. The pectoralis major muscle is visible on approximately 30% of
craniocaudal projections, as it is here B. Proper penetration is important. The cancer
(arrow) on this mediolateral oblique projection C would not have been seen had the
tissue not been properly penetrated. The curvilinear lines that project over the medial
portion of the left breast on this craniocaudal projection D are due to the patient's hair
slipping under the tube cone into the field of view and projecting onto the breast.
The images should then be viewed from a distance of 1 to 1½ feet to begin evaluating
some of the tissue details. Finally, the observer should evaluate the mammograms so as to
view the subtle details. Although all structures visible on the mammogram can be seen by
the normal, unaided eye, a magnifying glass is helpful for making small detail
P.370
more obvious. One of the advantages of digital images is that they can be electronically
enlarged (the same as photographic enlargement), obviating the need for a magnifying
lens. Until monitors are available that can display all of the digitally acquired imaging data,
when reading digital images the observer should remember that, at some point, the
images is sufficiently displayed as to provide viewing of all of the data that were acquired
since some systems acquire data at a higher resolution than can be displayed over the
entire breast on the monitor.
The images should be systematically reviewed with particular attention to the deep tissues,
especially near the inframammary fold and high in the axilla (places where the rare tumor
may be overlooked). Because most cancers develop at the interface between the edge of600 / 1584
bi
may be overlooked). Because most cancers develop at the interface between the edge of
the parenchyma and the subcutaneous and retromammary fat (9), these tissues
P.371
should be evaluated for architectural distortion, masses, or calcifications. Digital systems
facilitate the evaluation of these zones by providing equalization algorithms that enhance
these tissues, which are often “burned out” on film/screen mammograms (Fig. 13-5).
Calcifications
Calcifications are important to find. There is ongoing debate as to the importance of findng
ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), which is virtually only found by finding calcifications on a
mammogram. However, not only do calcifications often represent early intraductal cancer
(DCIS), but, in a study that we undertook, we found that 17% of invasive cancers were
found by mammography only because of the calcifications that had formed in the
intraductal portion of these cancers. In these cases the calcifications represented the tip of
the iceberg. In addition, the radiologist should be trying to find the small masses and areas
of architectural distortion that are formed by invasive cancers. Data from the randomized
controlled trials of mammography screening, as well as historical data and tumor
modeling, show that we should be trying to find invasive cancers before they reach 1 cm in
size. Invasive cancers are potentially lethal, and prognosis is improved if they can be
treated while they are ≤1 cm in size (10,11,12). In general, the likelihood of metastatic
spread is a probabilistic phenomenon that is based on the number of cells that make up the
cancer. The likelihood of metastasis begins to increase rapidly for tumors when they
become larger than 1 cm (13). The analysis of the mammogram should include a search
for
P.372
small masses and areas of architectural distortion, as well as calcifications.
601 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-5 Digital images permit equalization of the peripheral tissues. In an
analog image the tissues at the edge of the breast parenchyma and subcutaneous
layers are frequently “burned out” because of the overpenetration of these tissues that
are thinner than the body of the breast. Computer algorithms are able to compensate
so that these tissues are seen well on a single image.
Neodensities
Fortunately, the mammographic appearance of the breast is fairly stable from year to year,
and the overall percentage of attenuating tissues decreases in many women (not all) with
increasing age. Changes, such as the development of new masses (neodensities) or new
calcifications, are fairly uncommon so that when they do appear they should be analyzed to
determine their significance. Sumkin et al (6) suggested that mammograms need only be
compared to the study from the previous year. Unfortunately, their study design missed
important factors (15). It is a good idea to compare studies that are at least 2 years apart
because changes may not be as apparent from one year to the next (Fig. 13-6).
Comparing images to 1 year prior increases the chance that a slowly developing change
will be overlooked from year to year. A 2-year (or longer) time difference makes these
subtle changes more apparent.
In general, a new focal abnormality warrants careful review and often requires ultrasound
(for cyst/solid differentiation) or tissue evaluation (needle biopsy or open biopsy), as
needed to make a diagnosis. The development of multiple (three or more) similar findings
in noncontiguous areas usually represents a benign change. These are almost always cysts,
and the development of multiple (three or more) rounded densities usually does not 602 / 1584
bi
and the development of multiple (three or more) rounded densities usually does not
require additional evaluation.
1. Find it.
2. Is it real?
3. Where is it?
4. What is it?
5. What should be done about it?
These five simple rules, followed in order, provide an organized framework for image
evaluation.
Find It
The goal of screening is to detect cancer earlier. Breast cancer usually presents as one or a
combination of the following:
neodensity
mass
calcifications: focal or segmental
asymmetry: focal or, rarely, more diffuse asymmetric density
architectural distortion
skin changes
trabecular changes
nipple changes
axillary nodal abnormalities
The mammograms should be reviewed to detect areas that have changed or developed
since previous studies (neodensities or new calcifications), as well as to find masses,
calcifications, architectural distortion, focal asymmetry, and areas of diffuse asymmetry.
Any suspicious finding should then be assessed to determine whether it is real and then to
determine its location, significance, and what the next step should be in its management.
For most findings the steps are simple. If the interpreter can decide, based on the
screening images, that the finding is normal tissue or a benign finding, then no further
evaluation is indicated. Experienced radiologists will dismiss most benign findings without a
conscious effort. Large calcifications, secretory calcifcations, minimally asymmetric breast
tissue, and intramammary lymph nodes are so common and so obviously not due to cancer
that the experienced reader assesses them and ignores them very quickly. If, however,
there is a finding that is not easily dismissed as normal or benign, then the next steps
should be followed.
603 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-6 If possible, the present study should be compared to a comparable study
from 2 or more years earlier. For example, the changes between these 2 studies
(A,B), obtained 1 year apart, are subtle and difficult to appreciate, as are the changes
between B and C. C was obtained 1 year after B. The small cancer at the top of the
breast is best appreciated by comparing A and C. In a second patient, subtle,
progressive changes are evident as the invasive lobular and ductal cancer grows slowly
from 1990 until it is obvious in 1994. The subtle changes that occurred from year to
year are more apparent if the progressive studies are compared to the first year. The
first mediolateral oblique is from 1990 D, the second is from 1991 E, the third from 604 / 1584
bi
first mediolateral oblique is from 1990 D, the second is from 1991 E, the third from
1992 F, and the last from when the patient returned following a 2-year interval in 1994
G, at which time the cancer is obvious. The corresponding craniocaudal projections are
from 1990 H, 1991 I, 1992 J, and 1994 K.
P.373
P.374
P.375
0. This category is used when the study suggests a finding or findings that require
additional imaging evaluation (not additional clinical evaluation). Because of FDA
pressure, the ACR also permits the use of this category for cases in which old films are
being sought, or there has been a technical problem and the patient is being recalled.
Imaging sites wanted this so that they would be able to track the patients. This is
unfortunate since it dilutes the ability to assess the true callback rate for
mammography. I would recommend the use of an additional code for such incomplete
studies such as “I” for incomplete. It is preferable to resolve these cases quickly and
not put them into category 0. If we are seeking outside studies, we render a final
interpretation of the present examination based on the assumption that we will not be
able to retrieve the outside test. If we do receive it, then an addendum is issued.
Technical callbacks are saved in a “tickler” file, and, if the patient is not found and
called back in within 1 week, it is interpreted as best we can with the qualification of 605 / 1584
bi
called back in within 1 week, it is interpreted as best we can with the qualification of
the technical problem and our failed effort to have the patient return. Category 0 is
reserved for patients who need to be recalled for additional imaging evaluation, based
on their screening study.
1. The mammogram is negative with no abnormality seen.
2. There is a benign finding. No further evaluation is needed.
3. There is a finding that is probably benign, but short-interval follow-up is suggested
because stability over a period of time will provide additional reassurance.
4. Indeterminate: There is a finite probability of malignancy, and biopsy should be
considered. BIRADS now permits subdivision of this category:
4A. Biopsy is recommended, but the lesion has a low probability of malignancy.
4B. The lesion has an intermediate probability of malignancy.
4C. The lesion is likely malignant, but the findings are not sufficiently classic to place
the lesion in category 5.
5. There is a very high probability of malignancy.
6. There is a finding that represents a known, biopsy-proven malignancy. Either the
lesion is being treated with neoadjuvant chemotherapy, or the breast is being
evaluated prior to definitive treatment for additional foci of occult malignancy. This
category is used if only the known cancer is evident and no additional action is
indicated based on the imaging findings.
1. How is the next test going to alter the care of the patient?
2. How will the results of the next test benefit the patient?
Whether choosing extra views, magnification, ultrasound, or another test like MRI, the
radiologist should be able to answer these questions with specific reasons for the workup. If
there is no benefit for the patient, then the additional test is of no value. It may even
complicate care if it demonstrates other areas of concern that require further intervention
and ultimately prove to be benign.
P.378
Asymmetry
Normally the breasts are fairly symmetric on a mammogram. Asymmetry may be
indicative of a significant process; each mammogram should be assessed for the presence
of asymmetries.
Figure 13-8 What appears to be a spiculated area seen only on the mediolateral
oblique projection A (arrow) proved to be a superimposition of normal structures when612 / 1584
bi
oblique projection A (arrow) proved to be a superimposition of normal structures when
the area was compressed with the spot compression device B. In this second patient
there appears to be a spiculated lesion lateral to the nipple on the craniocaudal
projection C, but, when the breast was rolled slightly to reorient the structures D, it is
clear that the original “lesion” was due to superimposed, normal structures.
Figure 13-9 Breast cancer that presents as asymmetry usually presents with the
density concentrated centrally in the asymmetry. A This cancer is first perceived as a
focal asymmetric density on the craniocaudal projection, with the density concentrated
centrally (arrows) and fading toward the periphery of the tissue volume. A focal
asymmetry should draw the observer's attention. In this second individual there is a
focal asymmetry in the middle of the left breast on the mediolateral oblique B, and
medial on the craniocaudal C. Magnification mammography in the mediolateral D and
craniocaudal E projections confirms a suspicious, irregular mass with ill-defined
margins, seen on this specimen radiograph F, that proved at biopsy to be an invasive
ductal carcinoma with associated ductal carcinoma in situ.
614 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-10 A focal asymmetric density may be difficult to distinguish from normal,
asymmetric breast tissue. In this first patient, a dense, focal asymmetric area (arrow)
is seen in the mediolateral oblique projection of this palpable adenoid cystic cancer in
the upper right breast A, although not as well in the craniocaudal projection B, just
medial to the midline. The differences are visible, but subtle, when compared to this
second patient who had no palpable finding but asymmetry that is more diffuse in the
upper right breast on the mediolateral oblique view C, with no central concentration of
the density on this or the craniocaudal view D. In this individual the asymmetric breast
tissue was unchanged for >3 years.
Figure 13-11 Normal asymmetric breast tissue appears as greater tissue density in
one breast compared to its mirror image volume in the other breast. There is greater
tissue density in the superolateral subareolar region in this 56-year-old woman, as
seen on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections. This had not
changed in more than 3 years.
616 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-12 There is a greater volume of breast tissue seen in the left breast on the
mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections. This asymmetric breast tissue
was unchanged over 3 years. (Note: The large axillary nodes are incidental. One was
biopsied and proved to be a benign reactive lymph node.)
The observer might expect that asymmetric breast tissue would be palpable, but this is
rarely the case. Despite the fact that the tissues are often prominently asymmetric by
mammography, this asymmetry is not usually evident by clinical examination. We and
others have shown that clinical breast examination (CBE) evaluates different tissue
parameters than mammography (26,27). The mammogram measures the concentration
and “Z” of the atoms making up the tissues, whereas clinical examination measures the
elastic properties of the molecules formed by the atoms. CBE measures different tissue
characteristics than are measured by the mammogram, and this is the reason that CBE
can detect some cancers that are not visible by mammography. Our study indicated that
asymmetric breast tissue on the mammogram was significant only when it was also
palpable, and biopsy of simple asymmetric breast tissue is recommended only when there
is a corresponding palpable asymmetry.
Because our study failed to reveal any cancer among the women with nonpalpable
asymmetric breast tissue with >3 years of follow-up, there is no reason to evaluate these
women at any increased frequency. The use of ultrasound has never been shown to add
any clinically useful information in this situation, as long as there is no reason to suspect a
mass in these tissues.
Thus, asymmetric breast tissue, with no evidence of mass formation, no architectural
distortion, and no significant calcifications, that has not developed over time is a normal
variant and needs no additional evaluation or follow-up, unless it is palpable.
Breast tissue asymmetry can be the result of either a greater volume of fibroglandular
tissue on one side or greater density of the tissue relative to the mirror image area in the
other breast. Asymmetric breast tissue should be distinguished from a focal asymmetric
density. The latter may prove to be a true mass, whereas the former is merely a normal
variation. Asymmetric breast tissue is a term that should be reserved for broad areas of
greater parenchymal volume or greater radiographic density of the tissue, which do not
form a mass but are distinctly different from the corresponding contralateral volume of
tissue.
As noted above, asymmetric breast tissue is defined as having:
617 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-13 Normal asymmetric tissue density presenting as prominent ducts. The
nodular-appearing densities are more prominent in the upper outer left breast as seen
on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections. In fact, these are likely
lobules, but they have been termed prominent ducts. The appearance has remained
unchanged for 5 years in this 67-year-old woman.
P.385
Figure 13-14 The growth of an invasive lobular cancer can be very subtle.
This craniocaudal image A suggests a dense, normal-appearing breast. However, by
comparing it to a mammogram from 2 years earlier B, it is obvious that there is a
diffuse infiltrating process that proved to be invasive lobular cancer.
619 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-15 Benign, asymmetric breast tissue, as seen in the lateral right breast on
these craniocaudal projections, has no architectural distortion, no suggestion of mass
formation, and no significant calcifications. If there is no corresponding palpable
asymmetry and it has not appeared over time, the asymmetric tissue represents a
normal developmental variant.
Asymmetric breast tissue is most common in the upper outer quadrant. Virtually all of
these asymmetries are normal variations due either to developmental asymmetry or,
perhaps, to differential end-organ response to hormonal stimuli. Asymmetric breast tissue
may be iatrogenically created with decreased density on the contralateral side, secondary
to the surgical removal of breast tissue (Fig. 13-17).
620 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-16 A benign, focal asymmetric density. The focal asymmetric density
visible in the center of the left breast on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B
projections was stable for 3 years and is a benign asymmetry. In this second patient,
the asymmetric tissue has a rounded contour on the mediolateral oblique projection C,
but there is no real mass on the magnification image D. This density had been present
since the patient's first mammogram 9 years earlier and is another, but unusual,
manifestation of asymmetric breast tissue.
Asymmetrically dense breast tissue can be associated with breast cancer, but, when cancer
is found in tissue with the above characteristics, it is virtually always clinically evident (Fig.
13-18), or the mammographic appearance does not meet the true definition of asymmetric
breast tissue (no associated mass, no architectural distortion, and no
P.388
calcifications). If the attenuation of asymmetric tissue increases over time, the insidious
growth of invasive lobular carcinoma should be suspected (28).
621 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-17 Iatrogenically created asymmetric breast tissue. The asymmetric tissue
density seen on the craniocaudal view of the right breast is the result of surgical
removal of tissue from the left breast.
Figure 13-18 Asymmetrically dense breast tissue and cancer. Asymmetrically dense
breast tissue can be associated with malignancy. The asymmetrically dense breast
tissue in the lateral aspect of the right breast on these craniocaudal projections was
palpable, and biopsy revealed an invasive ductal carcinoma A. Invasive ductal
carcinoma was also found where these palpable, asymmetrically prominent ducts
(arrows) are seen in the subareolar region of the right breast on these craniocaudal
projections B.
Asymmetric Vasculature
The vessels of the breast are generally symmetric in size and distribution. They may
become engorged because of either distal obstruction or increased flow due to hyperemia
(Fig. 13-19). A dilated vessel can be a normal variant or accompany inflammation as well
622 / 1584
bi
(Fig. 13-19). A dilated vessel can be a normal variant or accompany inflammation as well
as neoplasia (Fig. 13-20). An asymmetrically large vein that is >1.5 times the size of its
contralateral counterpart may be a subtle indication of an abnormality. We have found this
to be an extremely uncommon finding, because it is more likely to be associated with later-
stage cancers, and it is becoming increasingly rare to see these tumors. Asymmetric
vessels are generally either a normal variation or secondary to differences in
mammographic compression (Fig. 13-21A,B), although on occasion an obstruction in the
axilla or mediastinum can cause dilatation through collateral flow (Fig. 13-21C).
Analyzing Masses
As with any significant finding, masses should be described as to their shape, margin
characteristics, size (the largest diameter of the mass; spicules are not counted), x-ray
attenuation (if significant), location, and effect on the surrounding
P.389
P.390
tissues. Any associated findings (architectural distortion, calcifications, trabecular changes,
skin thickening or retraction) should also be reported. The ACR-BIRADS lexicon and
approach to reporting should be followed.
Figure 13-19 Asymmetric vasculature is usually benign. Enlarged vessels, even when
asymmetric, are usually not due to malignancy. The large veins on this craniocaudal
projection were due to the patient's congestive heart failure.
623 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-21 The vessel seen on this mediolateral oblique A is more prominent than
the one on the mediolateral oblique taken a year later B because of better
compression on the second mediolateral oblique. The vessel in this second patient C is
prominent owing to collateral flow secondary to thyroid cancer, causing obstruction in
the superior mediastinum.
624 / 1584
bi
Location
Skin Lesions
Although the caution may seem trivial, the interpreter must first determine that a lesion is,
in fact, within the breast and not in the skin or on the surface of the breast. As a
consequence of the basic spherical shape of the breast and the geometry of compression,
only thin strips of the skin surface are imaged in tangent on any projection, and the vast
majority of the skin surface is projected over breast tissue. As with calcifications, some
masses that project on the mammogram are actually benign skin lesions (Fig. 13-22). The
radiologist should be alert to the fact that the presence of a skin lesion does not preclude
the possibility of an intramammary lesion. If there is any question, a marker can be placed
on the skin lesion to identify it for the radiologist.
The term mole marker has been coined to describe a radiopaque marker that is placed on
a skin lesion so that its location can be confirmed on the mammogram. In fact, moles or
nevi are rarely visible on the mammogram. The pigment of a lesion does not make it
radiopaque. Only raised skin lesions, such as seborrheic keratoses (Fig. 13-23), and
attenuating lesions, such as sebaceous (epidermal inclusion) cysts (Fig. 13-24), can project
as intramammary processes. These are visible because they have an air–soft tissue
interface or are more attenuating than the underlying breast tissue. We use doughnut-
shaped markers that are placed by the technologist around raised skin lesions to mark
their location. The metallic “bb” is, by convention, used to mark areas of clinical concern.
Placement of the doughnut so that it will appear on top of the skin lesion in both projections
on the mammogram will confirm the etiology of the density on the mammogram,
eliminating any concern (Fig. 13-25).
Seborrheic keratoses typically have a verrucoid appearance, with air trapped in their
interstices, making them easily distinguishable from intramammary lesions (Fig. 13-26).
On occasion they can trap powders, and these can mimic clustered microcalcifications.
625 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-22 Skin lesion projecting over the breast. On this mediolateral oblique,
there is a mass that projects over the axillary tail of the breast A. The fact that it is a
benign, seborrheic keratosis on the skin is apparent on closer inspection, where its
verruciform features are evident B.
Figure 13-23 This seborrheic keratosis (arrow) on the skin is raised and has an air
interface. This makes it visible on the craniocaudal view projected over the breast.
626 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-24 In addition to being more attenuating than the fat of the breast, this
epidermal inclusion cyst (arrow) is slightly raised and is visible on the mediolateral
mammogram.
P.391
P.392
Because some skin lesions have irregular margins, careful correlation should be made
—cancers have been mistakenly dismissed when a skin lesion was depicted on the patient
diagram as overlying the same area as the cancer. To avoid confusion, the only thing that
we now mark on the patient diagram is scars from previous surgery. Pigmented lesions
(moles) are not visible on the mammogram and do not need to be marked, unless they are
hard and raised above the skin. If there is any question, markers should be placed on the
skin lesion, or the lesion should be placed in tangent, and the breast re-examined to prove
its location in or on the skin.
Although the numbers differ somewhat, the distribution was similar in Sickles' (31) review
of mammographically detected cancers:
Figure 13-25 Raised skin lesions should be marked to avoid confusion. The
doughnut-shaped marker is placed around a raised skin lesion that could be mistaken
for an intramammary mass. The marker moves with the density on the mediolateral
oblique A, craniocaudal B, and mediolateral C projections so that there can be no
confusion. 629 / 1584
bi
confusion.
630 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-27 Cancer can develop in rests of breast tissue. Primary breast cancer can
be found anywhere along the milk line. This palpable cancer, visible on this computed
tomography (CT) scan of the upper abdomen in the anterior abdominal wall on the
right side, apparently developed in a rest of breast tissue that had not resorbed during
embryologic development. The patient had presented with metastatic disease in an
axillary lymph node.
Figure 13-28 Breast cancer is often found at the periphery of the gland. This
schematic depicts a zone 1 cm wide beneath the subcutaneous fat and anterior to the
retromammary fat. More than 70% of breast cancers develop in this zone. For most
women, depending on the size of the breast, more than 50% of the parenchyma is in
this zone.
The tissues of the upper breast may slip out from under the compression paddle on the CC
projection if the breast is not elevated to relax the skin. This is frequently the reason that a
lesion is seen deep in the breast on the lateral projection and not on the CC view.
631 / 1584
bi
Cancer may be found anywhere there are epithelial elements. Although it is uncommon,
cancer can occur in the subcutaneous fat. Ducts can be found in the subcutaneous fat
following along the retinacula cutis that attach to the skin, and cancer can occur here as
well.
Figure 13-29 Typical intramammary lymph node. This is the typical location and
appearance of an intramammary lymph node (arrows), projecting over the upper outer
aspect of the breast, as seen on the mediolateral oblique A and the craniocaudal B
projections. On close inspection (C), the typical lucent hilum is visible on the 632 / 1584
bi
projections. On close inspection (C), the typical lucent hilum is visible on the
mediolateral oblique image. No further evaluation is needed.
Figure 13-30 A This schematic depicts the usual location of intramammary nodes in
the lateral portions of the breast on the craniocaudal and mediolateral oblique
projections (shaded areas). This rare, central intramammary lymph node is the only
case that we have seen, in more than 150,000 mammograms, of an intramammary
lymph node that was centrally located in the breast on the mediolateral oblique B and
craniocaudal C projections. It proved to be a benign reactive node at histologic
analysis.
The diagnosis of an intramammary lymph node should not be considered when a mass is
seen in any other section of the breast unless the lesion has a clearly defined lucent hilum.
If an upper-outer-quadrant lesion does not have the characteristics of a benign
intramammary node, including a lucent hilar notch and smooth, sharply defined margins,
then suspicion should be aroused. Not all upper-outer-quadrant masses are benign lymph
nodes, and, as noted earlier, this is the most common location for cancer (Fig. 13-31). If
the morphology is not clear, magnification mammography may better demonstrate the 633 / 1584
bi
the morphology is not clear, magnification mammography may better demonstrate the
shape and margins. If this is not convincing, then ultrasound can be used to show the
echogenic hilar notch (Fig. 13-32).
Because they are usually malleable and conform to the lumen of the duct, benign, large-
duct, intraductal papillomas are rarely visible by mammography unless they calcify or
cause a cystic dilatation of the duct. Large-duct papillomas are almost invariably found in
the subareolar region within several centimeters of the nipple. Unfortunately, breast
cancers can also occur in this area, so that location cannot be used as a differential point.
Cysts and fibroadenomas can be found anywhere there are lobules, and lobules can be
found everywhere in the breast. The location of a lesion in the breast, by itself, has no
differential value.
Determining the location of a lesion is important should further evaluation or a biopsy be
necessary. Its coordinates should be clearly stated to guide the clinician. Designed to assist
the clinician, BIRADS suggests that the location of a lesion be provided based on the face
of a clock. Translating the mammographic location to the clinical location is a bit of a
problem because the breast is distorted for the mammogram, but a conversion can be
made. The radiologist should translate the location with care because, for example, 2:00 in
the left breast is in the upper outer quadrant, while it is in the upper inner quadrant in the
right breast (Fig. 13-33). The depth of the lesion is defined as anterior, middle, or posterior.
If further evaluation or intervention is required for a
P.398
P.399
particular lesion, its location should be defined three-dimensionally by imaging. The
triangulation of a lesion is usually easily accomplished by orthogonal x-ray imaging.
Altering the projection can aid when triangulation is difficult (see Problems and Solutions).
Ultrasound and computed tomography are also useful. Once DBT (3D mammography)
replaces two-dimensional mammography, the location of a lesion will be simple to
determine since the slice on which it is best seen will precisely define its location in the
breast (Fig. 13-34).
634 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-31 Not all upper-outer-quadrant masses are benign lymph nodes. The
density seen on the mediolateral oblique A and the craniocaudal B projections is in the
typical location of an intramammary lymph node, but it proved to be an invasive breast
cancer. If there is any doubt, magnification mammograms help to evaluate the margins
of the lesion.
Figure 13-33 Schematic of the clock-face method of defining location within the
breast.
635 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-34 The exact location of a lesion is easily obtained using digital
breast tomosynthesis. The lesion at the back of the breast was only seen on the
mediolateral oblique, standard 2D mammogram so that only its position from front to
back and top to bottom is apparent. Its location side to side is indeterminate A. The x-
and y-coordinates of the lesion seen on a tomosynthesis slice B define its position from
front to back and top to bottom, and its location from side to side is determined from
the slice on which it is best seen, the slice thickness, and the number of slices to get
through the entire breast. This hamartoma was seen best on slice 33 out of 66 slices,
so it was in the center of the breast.
Size
Any lesion, regardless of its size, should be suspected if it has morphologic criteria that
suggest possible malignancy. Sickles (34) has shown that the size of a lesion, by itself, does
not aid in differentiating benign lesions from malignant. The size of a cancer at the time of
diagnosis is, however, an important prognostic indicator (35). Breast cancer staging now
takes into account the fact that stage I cancers can be further divided prognostically.
Although 2 cm remains the cutoff for stage I infiltrating cancers, there is a significant
difference in prognosis that improves with the diminishing diameter of the tumor (10). It is
for this reason that T1 cancers are now classified as T1a (up to 5 mm), T1b (6 to 10 mm),
and T1c (11 to 20 mm).
Many years ago, Gallagher and Martin (36) demonstrated the benefit of finding infiltrating
cancers 5 mm or smaller. This is a desirable goal but difficult to achieve even with
mammography. A number of studies have looked at 1 cm as a threshold and have shown
that finding infiltrating cancers ≤1 cm has a survival benefit that is almost as high as a 5-
mm threshold (37,38,39). Michaelson et al (40) have shown that the probability of
metastatic spread is fairly low for lesions under 1 cm but it begins to increase fairly rapidly
after 1 cm. They concluded: “The mathematical correlation between tumor size and
survival is consistent with a biologic mechanism in which lethal distant metastasis occurs by
discrete events of spread such that, for every invasive breast carcinoma cell in the primary
tumor at the time of
P.400
surgery, there is approximately a 1-in-1-billion chance that a lethal distant metastasis has
formed. The detection of invasive cancers at 1 cm or smaller is an achievable goal. In our
practice, >50% of the invasive cancers detected by screening are ≤1 cm in diameter.” 636 / 1584
bi
practice, >50% of the invasive cancers detected by screening are ≤1 cm in diameter.”
Figure 13-35 Mass shape, as defined by the American College of Radiology Breast
Imaging Reporting and Data System, can be divided into five shapes: round, oval,
lobulated, irregular, and (though not strictly a mass) architectural distortion.
Shape
The shapes of masses (Fig. 13-35) can be divided into round (Fig. 13-36), oval (Fig. 13-
37), lobulated (Fig. 13-38), irregular (Fig. 13-39), and architectural distortion (Fig. 13-40).
The probability of malignancy increases as a lesion becomes more irregular in shape. An
area of architectural distortion (particularly if spiculated) that is not associated with a mass
in an area where there has been no prior surgery frequently is due to an underlying
malignancy.
637 / 1584
bi
Margins
The interface between a lesion and the surrounding tissue (Fig. 13-41) is one of the most
important factors in determining the significance of a mass (Table 13-3). Circumscribed
masses whose margins form a sharp, abrupt transition with the surrounding tissue are
almost always benign (Fig. 13-42).
An obscured margin (Fig. 13-43) occurs when the normal surrounding tissue hides the true
edge of the lesion. The interpreter must decide whether a lesion's margin is obscured or
truly ill defined because of infiltration. The latter raises the level of concern. Digital
tomosynthesis eliminates the obscured margin, and malignant, ill-defined lesions are
almost always found to have spiculations by tomosynthesis.
The microlobulated margin (Fig. 13-44) reflects the irregular surface that can be produced
by a breast cancer
P.401
P.402
(although fibroadenomas and cysts can have a microlobulated margin). The irregular
protrusions that form at a tumor's edge can form short undulations at the surface of the
lesion when seen on the mammogram. These are distinguished from a lobulated mass,
whose undulations are large. Microlobulations are only a few millimeters across.
638 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-38 This giant fibroadenoma in the lateral A and craniocaudal B projections
is an example of a lobulated mass.
Figure 13-40 The architectural distortion (arrow) on this craniocaudal projection was
the only mammographic indication of the invasive cancer in the lateral right breast.
639 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-41 A mass can have one of five margins. The American College of
Radiology Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System defines these (as represented
by this schematic): circumscribed, obscured, microlobulated, ill defined, and spiculated.
The vast majority of breast cancers have an irregular interface as they invade the
surrounding tissue. This is due to the infiltration of cancer cells at the periphery of the
cancer. This produces the truly ill-defined margin (Fig. 13-45) that should raise concern.
The probability of malignancy is high in lesions with ill-defined margins, although benign
masses, including cysts and fibroadenomas, can appear to have ill-defined margins due to
abutting normal tissues or, in the case of cysts, pericystic inflammation.
The classic breast cancer has a spiculated margin (Fig. 13-46) due to fibrous projections
extending from the main tumor mass. The exact etiology of spiculation is unclear. Some
have postulated that it is normal tissue being drawn toward the malignancy in a cicatrizing
process. Careful microscopic analysis of these projections reveals associated cancer cells,
and the spiculations are likely a reaction to this infiltration. By convention, the diameter of
a cancer is measured across the tumor mass and excludes the spicules.
If a benign diagnosis is made by biopsy, the breast usually heals with little or no distortion
visible on subsequent mammography (41). Architectural distortion is not uncommon during
the first year after any form of breast surgery, but this should resolve in almost all cases
within 12 to 18 months (42). Some have argued that screening should be discouraged
because it leads to breast biopsies and biopsies scar the breast, compromising the
interpretation of future mammograms. This is not the case. Once
P.403
healing is complete, postsurgical changes after a benign biopsy are rarely evident on a
mammogram, and it is even more unusual for any changes to create difficulty in
mammographic interpretation (41).
641 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-43 The multiple cysts in these lateral mammograms are circumscribed
masses, but they have margins that are obscured by the normal surrounding tissues.
Irradiation for breast cancer may delay healing and may result in permanent scarring that
is visible by mammography. This may be a problem in the early follow-up period. We
generally obtain a new baseline mammogram 6 months after the completion of radiation
(approximately 1 year after the screening study that preceded the diagnosis of cancer). It
is not unusual to see an area of spiculated architectural distortion at the excision site at
that time. If the margins of resection were clear when the cancer was removed, the
likelihood of recurrent cancer is very low. If there are no other changes that suggest
recurrent disease, we generally recommend annual screening. If there is a lingering
question, these women may be placed in a short-interval follow-up program of
mammography every 6 months for 2 years, but this is unusual. Posttreatment change
should remain stable or improve over that time, and, at the end of the 2 years, the patient
can return to annual screening. The recall rate for women who have been treated for
breast cancer is no greater than for those who have not been treated, so women who have
been treated for breast cancer can return to routine screening after their radiation is
completed and do not require diagnostic mammography (43). For most cancer patients,
posttreatment changes are obvious, and the short-interval follow-up is not needed. Since
cancer recurrences are now rare and usually do not occur within 2 years of treatment,
there is no reason to screen these women any more frequently than annually.
642 / 1584
bi
Postsurgical fat necrosis in either the irradiated or nonirradiated breast can produce
calcifications that can at times be confusing (44).
Benign sclerosing duct hyperplasia (radial scar) may produce spicules visible by
mammography (Fig. 13-47). The likelihood of the diagnosis can be suggested from
morphologic criteria (long spicules without a central mass that
P.404
P.405
has fat trapped within), but a biopsy is still required to safely make the diagnosis (45). A
core biopsy can be performed, but we excise the lesion even if the core shows a radial scar.
643 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-47 This spiculated architectural distortion (arrow) on the lateral A and
craniocaudal B mammograms proved to be an idiopathic radial scar.
Types of Masses
Circumscribed Masses (Round, Oval, or Lobulated)
Perhaps one of the most controversial subjects in mammography is the management of the
solitary circumscribed mass. Statistically, a lesion that is round, oval, or lobulated with
sharply defined borders that suggest a sharp separation of the margin of the lesion from
the surrounding tissues has a very high likelihood of being benign. Unfortunately, as with all
signs, this does not always indicate a benign lesion. There are a small number of cancers
that are round, oval, or lobulated with circumscribed margins.
Although it had been taught that circumscribed cancers were usually the more indolent
medullary subtype, medullary cancers, in fact, often have an indistinct margin. The most
common cancer that grows as a circumscribed mass is infiltrating ductal carcinoma (not 644 / 1584
bi
common cancer that grows as a circumscribed mass is infiltrating ductal carcinoma (not
otherwise specified) (NOS) (46). Lymphoma, colloid carcinoma, and papillary carcinoma
can on occasion appear as round, smoothly marginated lesions. Papillary cancers are
frequently intracystic, and the cyst accounts for the smoothness of the margin. Lesions that
spread to the breast from primaries outside the breast (melanoma, lymphoma, lung
cancer, etc.) are often well defined, but they are also usually multiple, and the presence of
the extramammary primary cancer is usually already known.
Halo Sign
A dark, thin (1 mm or smaller) line can frequently be seen surrounding circumscribed
masses. This halo of apparent radiolucency is actually an optical illusion. The halo is a Mach
effect (47) that is due to the retina's integration of the abrupt transition of the interface
between structures that causes the cones of the retina, which are adjacent to the projection
of the edge of the mass on the retina, to be suppressed. This fools the visual system into
believing that there is a dark band adjacent to the bright edge of the mass. Densitometry
shows that there is no actual decrease in density. This can also be demonstrated by
covering the mass, which causes the halo to disappear. An associated halo had been
considered by some radiologists to be pathognomonic of a benign process, but sharply
marginated malignant lesions can also produce halos (48). The apparent sharpness of the
edge can vary with the resolution of the image. A sharp edge on contact mammography
may be shown to be ill defined on magnification. A lesion with a halo that appears to be
smoothly marginated at the macroscopic level of a mammogram (Fig. 13-48A) may have
an infiltrative margin when viewed at the microscopic level (Fig. 13-48B).
Significance of Size
Size does not predict malignancy. It has been suggested that the size of a circumscribed
lesion could be used to guide intervention, in the belief that the larger the lesion, the
greater the likelihood that it is malignant. There is no scientific support for this approach.
In a review of data from his screening program, Sickles (34) found no significant increase
in risk with increasing size for solitary circumscribed lesions. In his review, however, there
was a weak association between the increasing age of the patient and the risk that one of
these masses was malignant. Our own data agree with this, reflecting the prior probability
of cancer in the population, which increases with patient age. It is likely that those who
perceive a difference associated with size have also included palpable lesions, whereas 645 / 1584
bi
perceive a difference associated with size have also included palpable lesions, whereas
Sickles reviewed predominantly nonpalpable lesions found at screening. It is also important
to note that the lesions that Sickles described had sharply defined margins on magnification
imaging. Any suggestion of infiltration or spiculation should prompt early intervention,
regardless of the size of the lesion. A circumscribed mass that was not present previously
but develops should also be investigated.
Figure 13-48 The mass in the medial left breast on this craniocaudal xerogram A
appears to be well circumscribed and has a surrounding halo. A photomicrograph B of
the invasive cancer that was excised reveals that the lesion's margin is actually ill
646 / 1584
bi
the invasive cancer that was excised reveals that the lesion's margin is actually ill
defined. This ill definition was not evident at the level of resolution of the contact
mammogram.
When to Intervene
Using this rationale, the data suggest that if a solitary circumscribed lesion seen on the first
mammogram is ever to be primarily evaluated, this should be done while it is 1 cm or
smaller. If it is not primarily evaluated, a protocol for follow-up should be devised that
offers the opportunity to expeditiously detect a change that would indicate that the lesion is
malignant and prompt early intervention.
Although the standard of care supports following well-circumscribed round or oval lesions
(51), our own approach has been more aggressive. To diagnose invasive breast cancers
before they reach 1 cm in diameter, we arbitrarily set a threshold of 8 mm for intervention
for solitary circumscribed masses seen on a first mammogram. This was not chosen
because of a belief that the likelihood of malignancy increases with size but was based on
the data demonstrating the advantages of diagnosing cancers while they are <1 cm in
diameter. In our practice, any solitary circumscribed lesion that is 8 mm or larger is
investigated by ultrasound (for cyst/solid differentiation), needle aspiration
P.407
(for cyst/solid differentiation), or core biopsy (if solid), assuming that there are no previous
films demonstrating its stability. Fine-needle aspiration or core needle biopsy, if accurate,
may be used to avoid excisional biopsy, particularly if the diagnosis is clearly a
fibroadenoma. Among our own screen-detected cancers diagnosed since 1978, >50% of
the infiltrating lesions have been under 1 cm.
This approach applies only to solitary circumscribed masses. There should be no size
threshold for spiculated or ill-defined masses, and a biopsy should be recommended at any
size for these other lesions, but for the most-likely-benign circumscribed mass, our
threshold for investigation (ultrasound, aspiration, or biopsy) may be considered for newly
discovered solitary lesions approaching 1 cm.
Isolated small (<8 mm), round, smoothly marginated densities occur so frequently that it
is impractical to evaluate them. It is reasonable to merely follow these at 6-month
intervals if primary evaluation reveals no suspicious morphology. This is particularly true
when many similar densities are scattered throughout the breast. Multiple rounded
densities with sharp margins that do not distort the normal breast architecture almost
invariably represent a benign process (52). Sickles has coined the rule of multiplicity. Three
or more of the same lesion are almost always benign (with the exception of spiculated or
irregularly shaped masses) and do not require further investigation. This applies to multiple
rounded densities. The radiologist should look for abnormalities that differ from the
rounded lesions—ones that could represent a cancer among the benign lesions. There is no
reason to evaluate the multiple round densities.
647 / 1584
bi
Cysts
Cysts are probably the most common masses found in the breast. They are rare before the
age of 30. Only 3% of lesions that we see among women under the age of 30 are cysts.
Cysts begin to be more frequently diagnosed beginning in the fourth decade of life.
Although more common in premenopausal women, they can be found in women of all ages
and are not that unusual in postmenopausal women. As described in the section on
pathology, they most likely represent dilatation of the terminal ducts within the lobules that
is the result of an imbalance between secretion and resorption. They can be due to cystic
dilatation of a large duct, but the mechanism for this is not clear. Macrocysts (visible by
mammography) are usually multiple and bilateral (see Fig. 13-43). They also rarely distort
P.408
the architecture of the breast, appearing rather as round densities within it (Fig. 13-50).
648 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-50 Cysts rarely distort the surrounding tissue. This round, well-
circumscribed mass on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections
proved to be a cyst.
Cysts are usually sharply defined. They commonly have margins that are partially
obscured by the surrounding parenchyma (Fig. 13-51). At times their margins are not
visible on the mammogram, causing only focal increased density or a palpable lesion on
clinical examination. Portions of their margins may be seen as bulging, rounded contours
within the dense background of the breast (Fig. 13-52).
Figure 13-51 Cysts frequently are partially obscured. This mass has a partially
obscured margin but was found to be a benign cyst under imaging-guided aspiration.
650 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-52 Aspiration can help make the diagnosis of a cyst. There is a palpable
mass in the anteromedial tissues of the right breast on the mediolateral oblique A and
craniocaudal B projections. Its anterior margin is sharply defined on the spot
compression view C, but the surrounding tissues obscure its posterior margin.
Ultrasound was indeterminate; at the request of the referring physician, the mass was
aspirated and air introduced, as seen on the craniocaudal D and lateral E projections,
which confirm a benign cyst.
651 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-53 A classic cyst evaluated by ultrasound. This round mass has sharply
defined anterior and posterior margins with no internal echoes. There is enhanced
through-transmission of sound. These features define a simple, benign breast cyst, and
no further intervention is required.
Figure 13-54 Intracystic cancer can bleed. This mass, seen on the craniocaudal
projection, was high in x-ray attenuation due to hemorrhage from intracystic cancer.
653 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-55 Cancers associated with a cyst are extremely unusual. The lobulated
mass, seen on this straight lateral projection A, is complex on ultrasound B, with a
thickened wall. Cancer was found abutting the cyst and growing into it.
Cysts may spontaneously resolve (Fig. 13-56) or persist over many years. Although they
are most common before menopause, cysts can occur in postmenopausal women. HRT can
lead to the postmenopausal development of cysts along with increased fibroglandular
density (Fig. 13-57). Although in some small series the effects of HRT have been reported
to occur as often as 27% (55) of the time, in our experience, in an unpublished review, the
percentage was closer to 12% of women using such hormonal supplementation. This is
likely to become less common since the slight increased risk of breast cancer that has been
demonstrated in the Women's Health Initiative (56) has discouraged most women from
using HRT.
Breast Abscess
Most infections of the breast are treated before they form an abscess. Since most breast
abscesses occur in young women and are often associated with nursing, they are often
treated without any imaging. In addition, compressing the breast is extremely painful for a
patient with an infection. Consequently, it is rare that a mammogram is indicated in a
woman with an abscess, and most are treated clinically. On the rare occasions when we
have been asked to image breast abscesses, we have found that they run the spectrum of
findings. On the mammogram they may be round and well circumscribed, or irregular and
ill defined, or only evident by skin and trabecular thickening. Even ultrasound cannot
always differentiate an abscess
P.412
P.413
from a cyst or even a solid mass (Fig. 13-58) aspiration is generally needed to make the
diagnosis. Despite the fact that an abscess may appear hypoechoic and suggestive of a
phlegmon, if a large gauge (18 or larger) is used, purulent fluid can often be removed.
654 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-56 Cysts may resolve spontaneously. The cyst in the medial left breast
seen on this craniocaudal projection A had spontaneously resorbed on a follow-up study
3 months later B.
655 / 1584
bi
Intraductal Papilloma
Intraductal papillomas usually extend within the lumen of the duct and are not evident on
conventional mammograms. On occasion they form visible masses that may be
circumscribed. If the duct is cystically dilated around the papilloma, they may appear as
cysts (Fig. 13-59). They rarely present as lobulated masses within several centimeters of
the nipple.
Figure 13-58 A breast abscess can look solid on ultrasound. As tissues necrose
to form a breast abscess, the appearance of the infection can be similar to a mass by
sonography. This is similar in appearance to a phlegmon in the pancreas.
Focal Fibrosis
The breast is a fairly dynamic organ and appears to readily produce and resorb collagen.
On occasion focal areas of fibrosis occur and may appear as isolated islands of density (57).
The margins of such fibrotic islands are sometimes smooth and well demarcated (Fig. 13-
60), but usually they are more difficult to evaluate because they fade gradually into the
surrounding tissues. Coned-down spot compression may help eliminate concern by showing
undisrupted architecture through the density.
More recently some of these lesions have been recategorized
P.414
as pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia (58,59). These are benign lesions that may
resemble focal fibrosis or fibroadenomas on imaging. The lesions have clefts that are lined
by fibroblasts (spindle cells) that give the appearance of small vessels (hence the name).
They have no known malignant potential.
656 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-60 The sharply circumscribed lesion in the subareolar region proved to be a
focal area of fibrosis.
657 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-61 Contusion. This individual sustained direct trauma to the upper-outer
right breast. Trabecular thickening A (arrows), presumably due to blood and edema
dissecting along tissue planes, is evident. Several months later B, the blood and fluid
have resolved, the bruise is no longer evident, and the trabecular pattern has returned
to being thin and fine.
658 / 1584
bi
On rare occasions, architectural distortion and scarring may persist, forming a worrisome
spiculated density. Alternatively, trauma may result in one of the several forms of fat
necrosis, such as the encapsulated, gelatinized fat of the posttraumatic oil cyst with the
typical lucent appearance.
Phylloides Tumor
Phylloides tumor is a rare lesion that used to be more common. It usually forms a slightly
lobulated density with sharply defined margins and is often rapidly growing (Fig. 13-64).
Usually the tumor is benign, but approximately 15% are malignant and are locally
invasive, recurrent, or metastatic beyond the breast. Although
P.416
their natural history is difficult to determine, this lesion is probably a variant of the
fibroadenoma. It is radiographically indistinguishable from the so-called giant
fibroadenoma that can be seen in adolescent women and women in their twenties (see Fig.
13-38).
659 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-63 A This postoperative hematoma (the high attenuation is due to the
presence of blood) was present 9 days after an excisional biopsy for ductal carcinoma
in situ. The axillary nodes are reactive. Nine months later B, the hematoma has
resolved with minor, residual postsurgical change.
Lymphoma
Malignant lymphoma of the breast can have varying morphologic characteristics, from
diffuse increased density (Fig. 13-65) to a sharply marginated lesion (Fig. 13-66). Primary
lymphoma of the breast is a relatively rare phenomenon, and lymphoma is usually evident
elsewhere in the body when detected in the breast.
Figure 13-64 This phylloides tumor increased from 2.5 to 3.5 cm in <6 months in this
74-year-old woman, who initially refused surgery.
660 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-65 The area of diffuse asymmetric increased density in the medial right
breast proved to be lymphoma.
661 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-66 Lymphoma is often well circumscribed. This solitary circumscribed mass
proved to be primary lymphoma of the breast.
Figure 13-67 The circumscribed mass with obscured margins in the lower right breast
proved to be infiltrating ductal carcinoma.
662 / 1584
bi
Usually a well-circumscribed malignant lesion has some part of its margin that is ill defined,
suggesting infiltration. As with many other descriptors, this appearance can also occur with
benign processes. The overlap of normal tissue structures can cause sharply defined
margins to appear ill defined. Coned-down spot compression may help in the evaluation of
these densities. The use of DBT to eliminate overlapping structures will likely facilitate
diagnosis.
663 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-68 The ovoid, circumscribed mass deep on the mediolateral oblique
projection is lymphoma, metastatic to the breast. There is another less well-defined
focus in the subareolar tissue.
664 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-69 The circumscribed mass in the lateral right breast is melanoma that is
metastatic to the breast.
Figure 13-70 These circumscribed lesions seen on the mediolateral oblique projection
are metastatic ovarian cancer in a 61-year-old woman.
665 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-72 This nonpalpable mass in a 42-year-old woman has an obscured inferior
and deep margin. Ultrasound showed a solid mass, and biopsy revealed a benign
fibroadenoma. 666 / 1584
bi
fibroadenoma.
Figure 13-73 A mass with a microlobulated margin should arouse suspicion. This 8-
mm mass has a microlobulated margin and proved to be ductal carcinoma in situ.
667 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-74 Benign masses can have microlobulated margins. This mass, on
magnification mammography, proved to be a benign cyst.
Figure 13-75 The 7-mm ill-defined mass A, in the midlateral aspect of the left breast
(arrows) on the craniocaudal projection, remains ill defined on the magnification image
B and represents a nonpalpable, infiltrating ductal cancer.
Focal Fibrosis
Focal fibrosis and pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia frequently can have ill-defined
margins and can be indistinguishable, by mammography, from a malignant process (Fig.
13-77).
Infection
Infection in the breast, including true abscess formation, is usually not clearly
demonstrated mammographically, and, as noted above; most are treated medically
without the need for a mammogram. As with a hematoma, thickening of the trabecular
pattern and architectural distortion in a nonspecific pattern are more likely.
P.422
Architectural Distortion
Breast cancer does not always produce a mammographically visible mass. It may produce
only an area of architectural distortion. In general, the flow of structures within the breast
669 / 1584
bi
only an area of architectural distortion. In general, the flow of structures within the breast
is directed along duct lines toward the nipple. This pattern is superimposed on the
crescentic planes of Cooper's ligaments, which form arcing, curvilinear, dense structures
that crisscross the breast to insert on the undersurface of the skin, producing concave
scalloped surfaces at the edge of the mammary parenchyma. Disturbances in this normally
symmetric flow—especially the pulling in of structures toward a point eccentric to the nipple
—should be carefully evaluated (Fig. 13-79). Distorted architecture should be regarded
with a high degree of suspicion, and, if three-dimensionally real and not due to previous
surgery, biopsy is indicated.
There are also benign causes of architectural distortion. The most common is an apparent
distortion due to the superimposition of normal structures. Additional views, especially spot
compression and rolled views, will resolve apparent distortions due to the superimposition
of normal structures.
Postsurgical Change
Postsurgical scarring (Fig. 13-80) and fat necrosis are the most common nonmalignant
causes of architectural distortion, although it is surprisingly uncommon for the breast to
form a permanent, radiographically noticeable scar (even if there is palpable scarring).
Persistent postsurgical scar is rare and should resolve within 1 year to 18 months after
surgery for a benign process. If it has not resolved, the pathology of the biopsy should be
reviewed to be sure that a high-risk lesion, such as atypical hyperplasia was not present,
possibly indicating the edge of a malignancy that was missed at surgery. Unless
architectural distortion clearly coincides with a region of previous surgery, it should be
investigated. The observer should remember that the tissue that was excised may lie at a
distance from the surgical skin incision (61). The routine use of wires to mark scars is not
helpful.
Radial Scar
Idiopathic tethering of the surrounding tissue is seen with an uncommon entity that has
been variously termed a radial scar, indurative mastopathy, sclerosing duct hyperplasia, or
elastosis, among other terms (Fig. 13-81). Frequently, dense radiating lines that are
usually very long (≤1 cm) without a visible central mass are interspersed with trapped fat,
forming lucent zones near the center of the area. These morphologic characteristics may
suggest the diagnosis, but the lesion still should be biopsied because some cancers can
have the same appearance. Because this benign lesion cannot be definitely distinguished
from cancer by mammography and can sometimes fool even the
P.423
P.424
P.425
P.426
pathologist by its gross appearance, we prefer excisional biopsy to make a definitive
diagnosis. Some data suggest that core needle biopsy using a vacuum-assisted device can
provide an accurate diagnosis. Given the fact that mammographically visible radial scars
are not that common, we still favor surgical excision for lesions that we suspect are radial
scars to be certain of the diagnosis. If a core biopsy is used to make the diagnosis for
spiculated architectural distortion and the results are benign, surgical excision is suggested
owing to the possible sampling error from a core biopsy.
670 / 1584
bi
owing to the possible sampling error from a core biopsy.
Figure 13-77 The ill-defined density, in the lower left breast of a 55-year-old woman
on the mediolateral oblique projection A and medial on the craniocaudal projection B,
remains ill defined on the magnification image C and is indeterminate. The specimen
radiograph D clearly shows the ill definition of the lesion, which proved to be benign
focal fibrosis.
671 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-78 Magnification can help evaluate the margins of a lesion. Based on the
mediolateral oblique A projection, the density in the upper breast could easily be an
intramammary lymph node. The craniocaudal B projection is more worrisome, and the
craniocaudal magnification view C defines a spiculated ill-defined mass that proved to
be invasive breast cancer.
672 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-81 The only way to make the diagnosis of a radial scar is through a surgical
excision. This spiculated architectural distortion proved to be a benign radial scar.
Figure 13-82 The edge sign. The normally convex or scalloped edge of the
parenchyma is pulled in A (arrow). A spot magnification image B reveals the spiculated
invasive cancer that is the cause.
When a tumor occurs at the edge of the mammary parenchyma, either beneath the
subcutaneous fat or adjacent to the retromammary fat, it can distort the edge of the
parenchyma. This architectural distortion may manifest itself as an actual pulling in,
thickening, or merely as a flattening or straightening of the edge. Tethering of the edge of
the parenchymal cone in one breast may be recognized by comparison with the
corresponding mirror-image tissue of the opposite side.
The normal insertions of Cooper's ligaments in the skin produce a scalloped, concave
margin to the parenchyma. A flattening, bulge, or convexity seen along the edge of the
parenchyma may also indicate a possible cancer. A convex bulge is more likely due to a
cyst or fibroadenoma. Nevertheless, it may still require investigation.
Breast Cancer
674 / 1584
bi
The presence of spiculation or a more diffuse, irregular appearance (Fig. 13-83) is almost
pathognomonic of breast cancer. These radially oriented, filamentous
P.427
structures represent fibrosis interspersed with tumor extending into the tissue surrounding
the cancer (Fig. 13-84A). The desmoplasia induced by the cancer distorts the surrounding
tissues. When a cancer with spiculation develops in a background of dense breast tissue, its
mass may be obscured, but a subtle sunburst pattern can be noted. These are the
desmoplastic spicules of the lesion, radiating from the underlying hidden mass (Fig. 13-
84B). Occasionally, spiculation appears to represent only fibrosis, but this is probably a
sampling error. A more careful review will usually find tumor cells associated with the
spicules. The spicules may extend over several centimeters or be only a few millimeters in
size, producing a brush border (Fig. 13-85). When spicules are present, the diagnosis of
cancer is virtually certain.
Figure 13-83 A spiculated mass is almost always cancer. This 8-mm spiculated lesion
was a nonpalpable, invasive ductal carcinoma.
Figure 13-84 The spicules are fibrous structures likely induced by the spreading
cancer cells. If carefully evaluated, there would likely be cancer cells along the fibrous
spicules of this palpable invasive ductal carcinoma A. In this second individual B, the
cancer is hidden by the dense tissue in the lateral portion of the breast, and only the
spicules (arrow) extending into the retromammary fat are visible. 675 / 1584
bi
spicules (arrow) extending into the retromammary fat are visible.
Figure 13-85 This invasive cancer, seen photographically enlarged, has very short
spicules, giving it a brush-border appearance.
Figure 13-86 The spiculated density, in the subareolar area following a biopsy with
benign results, is postsurgical change that may persist for several weeks to even
several months but usually resolves.
677 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-87 Rarely, a postsurgical scar becomes a fixed spiculated change. This
woman had a benign biopsy 6 years earlier, accounting for the architectural distortion
seen on the craniocaudal projection A and photographically enlarged B. One
distinguishing feature, in addition to the fact that the distortion was stable for 6 years,
is that the change is barely visible in the mediolateral oblique C projection.
False-Negative Biopsy
When a spiculated lesion is present, the likelihood of cancer is so great that, if a lesion with
spiculated margins is biopsied and the results are benign, skepticism should prevail. There
should be great skepticism if the lesion was sampled using core biopsy and the pathology
was benign, but, even if the lesion was supposedly surgically excised, follow-up imaging is
suggested to demonstrate that the lesion has, in fact, been removed, either by specimen
radiography for nonpalpable lesions or by repeating the mammogram at the earliest
possible time for nonpalpable as well as palpable lesions (62). It is possible that the cancer
was missed at biopsy. Furthermore, especially for nonpalpable lesions, if a large tissue
sample has been obtained, it must be carefully evaluated histologically at several levels
because the actual tumor may occupy only
P.430
a small portion of the tissue sample and could be missed with routine pathologic sampling.
678 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-88 Postsurgical change in the period immediately after a biopsy may be
dramatic if a hematoma has formed, as in this patient who has a large, irregular,
spiculated mass in the lateral A and craniocaudal B projections.
Radial Scars
Radial scars are being diagnosed with increasing frequency. Although several
mammographic characteristics have been described, breast cancer can have identical
features, such that none of these lesions can be safely diagnosed without a biopsy. The
radial scar is an idiopathic lesion. It is a scarring process characterized by lobules trapped
in elastic tissue with ducts containing epithelial hyperplasia radiating from the center.
Papillomatosis and adenosis are frequently present. Some studies have suggested that
radial scars with atypical changes carry an increased risk for breast cancer (63). Others
believe that all may represent an increased risk (64). Radiographically, as noted
previously, a radial scar can appear as spiculated architectural distortion that is
indistinguishable from breast cancer. It may even have the appearance of a spiculated
mass (Fig. 13-89). Although the diagnosis can be suggested by the long spicules with little
or no central mass, these lesions must be biopsied to avoid overlooking a malignancy.
Some investigators believe that a vacuum-assisted core biopsy is sufficient for diagnosis
(65), but, given the infrequent nature of these lesions and the possible sampling
P.431
error from a needle biopsy, we recommend needle localization and surgical excision.
679 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-89 Radial scars may appear as spiculated masses. This spiculated mass
was palpable in a 27-year-old woman and proved to be a radial scar when excised.
Neodensity
The breast, at the level of resolution of mammography, is a fairly stable organ. Among
many women, however, it begins to involute long before menopause. If there are any
changes, fibrous connective tissue and glandular elements are replaced by fat as the
individual ages. Even when exogenous hormones are used, the parenchymal densities of
the breast remain relatively stable over time. New masses, focal areas of increased
density, new calcifications, or architectural changes are unusual and warrant careful
evaluation.
Thickening of the trabeculations of an area may indicate a significant process. Subtle
changes may take place over several years. It would be ideal to compare the present
examination with all previous studies, but this is impractical and not necessary. A
comparison study should probably be from at least 2 years prior to the present
examination to reduce the likelihood of overlooking a subtle change. Despite a paper by
Sumkin et al where they suggested that comparison to the previous year's film was best
(6), experience suggests that a better comparison is with studies that are 2 or more years
earlier (15).
Cysts are the most common masses that appear over time. They are frequently multiple
and bilateral. The greatest problem with cysts is that a significant abnormality may be
more difficult to appreciate because the tissues are obscured by the cysts. As with other
possible abnormalities, spot compression and varying the projection, when an interposed
lesion is suggested, may help to determine if there is a superimposed problem. Ultrasound
is helpful in distinguishing cysts from solid lesions, but ultrasound should be targeted to a
specific area and not used to survey the breast. Future investigations may prove that
ultrasound can be used to survey breast tissue to find occult cancers and save lives, but the
data do not yet support this application.
680 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-90 Fibroadenomas usually do not develop, but they can. No mass
was evident on a mammogram in 1999 in this 63-year-old woman. The mass, seen on
the mediolateral oblique A in the upper right breast and centrally on the craniocaudal
B, proved to be a benign fibroadenoma at biopsy.
Fibroadenomas can enlarge over time. Because these lesions likely develop with the
breast, it is rare for them to appear in an area that was clear on previous mammograms.
Although some fibroadenomas do appear over time, this is unusual (Fig. 13-90). A new,
solid mass should be viewed with suspicion.
X-ray Attenuation
The x-ray attenuation of a lesion is a useful measure of its significance. We believe that
accurate attenuation coefficients of breast tissues and breast lesions will be possible with
DBT and that these may be used to help to distinguish benign lesions from malignant.
Unfortunately, because of superimposed structures, the absolute attenuation of a breast
lesion cannot be determined from conventional two-dimensional imaging, but relative
comparisons can be made. It is hoped with tomosynthesis, direct measures of attenuation
will be possible.
Low-Attenuation Lesions
Most benign lesions are isodense or slightly denser than an equal volume of normal
fibroglandular tissue. Breast cancers are frequently more highly attenuating. This remains
a subjective analysis (particularly when there is little or no fibroglandular tissue for
comparison) and is not an absolute diagnostic criterion. There are benign lesions that are
highly attenuating, and there are malignant lesions that are lower in x-ray attenuation. We
do use attenuation in conjunction with other criteria. If a lesion is well circumscribed,
P.432
round, oval, or lobulated, and it is low in x-ray attenuation, the likelihood of cancer is
extremely low. In the few instances where we have seen cancers with this appearance,
they have been fairly indolent colloid cancers (the colloid is fairly low in x-ray attenuation).
681 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-91 The posttraumatic oil cyst is a form of fat necrosis. The oil cyst is oval
or, as in this case, round with low-attenuation, gelatinized fat within a capsule.
Figure 13-92 Lipomas can be palpable. This lipoma (arrows) was excised, despite the
fact that the mammogram was diagnostic.
Encapsulated lesions of mixed density, such as hamartomas (Fig. 13-94), that contain fat
are never malignant and can be characterized directly from the mammogram as benign
processes. These benign lesions truly contain fat. The interpreter is cautioned that some 682 / 1584
bi
processes. These benign lesions truly contain fat. The interpreter is cautioned that some
lesions, as a consequence of tissue projecting behind and in front of them, may appear to
contain fat when in fact they do not. This problem is eliminated by DBT.
Breast Cancer
Most breast cancers have a higher x-ray attenuation than an equal volume of
fibroglandular tissue (Fig. 13-95A). This is likely due to the dense fibrosis associated with
these lesions
P.433
and perhaps the fact that they are less compressible than normal or benign tissues. There
are many cancers that are isodense with normal breast tissue, and occasionally some, such
as colloid cancers, may be less attenuating than an equal volume of breast tissue; this
characteristic, therefore, does not have a perfect correlation (Fig. 13-95B). Benign lesions
can also have higher attenuation. Bleeding into a cyst can result in a highly attenuating
mass. Because intracystic bleeding can indicate an intracystic mass, highly attenuating
cysts should be carefully evaluated (Fig. 13-96).
Figure 13-93 Fat necrosis can form an oil cyst. The classic appearance of fat
necrosis in the breast is a radiolucency that is visible because of its thin capsule, as
seen in this patient who had a mastectomy with TRAM reconstruction.
683 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-94 The large mass that is displacing the normal architecture in the left
breast on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections in this 39-year-old
woman is encapsulated tissue of mixed density. This is typical of a benign hamartoma.
Other Lesions
Solitary Dilated Duct
On rare occasions, a solitary duct or duct network may appear dilated and form a tubular
or branching tubular structure (Fig. 13-97). A solitary dilated duct has been described as an
the only indicator of cancer. This, however, is an extremely unusual event, and the
reported cases are anecdotal. The usual cause of solitary-duct dilatation or a dilated
segment is idiopathic duct ectasia.
An intraductal papilloma can cause duct dilatation. The mechanism is not clear. It has been
suggested that the papilloma obstructs the duct and the buildup of fluid causes the duct to
dilate. This does not make physiologic sense. It would imply that the ducts usually secrete
fluid to be blocked. If this were the only mechanism, then fluid would normally have to
drain from the nipple, such that the drainage could be blocked by the papilloma. This is not
the case
P.434
P.435
P.436
because nipple discharge is unusual. Furthermore, the ducts are generally blocked by
keratin plugs in the nipple orifices. If it were blockage of normal secretions, then this would
lead to diffuse ductal dilatation in most women.
684 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-95 A Breast cancer is usually highly attenuating. Despite its very small
size, this invasive breast cancer is extremely attenuating. B Breast cancer is not
always dense. This invasive cancer is not particularly dense for its size.
Figure 13-96 The high attenuation of this mass was primarily due to hemorrhage
from an intracystic cancer.
685 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-97 A tubular, branching structure is seen on the mediolateral oblique A and
enlarged mediolateral oblique B images. The structure is also shown on the
craniocaudal C and enlarged craniocaudal D images. On ultrasound E, the structure is
shown to be fluid-filled dilated ducts due to ectasia. Intraductal papillomas are
generally found near the nipple. F As depicted in this schematic, if ductal dilatation is
present, it is generally on both sides of the papilloma, suggesting that the dilatation is
not an obstructive phenomenon. Most normal ducts are effectively obstructed by a
keratin plug in the nipple orifice.
686 / 1584
bi
In our experience, when a single dilated duct harbors an intraductal papilloma, the tumor
is usually 1 to several centimeters down the duct from the nipple but is rarely obstructing
it. This suggests that the papilloma itself probably is the cause of, or related to, increased
secretion that is not balanced by resorption, leading to dilatation of the widest portion of
the duct, according to Laplace's law (66).
When a dilated duct is found in association with cancer, the dilated duct is almost always
accompanied by a discharge, or other signs, such as calcifications or an associated mass,
are present. Because a solitary dilated duct is so rarely caused by cancer, if there are no
other associated signs or symptoms and there are no previous mammograms to determine
the chronicity of the finding, these patients are placed in a short-interval follow-up
program, with mammography at 6-month intervals. If there is no change after 2 years, we
return the patient to annual screening. Cancer in this setting is so rare that short-interval
follow-up for these women is probably unnecessary.
Because duct dilatation is probably not due to obstruction, cancers, as well as benign
lesions, associated with solitary dilated ducts are, in fact, usually not at the nipple but
farther back in the duct. If biopsy is undertaken, it may be necessary to excise the deep
segments of the duct. If the dilatation is associated with a discharge, galactography may
help to evaluate the deeper duct segments. We and others have several anecdotal cases of
introducing contrast into ducts that are not discharging by cannulating them under
ultrasound and injecting contrast to define filling defects. This is not a very useful technique
but can be done.
P.437
687 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-98 Cancer can be stable for as long as 5 years. This architectural distortion
(arrows) was unchanged from 1986 A to 1988 B to 1990 C, yet it proved to be invasive
ductal carcinoma at biopsy in 1990.
Figure 13-99 The multiple rounded densities seen bilaterally on these mediolateral
oblique mammograms are all likely cysts.
690 / 1584
bi
At least 3% of normal women have significantly asymmetric breast tissue that appears as
increased volume or density relative to the same projection of the contralateral breast.
This usually merely reflects normal asymmetric development (Fig. 13-100). In some
women it no doubt represents the variable end-organ response of breast tissue to
hormonal factors, with one part of the breast being more sensitive to hormone stimulation.
However, in a woman who has a palpable thickening that is of some concern on physical
examination, the presence of corresponding asymmetric dense breast tissue on
mammography should increase
P.440
the level of concern and prompt a biopsy (Fig. 13-101).
Figure 13-101 Significant asymmetric breast tissue is palpable. In this patient (A),
there is asymmetry in the anterior upper right breast that was not palpable and is a
normal variation. In this second patient B, a similar asymmetry was palpable, and
biopsy revealed invasive ductal carcinoma.
691 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-102 Asymmetrically dense tissue is not always a normal variation. In this
case, the asymmetry is centrally dense in the lateral A and craniocaudal B projections,
with the density decreasing toward the periphery. This is trying to form a mass, and
biopsy revealed invasive breast cancer.
As noted earlier, asymmetric dense breast tissue must not be confused with a focal
asymmetric density (Fig. 13-102).
P.441
The latter is part of the spectrum of lesions with ill-defined margins. A focal asymmetric
density almost always has a shape centered on a point and is most dense at the center.
Asymmetric breast tissue is almost always benign and requires no additional investigation
if there is no corresponding, palpable asymmetry. A focal asymmetric density, on the other
hand, should be suspect and frequently requires additional evaluation, such as
magnification imaging, to determine whether it is actually a mass and, therefore,
significant.
Calcifications
Masses with Associated Calcifications
The etiology of a mass can frequently be inferred by associated calcifications. A mass that
contains large (>1 mm) calcifications with a popcorn appearance is diagnostic for a benign
involuting fibroadenoma (Fig. 13-103) or, less commonly, a papilloma. Fine curvilinear
calcifications that delineate the wall of a round or oval mass almost always indicate a
benign cyst (Fig. 13-104). Pleomorphic calcifications that are <0.5 mm, when found in
association with a mass, are of concern just as they would be if no mass were present (Fig.
13-105). When due to cancer, these calcifications
P.442
almost invariably occur in the intraductal component of a mixed lesion (invasive cancer
with an associated intraductal cancer). Some intraductal cancers have tissue reaction
outside the duct without apparent invasion (68), or the duct may become dilated with the
growing intraductal cancer such that a mass may still represent intraductal disease without
invasion. This is, however, relatively uncommon (69,70), and a mass usually indicates an
invasive lesion. Some cancers can have large calcifications associated with them, probably
as a result of their engulfing some neighboring benign deposits. Just as with calcifications
that are not associated with a mass, calcifications associated with a mass should be judged 692 / 1584
bi
that are not associated with a mass, calcifications associated with a mass should be judged
by the most worrisome, and, if there is a question, biopsy should be considered.
Figure 13-103 The large calcifying masses, in this 70-year-old woman on the
mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B projections, are typical of calcifying,
involuting fibroadenomas. The appearance is so characteristic that there is no need for
a tissue analysis.
Figure 13-104 Calcified cyst wall. The curvilinear calcifications at the surface of this
round mass permit the diagnosis of a cyst.
693 / 1584
bi
Calcifications in Cancer
Punctate, pointed, irregularly shaped calcifications within a mass that are heterogeneous in
size and morphology or fine, linear, branching deposits (filling the duct lumen) are strong
indicators of cancer (Fig. 13-106). Usually, when calcifications of this type are present
within a lesion, the irregularity of the mass itself is sufficient to arouse significant concern.
Although it used to be stated that up to 50% of malignant masses contained calcifications,
the percentage is lower now that lesions are being discovered at an
P.443
earlier stage. The presence of calcifications within lesions that already exhibit morphologic
signs of malignancy merely increases the likelihood of cancer. The calcifications that are
associated with cancer are almost invariably found in DCIS, however, since DCIS is often
associated with invasive cancer, it is not surprising that 17% of invasive breast cancers
detected at the Massachusetts General Hospital were found only because of calcifications.
694 / 1584
bi
In large cancers, necrosis can produce calcifications, but, fortunately, these large cancers
are becoming less common, and, as noted previously, calcifications associated with an
invasive cancer are almost always due to an intraductal component. The presence of a
large number of calcifications may signal the presence of EIC. It was thought, for a time,
that EIC meant that a cancer might be resistant to radiation because of the high recurrence 695 / 1584
bi
that EIC meant that a cancer might be resistant to radiation because of the high recurrence
rates among women with EIC who were treated with breast conservation (lumpectomy
and radiation). However, more extensive investigation showed that invasive cancers with
an EIC are characterized by tumor extending undetected along the ducts beyond the
margin of resection, such that the volume of residual tumor is sufficiently great to escape
complete elimination by radiation. This results in a greater chance of recurrence. It is not
the EIC that increases the risk of recurrence, but rather the presence of DCIS at the
margin of the resected lesion that indicates a higher risk of recurrence, and this is more
common with EIC.
Tabar et al (71) have shown that small invasive cancers that are associated with extensive,
radiographically visible calcifications in DCIS have a poor prognosis. They behave more
like larger, high-grade, advanced tumors than would be expected from small invasive
cancers that do not have extensive calcifications.
Figure 13-107 This schematic represents many of the types of calcifications that can
be seen by mammography: (1) calcified debris in ducts; (2) dense, lucent-centered
calcifications in fat necrosis; (3) precipitated calcifications in small cysts (milk of
calcium); (4) concretions in small, cystically dilated lobules; (5) rim calcifications in the
wall of a cyst; (6) early deposits in an involuting fibroadenoma; (7) large deposits in an
involuting fibroadenoma; (8) vascular calcifications; (9) skin calcifications; (10) calcified
rods in secretory disease; (11) pleomorphic deposits in intraductal cancer; and (12) fine
linear calcifications found in comedocarcinoma.
697 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-108 Vascular calcifications usually have a typical appearance and should
cause no concern.
698 / 1584
bi
699 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-111 Large (>1 mm) lucent-centered calcifications are always due to a
benign process, such as these that likely represent fat necrosis or calcified debris in
ducts.
P.445
P.446
Location
One major determination that needs to be made is whether calcifications are truly
intramammary or are in the skin. This may seem trivial, yet women have undergone truly
unnecessary surgery to try to remove calcifications that were benign skin deposits (76). It
is not difficult to appreciate the fact that most skin calcifications project over the breast in
two views because only thin portions of the skin are actually seen in tangent on the two-
view mammogram. Tangential views of the skin containing the calcifications will confirm
the location of these particles.
700 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-113 A Calcifications that have lucent centers and geometric shapes are
almost always benign skin calcifications, as seen here enlarged many times. Skin
calcifications are most commonly found along the sternal borders of the breast, as seen
here on the mediolateral oblique B and craniocaudal C projections in this second
individual. This is likely due to the high concentration of hair follicles here.
702 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-114 Calcifications should be judged by those with the worst morphology.
There are large, benign calcifications A with lucent centers in this segmental grouping
(short arrow), but the other very small, pleomorphic calcifications (long arrow) are due
to intraductal carcinoma. These are seen to better advantage on this enlarged image
B.
P.447
P.448
Once a cluster has been defined, then it can be analyzed, but the interpreter needs criteria
to define a cluster. It is likely that no absolute minimum threshold exists. No doubt some
cancers contain fewer than five calcifications, but this is exceedingly rare. We have found
that the risk of malignancy increases considerably when there are five or more isolated
calcifications (not part of a diffuse process) visible in a volume of approximately 1 cm3.
Using this as a threshold (and excluding calcifications with benign morphology), 20% to
25% of the clusters can be expected to indicate cancer.
This numerical threshold should not be considered absolute. If fewer calcifications are
visible but their morphology is of sufficient concern, then biopsy should be undertaken.
These percentages apply only to women who have isolated microcalcifications without a
visible tumor mass. The risk of malignancy increases if other secondary signs of
malignancy are present. The number of calcifications, along with their size, morphology,
and distribution, must be evaluated. The number five is clearly an empirical observation
and not a fact of nature.
There are undoubtedly rare cancers that indicate their presence by forming fewer than five
calcifications, but, on a statistical basis, the probability of malignancy increases with the
number of calcifications. It is the clustering of small heterogeneous calcifications in isolation
in a small volume of tissue that should raise concern about the possibility of breast cancer
(Fig. 13-115). Many who use the term cluster
P.449
fail to define it but merely assume its recognition. To avoid raising concern over the large
numbers of women who have one, two, three, or even four particles closely grouped on
their mammogram that are invariably the result of a benign process, the threshold of five
is useful and reasonable. 703 / 1584
bi
is useful and reasonable.
Figure 13-115 It was the clustering 5 calcifications in 1 cm3 of tissue, as seen on this
magnification view, that led to the diagnosis of ductal carcinoma in situ in this 55-year-
old woman.
Figure 13-116 The variation in size and shape of these very small calcifications led to
their biopsy and the diagnosis of ductal carcinoma in situ.
Morphology
704 / 1584
bi
The morphologic characteristics of calcifications are the most important elements in their
analysis. The shapes of the particles and heterogeneity of the shapes and sizes are
frequently valuable in determining the likely cause of the deposits. A better understanding
of the microscopic histologic and pathologic environment in which calcifications form also
helps in understanding the morphologic changes seen on mammography (74).
Calcifications that can be categorized as due to benign processes need no further
evaluation.
Figure 13-117 The fine linear branching pattern of calcifications in this craniocaudal
projection is due to ductal carcinoma in situ of the comedo type.
Calcifications that vary in size (most <0.5 mm) and shape are a cause for concern (Fig. 13-
116). Calcifications due to breast cancer are either due to cellular secretion or the
calcification of necrotic cancer cells. Virtually all calcifications that form in breast cancers
(including invasive lesions) form in the intraductal portion of the cancer. Although the
multiplying cells can expand the duct, the necrosis usually occurs irregularly in the center of
the duct. One study suggests that this occurs when the tumor diameter enlarges beyond
180 µm (74). The cells in the center become hypoxic as their distance from their blood
supply increases, and eventually the center of the tumor becomes necrotic. Because this is
an irregular process at the center of the intraductal cancer, the calcifications formed are
very small, irregular, and haphazard.
Although these calcifications have been termed casting, they are actually the result of
irregular patterns of tissue necrosis within cancer in a duct and are not molded by it. Their
distribution, however, is guided by the course of the duct, giving a very distinctive linear
branching pattern (Fig. 13-117). This pattern of calcium distribution is due to comedo-
necrosis. It is likely that the secretion of calcification into the cribriform spaces generated
by some cancers accounts for the less characteristic patterns of calcium deposition (Fig. 13-
118). Suspicion should be aroused when a group of calcifications is very heterogeneous.
Calcifications associated with breast cancer are usually extremely variable in shape as well
as size. The morphology of calcifications is very important in assessing their significance.
Those associated with cancer are usually irregular, with pointed angular shapes (Fig. 13-
119). This heterogeneity is reminiscent
P.450
of fragments of broken glass. Although there are exceptions, the calcifications associated
with cancer are rarely round or smooth. Calcifications associated with cancer have been
variously described as having comma shapes with pointed projections and irregular 705 / 1584
bi
variously described as having comma shapes with pointed projections and irregular
surfaces. Delicate linear deposits <0.5 mm in diameter that may be branching and
associated with punctate calcifications in a dot-dash pattern are almost always due to a
malignant process (Fig. 13-120). The more criteria the calcifications fulfill, the greater the
probability of cancer, although Sickles (78) has shown that most calcifications associated
with malignancy do not appear in a typical form.
Figure 13-118 These clustered, punctate calcifications are nonspecific but were
forming in the cribriform spaces of low-grade ductal carcinoma in situ.
Some have suggested that the morpholgy of calcifications that are associated with DCIS
can predict the grade of the DCIS. Our study (79) and one by Stomper and Connolly (80)
showed that, unfortunately, this is not the case. Fine linear branching calcifications often
indicate high-grade DCIS, but there is too much of an overlap, and the distinctions on
mammogrpahy are not useful.
706 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-119 Ductal carcinoma in situ usually forms calcifications that are
heterogeneous in size and shape, as in this cluster.
Vascular Calcifications
Vascular calcifications are generally not a problem, having the usual appearance of parallel,
serpentine deposits that
P.451
course along the edge of a vessel (Fig. 13-120). Magnification mammography can be
helpful in evaluating borderline deposits to confirm their etiology.
Coarse Deposits
Coarse or popcornlike calcifications are typical of involuting fibroadenomas (Fig. 13-121)
and need not elicit concern. The timing and causes of involution are not clear. Although
many observers have suggested that loss of hormonal support at menopause is the cause,
premenopausal women can have calcifying fibroadenomas.
707 / 1584
bi
premenopausal women can have calcifying fibroadenomas.
Rod-Shaped Calcifications
Large (>0.5 mm across) rodlike calcifications that only occasionally branch and are solid or
have lucent centers are the kinds of calcifications found in secretory disease (Fig. 13-122).
These calcifications form in debris that collects in the duct lumen or causes an inflammatory
reaction around a duct. The latter can result in lucent-centered rods (Fig. 13-123). These
benign calcifications are frequently bilateral.
708 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-121 Calcifications that look like popcorn are typical of an involuting
fibroadenoma, as seen on the mediolateral oblique A, mediolateral oblique
photographically enlarged B, craniocaudal C, and craniocaudal photographically
enlarged D projections in this 43-year-old woman.
709 / 1584
bi
Rim Calcifications
Rim or eggshell calcifications are very thin, benign calcifications that appear as calcium
deposited on the surface of a sphere. These deposits are usually under 1 mm in thickness,
P.452
when viewed on edge. Although fat necrosis can produce these thin deposits, fat necrosis
usually results in thicker calcium deposition. Calcifications in the walls of cysts are the most
common rim calcifications (Fig. 13-126).
Figure 13-122 Solid rod-shaped calcifications are typical of the calcification of benign
intraductal cellular material in secretory disease, seen here in an 83-year-old woman
on the lateral A and craniocaudal B projections.
710 / 1584
bi
on the lateral A and craniocaudal B projections.
Figure 13-124 A Acinar calcifications. These small, round, regular, tightly grouped
calcifications are likely in a microcystically dilated lobule. B This schematic suggests
the development of acinar calcifications.
711 / 1584
bi
712 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-126 Thin rim calcifications usually delineate the wall of a cyst. In this case
the outline of a 1-cm cyst is visible in dense tissue because of the calcium that is
forming in its wall.
Milk of calcium is felt by virtually all experts to be formed by a benign process. There is a
slight suggestion that milk of calcium may represent a risk factor for breast cancer. Sickles
and Abell (81) reviewed >200 cases of mammographically evident milk of calcium.
Although they did not comment on the fact that 8 of the 200 (or 40 of 1,000) cases had an
associated malignancy, this is more than 4 times the expected prevalence of breast cancer
in the normal population (at most 10 cancers would be expected among 1,000 women in a
prevalence screen). It is likely that these women had other reasons for this higher
prevalence of malignancy, but we have a low threshold for biopsying clusters of
calcifications if they are not clearly milk of calcium. If there is any question, the patient can
be placed in a prone, stereotactic biopsy table and allowed to lie with her breast pendent
for several minutes. Milk of calcium will shift to the dependent portion of the cysts,
confirming the diagnosis (Fig. 13-129).
Calcifications that form in the wall of a cyst may have a similar appearance, as would
concretions in cysts that have solidified in the same orientation as free-flowing milk of
calcium. It would be extremely unusual for the calcifications of breast cancer to form this
pattern.
Suture Calcifications
Suture calcifications probably represent calcium deposited on the gut matrix of suture
material (82). These are relatively common in the postirradiated breast, and, on occasion,
when extensive surgery (such as reduction mammoplasty) has been performed. They are
probably the result of delayed resorption of the resorbable suture material that permits the
calcium to form. They are typically linear or tubular in appearance, and knots are
frequently visible (Fig. 13-130).
Punctate Calcifications
Punctate calcifications are round or oval and very small (<0.5 mm) but very sharply
defined, pinpoint deposits (Fig. 13-132). Very round, regular, punctate calcifications are
rarely associated with breast cancer, but, if they include or are associated with calcifications
whose shapes are not round or smooth but heterogeneous, they should be viewed with
suspicion. Cancers can also form punctate calcifications. Punctate calcifications are
frequently found in the fibrous stroma with no apparent etiology. They may have formed in
the remnants of “burned-out” lobules.
713 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-127 Milk of calcium layers in cysts. A In this individual the cyst is barely
visible (arrows) on the craniocaudal projection because the beam is passing through a
714 / 1584
bi
visible (arrows) on the craniocaudal projection because the beam is passing through a
very thin layer of calcium. On the magnification straight-lateral projection B, the
layering calcium delineates the curved bottom of the cyst. This phenomenon is depicted
by this schematic C, as the milk of calcium forms a “puddle” of calcium in the
dependent portion of a cyst. When viewed from above in the craniocaudal projection,
the density of calcium decreases from the center, producing an amorphous appearance.
In the lateral projection, the calcifications form a crescent-shaped concave shadow.
715 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-130 Calcified sutures likely occur when there is delayed resorption of the
organic material. In this case even the knots and loops calcified following radiation for
breast cancer, as seen on the lateral A and photographically enlarged B images.
Distribution of Calcifications
The distribution of calcifications (Fig. 13-135) is often a clue to their etiology and
importance.
The American College of Radiology BIRADS defines five distribution patterns:
1. Clustered
2. Linear
3. Segmental
4. Regional
5. Diffusely scattered
717 / 1584
bi
Clustered Calcifications
Many calcifications form in nonspecific patterns. These are the types of calcifications that
are the most difficult to accurately analyze and are the cause of most benign biopsies.
Heterogeneous calcifications, whose pattern of distribution can only be termed clustered
and cannot be accurately placed in benign categories, may be caused by adenosis,
peripheral duct papillomas, atypical hyperplasia, and other benign breast conditions.
Unfortunately, cancer can also produce these clusters of calcifications, and biopsy is needed
to establish an accurate diagnosis (Fig. 13-136).
Figure 13-133 Amorphous calcifications are basically round but have fuzzy edges.
These proved to be small cysts.
malignancy must be considered. On the other hand, when the linear calcifications form a
parallel distribution of vascular calcifications that are found in blood vessels, they should
not be confused with malignant deposits. Vascular calcifications form in the wall of the
blood vessel, appearing as parallel deposits, while cancer calcifications form a single line in
the lumen that contains the dead cancer cells. Vascular calcifications in the breast
apparently differ from those in the coronary arteries. The latter are intimal deposits that
can clog the vessel, while the former (in the breast) are due to degeneration of the medial
of the artery (Mönckeberg's medial calcific sclerosis) and do not compromise the vessel
lumen.
720 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-134 These calcifications A are formed in the typical fine linear branching
pattern of comedocarcinoma. The schematic B demonstrates how the cancer cells in
the center of a duct filled with tumor can necrose and calcify. Since the pattern of
necrosis is irregular, the pattern of calcification is irregular, although the general
distribution suggests that the calcifications are forming in the ducts.
Figure 13-135 This schematic depicts four patterns of calcium distribution. Beginning
from the left is the clustered grouping, followed by segmentally distributed, then
regional, and diffusely scattered. 721 / 1584
bi
regional, and diffusely scattered.
A large number of calcifications that are relatively confined to a volume or segment of the
breast must be distinguished from diffuse, randomly distributed calcifications. The latter
are almost always associated with a benign process, whereas the former must be carefully
evaluated. Rarely, an entire duct network may be diffusely filled with cancer with
calcification over a large volume of tissue. When segmentally distributed calcifications are
caused by cancer, they generally indicate diffuse intraductal tumor (with or without
invasion), and the pathologist frequently sees the comedo, poorly differentiated variety.
The segmental distribution of calcifications is an important analytic observation, and biopsy
is usually indicated unless they are very round and regular. If the segmentally distributed
calcifications are very round and regular in their appearance, then we have found that they
are due to benign stromal deposits.
Stability of Calcifications
The majority of calcifications found in the breast are due to benign processes. These are
easily separated from other deposits. Large calcifications or those with lucent centers can
be ignored and do not require additional evaluation (except for extremely rare lesions,
such as osteogenic sarcoma).
P.464
P.465
Sickles (49) defined calcifications that formed clusters of very round deposits (as seen on
magnification images) as almost always benign and demonstrated that they can be
followed with repeat mammograms over short intervals because they have a low (<1%)
probability of malignancy. In his review, interval change prompted biopsy among some of
these patients, with only 11% of these proving to be due to cancer. As with masses, the
classification “probably benign” to begin with and stability for 2 years markedly increases
the probability that calcifications are due to a benign process.
723 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-137 Segmentally distributed calcifications are those that form in a single-
duct network. When they are heterogeneous and irregular, they are usually due to
ductal carcinoma in situ, as seen on the mediolateral oblique A and craniocaudal B
projections of this patient with comedocarcinoma. Segmentally distributed calcifications
may be due to benign processes. Occasionally, segmentally distributed, round, regular
calcifications can be seen in benign stromal fibrosis, as on these mediolateral oblique C
and craniocaudal D projections and on this specimen radiograph E.
724 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-140 Multiple groups of calcifications are usually due to benign processes.
These had been stable for 9 years on the mediolateral A and craniocaudal B
projections in this 74-year-old woman.
Skin Changes
The skin forms the outer envelope of the breast. The epidermis is in direct continuity with
the ductal epithelium as it descends from the surface of the nipple through the duct orifices
and becomes the ductal epithelium. Some observers believe that this is the route of spread
for intraductal carcinoma out onto the nipple in the form of Paget's disease.
The skin generally forms a smooth convex surface, surrounding the mammary parenchyma
and separated from it by a variable layer of subcutaneous fat. Away from the areola,
normal skin is approximately 0.5 to 2.0 mm in
P.467
thickness. On rare occasions, normal skin thickness may be up to 3 mm, but when this
occurs an underlying abnormality should be considered. The skin of the areola varies in
thickness between individuals, as does the nipple. In some individuals the nipple is flush
with the areola, whereas in others it is extremely prominent.
Figure 13-141 The computer can compensate for thinner tissue at the breast
periphery. The computer manipulation of the digital mammogram permits the
equalization of the tissue at the breast periphery so that lesions are more easily seen 727 / 1584
bi
equalization of the tissue at the breast periphery so that lesions are more easily seen
at the edge of the parenchyma than on film/screen mammograms, where these tissues
are overexposed and “burned out.”
The breast itself is attached to the skin by the extensions of Cooper's ligaments, known as
the retinacula cutis. The breast is supported by the skin through these attachments. The
normal skin overlying the breast measures up to 2 mm in thickness, although it normally
thickens to form the areola. Breast cancer may involve any of these structures through
contiguous spread, extension through the duct network, or through the lymphatics.
Although the interpretation of mammograms should include an evaluation of the skin, if it
is visible, skin changes associated with malignancy generally occur late in the disease
process and frequently are apparent clinically. In general, the mammographic assessment
of the skin is not very important since skin changes are usually more apparent clinically
than on the mammogram. On rare occasion, a cicatrizing tumor deep within the breast can
cause skin retraction through the tethering of Cooper's ligaments and the retinacula cutis,
but, in general, cancers that cause skin retraction are close beneath the dimpling and are
usually superficial lesions (Fig. 13-142). Because the mammogram only provides tangential
evaluation of small strips of the skin, skin retraction is usually more evident on the clinical
examination (as a puckering or dimpling of the skin) than by mammography, and its
presence on the mammogram is usually merely corroborative rather than the key to
interpreting a mammogram.
Figure 13-142 Skin retraction. The desmoplastic reaction to this superficial cancer
caused skin dimpling and local thickening (arrow), as seen in tangent.
Skin Thickening
Thickening of the skin can have many causes, and its mammographic appearance is
nonspecific. Skin thickening can be focal or diffuse, unilateral or bilateral. Skin thickening
can occur as a result of tumor invasion (local) (Fig. 13-142); tumor in the dermal
lymphatics (Fig. 13-143) lymphatic congestion through obstruction of the lymphatic
drainage within the breast, in the axilla (regional), and in the mediastinum (central); or
even congestive heart failure (Fig. 13-144).
Figure 13-143 Diffuse skin thickening can be due to inflammatory cancer. The skin is
not well seen on film/screen mammography. Diffuse skin thickening is visible on this
xerogram of a woman with inflammatory breast cancer, although the diagnosis is made
clinically.
P.468
Focal skin changes are better seen by clinical examination than mammography because
they go unnoticed by the latter unless imaged tangentially. Ultrasound can demonstrate
skin thickening directly (85), but, despite some reports that suggest the cause of skin
thickening can be inferred by ultrasound, this is usually not of practical importance.
Benign inflammation can also cause skin thickening. Such thickening can be seen in
patients with an aseptic mastitis as well as those with mastitis that has a bacterial etiology.
The major differential diagnoses for skin changes include direct involvement by a
malignancy; infection; nonspecific inflammation; inflammatory breast cancer; primary skin
processes such as psoriasis and lymphatic obstruction (local, regional, and central);
vascular obstruction (congestive heart failure, superior vena cava syndrome, and
anasarca); and systemic diseases with skin involvement (e.g., scleroderma,
dermatomyositis, congenital absence of the lymphatics).
729 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-144 Congestive heart failure can cause skin thickening, as seen on this
negative-mode craniocaudal xerogram.
Figure 13-145 Benign thickening. A The skin and trabecular thickening was caused
by a nonneoplastic inflammation. B The condition resolved spontaneously.
Nipple Discharge
Nipple discharge is a fairly common occurrence. Discharges may be unilateral, bilateral,
from a single duct, or from multiple ducts. The discharge may be clear, milky, yellow,
green, brown, white, or bloody. In general, bilateral discharges are due to a central
hormonal cause, such as elevated prolactin levels. Primary breast malignancy is rarely the
cause of a bilateral discharge. Most unilateral, multiduct discharges are due to benign
processes. It is unusual, although
P.471
not impossible, for a malignancy to cause a unilateral, multiduct discharge. In general, if
breast cancer is the cause of a discharge, it is a unilateral, solitary-duct discharge.
Nevertheless, most unilateral, solitary-duct discharges are still due to benign causes.
733 / 1584
bi
The association of breast cancer with a discharge varies depending on the reported series.
The incidence has been reported to be as high as 17% (86). In one series only 7% of the
discharges were due to malignancy (87). These results were similar to a second series of
72 discharges, evaluated by ductography, in which 7% were due to cancer (88).
Contrary to conventional wisdom, a discharge due to breast cancer does not have to be
bloody. In Urban's series, 50% of the discharges due to cancer were serous, and 50% were
bloody. Furthermore, there is no unanimity as to which type of discharge requires further
investigation. Given sufficient stimulation to the nipple-areolar complex, a discharge may
be elicited from many breasts. Some believe that only the spontaneous discharge, which
does not require stimulation to elicit, is important.
Figure 13-147 Areolar tethering. In some women the lower edge of the areola is
normally tethered and appears pulled in (arrows), as seen in these lateral projections.
Galactography
Galactography, or ductography, is used by some radiologists (90) to evaluate a discharging
duct, with varying results. Three potential advantages have been suggested for injecting
contrast material into the duct. One possible advantage is the evaluation of the entire
segment, regardless of which direction its branches take, and the fact that the deep
branches can be evaluated. A second advantage is the potential to identify a focal
abnormality that can permit either needle biopsy or needle localization and excision,
avoiding the need to dissect the entire segment. The third potential benefit is the
introduction of a vital dye into the duct so that the surgeon can dissect a colored duct that
is more visible at surgery. None of these potential benefits has been confirmed in any
prospective fashion. Anecdotally, we have been able to limit the surgery by targeting a
solitary filling defect and guiding the limited excision needed to remove a benign papilloma.
Performing a Galactogram
It must be possible to elicit a discharge from the duct in question at the time of the
procedure so that the location of its orifice can be identified. We use a 30-gauge, blunt
sialogram needle that is formed with a right angle so that it can be placed into the duct
opening and taped in place. Another method that appears to be successful is using a
monofilament line to cannulate the duct and then passing a 0.7-mm catheter over the line
to permit access to the duct (88). Standard iodinated contrast material for intravenous use
(60% concentration) is drawn into a small (2- to 3-cm3) syringe and flushed through the
connecting tubing and sialogram needle, being careful to avoid any air bubbles because
they will appear in the duct as pseudo–filling defects.
The patient is positioned supine, and the nipple is sterilized as for any breast needle
procedure. While viewing the surface under a magnifying lens, dead cellular material is
carefully cleared with the tip of the sialogram needle from the crevices that crisscross the
nipple surface (Fig. 13-148) at the location of the discharge. The duct openings are at the
bottom of the crevices. The breast or trigger point is squeezed to produce a tiny amount of
discharge, and the
P.473
needle tip is carefully placed at that point. By holding the plastic connecting tubing, a small
amount of pressure can be applied downward on the needle without exerting excessive
force on the metal needle that could tear the duct. A slight rotary motion with the needle
tip in the location of the discharge frequently causes the needle to slip easily into the duct
opening.
736 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-148 The surface of the nipple has a cobblestone appearance. The
ducts generally open in the crevices below the surface. Most of the duct openings are
filled and blocked by a keratin plug.
The needle is gently inserted up to the bend and then taped in place so that the needle in
the duct is at right angles to the flat surface of the nipple. This reduces the likelihood that
the needle opening will be up against the wall of the duct. The patient is then assisted to
the mammography unit taking care to not dislodge the needle, and the breast is placed on
the detector with only mild compression. It remains in compression on the detector during
the entire procedure.
A precontrast image is obtained and then contrast is slowly introduced. If there is
resistance, the needle may be up against the side of the duct and can be carefully
repositioned so that contrast flows smoothly into the duct. The injection is terminated if the
patient feels any pain (possible extravasation) or fullness (the network is filled) or if the
contrast begins to reflux out of the duct. A mammogram is obtained. If the network is not
satisfactorily filled, additional contrast can be introduced. Once the network is sufficiently
filled, views in both projections can be obtained and the study analyzed. If the findings are
subtle, magnification views can be obtained. By keeping the needle in the duct, contrast
can be added as needed.
If the goal is to stain the duct for surgical excision, several drops of a vital dye, like
methylene blue, can be added to the contrast material. Once the network is filled with the
contrast/dye mixture, the duct opening is then sealed using collodion to prevent the
contrast and dye from leaking out. The surgeon can then dissect out a blue duct. The
patient should be alerted that the blue dye may appear in her urine.
The limitation of galactography is that even if an abnormality can be defined, its etiology
remains indeterminate. Breast cancer can present in several ways. It can be single or
multiple filling defects in the contrast. It can cause an abrupt termination of one or more
ducts. Extravasation from the duct may indicate its disruption by cancer.
738 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-149 This diagram depicts the three regional axillary nodal groups that are
in the lymphatic drainage of the breast.
Figure 13-150 The fatty node in the axilla (large arrow) and the smaller node below
it (small arrow) are normal findings in the group of level I lymph nodes.
Normal axillary lymph nodes are <2 cm in size and have a fairly typical hilar notch or
lucent center (see Fig. 13-150). When replaced by fat, axillary lymph nodes may become
extremely large with only a thin rim of lymphoid tissue, but the lucent fat is obvious (Fig.
739 / 1584
bi
extremely large with only a thin rim of lymphoid tissue, but the lucent fat is obvious (Fig.
13-151). Lymph nodes without central lucency that are >1.5 to 2.0 cm in size should be
considered abnormal. These are nonspecific and may be secondary to reactive hyperplasia
(Fig. 13-152), but it is not possible to differentiate benign adenopathy from that due to
metastatic breast cancer (Fig. 13-153) or lymphoma (Fig. 13-154). Furthermore, axillary
lymph nodes may appear normal by mammography and still contain tumor. Surgical
sampling is the only accurate method of assessing their true status. A full axillary dissection
for diagnosis has now been replaced by sentinel lymph node biopsy. I suspect the sentinel
nodes are those that we see mammogramed, but this has not been proved.
Breast cancer can spread to the contralateral axillary nodes. It is postulated that this is
either through shared lymphatics across the sternum or by a hematogenous route.
Metastatic spread from other primary sites may also result in enlargement of the axillary
nodes. When no tumor is found within the breast, this becomes a more significant
possibility.
740 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-151 Normal axillary nodes are <1.5 to 2.0 cm. Fatty replaced nodes can
be extremely large, as seen in this individual. As seen on the mediolateral oblique A
and photographically enlarged B images, the anterior node is still visible despite the
large amount of fat that it contains. The posterior node has become a sliver (arrows) of
tissue because of the marked infiltration with fat.
741 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-153 Metastatic breast cancer to axillary nodes may cause enlargement
that is visible but indeterminate by mammography. The large solid nodes on the left
were due to an invasive cancer in the lower inner portion of the breast in this 34-year-
old woman. The primary is seen only as a subtle asymmetry.
742 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-154 Lymphoma is a cause of large axillary lymph nodes. In 1991 A this
60-year-old woman had a negative axilla. The lymph node enlargement that developed
in 1994 B was due to lymphoma.
The use of the spot compression device to better spread overlapping structures can be
combined with magnification, but the operator should recognize the possibility that spot
compression may squeeze a true lesion out of the field of view. If a suspicious lesion seems
to disappear with spot compression, this possibility should be considered.
We have also noted that, for as yet unexplained reasons, true architectural distortion may
not be as evident on magnification, and we prefer to use spot compression without
magnification as the first step in evaluating an area of architectural distortion. Other special
views can be used to better visualize questionable lesions by rolling the breast (97) or
angling the tube.
Ultrasound is the most useful adjunct to mammography in analyzing mass lesions.
Although many radiologists use ultrasound to assess palpable masses, this may add an
unnecessary layer of expense to the workup of a mass unless the demonstration of a cyst
by ultrasound will avoid a needle aspiration. It has been our experience that many women
with a palpable mass would prefer that it be resolved. Needle aspiration simultaneously
diagnoses and eliminates most cysts or confirms that the mass is solid. If the palpable
mass is to be aspirated regardless of the ultrasound result, then ultrasound is superfluous.
Ultrasound is efficacious when used for the palpable lesion that is thought to be a cyst but
has defied clinically guided aspiration. Among this smaller number of women, the
ultrasound demonstration of a cyst and its confirmation by imaging-guided aspiration can
avoid an open biopsy. The
P.477
radiologist should be aware, however, that despite its lack of cost-effectiveness ultrasound
743 / 1584
bi
radiologist should be aware, however, that despite its lack of cost-effectiveness ultrasound
evaluation is being promulgated as the standard of care for palpable abnormalities. As a
result, we now practice defensively and use ultrasound to evaluate all palpable
abnormalities out of medical/legal concerns.
Figure 13-156 The tiny metallic particles visible in this patient's axillary lymph nodes
are gold from injections to treat rheumatoid arthritis.
744 / 1584
bi
Figure 13-157 The ultrasound appearance of a cyst with sharp anterior and posterior
margins, no internal echoes, and enhanced through-transmission of sound, as in this
48-year-old woman with a nonpalpable mass found by mammography.
Summary
The analysis of the mammogram should be done in a systematic fashion. If an anomaly is
detected that has benign characteristics, further evaluation is not needed. Additional
imaging or short-interval follow-up may permit probably benign abnormalities to be
classified as benign processes. Until the time that noninvasive techniques are proved
reliable, lesions that remain indeterminate or suspicious should have a tissue (cytologic or
histologic) diagnosis.
P.478
References
1. Tuddenham WJ. Problems of perception in chest roentgenology: facts and fallacies.
Radiol Clin North Am 1963;31:277–289.
745 / 1584
bi
4. Thurfjell EL, Lernevall KA, Taube AAS. Benefit of independent double reading in a
population-based mammography screening program. Radiology 1994;191:241–244.
5. Haus AG, Gray JE, Daly TR. Evaluation of mammographic viewbox luminance,
illuminance, and color. Med Phys 1993;20:819–821.
6. Sumkin JH, Holbert BL, Herrmann JS, et al. Optimal reference mammography: a
comparison of mammograms obtained 1 and 2 years before the present examination.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:343–346.
7. Eklund GW, Cardenosa G. The art of mammographic positioning. Radiol Clin North
Am 1992;30:21–53.
9. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of breast
cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
10. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
11. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day N, et al. Breast cancer treatment and natural history:
new insights from results of screening. Lancet 1992;339:412–414.
12. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Sgroi D, et al. The effect of tumor size and lymph
node status on breast carcinoma lethality. Cancer 2003;98:2133–2143.
13. Michaelson J, Satija S, Kopans D, et al. Gauging the impact of breast carcinoma
screening in terms of tumor size and death rate. Cancer 2003;98:2114–2124.
16. Sadowsky NL, Semine A, Harris JR. Breast imaging: a critical aspect of breast
conserving treatment. Cancer 1990;65:2113–2118.
18. Harris JR, Lippman ME, Veronesi U, et al. Breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;327:319–328, 390–398, 473–480. 746 / 1584
bi
1992;327:319–328, 390–398, 473–480.
19. Park CC, Mitsumori M, Nixon A, et al. Outcome at 8 years after breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy for invasive breast cancer: influence of margin status and
systemic therapy on local recurrence. J Clin Oncol 2000;18:1668–1675.
20. Orel SG, Schnall MD, Powell CM, et al. Staging of suspected breast cancer: effect of
MR imaging and MR-guided biopsy. Radiology 1995;196:115–122.
21. Lee JM, Orel SG, Czerniecki BJ, et al. MRI before reexcision surgery in patients
with breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:473–480.
22. Bedrosian I, Mick R, Orel SG, et al. Changes in the surgical management of
patients with breast carcinoma based on preoperative magnetic resonance imaging.
Cancer 2003;98:468–473.
23. Martin JE, Moskowitz M, Milbrath J. Breast cancer missed by mammography. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1979;132:737.
24. Wolfe JN. Mammography: ducts as a sole indicator of breast carcinoma. Radiology
1967;89:206.
25. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
26. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
27. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
29. Cho D, Buscema J, Rosenshein NB, et al. Primary breast cancer of the vulva.
Obstet Gynecol 1985;66:79S–81S.
30. Osteen RT, Karnell LH. The National Cancer Data Base report on breast cancer.
Cancer 1994;73:1994–2000.
32. Kopans DB. Re: organochlorines and breast cancer [letter]. J Natl Cancer Inst
1993;86:66.
747 / 1584
bi
33. Meyer JE, Ferraro FA, Frenna TH, et al. Mammographic appearance of normal
intramammary lymph nodes in an atypical location. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;161:779–780.
34. Sickles EA. Nonpalpable, circumscribed, noncalcified solid breast masses: likelihood
of malignancy based on lesion size and age of patient. Radiology 1994;192:439–442.
35. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
36. Gallager HS, Martin JE. Early phases in the development of breast cancer. CA
Cancer J Clin 1969;24:1170–1178.
37. Fisher B, Slack NH, Bross IDJ, et al. Cancer of the breast: size of neoplasm and
prognosis. Cancer 1969;24:1071–1080.
38. Tabar L, Duffy SW, Krusemo UB. Detection method, tumour size and node
metastases in breast cancers diagnosed during a trial of breast cancer screening. Eur J
Cancer Clin Oncol 1987;237:959–962.
39. Rosner D, Lane WW. Node-negative minimal invasive breast cancer patients are not
candidates for routine systemic adjuvant therapy. Cancer 1990;66:199–205.
40. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
41. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, McCarthy KA, et al. Having undergone benign breast
biopsy rarely complicates or alters interpretation of screening mammography. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1998;170:1539–1541.
42. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585–588.
43. Kopans DB, Moore RH, McCarthy KA, et al. Should women with implants or a
history of treatment for breast cancer be excluded from mammography screening
programs? AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;168:29–31.
44. Bassett LW, Gold RH, Cove HC. Mammographic spectrum of traumatic fat necrosis:
the fallibility of “pathognomonic” signs of carcinoma. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1978;130:119–122.
45. Mitnick JS, Vazquez MF, Harris MN, et al. Differentiation of radial scar from
scirrhous carcinoma of the breast: mammographic-pathologic correlation. Radiology
1989;173:697–700.
748 / 1584
bi
46. Rubens JR, Kopans DB. Medullary carcinoma of the breast: is it overdiagnosed?
Arch Surg 1990;125:601–604.
47. Swann CA, Kopans DB, Koerner FC, et al. The halo sign and malignant breast
lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:1145–1147.
48. Moskowitz M. The predictive value of certain mammographic signs in screening for
breast cancer. Cancer 1983;51:1007–1011.
49. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
50. Varas X, Leborgne F, Leborgne JH. Non-palpable, probably benign lesions: role of
follow-up mammography. Radiology 1992;184:409–414.
52. Leung JW, Sickles EA. Multiple bilateral masses detected on screening
mammography: assessment of need for recall imaging. AJR Am J Roentgenol
2000;175:23–29.
54. Smith DN, Kaelin CM, Korbin CD, et al. Impalpable breast cysts: utility of cytologic
examination of fluid obtained with radiologically guided aspiration. Radiology
1997;204:149–151.
P.479
55. McNicholas MMJ, Heneghan JP, Milner MH, et al. Pain and increased mammographic
density in women receiving hormone replacement therapy: a prospective study. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1994;163:311–315.
56. Writing Group for the Women's Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of
estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. Principal results from the
Women's Health Initiative randomized, controlled trial. JAMA 2002;288:321–333.
57. Hermann G, Schwartz IS. Focal fibrous disease of the breast: mammographic
detection of an unappreciated condition. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1983;140:1245.
58. Polger MR, Denison CM, Lester S, et al. Pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia:
mammographic and sonographic appearance. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;166:349–352.
749 / 1584
bi
59. Cohen MA, Morris EA, Rosen PP, et al. Pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia:
mammographic and sonographic and clinical patterns. Radiology 1996;198:117–120.
60. Shetty MR, Ahmed MI, Khan FR. Metastic tumors to the breast: a review. In
Proceedings of the International Cancer Congress, New Delhi, India. Rao RS, Deo MG,
Sanghvi LD, eds. Bologna, Italy: Monduzzi Editore; 1994:1577–1581.
61. Proulx GM, Heller B, Stomper PC. Wires should not be used routinely on skin scars
for mammograms after breast-conserving surgery. Am Surg 2001;67:179–181.
62. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas
with benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
63. Jacobs TW, Byrne C, Colditz G, et al. Radial scars in benign breast-biopsy
specimens and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1999;340:430–436.
64. Kennedy M, Masterson AV, Kerin M, et al. Pathology and clinical relevance of radial
scars: a review. J Clin Pathol 2003;56:721–724.
65. Cawson JN, Malara F, Kavanagh A, et al. Fourteen-gauge needle core biopsy of
mammographically evident radial scars: is excision necessary? Cancer 2003;97:345
–351.
66. Ganong WF. Review of medical physiology. Los Altos, CA: Lange Medical
Publications 1969:463–464.
67. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Stability of a mammographic mass: a false sense of security.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1981;137:595–598.
68. Evans A, Pinder S, Wilson R, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast:
correlation between mammographic and pathologic findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;162:1307–1311.
70. Stomper PC, Davis SP, Weidner N, et al. Clinically occult, noncalcified breast
cancer: serial radiologic-pathologic correlation in 27 cases. Radiology 1988;169:621
–626.
71. Tabar L, Chen HH, Duffy SW, et al. A novel method for prediction of long-term
outcome of women with T1a, T1b, and 10–14 mm invasive breast cancers: a
prospective study. Lancet 2000;355:429–433.
72. Stomper PC, D'Souza DJ, DiNitto PA, et al. Analysis of parenchymal density on
mammograms in 1353 women 25–79 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;167:1261
750 / 1584
bi
mammograms in 1353 women 25–79 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;167:1261
–1265.
73. Galkin BM, Frasca P, Feig SA, et al. Non-calcified breast particles: a possible new
marker of breast cancer. Invest Radiol 1982;17:119.
74. Mayr NA, Staples JJ, Robinson RA, et al. Morphometric studies in intraductal breast
carcinoma using computerized image analysis. Cancer 1991;67:2805–2812.
75. Meyer JE, Kopans DB, Stomper PC, et al. Occult breast abnormalities:
percutaneous preoperative needle localization. Radiology 1984;150:335.
76. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Homer MJ, et al. Dermal deposits mistaken for breast
calcifications. Radiology 1983;149:592–594.
77. Egan RL, McSweeney MB, Sewell CW. Intramammary calcifications without an
associated mass in benign and malignant diseases. Radiology 1980;137:1–7.
78. Sickles EA. Mammographic features of 300 consecutive nonpalpable breast cancers.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;146:661.
79. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, Oyama T, et al. Mammographic appearance of ductal
carcinoma in situ does not reliably predict histologic subtype. Breast J 2001;7:417–421.
80. Stomper PC, Connolly JL. Ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast: correlation
between mammographic calcification and tumor subtype. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1992;159:483–485.
81. Sickles EA, Abell JS. Milk of calcium within tiny benign breast cysts. Radiology
1981;141:655–658.
82. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Calcified suture material in the breast
after radiation therapy. Radiology 1992;183:207–208.
83. Holland R, Hendriks JHCL, Verbeck ALM, et al. Extent, distribution, and
mammographic/histological correlations of breast ductal carcinoma in situ. Lancet
1990;335:519–522.
84. Lev-Toaff AS, Feig SA, Saitas VL, et al. Stability of malignant breast
microcalcifications. Radiology 1994;192:153–156.
85. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Proppe K. The double line of skin thickening on sonograms of
the breast. Radiology 1981;141:485–487.
86. Leis HP, Cammarata A, LaRaja RD. Nipple discharge: significance and treatment.
Breast 1985;11:6–12. 751 / 1584
bi
Breast 1985;11:6–12.
88. Hou MF, Huang TJ, Huang YS, et al. A simple method of duct cannulation and
localization for galactography before excision in patients with nipple discharge.
Radiology 1995;195:568–569.
89. Baker KS, Davey DD, Stelling CB. Ductal abnormalities detected with
galactography: frequency of adequate excisional biopsy. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;162:821–824.
90. Cardenosa G, Doudna C, Eklund GW. Ductography of the breast: technique and
findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994;162:1081–1087.
91. Harisinghani MG, Barentsz J, Hahn PF, et al. Noninvasive detection of clinically
occult lymph-node metastases in prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 2003;348:2491–2499.
92. Morris EA, Schwartz LH, Dershaw DD, et al. MR imaging of the breast in patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Radiology 1997;205:437–440.
94. Walsh R, Kornguth PJ, Soo MS, et al. Axillary lymph nodes: mammographic,
pathologic, and clinical correlation. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;168:33–38.
95. Helvie MA, Rebner M, Sickles EA, et al. Calcifications in metastatic breast
carcinoma in axillary lymph nodes. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1988;151:921–922.
96. Bruwer A, Nelson GW, Spark RP. Punctate intranodal gold deposits simulating
microcalcifications on mammograms. Radiology 1987;163:87–88.
97. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Practical solutions to problems of
triangulation and preoperative localization of breast lesions. Radiology 1987;163:577
–579.
752 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
14
Benign Lesions
Mammography is a screening test whose major application is the earlier detection of breast
cancer. Using two view, conventional mammography, some cancers have characteristic
appearances with spiculated margins. However, many cancers, using conventional two-
view mammography have non-specific appearances. Mammography also reveals many
unsuspected benign breast processes. Many benign changes are easily recognized and can
be ignored. Others, however, have characteristics that cannot be easily distinguished from
the less characteristic morphologic changes of breast cancer. Given that breast cancers are
merely an alteration of normal cells, it is not surprising that the appearance of malignant
lesions overlaps with the appearance of some benign breast changes. With the
development of digital breast tomosynthesis, our criteria for distinguishing benign lesions
from malignant will improve as we are better able to evaluate the margins of lesions and
the x-ray attenuation of lesions, but, until this technology is widely adopted, the old criteria
must be applied.
Many findings are never associated with breast cancer or are so unlikely to be breast
cancer that they can be classified as benign. Other lesions are very unlikely to be
malignant, but there is still a very small possibility that they represent an unusual
presentation of cancer. These are classified as probably benign. Based on work done by
Sickles (1), these lesions should have less than a 2% chance of malignancy and can be
followed at short interval. I believe that there is a general consensus that, if a lesion has a
greater than 2% to 5% of being a breast cancer, then a biopsy is warranted.
When a possible abnormality is detected, the first decision, after determining that it is real
and ascertaining its location, is to try to determine what it is and whether it should raise
concern. There are many findings that appear on mammograms that are clearly benign
and should not elicit any further evaluation. Recognizing them and realizing that they are
insignificant is an important aspect of mammographic evaluation. There are a number of
masses that are benign, have a typical appearance on the mammogram, and rarely
require any additional evaluation (Table 14-1). Most calcifications that appear in the breast
are due to benign processes. Many of these have typical morphologic characteristics and do
not require any further evaluation (Table 14-2).
These skin lesions form circumscribed masses that are almost always palpable immediately
beneath the skin surface. An inclusion cyst is frequently accompanied by a small visible
blackhead, and patients invariably attest that the blackhead has been present for many
years and that periodically a foul smelling whitish material exudes from this small opening
that is visible on the skin. These lesions can be found on any skin surface, but it has been
our experience that they are often found near the inframammary fold or near the axilla.
On ultrasound they are found at the junction of the dermis and the subcutaneous fat (Fig.
14-3C). Needle biopsy of these lesions should be avoided since the needle can push the
necrotic, oily material from the cyst in which it is contained into the surrounding breast
tissue, and this can elicit a dramatic inflammatory reaction.
Lucent-centered calcifications
Skin calcifications
Fat necrosis
Secretory calcifications
Milk of calcium
Vascular calcifications
Large rod-shaped calcifications
Skin calcifications
Dystrophic calcifications
Diffusely scattered calcifications (? bilateral)
755 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-1 Marking skin lesions. Only raised skin lesions are visible on
mammograms. The radiopaque ring is used to identify a raised skin lesion so that it is
not confused with a true intramammary lesion.
Although the diagnosis of a skin lesion is usually obvious on the mammogram and no
further analysis is required, if there is any question, and it has not already been done by
the technologist, a radiopaque marker can be taped to the lesion. The marker will remain
with the projected density on the mammogram, regardless of the x-ray projection. An
image obtained with the beam in tangent to the lesion will confirm its cutaneous location.
We favor radiopaque circular markers. “BB's” should be saved for areas of clinical concern.
Figure 14-2 The verrucoid appearance of this mass is typical of the benign, cutaneous
seborrheic keratosis (arrow) that is projecting over the breast.
757 / 1584
bi
Intramammary lymph nodes have a fairly classic appearance, with an invaginated hilum or
“notch.” When fatty infiltrated, they have a typical lucent center (Fig. 14-4), and, when in
an appropriate location, they should not be confused with a significant abnormality. When a
node becomes almost completely fatty replaced, it may appear as three or more round
densities in a horseshoe arrangement (Fig. 14-5).
The diagnosis of an intramammary lymph node should not be considered when a mass is
seen in any section of the breast other than the lateral portion, unless the lesion has a
clearly defined lucent hilum. If an upper-outer-quadrant lesion does not have the
characteristics of a benign intramammary node, including a lucent hilar notch and smooth,
sharply defined margins, suspicion should be aroused because not all upper-outer-quadrant
masses are benign lymph nodes and 30% to 50% of cancers are found in the upper outer
quadrant.
758 / 1584
bi
759 / 1584
bi
P.485
If an intramammary lymph node is enlarged, loses its hilar notch, and becomes rounded,
biopsy should be considered. Although intramammary lymph nodes can be hyperplastic or
enlarged because of dermatologic problems, such as psoriasis (Fig. 14-6) or other benign
inflammatory processes in the breast (4), enlargement can also be due to lymphoma or
metastatic spread from an intramammary malignancy to an intramammary lymph node.
Lymph nodes that contain metastatic cancer may still remain well circumscribed (Fig. 14-
7). The breast should be carefully searched for an occult malignancy. Metastatic spread of
breast cancer to an intramammary node carries the same worsened prognostic significance
as axillary nodal involvement (5). Lymph nodes can also be seen close to the chest wall.
They occur in the lateral axillary chain and may extend down the chest wall in the
prepectoral chain posterior to the breast (Fig. 14-8).
Figure 14-8 Lymph nodes can be seen in the posterior lateral breast. A lymph
node is evident on this computed tomography (CT) scan, anterior to the pectoralis
muscle in the lateral aspect of the right breast.
761 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-9 Lipoma. The palpable mass in the axillary tail is radiolucent with a thin
capsule (arrow). It was excised, despite the fact that it is clearly a lipoma by
mammography and need not have been removed.
Figure 14-10 Posttraumatic oil cyst. This palpable mass developed in an area of
previous surgery. It represents encapsulated, radiolucent fat and is a form of benign fat
necrosis that requires no further investigation.
762 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-11 Galactocele (arrow). This rare lucent lesion is a cyst containing milk
with a high fat content.
Mixed-Density Lesions
Encapsulated lesions that contain fat are never malignant. The mammary hamartoma
(fibroadenolipoma) contains various mixtures of fat and dense tissue within a fibrous
capsule (Fig. 14-12). This typical, benign appearance is so characteristic that further
intervention is not warranted. There is one case report of a lesion with similar
characteristics that was reportedly a cystosarcoma (6). The term phylloides tumor has
replaced cystosarcoma phylloides. Sarcomas of the breast are invariably dense lesions.
Phylloides tumors are also dense. Given this single, isolated occurrence and the uncertainty
of the accuracy of the histologic evaluation, it is reasonable to state that an encapsulated
lesion containing fat is always benign.
Figure 14-12 Hamartoma (arrows). This mixed lesion contains fat and fibroglandular
tissue. It is benign and, though palpable, requires no further evaluation.
When true lesions are present, cysts are the most common reason for multiple rounded
densities (Fig. 14-14). Multiple fibroadenomas are usually widely separated (Fig. 14-15),
while cysts are usually closer together and frequently overlapping. Metastatic lesions are a
rare cause of multiple rounded densities (Fig. 14-16), and the presence of a primary cancer
elsewhere is almost always already known. Leung and Sickles (7) have shown that women
with multiple rounded densities are not at any increased risk of developing breast cancer.
Consequently, these women do not need to be followed at any shorter interval, and there
is no reason to evaluate them with ultrasound or any other imaging study if there is
no other indication of the possible presence of malignancy. The observer should look
carefully for signs of breast cancer among the rounded densities, but, if none are present,
then these can be ignored as benign changes, and no further evaluation is indicated.
Some advocate the use of ultrasound to evaluate multiple rounded findings, but this has
never been documented, in a prospective fashion, as leading to earlier cancer detection;
the reports are only anecdotal. Gordon and Goldenberg have advocated ultrasound
screening of the rest of a breast that is being evaluated by ultrasound (8). They reported
the detection of 15 unsuspected cancers out of 15,000 studies. However, their actual
patient selection process, method of scanning, and selection of lesions to be biopsied was
not documented. Kolb et al (9) have also advocated using ultrasound to scan dense breast
tissues, but their ultrasound evaluation was not blinded to the mammograms, so that the
actual independent contribution of ultrasound is not known. Furthermore, the benefit of
finding these lesions is not clear. As with any breast cancer screening test, it should not be
used until it can be shown to reduce the death rate from breast cancer (see Screening).
P.488
P.489
The use of ultrasound to screen breast tissue is not the standard of care (10) (see Breast
Ultrasound). We use ultrasound to evaluate women with multiple rounded densities only if
there is a focal area that appears to differ from the others and cyst/solid differentiation will
be valuable.
764 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-13 Normal breast tissue may project as multiple rounded densities. These
mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) mammograms of a 62-year-old woman
demonstrate what appear to be rounded contours suggestive of cysts, but there were
no cysts or masses by ultrasound, and the tissues were unchanged 4 years later.
765 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-15 Multiple fibroadenomas can account for multiple rounded densities,
as seen on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections in this 35-
year-old woman. She insisted on removal of the one that was palpable but not the two
that were only visible by mammography.
767 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-16 Metastatic disease can produce multiple rounded densities. These
rounded masses are metastases from ovarian cancer.
It has been suggested that women who have fibroadenomas with atypical features are at
increased risk for breast cancer (11). The study that discovered this did not suggest that
the lesion itself was at risk for malignant change, but rather that it was an indicator of
future overall risk. It was likely the atypical epithelial changes that were associated with
these lesions, rather than the fibroadenomas themselves, that were the reason for the
increased risk. Atypical epithelial change in any tissue is likely to indicate increased risk.
There are no data that calcifying fibroadenomas have any risk of malignant transformation.
Fibroadenomas do contain epithelial elements, and consequently cancer can, coincidentally,
develop in a fibroadenoma.
768 / 1584
bi
P.491
As with any benign lesions, occasionally cancer can also develop, coincidentally,
immediately alongside a fibroadenoma. When other signs of malignancy such as
spiculation, architectural distortion, or fine, irregular microcalcifications accompany an
obvious fibroadenoma, they may signal the presence of such a coincidental cancer. The
calcified involuting fibroadenoma itself, however, does not require a biopsy.
Figure 14-19 Calcified oil cyst. This calcified mass represents an area of fat
necrosis. The noncalcified portion is relatively radiolucent.
770 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-20 These calcifications are in the wall of a cyst seen on contact
mediolateral oblique mammography (A) and optically enlarged craniocaudal projection
(B). With this appearance, this lesion requires no further evaluation.
771 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-21 A calcified, large-duct papilloma can appear with rimlike deposits,
as seen in this magnification view. This is likely due to infarction causing necrosis at the
periphery of the lesion.
772 / 1584
bi
Milk of Calcium
For unexplained reasons, calcium can precipitate in the cystically dilated acini of the
lobules. This calcium can form an insoluble powder or can actually form concretions in the
lobular acini. The latter deposits likely account for the very small (<1 mm), smooth, round
deposits that are sometimes found tightly packed together (Fig. 14-24). These acinar
calcifications can, on occasion, be heterogeneous and difficult to differentiate from cancer.
Although most cancers likely form in the terminal ducts, the cells can spread back into the
acini, and this can lead to “malignant” calcifications. However, when calcifications form in
these tumors, they are usually in the necrotic portions of ductal carcinoma in situ in the
tumor. They form irregular particles. Very round, smooth particles are unlikely to be
formed by cancer and are usually due to benign changes.
When the precipitated calcium forms as an insoluble powder in cystically dilated lobules, its
appearance is characteristic and is readily recognized as a benign process. Because it looks
like milk flowing in a container, it has been termed milk of calcium (13). The calcified
sediment that sometimes collects in the dependent portions of cysts may produce what
initially seem to be worrisome punctate-appearing calcifications. On closer inspection,
however, the
P.493
diagnosis is usually easily made. Milk of calcium is diagnosed by its characteristic
appearance. On the craniocaudal view, with the x-ray beam perpendicular to the floor,
directed down through the mobile calcium particles pooled in the bottom of the cyst, the
precipitated calcium appears as small, hard-to-see, smudged dots (Fig. 14-25A). When a
lateral view is obtained with the beam parallel to the floor (and using x-ray magnification),
the calcium projects as small crescents, as the beam passes from the side through the
concave surface of the material (Fig. 14-25B). This can be demonstrated by turning a
paperweight that contains “snowflake”-like material upside down (Fig. 14-26). Just as the
“snowflakes” settle to the dome of the paperweight and are defined by the curve of the
dome, milk of calcium settles to the dependent portion of a cyst, and the calcifications
conform to the curve of the cyst. The appearance of crescent-shaped calcifications that are
concave up on the horizontal beam lateral (Fig. 14-25C,D) can secure a benign diagnosis
on the mammogram.
773 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-22 Skin calcifications. These lucent-centered calcifications are in the skin
of the medial breast.
Figure 14-23 These large, lucent-centered calcifications are likely due to fat
necrosis.
Vascular Calcifications
Vascular calcifications have the distinctive appearance of calcified arteries anywhere in the
body. These deposits project as parallel deposits in the arterial wall (Fig. 14-27) and are
rarely confused with malignant calcifications. The associated smooth, tubular, serpentine
vessel is almost always distinguishable, especially on magnification views. On occasion,
early vascular deposits can result in calcification visible in only one side of the wall. These
noncoalescent
P.494
P.495
deposits may, on occasion, be difficult to distinguish from intraductal calcifications. Direct
magnification mammography usually reveals the characteristic parallel deposits. Very
small vessels may be more difficult, but these usually form very smooth, tight curves (see
Fig. 14-27), which are not formed by cancer.
774 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-24 Acinar calcifications. These calcifications have been stable for more
than 3 years and are likely concretions in microcysts of the lobular acini.
Figure 14-25 Milk of calcium. On this craniocaudal image (A), the calcium that has
precipitated in the bottom of small cysts appears amorphous. In the horizontal lateral
image (B), the layering of the calcifications is evident as crescent-shaped deposits that
are concave up. This second case reveals barely visible calcifications on the
craniocaudal projection (C) and crescentic calcifications on the lateral projection (D),
providing a certain diagnosis of benign cysts containing milk of calcium.
775 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-26 The layering of benign milk of calcium. The layering of milk of
calcium in a cyst can be simulated using a paperweight containing particles that
simulate snow. If the paperweight is turned upside down, the “snowflakes” settle to the
dome and conform to its shape (top). The paperweight “snow” is viewed “enface” in
the dome of the paperweight (bottom). The “snow” is viewed from the side. Milk of
calcium looks the same in a cyst.
Figure 14-27 Vascular calcifications. The serpentine deposits that can occur in the
walls of large and small vessels are clearly vascular, as seen in this close-up of the front
of the breast. No further evaluation is indicated.
Arterial calcifications are virtually always related to advanced age. They are rarely seen in
women in their twenties or thirties. In our experience, the rare, very young woman (under
age 40) who has arterial calcifications is likely to have diabetes, although Sickles and
Galvin found otherwise (14). 776 / 1584
bi
Galvin found otherwise (14).
Vascular calcifications, with their distinctive parallel “train track” appearance, have such
typical morphologic characteristics that they can be ignored. Some studies have suggested
that women with vascular calcifications in their breasts are at increased risk of coronary
artery disease (15). The studies suffer from selection biases, and the risk is fairly weak.
Furthermore, it is not clear that the process that results in coronary artery disease is the
same process that produces calcified arteries in the breast. Atherosclerosis is a process
involving the intima and media of the vessel, while, in my experience, when a breast
biopsy contains arterial calcifications, these are due to Mönckberg's medial sclerosis. This
latter process is not associated with coronary artery disease. Regardless, given the weak
associations, we do not mention any risk in our reports of mammograms among women
who have vascular calcifications.
777 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-28 Benign secretory calcifications. These linear deposits are formed in
the benign cellular debris within the ducts on this craniocaudal projection (A) and
optically enlarged craniocaudal projection (B). Branching is uncommon.
Skin Calcifications
Calcium deposits that are in the skin are benign. Lucent-centered calcifications that are
round or polygonal and project near the periphery of the breast are usually dermal
deposits. Calcium deposits in the skin are usually easily recognized and should not elicit
any concern. Frequently small calcified spheres with central lucencies, they may also have
planar quadrilateral shapes with a central lucency (Figs. 14-22 and 14-31) when viewed en
face. When seen in tangent, they may appear as thin disc shapes.
The exact etiology of skin calcifications is not certain, as they are not intentionally biopsied.
It has been suggested that chronic folliculitis or inspissated material in sebaceous glands
may produce these calcifications. On occasion they may be mistaken for intramammary
deposits. The compression of the spherical geometry of the breast during mammography
means that only a small section of skin is seen tangentially in any mammographic
projection, and, as a consequence, structures on the skin or in the cutaneous layers can
easily project as intramammary lesions.
Skin calcifications should be suspected particularly
P.497
P.498
when calcifications are only visible in a single projection. Often, using a bright light to
778 / 1584
bi
when calcifications are only visible in a single projection. Often, using a bright light to
evaluate the skin in the overexposed edges of the breast may reveal the calcifications.
Since the ducts may reach through the subcutaneous fat to the skin, and cancer can
(rarely) develop in these ducts in the subcutaneous fat, if there is any doubt that
peripherally located microcalcifications are in the skin, confirmation may be important. The
dermal location of calcifications can be proved using the fenestrated compression paddle
used for needle localization. Using the fenestrated paddle, a marker can be placed on the
skin surface thought to contain the calcifications. By obtaining an image tangential to the
skin marker, the dermal location of the skin deposits can be confirmed (Imaging Guided
needle procedures). Skin deposits are always due to benign processes.
779 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-31 Skin calcifications. Typical skin deposits have lucent centers with a
somewhat geometric shape.
Dystrophic Calcifications
Large, solitary, solid calcifications usually represent involuted, completely calcified
fibroadenomas. They are not a cause for concern. Other large calcifications may develop,
particularly in a breast that has been irradiated. These benign, dystrophic calcifications also
need not cause concern. They may occur up to 4 years after the surgery in as many as
30% of women who have undergone surgery and irradiation (16). These calcifications are
generally at least 1 mm in size and often are larger (Fig. 14-32). They are usually not
difficult to distinguish from the very small heterogeneous calcifications that signal
recurrence or new cancer. Many of these postirradiation calcifications are probably related
to calcified suture material, while others are due to fat necrosis.
780 / 1584
bi
781 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-34 Calcified suture material. The knots in the calcified suture material
are evident on the mediolateral (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections in this individual
who had been irradiated for breast cancer.
782 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-35 Calcified sutures. The calcified knots are evident along the suture
line, following irradiation for breast cancer.
783 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-36 Skin contamination. Ointment on the skin (probably zinc oxide)
simulated microcalcifications.
Figure 14-37 Screen artifact. Scratches on the screen produced an artifact that
simulated microcalcifications.
Figure 14-38 Because of severe depression, this patient placed a sewing needle in
her breast. It remained unchanged 10 years later, although calcifications have been
deposited around it, as seen on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B)
projections.
Foreign Bodies
As with any body structure, foreign bodies can find their way into the breast. Some are
placed intentionally (Fig. 14-38). Tattoos have been reported to be visible at times (18).
Nipple rings have become fashionable for some women (Fig. 14-39). As is known from
needle localization procedures,
P.502
P.503
the internal structures of the breast are relatively insensitive to a puncture-type injury. In
several instances we have seen sewing needles that had pierced the breast without the
patient's noticing (Fig. 14-40). The needle was subsequently discovered by accident or
presented as a thickened, sometimes painful area. Glass, pencil points (Fig. 14-41), and
other foreign bodies have also been seen. These types of foreign bodies seem to be fairly
well tolerated. The need for their excision should be determined on an individual basis.
Figure 14-40 Sewing needle in the breast. This patient was unaware that she had
a broken sewing needle in her breast. Some calcium deposition near the break
suggests that it had been present for some time.
785 / 1584
bi
Figure 14-41 Pencil point in the breast. This individual had fallen on a pencil 20
years earlier. The arrow points to the graphite tip of the pencil.
References
1. Sickles EA. Periodic mammography follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
2. Meyer JE, Kopans DB, Lawrence WD. Normal intramammary lymph nodes
presenting as occult breast masses. Breast 1982;8:30–32.
3. Meyer JE, Ferraro FA, Frenna TH, et al. Mammographic appearance of normal
intramammary lymph nodes in an atypical location. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;161:779–780. 786 / 1584
bi
1993;161:779–780.
4. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Benign lymph nodes associated with dermatitis presenting as
breast masses. Radiology 1980;137:15–20.
5. Shen J, Hunt KK, Mirza NQ, et al. Intramammary lymph node metastases are an
independent predictor of poor outcome in patients with breast carcinoma. Cancer
2004;101:1330-1337.
6. Taupman RE, Shargo S, Boatman KK, et al. Malignant cystosarcoma with lipomatous
component: a case report. Breast Dis Breast 1982;7:31–33.
8. Gordon PB, Goldenberg SL. Malignant breast masses detected only by ultrasound: a
retrospective review. Cancer 1995;76:626–630.
10. Kopans DB, Sickles EA, Feig SA. Letter to the editor. Cancer 1996;77:208–209.
11. Dupont WD, Page DL, Pari FF, et al. Long-term risk of breast cancer in women with
fibroadenoma. N Engl J Med 1994;331:10–15.
12. Levitan LH, Witten DM, Harrison EG. Calcification in breast disease
—mammographic-pathologic correlation. Radiology 1964;92:29–39.
13. Sickles EA, Abele JS. Milk of calcium within tiny benign breast cysts. Radiology
1981;141:655–658.
14. Sickles EA, Galvin HB. Breast arterial calcification in association with diabetes
mellitus: too weak a correlation to have clinical utility. Radiology 1985;155:577–579.
15. Graaf Y. Breast arterial calcifications: association with diabetes mellitus and
cardiovascular mortality. Work in progress. Radiology 1996;201:75–78.
16. Libshitz HI, Montague ED, Paulus DO. Calcifications and the therapeutically
irradiated breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1977;128:1021–1025.
17. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Calcified suture material in the breast
after radiation therapy. Radiology 1992;183:207–208.
787 / 1584
bi
18. Brown RC, Zuehike RL, Ehrhardt JC, et al. Tattoo simulating calcifications on
xeroradiographs of the breast. Radiology 1981;138:583–584.
788 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 15 - Probably Benign Findings Appropriately Managed with Short-
Interval Follow-up
15
Probably Benign Findings Appropriately
Managed with Short-Interval Follow-up
One of the most controversial topics in mammography is the classification and
management of a finding that is probably benign (1). These are lesions that are almost
always benign but on rare occasion prove to be cancer. The probability of cancer is <2% to
5%, but not zero. Many physicians believe that, based on cost and benefit, these lesions do
not require biopsy but can be followed, and, if they change with time, intervention can be
instituted with little documented detriment to the patient. Some would argue that the
chance that these represent breast cancer is so small that short-interval follow-up is
unnecessary, and they return these women to annual screening. Our routine has been to
follow patients with probably benign findings at 6 months (unilateral), 12 months (bilateral
mammography), 18 months (unilateral) and 24 months (bilateral). In our unpublished
review of these patients, we found a few cancers had changed at 6 months, several at 1
year, and still others at 18 months. In addition, we occasionally find a cancer that is not the
lesion that is being followed, but develops in another location. It is intuitively obvious and
modeling has shown (2) that screening more frequently will pick up an additional number of
cancers at a smaller size, so that this is a somewhat undefined advantage of short-interval
follow-up. Based on our experience, we have retained short-interval follow-up as every 6
months for a total of 2 years. It may be shown that this is not particularly cost effective,
but there is no contraindication to short-interval follow-up.
The principle of short-interval follow-up lies in the fact that probabilities are fractions and
multiplicative. A lesion that has probably benign characteristics has a very low probability
of being malignant to begin with. Although there are cancers that can be stable for many
months to even years, these are extremely uncommon, and the probability of a cancer
being stable is also a low probability. If a lesion begins with a low probability of being
cancer and is then stable for several years, the low probabilities multiply, making an
extremely low probability that the lesion is malignant. For example: If a lesion has 1
chance in 50 of being malignant based on its appearance, and if 1 in 100 cancers are stable
over time, the chance of the lesion being cancer and being stable = 1/50 × 1/100 = 1
chance in 5,000. This forms the basis of the short-interval follow-up.
By definition, patients placed in a short-interval follow-up category should have a low risk
of having breast cancer (3). The advantage is that a large number of women are spared a
biopsy that would produce benign results, while the few who have breast cancer still have a
good chance of having it detected earlier. One of the problems with short-interval follow-up
is that short-interval follow-up can produce anxiety among some women. In at least one
study, however, the anxiety produced by an immediate biopsy was greater than that 789 / 1584
bi
study, however, the anxiety produced by an immediate biopsy was greater than that
produced by short-interval follow-up (4). When clinicians raise concern over a request for
short-interval follow-up, we point out that most breast surgeons will not merely dismiss a
clinically evident breast problem that they believe is probably benign, but they will request
that the patient return for a short-interval follow-up, which in our experience is “after 1 or
2 menstrual cycles,” or 3 months. If the clinical examination is stable, then they extend
P.506
the follow-up interval. The precedent for short-interval follow-up comes from this clinical
practice.
Most observers now accept the definition of probably benign lesions set by Sickles (5) in a
landmark paper. Included in his categories were round or oval circumscribed masses (Fig.
15-1); smooth, round, clustered microcalcifications (Fig. 15-2); and focal asymmetric
densities that did not represent masses. Magnification mammography was used to evaluate
the margins of these lesions and the morphology of the calcifications. If the circumscribed
lesions retained their sharp margins over 75% of the border, the remainder was obscured
by normal tissues, the calcifications were round and regular, and the asymmetries did not
form centrally dense masses fading toward their edges, Sickles found that these lesions
together had only a 0.5% chance of malignancy over a 3-year follow-up period. For solitary
circumscribed masses, there was a 2% chance that they were malignant. Focal
asymmetries proved to be cancers only 0.4% of the time, while rounded calcifications were
associated with malignancy in only 0.1% of the cases.
Varas et al (6) had similar results. Of the 21,855 who had been screened, they followed up,
at short interval, 558 women with findings that were probably benign. Among those
followed for an average of 26 months, 9 were found to have breast cancer (1.6%).
Sickles (7) has argued that management by mammographic surveillance is justified
because (a) probably benign lesions indeed have a very low likelihood of malignancy; (b)
mammographic surveillance will identify those few lesions that change in the interval that
actually are malignant; and (c) these cancers will still be diagnosed early in their course,
while they still have a favorable prognosis. It has become fairly well accepted that it is
reasonable to fol-low a lesion that has a 2% or lower probability of cancer.
Figure 15-1 This round circumscribed mass, with sharply defined margins on
magnification straight lateral (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections, can be followed at
short interval, according to Sickles' data.
790 / 1584
bi
791 / 1584
bi
Figure 15-2 Smooth, round, clustered calcifications. These calcifications have been
stable for many years and are likely deposits in benign cysts.
793 / 1584
bi
Figure 15-3 A solitary dilated duct. Although cancer can produce a solitary dilated
duct, it is extremely rare for this to occur without other signs or symptoms of cancer.
The vast majority are due to duct ectasia, which is the likely diagnosis for this
branching structure in the subareolar region.
Figure 15-4 Focal asymmetric densities are fairly common and usually of no
concern. The focal asymmetry, at 12:00 in the left breast on the mediolateral oblique
(A) and craniocaudal (B) projections, was felt to represent normal breast tissue and
remained unchanged over many years.
Asymmetric breast tissue, on the other hand, does not require any follow-up. In 1985 we
undertook a prospective study to determine the significance of asymmetric breast
P.509
P.510
tissue, which we define as an asymmetric volume of breast tissue, asymmetrically dense
breast tissue with preserved architecture, or what appear to resemble asymmetrically
prominent ducts on mammograms. There were 8,408 symptomatic and asymptomatic
women who were evaluated. Among these, 221 (3%) demonstrated asymmetric breast
tissue. We followed all of the women for a minimum of 36 months after the initial
mammographic study. During the follow-up period, none of the patients underwent biopsy
on the basis of mammographic findings. There were 20 women (0.2% of the total and 9%
of those with asymmetric breast tissue) who underwent an excisional biopsy because of
clinical findings. Breast cancer was diagnosed in two patients, and breast lymphoma was
found in one patient. Biopsy specimens from the remaining 17 patients were benign. At the
794 / 1584
bi
found in one patient. Biopsy specimens from the remaining 17 patients were benign. At the
time of the mammogram, all three malignant lesions had a palpable abnormality
associated with the asymmetric tissue. Breast cancer was not found in any of the remaining
201 patients over the follow-up period. The data show that, if there is asymmetric breast
tissue (not forming a mass, no architectural distortion, and no significant calcifications) and
it is not palpable, it can be dismissed as a benign normal variation.
Figure 15-6 A focal asymmetry. On the initial mammogram (A), there is a focal
asymmetry that projects over the upper right breast and is not present in the upper left
breast. On closer inspection (B), it appears to be irregular in shape, and, on close
inspection, it now becomes a spiculated mass (C). 795 / 1584
bi
inspection, it now becomes a spiculated mass (C).
Since in our prospective study we followed the patients for at least 3 years and none of the
patients who met the initial criteria for asymmetric breast tissue had breast cancer (10),
there is no indication for any follow-up of women with asymmetric breast tissue unless it is
palpable. There is also no reason to use ultrasound to evaluate a woman with asymmetric
breast tissue unless a mass is suspected, since none of our patients had breast cancer
unless the asymmetric tissue was palpable, and even these women had no higher rate of
cancer than the average patient with a clinical finding that gets biopsied.
Conclusion
As has occurred in Europe, the threshold for intervention will be increasingly determined by
cost. This is unfortunate. The decision to intervene or not should be made by the individual
woman and her physician. It may one day be possible to provide them with probabilities
based on the individual's age, other risk factors, and imaging analysis, so that the patient
can make an informed decision. It is conceivable that one woman may wish to follow a
lesion with a 10% likelihood of malignancy, while for another even a 1% chance may be too
high. The ultimate decision to intervene should be made by the individual. Efforts should
continue to provide safe and accurate diagnosis so that uncertainties can be reduced at an
acceptable cost.
P.511
References
796 / 1584
bi
2. Michaelson JS, Halpern E, Kopans DB. Breast cancer: computer simulation method
for estimating optimal intervals for screening. Radiology 1999;21:551–560.
9. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
10. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
797 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 16 - Suspicious Lesions and Lesions with a High Probability of
Malignancy
16
Suspicious Lesions and Lesions with a High
Probability of Malignancy
The classic description of a breast cancer is a mass with an irregular shape and spiculated
margin (Fig. 16-1). It has been our experience that many cancers that appear ill-defined
on conventional, two-dimensional mammography appear so because their spiculated
margins are hidden by superimposed tissues. By eliminating the “noise” of superimposed
normal breast structures, many more cancers appear to have spiculated margins on digital
breast tomosynthesis (DBT) (Fig. 16-2). Diagnosis would be greatly simplified if all cancers
of the breast exhibited similar unique features, but unfortunately they do not. Although
many cancers have specific recognizable morphologic characteristics, there is an
unavoidable similarity among the shapes, margins, and densities of many benign and
malignant lesions. Some cancers produce an appearance that is virtually pathognomonic of
the disease, but many do not exhibit such specific morphology. Until there are accurate,
noninvasive ways to differentiate benign lesions from those that are malignant, some
benign lesions will necessarily be biopsied to maximize the detection of early cancers.
As with all of medicine, the likelihood that disease is present is a probability estimate.
When a lesion has certain features, there is a high probability of cancer; other features
carry a very low or even coincidental risk of cancer, and a great number of findings are
intermediate and can be present in both benign and malignant processes. The analysis of
findings can be divided into several general categories:
Figure 16-1 The classic description of breast cancer is an irregular mass with
a spiculated margin. This irregular mass with spiculations was a small invasive
ductal carcinoma.
799 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-2 The morphology and margins of lesions are better seen on digital
breast tomosynthesis. The first image (left) is an enlarged view of a cancer that is
hidden on the conventional mammogram by overlapping normal tissue. The lesion is
more clearly seen in the second image (right) that is a slice from the tomosynthesis
study.
When the prior probability of cancer is low, the importance of a negative test becomes less
meaningful. If an asymptomatic (no signs or symptoms of breast cancer) woman has a
negative mammogram, there is a >99% likelihood that she does not have cancer, but this
is misleading since, on a purely statistical basis, it is highly unlikely that she would have
cancer in the first place. Since only approximately 1 to 5 women among 1,000 develop
breast cancer in a given year (depending on their age), a set of 1,000 mammograms could
be interpreted as negative without even looking at them, and this would produce an
extremely high specificity. Assuming five women would develop cancer among the 1,000,
the specificity obtained by interpreting them all as negative would be 99.5% (specificity =
the number of mammograms interpreted as negative minus those that actually had cancer,
divided by all the women screened = [1,000 - 5/1,000 = 99.5%). In this hypothetical
example, the test would have extremely high specificity, but, of course, all of the cancers
would have been missed. Statistical measures can be misleading if they are not evaluated
in the context in which they were obtained. Even in women who present with a problem
(lump, thickening, etc.), the value of the negative mammogram is low. There are those
who argue that they use mammography diagnostically in this setting with great success,
but they are only deluding themselves. Because the likelihood of cancer is so low, even in
women with lumps, in most situations using
P.515
a negative mammogram as indicative of no disease is successful simply based on the low
probability of cancer being present to begin with, and not the test itself.
The fact that mammography is not truly a diagnostic test does not mean that it is not
valuable for evaluation of women who are suspected of having an abnormality. On
occasion, a lesion may have highly suspicious characteristics and the mammogram can
prompt earlier intervention. It is also useful as a screening test to evaluate the remainder
of the breast in question and the contralateral breast in the search for occult disease.
800 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-3 Although most breast cancers are fairly dense relative to fibroglandular
breast tissue, this lesion is fairly low in x-ray attenuation, as seen on this craniocaudal
projection (A) and enlarged view (B).
Figure 16-4 Although most breast cancers are irregular in shape, some can be round
and smoothly marginated, as was this invasive ductal carcinoma seen on this
mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) mammogram.
Despite the lack of specificity for particular lesions, criteria have evolved that should alert
the radiologist to the possibility of malignancy. Although many of these signs are not
definitive because they overlap significantly and are often exhibited by benign processes,
and although mammography frequently cannot be relied on to differentiate benign from
malignant lesions, when certain morphologic criteria are present, mammography can be
extremely accurate.
803 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-5 (A) This graph shows that, when the screening recall rates are evaluated
at each individual age, there is no sudden change at the age of 50, or any other age. In
our practice the recall rates decrease steadily from 8% at the age of 40 to
approximately 6% at the age of 79. (B) This graph shows that the same percentage of
women being screened are recommended for biopsy regardless of age (approximately
1.5%), with no abrupt change at any age.
804 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-6 The detection rate of breast cancer increases with increasing
age. This graph reflects the rate of cancers detected by mammography at the
Massachusetts General Hospital, as a percentage of biopsies at each individual age.
This yield reflects the prior probability of cancer in the population, which increases with
increasing age.
Benign breast calcifications, on the other hand, commonly develop with increasing age. The
vast majority of calcifications are due to benign processes. When new calcifications develop
in clusters, however, they should be carefully evaluated to determine whether they should
arouse concern.
Figure 16-8 Neodensity. (A) The density in the upper left breast (arrow) developed
since the previous mammogram (B). It proved malignant at biopsy.
807 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-10 The very fine spiculations associated with cancer may produce a “brush
border,” which causes the ill-defined border of this invasive breast cancer.
809 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-11 Cancer (arrows) may be hidden in dense fibroglandular tissue, as in this
craniocaudal mammogram.
Figure 16-12 Post surgery and irradiation. The radiologist should expect to see
spiculated architectural distortion on posttreatment mammograms, as seen on the
mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) mammograms of this patient 6 months
after the completion of her radiation. This is normal and should not cause concern.
810 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-13 Postsurgical change frequently almost disappears in one of the two
projections. On the mediolateral oblique projection (A), there is little or no visible
distortion, whereas, on the craniocaudal projection (B), architectural distortion is
prominent laterally from previous surgery for a benign lesion.
Figure 16-14 Fat necrosis can be spiculated. This case is unusual. The patient had a
biopsy with benign results 4 years earlier. This spiculated mass with skin retraction,
seen on this lateral mammogram (A) and the craniocaudal projection (B), proved to
be fat necrosis. Note that the mass contains fat. Had it been completely lucent with a
clear capsule, biopsy would not have been indicated.
A review of the pathology of the removed tissues can increase the confidence that the
spiculated change is merely postsurgical. It is highly improbable that a sizable cancer
would develop over a 1-year period in the exact same area as a benign biopsy with no clue
to its presence in the excised tissue. If there is any remaining question, the pathology
should be reviewed to be certain there is no suggestion that the tissue removed might have
been at the edge of a cancer that was missed at surgery. We have seen three cases in
811 / 1584
which the biopsy revealed atypical hyperplasia, and a progressive increase in calcifications
bi
which the biopsy revealed atypical hyperplasia, and a progressive increase in calcifications
in the region of the biopsy led to a re-excision that revealed intraductal cancer. This is
unusual and probably related to the uncertainty that may exist in differentiating atypical
hyperplasia from ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), but a high index of suspicion is
reasonable when the biopsy reveals atypia and it is not clear that the lesion has been
completely excised.
It is well established that the results of a needle biopsy should be reviewed and compared
to the imaging findings to be certain that there is concordance between the two. If the
imaging suggests probable malignancy and the biopsy is benign, then surgical removal is
indicated. Similarly, it is also important to remember that surgery may miss a visible or
palpable cancer. If the mammogram preceding the biopsy revealed a very suspicious lesion
and the surgical biopsy result was benign, it is possible that the cancer was missed at the
clinically guided biopsy (5). An early (2 to 3 weeks after operation) follow-up mammogram
can determine whether the lesion seen by mammography was excised and whether re-
excision is indicated.
Radial Scars
The radial scar is a fairly common benign lesion, characterized by often dramatic
spiculation that is very similar to that produced by cancer. Because of its name, it is still
confused by some with postsurgical change. They are, in fact, different lesions. The radial
scar is idiopathic and unrelated to known trauma. It represents a scarring process, but its
etiology remains unknown. This lesion is commonly found by the pathologist reviewing
breast tissue at the microscopic level. As an increasing number of women are screened,
more of the larger radial scars are being found by mammography. Their appearance is
indistinguishable from malignancy. They frequently have long spicules that are conspicuous
because they trap fat. They often lack a radiographically visible central mass (Fig. 16-15).
Although the diagnosis can be suggested by these characteristics, their mammographic
morphology is not sufficiently distinctive to permit them to be reliably differentiated from
cancer, and they should be biopsied to make a secure diagnosis. Some believe that a
vacuum-assisted needle biopsy is a reliable method of diagnosing these lesions. We prefer
surgical excision. The number of radial scars that are biopsied is still relatively small, so
that the biopsy of those detected by mammography represents a small percentage of
breast biopsies. Furthermore, excisional biopsy provides a more reliable diagnosis, with a
lower risk of sampling error than needle biopsy.
812 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-15 Radial scars can appear as spiculated architectural distortion. This lesion
with long spicules, seen on the spot compression lateral projection, proved to be a
benign radial scar.
813 / 1584
bi
814 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-18 Most breast cancers detected in screening programs are small. These
segmentally distributed calcifications proved to be due to fairly extensive ductal
carcinoma in situ.
Figure 16-19 Spiculated masses are virtually always breast cancer. This was an
815 / 1584
bi
invasive ductal carcinoma, seen in the lower left breast on the mediolateral oblique
projection (A) and medially on the craniocaudal projection (B).
A lesion with ill-defined margins may rarely present as a diffuse process over a large area
and should be distinguished from asymmetric tissue density that is merely the accentuation
of normal breast tissue. When any tumor (benign or malignant) is surrounded by dense
normal fibro-glandular tissue, the distinction between an invasive margin and one that is
merely obscured by normal tissue becomes difficult or not possible to make. This
distinction will be easier to make with tomosynthesis, but even with cross-sectional
imaging cancers and benign lesions can blend with the abutting tissue. If normal breast
architecture is preserved and there are no significant, associated calcifications and no
architectural distortion, an area of asymmetry is consistent with asymmetric breast tissue.
If, however, the asymmetry corresponds to a palpable asymmetry, the area should be
viewed with suspicion. If a focal area is palpable and contains no fluid on aspiration or
represents a solid mass by sonography, biopsy should be considered. Increasing x-ray
attenuation of an area of asymmetry over time is also a concern (Fig. 16-20).
Although some rare cancers do, breast cancer rarely contains fat. On rare occasions, we
have seen cancers form a horseshoe configuration and appear to partially surround fat, but
this is uncommon. Cancers are usually higher in attenuation centrally, with the density
fading toward the periphery of the lesion. When this pattern is associated with distortion of
the breast architecture, the probability of malignancy is increased (Fig. 16-21). Cancer
generally has higher x-ray attenuation than the same volume of fibroglandular tissue (Fig.
16-22), which is a clue to the diagnosis. However, it is not unusual for a malignant lesion to
be subtle and not cause increased attenuation (Fig. 16-23). Some cancers, particularly the
colloid subtypes, have even lower attenuation than an equal volume of fibroglandular
tissue, but these are unusual.
816 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-20 Asymmetric tissue density increasing over time may indicate the
insidious development of a breast cancer. Asymmetric tissue density on this
craniocaudal projection (A) increased over 15 months (B), and invasive lobular
carcinoma was diagnosed at biopsy. Note that the architecture remained fairly stable
despite the growth of the cancer.
Figure 16-21 Invasive cancer is frequently more dense than an equal volume of
fibroglandular tissue. The invasive cancer in the right breast (arrow), as seen on this
craniocaudal projection, is more dense than the surrounding fibroglandular breast
tissue.
817 / 1584
bi
Architectural Distortion
Breast cancer does not always produce a mammographically visible mass, but it frequently
disrupts the normal tissues in which it develops. This distortion of the architecture may be
the only visible evidence of the malignant process. This is an important, but often very
subtle, manifestation of breast cancer. In general, the flow of structures within the breast is
uniform and directed toward the nipple, along duct lines. On occasion, a malignant process
will produce a cicatrization of tissue, pulling in the surrounding elements toward a point
that is eccentric from the nipple (Fig. 16-25).
Although architectural distortion should be regarded with a high degree of suspicion and
biopsy is indicated, there are also benign causes of architectural distortion.
P.527
P.528
Postsurgical scarring (Fig. 16-26) and fat necrosis are the most common nonmalignant
causes, although it is surprisingly uncommon for the breast to form a permanent,
radiographically noticeable, scar (in spite of palpable scarring). Unless architectural
distortion clearly coincides with a region of previous surgery, it should be investigated. In
our experience, architectural distortion that is seen on two dimensional mammography is
found to have a mass on DBT.
Figure 16-22 Breast cancer is usually dense for its size. This invasive ductal cancer,
on the craniocaudal projection (A) and photographically enlarged (B), is extremely
small but quite dense for its size and is easily seen when surrounded by fat.
818 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-23 Cancer is not always highly attenuating. This invasive cancer is not very
dense for its size, as seen on this craniocaudal projection.
819 / 1584
bi
As noted above (see Radial Scars), similar distortion of the surrounding tissue can be seen
with a radial scar (Fig. 16-27). Radial scars often present as subtle radiating lines,
interspersed with fat and converging on a sometimes lucent zone at the center of the area.
This characteristic may suggest the diagnosis, but, as noted previously, the lesion still
should be biopsied because a radial scar and cancer cannot be reliably differentiated by
mammography. Its gross appearance can occasionally even fool the pathologist.
Figure 16-26 In the early months after surgery, architectural distortion is fairly
common. Architectural distortion (arrow) 1 month after the removal of a benign lesion
is postsurgical and eventually disappears in most women.
822 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-27 Radial scars are indistinguishable from cancer by mammography and
should be biopsied to establish an accurate diagnosis. This very suspicious spiculated
mass (A) proved to be a benign radial scar. It is radiographically indistinguishable from
this invasive ductal carcinoma (B), which even appears to be trapping fat, an illusion
caused by overlapping breast structures.
Figure 16-28 The edge of the parenchyma can be distorted by cancer. In this patient
(A), the tissue at the edge of the parenchyma increased in density over time.
Craniocaudal views of the same breast taken 1 year apart are positioned as mirror
images, demonstrating the increased density that has occurred in the breast tissue
beneath the subcutaneous fat. This was due to invasive breast cancer. In the second
patient (B), there is asymmetry of the architecture in this region, caused by breast
cancer.
823 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-29 Cancer can cause a bulge at the edge of the parenchyma. The invasive
cancer in the left breast appears as asymmetric density on the mediolateral oblique
projection (A). Note on the craniocaudal projection (B) there is a large bulge to the
contour of the parenchyma into the subcutaneous fat (arrows).
A three-dimensional focal asymmetry should draw the observer's attention (Fig. 16-
31B,C). Magnification views may be used to evaluate the finding and further characterize it
to determine whether it merely represents an island of breast tissue or something more
significant (Fig. 16-31D–F). An asymmetric density that has the characteristics of a mass
should be viewed with suspicion. Once a mass is suspected, ultrasound may help to
determine if it is due to a benign cyst, or if it represents a solid lesion and biopsy should be
considered.
Clustered Microcalcifications
Mammography is the only technique capable of detecting the clustered microcalcifications
that, when found in isolation, frequently herald the presence of an early-stage breast
cancer. The definition of clustered microcalcifications varies. The data suggest that five or
more calcifications, each particle less than or equal to 0.5 mm in diameter, with the cluster
isolated in a small volume of the breast and projected within a 1-cm3 volume on the
mammogram, warrant careful assessment.
Figure 16-30 A focal area of increased density should raise concern. The
mammogram in 1988 is normal on the craniocaudal projection (A) in this 72-year-old
woman. A new density is apparent in the lateral portion of the breast on the
craniocaudal projection in 1989 (B). This demonstrates the need for annual screening,
even in older women.
825 / 1584
bi
826 / 1584
bi
Five microcalcifications as a threshold for biopsy is not absolute. Clearly, calcium begins to
be deposited by cancer cells at some point in time, and, more than likely, a single deposit
may form within a cancer. The reality, however, is that virtually all groups of calcifications
containing fewer than five particles are benign. In the original series by Egan et al (9),
84% of cancers found only because of their associated calcifications contained >10
calcifications; they found no cancer when fewer than 5 calcifications were present, and this
is the origin of the rule. There are no data that indicate cancers have been routinely
detected only by the presence of one, two, three, or four calcifications. Only anecdotal
cases exist, and these are rare, with none in the literature. The detection of a cancer based
on finding one, two, three, or four calcifications is likely a serendipitous occurrence.
Certainly, the number of cases in which this happens is too small to justify routine biopsy.
Unless groups of one to four calcifications are found in conjunction with other signs of
malignancy, or the calcifications are very suspicious morphologically (extremely fine and
angular or branching), the threshold of five has withstood the test of time. Lawyers may
try to use this threshold to bring suit against radiologists who follow clusters containing five
or more calcifications. This is inappropriate since the vast majority of even these clusters
are due to benign processes. Since virtually every breast contains mammographically
visible calcifications, identifying a group of calcifications as representing a cluster is just the
first step. Analyzing what to do about them involves the age of the patient, the morphology
of the calcifications, and other factors.
Because the calcifications associated with breast cancer are generally very small (150- to
200-µm calcifications can be seen by contact mammography), they have been called
microcalcifications, even though they can be seen by the unaided eye. The possibility of
malignancy increases as the size of the individual calcifications decreases (although benign
adenosis may produce extremely small particles) and their total number per unit volume
increases (5,10). The risk of malignancy increases when they are heterogeneous in size
and shape. As noted earlier, certain patterns and types of calcifications have a strong
association with breast cancer. It is their clustering at the tumor site that is significant.
Most microcalcifications represent benign conditions, but approximately 20% to 30% of
groups that are biopsied, when no palpable mass is present, prove to be due to a
malignancy.
Calcium deposits are extremely common in the breast. They range from several
centimeters to particles smaller than 100 µm that are visible only under the microscope.
The pathologist commonly sees calcifications that are not apparent by mammography.
Most of the radiopaque deposits that are called calcifications contain calcium in the form of
calcium hydroxyapatite and tricalcium phosphate, but work done by Galkin et al (11) has
suggested that microcalcifications may also contain an array of heavy metals and may not
be exclusively composed of calcium derivatives. This may be significant one day if in vivo
spectral analysis can be achieved. In the near future, these heavy metals may make it
possible to produce dual-energy subtraction studies using digital mammography to more
easily reveal clustered calcifications.
The cause of calcium deposition in breast cancer is still not well understood. In very large
tumors the calcifications may be merely forming in necrotic tissue. However, large tumors
are becoming less common. The majority of cancer-associated calcifications develop in
DCIS. Many tumor-related calcifications are formed in the necrotic cellular debris (10,12)
that occurs with some intraductal carcinoma. This is most apparent when there is
comedonecrosis in DCIS. The cells are usually poorly differentiated with high nuclear grade827 / 1584
bi
comedonecrosis in DCIS. The cells are usually poorly differentiated with high nuclear grade
and a great deal of central necrosis. Other cancer calcifications may be secondary to
cellular secretions of crystalline material (13). The latter are likely the etiology of
calcifications found in the cribriform spaces of the better-differentiated types of DCIS. In
our practice, approximately 17% of invasive cancers are detected only because of
calcifications seen by mammography. Since invasive cancers almost certainly arise from
intraductal cancer, the intraductal cancer can continue to grow along with the invasive
lesion. In this situation, calcifications that are associated with the cancer are usually found
in the intraductal portion of the lesion. Thus, even if it turns out, in the future, that DCIS is
not of major importance and only invasive cancers are important, the detection of
calcifications by mammography will continue to be important.
In general, cancer-related calcifications are found in the lesion itself. On occasion, the
calcifications will be in benign adjacent tissue, and a cancer will be found by apparent
serendipity. Since it is rare to biopsy the breast and serendipitously find cancer, the
moderate frequency of this association suggests that the processes may be related and not
serendipitous. Lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS) is another example (although LCIS should
not be classified as cancer). It is almost always found coincidentally in a biopsy, frequently
for a cluster of calcifications. The frequency of this association (14) makes it likely that the
calcifications are indirectly related. Georgian-Smith and Lawton (15) have described a rare
situation in which LCIS can contain calcifications. Although their series was small (7 cases
in 1 year) when this occurred, and the LCIS was of the pleomorphic
P.535
variety, 2 out of the 5 patients with this diagnosis had an associated invasive lobular cancer.
Predicting Histology
For many years DCIS was considered a single lesion differentiated by histology alone
(comedo, micropapillary, and cribriform types). More recently, efforts have been made to
subcategorize DCIS (18) in the hope that this classification system can be used to predict
the future biological potential of these lesions and guide the best way to treat them (19).
Based on the observations of Lagios et al (20) and reaffirmed by Holland et al (18), DCIS
can be divided into lesions that have poorly differentiated features, those with intermediate
or moderate differentiation, and others that can be classified as well differentiated. These
classifications are based on cellular features as well as patterns of growth. These features
include the nuclear grade, the architectural relationship of the cells, and the presence or
absence of necrosis. The nuclear morphology in the cells is a primary prognostic indicator.
Some of the features that should be evaluated are included in the system proposed by
Holland et al and listed below.
Cytologic Differentiation
1. Well differentiated. Cells that are uniform in size and shape (monomorphic), with
evenly distributed chromatin, absent or inconspicuous nucleoli, and rare mitoses
evident.
2. Intermediately differentiated. Some pleomorphism. The chromatin may be slightly
clumped, and there are nucleoli and occasional mitoses.
3. Poorly differentiated. Pleomorphic cells with pleomorphic nuclei, clumped chromatin,
prominent nucleoli, and frequent mitoses.
829 / 1584
bi
Necrosis
Necrosis is usually present in poorly differentiated DCIS, occasionally in intermediately
differentiated DCIS, and usually absent in well-differentiated DCIS. Architectural features
of DCIS are as follows:
1. The polarization of the cells (orienting their long access toward a lumen) is a primary
feature.
2. Highly polarized cells, forming cribriform spaces or micropapillary protrusions into the
lumen of the duct, are associated with well-differentiated DCIS.
P.536
P.537
3. Highly polarized cells may be present without an associated lumen and can form a
solid pattern of growth. This occurs occasionally with moderately differentiated DCIS.
4. Less polarization (the cells are haphazardly oriented) is associated with poorly
differentiated DCIS. This may form a solid pattern with or without necrosis, or
pseudomicropapillary or cribriform patterns.
Figure 16-33 Diffusely scattered calcifications (most likely due to a benign process)
must be distinguished from segmentally distributed calcifications (more likely due to
malignancy). These calcifications may initially appear to be diffusely scattered on this
830 / 1584
bi
malignancy). These calcifications may initially appear to be diffusely scattered on this
mediolateral oblique projection (A), but more careful analysis shows that they are not
found throughout the breast but rather are segmentally distributed. Their morphology
is pleomorphic, as seen on this photographic enlargement (B), consistent with the
diffuse ductal carcinoma in situ that was found at biopsy. (C) In this patient, the
numerous calcifications are also not diffusely scattered but are collected in two zones
and not randomly distributed. Their morphology also causes concern, and ductal
carcinoma in situ was found at biopsy.
Nuclear Grade
The panel recommended that DCIS should be stratified primarily by nuclear grade.
Necrosis may occur in any of these patterns. The term comedo refers specifically to solid
intraepithelial growth within the basement membrane with central (zonal) necrosis. Such
lesions are often, but not invariably, of high nuclear grade. This is a major departure from
prior systems of classification that used the term comedo to indicate both central necrosis
and high-grade nuclear features.
Necrosis
Necrosis has been shown in a number of studies to modify the risk associated with nuclear
grade. The participants recommend that it be included in the features cited in the
pathology report. Necrosis is defined by the presence of ghost cells and karyorrhectic
831 / 1584
bi
pathology report. Necrosis is defined by the presence of ghost cells and karyorrhectic
debris. The panel agreed that these are important features distinguishing necrotic debris
from secretory material.
Necrosis Quantification
comedonecrosis: any central zone necrosis within a duct, usually exhibiting a linear
pattern within ducts, if sectioned longitudinally
punctate: nonzonal-type necrosis (foci of necrosis that do not exhibit a linear pattern if
longitudinally sectioned)
Cell Polarization
Polarization reflects the radial orientation of the apical portion of tumor cells toward
intercellular (lumenlike) spaces, either larger lumina or minute microacinar spaces, which
produce a rosettelike appearance. Such polarization is characteristic of lower-grade DCIS
with cribriform and solid architecture, but can also be recognized in epithelial
protuberances, bridges, arcades, and micropapillae of DCIS of lower grades with
micropapillary architecture. The group recognized that these features, would apply to the
majority of recognized DCIS, but that a small proportion of cases such as apocrine and
signet-ring cell types are not so easily classified. For these subtypes, stratification is not yet
established.
Architectural Pattern
The consensus panel recognized that architectural pattern alone does not stratify DCIS
satisfactorily with regard to outcome. Moreover, there is not a consistent association with
nuclear grade, so that any pattern may contain any nuclear grade. However, there is some
evidence that micropapillary architecture, when present in its pure form, is more
commonly associated with more extensive, multifocal, and multicentric disease. Therefore,
the panel agreed that architectural patterns present within a DCIS lesion should be cited in
the report. In cases of a multiplicity of patterns within the same lesion, they should be
listed in order of decreasing amounts and the notation made that there are several
patterns. The following architectural patterns were accepted by the committee:
comedo
cribriform
papillary
micropapillary
solid
Necrosis may occur in any of these patterns. The term comedo refers specifically to solid
intraepithelial growth within the basement membrane with central (zonal) necrosis. Such
lesions are often, but not invariably, of high nuclear grade. This is a major departure from
prior systems of classification that used the term comedo to indicate both central necrosis
and high-grade nuclear features. This current system permits the separation of nuclear
grade from architecture, when appropriate.
832 / 1584
bi
P.538
Suspicious Calcifications
In a population that is being screened repetitively, cancers will be found at an early size
and stage. The calcifications in malignant lesions will tend to be confined to a small (1 to 2
cm3) volume of tissue in relative isolation. The probability of cancer increases with the 833 / 1584
bi
cm3) volume of tissue in relative isolation. The probability of cancer increases with the
number and pleomorphism of the calcifications in the cluster.
Figure 16-34 Fine, linear, branching calcifications are almost always due to
intraductal cancer. This tiny collection, seen on specimen radiography (A), was due to
a small focus of comedocarcinoma. (B) In this patient, these pleomorphic calcifications
arrayed in a linear distribution were also caused by a comedo type of ductal carcinoma
in situ. (C) In this patient, the barely visible heterogeneous calcifications are all the
result of ductal carcinoma in situ of the comedo type.
Although a careful search for the morphologic criteria just discussed is important, the
microcalcifications associated with malignancy are varied. Sickles (24) showed that, in fact,
the classic, fine, linear, and branching calcifications are not the norm and are present in
only 22% of the calcifications that prove to be malignant. Most microcalcifications actually
represent benign processes. However, when calcifications are small, heterogeneous in size
and morphology, and clustered, it cannot be determined by imaging whether they are
associated with a benign (Fig. 16-38 A) or a malignant process (Fig. 16-38B).
Approximately 20% to 30% of grouped microcalcifications, which are indeterminate by
morphology and distribution and are biopsied when no palpable mass is present, prove to
represent malignant lesions.
If, on the other hand, the calcifications have central lucent
P.540
zones, they are always benign (Fig. 16-39). Benign skin deposits frequently have such
characteristic central lucency. On rare occasions they can be misinterpreted as
intramammary particles, but their spherical shape and peripheral location can suggest their
etiology, and their location can then be verified with tangential views (25). Sickles (1) has
shown that tightly clustered calcifications that are perfectly round or ovoid and smooth-
surfaced on magnification views represent benign processes and do not require biopsy.
835 / 1584
bi
surfaced on magnification views represent benign processes and do not require biopsy.
Most now agree that following women with such calcifications without biopsy is reasonable
since fewer than 1% will ultimately prove to be associated with cancer. Egan had less
success with these criteria, and only long-term follow-up of these patients will determine
the accuracy of this assessment. In our assessment, smooth, round calcifications are
almost always benign, but they are associated with malignancy on rare occasions.
Changing Calcifications
As with masses, new microcalcifications not present on previous mammograms are of
particular concern. Calcifications or groups that increase in number should be carefully
evaluated. Since benign groups can increase in number, the increase in number is not the
primary reason for concern. The lesion that should arouse suspicion is one where the
836 / 1584
bi
primary reason for concern. The lesion that should arouse suspicion is one where the
calcifications increase in number and the particles are morphologically heterogeneous.
Unlike cancer masses, which may be stable over many years, it is rare for
microcalcifications
P.541
P.542
associated with malignancy to remain unchanged over time. Calcifications that have been
stable for 2 years are almost always benign. As with masses that are classified as probably
benign, calcifications in this category have a low probability to begin with, and stability
over time markedly reduces the probability that they are malignant. Just as with masses,
however, there are exceptions. Lev-Toaff et al (26) have demonstrated that, if the
morphology of calcifications is particularly worrisome, stability is not reassuring.
Figure 16-37 A lesion should be judged by its most suspicious calcifications. (A) The
calcifications that are easily seen in the lateral right breast on this craniocaudal
projection are large, round, and benign. (B) On closer inspection, there are smaller,
pleomorphic calcifications adjacent to them. The latter were in ductal carcinoma in situ.
Figure 16-38 Calcifications due to benign processes may overlap morphologically with
malignant calcifications. (A) These calcifications are clustered and pleomorphic but
were due to sclerosing adenosis. These rather round, benign-appearing calcifications
(B) were due to ductal carcinoma in situ.
837 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-39 Round calcifications with lucent centers are always due to benign
processes. These are benign skin calcifications.
Disappearing Calcifications
No scientific study has been performed to evaluate the frequency with which calcifications
are reabsorbed, but it has been our anecdotal experience that benign calcifications may be
resorbed spontaneously (Fig. 16-40). We have never seen microcalcifications in untreated
breast cancer undergo resorption. Since the calcifications associated with breast cancer
usually develop in the intraductal portion of the tumor, if the lesion becomes invasive, it is
likely that, just as the invasive cells crowd out and kill normal cells, they likely can destroy
the intraductal cells as well. We have seen at least one case in which the invasive tumor
mass obliterated the calcifications of a clearly intraductal cancer that was missed on
several studies but visible in retrospect (Fig. 16-41). It would be valuable if the European
screening trials, which have multiple studies over many years on the same women and
also have a high threshold for intervention, would review the cases in which invasive
cancer developed to determine how many had detectable calcifications on earlier studies,
but none has thus far evaluated these lesions. Duffy et al (27) and Yen et al (28) have tried
to estimate the percentage of DCIS lesions that progress to invasion. They estimated that
13% of lives saved by screening
P.543
are due to the shift from invasive cancer to DCIS by screening. This was a modeled
estimate. A more direct measure might come from a review of cases in the trials to see
what percentage of invasive cancers were preceded by calcifications.
838 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-40 Benign calcifications can be resorbed. The large, benign calcification in
the right breast (A) had nearly disappeared on the mammogram 1 year later (B).
Figure 16-41 The natural history of breast cancer. An invasive cancer can obliterate
ductal carcinoma in situ, replacing calcifications with a mass. On a xeromammogram in
1973 (A and photographically enlarged in B), the fine linear calcifications (arrow) were
not seen. They were missed (appearing black) again in 1977, when they began to
branch in the typical pattern of a poorly differentiated comedo ductal carcinoma in situ
(C). In 1981 a 2.5-cm, palpable, invasive cancer had developed and “blown apart” the
calcifications (representing the in situ cancer), and a spiculated mass became visible on
the xerogram (D). The patient died 4 years later.
839 / 1584
bi
After radiation therapy, and following neoadjuvant chemotherapy, cancer calcifications may
increase, remain the same, or be resorbed, although at the present time most advise that
all suspicious calcifications be excised before irradiation, in an effort to reduce the tumor
burden and the likelihood of recurrence.
Figure 16-42 Solitary round or oval masses with circumscribed margins are breast
cancer <5% of the time. The mass deep in the left breast, as seen on the mediolateral
oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections, was well defined but proved to be
invasive ductal carcinoma. The high density of the mass and the slight suggestion of ill 840 / 1584
bi
invasive ductal carcinoma. The high density of the mass and the slight suggestion of ill
definition along the posterior border had prompted the biopsy.
If such a lesion develops (neodensity), there is no logic to placing it into further short-
interval follow-up, and immediate evaluation should be considered. By appearing over
time, a lesion that has developed has changed a priori, and investigation is warranted.
Frequently, ultrasound is useful for demonstrating that such a mass is a cyst and requires
no further intervention. If the developing circumscribed density is solid, then biopsy should
be considered.
It used to be taught that circumscribed breast cancers were of the medullary subtype and
likely to be indolent. It is now known that this is not the case (30). When a breast cancer is
round or oval and well defined, it is likely to be invasive carcinoma (not otherwise
specified), and there are no studies proving that circumscription on the mammogram
predicts indolence.
Focal Asymmetries
It is not unusual to review the preceding mammograms in a patient diagnosed with breast
cancer and discover that there was a focal asymmetric density in the region where the
cancer ultimately developed. It is usually impossible to determine if this was breast tissue
in which the cancer grew or a very early manifestation of the cancer. Frequently, the
asymmetry is one of many in a background of heterogeneous breast tissue. In his study of
probably benign lesions, Sickles categorized 448 findings as focal asymmetric densities. In
his 3-year follow-up, only 2 (0.4%) proved to be cancers.
One of the most difficult tasks in breast imaging is to try to accurately distinguish a
significant focal asymmetry from the normal heterogeneities and asymmetries that are
visible on virtually every set of mammograms. Generally, if a focal asymmetry is not 841 / 1584
bi
visible on virtually every set of mammograms. Generally, if a focal asymmetry is not
actually a mass and there is no associated architectural distortion or significant associated
calcifications, then it is likely an island of breast tissue and does not warrant intervention.
Figure 16-43 Smooth, round, regular calcifications in a cluster are only rarely
associated with breast cancer. Many of these calcifications are not only round appearing
but also fairly large. Note, however, that there are several irregular calcifications as
well. The cluster proved to be due to ductal carcinoma in situ.
842 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-44 Asymmetric breast tissue differs from a focal asymmetric density. This
48-year-old woman had benign asymmetric breast tissue that had remained unchanged
on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections for at least 8 years.
The focal asymmetric density (arrows) in another 48-year-old woman, seen on the
mediolateral oblique (C) and craniocaudal (D) projections, proved to be intraductal
and invasive breast cancer.
P.546
Asymmetric tissue density can be due to breast cancer, but it is rare. Review of false-
negative mammograms in women with palpable cancers will occasionally reveal an
asymmetric increase in the density of the breast tissue in the region of the cancer. As a
result, although nonspecific and very common in normal women, this finding is occasionally843 / 1584
bi
result, although nonspecific and very common in normal women, this finding is occasionally
a secondary sign of malignancy.
Although an insidiously invasive cancer, such as one of lobular origin, can occasionally
cause asymmetric tissue density, the converse is unusual. Asymmetric breast tissue, by
itself, is unlikely to be due to breast cancer (31). If the asymmetry is not forming a mass,
the architecture is preserved, there are no significant associated microcalcifications, and
there is no palpable abnormality, then asymmetric tissue is almost always a normal
variation. A progressive increase in tissue density, however, particularly when focal, is of
some concern. The use of HRT can also produce a focal or diffuse increase in tissue density.
In a prospective study of asymmetric breast tissue (31), we found that at least 3% of
women have prominent, three-dimensionally real, asymmetric breast tissue that appears
as increased volume or density relative to the same projection
P.547
and volume of the contralateral breast. This usually merely reflects normal asymmetric
development. In some women, it no doubt represents the variable end-organ response of
breast tissue to hormonal factors, with one part of the breast being more sensitive to
hormone stimulation.
The vast majority of visibly asymmetric breast tissue is not evident on clinical breast
examination. Our study showed that asymmetric breast tissue was only significant when
there was a corresponding palpable abnormality on physical examination. When the
mammogram and clinical examination are concordant for this type of asymmetry, it should
increase the level of concern and probably prompt a biopsy (Fig. 16-45).
The fact that prominent asymmetric breast tissue, visible by mammography, is rarely
palpable is counterintuitive unless one realizes that mammography measures different
basic tissue characteristics than clinical breast examination. Mammography measures the
x-ray attenuation of the atoms in the molecules that make up the tissues of the breast; the
clinical breast examination measures the way the molecules are arranged and their elastic
properties.
Some palpable cancers do not produce a lesion with mammographically demonstrable
margins, nor do they produce calcium deposits. The only visible finding may merely be an
increase in radiographic density in a volume of breast tissue. Thus, when palpable,
asymmetric tissue density is a secondary sign of malignancy, but if it is not palpable and is
merely asymmetric tissue density without the margins of a mass or other signs of
malignancy, it is not by itself an indication for biopsy.
When assessing asymmetric density, the observer should remember that the asymmetry
may be due to increased density on the ipsilateral side or to decreased tissue on the
contralateral side. For example, in a woman who has had a previous biopsy, asymmetry
may be due to the removal of tissue on the contralateral side rather than increased density
ipsilaterally.
Asymmetric Ducts
A variant of asymmetric breast tissue is tissue that contains serpentine or nodular
structures. Wolfe (32) called these prominent ducts, although their exact etiology likely
varies. Wolfe suggested that the presence of these as asymmetric structures was an
indication of possible malignancy. What Wolfe failed to evaluate was the denominator of
the equation. He failed to determine how often asymmetric ducts were present without 844 / 1584
bi
the equation. He failed to determine how often asymmetric ducts were present without
cancer. Our own analysis of asymmetric breast tissue revealed that the appearance of what
has been termed asymmetric ducts was fairly common and part of the spectrum of benign
asymmetric breast tissue (31).
P.548
Wolfe's observations were probably biased by the selection of cases. He never provided a
reason why the areas were biopsied, but it is likely that the lesions were palpable. Our
data indicate that, unless associated with a palpable abnormality or other signs of cancer,
asymmetric ducts are a normal variation.
A true group of ducts converging on the nipple and seen in isolation that are asymmetric
from the contralateral breast can be striking. This finding usually represents benign ectasia.
When associated with a malignant lesion, asymmetric ducts usually produce a palpable
change. This is an extremely uncommon manifestation of cancer.
Diffuse changes that are predominantly benign but contain cancer foci are uncommon, and,
unless a focal lesion is visible within a large area of asymmetric ducts, the finding is
probably normal, and a biopsy is not necessary unless corroborative asymmetry is present
on physical examination.
Figure 16-46 Breast cancer is a rare cause of enlarged blood vessels. The ill-defined
mass in the anterior left breast, seen on this mediolateral oblique image, was an
invasive breast cancer. The serpentine structure at the bottom of the breast (arrows) is
an enlarged blood vessel that may have been due to the increased blood flow to the
tumor.
846 / 1584
bi
On occasion, a cicatrizing tumor deep within the breast can cause skin retraction through
the tethering of Cooper's ligaments, but, in general, cancers will be found lying close
beneath the pulled-in skin (Fig. 16-47). When retraction is visible on the mammogram, it is
usually apparent on clinical examination as a puckering or dimpling of the skin. When
retraction caused by a cancer is evident clinically, the tumor mass is generally visible
mammographically. If no underlying lesion is evident, the retraction is likely to be due to
posttraumatic scarring.
Diffuse skin thickening associated with cancer is a late change, indicating advanced
disease. It is often accompanied by generalized thickening of the trabecular structures
coursing through the breast (Fig. 16-48). The radiographic appearance is nonspecific and
may merely reflect edema. When the thickening is due to direct tumor invasion of the
dermal lymphatics, it is a poor prognostic sign. The edema may also be caused by
interference with lymphatic drainage in the axilla, or even centrally in the mediastinum
from obstructed vascular flow, such as superior vena caval obstruction, or as a result of
cardiac failure. Radiation therapy, as well as dermatologic problems, often cause skin
thickening that may be self-limited or persistent.
Figure 16-47 Skin retraction is usually best seen by looking directly at the skin. On
occasion, skin retraction can be seen by mammography, as in this case (A) in which
the cicatrization, associated with an invasive cancer beneath the skin, is pulling the skin
toward it. (B) Skin dimpling is more clearly illustrated on this old lateral xerogram, in
which the cancer (open arrow) is pulling in the skin (closed arrow).
Thickened skin is part of the triad that defines inflammatory carcinoma, a highly aggressive
manifestation of breast cancer in which tumor is often found permeating the dermal
lymphatics. By itself, however, thickened skin is a nonspecific finding, and the diagnosis of
inflammatory carcinoma is based on the clinical findings of heat, erythema, and peau
d'orange (the clinical correlate of skin thickening, where the thickened skin causes the
pores to be prominent and resembles the skin of an orange) over ≤30% of the breast.
Infection can produce similar findings, and it is usually not possible to distinguish the two
by mammography.
847 / 1584
bi
The skin is very difficult to see on conventional film/screen mammograms since it is usually
overexposed. Digital mammography has made it possible to use the computer to routinely
enhance the peripheral tissues of the breast, so that the skin is now easily seen on every
mammogram (Fig. 16-49A,). It remains to be seen whether the routine visualization of the
skin has any value. Certainly the ability to easily see the edge of the breast parenchyma
P.550
P.551
does have advantages since many cancers develop near the interface of the breast with the
subcutaneous fat.
Figure 16-48 Edema from advanced cancer can cause the trabecular structures of the
breast to thicken and the overall breast density to increase. In this patient, the primary
cancer is visible (straight arrow) in the enlarged lymph nodes in the right axilla (curved
arrow), later found to contain tumor. The overall density of the breast (skin and
trabecular thickening) is increased because of edema and tumor in the lymphatics.
Figure 16-49 The normal skin thickness is usually 1 to 2 mm, as seen in this
mediolateral oblique projection of the normal breast (A). Following irradiation the skin
848 / 1584
bi
mediolateral oblique projection of the normal breast (A). Following irradiation the skin
is usually thickened, as seen in this mediolateral oblique of the other breast (B).
849 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-50 If the nipple inverts over a short period of time, breast cancer should be
considered. Nipple inversion due to cancer has become rare because of the earlier
detection of most malignancies. The large cancer on the right is responsible for pulling
the nipple up and back, into the subareolar tissues.
The demonstration of large axillary lymph nodes by mammography is nonspecific and can
be due to nonmalignant causes or other malignancies, such as lymphoma. When nodes
involved with breast cancer are visible by mammography, it is a late nonspecific sign of
malignancy. In our experience, it is rare to see on mammography enlarged axillary nodes
due to a primary breast lesion (Figs. 16-51 and 16-52).
In general, when metastatic disease is present in the axilla or elsewhere, the primary
breast lesion is evident on mammography or to palpation. Occasionally, palpable axillary
nodes are the first indication of breast cancer. In this case, a mammographic search of the
breast may result in the detection of an intramammary malignant lesion that is occult to
physical examination. Gadolinium-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging is the most
accurate way to detect the primary lesion if it is not palpable or visible on the
mammogram (35).
Normal axillary lymph nodes usually are no larger than 1.5 to 2.0 cm unless they are
expanded by fat (36). In the latter case, the fat will be apparent as a lucent area that in
some cases almost obliterates the node, leaving a thin rim of radiodense tissue. When fat
infiltration occurs, normal axillary nodes may reach 3 to 4 cm or more in size. When solid
(non–fat-containing) enlarged nodes are found in the axilla, other causes of axillary nodal
enlargement should be considered. Benign hyperplasia is indistinguishable from neoplastic
infiltration. Isolated, mammographically apparent lymph nodes may indicate the presence
of lymphoma.
Breast cancer occasionally may spread to the contralateral axillary nodes. It is postulated
that this is either through shared lymphatics across the sternum or by a hematogenous
route. Metastatic spread from other primary sites may also result in enlargement of the 850 / 1584
bi
route. Metastatic spread from other primary sites may also result in enlargement of the
axillary nodes. When no tumor is found within the breast, this becomes a more significant
possibility.
Figure 16-51 Enlarged axillary lymph nodes seen on mammography are rarely due to
breast cancer. They are usually due to fatty enlargement (A), hyperplasia (B),
lymphoma (C), and, on occasion, breast cancer (D).
851 / 1584
bi
Figure 16-52 These enlarged axillary lymph nodes were due to lymphoma.
P.552
P.553
References
1. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3,184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
2. Kopans DB, Moore RH, McCarthy KA, et al. Biasing the interpretation of
mammography screening data by age grouping: nothing changes abruptly at age 50.
Breast J 1998;4:139–145.
3. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Stability of a mammographic mass: a false sense of security.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1981;137:595.
4. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, McCarthy KA, et al. Having undergone benign breast biopsy
rarely complicates or alters interpretation of screening mammography. Am J
Roentgenology 1998;170:1539–1541.
5. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas with
benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
6. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of breast
cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
852 / 1584
bi
7. Martin JE, Moskowitz M, Milbrath J. Breast cancer missed by mammography. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1979;132:737.
8. Writing Group for the Women's Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of
estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the
Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2002;288:321–333.
11. Galkin BM, Frasca P, Feig SA, et al. Non-calcified breast particles: a possible new
marker of breast cancer. Invest Radiol 1982;17:119.
12. Stomper PC, Connolly JL, Meyer JE, et al. Clinically occult ductal carcinoma in situ
detected with mammography: analysis of 100 cases with radiologic-pathologic
correlation. Radiology 1989;172:235–241.
14. Sonnenfeld MR, Frenna TH, Weidner N, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ:
mammographic-pathologic correlation of results of needle-directed biopsy. Radiology
1991;181:363–367.
17. Tabar L, Chen HH, Duffy SW, et al. A novel method for prediction of long-term
outcome of women with T1a, T1b, and 10–14 mm invasive breast cancers: a
prospective study. Lancet 2000;355:429–433.
18. Holland R, Peterse JL, Millis RR, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ: a proposal for a
new classification. Semin Diagn Pathol 1994;11:167–180.
19. Schwartz GF, Solin LJ, Olivotto IA, et al. Consensus Conference on the Treatment
of In Situ Ductal Carcinoma of the Breast, April 22–25, 1999. Cancer 2000;88:946–954.
20. Lagios MD, Margolin FR, Westdahl PR, et al. Mammographically detected duct
carcinoma in situ: frequency of local recurrence following tylectomy and prognostic
effect of nuclear grade on local recurrence. Cancer 1989;63:618–624.
853 / 1584
bi
effect of nuclear grade on local recurrence. Cancer 1989;63:618–624.
21. Fisher ER, Dignam J, Tan-Chiu E, et al. Pathologic findings from the National
Surgical Adjuvant Breast Project (NSABP) eight-year update of Protocol B-17:
intraductal carcinoma. Cancer 1999;86:429–438.
22. Page DL, Dupont WD, Rogers LW, et al. Continued local recurrence of carcinoma 15
–25 years after a diagnosis of low grade ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast treated
only by biopsy. Cancer 1995;76:1197–1200.
23. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, Oyama T, et al. Mammographic appearance of ductal
carcinoma in situ does not reliably predict histologic subtype. Breast J 2001;7:417–421.
24. Sickles EA. Mammographic features of 300 consecutive nonpalpable breast cancers.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;146:661.
25. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Homer MJ, et al. Dermal deposits mistaken for breast
calcifications. Radiology 1983;149:592.
26. Lev-Toaff AS, Feig SA, Saitas VL, et al. Stability of malignant breast
microcalcifications. Radiology 1994;192:153–156.
27. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
28. Yen MF, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. Quantifying the potential problem of overdiagnosis
of ductal carcinoma in situ in breast cancer screening. Eur J Cancer 2003;39:1746
–1754.
29. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. The halo sign and malignant breast
lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:1145–1147.
30. Rubens JR, Kopans DB. Medullary carcinoma of the breast: is it overdiagnosed?
Arch Surg 1990;125:601–604.
31. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
32. Wolfe JN. Mammography: ducts as a sole indicator of breast carcinoma. Radiology
1967;89:206.
33. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
854 / 1584
bi
34. van de Vijver MJ, He YD, van't Veer LJ, et al. A gene-expression signature as a
predictor of survival in breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2002;347:1999–2009.
35. Stomper PC, Waddell BE, Edge SB, et al. Breast MRI in the evaluation of patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Breast J 1999;5:230–234.
855 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
17
Breast Ultrasound
Ultrasound is a technology that seems to improve each year, but it still has important
limitations. Those who believe that ultrasound can provide nearly histologic detail that goes
beyond what has been shown scientifically will likely be disappointed with this chapter. As in
all aspects of health care, the scientific evidence should take precedent over anecdote. I
have been using ultrasound to evaluate the breast since the late 1970s. It has become an
increasingly useful tool in breast evaluation. My approach, however, is a practical one. For
example, I have little doubt that, on rare occasions, what I am seeing with ultrasound is
indeed “ductal extension” (breast cancer filling a duct adjacent to the primary tumor).
However, rather than using this rare event to suggest that it is something that can be seen
routinely, I would classify it as an unusual occurrence that is unconfirmed and of uncertain
importance. I would challenge those who feel such findings are easily seen and of some
consequence to do the appropriate studies to prove their contentions. I have seen
signficant errors made by those who have tried to read more into the ultrasound study than
can legitimately be deduced. Unsubstantiated speculation using an imaging technique is
fine as long as it does not affect patient care.
Breast ultrasound could benefit from a more scientific approach. I will try in this chapter to
provide the science when it is available and to indicate whenever possible that the
conclusion is anecdotal and not based on science.
Despite the marked improvements in technology and the vast improvements in image
quality that have occurred over the past decade, ultrasound remains primarily a method
for differentiating cystic lesions from solid masses and for guiding interventional procedures
(aspiration, localization, and core biopsies). As with any test, there is great interest in
using sonography diagnostically to go beyond cyst/solid differentiation, and some believe
they can use ultrasound to distinguish some benign solid masses from malignant masses.
This will be discussed below.
An additional controversial area is the use of ultrasound to screen for breast cancer.
Although older studies were unable to demonstrate any efficacy for ultrasound as a
screening technique (1), several more recent reports suggest that improvements in
ultrasound technology may permit ultrasound to detect some cancers that are occult to
clinical and mammographic evaluation (2). Those who argue for using ultrasound for breast
cancer screening, however, have not understood the lessons from the mammography
debates of the past and the important issues that are involved in the validation of a
screening test (3). Because screening is used to evaluate healthy individuals, the false-
positive findings associated with it have some potentially negative consequences. As a
result, screening requires a different level of validation than a test that is applied to
someone who is already ill (see Ultrasound Screening for Breast Cancer). One critical 856 / 1584
bi
someone who is already ill (see Ultrasound Screening for Breast Cancer). One critical
question that has not yet been answered about screening for breast cancer using
ultrasound is whether or not finding cancers that are evident only by ultrasound actually
results in saving lives.
The following discussions take a very practical approach to the use of ultrasound for breast
evaluation. I do not mean in any way to discount the apparent ability of some to see what
others cannot with this highly operator-dependent technology, but rather to provide a
practical overview that can be applied by most who use ultrasound in breast evaluation.
Sonography of the breast depends on the production of high-frequency sound waves that
penetrate into and through the tissues. These pass through tissue, are scattered off in
directions away from the transducer, are absorbed by the tissues, or are reflected back to
the transducer. The process can be thought of simplistically. A pulse of sound is produced by
the transducer and a clock starts. The sound enters the breast as a wave, and as it passes
through the tissues some of the sound reflects back to the transducer, which is now in the
857 / 1584
bi
through the tissues some of the sound reflects back to the transducer, which is now in the
“listening” mode. By timing how long the sound takes from when it was generated,
bounced back, and when it was “heard” by the transducer, and by knowing approximately
how long it takes for sound to travel through breast tissue, the computer can place a mark
on the monitor that corresponds to the location (depth) of the structure that had reflected
the sound back to the transducer. Again, as an oversimplification, the sound is generated
and covers x centimeters in y seconds (the speed of sound in breast tissue). It travels
down to the reflector and bounces back to the transducer; since it passes through the same
tissues, the return trip takes approximately the same amount of time back as it took to go
down, and the amount of time it takes to make the round trip can be divided by two to
calculate how far away from the transducer the reflection occurred. The computer can then
paint a spot on the monitor whose location has been calculated as described above and
whose brightness is related to the strength of the signal that bounces back to the
transducer. The computer registers the reflections coming back in this way from sound sent
numerous times per second so that a “real-time” image of the tissues can be seen.
The sound waves are not just reflected; much of the sound is scattered by the tissues so
that it does not bounce back toward the transducer but is deflected off in other directions.
The tissues also absorb the sound, converting it to heat (other forms of ultrasound can be
used specifically to heat tissues as a therapeutic intervention). Because the sound beam is
scattered and attenuated as it passes through the tissues, the strength of the signal that
bounces back to the transducer is weakened rapidly with increasing depth penetration. The
device's computer can be used to correct for this by boosting the apparent signal decrease
to compensate for loss with increasing depth, providing a more uniform and pleasing image
for interpretation.
Ultrasound has numerous other characteristics that must be taken into account in an effort
to produce high-quality images. The transducer face pulses out waves of sound that parallel
its surface. The structures struck directly by these waves are seen most clearly. Since this
is in the axis of the waves, the resolving power in this direction is called the axial
resolution. The ability of the beam to resolve structures along the side of the beam is not
as good (lateral resolution). Furthermore, since sound waves are bent by the tissue
through which they pass, the beam begins to spread with increasing depth, causing a
“defocusing.” The manufacturers have developed varying methods for compensating for
these phenomena, including better methods for focusing the sound and dealing with other
forms of image degradation. The reader must decide for himself or herself whether the
various methods of signal processing provided by the vendors enhance the quality of the
ultrasound image.
With the exception of some experimental devices, breast ultrasound is primarily performed
using hand-held, real-time systems. With rare exception, high-frequency transducers
should be used. Generally 7.5-MHz systems or higher are needed to provide the resolution
needed for breast imaging. Since many breasts can be thinned to only a few centimeters
with the patient supine, depth penetration is not as important as in other parts of the body,
and high frequencies (12 MHz and up) can be used. It remains to be seen how high
frequencies can go, since some of their energy gets deposited in the form of tissue heating.
Although higher frequency generally means higher spatial resolution, the heat and possible
cavitation of higher-frequency systems may cause tissue damage and preclude their use.
Transducers used for breast evaluation should be focused to the near field to permit high
resolution from the skin to a depth of 4 to 5 cm. 858 / 1584
bi
resolution from the skin to a depth of 4 to 5 cm.
Although trained technologists can perform breast ultrasound, we believe that the study is
best performed by a radiologist trained in breast imaging. The ultrasound findings are
frequently correlated with those on the mammogram or other breast imaging study, such
as magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), so a physician skilled in both studies
P.557
is preferred. There are many normal structures in the breast that can be mistaken for
pathology, and benign cysts are common. It has been my experience that technologists
frequently find and focus on a cyst that actually proves to be coincidental rather than on the
more subtle pathology. I believe that the radiologist is best suited for differentiating
significant findings from others.
859 / 1584
bi
861 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-4 Many normal or benign tissue structures can look like cancer.
Figure 17-5 Shadowing from normal structures such as Cooper's ligaments can mimic
breast cancers.
The fact that ultrasound finds lesions that mimic breast cancers but prove to be benign
(false-positives) was originally demonstrated in our study of more than 1,000 women. We
undertook long-term follow-up of 94 women who had suspicious lesions found only by
ultrasound (they all had normal clinical breast examinations and mammograms). Over a 3-
to 4-year period, none of these women developed a clinically evident cancer. This study
demonstrated that scanning women with normal mammograms and negative physical
examinations raises concern for lesions that are invariably benign. There is as yet no
support for surveying the entire breast by ultrasound, and with a high false-positive rate,
scanning the breast is undesirable unless it is part of a research protocol. Our study used
old, whole-breast ultrasound imaging, but it provides a model for how the ability of
ultrasound to find cancers should be tested. It was prospective and the readers were
blinded. The radiologist who interpreted the mammograms did not know the results of the
ultrasound or the clinical examination. The radiologist who interpreted the ultrasound study
(performed in a standardized, automated fashion) was blinded to the findings on the clinical862 / 1584
bi
(performed in a standardized, automated fashion) was blinded to the findings on the clinical
examination and the mammogram. This is the only way to determine whether there is a
separate, efficacious role for a test. Despite anecdotal claims, there has not yet been a
prospective, blinded study of lesions detected only by ultrasound that validates its use for
detecting clinically and mammographically occult breast cancer in asymptomatic women.
These observations do not negate the usefulness of ultrasound in diagnosis for evaluating
lesions whose presence has been established by physical examination or mammography.
Adapted from Stavros AT, Thickman D, Rapp CL, et al. Solid breast nodules: use of
sonography to distinguish between benign and malignant lesions. Radiology
1995;196:123–134.
Figure 17-6 Some believe that a thin echogenic rim is the hallmark of a benign lesion
such as this fibroadenoma.
Another major problem with the Stavros paper is the fact that the age distribution of the
patients with the various lesions was not provided. If a high proportion of the women with
benign lesions were under age 30, then this would shift a large number of lesions to benign
categories based on the age of the women alone without even looking at the images. If the
radiologist who interpreted the images knew that the patient was under 30, then the image
interpretation would likely be biased by this knowledge (cancer is extremely rare among
women under age 30) and the results would be influenced. Including a large number of
these patients would make the overall statistics seem better then they actually are by
diluting the percentage of misses.
The real question is not whether ultrasound is helpful in evaluating spiculated lesions
(virtually always malignant) or masses among women under age 30 (you can “bet the
farm” that these latter cases are fibroadenomas, and imaging these women adds little to
their care). The real question is whether ultrasound has any value in differentiating the
borderline lesions (sharply marginated round, oval, or smoothly lobulated masses) or the
lesions with ill-defined/obscured margins that raise concern.
867 / 1584
bi
In addition to having not been validated scientifically, the Stavros criteria do not add much
to the sonographic evaluation of lesions. The authors required that to be classified as a
benign lesion, the mass could not have any of the indeterminate or malignant features,
despite the fact that these could all be seen with lesions that proved to be benign. The
“echogenic capsule” can not only be seen with malignant lesions, but it is very uncommon
even among benign lesions, especially if the fibroadenomas found among women under
age 30 are removed from the analysis. In a study of 403 solid lesions that were biopsy-
proven, 262 benign masses were included. Among these, only 66 (25%) had a thin
echogenic pseudocapsule, and 3 of these (5%) were malignant lesions (21). Other criteria
that the authors evaluated also showed the overlap between benign and malignant lesions
using ultrasound criteria. There were 193 lesions with well-circumscribed margins. Among
these, 20 (10%) were malignant. Among the 107 lesions that were “taller than wide,” 76
(71%) were malignant, but 31 (29%) were benign. Among the 91 lesions that had
enhanced through transmission, 58 (64%) were benign, but 33 (36%) were malignant. This
paper concluded that many of the descriptors used to try to differentiate benign from
malignant lesions are, in total, “statistically significantly” different for differentiating all
benign lesions from all malignant lesions. What the authors failed to explain is that the
percentage of lesions with a given criterion might be significantly different when comparing
all benign lesions with all malignant lesions, but this ignores the critical question, “Can the
criterion be used to accurately determine whether a specific individual's lesion is benign or
malignant?” Since all criteria overlap, it is somewhat risky to rely on them to differentiate
specific individual lesions.
Because we all would like to find imaging tests that differentiate benign from malignant
lesions, and because many ultrasound enthusiasts do not appear to understand or wish to
participate in scientific validation studies, there is the perception in the breast imaging
community that ultrasound can be used to differentiate solid breast masses. It is important
to realize that there is no scientifically clear support for this perception. The reader is
cautioned that this capability has not been shown in any scientifically valid study.
Diagnostic Ultrasound
With the exception of a simple cyst, ultrasound is not diagnostic because there is a
significant overlap in the characteristics of benign solid tissues and malignant lesions. Given
the safety and ease with which a cytologic or histologic diagnosis can be achieved in the
breast and the greater certainty afforded by having tissue confirmation, the value of tests
that rely on probabilities to avoid more definitive diagnosis is questionable. Since most
breast lesions are benign, one could decide without even looking at the lesion that is was
benign, and the decision would have a high degree of accuracy. It is important to
remember this when claims are made for a diagnostic breast evaluation test. Ultimately, it
is the patient and her physician who must decide how much certainty is required.
Doppler Ultrasound
Numerous attempts have been made using Doppler ultrasound to improve the accuracy of
breast evaluation. Because many breast cancers appear to have a substantial
neovasculature (at the microscopic level), and most benign lesions do not have increased
blood flow, the rationale for Doppler would appear to be justified. The clinical results,
however, have not been particularly convincing. Many cancers can be shown to have
increased blood flow, particularly at their periphery. High-velocity flow seems to be found
almost only in breast cancers (22). Although preliminary reports suggested a high 868 / 1584
bi
almost only in breast cancers (22). Although preliminary reports suggested a high
sensitivity and specificity for
P.563
Doppler (23), subsequent studies were not as successful, suggesting poor discrimination
between normal and cancerous tissues (24). The most optimistic report, by Cosgrove et al
(25), concluded that a “color Doppler signal in a lesion otherwise thought to be benign
should prompt a biopsy, while the absence of signals in an indeterminate lesion is
reassuring.” The clinical application of this is not particularly useful. It might provide
additional reassurance for women with lesions that are thought to be benign, but depending
on the lesions placed in this category, the use of Doppler would only add to the cost of care
because these lesions would otherwise be left alone. Indeterminate lesions would still
require cytologic or histologic confirmation. Another problem with the Cosgrove et al report
was that the lesions were palpable, and evaluation of smaller lesions has not proved to be
as successful.
Because benign lesions may exhibit increased flow and, more important, a significant
number of cancers do not exhibit evidence of abnormal flow (26)—particularly lesions
smaller than 1 cm (27)—Doppler is not yet reliable for distinguishing benign lesions from
malignant lesions. There is the perplexing overlap of benign and malignant characteristics
on Doppler analysis that makes it difficult to avoid obtaining cytologic or histologic material
(a biopsy).
Some find Doppler useful when evaluating lesions that are borderline in their morphologic
characteristics. Even modern ultrasound units put echoes into lesions that likely represent
cysts. If vasculature can be demonstrated within such a mass, then it is clearly not a cyst.
Unfortunately, the absence of vasculature within such a lesion does not mean that it cannot
be solid. For such borderline lesions, we prefer ultrasound-guided aspiration or core needle
biopsy. In general, Doppler is not a clinically useful test for evaluating breast lesions.
870 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-7 If a lesion is round, oval, or lobulated with well-defined margins; has a
clear anterior and posterior back wall; and enhances the through-transmission of
sound, it is a benign cyst, and no further evaluation is required.
Ultrasound can occasionally help in the triangulation of lesions found in only one
mammographic view. Ultrasound is very useful for guiding the aspiration of cysts (Fig. 17-
9) and for obtaining cytologic material using fine-needle aspiration (29,30). With the
development of ultrasound systems that permit the operator to view the biopsy needle and
lesion together in real time, ultrasound has become the imaging method of choice for
guiding core needle biopsies of masses in the breast (31,32,33). As with any imaging-
guided needle biopsy, there is the potential for sampling error, and the results of an
ultrasound-guided biopsy should be compared to the imaging to ensure that they are
concordant with what was suggested by the imaging. If they are discordant, a repeat
biopsy or excision of the lesion is recommended.
Ultrasound can also be used to position needles and wire guides for preoperative
localization before surgical excision of sonographically visible lesions (34,35,36). Needle
localization using ultrasound can be accomplished in a matter of minutes and is more
comfortable for the patient then having her breast compressed for a mammographically
guided localization, and we will use sonography for these needle localizations whenever
possible.
871 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-8 Correlating mammography with ultrasound. By holding the breast in the
mammography system and using the window compression plate, ultrasound can be
performed through the window, and the abnormality can be compared using the two
modalities. This can also be used to guide needle aspiration or biopsy.
872 / 1584
bi
When silicone implants rupture, the silicone can be extruded into the surrounding tissues.
Many implants become surrounded by a fibrous capsule. When these rupture, the extruded
silicone may still be contained within the fibrous capsule; this is called an intracapsular
rupture. If the implant ruptures and the silicone passes through an incomplete or torn
fibrous capsule, the result is called an extracapsular rupture.
If an implant ruptures and silicone is extruded into the surrounding tissues, its appearance
can be quite typical on ultrasound: it can produce a “snowstorm” of echogenicity with
posterior loss of information that is fairly specific in its appearance (Fig. 17-11) (38).
Rosculet et al believe that this echogenic noise occurs when the silicone globules are so
small that they are the size of a wavelength of the sound (39). Due to differences between
the speed of sound in the silicone and breast tissue (sound travels slower in silicone), they
hypothesize that focal areas of the beam are advanced and others are delayed as the beam
passes through the tissues interspersed with silicone, and the beam becomes out of phase
with the surrounding tissue. With loss of coherence, the result is a snowstorm of noise.
Large globules of silicone, on the other hand, may produce hypoechoic masses. The
silicone and the fibrous reaction to it from the tissues outside of the implant can cause
areas of shadowing as well.
The term “rupture” sounds fairly dramatic, but most ruptures are actually tears in the
silicone rubber envelope that contains the viscous silicone gel of the implant, allowing the
silicone to ooze out of the implant. What frequently happens is that the envelope tears and
rather than the silicone oozing out, the rubber envelope literally collapses into the gel,
which still remains held in place within the previously formed fibrous capsule. This
intracapsular rupture may appear normal on mammography because the contour of the
silicone gel remains smooth because it is contained by the fibrous capsule.
One of the more useful signs of an intracapsular rupture has been described on both MRI
and ultrasound. As the envelope collapses into the gel, it folds on itself, and these folds can
appear as a “stepladder” on ultrasound (Fig. 17-12). DeBruhl et al (40) found that this was
the most reliable sign of rupture in a series of 74 women with implants evaluated by
ultrasound. The stepladder appearance was noted in 14 of the 20 known ruptured implants.
We find it impractical to use ultrasound to survey the entire surface of the implant to
determine whether it is ruptured. MRI is superior to ultrasound, and we prefer to use MRI
to evaluate implants for possible rupture.
873 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-10 Ultrasound, masses, and implants. (A) A palpable lobulated mass
adjacent to the silicone implant in the upper outer quadrant. (B) Ultrasound confirms
that the mass is a cyst, avoiding attempts at aspiration that could rupture the implant.
(C) In a second individual, the mass adjacent to the implant (IMP) is solid and proved
to be recurrent invasive ductal carcinoma.
874 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-12 The silicone envelope of the implant is collapsing into the gel, producing
multiple levels of irregular specular reflections in the anechoic gel. This has been
described as a “stepladder” pattern.
P.566
P.567
The importance of detecting implant ruptures has become less urgent. An impartial review
by leading experts failed to show any evidence that implant rupture was associated with
any systemic illnesses, as some had alleged (41).
Many technologists are familiar with and trained to look for the cysts that are common in
other organs of the body. They tend to adjust the ultrasound system power and gain to
artificially make lesions appear cystic. Some cancers produce very low-level echoes (Fig.
17-14), and the operator must be sure not to eliminate these by incorrectly setting the
power or gain compensation. We believe that breast ultrasound should be performed by
radiologists who are skilled in breast evaluation and technologists with similar skills.
The major prerequisite of a breast ultrasound system is that it can accurately differentiate
a cyst from a solid mass and clearly delineate needles in the breast to guide interventional
procedures. The former can be a challenge in the breast because many high-frequency
ultrasound systems can place low-level echoes in cysts. This can be problematic, since solid
masses may be extremely hypoechoic and appear similar to cysts except for the presence
of low-amplitude
P.569
internal echoes. The absence of echoes in cysts and their presence in a circumscribed
cancer can become an important point of differentiation. The most common problem with
ultrasound systems used for breast evaluation is the difficulty in differentiating noise from877 / 1584
bi
ultrasound systems used for breast evaluation is the difficulty in differentiating noise from
true in-ternal echoes. This problem may result in the operator adjusting gain settings to
compensate and inadvertently eliminating significant echoes in a solid lesion so that the
lesion is incorrectly diagnosed as a cyst. Because cysts are much more common than
cancer this mistake is rare, but if the operator is relying on statistics instead of true
imaging, ultrasound is of little added value.
Figure 17-14 Improper gain settings can eliminate important internal echoes.
Because the equipment was not appropriate for breast ultrasound and the imaging
parameters were not properly set, this mass was interpreted as a cyst on this outside
ultrasound study. It proved to be a solid invasive ductal carcinoma.
Some cysts do produce low-level echoes. Although it has never been studied, I believe
these cysts are more likely to have thick viscid material (like very thick mucus) that can
defy aspiration through any but a large (14 g) needle. These are common enough so that
they have been given the name of “dirty cyst” or “complicated cyst.” These are discussed in
detail below.
Most ultrasound units provide various built-in algorithms for adjusting the gray-scale
mapping of the information (44). The overall power used must be properly adjusted to
maintain a good gray scale. Too much power applied to the transducer will produce
spurious echoes. The lowest power needed to penetrate the tissues is generally desirable,
and the compensation algorithms should be set so that similar structures, regardless of
depth, are displayed with the same level of brightness. The operator must be aware that
using too little power risks making solid lesions appear cystic.
When a lesion is evaluated, it should be scanned from one side to the other and from top to
bottom to have a 3D understanding of the lesion. Anecdotally we have found cancers
immediately abuting benign lesions, so I also scan the tissues that abut the lesion being
evaluated. Until ultrasound screening is validated, however, we only image the focal
abnormality found by clinical examination, mammography, or MRI. We do not “look
around” and do not survey (screen) the breast. Obviously, if an irregular, hypoechoic mass
was found away from the index lesion, we would pursue it.
If a lesion has low-level internal echoes and it is not clear whether it is cystic or solid, we
may use Doppler ultrasound to see whether there are any internal vessels. If there are,
then the lesion is clearly solid. The absence of vessels does not, however, exclude a solid
lesion.
With hand-held units, patients should be supine when scanned, and efforts should be made
to flatten the breast tissues overlying the lesion against the chest wall as much as possible.
This reduces the amount of tissue through which the sound must travel from the skin and
reduces the distortion caused by passage through too much tissue. This is accomplished by
rolling the patient to one side or the other, depending on the part of the breast to be
studied, so that gravity thins the part to be examined. Usually extending the ipsilateral
arm behind the head will aid in further thinning the breast. A wedge-shaped support behind
the patient can facilitate oblique positioning.
Scans are then performed in standard sagittal and transverse planes of the area in
question, although we ultimately scan in whatever transducer orientation provides the best
visualization of the area or lesion being evaluated. As noted above, some advocate radial
(like the hands of a clock with the nipple as the center) and anti-radial (perpendicular to
880 / 1584
bi
(like the hands of a clock with the nipple as the center) and anti-radial (perpendicular to
radial). This is based on the assumption that the ducts spread from the nipple like the
supports of an umbrella. Although the ducts immediately beneath the nipple do follow this
course, the ducts quickly branch in virtually all directions, so the value of radial and anti-
radial scanning is questionable.
The breast tissues are tethered to one another, but the relative elasticity of these
relationships permits easy movement when pressure is applied to the breast, and the
pressure of the transducer may displace the lesion from under the sound beam. Soft stand-
off pads can help to avoid such displacement. It is frequently helpful to stabilize the lesion
between the fingers of the nonscanning hand. This also permits a physical assessment of
the tissues as they are scanned.
Once visualized, the lesion should be evaluated in whatever planes provide the best
visualization and understanding of the lesion. The tissues immediately abutting the lesion
should be carefully assessed. In our experience, intracystic cancer (Fig. 17-16) is rare, but
cancers abutting a cyst occasionally occur (Fig. 17-17). A physician skilled in
mammography should at least supervise (if not directly perform) the ultrasound
examination. This is especially true if a nonpalpable, mammographically detected lesion
P.571
is being assessed. Care must be exercised to carefully coordinate the two studies to ensure
that the lesion seen by ultrasound corresponds to that found by mammography, as noted
earlier.
The presence of low-amplitude internal echoes is important in breast lesion analysis. Such
echoes frequently indicate the difference between a cyst and a solid lesion, including some
cancers. Solid lesions of the breast, including malignancies, can have all the characteristics
of a cyst, including posterior acoustic enhancement. Internal echoes may be the only
differentiating factor. Direct involvement by the radiologist is important to avoid the
881 / 1584
bi
differentiating factor. Direct involvement by the radiologist is important to avoid the
possibility that a technologist may inadvertently “clean up” these internal echoes by
altering scan factors and make a solid lesion appear to be a cyst (Fig. 17-18). If there is
any question as to whether a lesion is a cyst or a solid mass, the lesion can be aspirated
and mammography repeated to demonstrate resolution of the lesion. A small amount of air
(less than the amount of fluid withdrawn) can be introduced and a mammogram obtained
to confirm that the lesion aspirated was the lesion seen by mammography. An alternative
is to leave the needle through the aspirated lesion to identify the area on the post-
aspiration mammogram. Cyst aspiration is easily accomplished using ultrasound or
mammographic guidance (see Needle Positioning).
Figure 17-17 On rare occasions cancer can abut a cyst. In this case an infiltrating
ductal carcinoma (I) was adjacent to a benign cyst (C).
One must exercise great care in ultrasound evaluation of the breast. The particular
characteristics of the ultrasound equipment being used should be fully understood in order
to differentiate true echoes from reverberation or noise. It is a good idea to study the
ultrasound features of specific lesions that will be aspirated or biopsied to learn how cysts
and solid lesions appear on a particular ultrasound system.
Figure 17-18 The gain settings must be properly adjusted. This mass in a 42-year-old
woman appears to be anechoic (A), but at higher gain internal echoes are visible (B).
The mass proved to be a fibroadenoma.
883 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-19 Solid masses can produce posterior acoustic enhancement. This
fibroadenoma not only exhibits refractive shadowing at its margins, but there is also
better transmission of sound through its homogeneous structure than through the
surrounding tissues, producing relative posterior enhancement.
884 / 1584
bi
Beneath the second prominent echo layer is the subcutaneous fat that surrounds the
parenchymal cone of the breast (Fig. 17-22). It is a relatively hypoechoic zone whose
thickness varies depending on the breast composition. Unlike fat elsewhere in the body, fat
in the breast is less echogenic than the mammary parenchyma. Because echogenicity is a
relative phenomenon, fat appears hypoechoic relative to the fibroglandular elements that
present numerous acoustic mismatches and reflecting surfaces. In the subcutaneous tissues
this presents little problem, but fat within the breast parenchyma itself can mimic
hypoechoic masses (Fig. 17-23), and care must be taken to avoid mistaking normal fat for
a lesion. Unlike masses that have margins, collections of fat generally taper gradually as
one scans through them, and they meld into the surrounding tissues; in contrast, the
margins of masses usually have abrupt transitions with the surrounding tissues.
The normal parenchyma varies greatly. Attempts have been made to link ultrasound tissue
patterns to mammographic patterns, and to some extent this is possible (47). Although
sonographic histologic correlations of tissue patterns have not been done for decades, I
believe there are some likely correlations. Fatty breasts have large ovoid areas of
hypoechoic tissues interspersed with more echogenic planes of Cooper's fibrous ligaments.
More closely packed echoes are found in women with the BI-RADS pattern 3 (Wolfe's P2
pattern seen as fibronodular densities on mammograms), and breasts that are radiodense
with large volumes of fibrous connective tissue may be difficult to penetrate, with many
areas of blocked sound transmission. Tissue parenchymal pattern identification by
ultrasound is academic, because virtually all women who have ultrasound should have had
a preceding mammogram, and the pattern will already be known. Furthermore,
mammographic parenchymal patterns currently have little practical significance, although
there has been renewed interest in using the patterns to try to understand their
relationship to breast cancer risk and the etiology of the patterns and risk.
885 / 1584
bi
Fat significantly attenuates and scatters sound, and this may make evaluation of the breast
that is primarily composed of fat more difficult (48). Often such breasts are large, and their
size and the sound-attenuating property of intervening tissue make it difficult to accurately
assess lesions that are less than 1 cm in size if they are more than 4 to 5 cm deep. Every
effort should be made to reduce the
P.574
thickness of the breast in the region being evaluated by ultrasound.
Figure 17-21 The normal skin (A) is visible on ultrasound as a hypoechoic structure
with a prominent anterior reflection at the skin–transducer interface. There is a second
strong reflection at the dermal–subcutaneous fat interface (arrows), with dermal
echoes between the two. Skin thickening (B) is visible by ultrasound with the
separation of the two specular reflections (arrows).
At the back of the breast, in front of the pectoralis major muscle, is a second zone of
hypoechogenicity that is of variable thickness. This is the retromammary fat. It is
immediately anterior to multiple, horizontal fan-like linear reflections that define the
pectoralis musculature (Fig. 17-24), which is slightly more echogenic than fat and is usually
defined by multiple striped specular reflections from the muscle planes. The muscle drapes
over the ribs, which themselves are visible as hypoechoic structures that indent the
pectoralis muscle from behind (Fig. 17-25). When seen under the breast adjacent to the
886 / 1584
bi
pectoralis muscle from behind (Fig. 17-25). When seen under the breast adjacent to the
sternum, the cartilage and echogenic marrow cavity of the ribs may produce a target
appearance, with an echogenic center surrounded by hypoechogenicity. Ribs seen in cross-
section should not be mistaken for intramammary lesions. They are distinguished as ribs
because the muscle can be seen overlying them and separating them from the mammary
parenchyma. By rotating the transducer, the linear structure of the rib can be more readily
appreciated.
Cooper's ligaments coursing through the breast are usually obvious (Fig. 17-26), but they
can create problems in ultrasound evaluation. These sloping planes of fibrous tissue
P.575
cause scattering and refraction of sound and can produce shadowing (Fig. 17-27) that is
difficult to distinguish from the shadowing caused by a scirrhous carcinoma. By angling the
transducer, a more perpendicular angle of sound to the fibrous band can be achieved, and
the tissues behind the tents of Cooper's ligaments can be evaluated. The shadowing can be
eliminated behind Cooper's ligaments, while the shadowing behind a cancer usually occurs
regardless of the angle of the incident sound. Some cancers seem to nestle in the peak of
Cooper's ligaments.
Figure 17-22 Fat in the breast is hypoechoic. The subcutaneous fat (F) and the
retromammary fat (R) in front of the pectoralis muscle (M) are hypoechoic. The breast
parenchyma (P) is more echogenic in this section in a 46-year-old woman.
887 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-23 This ovoid hypoechoic structure is fat and not a mass.
888 / 1584
bi
With modern high-frequency transducers, some calcifications can be seen with ultrasound
(49). To be visible by sonography, however, calcifications usually must be several
millimeters in size or sufficiently numerous and packed close enough together to reflect
sound (Fig. 17-28). On occasion, when a cancer is identified by calcifications on a
mammogram, ultrasound can demonstrate a related mass. The calcifications may be in
ductal carcinoma in situ, and the mass may represent the invasive portion of the tumor. If
a suspicious cluster of calcifications or its associated mass can be seen with ultrasound,
then ultrasound-guided biopsy can be used to make the diagnosis. Ultrasound-guided
breast biopsy is generally easier for the patient, since she can lie supine and her breast is
not compressed. There is as yet no demonstrable diagnostic use from visualizing
calcifications using ultrasound except to guide a biopsy.
Figure 17-26 Cooper's ligaments can be seen as curvilinear structures coursing from
the breast parenchyma to the skin. 889 / 1584
bi
the breast parenchyma to the skin.
Figure 17-27 Cooper's ligaments can cause shadowing. The incident sound can glance
off the steep slopes of these connective tissue planes, resulting in shadowing behind.
Changing the angle of the sound beam will eliminate this shadowing from normal
ligaments.
890 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-29 The basic elements of the ultrasound analysis of breast lesions. It was
originally hoped that ultrasound could be used to distinguish benign masses from
malignant. Although there are characteristics that make a lesion much more likely to 891 / 1584
bi
malignant. Although there are characteristics that make a lesion much more likely to
be benign or more likely to be malignant, if certainty is needed, then biopsy is
necessary. Ultrasound is primarily useful for differentiating cysts from solid masses.
Masses can be characterized by their shapes, margins, internal echo features, and their
effect on the sound passing through and returning to the transducer. The following are
general characteristics. The operator must be aware that there is an overlap between
features and that benign characteristics can be found in cancers and malignant features
can occur with benign lesions. Benign masses are usually well defined and sharply
circumscribed, with round or oval shapes (A). Malignant lesions are usually irregular in
shape (B). Cysts should have no internal echoes, even at high gain. Debris in cysts
may cause reflections, but these reduce the certainty of the diagnosis, and aspiration
may be indicated. The likelihood that a lesion is benign is increased if it is sharply
defined, is ovoid, and has a uniform internal echo texture (C). Most (not all) breast
cancers have a heterogeneous internal echo texture (D). Cysts must be anechoic and
enhance the through-transmission of sound (E). Pericystic fibrosis may attenuate and
scatter the sound, and aspiration may be needed to ensure the diagnosis. Solid lesions
that have a fairly uniform composition can also produce posterior acoustic
enhancement (F) if sound traverses them with less attenuation and scattering than the
surrounding breast tissue. If they are round or oval, both cysts and solid masses can
cause refractive shadowing at the edges (E,F). Well-defined ovoid masses with
uniform internal echoes and enhanced through-transmission are usually benign; some
cancers, however, also have these characteristics. Retrotumoral attenuation of sound is
often found with cancers, although benign processes, including fibroadenomas and
fibrosis, can block sound transmission. The shadowing can be heterogeneous (G) or
complete (H); both should raise concern.
892 / 1584
bi
See PDF
Figure 17-30 Ultrasound terminology. (A) Normal breast tissue shows skin,
subcutaneous fat, Cooper's ligaments, breast parenchyma of mixed echogenicity,
retromammary fat, and pectoralis muscle. 1: Shapes: (a) round; (b) oval; (c)
lobulated; (d) irregular; (e) triangular. 2: Margins: (a) sharply defined; (b) thin
echogenic rim (i: thin echogenic rim was a fibroadenoma); (c) thick echogenic rim (i:
thick echogenic rim of an invasive cancer); (d) ill defined (i: small mass with an ill-
defined margin was malignant; ii: This lesion with an ill-defined margin was PASH); (e)
spiculated. 3: Internal echoes: (a) anechoic: no internal echoes (i: a cyst with no
internal echoes); (b) hypoechoic (relative to the surrounding tissue); (c) hyperechoic
(relative to the surrounding tissue) (i: hyperechoic mass was an angiolipoma).(i:
Colloid cancer with uniform echo texture); 4: Internal echotexture: (a) uniform
(homogenous) (b) heterogeneous (i: heterogeneous internal echoes in a hamartoma);
(c) complex mixed cystic and solid. 5. Posterior echoes: (a) isoechoic (the same as
tissues at the same depth that are not behind the structure); (b) enhanced: the echoes
behind the structure are brighter than those at the same depth that are not behind the
structure; (c) refractive shadowing at the edges of a lesion that acts like an acoustic
lens (usually round or oval) (i: refractive shadowing from a hamartoma; ii: refractive
shadowing from an invasive ductal carcinoma); (d) shadowing (the echoes behind it are
diminished or blocked by the structure) (i: posterior shadowing from Cooper's
ligament); (e) mixed through-transmission. Incomplete shadowing behind a lesion.
Figure 17-31 Hyperechoic masses are usually benign. Hyperechoic masses are
almost always in the subcutaneous fat as in this case. Since these are invariably benign
there is no reason to biopsy them, but we believe they are likely a form of fat necrosis.
Cysts by definition must be sonolucent, with sharply defined anterior and posterior margins
and no internal echoes (Fig. 17-32). Even some modern ultrasound devices place echoes in
the fluid of the cyst, making accurate assessment difficult, since rare cancers can have
similar low-level internal echoes. Although some sonographic equipment now eliminates
posterior enhancement by compound scanning, the classic cyst has enhanced through-
transmission of sound. 893 / 1584
bi
transmission of sound.
The sound behind cancers is frequently reduced, or isoechoic with the surrounding tissue.
However, as with other homogenous solid masses, a round or oval cancer can have
enhanced through-transmission of sound.
Stavros et al have described a thin “echogenic” specular reflection that forms a thin rim
around some benign lesions (Fig. 17-33). Some have even been able to show a layer of
collagen that might cause this finding. However, we have seen it around cancers as well as
benign lesions and, as Stavros et al pointed out, its presence does not guarantee benignity.
Sonolucent Lesions
The most common sonolucent mass in the breast is the simple cyst. To make an accurate
diagnosis of a benign cyst, strict criteria should be observed. Cysts should have sharply
defined walls. They may be round, ovoid, or lobulated and appear solitary or in groups.
Cysts should have no internal echoes (Fig. 17-34A). It is possible to image debris
suspended in cyst fluid. We have seen several cysts in which material was admixed in the
fluid, causing bright echoes that moved in a churning pattern under ultrasound observation
(see Fig. 17-34B). We can only speculate that this movement was due to convection
currents in the fluid heated by insonification. Aspiration of these lesions produced grossly
unremarkable fluid.
Figure 17-32 Simple cyst on ultrasound. Simple cysts are round, oval, or
smoothly lobulated. They should be anechoic with sharply defined rims and good
through-transmission of sound. Note the small amount of reverberation artifact
anteriorly and the lateral wall refractive shadowing.
Venta et al (51) have reviewed these lesions (although they mistakenly used the term
“complex cysts”). In their study 252 women had 308 lesions that had the characteristics of
cysts but had diffuse low-level echoes. The follow-up of 148 women was only 6 months, but
13 had a year of follow-up, 82 had sonographically guided aspiration, and 3 had excisional
biopsies. The only malignancy was in an intracystic papilloma that contained a 3-mm focus
of ductal carcinoma in situ. They argued that one cancer in 308 lesions (0.3%) was such a
low risk (below the threshold for a BI-RADS 4 recommendation) that intervention was not
needed for these lesions (51).
We currently continue to suggest that lesions that are thought to be cysts but that contain
diffuse internal echoes should be aspirated to confirm their benign origin, but many will call
them “complicated cysts” and not require further intervention. There are no data that
support our approach, but a cyst aspiration is generally a very safe, quick procedure and
will eliminate the chance of a false-negative evaluation.
Many cysts are not round or oval but are lobulated. They may be tensely distended or
patulous (see Fig. 17-34C,D). Septations in cysts do not appear to have any significance
(see Fig. 17-34E); these are likely due to the cyst's origin. Most cysts are merely dilated
lobules. The lobule is like a surgical glove blown up like a balloon. Just as the central
portion of the glove enlarges and becomes spherical, some lobules dilate with fluid and
become spherical cysts. The acini become incorporated in the cyst, and the entire structure 895 / 1584
bi
become spherical cysts. The acini become incorporated in the cyst, and the entire structure
becomes round. If the individual acinar structures are retained and dilate with the
enlarging cysts, the separations between the acini will appear as septations. Berg et al
found that cystic lesions with thickened walls were of concern (52). In their review, 7 of 23
(30%) cyst lesions with thickened walls proved to be malignant (Fig. 17-36). Based only on
anecdotal experience, we recommend that cystic lesions with thick walls or “complex cysts”
that may contain solid tissue be surgically removed, since aspirating them may make them
invisible to imaging and the cytologic features may be insufficient for diagnosis. If a cyst
aspiration or core biopsy of a cystic lesion is undertaken, then a clip should be placed so
that the tissue that contained the lesion can be excised, if needed, in the future.
Cysts should have sharply defined anterior and posterior walls and bright posterior acoustic
enhancement unless the ultrasound system is providing compound imaging, which can
eliminate posterior enhancement. Some cysts do not exhibit posterior enhancement,
probably because of the scattering and attenuation from tissues lying between them and
the transducer. I suspect that pericystic fibrosis of the anterior cyst wall can attenuate the
beam so that the combination of attenuation from the fibrosis and the enhanced
transmission from the cyst results in isoechogenicity behind the cyst. If there is any
question, aspiration can eliminate the concern.
Figure 17-34 (A) A typical cyst by ultrasound. (B) A cyst with very bright internal
echoes. Under real-time observation, the echoes moved in a churning motion. The fluid
appeared grossly unremarkable at aspiration. (C) The uniformly dense, elongated
mass seen along the medial side on this craniocaudal view is a large, patulous,
anechoic cyst that is larger than the field of view, as seen by ultrasound (D). (E)
Septated cysts have no known clinical significance. They are likely due to distention of
a lobule with preservation of some of the acinar architecture.
896 / 1584
bi
a lobule with preservation of some of the acinar architecture.
Figure 17-35 The multiple linear echoes in the anterior of this cyst are reverberation
artifact (A). By changing the angle of sound, they can be made to go away (B).
P.587
P.588
The primary importance of ultrasound is its ability to determine that a lesion represents a
cyst (and for imaging-guided biopsies). Ultrasound is reported to be 95% to 100% accurate
in this regard if all criteria are met (53,54). Although possible, it is rare to have a simple
cyst involved with cancer and not have the cancer be detected by mammography or
ultrasound (Fig. 17-37). Statistically, if a lesion meets the strict criteria for a cyst, this
finding can be considered diagnostic.
Figure 17-36 A thick-walled cyst can rarely be malignant. This thick-walled cyst
was surgically excised and there was cancer in the wall.
Duct Ectasia
Duct ectasia has a variable appearance on sonography. If the duct is filled with fluid, it will
be sonolucent and is indistinguishable from an elongated cyst (some cysts are actually
897 / 1584
bi
be sonolucent and is indistinguishable from an elongated cyst (some cysts are actually
cystically dilated ducts) (Fig. 17-38). Old cellular debris may accumulate in the duct,
forming a paste-like material that is hypoechoic on ultrasound. The diagnosis is readily
reached because of the characteristic tubular appearance of the structure.
Fat Necrosis
Fat necrosis, in the form of posttraumatic oil cysts, can be sonolucent, although the
appearance of these fat-containing cysts is variable and their diagnosis can not be made
based solely on ultrasound evaluation. Their appearance is so characteristic, however, by
mammography that there is no reason to evaluate them with ultrasound.
898 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-37 Intracystic cancer is rare, and it is even less likely that it would not be
evident by mammography or ultrasound. The sharply marginated, lobulated mass on
the craniocaudal projection (A) has benign features. By ultrasound it was a simple cyst
(B), but it was aspirated because it was solitary and prominent (not scientific criteria).
The postaspiration ultrasound revealed minimal residual fluid (C), and there was no
mass on the postaspiration mammogram (D). Nevertheless, the cytology of the fluid
was suspicious, and when the cyst fluid reaccumulated, surgical excision revealed an
invasive cancer that was invading the wall of a benign cyst. This is the only instance
that we know of in which this has happened, and it should not be considered a standard
of care.
Figure 17-38 As expected, ectatic ducts are tubular, as seen using ultrasound. This
51-year-old woman had tubular structures in the subareolar region. Ultrasound
demonstrated fluid-filled ectatic ducts converging on the nipple.
899 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-39 (A) This abscess appears generally cystic but with low-amplitude
internal echoes. (B) A nearly identical appearance is found in this postsurgical
hematoma. The internal echoes are likely fibrin strands.
900 / 1584
bi
901 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-42 Echogenic, circumscribed masses are extremely rare. This ovoid
echogenic mass is a fibroadenoma. There have been a few cases presented at
conferences that apparently proved to be colloid cancers.
As with most tests that attempt to use gross criteria to distinguish benign from malignant
lesions, there is overlap. This use of the L/AP ratio to distinguish benign masses from
malignant ones cannot be used alone. There are cancers that are “longer than they are
tall” (Fig. 17-44A), and fibroadenomas can be rounded (Fig. 17-44B). Even Fornage
acknowledged that benign and malignant solids can have overlap. This reduces the clinical
usefulness of the observation. It is unusual for a fibroadenoma to be vertically oriented
(L/AP ratio <1.0). In our experience, “vertical” orientation suggests a high probability of
cancer (see Fig. 17-44C).
902 / 1584
bi
Because tissue sampling in the breast is so safe and relatively simple, it is difficult to rely
on morphologic criteria that are less than perfect in separating benign lesions from
malignant lesions. As long as women and their physicians are aware of the uncertainties in
both the morphologic assessment of a solid lesion by ultrasound and the measurements
derived from the ultrasound, the L/AP ratio may be used to provide probabilities, but it
should not be considered diagnostic.
Figure 17-44 (A) An elongated, lobulated mass that proved to be invasive ductal
carcinoma. (B) A rounded mass that is a benign fibroadenoma. (C) A vertically
oriented mass that was invasive breast cancer in a 55-year-old woman with a silicone
gel implant.
P.593
Figure 17-45 (A) A round, hypoechoic, enhancing mass that is a fibroadenoma. (B)
A round, hypoechoic mass that is a phylloides tumor. (C) A round, hypoechoic,
enhancing mass that is an invasive ductal carcinoma. (D) A round, hypoechoic,
enhancing mass that is lung cancer, metastatic to the breast.
904 / 1584
bi
Other lesions that are well circumscribed include lipomas, galactoceles, posttraumatic oil
cysts from fat necrosis, hamartomas, and phylloides tumors. We have even seen a case of
cysticercosis of the breast that formed a round, circumscribed mass.
Lipomas (Fig. 17-47) are difficult to distinguish from the surrounding normal lobules of fat
in the breast. The specular reflection of their capsule is the most prominent feature. Their
echo texture is similar to that of subcutaneous fat, and they are hypoechoic. Sound is
attenuated and scattered similar to normal subcutaneous and intramammary fat. The
lipoma, however, like the oil cyst, is so characteristic by mammography that there is no
reason to evaluate it by ultrasound.
Galactoceles have been variously described as sonolucent or hypoechoic, with low-level
echoes possibly related to fat globule content. As fluid-filled structures, galactoceles can
demonstrate posterior acoustic enhancement. We have recently seen a number of
galactoceles proven either by aspiration or by resolution with follow-up. They have a
varied appearance. They can look like simple cysts (Fig. 17-48). We have seen a
galactocele that looked like a complex cyst with fluid and solid-appearing components (Fig.
17-49), and we have seen a galactocele that looked solid with a uniform internal 905 / 1584
bi
17-49), and we have seen a galactocele that looked solid with a uniform internal
echotexture (Fig. 17-50).
Posttraumatic oil cysts, a fairly common form of fat necrosis, have a variable appearance
on ultrasound but may be hypoechoic (Fig. 17-51A). They are invariably well circumscribed
and may be sonolucent or hypoechoic, with variable through-transmission of sound (see
Fig. 17-51B). As with all fat-containing lesions, the diagnosis of an oil cyst is usually evident
by mammography, and ultrasound is not indicated.
Figure 17-47 The hypoechogenicity of this large lipoma is indistinguishable from the
subcutaneous fat. The features of a lipoma on mammography are so characteristic that
there is no reason to evaluate these masses using ultrasound.
The benign hamartoma (fibroadenolipoma) of the breast contains fibrous elements that
may be specular in their reflections, whereas the adenomatous elements produce
hypoechoic inhomogeneous structures. The fat in a hamartoma, as elsewhere in the
breast, is relatively hypoechoic. These lesions are encapsulated and are distinct from the
surrounding tissues, which may be compressed around them.
The phylloides tumor is fairly uncommon and is occasionally malignant. Its ultrasound
appearance is similar to that of the fibroadenoma (see Fig. 17-34B). Always hypoechoic, its
internal echoes may be fine or coarse, and it has a variable effect on posterior echoes.
Usually well circumscribed, 906 / 1584
bi
Usually well circumscribed,
P.597
on occasion it is difficult to separate from surrounding fat because of its cellularity. There is
one report of fluid that was visible by ultrasound in a cleft that is associated with these
tumors (59). For all practical purposes, this tumor is indistinguishable by ultrasound from
other solid masses, especially fibroadenomas.
Figure 17-50 Galactoceles sometimes look like solid masses. This solid-looking
mass with cystic components proved at aspiration to be a galactocele in a lactating 29-
year-old woman.
907 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-51 Oil cysts from fat necrosis have variable appearances on ultrasound.
(A) These are heterogeneous in their echotexture. The one on the left causes
shadowing, and the one on the right causes enhancement. (B) This oil cyst was
hypoechoic, with a fairly dense posterior acoustic shadow.
Figure 17-52 This oval echogenic mass in the subcutaneous fat was felt to be due to
fat necrosis since there was nothing but fat on her mammogram in the area.
Figure 17-53 Lesions that deform under compression are more likely to be benign.
Note how this cyst changes with pressure from pushing on the transducer. With little
pressure, the cyst is rounder and has a wider cross-section (A). With pressure from
the transducer, the cyst becomes more elongated, with a smaller diameter (B).
909 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-54 Breast cancers are usually irregular in shape with irregular margins.
This invasive ductal carcinoma was palpable in a 42-year-old woman with positive
axillary lymph nodes.
Figure 17-55 The classic presentation of breast cancer on ultrasound is a mass with a
triangular anterior margin and dense posterior shadowing, as with this invasive breast
cancer. These generally are so characteristic by mammography that ultrasound is
rarely indicated except to guide a needle biopsy or localization.
910 / 1584
bi
Fibroadenomas can have a wide-ranging effect on posterior echoes and can cause
shadowing themselves (Fig. 17-59). Oil cysts and abscesses can also produce posterior
acoustic shadowing.
911 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-58 Even a cyst with pericystic fibrosis can have a suspicious appearance on
ultrasound. This was fibrocystic tissue in a 51-year-old woman.
Breast cancer is almost always hypoechoic. Some cancers are not visible because they are
isoechoic with the tissues in which they lie. Some insist that they have seen occasional
hyperechoic cancers (personal communication from Alan Semine, MD). Cancers are
generally irregularly marginated with heterogeneous internal echoes, and there are
frequently areas that produce posterior acoustic shadowing (Fig. 17-60). Thirty-five
percent of the time, the classic appearance of an irregularly shaped anterior margin with
dense posterior shadowing is seen. Even this, however, is not sufficient to establish a
diagnosis of breast cancer, because any lesion that contains irregular fibrotic tissue can
have a similar appearance. Nevertheless, an isolated lesion with this ultrasound
appearance should be considered suspicious.
Twenty-five percent of cancers of the breast exhibit well-defined margins with a lobulated
contour. These may mimic the appearance of a fibroadenoma. Frequently the diagnosis of
cancer is strongly suggested when the margins of the lesion appear to merge with or
“invade” the surrounding tissue. Areas of shadowing increase the likelihood that the lesion
is malignant, but there are many cancers that do not cause retrotumoral shadowing.
On occasion, a cancer is round or oval and extremely well defined, with subtle low-
amplitude internal echoes. The ultrasound appearance may be similar to that of a
fibroadenoma, and rarely cancer is anechoic, almost resembling a cyst. Evaluation of a 912 / 1584
bi
fibroadenoma, and rarely cancer is anechoic, almost resembling a cyst. Evaluation of a
lesion in the subareolar region can be very difficult because the vertically oriented fibrous
structures in this area can distort the information. Although it was believed many years ago
that well-circumscribed cancers were indolent medullary lesions, this is in fact not the case.
Round, “garden-variety,” lethal infiltrating ductal carcinoma is the usual cause of
circumscribed cancer, and these can be indistinguishable from other lesions.
913 / 1584
bi
Figure 17-60 Breast cancer can have many appearances on ultrasound. These are all
invasive ductal cancers. (A) Typical invasive breast cancer by ultrasound. It is
irregular in shape with ill-defined margins. (B,C) Breast cancer can be lobulated. (D)
Breast cancer can be elongated. (E) Breast cancer with angular margins. (F) Some
breast cancers are ovoid, with enhanced through-transmission of sound.
References
1. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK. Whole breast ultrasound imaging: four-year
follow-up. Radiology 1985;157:505–507.
2. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Occult cancer in women with dense breasts:
detection with screening US: diagnostic yield and tumor characteristics. Radiology
1998;207:191–199. 917 / 1584
bi
1998;207:191–199.
3. Kopans DB. Sonography should not be used for breast cancer screening until its
efficacy has been proven scientifically. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:489–491.
4. Sickles EA, Filly RA, Callen PW. Breast cancer detection with sonography and
mammography: comparison using state-of-the-art equipment. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1983;140:843–845.
5. Sickles EA, Filly RA, Callen PW. Breast cancer detection with sonography and
mammography: comparison using state-of-the-art equipment. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1983;140:843–845.
6. Gordon PB, Goldenberg SL, Chan NHL. Solid breast lesions: diagnosis with US-
guided fine-needle aspiration biopsy. Radiology 1993;189:573–580.
7. Gordon PB, Goldenberg SL. Malignant breast masses detected only by ultrasound: a
retrospective review. Cancer 1995;76:626–630.
8. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Occult cancer in women with dense breasts:
detection with screening US: diagnostic yield and tumor characteristics. Radiology
1998;207:191–199.
9. Zonderland HM, Coerkamp EG, van de Vijver MJ, et al. Diagnosis of breast cancer:
contribution of US as an adjunct to mammography. Radiology 1999;213:413–422.
11. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Comparison of the performance of screening
mammography, physical examination, and breast US and evaluation of factors that
influence them: an analysis of 27,825 patient evaluations. Radiology 2002;225:165
–175.
12. Kaplan SS. Clinical utility of bilateral whole-breast ultrasound in the evaluation of
women with dense breast tissue. Radiology 2001;221:641–649.
14. Berg WA. Rationale for a trial of screening breast ultrasound: American College of
Radiology Imaging Network (ACRIN) 6666. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:1225
–1228.
918 / 1584
bi
15. Kopans DB. Sonography should not be used for breast cancer screening until its
efficacy has been proven scientifically. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:489–491.
16. Kaiser JS, Helvie MA, Blacklaw RL, et al. Palpable breast thickening: role of
mammography and US in cancer detection. Radiology 2002;223:839–844.
17. Stavros AT, Thickman D, Rapp CL, et al. Solid breast nodules: use of sonography to
distinguish between benign and malignant lesions. Radiology 1995;196:123–134.
18. Kobayshi T. Ultrasonic diagnosis of breast cancer. Ultrasound Med Biol 1975;1:383
–391.
19. Kobayshi T, Takatani O, Hattori N, et al. Differential diagnosis of breast tumors: the
sensitivity of graded method of ultrasono-tomography and clinical evaluation of its
diagnostic accuracy. Cancer 1974;33:940–951.
20. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Steinbock T. Breast cancer: appearance as delineated by
whole breast water-path ultrasound scanning. J Clin Ultrasound 1982;10:303–322.
21. Hong AS, Rosen EL, Soo MS, et al. BI-RADS for sonography: positive and negative
predictive values of sonographic features. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2005;184:1260–1265.
22. Cosgrove DO, Bamber JC, Davey JB, et al. Color Doppler signals from breast
tumors. Radiology 1990;176:175–180.
23. Schoenberger SG, Sutherland CM, Robinson AE. Breast neoplasms: duplex
sonographic imaging as an adjunct in diagnosis. Radiology 1988;168:665–668.
24. Adler DD, Carson PL, Rubin JM, et al. Doppler ultrasound color flow imaging in the
study of breast cancer: preliminary findings. Ultrasound Med Biol 1990;16:553–559.
25. Cosgrove DO, Kedar RP, Bamber JC, et al. Breast diseases: color Doppler US in
differential diagnosis. Radiology 1993;189:99–104.
27. Dixon JM, Walsh J, Paterson D, et al. Colour Doppler ultrasonography studies of
benign and malignant breast lesions. Br J Surg 1992;79:259–260.
28. Kedar RP, Cosgrove D, McCready VR, et al. Microbubble contrast agent for color
Doppler US: effect on breast masses. Work in progress. Radiology 1996;198:679–686.
31. Parker SH, Jobe WE, Dennis MA, et al. US-guided automated large-core breast
biopsy. Radiology 1993;187:507–511.
33. Liberman L, Feng TL, Dershaw DD, et al. US-guided core breast biopsy: use and
cost-effectiveness. Radiology 1998;208:717–723.
34. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Breast sonography to guide aspiration of
cysts and preoperative localization of occult breast lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1984;143:489–492.
P.605
35. Ronka R, Krogerus L, Leppanen E, et al. Radio-guided occult lesion localization in
patients undergoing breast-conserving surgery and sentinel node biopsy. Am J Surg
2004;18:491–496.
36. Rissanen TJ, Makarainen HP, Mattila SI, et al. Wire localized biopsy of breast
lesions: a review of 425 cases found in screening or clinical mammography. Clin Radiol
1993;47:14–22.
37. Ganott MA, Harris KM, Ilkhanipour ZS, et al. Augmentation mammoplasty: normal
and abnormal findings with mammography and US. RadioGraphics 1992;12:281–295.
38. Harris KM, Ganott MA, Shestak K, et al. Detection of silicone leaks: a new
sonographic sign. Radiology 1991;181:134.
39. Rosculet KA, Ikeda DM, Forrest ME, et al. Ruptured gel-filled silicone breast
implants: sonographic findings in 19 cases. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1992;159:711–716.
40. DeBruhl ND, Gorczyca, Ahn CY, et al. Silicone breast implants: US evaluation.
Radiology 1993;189:95–98.
41. Diamond BA, Hulka BS, Kerkvliet NI, et al. Silicone breast implants in relation to
connective tissue diseases and immunologic dysfunction. A report by a National Science
Panel to the Honorable Sam C. Pointer Jr., Coordinating Judge for the Federal Breast
Implant Multi-District Litigation, 1998. Available at:
http://www.fjc.gov/BREIMLIT/SCIENCE/report.htm
42. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
920 / 1584
bi
43. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK. Whole breast ultrasound imaging: four-year
follow-up. Radiology 1985;157:505–507.
45. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Proppe K. The double line of skin thickening on sonograms of
the breast. Radiology 1981;141:485.
46. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. The appearance of the therapeutically irradiated breast on
whole breast water-path ultrasound. J Ultrasound Med 1983;2:211.
47. Rubin CS, Kurtz AB, Goldberg BB, et al. Ultrasonic mammographic parenchymal
patterns: a preliminary report. Radiology 1979;130:515.
48. Davros WJ, Madsen EL, Zagzebski JA. Breast mass detection by US: a phantom
study. Radiology 1985;156:773.
49. Chen SC, Cheung YC, Lo YF, et al. Sonographic differentiation of invasive and
intraductal carcinomas of the breast. Br J Radiol 2003;76:600–604.
51. Venta LA, Kim JP, Pelloski CE, et al. Management of complex breast cysts. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1999;173:1331–1336.
52. Berg WA, Campassi CI, Ioffe OB. Cystic lesions of the breast: sonographic
–pathologic correlation. Radiology 2003;227:183–191.
53. Sickles EA, Filly RA, Callen PW. Benign breast lesions: ultrasound detection and
diagnosis. Radiology 1984;151:467.
54. Hilton SW, Leopold GR, Olson LK, et al. Real-time breast sonography: application in
300 consecutive patients. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;147:479.
55. Fornage BD, Lorigan JG, Andry E. Fibroadenoma of the breast: sonographic
appearance. Radiology 1989;172:671–675.
56. Jackson VP, Rothschild PA, Kreipke DL, et al. The spectrum of sonographic findings
of fibroadenoma of the breast. Invest Radiol 1986;21:34.
57. Egan R, Egan KL. Automated water-path full-breast sonography: correlation with
histology of 176 solid lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1984;143:499.
921 / 1584
bi
58. Cole-Beuglet C, Soriano RZ, Kurtz AB, et al. Ultrasound analysis of 104 primary
breast carcinomas classified according to histopathologic type. Radiology 1983;147:191.
60. Liberman L, Dershaw DD, Deutch BM, et al. Screening mammography: value in
women 35–39 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:53–56.
61. Donegan WL. Evaluation of a palpable breast mass. N Engl J Med 1992;327:937
–942.
62. Williams SM, Kaplan PA, Peterson JC, et al. Mammography in women under age
30: is there clinical benefit? Radiology 1986;161:49–51.
63. Meyer JE, Kopans DB, Oot R. Mammographic visualization of breast cancer in
patients under 35 years of age. Radiology 1983;147:93–94.
65. Feig SA, Ehrlich SM. Estimation of radiation risk from screening mammography:
recent trends and comparison of expected benefits. Radiology 1990;174:638–647.
66. Boice JD, Harvey EB, Blettner M, et al. Cancer in the contralateral breast after
radiotherapy for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1992;326:781–785.
67. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography:
a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
68. Bailar JC. Mammography: a contrary view. Ann Intern Med 1976;84:77–84.
70. Jellins J, Kossoff G, Reeve TS. Detection and classification of liquid-filled masses in
the breast by gray scale echography. Radiology 1977;125:205.
71. Cole-Beuglet C, Goldberg BB, Kurtz AB, et al. Clinical experience with a prototype
real-time dedicated breast scanner. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1982;139:905.
72. Egan R, Egan KL. Automated water-path full-breast sonography: correlation with
histology of 176 solid lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1984;143:499.
922 / 1584
bi
923 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 18 - The Altered Breast: Pregnancy, Lactation, Abscess Post-Biopsy
Changes, Mastectomy, Radiation, and Implants
18
The Altered Breast: Pregnancy, Lactation,
Abscess Post-Biopsy Changes, Mastectomy,
Radiation, and Implants
Breast Imaging During Pregnancy and Lactation
The breast undergoes significant changes during pregnancy and lactation. In the first few
weeks of a pregnancy, there is a proliferation of ducts and lobules and an increase in
secretions, as well as vascular engorgement and breast enlargement. As the pregnancy
progresses, the lobular acini enlarge and become filled with colostrum. Several days after
delivery and the cessation of placental and luteal hormone production, the pituitary gland
begins to secrete prolactin, which causes the lobular acinar cells of the breast to begin to
produce true milk. Under the stimulation of nursing, a neurologic loop causes the secretion
of prolactin to continue. The neurologic pathway also causes the release of oxytocin from
the pituitary, which in turn stimulates the hypertrophied breast myoepithelial cells, whose
contraction helps to propel the milk down the ducts.
We do not feel that screening is indicated during this period. Most pregnant women are
below the age for routine screening. Women at high risk should be addressed on a case-by-
case basis. If a woman has a solitary duct discharge with either clear or bloody fluid during
pregnancy, we would consider doing a mammogram to look for calcifications that might be
associated with ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS). There are few other indications that would
prompt us to do a mammogram in a pregnant woman. 925 / 1584
bi
prompt us to do a mammogram in a pregnant woman.
Usually when patients are referred for breast imaging during pregnancy it is for a solitary
mass, and this can be evaluated using ultrasound (Fig. 18-2). An ultrasound-guided core
biopsy can usually be accomplished if the lesion proves to be solid. Unless a cancer is
discovered and it is important to try to assess its extent, mammography is not indicated.
The simplest way to gauge the need for a mammogram during pregnancy is to remember
that the mammogram is truly a screening test to look for unsuspected disease (cancer); it
has little value as a diagnostic study. Recognizing this important point makes it easier to
determine when to use mammography appropriately.
Figure 18-2 Masses that arise during lactation are usually evaluated with
ultrasound. This mass developed during lactation. Fine-needle aspiration was guided
clinically with benign cytology.
In our experience, the mammographic density of the breast can increase dramatically with
lactation. This is most apparent in the breast that was predominantly fat before lactation
(Fig. 18-3). Lobular enlargement produces numerous lobulated and coalescent densities on
the mammogram (Fig. 18-4). Although never specifically studied, this increase in
heterogeneous densities likely reduces the sensitivity of mammography for detecting
breast cancer.
The lactating breast produces special problems for breast imaging due to the hypertrophic
changes that are present. Routine screening should probably be avoided while a woman is
lactating. The sensitivity of the mammogram for
P.610
detecting cancer earlier is almost certainly reduced, and some observers have suggested
that the breast may be more sensitive to radiation. If diagnostic imaging is needed to
927 / 1584
bi
that the breast may be more sensitive to radiation. If diagnostic imaging is needed to
evaluate a palpable abnormality, ultrasound is used to determine whether the abnormality
is cystic or solid. If a mammogram is indicated, it is preferable for the patient to nurse
immediately before the mammogram to decompress the breast and permit better
compression. Although we try to have the patient nurse just prior to the mammogram, on
occasion this has not been possible, and we have found it is not unusual to see obviously
enlarged, dense lobules full of milk (Fig. 18-5).
Figure 18-4 The lactating breast frequently contains numerous lobulated densities.
In a case report Stucker et al (2) reported on a case of a woman who was found to have
diffuse intraductal calcifications by mammography 5 weeks after the cessation of lactation;
at biopsy they were due to “lactational change.”
If there is no compelling reason to do a screening study sooner, we recommend waiting 3
months following the cessation of lactation before resuming screening, but this is based on
anecdotal experience and not science.
928 / 1584
bi
Five patients with a mass alone
Two patients with masses with calcifications
Two patients with calcifications and axillary adenopathy
One patient with a mass with axillary adenopathy
One patient with calcifications alone
One patient with an asymmetric density
One patient with diffuse skin and trabecular thickening
They concluded that “although a mass could not be discernible by mammography because
of increased radiodensity during pregnancy or lactation, calcification, asymmetric density,
axillary lymphadenopathy, and skin and trabecular thickening were helpful for diagnosis of
pregnancy-associated breast cancer. The sonographic findings of a solid mass with posterior
acoustic enhancement and a marked cystic component were somewhat different from the
appearance of breast cancer in nonpregnant women, possibly because of the physiologic
changes of pregnancy and lactation.”
Because there is no evidence of any detrimental effect from ultrasound, its use during
pregnancy and lactation is attractive. As with any breast problem, ultrasound may be of
value in differentiating cystic from solid masses. There are no good prospective data
demonstrating that it can differentiate benign solid masses from malignant solid masses,
and it should not be relied on for this purpose. The unanswered question is whether any
breast imaging evaluation actually influences the care of these patients. Certainly, as in the
nonpregnant individual, x-ray imaging and ultrasound can be used to guide needle
procedures.
I am unaware of any study that compared randomly assigned women to having imaging-
guided abscess evaluation and drainage, to clinically guided drainage. The studies that
have been published support the use of imaging evaluation and imaging-guided abscess
drainage, but it is unclear whether this has any major benefit over clinical evaluation and
932 / 1584
bi
drainage, but it is unclear whether this has any major benefit over clinical evaluation and
drainage.
In one large study Ulitzsch et al reviewed 108 women who were suspected of having a
breast abscess. Sonography suggested 56 abscesses. Among these, 23 abscesses that were
less than 3 cm were treated by just needle aspiration, while 33 that were larger than 3 cm
had a catheter placed under ultrasound guidance. All of the abscesses treated with catheter
drainage resolved. One woman whose abscess was just aspirated went on to have surgical
incision and drainage. This is the most optimistic of the reports on imaging-guided
treatment of breast abscess. Others have had varying success with imaging-guided
percutaneous drainage of abscesses (13,14). The available data suggest that if an abscess
is to be successfully treated, it should be drained as completely as possible. Cases that
went on to require surgical treatment were often incompletely drained.
Needle Biopsy
Needle biopsy is the least invasive of the interventional methods used to determine the
nature of an abnormality. Needles can be positioned using clinical guidance (when the
lesion is palpable) or imaging guidance. Needle biopsies of the breast can be performed
using mammography (15), stereotactic mammography (16), ultrasound (17), computed
tomography (CT) (18), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) (19), and radionuclide imaging
to guide the positioning of the needle.
934 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-7 Core needle biopsy often produces a hematoma. A mass in the medial
left breast was biopsied using a 14-gauge needle. (A) Prebiopsy lateral mammogram.
(B) After biopsy; the hematoma is obvious.
935 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-8 There is usually minimal early postoperative architectural distortion after
an excisional biopsy. The ill-defined density (A) in the upper left breast proved to be
benign at surgery. One month (B) later, there is minimal distortion (arrowhead) that
will resolve.
Figure 18-9 Early postsurgical changes may be dramatic, but most ultimately resolve
with little residua. This woman had a breast biopsy with a benign result. The
mammograms in the MLO (A) and CC (B) projections were obtained when a mass
developed several days after the biopsy. The high density is consistent with a
hematoma (the large axillary nodes are reactive), and 9 months later repeat MLO (C)
and CC (D) projections show almost complete resolution.
937 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-11 This posttraumatic oil cyst (arrow), a form of fat necrosis, formed after
a benign breast biopsy.
P.616
P.617
P.618
Fat necrosis may result from surgery. This is easily diagnosed when an encapsulated, fat-
containing lesion (Fig. 18-11) or large calcifications develop in the bed of the surgery (Fig.
18-12). The time of development of fat necrosis is variable, ranging from months to years.
938 / 1584
bi
If there is any question raised by the findings from a mammogram obtained within a year
after surgery for a benign lesion, the pathology of the excised tissue should be reviewed to
be certain that it was truly a bland benign lesion. Logic should prevail. If the preceding
biopsy in fact removed the lesion and the tissue that was excised was clearly benign, it is
extremely unlikely that a cancer was present in the surgical bed and missed by the
pathologist and developed over a few months into a large, visible breast cancer. Thus,
when a mammogram is obtained in the early postoperative period after a biopsy with
benign results and a spiculated lesion is present, it is virtually certain that it is only
postoperative change, and only short-interval follow-up is suggested to monitor its
resolution (Fig. 18-13A–F).
Figure 18-12 Postsurgical fat necrosis can produce large calcifications. The ill-defined
density (A) was excised and proved to be benign. Six months later there is spiculated
postsurgical change (B) that develops a large benign calcification consistent with fat
necrosis 12 months after the surgery (C) (arrow).
We have found ultrasound of little value in assessing these women. The interpretation of
ultrasound in the postoperative setting is difficult (see Fig. 18-13G,H). Any postoperative
change should remain stable, improve, or resolve. If its appearance worsens by imaging,
then intervention may be indicated.
In the immediate post-biopsy period (days to weeks) a hematoma is not unusual (Fig. 18-
14). Postsurgical changes may be visible up to a year or more after a biopsy that had
benign results. For most women, however, the breast will ultimately heal with little or no
visible residual seen on the mammogram (Fig. 18-15). Since the location of a previous
biopsy in the breast is usually known, any slight distortion is usually easily accounted for. I
have seen two cases where a cancer, coincidentally, developed many
P.619
years later near an area of a previous biopsy. The post-biopsy scar made it difficult to
appreciate the developing malignancy. Fortunately, this is extremely rare. However, if
spiculated architectural distortion was not present on a mammogram subsequent to a
benign biopsy, but it develops following studies where no architectural distortion is evident,
then it should be carefully evaluated. Postsurgical changes should be evident immediately
after surgery and then resolve over time. It would be unlikely for them to develop years
after the biopsy.
939 / 1584
bi
after the biopsy.
Figure 18-13 Early (within 1 year) postsurgical change can have a very worrisome
appearance. This woman had a palpable abnormality that was removed and proved to
be benign. Preoperative MLO (A) and CC (B) mammogram. Five months after the
surgery there was a palpable mass on the MLO (C) and CC (D) images. Because of
the benign pathology and the course over which the mass was followed, it had nearly
resolved 7 months after the surgery, as seen on the MLO (E) and CC (F) projections.
Ultrasound after a breast biopsy may be confusing. This heterogeneous, hypoechoic
940 / 1584
bi
Ultrasound after a breast biopsy may be confusing. This heterogeneous, hypoechoic
palpable mass seen 3 months after the excision of a phylloides tumor in an 18-year-old
woman was thought to represent a recurrence (G). Based on the clinical evaluation, it
was followed and was almost resolved at 4 months (H) and was no longer visible at
the 7-month study.
In 1981, Sickles and Herzog (23) reported that a persistent, spiculated abnormality after a
biopsy with benign results is extremely rare. In their review of women who had had benign
breast biopsies, only 3% of women had persistent distortion 2 to 3 years after surgery.
These results occurred despite the fact that their data were accumulated at a time when
larger volumes of tissue were routinely removed. Mitnick et al found a similar percentage
(24). There is likely a variation in the amount of persistent change that depends on the
extent of the surgery and the postoperative course
P.620
P.621
(hematoma formation or infection), but it is extremely rare for postoperative change to be
apparent or confusing when the biopsy was benign.
Figure 18-14 This large, radiographically dense mass was merely a postsurgical
hematoma 1 month following a benign breast biopsy.
941 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-15 The breast usually heals with no evident scar after a biopsy
with benign results. This architectural distortion (arrow) was evident 3 months after
surgery (A) with a benign result. Exactly 1 year later (B), the breast has healed
completely with no radiographic evidence of the surgery. In this second case (C), a
mass is evident on the right in 1987. It was surgically removed and proved to be
benign. There is no mammographic evidence of the surgery on the 1989 view
(reversed for mirror-image comparison).
944 / 1584
bi
945 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-17 Fat necrosis after surgery may form a typical oil cyst. The encapsulated
radiolucent area on the MLO (A) and enlarged MLO (B) projections is a benign
posttraumatic oil cyst due to fat necrosis after a reduction mammoplasty. This oil cyst
was also visible on the CC (C) and enlarged CC (D) projections.
946 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-18 Lucent-centered calcifications (A) are always benign. They are likely to
be due to fat necrosis. (B) Photographically enlarged.
Figure 18-19 Chronic seroma. Persistent seromas are unusual following a biopsy
with benign results. The ovoid collection seen here deep in the left breast on this MLO
projection (A) and medially on the CC projection (B) was still present 14 months after
surgery.
Figure 18-20 Dramatic postsurgical change is unusual if the biopsy result is benign.
On occasion the breast takes a long time to heal. The spiculated mass, evident on the
MLO (A) and CC (B) projections, is likely a hematoma that developed after the 947 / 1584
bi
MLO (A) and CC (B) projections, is likely a hematoma that developed after the
removal of a benign mass. One year later, the appearance of the postsurgical change
on the MLO (C) and CC (D) projections has markedly improved, although there is still
architectural distortion. Most of this will eventually resolve.
Figure 18-21 Subtle architectural distortion several years after surgery with a benign
result.
948 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-22 Asymmetric tissue may be due to the surgical removal of tissue from
the contralateral breast. The asymmetric tissue (arrow) visible in the upper (A) and
outer (B) right breast was due to the earlier excision of tissue from the left breast.
Figure 18-23 Postsurgical change is usually more prominent on one projection than
on the other. Three months after surgery, in the same patient as in Figure 18-15, there
is postsurgical architectural distortion that is more evident on the MLO (A) projection
(photographically enlarged) than medially on the CC view (B).
949 / 1584
bi
P.628
951 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-25 After a reduction mammaplasty, the tissues may have a swirled
appearance, as in this CC (A) view, due to the removal of tissue and pulling together
of the remaining tissues. (B) Isolated islands of breast tissue may result after
reduction mammoplasty. In this second patient, on an MLO projection, there is an
island of breast tissue (solid arrow) that is separate from the parenchyma. The nipple
appears elevated (open arrow).
Subcutaneous Mastectomy
A subcutaneous mastectomy is usually performed before an individual develops breast
cancer to try to reduce her risk by removing most of her breast tissue. The surgeon
attempts to remove as much tissue as possible while preserving the nipple/areolar complex
and without devascularizing the skin. An implant is usually placed after tissue removal to
reconstruct the breast. Because epithelial elements may extend to the skin, the complete
removal of all epithelial elements would result in a compromise of the blood supply and the
skin would likely slough. Thus, subcutaneous mastectomy does not usually entirely
eliminate the risk of breast cancer. It is a fairly drastic procedure that is usually used only
when the risk of cancer is high or when the individual is extremely concerned. Prophylactic
mastectomy does not eliminate breast cancer risk but appears to reduce it by
approximately 90% among high-risk women (30,31). Because there is residual breast
tissue, we believe that mammography is still indicated for women who have had
subcutaneous mastectomies, as opposed to simple or complete mastectomies, where there
should be no residual breast tissue that can be imaged.
952 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-26 This posttraumatic oil cyst, a form of fat necrosis, formed after
reduction mammoplasty.
P.630
What is not often realized is that even a complete mastectomy may not remove all breast
tissue. The surgeon performs an elliptical incision to include the nipple/areolar complex and
then attempts to dissect out all of the apparent breast tissue from the sternum to high in
the axilla. The surgeon dissects as close to the skin as possible (9) (Fig. 18-29). If the
remaining skin flaps are too thin, then the skin may be devascularized and may necrose,
requiring skin grafting to cover the defect. If the skin flaps are too thick, then significant
amounts of breast epithelium may remain behind, and breast cancer can develop in this
residual tissue.
953 / 1584
bi
Skin-Sparing Mastectomy
In an effort to improve the cosmetic outcome from reconstruction following a mastectomy,
some surgeons now perform a skin-sparing mastectomy. This basically consists of a
circumareolar incision that may be extended to permit the removal of the breast through
the small opening. Leaving behind the native skin that lay over the breast improves the
cosmetic result from a reconstruction. The reports in the literature suggest that this is a
reasonable way to perform a mastectomy. Anecdotally, we have seen two cases where the
skin-sparing mastectomy, performed at an outside institution, likely resulted in an early
recurrence. The skin-sparing mastectomy makes it more difficult for the surgeon to dissect
out all of the breast tissue since he or she is operating, to some extent, in a hole. The
surgeon tries to remove all of the breast tissue without devascularizing the skin of the
breast by developing the skin flaps. If a flap is too thick, breast tissue (ducts) can be left
behind, and if there is tumor in the ducts that have remained, recurrences can occur. The
two women in which we have seen this both had myocutaneous flap reconstructions
following their skin-sparing mastectomies. The recurrences were just beneath the skin.
Both women had been initially treated for extensive DCIS, and since the recurrences
included DCIS, it is clear that ducts must have been left behind by the skin-sparing
surgery. Since we have not seen these recurrences in patients operated on by the surgeons
in our institution, it is likely and not surprising that the success of a skin-sparing
mastectomy is related to the experience and skill of the surgeon.
A simple mastectomy with removal of as much breast tissue as possible is probably the
best prophylactic procedure. If a complete mastectomy has been performed, with removal
of the areolar complex, then follow-up imaging of the chest wall has no demonstrated
value.
954 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-28 Without the original MLO (A) and CC (B) mammograms, it would be
difficult to tell that this patient had a reduction mammoplasty based only on the
postreduction MLO (C) and CC (D) mammograms.
955 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-29 Skin-sparing mastectomy. The surgeon tries to remove all of the breast
through an incision that circles the areola by dissecting back under the skin. If the
surgeon is too close to the skin, the skin may necrose. If the surgeon is too far away,
there may be breast tissue and cancer that is left behind. The shaded area indicates
breast tissue. (See Fig. 18-31 for the standard mastectomy incision.)
Margin Analysis
The surgeon, even during surgery, frequently cannot determine where cancer ends and
normal tissue begins. A crude measure of the success of tumor excision is the evaluation by
the pathologist of the margins of the excised tissue. The surgeon tries to remove the tumor
(and normal tissue) in a block. By staining the surface of the excised tissue with India ink
or other stains, the pathologist, seeing the stain on histologic sections, can determine how
close the tumor is to the margin (Fig. 18-30). Some pathologists use multiple, different-
colored stains to determine which margin is involved so that they can guide the surgeon in
performing a re-excision. If tumor is found in close proximity to the edge of the excised
tissue or is at its margin, then the likelihood is increased that significant amounts of cancer
remain in the breast.
The goal of surgical removal is to have clear margins, but there is no universal agreement
as to what constitutes a clear margin. In general, the wider the distance between the
excised tumor and the margin of the bloc of the excised tissue in which it lies, the lower the
risk for recurrence. At the Massachusetts General Hospital, the margin is considered clear
if there is no tumor within 2 mm of the inked surface when viewed through the microscope.
956 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-30 Margin analysis is critical. When tissue is excised, the surface is
painted with ink so that the pathologist can determine whether cancer is “at the
margin” or if there seems to be several millimeters of normal tissue around the cancer,
suggesting that the majority of the tumor has been excised. Tumor may extend to the
margin but be down in the block and not seen. This is why even margin analysis is not
exact.
P.633
Margin analysis is far from perfect. Because of the nature of the analysis, the pathologist
can review only a very small sample of the margin of the excised tissue. Histologic slides
provide a 4- to 5-µm-thick slice of the excised tissue. If only 1 cc of tissue was removed
(usually 25 to 50 cc or more of tissue is removed to excise a cancer), the pathologist would
have to review 2,000 slides to evaluate the entire specimen. It is not surprising that even
when the margin is believed to be free of tumor, as many as 40% of women have residual
cancer in the breast. This is especially true for DCIS, where the cancer may extend down a
duct from the primary tumor into another portion of the breast and the duct falls between
reviewed slices so that it is not seen by the pathologist (36,37,38) (see Fig. 18-30).
The amount of tissue removed correlates directly with the amount of residual tumor after
primary excision (39). As noted above, lumpectomy generally means the removal of the
tumor with a margin of normal surrounding tissue. The amount of normal tissue varies with
the surgeon. The likelihood of residual tumor can be diminished by performing a quadrant
resection. The definition varies, but Italian physicians, who have had much success with
extensive resections, remove a quarter of the breast (40). Shulman et al found that the
amount of residual tumor dropped from 40% to 14% with quadrant or segmental resection
when compared to lumpectomy.
Even quadrant resection may leave tumor behind, however. Cancer cells grow up and
down the duct branches of the involved breast segment (41). There is as yet no way of
knowing whether the segment crosses into another quadrant of the breast such that
branches of the segment (and the cancer cells contained within them) are not removed
even by resecting an entire quadrant. Furthermore, the removal of such large amounts of
tissue may be cosmetically unacceptable. Reconstruction is frequently used when a
quadrant has been removed. Lumpectomy with clear margins, followed by radiation, has
become the accepted standard in the United States.
The indications for conservation therapy (conserving the breast) have expanded over the
years. It is essentially the acceptability by the individual woman of the amount of breast
that will remain that determines whether the approach is undertaken. If the tumor can be
excised with a margin of uninvolved tissue, then conservation therapy is an option.
Although subareolar cancers usually involve the removal of the nipple/areolar complex, if
the patient wishes, the remainder of the breast can be conserved. The use of
chemotherapy before the removal of the known tumor (neoadjuvant chemotherapy) has
provided a way to decrease the size of the cancer so that a mastectomy can be avoided. In
957 / 1584
bi
provided a way to decrease the size of the cancer so that a mastectomy can be avoided. In
many cases a large lesion can be reduced in size so that the breast can be conserved and a
mastectomy avoided (42).
Figure 18-31 Modified radical mastectomy. This diagram depicts the standard
mastectomy incision. The breast is dissected from under the remaining skin and an
axillary dissection is performed to include level I and II lymph nodes.
958 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-32 Axillary node levels. Level I nodes are lateral to and alongside the
pectoralis major. Level II nodes are under the pectoralis minor muscle. Level III nodes
are medial to the medial border of the pectoralis minor muscle.
Figure 18-33 Postradiation skin and trabecular thickening. The right breast had
been irradiated 6 months earlier. The increased density is due to skin and trabecular
thickening from edema. The swelling makes compression more difficult and
uncomfortable, which further reduces the quality of the image.
961 / 1584
bi
We believe that it is prudent to try to detect recurrences as early as possible, but in fact
there are few data that suggest that the earlier detection of a recurrence within the breast
has any effect on overall survival. With modern surgery striving for clear margins, and
accurately delivered radiation therapy, recurrences have become very unlikely.
Fortunately, with careful tumor excision (to negative margins) and well-planned irradiation,
tumor recurrence has become quite rare. In the past recurrences used to be as high as 2%
per year following breast-conserving therapy. At the Massachusetts General Hospital the
recurrence rates are less than 2% at 8 years following whole-breast irradiation and a boost
to the tumor bed.
Some have advocated mammograms every 6 months following the completion of the
radiation. This intensive follow-up does not seem logical. Recurrences usually do not
appear until at least 2 years following treatment, so early intensive monitoring makes little
sense. If the breast cancer has been excised with clear margins and adjuvant radiation
therapy completed, a recurrence soon after the
P.636
completion of therapy is very unlikely. In my experience, when there is an early
recurrence it is extensive and not subtle. Given these facts, we obtain a new, “baseline”
mammogram of both breasts 6 months following the completion of the irradiation. This
gives the breast some time to heal so that compression is not too uncomfortable for the
patient. It is assumed that she has been cured. Consequently, this is a screening
examination just like any annual examination. We recognize and expect spiculated
architectural distortion on this first study (Fig. 18-34), so we are not surprised or concerned
when we see it. If there is no reason for short-interval follow-up, the patient is not asked
to return for a year until it is time for her annual screening study.
Some have advocated that women who have been treated for breast cancer should be
evaluated as “diagnostic” patients. We have found no basis for doing this. In a review of
45,035 screening examinations, 43,454 (96%) were for women who had no history of
breast cancer. An additional 590 (1%) were for women who had undergone mastectomy for
breast cancer and 991 (2%) were for women who had been treated with lumpectomy and
irradiation for breast cancer. Among the 43,454 examinations of women with no history of
breast cancer, 3,081 examinations (7%) led to interpretations that produced requests for
the patient to return for additional evaluation. Thirty-six women who had been treated for
breast cancer by mastectomy were recalled (6%). Seventy-five women who had
undergone lumpectomy and irradiation for breast cancer were recalled (8%). These recall
rates were not statistically significantly different. The recall rates for women who have
been treated for breast cancer are no greater than for those who have never had breast
cancer, so there is no reason to routinely perform a diagnostic evaluation of these women
(51). Once the observer becomes comfortable with posttreatment changes, there is no
reason to follow treated cancer patients any differently than those who have never had
cancer.
962 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-35 These calcifications on the CC projection (A) developed after surgery
and irradiation for breast cancer. They are large and coarse, and some have lucent
centers on this photographic enlargement (B) and are typical of benign dystrophic
deposits.
Figure 18-36 Suture material may calcify after irradiation. In this patient the
knots and even the trailing ends of the sutures are clearly visible on the straight lateral
(A) and enlarged views (B).
Figure 18-37 Surgery to conserve the breast involves excising the primary lesion
through an excision overlying the malignancy and a separate incision to remove level I
and II axillary lymph nodes.
The completeness of the primary excision of a breast cancer has an impact on the risk of
recurrence. As might be expected, in one study that evaluated 503 patients, the larger the
965 / 1584
bi
recurrence. As might be expected, in one study that evaluated 503 patients, the larger the
tissue resection, the lower the risk of residual tumor and the lower the risk of recurrence in
the breast
P.639
(39) (Table 18-1). The reason for these failures is that microscopic tumor often spreads
beyond the apparent edge of the lesion and the surgeon is often unaware that tumor has
been cut across, with residual foci remaining in the breast. The surgeon should strive for
excision margins that are free of malignancy before radiation therapy to reduce the risk of
recurrent breast cancer. The preoperative mammogram should be evaluated to try to
determine the extent of the cancer. Calcifications frequently delineate much of the
intraductal extent of the tumor, but it is fairly common for noncalcified tumor to extend
beyond the visible calcifications.
Patients 62 27 11
Residual 41 14 7
tumor
Recurrence 15 7 5
Adapted from Harris JR, Schnitt SJ, Connolly JL. Conservative surgery and
radiation therapy for early breast cancer. Arch Surg 1987;122:754–755.
Many believe that all cancer-associated calcifications should be excised to reduce the
likelihood of recurrence, although, as noted above, this has not been proved scientifically.
If the specimen radiograph of the excised tissue (obtained when the lesion is not palpable)
does not appear to contain all of the calcifications evident on the preoperative
mammogram, a postoperative mammogram (magnification technique may be helpful)
may reveal residual deposits. In one study using postoperative mammography (55), 20 of
29 (69%) women with residual calcifications visible on the postoperative mammogram had
residual tumor. That the mammogram cannot completely predict residual tumor is
highlighted by the fact that in the same study, 4 women out of 13 who had no evident
calcifications were found to have residual tumor (31%). Although the mammogram may
help to predict the presence of residual tumor after an excisional biopsy, the data on the
proper management and appropriate therapeutic decisions have all been predicated on the
pathologic analysis of the margins of the excised tissue and not the mammogram. If the
histologic assessment of the excised tissue shows that the margins are free of tumor, then
unless there are clearly large amounts of residual cancer calcifications, or obviously
malignant-type residual calcifications, re-excision for calcifications is not indicated.
966 / 1584
bi
In addition to evaluating the mammogram to try to determine the extent of tumor, the
tissue that is removed should have its surface covered with India ink or a similar stain so
that when it is cut into smaller sections for histologic evaluation, the pathologist can
determine how close the tumor comes to the tissue margins. If tumor is close to the
margin or involves the margin, the likelihood of significant residual tumor still within the
breast is high.
When there is extensive intraductal cancer with or without invasive tumor, it is frequently
not possible to estimate the extent of the tumor that spreads along the segmental ducts.
Because the pathologist can examine only a very small portion of the margin of the tumor,
it is not surprising that cancer, spreading through microscopic ducts, may be overlooked in
the sample. Even when margins appear clear, there is frequently residual cancer that is not
appreciated at surgery or by the pathologist (56,57).
Fortunately, recurrent cancer after conservation therapy is now fairly unusual. With
appropriate treatment, now fewer than 2% of women will have a recurrence over a 10-
year follow-up. This has come down in recent years from the approximately 1% to 2% rate
of recurrence that used to be expected each year (10% to 15% at 10 years). It is believed
that this marked improvement is due to the greater attention paid to obtaining clear
margins, patient selection, and attention to therapeutic technique. Mendelson reported that
recurrent breast cancers in the irradiated breast did not begin to appear until 30 months
after the original diagnosis (57) (Fig. 18-38). This has been our experience. We have seen
only a few earlier recurrences, and those have proved to be very aggressive tumors that
rapidly involved the entire breast.
Figure 18-38 Recurrent breast cancer after irradiation is often difficult to appreciate
by mammography if it produces only increased density. This patient had been treated 5
years earlier for DCIS. Despite irradiation, she had a recurrence of an invasive cancer.
The palpable recurrent cancer extended from the nipple to the upper outer quadrant
but caused only a diffuse increase in density on the CC (A) projection that is
imperceptible without previous examinations (the other breast had been removed for a
previous cancer). The recurrence is suspected by mammography due to the
calcifications present on the MLO (B) and CC (C) projections. Calcifications in
recurrent breast cancer are similar in appearance to those produced by a primary
malignancy.
Six months after the completion of radiation is the time when the posttreatment changes
evident by mammography are likely to peak, the breast has healed sufficiently to permit
some compression, and recurrence is extremely unlikely. Subsequent to this study, the
breast would be expected to improve or remain the same. There does not seem to be any
scientific rationale for obtaining a mammogram sooner unless there is a clinical concern.
For the majority of patients, the expected posttreatment changes at the 6-month study do
not cause any concern, and this new baseline study is the first, followed by a return to
annual screening. Because recurrences are not expected to begin to appear for at least 968 / 1584
bi
annual screening. Because recurrences are not expected to begin to appear for at least
another year, there is no clear rationale for obtaining an earlier study than the next annual
screen unless a question arises sooner. If there is a questionable finding on the initial
posttreatment mammogram (it is not likely to be recurrent cancer), we follow up at 6-
month intervals. If the change resolves or remains stable for 2 years, we return to annual
screening. Although the American College of Radiology (ACR) Standard for Diagnostic
Mammography states that women who have been treated for breast cancer may be
candidates for diagnostic mammography follow-up, there is no scientific rationale for this.
We have no higher recall rates for these women than the average woman evaluated in our
screening program (61).
There is no rationale or any good data that support a more frequent screening interval for
women who have been treated for breast cancer. If there is a question as to whether a
finding is due to recurrence or posttreatment change, MRI with gadolinium may be helpful
in the analysis of the posttreatment breast changes (62). Although biopsied breast tissue
can enhance in the initial few months after a biopsy,
P.641
this is usually in a thin rim around the biopsy cavity. Any irregular enhancement outside of
this thin zone should be viewed as suspicious for residual disease. Heywang et al found that
there was rarely any enhancement on MRI 6 to 9 months after surgery (63). If the patient
was treated for breast cancer and was more than a year from the treatment, Dao et al
found that cancer recurrences all enhanced using gadolinium (64). If it is more than a year
after treatment and the abnormal area enhances, recurrent cancer should be strongly
suspected.
Ultrasound
Although some observers advocate the use of ultrasound to evaluate the posttreatment
breast, no data support its routine use. The only time it might be valuable is to help
differentiate a fluid-filled structure from a solid structure in the region of the prior surgery.
The former is almost always a seroma or hematoma that develops early in the postsurgical
period, and most can be followed clinically without the need for ultrasound.
971 / 1584
bi
973 / 1584
bi
974 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-41 Injection of free silicone. (A) These calcific densities on this negative-
mode xerogram are silicone granulomas that formed secondary to the injection of free
silicone. Multiple calcified silicone granulomas can be seen on the CC view (B) and
extending up into the axilla on the MLO view (C) in this 49-year-old woman who had
injections of free silicone 28 years prior to these mammograms. (D) This patient had
silicone injections that have formed calcified granulomas. She subsequently had an
implant added for additional augmentation.
The most common problems directly attributable to implants involve the same
complications expected with a surgical procedure in which a prosthetic device is implanted
(85). Postsurgical complications such as bleeding and infection can occur, and, as with any
foreign body, some individuals tolerate implants and others do not. It also appears that the
silicone envelope degrades with time. A new implant can withstand up to 200 lb of
pressure, but with time the strength decreases and in some women the envelope appears
to disintegrate, increasing the likelihood of rupture.
In a follow-up study of 749 women, Gabriel et al found that 208 (27.8%) underwent
implant-related surgery over a mean follow-up period of 7.8 years (range 0 to 28) (86).
The most common problem was capsular contracture, which occurred in 15% of the
women. Ruptured implants occurred in 3.9%. A number of problems, including hematomas
and abscess formation, occur early after implantation. In capsular contraction, 975 / 1584
bi
and abscess formation, occur early after implantation. In capsular contraction,
myofibroblasts may be responsible for pain and capsule formation, which may produce a
hard implant. However, capsular contraction remains a clinical diagnosis.
There is little doubt that women who have implants are systemically exposed to silicone.
Our preliminary studies have shown that silicone can be found in the blood of women with
implants, and using magnetic resonance spectroscopy we have detected silicone in the
livers of these women. Nuclear magnetic resonance of blood samples shows that the
chemical composition of the silicone in the blood is modified from the gel polymer (87). It
is not clear whether the implant must be ruptured for silicone to be detectable in the blood
or liver. In addition to possibly representing a way to determine whether an implant is
ruptured, this work has also demonstrated that the gel polymer can be chemically altered
by the body. The significance of this, if any, remains to be determined. If the anecdotal
problems related to exposure to silicone are shown to be real, spectroscopy may provide
the most objective way to evaluate that exposure.
In 1998 a review by four experts commissioned by Judge Pointer to review the scientific
evidence surrounding silicone gel implants (88) found no evidence of connective tissue or
other systemic illnesses from these implants. Since this report is admissible in all court
cases, the litigation appears to have diminished considerably. Nevertheless, because some
still believe that problems arise when the body is exposed to the silicone gel when an
implant ruptures, there is still interest in determining whether a rupture has occurred.
Types of Implants
There are numerous types of implants. The majority consist of a silicone envelope filled
with silicone gel or saline. The envelope is a silicone rubber made of either
polydimethylsiloxane or polydiphenylsiloxane. The gel consists of cross-linked silicone
polymers. The other major type of implant is the envelope filled with saline. Combinations
of the two (envelope within envelope) can be found. By placing a silicone implant within a
saline implant (Fig. 18-42), the saline can be introduced in the operating room to permit
adjustment of the implant size. Various valves may be present that allow for adjustment of
the size of the implant that contains saline. These may be palpable and be mistaken for a
mass. They may also be evident by mammography (see Fig. 18-42A).
P.647
Retropectoral Placement
In another effort to reduce the development of capsule formation and contracture that
commonly occurs around retroglandular implants, many implants have been placed behind
the pectoralis major muscle in a subpectoral location (Fig. 18-44). The theory for this
position was that the motion of the muscle over the surface of the implant would reduce
the likelihood of capsular contracture. The retropectoral implant is preferable for
mammography because it facilitates implant displacement imaging (see Chapter 10) and
permits better compression of the breast for cancer detection.
978 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-44 Retropectoral implant. The implant is placed behind the pectoralis
muscle as seen in this schematic (A) and on this lateral xerogram (B). The pectoralis
major muscle is visible just anterior to the implant (C) on these CC projections of
saline implants. The breast has been pulled forward, and the displaced implant is
barely visible behind the pectoralis major muscle (arrows) of the left breast on these
MLO projections of retropectoral implants (D).
P.648
P.649
P.650
980 / 1584
bi
See PDF
Figure 18-45 The mammographic diagnosis of implant rupture. (A) Prerupture: The
retroglandular implant is intact on this MLO mammogram. (B) Postrupture: Two years
later there is free silicone in the soft tissues of the lower left breast. The silicone is
diffusely extravasated, as seen on this spot compression view (C) of a palpable
abnormality. Extravasated free silicone is even more evident when the standard
implant view (D) is compared to the implant displacement view (E) after implant
rupture. Silicone from a ruptured implant can form round or ovoid globular collections
(F), granulomas (G), or diffuse high-attenuation areas (H) (arrow). Clinically occult
cancer can be detected among women with implants. In this individual, clustered
calcifications at the bottom of the breast adjacent to the implant are barely visible on
this enlargement of the lateral mammogram (I) (image courtesy of the New England
Medical Center). They were confirmed with spot compression that displaced the
implant out of the field of view and at biopsy proved to be due to DCIS. Other cancers
may cause a deformity in the implant, as in this patient whose palpable cancer was
depressing the implant (J) (arrows), while still others may not be visible by
mammography but can be imaged by ultrasound. In this patient the palpable invasive
cancer was not evident on the mammogram (K). However, the cancer was evident on
the ultrasound (L) as an irregularly shaped, hypoechoic mass.
981 / 1584
bi
See PDF
Figure 18-46 These schematics summarize the various changes that can occur with
implants. (A) The normal implant is round or ovoid. (B) A fibrous capsule can form
around the implant (arrow). (C) Unencapsulated implants can bulge and deform under
normal tissue pressures and still not be ruptured. (D) Any deformity of an intact
envelope can be encapsulated. (E) Deformity cannot be distinguished from a
herniation of the intact implant through a portion of the capsule. (F) Deformity and
herniation cannot be distinguished from a truly ruptured implant as long as the gel
maintains a smooth contour. (G) Separate collections of silicone outside the implant
are clear proof of implant rupture. (H) Normal radial folds caused by an infolding of
the redundant envelope under tissue molding can be seen on ultrasound or MRI and do
not represent evidence of rupture. (I) Intracapsular rupture. If the implant has
ruptured, early retraction of the envelope may be visible on ultrasound or MRI. If the
capsule is intact, it is termed an intracapsular rupture. (J) An even stronger indication
of intracapsular rupture is seen by the linguine sign, in which the envelope's elastic
recoil causes it to contract into the center of the gel. The smooth contour of the gel
may remain intact due to its retention by the surrounding capsule, making it difficult to
make the diagnosis from a mammogram.
Myocutaneous Flaps
More complicated reconstructions involve tissue transfers from other parts of the body.
Although free tissue transfers can be done, it is generally better to move tissue with its
blood supply intact. The use of abdominal soft tissues overlying and containing half of the
rectus abdominis muscle is termed the TRAM flap (transverse rectus abdominis
myocutaneous flap). A crescent of tissue is removed from the suprapubic region along with
part of the rectus muscle. The blood supply to the graft is maintained by not severing the
epigastric vessels. The graft on this muscle-vascular-fat-skin pedicle is then moved up to
the chest through a tunnel dissected under the skin of the upper abdomen. The tissue is
used to fill the space previously occupied by the breast (Fig. 18-47A). A mound is fashioned
on the chest wall, and then various methods are used to reconstruct a nipple on this mound
of tissue. The latissimus dorsi has also been used for this type of reconstruction.
Mammography
984 / 1584
bi
The primary reason for mammography remains the earlier detection of breast cancer.
Implants make mammography more difficult. In addition to being radiopaque and
obscuring visualization of portions of the breast tissue, the implant compresses the tissues
toward the skin. This is exactly opposite to the compression needed to spread the tissues
apart for optimal tissue evaluation.
P.658
Mammographic Positioning
The positioning of women with implants is described in detail in Chapter 10. The goal is to
image as much of the tissue as possible. Mammography can aid in analyzing the status of
the implants, but it is primarily used for the earlier detection of cancer in the breast. The
standard views include the MLO and CC with the implant in the field of view using just
sufficient compression to hold the breast as far into the field of view as possible to permit
evaluation of the tissues deep and around the implant. Excess compression only pushes the
implant toward the skin and compresses the tissues in the wrong direction.
The two projections are then repeated, trying to displace the implants back toward the
chest wall in an effort to better visualize the breast tissues (Fig. 18-48). Implant
displacement views improve the ability to image the breast tissues (see Chapter 10). By
displacing the implant back against the chest wall, the breast tissues can be pulled forward
as with a normal mammogram. Direct compression of the breast tissues, separating
overlapping structures, can then be applied with improved results. Unfortunately, even
these special projections do not permit imaging the entire volume of breast tissue, and
usually the deep tissues are not optimally imaged.
Figure 18-48 (A) MLO projection including the implant in the field of view. The tissue
is compressed toward the skin in this individual with a retropectoral implant. The
implant is then displaced out of the field of view on the same MLO projection (B), as
well as the CC (C) projection, so that the tissues can be better compressed and
evaluated.
985 / 1584
bi
The type of implant and its location may determine the feasibility of implant displacement
imaging. Implants that are placed behind the pectoralis major muscle make it much easier
to obtain mammograms with the implants out of the field of view than do implants in the
retromammary position.
If an implant cannot be displaced, then views obtained tangential to it can image as much
tissue as possible. This can usually be accomplished by obtaining the MLO, CC, and straight
lateral (ML) projections (Fig. 18-49).
Figure 18-49 If the implant cannot be displaced, adding the mediolateral (A) straight
lateral projection to the MLO (B) and the CC (C) provides tangents to the implant to
permit some evaluation of most of the breast (D).
986 / 1584
bi
Some radiologists have found CT (104) or ultrasound (105) useful in the evaluation of
implants. MRI is perhaps the most useful system for evaluating implants (106). A
comparison of mammography, MRI, ultrasound, and CT was performed by Gorczyca et al
using rabbits in which one intact implant and one ruptured implant were placed, they found
that MRI and CT were the most accurate in detecting rupture (MR was slightly better than
CT), with ultrasound and mammography considerably less accurate (107). There is no test
that can determine that the envelope is intact, but each can demonstrate findings that
strongly suggest rupture.
987 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-50 (A) Calcifications are visible in the fibrous capsule that has formed
around the implant envelope on this spot compression view. (B) Calcification is evident
in the fibrous capsule of the left implant and, to a lesser extent, of the right implant on
this CT scan of another patient.
Although there is no test that can prove that an implant is not ruptured, some ruptures are
apparent on the mammogram. Irregular collections of silicone may be seen outside the
implant (see Fig. 18-45). Silicone in axillary lymph nodes is a clear indication that an
implant has ruptured.
See PDF
Figure 18-51 Herniation is indistinguishable from a focal rupture if the silicone gel
remains smoothly contoured. The superior bulge in this implant (arrow) may represent
a rupture or merely a herniation of an intact implant through a discontinuous capsule
(A). In this second patient (B), the implant on the left, evaluated using xerography, is
elongated and ruptured while retaining smooth contours. Rounding of the implant on
the right suggests fibrous encapsulation. In this third patient, the retropectoral implant
on the left is elongated toward the axilla on the MLO view (C) relative to the right (D)
and on the CC view (E) relative to the right (F). Both implants were found to be
ruptured on MRI; this was confirmed by surgery. Free silicone can produce a very
echogenic appearance on ultrasound, with some posterior shadowing, as in this patient
(G). (Image courtesy of Norman Sadowsky, MD, Faulkner Sagoff Breast Center, 988 / 1584
bi
(G). (Image courtesy of Norman Sadowsky, MD, Faulkner Sagoff Breast Center,
Brookline, MA.)
Figure 18-52 Normal silicone gel is anechoic. The echo-free area on this ultrasound is
the implant with breast tissue anterior to it (A). The gel of a ruptured implant may
have increased echogenicity. This must be differentiated from the reverberation artifact
that can occur along the anterior undersurface of the normal implant (B) (arrows).
Figure 18-53 The linguine sign on ultrasound. The implant in the right breast (A)
is normal in contour. The implant in the left breast (B) has an abnormal bulge and
undulating surface that suggests rupture. On the ultrasound (C), the first specular
reflections are from the edge of the silicone gel. The brighter curvilinear specular
reflections from within the gel are from the ruptured silicone envelope that has
collapsed and is sinking into the gel.
990 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-54 The resonance frequencies of silicone, water, and fat are sufficiently
separate to permit the use of fat- and water-suppression techniques to enhance the
differentiation of silicone from the others on MRI.
T1 signal intensity
T2 signal intensity
Everson et al concluded that MRI was the best method for detecting implant rupture when
they compared mammography, CT, and ultrasound (117). In their series of 32 women with
63 implants (22 found to be ruptured at surgery), mammography detected only 23% of the
ruptures (with a specificity of 98%), whereas ultrasound detected 59% (specificity of 79%),
with CT 82% sensitive and 88% specific. MRI was able to detect 95% of the ruptures with
a specificity of 93%. 991 / 1584
bi
a specificity of 93%.
Figure 18-55 The linguine sign on CT and MRI. The silicone rubber envelope can
be seen folding on itself as a higher-attenuation structure in the silicone gel on CT
(arrows) (A). The same phenomenon is visible in a different patient on MRI. In this
patient (B) the silicone gel produces a high signal on these T2-weighted images. The
envelope is a rope-like structure (arrow) folding back and forth and low in signal
intensity. This is the cross-section of the envelope that is collapsing into the gel,
forming an accordion-like structure. In both patients the envelope has ruptured and
collapsed into the gel. The gel keeps its shape because it is still held in place by the
fibrous capsule that had formed previously. On cross-section the envelope looks like a
string of pasta. Rupture should not be confused with radial folds that are merely the
crenated, intact envelope folding in on itself.
992 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-56 Scarring after explantation. In this patient prominent scarring deep
in the breast after the removal of an implant is visible on the MLO (A) and CC (B)
projections. It is not possible to tell whether there is also free silicone in the tissues,
although the high attenuation is suggestive. MRI could be used to make this
determination if it was needed.
994 / 1584
bi
Figure 18-57 After explantation the fibrous capsule may remain, as seen on these
MLO (A) and CC (B) images of the right breast and the MLO (C) and CC (D) images
of the left breast. In another patient residual silicone and silicone granulomas are
visible in the right breast on the MLO (E) and CC (F) images. They were due to the
rupture that led to the explantation. They were left behind when the ruptured implant
was removed.
References
1. Swinford AE, Adler DD, Garver KA. Mammographic appearance of the breasts during
pregnancy and lactation: false assumptions. Acad Radiol 1998;5:467–472.
2. Stucker DT, Ikeda DM, Hartman AR, et al. New bilateral microcalcifications at
mammography in a postlactational woman: case report. Radiology 2000;217:247–250.
995 / 1584
bi
3. Liberman L, Giess CS, Dershaw DD, et al. Imaging pregnancy-associated breast
cancer. Radiology 1994;191:245–248.
4. Ahn BY, Kim HH, Moon WK, et al. Pregnancy- and lactation-associated breast
cancer: mammographic and sonographic findings. J Ultrasound Med 2003;22:491–497.
5. Zemlickis D, Lishner M, Degendorfer P, et al. Maternal and fetal outcome after breast
cancer in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1992;166:781–787.
7. Swinford AE, Adler DD, Garver KA. Mammographic appearance of the breasts during
pregnancy and lactation: false assumptions. Acad Radiol 1998;5:467–472.
8. Guinee VF, Olsson H, Moller T, et al. Effect of pregnancy on prognosis for young
women with breast cancer. Lancet 1994;343:1587–1589.
10. Baldstrom A, Anderson H, Olsson H. Worse survival in breast cancer among women
with recent childbirth: results from a Swedish population-based register study. Clin
Breast Cancer 2003;4:280–285.
11. Mann BD, Giulian AK, Bassett LW, et al. Delayed diagnosis of breast cancer as a
result of normal mammograms. Arch Surg 1983;118:23–24.
14. Hook GW, Ikeda DM. Treatment of breast abscesses with US-guided percutaneous
needle drainage without indwelling catheter placement. Radiology 1999;213:579–582.
16. Parker SH, Lovin JD, Jobe WE, et al. Nonpalpable breast lesions: stereotactic
automated large-core biopsies. Radiology 1991;180:403–407.
17. Fornage BD, Fariux MJ, Simatos A. Breast masses: US guided fine-needle
aspiration biopsy. Radiology 1987;162:409–414. 996 / 1584
bi
aspiration biopsy. Radiology 1987;162:409–414.
18. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Computed tomography guided localization of clinically occult
breast carcinoma—the “N” skin guide. Radiology 1982;145:211–212.
20. Klein DL, Sickles EA. Effects of needle aspiration on the mammographic appearance
of the breast: a guide to the proper timing of the mammography examination.
Radiology 1982;145:44.
21. Kaye MD, Vicinanza-Adami CA, Sullivan ML. Mammographic findings after
stereotaxic biopsy of the breast performed with large-core needles. Radiology
1994;192:149–151.
22. The National Women's Health Network. White Paper on Breast Cancer Screening.
23. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585–588.
24. Mitnick J, Roses DF, Harris MN. Differentiation of postsurgical changes from
carcinoma of the breast. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1988;166:549–550.
25. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, McCarthy KA, et al. Having undergone benign breast
biopsy rarely complicates or alters interpretation of screening mammography. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1998;170:1539–1541.
26. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas
with benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
27. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
29. Miller CL, Feig SA, Fox JW. Mammographic changes after reduction mammoplasty.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:35–38.
30. Hartmann LC, Schaid DJ, Woods JE, et al. Efficacy of bilateral prophylactic
mastectomy in women with a family history of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1999;340:77
–84.
31. Rebbeck TR, Levin AM, Eisen A, et al. Breast cancer risk after bilateral prophylactic
oophorectomy in BRCA1 mutation carriers. J Natl Cancer Inst 1999;91:1475–1479. 997 / 1584
bi
oophorectomy in BRCA1 mutation carriers. J Natl Cancer Inst 1999;91:1475–1479.
32. Early Breast Cancer Trialists' Collaborative Group. Systemic treatment of early
breast cancer by hormonal, cytotoxic, or immune therapy. Lancet 1992;339:1–15, 71
–85.
35. Ghossein NA, Alpert S, Barba J, et al. Breast cancer. Arch Surg 1992;127:411–415.
36. Holland R, Solke HJ, Mravunac M, et al. Histologic multifocality of Tis, T1–2 breast
carcinomas—implications for clinical trials of breast-conserving surgery. Cancer
1985;56:979–990.
37. Holland R, Hendriks JH, Vebeek AL, et al. Extent, distribution, and
mammographic/histological correlations of breast ductal carcinoma in situ. Lancet
1990;335:519–522.
38. Rosner D, Lane WW, Penetrante R. Ductal carcinoma in situ with microinvasion.
Cancer 1991;67:1498–1503.
41. Ohtake T, Abe R, Izoh K, et al. Intraductal extension of primary invasive breast
carcinoma treated by breast conservative surgery. Cancer 1995;76:32–45.
43. Fisher B, Redmond C, Fisher E, et al. Ten-year results of a randomized clinical trial
comparing radical mastectomy and total mastectomy with or without radiation. N Engl J
Med 1985;312:674.
44. Fajardo LL, Roberts CC, Hunt KR. Mammographic surveillance of breast cancer
patients: should the mastectomy site be imaged? AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:953
998 / 1584
bi
patients: should the mastectomy site be imaged? AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:953
–955.
45. Propeck PA, Scanlan KA. Utility of axillary views in postmastectomy patients.
Radiology 1993;187:769–771.
P.669
46. Hellman S, Harris HR. Breast cancer: considerations in local and regional
treatment. Radiology 1986;164:593–598.
48. Harris JR, Schnitt SJ, Connolly JL. Conservative surgery and radiation therapy for
early breast cancer. Arch Surg 1987;122:754–755.
49. Polgar C, Sulyok Z, Fodor J, et al. Sole brachytherapy of the tumor bed after
conservative surgery for T1 breast cancer: five-year results of a phase I–II study and
initial findings of a randomized phase III trial. J Surg Oncol 2002;80:121–128.
51. Kopans DB, Moore RH, McCarthy KA, et al. Should women with implants or a
history of treatment for breast cancer be excluded from mammography screening
programs? AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;168:29–31.
52. Libshitz HI, Montague ED, Paulus DO. Calcifications and the therapeutically
irradiated breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1977;128:1021–1025.
53. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Calcified suture material in the breast
after radiation therapy. Radiology 1992;183:207–208.
56. Ohuchi N, Furuta A, Mori S. Management of ductal carcinoma in situ with nipple
discharge. Intraductal spreading of carcinoma is an unfavorable pathologic factor for
breast-conserving surgery. Cancer 1994;74:1294–1302.
999 / 1584
bi
58. Sadowsky NL, Semine A, Harris JR. Breast imaging: a critical aspect of breast-
conserving treatment. Cancer 1990;65:2113–2118.
59. Dershaw DD, Shank B, Reisinger S. Mammographic findings after breast cancer
treatment with local excision and definitive irradiation. Radiology 1987;164:455–456.
60. Mendelson EB. Evaluation of the postoperative breast. Radiol Clin North Am
1992;30:107–138.
61. Kopans DB. Problems with the American College of Radiology Standard for
Diagnostic Mammography. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1995;165:1367–1369.
62. Gilles R, Guinebretiere JM, Shapeero LG, et al. Assessment of breast cancer
recurrence with contrast-enhanced subtraction MR imaging: preliminary results in 26
patients. Radiology 1993;188:473–478.
63. Heywang SH, Hilbertz T, Beck R, et al. Gd-DTPA enhanced MR imaging of the
breast in patients with postoperative scarring and silicone implants. J Comput Assist
Tomogr 1990;14:348–356.
64. Dao TH, Rahmount A, Campana F, et al. Tumor recurrence versus fibrosis in the
irradiated breast: differentiation with dynamic gadolinium-enhanced MR imaging.
Radiology 1993;187:751–755.
65. Orel SG, Fowble BL, Solin LJ, et al. Breast cancer recurrence after lumpectomy and
radiation therapy for early-stage disease: prognostic significance of detection method.
Radiology 1993;188:189–194.
66. Hassell PR, Olivotto IA, Mueller HA, et al. Early breast cancer: detection of
recurrence after conservative surgery and radiation therapy. Radiology 1990;176:731
–735.
67. Roubidoux MA, Lai NE, Paramagui C, et al. Mammographic appearance of cancer in
the opposite breast: comparison with the first cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1996;166:29–31.
68. Chen YL, Taghian A, Goldberg S, et al. Does a higher radiation boost dose to the
tumor bed overcome the impact of close or positive margin in breast-conserving
therapy for early-stage breast cancer? Presented at the American Society of Radiation
Oncology Meeting, 2002.
69. Stomper PC, Recht A, Berenberg AL, et al. Mammographic detection of recurrent
cancer in the irradiated breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:39–43. 1000 / 1584
bi
cancer in the irradiated breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:39–43.
70. Greenstein S, Troupin R, Patterson EA, et al. Breast cancer recurrence after
lumpectomy and irradiation: role of mammography in detection. Radiology
1992;183:201–206.
71. Solin LJ, Fowble BL, Troupin RH, et al. Biopsy results of new calcifications in the
postirradiated breast. Cancer 1989;63:1956–1961.
72. Rebner M, Pennes DR, Adler DD, et al. Breast microcalcifications after lumpectomy
and radiation therapy. Radiology 1989;170:691–693.
73. Suarez M, Perez-Castejon MJ, Jimenez A, et al. Early diagnosis of recurrent breast
cancer with FDG-PET in patients with progressive elevation of serum tumor markers. Q
J Nucl Med 2002;46:113–121.
74. Morakkabati N, Leutner CC, Schmiedel A, et al. Breast MR imaging during or soon
after radiation therapy. Radiology 2003;229:893–901.
75. Mendelson EB. Evaluation of the postoperative breast. Radiol Clin North Am
1992;30:107–138.
76. Boice JD, Harvey EB, Blettner M, et al. Cancer in the contralateral breast after
radiotherapy for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1992;326:781–785.
78. Segel MC, Paulus DD, Hortobagyi GN. Advanced primary breast cancer:
assessment at mammography of response to induction chemotherapy. Radiology
1988;169:49–54.
79. Cronin TD, Gerow FJ. Augmentation mammoplasty: a new “natural feel” prosthesis.
In Transactions of the Third International Congress of Plastic Surgery, Amsterdam.
Excerpta Medica 1964;41–49.
82. Weiner SR, Paulus HE. Chronic arthropathy occurring after augmentation
mammaplasty. Plast Reconstr Surg 1986;77:185–187.
1001 / 1584
bi
mammaplasty. Plast Reconstr Surg 1986;77:185–187.
83. Gabriel SE, O'Fallon M, Kurland LT, et al. Risk of connective tissue disease and
other disorders after breast implantation. N Engl J Med 1994;330:1697–1702.
84. Sanchez-Guerrero J, Colditz GA, Karlson EW, et al. Silicone breast implants and the
risk of connective-tissue diseases and symptoms. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1666–1670.
85. Henriksen TF, Holmich LR, Fryzek JP, et al. Incidence and severity of short-term
complications after breast augmentation: results from a nationwide breast implant
registry. Ann Plast Surg 2003;51:531–539.
86. Gabriel SE, Woods JE, O'Fallon M, et al. Complications leading to surgery after
breast implantation. N Engl J Med 1997;336:677–682.
87. Garrido L, Pfleiderer B, Jenkins BG, et al. Migration and chemical modification of
silicone in women with breast prostheses. Magn Reson Med 1994;31:328–330.
88. Diamond BA, Hulka BS, Kerkvliet NI, et al. Silicone breast implants in relation to
connective tissue diseases and immunologic dysfunction. A report by a National Science
Panel to the Honorable Sam C. Pointer Jr., Coordinating Judge for the Federal Breast
Implant Multi-District Litigation 1998. Available at:
http://www.fjc.gov/BREIMLIT/SCIENCE/report.htm
89. Hester TR, Nahai F, Bostwick J, Cukic J. A 5-year experience with polyurethane-
covered mammary prostheses for treatment of capsular contracture, primary
augmentation mammoplasty, and breast reconstruction. Clin Plast Surg 1988;15:569
–585.
90. Autian J, Singh AR, Turner JE, et al. Carcinogenesis from polyurethanes. Cancer
Res 1975;35:1591–1596.
91. Steinbach BG, Hardt NS, Abbitt PL, et al. Breast implants: common complications
and concurrent breast disease. RadioGraphics 1993;13:95–118.
P.670
92. Baker JL, LeVier RR, Spielvogel DE. Positive identification of silicone in human
mammary capsular tissue. Plast Reconstr Surg 1992;69:56–60.
93. Picha GJ, Goldstein JA. Analysis of the soft tissue response to components used in
the manufacture of breast implants: rat animal model. Plast Reconstr Surg 1991;87:490
–500.
94. Winding O, Christensen L, Thomsen JL, et al. Silicone in human breast tissue
surrounding silicone gel prostheses. Scand J Plast Reconstr Surg Hand Surg Suppl
1988;22:127–130.
1002 / 1584
bi
1988;22:127–130.
95. Thomsen JL, Christensen L, Nielsen M, et al. Histologic changes and silicone
concentrations in human breast tissue surrounding silicone breast prostheses. Plast
Reconstr Surg 1990;85:38–41.
96. Soo MS, Kornguth PJ, Walsh R, et al. Complex radial folds versus subtle signs of
intracapsular rupture of breast implants: MR findings with surgical correlation. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1996;166:1421–1427.
97. Berkel H, Birdsell DC, Jenkins H. Breast augmentation: a risk factor for breast
cancer? N Engl J Med 1992;326:1649–1653.
98. Pukkala E, Boice JD Jr, Hovi SL, et al. Incidence of breast and other cancers among
Finnish women with cosmetic breast implants, 1970–1999. J Long Term Eff Med
Implants 2002;12:271–279.
100. Silverstein MJ, Handel N, Gamagami P, et al. Breast cancer in women after
augmentation mammoplasty. Arch Surg 1988;123:681–685.
101. Clark CP, Peters GN, O'Brien KM. Cancer in the augmented breast. Cancer
1993;72:2170–2174.
102. Loyer EM, Kroll SS, David C, et al. Mammographic and CT findings after breast
reconstruction with a rectus abdominis musculocutaneous flap. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1991;156:1159–1162.
103. Mund DF, Wolfson P, Gorczyca DP, et al. Mammographically detected recurrent
nonpalpable carcinoma developing in a transverse rectus abdominis myocutaneous flap:
a case report. Cancer 1994;74:2804–2807.
104. Scott IA, Muller NL, Fitzpatrick DG, et al. Ruptured breast implant: computed
tomographic and mammographic findings. Can Assoc Radiol J 1988;39:152–154.
105. Ganott MA, Harris KM, Ilkhanipour ZS, et al. Augmentation mammoplasty:
normal and abnormal findings with mammography and US. RadioGraphics 1992;12:281
–295.
106. Gorczyca DP, Sinha S, Ahn CY, et al. Silicone breast implants in vivo: MR imaging.
Radiology 1992;185:407–410.
1003 / 1584
bi
107. Gorczyca DP, DeBruhl ND, Ahn CY, et al. Silicone breast implant ruptures in an
animal model: comparison of mammography, MR imaging, US, and CT. Radiology
1994;190:227–232.
108. Russell DG, Ziewacz JT. Pressure in a simulated breast subjected to compression
forces comparable to those of mammography. Radiology 1995;194:383–387.
109. Destouet JM, Monsees BS, Oser RF, et al. Screening mammography in 350 women
with breast implants: prevalence and findings of implant complications. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1992;159:973–978.
110. Harris KM, Ganott MA, Shestak K, et al. Detection of silicone leaks: a new
sonographic sign. Radiology 1991;181:134.
111. Rosculet KA, Ikeda DM, Forrest ME, et al. Ruptured gel-filled silicone breast
implants: sonographic findings in 19 cases. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1992;159:711–716.
112. Levine RA, Collins TL. Definitive diagnosis of breast implant rupture by
ultrasonography. Plast Reconstr Surg 1991;87:1126–1128.
113. DeAngelis GA, de Lange EE, Miller LR, et al. MR imaging of breast implants.
RadioGraphics 1994;14:783–794.
114. DeBruhl ND, Gorczyca DP, Ahn CY, et al. Silicone breast implants: US evaluation.
Radiology 1993;189:95–98.
115. Monticciolo DL, Nelson RC, Dixon WT, et al. MR detection of leakage from silicone
breast implants: value of a silicone-selective pulse sequence. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;163:51–56.
116. Gorczyca DP, BeBruhl ND, Mund DF, et al. Linguine sign at MR imaging: does it
represent the collapsed silicone implant shell? Radiology 1994;191:576–577.
117. Everson LI, Parantainen H, Detlie T, et al. Diagnosis of breast implant rupture:
imaging findings and relative efficacies of imaging techniques. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;163:57–60.
118. Stewart NR, Monsees BS, Destouet JM, et al. Mammographic appearance
following implant removal. Radiology 1992;185:83–85.
119. Robertson CL, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Nonpalpable lesions in the
augmented breast: preoperative localization. Radiology 1989;173:873–874.
1004 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
19
The Male Breast
Although it is extremely uncommon, breast cancer occurs in males, and its incidence is
increasing (1). In 2005 the American Cancer Society estimated that 211,240 women would
develop invasive breast cancer, while only 1,690 males would be diagnosed in the United
States (2). Just as with women, the prognosis for men is related to the size of the cancer
and its stage (axillary lymph node status) at the time of diagnosis. Just as the incidence of
female breast cancer has been increasing steadily over the years, so has the incidence of
male breast cancer (3). From 1973 to 2000, the incidence of male breast cancer rose from
0.85 to 1.3 per 100,000 men; among females it increased from 98 to 135 per 100,000.
Although some of the increase among women can be attributed to mammography
screening, the facts that men are rarely screened and that the incidence of breast cancer
among males has increased over time support that the increase in incidence among women
is not due just to early detection. Anderson et al (3) observed the peak incidence among
men was age 71, while women appear to have an “early-onset” peak at around age 52 and
a later peak around age 71. Giordano et al reported (1) that the median age for breast
cancer in men is 67, while in women it is 62. Among men the incidence increases steadily
with increasing age, while in women the “premenopausal” incidence appears to increase
more rapidly than the increase in incidence that appears at more gradual slope after
menopause. Men also tend to have more indolent, lower-grade, estrogen receptor (ER)-
positive tumors, similar to postmenopausal women (90.6% in men vs. 76% in women).
Premenopausal women are more likely to have higher-grade, ER-negative, more
aggressive cancers.
Giordano et al (1) reported that men rarely had lobular cancers (1.5%), while lobular
cancers made up 11.8% of female breast cancers, likely reflecting the fact that men do not
form lobules. The 5-year survival rate for men was 63%, the 10-year survival rate 41%.
In our experience, most men are referred for breast imaging because the individual or his
physician feels an asymmetric thickening or a mass in one breast that is not felt in the
other. Pain and tenderness are not unusual. Rarely the breast is enlarged. These signs and
symptoms are almost always caused by asymmetric gynecomastia (Fig. 19-1). Men with
symmetric breast enlargement or symmetrical subareolar thickening are rarely referred
for breast imaging because the diagnosis is evident by clinical examination. Even when
gynecomastia is asymmetric on the clinical examination, the x-ray findings are usually
apparent by mammography, although to a lesser degree, in the contralateral breast.
1005 / 1584
bi
P.672
Using mammography, Chantra et al, in a review of 118 cases at a referral center, observed
bilateral gynecomastia in 66 male patients (55%), unilateral gynecomastia in 30 (25%),
bilateral fatty enlargement (pseudogynecomastia) in 9 (8%), unilateral fatty enlargement
(pseudogynecomastia) in 2 (2%), lipomas in 5 (4%), normal male breast tissue in 3 (3%),
and breast cancer in 3 (3%) (4).
Gynecomastia
The normal male breast is very simple. The male has a small nipple, a small areola, and
subcutaneous fat (Fig. 19-2). No fibroglandular tissue is visible under the nipple of the
normal male.
Gynecomastia is simply defined as nonneoplastic enlargement of the male breast. This
condition has a range of manifestations. The breast may enlarge predominantly due to fat
1006 / 1584
bi
condition has a range of manifestations. The breast may enlarge predominantly due to fat
deposition; this has been called “pseudo-gynecomastia” (Fig. 19-3). If the enlargement
produces firm tissue under the nipple, this suggests the presence of actual breast tissue and
not just fat. This may be a diffuse thickening or a disk-like formation under the nipple. With
true gynecomastia the ducts increase in number and may become dilated. Proliferation of
the epithelial and myoepithelial elements occurs, with the frequent development of
epithelial hyperplasia. The surrounding stroma demonstrates increased vascularity and
cellularity and may contain inflammatory cells. Edema is a common component of
gynecomastia.
When the process becomes inactive, a hyalinized stroma may persist. Although
uncommon, lobule formation can occur and secretions may be produced. This apparently is
most common when exogenous estrogens are administered for prostate cancer therapy,
although we have seen spontaneous cyst formation in an adolescent boy as well as in a 67-
year-old man (Fig. 19-4). Although atypical hyperplasia and carcinoma in situ have been
found in association with gynecomastia, there is no strong evidence that this predisposes
the male to the development of breast cancer. Since the risk of developing gynecomastia
increases with age, as does the risk of developing breast cancer, the likelihood of both
occurring together also increases.
Figure 19-2 The normal male breast is skin and subcutaneous fat. The normal
male has a small nipple and areola with nothing but subcutaneous fat evident beneath,
as seen on these CC views of both breasts of a normal male.
Clinically, breast enlargement may be unilateral or bilateral. There may be skin thickening,
and soreness is a common complaint. Axillary nodal enlargement may be present, despite
the benign etiology of the breast changes.
Gynecomastia has a bimodal prevalence first seen around the time of puberty, with a
second peak beginning around age 50. This is likely due to the fact that these are periods
of hormonal instability. Gynecomastia has been associated with endogenous hormonal
imbalance, the use of exogenous hormones, hormone-producing tumors, hepatic disease1007 / 1584
bi
imbalance, the use of exogenous hormones, hormone-producing tumors, hepatic disease
(including hepatoma), renal disease, and hyperthyroidism. Numerous drugs have been
associated with the development of gynecomastia.
Figure 19-4 Cyst in an elderly man. The palpable, lobulated mass on the MLO view
(A) of this 67-year-old man was a cyst. (B) The mass is also seen in the CC
projection. (C) Calcifications were collected in the dependent portion of the cyst and
moved anteriorly when the patient leaned forward into the mammographic system
(arrows).
P.673
P.674
P.675
Transient changes are fairly common in the adolescent male (Fig. 19-5), but these are
usually self-limiting and regress as hormone activity stabilizes. Drugs such as reserpine,
cardiac glycosides, spironolactone, cimetidine, and thiazides, as well as marijuana, are
among the many that have been associated with gynecomastia.
Testicular tumors, such as embryonal cell carcinoma, seminoma, and choriocarcinoma,
may result in gynecomastia (5), and the testes should be checked when breast
enlargement occurs. Other conditions that affect the testes, including Klinefelter's
syndrome, have been associated with gynecomastia. Klinefelter's syndrome also has an
increased association with the development of breast cancer (6). Chronic hepatic disease
may result in gynecomastia owing to the reduced ability of the liver to eliminate estrogen
compounds normally produced by men. There are reports that link gynecomastia with lung
diseases, including lung cancer. Finally, as might be expected, the use of exogenous
estrogens produces breast development in the male.
A review of 1,429 cases of male breast cancer in the Nordic countries revealed that
younger men tended to have better survivals than older men (9). Although some series
have suggested a poorer prognosis for men with breast cancer than for women, this is
probably due to case-selection bias, with more advanced disease being treated in the
teaching institutions that report the data. It appears that for comparable stages, the
prognosis for men is similar to that for women (10,11). In a review of 355 cases, the 5-
year survival was 90% if lymph nodes were negative, 73% if one to three nodes were
positive, and 55% if four or more nodes were positive, with corresponding 10-year
survivals of 84%, 44%, and 14% (11).
Most male breast cancers are detected as a result of palpable masses (80% to 90%).
Nipple changes are not uncommon, and in 5% to 10% nipple retraction or discharge, or
both, occurs. As with women, the discharge may be serous or sanguineous. Skin ulceration
does not occur with gynecomastia and is a grave sign in males with breast cancer (8).
1010 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-6 Breast cancer developed in this 36-year-old man after irradiation as an
infant for an unspecified renal tumor. He developed a large, infiltrating ductal
carcinoma, visible in the subareolar region of the left breast on these lateral, negative-
mode xerograms. The mass was palpable and caused nipple retraction.
Most male breast cancers are infiltrating ductal tumors, with approximately 10% detected
while still intraductal. Paget's disease of the nipple has been reported (12). Perhaps
because lobule formation is rare in men, infiltrating lobular cancers are uncommon.
Histologically, male breast cancer is indistinguishable from female breast cancer, and all
ductal subtypes have been described in men.
1011 / 1584
bi
1012 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-8 The normal male breast, as seen on this CC mammogram, has a small
nipple with only subcutaneous fat evident beneath it.
Figure 19-9 The normal male breast has only fat under the skin, with a small
nipple. There is nothing but fat under the skin on the MLO (A) and CC (B) projections
in this normal male whose breasts were large due to fat.
P.677
P.678
P.679
Gynecomastia
A spectrum of mammographic appearances may be found with benign male breast
enlargement (13,14). There may merely be diffuse fat deposition, with no radiographically
visible parenchyma. Chantra et al termed this “pseudo-gynecomastia” because it merely
represents fat deposition (Fig. 19-10). A small discoid density may be present beneath the
nipple (Fig. 19-11). In our experience this round appearance is fairly common in young
males with gynecomastia. The more common mammographic appearance of gynecomastia
is a triangular fan-shaped or flame-shaped density extending back from immediately
beneath the nipple (Fig. 19-12) toward the upper outer quadrant of the breast. This reflects
the subareolar origin of the hypertrophic duct network (Fig. 19-13). In some instances the
parenchymal density may appear more spherical, but in most instances the tissues fade
gradually into the surrounding fat, frequently more prominent toward the upper outer
quadrant and similar to the distribution of tissue seen in women. In extreme cases of
1013 / 1584
bi
quadrant and similar to the distribution of tissue seen in women. In extreme cases of
gynecomastia, as may occur with exogenous estrogen administration, the male breast may
be indistinguishable radiographically from the female breast (Fig. 19-14).
Despite an apparent unilaterality on clinical examination, gynecomastia is almost
invariably bilateral. In most cases of gynecomastia, where on physical examination a mass
or thickening is found on one side, the mammogram reveals a similar but smaller density
on the contralateral side (Fig. 19-15).
Usually the diagnosis of gynecomastia is clear based on the history and the typical
appearance on the mammogram. On very rare occasions we have seen breast cancer
hidden in dense gynecomastia, just as it can be hidden in the radiographically dense breast
of the female. Consequently, if the clinical examination suggests more than gynecomastia,
a biopsy may be indicated. Some skin and nipple changes may also be indistinguishable
from those associated with breast cancer (Fig. 19-16), and biopsy may be necessary to
exclude the latter.
Figure 19-10 The normal male breast demonstrates only subcutaneous fat, as seen in
these MLO (A) and CC (B) views of a 66-year-old man with fatty enlargement of the
breasts.
1014 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-11 Gynecomastia can form a fairly well-defined discoid density, as seen on
this negative-mode xerogram in the CC projection (A). A similar appearance is seen in
the left breast of this 41-year-old man with asymmetric gynecomastia (B). The right
breast is almost normal.
Figure 19-12 Minimal asymmetric gynecomastia in the left subareolar region in a 54-
year-old man is seen as a small triangle of density on these CC projections (A) and
enlarged (B). The right breast appears normal.
P.680
P.681
1016 / 1584
bi
1017 / 1584
bi
1018 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-16 Skin thickening and nipple retraction associated with benign
gynecomastia may be difficult to appreciate on high-contrast film/screen
mammography but are evident on this positive-mode, xerographic lateral image.
Figure 19-17 Epidermal inclusion cyst. Intramammary cysts are very rare in
men, but inclusion cysts can be seen, as on the CC view of this male breast.
The appearance of breast cancer in men is similar to that seen in women. Although male
cancers more frequently tend to have lobulated margins (Fig. 19-19), they may be
spiculated (Fig. 19-20) or ill-defined (Fig. 19-21). Even intracystic cancer can be seen in
men (Fig. 19-22). Ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) can be found in men, and
microcalcifications can occur (Fig. 19-23). Skin calcifications are common in men and
should not be mistaken for intraductal deposits. As with women, mammography does not
exclude cancer, and false-negative mammograms can occur when concurrent dense
gynecomastia is present (Fig. 19-24).
1019 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-19 Male breast cancer, seen on lateral (A) and CC (B) xerograms, is often
eccentric from the nipple and can form a lobulated mass, as in this invasive ductal
carcinoma.
Figure 19-20 The male breast cancer seen on this CC negative-mode xerogram had
a spiculated margin, as seen in many female breast cancers, and is causing nipple
retraction.
Dershaw et al reviewed the mammograms of 23 men with breast cancer who ranged in
age from 44 to 86 (22). All were symptomatic. One had an inverted nipple, 8 had a bloody
nipple discharge, and 13 presented with a mass. One patient had an occult breast cancer
detected in his contralateral breast detected by screening due to his history of previous
breast cancer. Only one had a first-degree relative with breast cancer. Five (20%) of the1020 / 1584
bi
breast cancer. Only one had a first-degree relative with breast cancer. Five (20%) of the
men had associated gynecomastia. One of the men (4%) had had a previous
P.688
P.689
contralateral breast cancer, and two had been exposed to significant levels of radiation in
the past. In 17 (74%) of the cases, there was a noncalcified mass, and 2 (8%) patients had
a mass with associated calcifications. Three (12%) of the cancers were not visible by
mammography. Most of the cancers were found in the subareolar region. There were 17
(72%) invasive ductal carcinomas and 6 (18%) cases of DCIS.
Figure 19-21 This infiltrating ductal carcinoma in a man formed an ill-defined mass,
as is evident on this positive-mode lateral projection xerogram that was away from the
nipple.
1021 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-22 This 66-year-old man had a palpable subareolar mass on the left that
was lobulated on the MLO (A) and CC (B) views. The appearance is different from the
gynecomastia on the right, as seen in the CC projection (C). Ultrasound (D)
demonstrated a solid mass within the wall of a cyst. The diagnosis proved to be
intracystic papillary carcinoma.
1022 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-23 DCIS in a man. Just as in women, a nipple discharge can be due to
breast cancer, as in this man who, on the straight lateral (A) and CC (B) projections,
has calcifications that were forming in DCIS.
As in women, lymphoma can occur in men. In the single case that we have seen, the ill-
defined mass was indistinguishable from breast cancer.
1023 / 1584
bi
Figure 19-24 Invasive ductal carcinoma was present at biopsy, but it was hidden on
this negative-mode, xerographic lateral view in the dense tissues due to gynecomastia.
Ultrasound
There is rarely a need to use ultrasound to image a mass in the male breast, but male
breast cancers produce hypoechoic lesions that, as in women, reflect the shape and
composition of the tumor. Spiculated lesions tend to produce irregular structures that
shadow, whereas lobulated lesions may have isoechoic or enhanced posterior echoes with
variable shadowing. The main reason for performing ultrasound of a male breast mass is to
determine whether it is amenable to ultrasound-guided breast biopsy. Breast biopsy
techniques used to biopsy the female breast can be used to biopsy the male breast. Lesions
in the male breast are closer to the chest wall, and appropriate techniques are needed to
prevent introducing the biopsy needle into or through the chest wall.
Other Considerations
Sentinel lymph node biopsy appears to be as effective for staging the axilla in men as it is
for women (24). Since most cases of breast cancer in men are ER-positive, hormonal
interventions are common in the treatment of these malignancies (25). Because there are
so few breast cancers among men, there have not been any randomized controlled trials to
evaluate various approaches to therapy, and most men are treated based on the results of
treatment trials for women.
References
1. Giordano SH, Cohen DS, Buzdar AU, et al. Breast carcinoma in men: a population-
based study. Cancer 2004;101:51–57.
3. Anderson WF, Althuis MD, Brinton LA, et al. Is male breast cancer similar or different
than female breast cancer? Breast Cancer Res Treat 2004;83:77–86.
1024 / 1584
bi
4. Chantra PK, So GJ, Wollman JS, et al. Mammography of the male breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1995;164:853–858.
6. Jackson AW, Muldal S, Ockey CH, et al. Carcinoma of male breast in association with
the Klinefelter syndrome. Br Med J 1965;1:223.
7. Robison R, Montague ED. Treatment results in males with breast cancer. Cancer
1982;49:403.
8. Siddiqui T, Weiner R, Moreb J, et al. Cancer of the male breast with prolonged
survival. Cancer 1988;62:1632–1636.
9. Adami HO, Hakulinen T, Ewertz M, et al. The survival pattern in male breast cancer.
An analysis of 1429 patients from the Nordic countries. Cancer 1989;64:1177–1182.
10. Vercoutere AL, O'Connell TX. Carcinoma of the male breast: an update. Arch Surg
1984;119:1301.
11. Guinee VF, Olsson H, Moller T, et al. The prognosis of breast cancer in males: a
report of 335 cases. Cancer 1993;71:154–161.
12. Serour F, Birkenfeld S, Amsterdam E, et al. Paget's disease of the male breast.
Cancer 1988;62:601–605.
13. Kalisher L, Peyster RG. Xerographic manifestations of male breast disease. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1975;125:656.
15. Szabo BK, Wilczek B, Saracco A, et al. Solitary intraductal papilloma of the male
breast: diagnostic value of galactography. Breast J 2003;9:330–331.
16. Campagnaro EL, Woodside KJ, Xiao SY, et al. Cystosarcoma phylloides (phylloides
tumor) of the male breast. Surgery 2003;133:689–691.
17. Cole-Beuglet C, Schwartz GF, Kurtz AB, et al. Ultrasound mammography for male
breast enlargement. J Ultrasound Med 1982;1:301.
18. Jackson VP, Gilmore RL. Male breast carcinoma and gynecomastia: comparison of
mammography with sonography. Radiology 1983;149:533.
1025 / 1584
bi
19. DeMay RM, Lay S. Granular cell tumor of the breast. Pathol Annu 1984;19:121
–148.
20. Rogall B, Propeck P. Granular cell tumor of the male breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1995;164:230.
22. Dershaw DD, Borgen PI, Deutch BM, et al. Mammographic findings in men with
breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;160:267–270.
23. Brenner RJ, Weitzel JN, Hansen N, et al. Screening-detected breast cancer in a
man with BRCA2 mutation: case report. Radiology 2004;230:553–555.
24. Cimmino VM, Degnim AC, Sabel MS, et al. Efficacy of sentinel lymph node biopsy in
male breast cancer. J Surg Oncol 2004;86:74–77.
1026 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
20
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Breast
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the breast is an extremely powerful test that will
become increasingly important for breast evaluation. Breast MRI has been performed
almost since the technique became available for body imaging. However, its development
has been slow due to a “catch 22”: researchers needed dedicated units in breast centers
that were readily available to evaluate a large number of women expeditiously in order to
determine the efficacious use of breast MRI, while industrial developers were unwilling to
provide systems designed for breast evaluation until the efficacy of the technique had been
established.
When MRI was first developed, excitement was high. It was clear that some breast
cancers were easily seen when surrounded by fat (Fig. 20-1) on T1-weighted images, and
cysts were easily identified on T2-weighted images (Fig. 20-2). However, despite initial
optimism, it was found that the differences in the relaxation times between benign and
malignant tissues overlapped. Cancer could not be reliably distinguished from normal,
benign fibroglandular breast tissue, nor could it be distinguished from benign breast lesions
based solely on signal differences. When gadolinium-diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid
(Gd-DTPA) became available as an intravenous contrast agent, a second round of breast
MRI investigation began. Using contrast enhancement, MRI of the breast has become an
increasingly useful clinical test.
The role of MRI in the detection of breast cancer and the evaluation of breast lesions has
become better defined. Major improvements in MR technology and imaging techniques,
coupled with the increased interest in developing ways that supplement mammography for
detecting early breast cancer, as well as the hope of being able to noninvasively
differentiate benign from malignant lesions, resulted in a surge in research over the past
decade using breast MRI for breast cancer detection and diagnosis. However, the cost of
the study and the difficulty in gaining access to busy clinical systems, coupled with the lack
of breast imaging research magnets, have unfortunately impeded the development of
breast MRI.
Figure 20-1 Invasive breast cancer visible on T1-weighted image because of the
surrounding fat.
Perhaps the most important advantage of breast MRI at this time is that contrast
enhancement makes lesions stand out from the background tissues (high signal to
background). Unlike mammography and ultrasound, where the signals generated by a
cancer may be similar to the background tissue, thus making the lesion difficult to perceive
or even invisible on those tests, contrast-enhanced MRI makes cancers stand out against
the lower enhancement of normal tissues. Cancers that are indistinguishable from normal
tissue on nonenhanced MRI scans “light up” with contrast on MRI, usually making them
easily visible.
Although contrast enhancement facilitates the detection and delineation of cancer, as with
most tests there is an overlap between cancer and benign as well as normal tissues. Just as
cancers enhance, normal tissue and many benign lesions can also enhance on MRI. The
dynamics of contrast enhancement has been only partially explored. The most useful
information following the IV injection of contrast probably comes in the first minute
following the bolus injection as the contrast first passes through the lesion. Unfortunately,
routine scanning has yet to permit simultaneous high-resolution imaging and fast image
acquisition to fully evaluate this early contrast phase when the entire breast is included in
the scan. We explored the use of echoplanar imaging, which allowed rapid image
acquisition but at the expense of spatial resolution. I am not aware of anyone using
echoplanar imaging to evaluate the breast at present. The technology continues to 1028 / 1584
bi
echoplanar imaging to evaluate the breast at present. The technology continues to
progress, however, and faster high-resolution imaging will likely be feasible someday.
Figure 20-2 On MRI this cyst had a characteristically low signal intensity (black) on
this T1-weighted image (A) and a high signal intensity (white) on the T2-weighted
image (B).
Figure 20-3 Protons “precess” in a magnetic field. When protons are knocked
out of line in the magnetic field, they act like spinning tops that are beginning to fall
over and swing in the magnetic field as they realign themselves in the magnetic field.
As they move in the field, they generate RF energy that is the basis of the MR image.
MR Spectroscopy
With very high field strengths, other nuclei can be studied, and these can reveal the
molecular composition of the tissues. The nuclei of phosphorus, for example, can be
identified. One of the molecules that is high in phosphorus is choline, a molecule that is
nutritionally important because it is needed to make the phospholipids used in cell 1030 / 1584
bi
nutritionally important because it is needed to make the phospholipids used in cell
membranes. With very high magnetic fields, the concentrations of choline can be
determined in specific volumes of tissue. Breast cancer cells appear to generate as much as
10 times more choline than normal cells, and MR spectroscopy is one of the areas of active
research (1). Given the vast quantities of hydrogen in the body, however, the proton signal
from hydrogen overwhelms the signal from other sources, so signals from hydrogen nuclei
provide the standard MR image. Since the body is composed primarily of water-containing
tissues and fat, it is the behavior of the protons that form the hydrogen nuclei in these
tissues that provides the MR image. MRI spectroscopy of other nuclei remains a highly
experimental technique that will not be covered since it is of no clinical value at present.
However, as 3-Tesla magnets become more available, spectroscopy may become clinically
useful.
P.694
Magnetic Resonance
Protons can be kept precessing in a magnetic field if their precession is continually
reinforced by pulses of the correct RF energy. This is why the frequency of the pulses is
known as the resonance frequency. The resonance frequency is defined by the Larmor
equation, which states that the resonant frequency of the proton equals the strength of the
magnetic field multiplied by the gyromagnetic constant of the proton. The gyromagnetic
constant is influenced by the way the protons are organized into molecules. The protons in
fat have a different gyromagnetic constant than the protons in water. This “chemical shift”
can be used to enhance various aspects of an MR image. When a single pulse is given using
the correct amount of energy, the protons can be tipped any amount. If they are tipped 90
degrees to the direction of the main magnetic field, this will maximize the amount of signal
that they can return as they precess back into alignment. This realignment is called the
“free induction decay” (FID).
T1 and T2
There are two basic signals that are generated by the protons returning to their alignment
in the magnetic field: time 1 and time 2, or T1 and T2. The proton is tipped out of line by
an RF pulse. It can be tipped at any angle to the magnetic field, but it will create its
strongest return signal when the axis of its “magnetic moment” is tipped at 90 degrees
(perpendicular) to the axis of the main magnetic field. A proton will generate its highest
electromagnetic signal as it precesses at right angles through the magnetic field. The signal
fades as the tipped proton shifts back up and realigns with the main magnetic field. There
are two mechanisms by which the tipped proton loses signal. The time that it takes for the
axis of the proton to return to alignment in the magnetic field has been labeled T1 (actually
T1 is 63% of the total time, but for simplicity consider it “the time”) of “spin lattice”
relaxation.
As noted earlier, while this is occurring, if the protons are left alone, they begin to precess
at different rates because each experiences differing forces generated by its local
environment and the influence of other nearby atoms (spin-spin relaxation). As the protons
get out of phase, their signals begin to cancel each other out as they precess at different
rates, so that if left alone there is a point in time at which they will be completely out of
phase and there will no longer be net signal from the protons. This time is measured as T2.
1031 / 1584
bi
Three-Dimensional Localization
One of the complexities of MRI is determining where in the tissues being studied the
various signals are originating. Signal localization is accomplished in various ways. By
varying the strength of the magnetic field over the volume to be imaged, the resonant
frequency of the same protons can be increased or decreased. This can be used to
determine where in the volume the signal from the protons actually originates. Similar
protons at one end of the field spin faster than those at the other end of the tapered
magnetic field, with proportionate spins in between. The field gradients are used to taper
the main field and provide spatial localization to identify the signal's origin. The phase of
the pulses is also used to determine the origin of a signal. The magnetic gradients and the
RF pulses are used to create the MR image. The MR signals form waves of varying
frequency and amplitude based on the pulse sequences used. This provides a volume of
data known as K space. The signals in K space are uninterpretable, but through the use of
Fourier transformation, the K-space information is converted into a three-dimensional
“physical space” that can be interpreted by the radiologist.
Magnetic Fields
To image the tissues of the body, the magnetic field must be quite strong. For breast
imaging, our experience suggests that a magnet with the strength of at least 1.5 Tesla is
needed. A 1-Tesla magnet generates a field of 10,000 Gauss. The Earth's magnetic field is
only 0.5 Gauss, so a 1-Tesla magnet is 20,000 times the strength of the Earth's magnetic
field. An MRI system contains a main magnet to generate the main field. Within the main
magnet are gradient coils that can alter the magnetic field in carefully controlled ways that
allow the system to determine where signals are originating in the tissues of the body, and
to participate in the various pulses used in the “pulse sequences.” Within these are the RF
coils that send in RF energy to begin a pulse sequence and antennas to record the signals
that come back from the tissues. All of these are under computer control to ensure that the
various functions occur in the proper order.
Spin-Echo Imaging
T2 relaxation occurs more quickly than does the return of the protons to alignment in the
magnetic field, so T2 is always shorter than T1 (if the proton is not tipped, then there can
be no T2 signal, since it is precession in the field that generates the RF signal). If left
alone, T2 will go from a high number to a lower number as the protons get out of phase
and their signals cancel one another out. To generate a signal, the desynchronization
process can be reversed. This is done by using a “refocusing” pulse. The signals that are
precessing at different rates can be reversed so that the forces that caused them to
dephase can be used in reverse to cause them to realign and resynchronize, causing their
return signal to go from weak back to strong. This has been compared to watching
sprinters in a foot race in a movie. They start at the starting line together (consider this the
90-degree pulse). As they run at various speeds away from the starting line, some move
faster than others; they are no longer in line but are at various distances from the starting
line. If we were to stop the movie and run it backwards, the runners would appear to
converge back to the starting line, at which point they would once again be aligned
(synchronized). This is the principle behind the “spin echo.” The protons are first flipped 90
degrees, and their signal starts out strong and then begins to weaken as the protons
precess at differing rates. A “180-degree” pulse is applied, and it has the effect of running
the film backwards. It causes the desynchronization of the protons to reverse and they
resynchronize, producing a strong signal as they are “refocused” and producing an “echo” of
the original signal. Similar refocusing can be achieved by varying the magnetic field
gradients. This is the basis of “gradient-echo” imaging. The sequences can be performed
more rapidly by not tipping the protons all the way to 90 degrees. This variable “flip” angle
is defined by the “pulse sequence.”
MRI Sequencing
During a typical image-acquisition sequence, the basic process of tipping the protons and
refocusing them and collecting the returning signals is repeated hundreds of times. The
amount of signal returning from the tissues can be altered by altering the repetition time
(TR = the time between successive 90-degree pulses) and by altering the echo time (TE).
This can be used to enhance the T1 signal (T1 weighting) or the T2 signal (T2 weighting). If
a long echo time is used (TE), then this will enhance the T2 information (T2-weighted
imaging). For example, water has a long T2 and will take longer to decay than fat and
fibrous tissues, which lose their T2 signal faster. Lesions with long T2 values will produce1033 / 1584
bi
fibrous tissues, which lose their T2 signal faster. Lesions with long T2 values will produce
signal longer and thus will stay brighter on T2-weighted images than other tissues. This is
why cysts appear bright on T2 images.
T1 contrast is controlled by the time between repetitions of the pulses (TR). Tissue that
take a long time to return to equilibrium alignment in the magnetic field (long T1) are dark
on T1-weighted images, while those that return quickly (have a short T1) are bright on T1-
weighted images. Fat in the breast is an example of a tissue with a short T1: it is bright on
T1-weighted images. Since water takes a long time for its atoms to realign (long T1), a
short TR will not give it time to produce a signal, and it will appear dark on T1-weighted
imaging.
The density of the protons in the tissues can be demonstrated by choosing TR and TE to
minimize T1 and T2 weighting (Table 20-1).
Gradient-Echo Imaging
Spin-echo imaging can be relatively slow. Instead of using the RF pulse to refocus the
proton spins, the refocusing can
P.696
be accomplished by using gradients (adjustable magnetic fields that differ from the main
magnetic field). Rather than using RF pulses to produce spin-echo images, gradients are
used to first jolt the protons, and then refocusing is accomplished by reversing the direction
of the magnetic gradient (eliminating the need for a 180-degree RF pulse). Gradient-echo
imaging permits rapid T1-weighted scans by using short TR. This is advantageous when
contrast agents are used. Another modification that speeds up imaging time is the use of
flip angles that are less than 90 degrees.
Short TR and short TE = T1-weighted image. Tissue with a short T1 will be bright
on T1-weighted images.
Long TR and long TE = T2-weighted image. Tissues with a long T2 will be bright on
T2-weighted images.
Long TR and short TE = proton-density weighting
Figure 20-4 Cysts are bright on T2. In this mammogram of the right breast (A),
the dense tissues obscure the cysts that are easily seen on the T2-weighted MRI
examination (B).
Figure 20-5 Fat suppression makes enhancing lesions easier to appreciate. Fat has
low signal intensity on this fat-saturated T1-weighted image (A) prior to the IV
administration of contrast. The cancer in the left breast is more evident on the first fat-
saturated set of images following contrast injection (B). The lesion is more evident on
this maximum intensity contrast subtraction 3D display (C) and on this single-slice
subtraction image (D).
P.698
Contrast Subtraction
The method that I prefer for determining which tissues enhance is using image subtraction.
This is identical to contrast subtraction in angiography. The preinjection (precontrast)
images are subtracted from the postcontrast images, leaving images of the contrast
distribution (9,10,11,12,13). I prefer using subtraction since I have found it far easier to
appreciate contrast enhancement on subtraction images than using fat suppression (Fig.
20-6). Because fat does not enhance very much following the IV contrast injection,
subtraction of the precontrast images from those following contrast can be used to
essentially eliminate the fat signal. Only tissues that contain the contrast agent are evident
1037 / 1584
bi
essentially eliminate the fat signal. Only tissues that contain the contrast agent are evident
on the subtraction
P.699
images. However, for subtraction to work, alignment of the two sets of images must be
very accurate. Any motion of the patient may compromise the method. Subtraction
algorithms often just subtract one slice from another; this makes it impossible to try to
register the images if movement shifts the slices. We have been using a 3D registration
algorithm of the pre- and postcontrast scans using software developed at the David
Sarnoff/National Information Display Laboratories in Princeton, New Jersey. This has been
the most powerful registration technology that we have seen. Our subtractions are
routinely accomplished with excellent registration. This approach facilitates the review of a
large amount of data in minutes. Our software allows a 3D subtraction. This provides the
images so that they can be displayed using a 3D maximum intensity projection
presentation (MIP) of the contrast distribution (Fig. 20-7). Both breasts are viewed
simultaneously, and by rotating the MIP the reader is provided with a clear 3D overview of
the enhancement patterns. It is not possible to rely exclusively on the MIP, however, since
some information is suppressed by the technique (nonenhancing lesions and space-
occupying structures such as implants may be overlooked on MIP images), but the
subtraction MIP provides a clear overview of the major areas of enhancement and an
appreciation of the 3D distribution of enhancement (see Fig. 20-7A).
After the MIP overview, I then review the 2D (slice-by-slice) subtraction images. These
provide a more detailed evaluation of the enhancing structures that are not limited by the
suppression of some of the signal that can occur with MIP images. Finally, the T2-weighted
images are reviewed to see whether there are any cysts or to evaluate any other fluid
collection. T2 images also provide the clearest definition of breast anatomy and the skin.
Postsurgical change can be obvious and dramatic on T2 images (see Fig. 20-7C).
Postsurgical scar does not enhance, so this may not be easily appreciated on the
postcontrast images.
1038 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-8 Blood in the ducts can be bright on T1. This patient had a bloody
nipple discharge on the right. The blood in the duct is bright on the precontrast T1
image.
If the patient is experiencing a bloody nipple discharge, blood may be evident within a duct
as a bright signal on the precontrast T1 images (Fig. 20-8). Blood goes through several
stages. Acute bleeding is bright on both T1 and T2 images. As hemosiderin collects, the
subacute bleed is bright on T1 but dark on T2, and “old” blood is dark on both T1 and T2
images. Mucin is bright on both T1 and T2 images.
P.700
When the data are presented as described, breast MR images can be reviewed quickly,
efficiently, and accurately.
1039 / 1584
bi
In normal breast tissues and many benign lesions, the contrast enhancement stays low but
continues to increase steadily over many minutes. Most breast cancers enhance rapidly
(within the first minute) following an IV bolus injection of gadolinium. In general, the
enhancement rises rapidly in malignant lesions and then either plateaus or begins to wash
out of the lesion. Kuhl et al have defined these three patterns (14). They evaluated 266
breast lesions and established contrast intensity levels over time. They called a steady
enhancement type I. Type II enhancement is the rapid increase and then plateau pattern.
Type III is the rapid increase followed by a rapid washout pattern. Among the lesions that
they evaluated, 38% were malignant and 62% were benign. Among the breast cancers,
8.9% showed a type 1 (usually benign) pattern of enhancement. The largest number
(57.4%) showed a type III pattern, and 33.6% had a type II (plateau) pattern. In the
benign lesions, 83% had a type I pattern, 11.5% had a type II pattern, and 5.5% had a
type III pattern, significantly different from the malignant lesion patterns (p < 0.001). The
authors felt that these differences make the evaluation
P.701
of the dynamics of contrast enhancement an important component of MRI analysis of
breast lesions.
As is often the case, however, the first investigators of a new test tend to have the best
results. Siegmann et al (15) did not find that the dynamic patterns were useful. However,
they evaluated only 51 patients (19 malignancies and 32 benign lesions), and 36 were
imaged using a 1.0-T system, while only 15 were studied in a 1.5-T system. The small
numbers and likely slower scan times may have affected their time studies.
Even if the significant differences found by Kuhl et al are reproducible, it is difficult to know
how to use contrast dynamics. Since a breast biopsy is so safe and the stakes for
overlooking a cancer are so high, it would be difficult to avoid a biopsy by considering a
lesion to be benign simply because it had a type I enhancement. Even the better data show
that almost 9% of the cancers had a type I enhancement pattern. This is a fairly high
number, and it would be difficult to avoid a biopsy based on these statistics. Consequently,
it is difficult to see how the evaluation of contrast dynamics alone, as currently understood,
would alter the care of the patient.
Figure 20-10 Fibroadenomas are usually round or oval, with sharply defined margins,
on contrast-enhanced MRI. The brightly enhancing mass in the left breast was found to
be a fibroadenoma at biopsy. There are other, nonspecific enhancing nodules bilaterally
that we call “physiologic.”
Figure 20-15 Not everything that enhances like cancer is cancer. The 3D post-
subtraction maximum intensity projection image from the foot of the bed shows a 2.5-
cm, irregularly shaped enhancing mass (A). The lesion can be seen on this maximum
intensity projection as if the observer is standing behind the patient (B). The lesion
was excised (no longer evident on follow-up MRI) and proved to be a vascular benign
lesion.
1044 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-16 Rim enhancement. If scans are collected rapidly enough, many
cancers display contrast enhancement at their periphery soon after the IV
administration of contrast, as seen in this invasive ductal carcinoma. Over time most of
these lesions fill in. This is likely due to the concentration of tumor neovascularity at
the growing edge of the lesion.
P.702
P.703
P.704
Adapted from Mund DF, Farria DM, Gorczyca DP, et al. MR imaging of the breast in
patients with silicone-gel implants: spectrum of findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;161:773–778.
P.705
1046 / 1584
bi
1048 / 1584
bi
1049 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-21 Normal lymph nodes enhance on contrast subtraction MRI. The
axillary lymph nodes show bright enhancement surrounding fatty, low-signal hila on 1051 / 1584
bi
axillary lymph nodes show bright enhancement surrounding fatty, low-signal hila on
this 3D subtraction maximum intensity projection (A) and in the left axilla on this
single slice (B) from the subtraction images.
Figure 20-22 Scattered enhancing nodules are common in breast MRI. MRI of
the breast can be complicated by the fact that benign structures can enhance following
IV contrast administration. This is a post-subtraction maximum intensity projection
image showing multiple, bilateral small nodules in both breasts. It is fairly common to
see numerous small enhancing nodules (several millimeters in diameter) in both
breasts. These are very common in the second half (luteal phase) of the menstrual
cycle. We dismiss these as “physiologic.” It remains to be seen whether these will
make it difficult to detect small cancers in some women.
Figure 20-23 Scattered enhancing foci on MRI. It is not unusual for there to be
innumerable tiny enhancing foci bilaterally. If the patient is premenopausal, we check
to be sure that the scan was done in the first half of the menstrual cycle, since this
pattern can occur during the luteal phase. The etiology of these is uncertain. We
describe this pattern as physiologic and do not pursue them.
1052 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-24 Multiple enhancing masses are a challenge on MRI. This patient
had numerous enhancing masses in both breasts, as seen on this maximum intensity
subtraction study.
Figure 20-26 Enhancing invasive cancer. (A) Axial 3D gradient-echo image with
fat suppression after injection of Gd-DTPA shows an enhancing spiculated mass in the
posterior right breast. A region-of-interest marker was placed on the lesion and normal
breast parenchyma in the patient shown in (B). The concentration of Gd-DTPA was
calculated using dynamic echoplanar techniques. The course shows rapid initial tumor
accumulation of contrast within the first 50 seconds of injection.
MRI Interpretation
1054 / 1584
bi
MRI Interpretation
Morphology of Enhancing Lesions
Some authors report that the morphology of the lesion and its pattern of enhancement
may permit the separation of benign from malignant processes (2,22). As has been
demonstrated
P.711
by mammography and ultrasound, cancers demonstrate more irregularly shaped borders
than benign tumors. However, because neither mammography nor ultrasound has been
able to morphologically differentiate many lesions with sufficient accuracy to avoid a tissue
diagnosis, it is unlikely that the morphologic changes evident using MRI, with its lower
spatial resolution than mammography, will be any more successful. Nevertheless,
morphologic studies using MRI bear careful evaluation because MRI provides cross-
sectional morphology that, combined with enhancement dynamics, may improve its
accuracy.
Nunes et al constructed a flow chart model to try to use enhancement and architectural
characteristics to differentiate benign lesions from malignant (48). They used the results
from 98 cases to produce the model and then tested it on 94 different cases. They found
that a lesion was likely to be cancer primarily if it enhanced. A high degree of
enhancement, an irregular pattern of enhancement, irregular borders, and the lack of any
internal septations were associated with malignancy. Cancer was very unlikely if the lesion
was not visible after gadolinium infusion, if its borders were smooth or lobulated, if the
mass was regular in shape, or if it had nonenhancing internal septations.
In their study or 100 consecutive lesions, Liberman et al analyzed the positive predictive
value for breast cancer of various characteristics of MR-visible lesions (49). There were 25
(25%) malignant lesions, of which 13 (52%) were DCIS and 12 (48%) were invasive
cancers. There were 60 masses and 15 (25%) of these were cancers, of which 73% were
infiltrating ductal carcinoma. The same percentage of “non-mass” lesions—10/40 (25%)
—were malignant but, as might be expected, most of these (90%) were DCIS. Again as
might be predicted, they found that among the mass lesions, a spiculated margin had the 1055 / 1584
bi
might be predicted, they found that among the mass lesions, a spiculated margin had the
highest positive predictive value for malignancy. Among mass lesions with a spiculated
margin, 80% were carcinoma. Lesions that displayed rim enhancement were carcinoma
only 40% of the time. An irregular shape was predictive of cancer only 32% of the time.
They found that among the non-masses, segmental enhancement was due to cancer 67%
of the time. What they called “clumped linear and ductal enhancement” represented cancer
31% of the time. They did not find that “visually assessed” dynamic patterns helped to
predict cancer. However, they found the washout pattern was present in 70% of invasive
carcinomas; this was seen in only 9% of their DCIS lesions. Although the authors felt that
these characteristics were fairly accurate at predicting breast cancer, it is clear that MRI is
not very accurate at differentiating benign from malignant lesions, and if the lesion is
suspicious on MRI, biopsy should be undertaken.
Ductal Enhancement
One of the criteria used by some to define breast cancer is a pattern of enhancement that
investigators believe represents a duct or a series of ducts that enhance. This can
represent DCIS or can even be the finding in invasive breast cancer. As with many signs,
however, it is not specific, and many benign changes can produce “ductal enhancement.”
Liberman et al (50) found ductal enhancement in 88 of 427 lesions (21%) and in 88 of 150
lesions where there was no other mass (59%). At biopsy 18 of the 88 (20%) were due to
DCIS, 5 of the 88 (6%) were invasive cancer (3 of these had associated DCIS), 9 of the 88
(10%) were associated with lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), and 8/88 (9%) revealed
atypical ductal hyperplasia. The remaining 48 lesions (55%) were associated with benign
histologies (fibrocystic in 16, ductal hyperplasia I in 8, fibrosis in 8, postbiopsy changes in
5, benign tissue in 3, sclerosing adenosis in 2, and 1 each of a fibroadenoma,
fibroadenomatoid change, lymph node, mastitis, papilloma, and a radial scar).
At the Massachusetts General Hospital we find that the 3D MIP image clearly shows the
segmental distribution of abnormal contrast enhancement. In my experience this pattern is
often seen with extensive cancers.
Background
In 1992, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), under extreme pressure from
individuals who attributed their health problems to their breast implants, halted the routine
use of silicone gel implants except within specific scientific protocols. Until that time,
silicone gel implants were the most commonly used prosthetic device for augmenting the
breast and for reconstructing the breast after mastectomy. Several million women in the
United States have had breast augmentation or reconstruction with silicone gel implants.
In 1998 Sam Pointer, Coordinating Judge for the Federal Breast Implant Multi-District
Litigation, as part of the lawsuits surrounding silicone implants, commissioned the Institute
of Medicine to review the evidence surrounding implants and systemic illness. The panel
concluded that they could find no link between implants and systemic illness (55). Since
this report is admissible in all federal courts, the concern over implant rupture has
diminished considerably, but we still image women when there is a question of rupture.
Most of the implants used for breast augmentation were composed of a Silastic elastomer
envelope filled with a viscid, cohesive silicone gel. These were placed either behind the
glandular tissue (Fig. 20-29A) and in front of the pectoralis major muscle (sub- or
retroglandular implants) or behind the muscle and in front of the thoracic wall (Fig. 20-29B)
(sub- or retropectoral implants).
The retropectoral location was used in an effort to prevent the implant from becoming hard
due to fibrous encapsulation. As with any foreign body, implants can stimulate breast tissue
to form a fibrous capsule around the implant (see Fig. 20-29C). The contraction of this
surrounding membrane could cause the implant to feel hard. When placed behind the
muscle, it was believed that motion of the muscle over the surface of the implant would
reduce capsule formation.
1057 / 1584
bi
When concerns were raised that implants might also trigger more systemic responses, such
as autoimmune reactions and so-called adjuvant diseases, a great deal of emphasis was
placed on detecting ruptured implants because it was believed that direct exposure of the
tissues to the silicone gel was a major reason for these problems. Although the concern
over systemic consequences has not found any scientific support, women and physicians
continue to seek implant evaluation to determine whether the device is intact or ruptured.
The clinical history, physical examination, and mammogram are fairly helpful in
determining whether to suspect that an implant is ruptured. The demonstration of implant
rupture by mammography is limited. Silicone is highly attenuating and blocks most of the
low-energy x-rays used in mammography. Using x-ray imaging, the silicone rubber
envelope is indistinguishable from the gel; consequently, only the contour of the implant is
visible on the mammograms. If a fibrous capsule has formed around the implant, the
envelope may have completely disintegrated, but the implant will appear intact on the
mammogram because the gel is contained by the fibrous capsule.
Even contour abnormalities can be misleading on the mammogram because normal tissue
pressures, as well as the formation of a capsule, can distort the implant contour. When an
implant ruptures, silicone may be obvious in the surrounding tissues by mammography
(see Fig. 20-29D), but this is unusual. Although bulges in the implant contour may suggest
a rupture with extrusion of silicone into the tissues (see Fig. 20-29E) or contained by a
capsule (see Fig. 20-29F), the same appearance may be caused by distortion of the intact
implant by the surrounding tissues (see Fig. 20-29G) or even a herniation of an intact
implant through a gap in the fibrous capsule (see Fig. 20-29H). Consequently,
mammography is not very sensitive to implant ruptures.
Because MRI is a cross-sectional technique that can differentiate the relatively low signal
intensity of the envelope and fibrous capsule from the high signal intensity of the silicone
gel, imaging of these structures is possible. As a consequence of this capability, MRI has
been shown to be able to diagnose many ruptures. Ultrasound is another useful method
(56); however, the overall anatomic and structural detail provided by MRI is superior to
that of ultrasound for implant evaluation (57).
Although many types of implants have been used, silicone gel with a 200- to 300-µm outer
silicone rubber envelope was the most commonly used device. Saline implants are
composed of an outer silicone envelope filled with saline, which may have rings or valves in
the envelope for
filling or positioning (Fig. 20-30). Double-lumen implants have saline surrounding an
internal silicone-filled implant, and a reverse double-lumen implant contains silicone
surrounding saline. Rarely, triple-lumen implants have been used, with silicone and saline
mixed within a single envelope. Imaging can be complicated by the fact that some patients
have had multiple separate implants placed within each breast, and the contours of the
implants can be quite convoluted. The patient history and knowing what type or types of
implants are in place are very useful for interpreting implant MR images, although
unfortunately many women do not know detailed information concerning their implants.
See PDF
Figure 20-29 (A) Retroglandular implant. (B) Retropectoral implant. (C) Fibrous
encapsulation. Many implants develop a surrounding fibrous capsule. (D) Ruptured
1058 / 1584
bi
encapsulation. Many implants develop a surrounding fibrous capsule. (D) Ruptured
implant. An implant is clearly ruptured when there are drops of silicone gel in the
surrounding tissue. (E) Extracapsular ruptured implant. This schematic demonstrates
rupture of the implant with extrusion of silicone out of the envelope, through the
surrounding capsule (extracapsular rupture), and into the surrounding tissue, but with
its smooth surface maintained. (F) Intracapsular rupture. The same appearance as in
(D) can occur if the rupture is contained by the capsule (intracapsular rupture; see H,
I). (G) Deformed, intact implant. The same appearance may merely be due to
deformity of the implant with an intact envelope. (H) Herniated implant. Extruded
silicone or deformity of the implant may be indistinguishable from a herniation of an
intact implant through a torn or incomplete fibrous capsule. (I) Radial folds. Pressure
from the tissues around an implant may cause a folding of the pliable envelope,
producing radial folds. (J) Torn envelope. When an implant envelope tears, the
envelope may begin to fall into the gel. (K) Ruptured implant. The envelope may
collapse completely into the gel, which may appear smoothly contained if there is a
surrounding fibrous capsule.
Figure 20-30 Implant filling valves. The filling valves of some implants can be
seen by MRI. The valves, seen as low-signal structures protruding into the saline in this
T2-weighted study of saline implants, are at the front of the implant on the right and
near the chest wall on the left.
Cardiac motion during scanning produces a significant artifact. This can be reduced by
choosing the appropriate phase-encoding direction. By encoding in a right-to-left direction
with the patient in the prone position, the cardiac motion is placed across the posterior
chest wall and not out into the breasts and implants. The phase direction can be tailored to
each study. If, for example, much of the implant remains in a more posterior axillary
location, even in the prone position the phase direction can be placed in the anterior-to-
posterior direction, and newer devices permit simultaneous, sagittal, separate imaging of
each breast, which also reduces the cardiac pulsation artifact.
Figure 20-31 The frequency peaks of water, fat, and silicone at 1.5 T are close, but
due to their separation, permit suppression of water or fat to help distinguish silicone.
Sagittal images are obtained to best determine the location of the implant as subpectoral
or subglandular (Fig. 20-33). The pectoralis muscle may be so thin as it stretches over the
implant that it may be difficult to appreciate using axial images alone. The sagittal plane is
also excellent for evaluation of the axillae in relation to the pectoralis. If bilateral implants
are present, overall symmetry can be checked.
Silicone shows the lowest signal intensity on T1-weighted images due to its long T1 value
and appears bright on T2-weighted images because of its long T2 value. Fat can be
distinguished due to its relatively shorter T1 value (high signal intensity on T1-weighted
images) and longer T2 value. Breast parenchyma is of intermediate signal intensity on both
T1- and T2-weighted images, and muscle has intermediate signal intensity on T1-weighted
images and low signal intensity on T2-weighted images. Uncomplicated fluid and the
various blood products appear as expected on MRI.
The complications involving breast implants are varied (see Fig. 20-29). An intracapsular
rupture is defined as a disruption of the implant envelope, with the implant contents
contained by the surrounding fibrous capsule. The fibrous capsule may become
discontinuous, allowing protrusion of the implant through the opening with an intact implant
envelope, resulting in herniation. If both the fibrous capsule and implant envelope are
disrupted, free silicone
P.718
gel extrudes into the surrounding tissue; this is termed an extracapsular rupture.
1062 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-32 Radial fold. (A) Consecutive axial T2-weighted images show a linear
low-signal-intensity structure within the anterior aspect of the right breast implant. (B)
This appearance is due to infolding of the intact envelope (radial fold). (With
permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds. Radiology: Diagnosis, Imaging,
Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
In some cases, rather than a true “explosion” of the envelope, it appears that the silicone
envelopes become thinned over time and they can disappear, so that “rupture” may occur
without a history of trauma. Free silicone may produce silicone granulomas from long-
standing rupture. Granulomas can also occur with direct silicone injection, but this is illegal
in the United States. Silicone can also be seen in the axillary lymph nodes.
The preceding are usually long-term problems associated with implants. Postoperative
complications after implantation are fairly common. In a study of 749 women, 208 (27.8%)
underwent implant-related surgery over a
P.719
mean follow-up period of 7.8 years (71). The most common problem was capsular
1063 / 1584
bi
mean follow-up period of 7.8 years (71). The most common problem was capsular
contracture, which occurred in 112 (14.9%) of the women. The fibrous capsule contracted
around the implant so that the breast felt hard, with no natural resilience. Ruptured
implants occurred in 29 (3.9%). A number of problems occur soon after implantation,
including hematomas and abscess formation. In capsular contraction, myofibroblasts may
be responsible for pain and capsule formation, which may produce a hard implant.
However, because there are no proven correlates of capsular contracture on imaging, the
diagnosis remains a clinical diagnosis.
The MR appearance of intracapsular rupture was described by Gorczyca et al (67). They
identified fine, serpentine, low-signal-intensity linear bands within the silicone implant as
indicative of a disrupted envelope collapsing and falling into the gel. In cross-section it was
thought to look like a piece of pasta weaving back and forth on a plate and hence was
termed the “linguine sign.” Others call it the fallen envelope sign (Fig. 20-34) (62,63). In an
intracapsular rupture, the implant gel is held in place by the fibrous capsule, which may or
may not be identified on the MR images. The MRI of extracapsular rupture includes
globules of silicone outside the expected location of the implant, either separate or
contiguous with the implant (see Fig. 20-29D,E). Without an associated fallen envelope and
where the protruding silicone surface is continuous with the implant (Fig. 20-35), herniation
may remain diffi-cult to distinguish from extracapsular rupture. The linguine sign is the best
evidence of a ruptured implant. Several series show a high correlation of the linguine sign
with rupture, reporting 76% to 94% sensitivities (predictive of rupture) and 97% to 100%
specificities (no rupture when the sign is not present) (38,67,69).
Figure 20-34 The linguine or fallen envelope sign. Axial T2-weighted image with
fat suppression using the inversion recovery technique of a patient with bilateral
silicone implants. The multiple curvilinear low-signal-intensity areas within the anterior
implants are the disrupted envelopes that have fallen into the gel in this patient with
bilateral intracapsular ruptures. (With permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds.
Radiology: Diagnosis, Imaging, Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
Figure 20-35 Linguine sign. Axial T2-weighted image (A) shows protrusion of the
right silicone implant laterally. The sagittal image shows the axillary extension and the
fallen envelope inferiorly (B) in this patient with an extracapsular rupture. (With
1065 / 1584
bi
fallen envelope inferiorly (B) in this patient with an extracapsular rupture. (With
permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds. Radiology: Diagnosis, Imaging,
Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
1066 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-37 MRI can help triangulate lesions found by mammography. There
is a spiculated lesion that was not evident on the right mediolateral oblique
mammogram (A) but was detected in the deep mid-right breast on the craniocaudal
projection (B) and confirmed using spot compression (C). Contrast-enhanced MRI
with subtraction (D) showed that the cancer was in the 4:00 right breast.
1067 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-38 Detection of occult malignancy. This patient had a positive axillary
lymph node with a negative clinical examination and negative mammogram. T1-
weighted images after the IV administration of gadolinium showed marked left nipple
(A) and subareolar (B) enhancement that was much greater than the normal nipple
enhancement. Clinically there was subtle crusting of the nipple. Intraductal and
invasive breast cancer was found at surgery.
P.723
Figure 20-40 TRAM flap. Axial 3D gradient-echo image with fat suppression after
Gd-DTPA injection in a patient with a TRAM flap reconstruction of the right breast after
mastectomy for cancer. The posterior muscle and enhancing associated vascular
pedicle are identified. (With permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds. Radiology:
Diagnosis, Imaging, Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
Figure 20-41 Invasive lobular carcinoma. Axial 3D gradient-echo image with fat
suppression before and after Gd-DTPA injection (2.5-mm slice thickness) shows
extensive involvement of the left breast with an enhancing mass. Pathologic
examination of the mastectomy specimen confirmed multifocal infiltrating lobular
1070 / 1584
bi
examination of the mastectomy specimen confirmed multifocal infiltrating lobular
carcinoma. (With permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds. Radiology: Diagnosis,
Imaging, Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
There has been a great deal of pressure to use MRI to stage women who have a known
breast cancer. This is based on a number of studies in which MRI has been able to identify
unsuspected foci of cancer in the ipsilateral breast (85,86,87), since it has been fairly well
accepted that to conserve a breast that has cancer, all the macroscopic tumor must be
removed. It has been accepted that radiation cannot eliminate any residual microscopic
disease unless the main tumor burden has been removed. Consequently, finding additional
foci of tumor converts women from being able to save their breast to needing a
mastectomy.
Advocates of this use for MRI point to the fact that 10% to 15% of women who have
conservation therapy have recurrent breast cancer in the conserved breast within 10 years
of treatment. They suggest that the tumor found by MRI may account for these
recurrences. Recurrence rates of 1% to 2% per year following radiation are based on fairly
old treatment approaches (88). At the Massachusetts General Hospital, using modern
surgical techniques to arrive at clear margins and whole-breast irradiation with a boost to
the tumor site, the breast cancer recurrence rates have fallen to under 2% total at 10
years (Taghian A et al, unpublished data). These results were obtained at a time when MRI
was not being used for staging.
These latest treatment results make the issue complex. In addition to trying to cure the
patient, the goal of modern therapy has been to try to preserve the breast and avoid
mastectomies. This has been accomplished at the Massachusetts General Hospital, where
more than 70% of women with breast cancer do not have to have a mastectomy.
Recurrences have almost disappeared, apparently without knowing about the foci of cancer
that would be detected by MRI alone. It could be inferred that modern treatment is killing
these unsuspected foci. If this is the case, then their detection would lead to unnecessary
mastectomies, and the use of MRI for this kind of staging would actually be detrimental.
Trials are needed to determine whether MRI should be used to find these occult foci of
cancer and whether this kind of staging is beneficial or a disadvantage.
A number of trials have now shown that MRI can demonstrate additional occult foci of
breast cancer in a breast in which a cancer has been detected, and some physicians now
advocate the use of MRI in the staging process. Once the diagnosis of breast cancer has
been established, MRI is used to try to better define its extent so that treatment may be
more individually tailored. Most breast cancers can now be treated by surgical excision of
the primary lesion followed by breast irradiation to destroy any residual cells. Women who
have multiple foci of cancer that cannot be encompassed in a cosmetically acceptable
surgical excision, however, are advised to have a mastectomy. MRI is very sensitive at
detecting cancer, but it has a lower specificity (differentiating benign lesions from
malignant) (89). Clearly it would be undesirable if a mastectomy was performed for what
proved to be benign lesions that were thought to be other foci of cancer.
Several papers have now suggested that secondary foci of cancer can be detected by MRI
in as many as 20% of women with breast cancer. This has been used to alter care among
these women. In one large study 267 patients with invasive breast cancer had
preoperative MRI (90). MRI demonstrated 95% of the cancers. Surgical management was 1071 / 1584
bi
preoperative MRI (90). MRI demonstrated 95% of the cancers. Surgical management was
altered in 69 of the 267 (26%) patients. Among 44 of the 267 (16.5%), planned
conservation therapy was converted to mastectomy based on the MRI results. Although
this seems like an important and useful role, caution is advised. Modern surgical technique
with tumor removal to clear margins, coupled with carefully tailored adjuvant radiation and
chemotherapy, has reduced recurrence rates in women who are treated conservatively to
approximately 2% at 10 years (unpublished data from Massachusetts General Hospital).
There are now very few recurrences despite the fact that apparently many secondary foci
of cancer were not appreciated (prior to the use of MRI). It may well be that careful
surgical removal, along with the radiation and chemotherapy, has been killing these occult
foci. This has permitted many women to have their breasts preserved. If
P.725
for whatever reason these previously undiscovered foci were not clinically important, then
their discovery by MRI might be leading to an increase in unnecessary mastectomies. It is
difficult to argue that it might be better not to know about these additional cancer foci that,
prior to the use of MRI, were hidden, but this may be the case. Randomized trials are
needed to determine whether these additional foci are biologically important. It would be
unfortunate to have MRI result in an unnecessary increase in mastectomies.
The extent of tumor involvement is not confined to staging of breast cancers. Some benign
lesions may be quite large (Fig. 20-42). In such cases, mammography or ultrasound may
not adequately delineate the tumor size and location, whereas MRI gives an excellent 3D
map for surgical planning.
1072 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-42 Hamartoma. Axial 3D gradient-echo image with fat suppression after
Gd-DTPA injection in a patient who desired removal of a right breast mass that had
been present for many years. A large mass in the lateral right breast shows fat and
parenchymal components and a low-signal-intensity fibrous capsule compressing the
adjacent parenchyma medially. The posterior relation of this mass to the chest wall
was not appreciated on mammography or sonography, and the MRI aided the surgeons
in removal of this tumor. A hamartoma was confirmed at pathologic examination of the
surgical specimen. (With permission from Taveras JM, Ferrucci JT, eds. Radiology:
Diagnosis, Imaging, Intervention. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven, 1996.)
Once a lesion is evident by MRI, it is frequently possible to find it using ultrasound (Fig. 20-
45). This so-called second-look ultrasound has been used for years to biopsy lesions
detected by MRI. Unfortunately, not all MRI-detected lesions can be identified using
ultrasound. As vendors have developed MRI-guided biopsy techniques, those performing
breast MRI should learn to perform these biopsies (97,98,99). The use of MRI to directly
guide the biopsy is the most accurate way to determine the etiology of a lesion detected by
MRI.
Figure 20-43 Detection and localization of occult breast cancer. This patient
was participating in an MRI research study. She had what proved to be invasive breast
cancer detected by mammography on the left (arrow). T1-weighted MRI after
gadolinium revealed an unsuspected enhancing lesion in the right breast (A) that could
not be seen, even in retrospect, on mammography and was not visible on ultrasound.
The lesion was localized using its enhancement on CT (B) after contrast enhancement
(arrow). It proved to be a tubular carcinoma.
1074 / 1584
bi
Figure 20-44 Lesions that enhance with gadolinium on MRI will enhance with iodine
on CT and can be localized using CT. A mass was found in the contralateral breast by
MRI of this patient with a right breast cancer. The CT scanner was used to place the
guide wire for surgical removal of a small cancer. The thick segment of the wire is seen
at the lesion near the chest wall.
A second study in Canada had similar results (119). Between November 1997 and March
2003, the authors screened 236 women age 25 to 65 who had BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutations
using mammography, ultrasound, MRI, and clinical breast examination with between one
and three annual screening examinations. Clinical examination was performed on the day
of imaging and at 6-month intervals. These investigators were also blinded to the results of
the other tests. There were 22 cancers detected in the group of 236 women (16 invasive
cancers and 6 with DCIS). Of these, 17 (77%) were detected by MRI, 8 (36%) by
mammography, 7 (33%) by ultrasound, and 2 (9.1%) by clinical breast examination. The
sensitivity for MRI was 77%, with a specificity of 95.4%; the corresponding figures were
36% and 99.8% for mammography, 33% and 96% for ultrasound, and 9.1% and 99.3% for
clinical breast examination. One cancer was diagnosed between screens as an “interval
cancer.” Using all four screening tests, the sensitivity rose to 95%, whereas it was only 45%
for the conventional
P.729
screening of mammography combined with clinical breast examination.
Both of these studies are extremely encouraging. Based on these data, many groups,
including the American Cancer Society, now suggest that MRI may be beneficial for
screening high-risk women, and some insurance companies will pay for the test. One of the
problems with this approach is that there is no universally agreed-upon definition of “high
risk.” Our experience suggests that the detection of mammographically occult cancers by
MRI is not confined to high-risk women. It is likely that MRI can detect breast cancer that
is not detectable by any other means in the general population. It is the cost of these
studies, the fact that IV contrast is required, and the high false-positive rate of MRI that
has resulted in experts ignoring the likely role for MRI in screening the general population.
Ultimately, as more and more women are screened using MRI, the costs will become
obvious, and there will be the need for a randomized controlled trial to determine the level
of benefit. It would be preferable to do this now, but there does not seem to be any
enthusiasm for the size trial that would be needed.
1078 / 1584
bi
Regardless, a basic and critical point must be addressed: Does finding these cancers result
in decreased deaths? The lessons learned from the experience in trying to prove that
mammography is an efficacious screening test mean that caution is needed (120). The only
way to prove that a screening test is efficacious is to show that its use decreases cancer
deaths among the screened women in a randomized controlled trial. This is because many
women with breast cancer do not die from their cancers regardless of how they are
discovered. A number of women die from some other cause and are found to have breast
cancer that they never knew about and that never affected them during their lives (121).
At the other end of the spectrum are women whose breast cancers have metastasized (and
are incurable) before they can be detected by any test. If a new test were to find mostly
cancers from either or these two groups, then it would have no efficacy for screening. In
fact, its use would be detrimental, since it would lead to unnecessary treatment among
women in the first group, and in the second group the treatment would be instituted earlier
(causing greater morbidity) because the cancer was found earlier, but the outcome would
be unaffected. Although the data clearly show that mammography screening works by
finding cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage, it is not universally accepted that this
can be applied to other screening tests as validation of the test. Unless surrogate endpoints
(such as the size of the cancers detected, or their genetic signatures) are accepted as
accurately predicting death, randomized controlled trials will be needed to validate any
new screening test (see Chapter 4).
References
1. Katz-Brull R, Seger D, Rivenson-Segal D, et al. Metabolic markers of breast cancer:
enhanced choline metabolism and reduced choline-ether-phospholipid synthesis. Cancer
Res 2002;62:1966–1970.
3. Harms SE, Flamig DP, Hesley KL, et al. MR imaging of the breast with rotating
delivery of excitation off resonance: clinical experience with pathologic correlation.
Radiology 1993;187:493–501.
6. Oppelt A, Graumann R, et al. FISP: Eine neue schnelle pulssequenz fur die
kernspintomographie. Elektromedica 1986;54:15–18.
8. Harms SE, Flamig DP, Helsey KL, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of the breast.
Magn Reson Q 1992;8:139–155.
10. Dao TH, Rahmouni A, Campana F, et al. Tumor recurrence versus fibrosis in the
irradiated breast: differentiation with dynamic gadolinium-enhanced MR imaging.
Radiology 1993;187:751–755.
13. Harms SE, Flamig DP. MR imaging of the breast: technical approach and clinical
experience. RadioGraphics 1993;13:905–912.
14. Kuhl CK, Mielcareck P, Klaschik S, et al. Dynamic breast MR imaging: are signal
intensity time course data useful for differential diagnosis of enhancing lesions?
Radiology 1999;211:101–110.
16. Nunes LW, Schnall MD, Siegelman ES, et al. Diagnostic performance characteristics
of architectural features revealed by high spatial-resolution MR imaging of the breast.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;169:409–415.
17. Orel SG, Schnall MD, LiVolsi VA, et al. Suspicious breast lesions: MR imaging with
radiologic-pathologic correlation. Radiology 1994;190:485–493.
18. Nunes LW, Schnall MD, Orel SG, et al. Breast MR imaging: interpretation model.
Radiology 1997;202:833–841.
19. Flamm CR, Ziegler KM, Pham D, et al. Technology Evaluation Center Assessment
Synopsis: use of magnetic resonance imaging to avoid a biopsy in women with
suspicious primary breast lesions. J Am Col Radiol 2005;2:485–487.
20. El Yousef SJ, Duchesneau RH. Magnetic resonance imaging of the human breast: a
phase I trial. Radiol Clin North Am 1984;22:859–868.
21. Heywang S, Hahn D, Schmidt H, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of the breast
using gadolinium-DTPA. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1986;10:199–204.
22. Kaiser WA, Zeitler E. MR imaging of the breast: fast imaging sequences with and
without Gd-DTPA. Radiology 1989;170:681–686.
23. Friedman EP, Hall-Craggs MA, Mumtaz H, et al. Breast MR and the appearance of
the normal and abnormal nipple. Clin Radiol 1997;52:854–861.
24. Harisinghani MG, Barentsz J, Hahn PF, et al. Noninvasive detection of clinically
occult lymph-node metastases in prostate cancer. N Engl J Med 2003;348:2491–2499.
25. Nelson TR, Pretorius DH, Schiffer LM. Menstrual variation of normal breast NMR
relaxation parameters. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1985;9:874–879.
1081 / 1584
bi
26. Muller-Schimpfle M, Ohmenhauser K, Stoll P, et al. Menstrual cycle and age:
influence on parenchymal contrast medium enhancement on MR imaging of the breast.
Radiology 1997;203:145–149.
27. Kuhl CK, Bieling HB, Gieseke J, et al. Healthy premenopausal breast parenchyma in
dynamic contrast-enhanced MR imaging of the breast: normal contrast medium
enhancement and cyclical-phase dependency. Radiology 1997;203:136–144.
28. Kuhl CK, Bieling HB, Gieseke J, et al. Healthy premenopausal breast parenchyma in
dynamic contrast-enhanced MR imaging of the breast: normal contrast medium
enhancement and cyclical-phase dependency. Radiology 1997;203:137–144.
29. Delille JP, Slanetz PJ, Yeh ED, et al. Hormone replacement therapy in
postmenopausal women: breast tissue perfusion determined with MR imaging—initial
observations. Radiology 2005;235:36–41.
30. Liberman L, Morris EA, Benton CL, et al. Probably benign lesions at breast
magnetic resonance imaging: preliminary experience in high-risk women. Cancer
2003;98:377–388.
32. Kopans DB, Swann CA. Preoperative imaging-guided needle placement and
localization of clinically occult breast lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1989;152:1–9.
33. Spivey GH, Perry BW, Clark VA, et al. Predicting the risk of cancer at the time of
breast biopsy. Am J Surg 1982;48:326–332.
34. Stack JP, Redmond OM, Codd MB, et al. Breast disease: tissue characterization with
Gd-DTPA enhancement profiles. Radiology 1990;174:491–494.
P.731
35. Hachiya J, Seki T, Okada M, et al. MR imaging of the breast with Gd-DTPA
enhancement: comparison with mammography and ultrasonography. Radiol Med
(Torino) 1991;9:232–240.
37. Fobben ES, Rubin CZ, Kalisher L, et al. Breast MRI techniques with commercially
available techniques: radiologic-pathologic correlation. Radiology 1995;196:143–152.
1082 / 1584
bi
38. Gorczyca DP, Sinha S, Ahn C, et al. Silicone breast implants in vivo: MR imaging.
Radiology 1992;185:407–410.
39. Folkman J. What is the evidence that tumors are angiogenesis dependent? J Natl
Cancer Inst 1990;82:4–6.
40. Negendank WG, Brown TR, Evelhoch JL, et al. Proceedings of a National Cancer
Institute workshop: MR spectroscopy and tumor cell biology. Radiology 1992;185:875
–883.
41. Gilles R, Guinebretiere JM, Shapeero LG, et al. Assessment of breast cancer
recurrence with contrast enhanced subtraction MR imaging: preliminary results in 26
patients. Radiology 1993;188:473–478.
43. Schnall MD, Blume J, Bluemke D, et al. Diagnostic architectural and dynamic
features at breast MR imaging: multicenter study. Radiology 2006;238:42–53.
44. Orel SG, Schnall MD, LiVolsi VA, et al. Suspicious breast lesions: MR imaging with
radiologic-pathologic correlation. Radiology 1994;190:485–493.
45. Boetes C, Barentsz JO, Mus RD, et al. MR characterization of suspicious breast
lesions with a gadolinium-enhanced turbo FLASH subtraction technique. Radiology
1994;193:777–781.
46. Piccoli CW, Mitchell DG, Schwartz GF, et al. Contrast-enhanced breast MR imaging
with dynamic and fat-suppression techniques. In the program of the Annual Meeting of
the Society for Magnetic Imaging, San Francisco, 1993:47–48.
47. Brown LF, Berse B, Jackman RW, et al. Expression of vascular permeability factor
(vascular endothelial growth factor) and its receptors in breast cancer. Hum Pathol
1995;26:86–91.
48. Numes LW, Schnall MD, Orel SG, et al. Breast MR imaging: interpretation model.
Radiology 1997;202:833–841.
49. Liberman L, Morris EA, Lee MJ, et al. Breast lesions detected on MR imaging:
features and positive predictive value. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;179:171–178.
50. Liberman L, Morris EA, Dershaw DD, et al. Ductal enhancement on MR imaging of
the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:519–525.
1083 / 1584
bi
51. Guidi AJ, Fischer L, Harris JR, et al. Microvessel density and distribution in ductal
carcinoma in situ of the breast. J Natl Cancer Inst 1994;86:614–619.
52. Orel SG, Mendonca MH, Reynolds C, et al. MR imaging of ductal carcinoma in situ.
Radiology 1997;202:413–420.
54. Kriege M, Brekelmans CT, Boetes C, et al, for the Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Screening Study Group. Efficacy of MRI and mammography for breast-cancer screening
in women with a familial or genetic predisposition. N Engl J Med 2004;351:427–437.
55. Diamond BA, Hulka BS, Kerkvliet NI, et al. Silicone breast implants in relation to
connective tissue diseases and immunologic dysfunction. A Report by a National Science
Panel to the Honorable Sam C. Pointer Jr., Coordinating Judge for the Federal Breast
Implant Multi-District Litigation 1998. Available at:
http://www.fjc.gov/BREIMLIT/SCIENCE/report.htm
56. Harris KM, Ganott MA, Shestak KC, et al. Silicone implant rupture: detection with
ultrasound. Radiology 1993;187:761–768.
57. Gorczyca DP, DeBruhl ND, Ahn CY, et al. Silicone breast implant ruptures in an
animal model: comparison of mammography, MR imaging, US, and CT. Radiology
1994;190:227–232.
58. Picha GJ, Goldstein JA. Analysis of the soft tissue response to components used in
the manufacture of breast implants: rat animal model. Plast Reconstr Surg 1991;87:490
–500.
59. Winding O, Christensen L, Thomsen JL, et al. Silicone in human breast tissue
surrounding silicone gel prostheses. Scand J Plast Reconstr Surg Hand Surg Suppl
1988;22:127–130.
60. Thomsen JL, Christensen L, Nielsen M, et al. Histologic changes and silicone
concentrations in human breast tissue surrounding silicone breast prostheses. Plast
Reconstr Surg 1990;85:38–41.
61. Brandt B, Breiting VB, Christensen L, et al. Five years, experience of breast
augmentation using silicone gel prostheses with emphasis on capsule shrinkage. Scand J
Plast Reconstr Surg Hand Surg Suppl 1984;18:311–316.
62. Gylbert L, Asplund O, Jurell G. Capsular contracture after breast reconstruction with
silicone and saline-filled implants: a 6-year follow-up. Plast Reconstr Surg 1990;85:373
–377.
1084 / 1584
bi
63. Kessler DA. The basis of the FDA's decision on breast implants. N Engl J Med
1992;326:1713–1715.
64. Weiner SR. Silicone augmentation mammaplasty and rheumatic disease. In:
Straymeyer ME (ed), Silicone in Medical Devices. FDA publication 92-4249. Bethesda,
MD: Department of Health and Human Services, 1991:81–102.
65. Sanchez-Guerrero J, Colditz GA, Karlson EW, et al. Silicone breast implants and the
risk of connective-tissue diseases and symptoms. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1666–1670.
66. Henriksen TF, Holmich LR, Fryzek JP, et al. Incidence and severity of short-term
complications after breast augmentation: results from a nationwide breast implant
registry. Ann Plast Surg 2003;51:531–539.
67. Gorczyca DP, Schneider E, DeBruhl ND, et al. Silicone breast implant rupture:
comparison between three-point Dixon and fast spin-echo MR imaging. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1994;162:305–310.
68. Garrido L, Kwong KK, Pfleiderer B, et al. Echo-planar chemical shift imaging of
silicone gel prostheses. Magn Reson Imaging 1993;11:625–634.
69. Monticciolo DL, Nelson RC, Dixon WT, et al. MR detection of leakage from silicone
breast implants: value of a silicone selective pulse sequence. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;63:51–56.
70. Berg WA, Caskey CI, Hamper UM, et al. Diagnosing breast implant rupture with
MR imaging, US and mammography. RadioGraphics 1993;13:1323–1336.
71. Gabriel SE, Woods JE, O'Fallon M, et al. Complications leading to surgery after
breast implantation. N Engl J Med 1997;336:677–682.
72. Lee CH, Smith RC, Levine JA, et al. Clinical usefulness of MR imaging of the breast
in the evaluation of the problematic mammogram. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1999;173:1323–1329.
73. Nunes LW, Schnall MD, Orel SG, et al. Breast MR imaging: interpretation model.
Radiology 1997;202:833–841.
74. Lee CH. Problem solving MR imaging of the breast. Radiol Clin North Am
2004;42:919–934.
75. Stomper PC, Waddell BE, Edge SB, et al. Breast MRI in the evaluation of patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Breast J 1999;5:230–234.
76. Morris EA, Schwartz LH, Dershaw DD, et al. MR imaging of the breast in patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Radiology 1997;205:437–440. 1085 / 1584
bi
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Radiology 1997;205:437–440.
77. Chen C, Orel SG, Harris E, et al. Outcome after treatment of patients with
mammographically occult, magnetic resonance imaging-detected breast cancer
presenting with axillary lymphadenopathy. Clin Breast Cancer 2004;5:72–77.
78. Lee JM, Orel SG, Czerniecki BJ, et al. MRI before reexcision surgery in patients
with breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:473–480.
79. Belli P, Pastore G, Romani M, et al. Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the
diagnosis of recurrence after breast conserving therapy. Rays 2002;27:241–257.
80. Padhani AR, Yarnold J, Regan J, et al. Dynamic MRI of breast hardness following
radiation treatment. J Magn Reson Imaging 2003;17:427–434.
81. Orel SG, Mendonca MH, Reynolds C, et al. MR imaging of ductal carcinoma in situ.
Radiology 1997;202:413–420.
82. Hwang ES, Kinkel K, Esserman LJ, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging in patients
diagnosed with ductal carcinoma-in-situ: value in the diagnosis of residual disease,
occult invasion, and multicentricity. Ann Surg Oncol 2003;10:381–388.
P.732
83. Liberman L, Morris EA, Lee MJ, et al. Breast lesions detected on MR imaging:
features and positive predictive value. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;179:171–178.
84. Dao T, Rahmouni A, Servios V, et al. MR imaging of the breast in the follow-up
evaluation of conservatively treated breast cancer. Magn Reson Imaging Clin North Am
1994;2:605–622.
85. Bedrosian I, Mick R, Orel SG, et al. Changes in the surgical management of
patients with breast carcinoma based on preoperative magnetic resonance imaging.
Cancer 2003;98:468–473.
86. Morakkabati N, Leutner CC, Schmiedel A, et al. Breast MR imaging during or soon
after radiation therapy. Radiology 2003;229:893–901.
87. Lee JM, Orel SG, Czerniecki BJ, et al. MRI before reexcision surgery in patients
with breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:473–480.
88. Kurtz JM, Amalric R, Brandone H, et al. Local recurrence after breast-conserving
surgery and radiotherapy: frequency, time-course, and prognosis. Cancer 1989;63:1912
–1917.
89. Bluemke DA, Gatsonis CA, Chen MH, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of the
breast prior to biopsy. JAMA 2004;292:2735–2742.
1086 / 1584
bi
breast prior to biopsy. JAMA 2004;292:2735–2742.
90. Bedrosian I, Mick R, Orel SG, et al. Changes in surgical management of patients
with breast carcinoma based on preoperative magnetic resonance imaging. Cancer
2003;98:468–473.
93. Heywang-Kobrunner SH, Huynh AT, Viehweg P, et al. Prototype breast coil for MR-
guided needle localization. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1994;18:876–881.
94. Orel SG, Schnall MD, Newman RW, et al. MR imaging-guided localization and
biopsy of breast lesions: initial experience. Radiology 1994;193:97–102.
96. Slanetz PJ, Jain R, Kline JL, et al. CT-guided preoperative needle localization of MR
imaging-detected mammographically occult lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1999;172:160–162.
97. Liberman L, Morris EA, Dershaw DD, et al. Fast MRI-guided vacuum-assisted
breast biopsy: initial experience. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:1283–1293.
98. Chen X, Lehman CD, Dee KE. MRI-guided breast biopsy: clinical experience with
14-gauge stainless steel core biopsy needle. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:1075
–1080.
99. Lehman CD, Deperi ER, Peacock S, et al. Clinical experience with MRI-guided
vacuum-assisted breast biopsy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2005;184:1782–1787.
1087 / 1584
bi
102. Mauri D, Pavlidis N, Ioannidis JP. Neoadjuvant versus adjuvant systemic treatment
for breast cancer: a meta-analysis. J Natl Cancer Inst 2005;97:188–194.
103. Giles R, Guinebretiere JM, Toussaint C, et al. Locally advanced breast cancer:
contrast-enhanced subtraction MR imaging of response to preoperative chemotherapy.
Radiology 1994;191:633–638.
104. Abraham DC, Jones RC, Jones SE, et al. Evaluation of neoadjuvant
chemotherapeutic response of locally advanced breast cancer by magnetic resonance
imaging. Cancer 1996;78:91–100.
106. Rosen EL, Blackwell KL, Baker JA, et al. Accuracy of MRI in the detection of
residual breast cancer after neoadjuvant chemotherapy. AJR Am J Roentgenol
2003;181:1275–1282.
110. Tabar L, Vitak B, Tony HH, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
111. Slanetz PJ, Edminster WB, Yeh ED, et al. Occult contralateral breast carcinoma
incidentally detected by breast magnetic resonance imaging. Breast J 2002;8:145–148.
112. Morris EA, Liberman L, Ballon DJ, et al. MRI of occult breast carcinoma in a high-
risk population. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:619–626.
113. Sifri R, Gangadharappa S, Acheson LS. Identifying and testing for hereditary
susceptibility to common cancers. CA Cancer J Clin 2004;54:309–326.
114. Kopans DB, Monsees B, Feig SA. Screening for cancer: when is it valid? Lessons
from the mammography experience. Radiology 2003;229:319–327.
116. Lewin JM, Isaacs PK, Vance V, et al. Dual-energy contrast-enhanced digital
subtraction mammography: feasibility. Radiology 2003;229:261–268.
117. Slanetz PJ, Edminster WB, Yeh ED, et al. Occult contralateral breast carcinoma
incidentally detected by breast magnetic resonance imaging. Breast J 2002;8:145–148.
119. Warner E, Plewes DB, Hill KA, et al. Surveillance of BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutation
carriers with magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound, mammography, and clinical
breast examination. JAMA 2004;292:1317–1325.
120. Kopans DB, Monsees B, Feig SA. Screening for cancer: when is it valid? Lessons
from the mammography experience. Radiology 2003;229:319–327.
121. Nielsen M, Jensen J, Andersen J. Precancerous and cancerous breast lesions during
lifetime and at autopsy. A study of 83 women. Cancer 1984;54:612–615.
122. Boetes C, Mus RDM, Holland R, et al. Breast tumors: comparative accuracy of MR
imaging relative to mammography and US for demonstrating extent. Radiology
1995;197:743–747.
123. Rodenko GN, Harms SE, Pruneda JM, et al. MR imaging in the management
before surgery of lobular carcinoma of the breast: correlation with pathology. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1996;167:1415–1419.
124. Deurloo EE, Peterse JL, Rutgers EJ, et al. Additional breast lesions in patients
eligible for breast-conserving therapy by MRI: impact on preoperative management
and potential benefit of computerized analysis. Eur J Cancer 2005;41:1393–1401.
1089 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 21 - Evaluating Women With Lumps, Thickening, Discharge, or
Pain: Imaging Women With Signs or Symptoms That Might Indicate Breast Cancer
21
Evaluating Women With Lumps, Thickening,
Discharge, or Pain: Imaging Women With
Signs or Symptoms That Might Indicate
Breast Cancer
Despite the heavy emphasis (particularly in the legal system) on the prompt evaluation of
women who have signs or symptoms that might indicate breast cancer, there are no data
to show that earlier intervention for these women has any influence on the long-term
outcome should they be found to have breast cancer. The only data that show a decrease in
breast cancer mortality are related to the detection of some cancers by screening
mammography before there is any clinical evidence of the disease. Nevertheless, because
of the great psychological issues surrounding breast cancer and the medical/legal
pressures, we spend a great deal of effort evaluating women who have signs or symptoms.
The most common signs and symptoms for which women are referred to our practice are a
lump, area of thickening, area of pain, non-bloody nipple discharge, and a bloody nipple
discharge. Aiello et al found that an actual lump was the only clinical finding that had any
major association with breast cancer (1). My own experience (anecdotal) is that in many
cases, the woman who presents with a lump or thickening actually went to her doctor
because she felt a pain or soreness in her breast and, as a consequence, carefully felt the
area for the first time. The soreness made her suspect that the normal tissue “lumpiness”
was abnormal, causing her to be concerned. Many women who come to us with the
complaint of a lump have nothing more than focal soreness and normal breast tissue.
This recurrent theme is due to the fact that many women
P.734
still believe that pain in the breast is an indication of cancer. Education around this topic is
greatly needed. I suspect that if women learned to ignore breast pain and soreness,
attendance at breast clinics could be greatly reduced, along with referrals for breast
imaging. We have not studied the problem specifically, but based on over 30 years of
experience, imaging never provides an explanation for breast pain unless there is a true
lump that represents a distended cyst or abscess. There are a handful of breast cancers
that I have seen in the 30 years that were associated with pain. It is unclear whether these
were actually causing the pain; I suspect that most were coincidental, since breast pain is
so common. I have seen a few cancers that were associated with a “drawing” sensation, as
if something were pulling from within the breast (not surprising, given the cicatrization that
cancers produce). When pressed, these women admitted that they called it a pain, but it
did not really hurt. They chose the term “pain” because this was the best word that they1090 / 1584
bi
did not really hurt. They chose the term “pain” because this was the best word that they
could find to describe the sensation.
My experience is that breast pain should cease to be a reason for imaging referral. Periodic
breast pain associated with the menstrual cycle is almost ubiquitous. It is also likely that
some focal breast pain is actually referred chest wall pain. One of my surgical colleagues
felt that as much as 50% of what patients felt was breast pain was actually a chest wall
disorder such as costochondritis. The distinction can be made by seeing whether the pain is
caused by squeezing the breast from side to side as opposed to back against the chest wall.
Clearly, if the pain is caused by pushing the breast against the chest wall but not from
squeezing it side to side, then it is likely chest wall pain and not breast pain. Breast pain
should be treated clinically and symptomatically. Beyond routine screening, we should
discourage imaging referrals for “pain.”
I have found that it is frequently difficult to distinguish between a “lump” and “thickening.”
Since clinical examination is almost completely a subjective art, there is a large overlap.
One examiner's lump may be another's thickening and still a third's normal breast tissue. I
have been told repeatedly over the years by numerous women that they do not examine
themselves because their breasts are too lumpy and they “cannot tell one from the other.”
I think we have made a mistake in telling women that they should be trying to tell one
from the other. What I now tell patients is that the breast is a “lumpy” organ; that is the
way it is constructed. The lumps, however, are always in the same place and do not move
from one month to the next. I believe that we should encourage women not to be
diagnosticians, but rather to carefully examine themselves and to learn where their lumps
are. Breast self-examination should be done not to tell one lump from the other, but to find
the new lump should it develop, and to bring that one to their doctor's attention. It should
be reinforced that pain is “not much fun,” but it should not cause fear since it is almost
never due to breast cancer.
Breast cancer can cause a nonspecific hardening or thickening of the tissues in a portion of
the breast. The most common reason for thickening, however, in my experience is normal
breast tissue. I suspect that sometimes tissues become “thicker” because of the
heterogeneous effects that hormones can have on different parts of the breast. This has
been called a “differential end-organ response.” Most thickening is followed over several
cycles and then dismissed. It is most common in the upper outer quadrant. Many women
have what is almost certainly physiologic thickening in this area. There is often almost a
ridge at the edge of the parenchyma just below the axilla. Despite the fact that thickening
is usually physiologic, when a patient is referred for this, we evaluate the area in the same
way that we evaluate the woman who is referred with a “lump.”
Nipple discharge is an elusive issue. There are numerous reasons for a nipple discharge,
most of which are never explained. The discharging fluid can be from multiple ducts, or
from a single duct. It can be unilateral or bilateral. Breast cancer can cause a discharge. It
has been suggested that breast cancer causes a bloody discharge, but the majority of
discharges are still due to benign causes, and some cancers can produce a serous discharge
with no apparent blood. Anecdotally, it seems that breast cancers are now less likely to be
the cause of a discharge than in the past. In a recent review of 395 patients evaluated for a
nipple discharge, only 11 (3%) had an underlying malignancy, and several of these had
Paget's disease of the nipple. Perhaps this is due to earlier cancer detection by screening. I
suspect that many discharges are physiologic and due to hormonal influences on the breast
1091 / 1584
tissue. They can be associated with duct ectasia. Many are due to the presence of a benign,
bi
tissue. They can be associated with duct ectasia. Many are due to the presence of a benign,
intraductal papilloma. The discharging fluid can be quite varied, ranging from white, to
yellow, to green, brown, and gray. A truly clear discharge is very uncommon. Patients who
have bilateral discharge or discharge from multiple ducts are almost always followed
clinically with no surgical intervention. If the discharge comes from a single duct and it
occurs spontaneously, this is usually investigated. We perform a mammogram to look for
any focal lesion, in particular calcifications that could indicate an intraductal process (Fig.
21-1). Nevertheless, it is extremely rare to find anything on the mammogram to explain a
discharge. Although some physicians request an ultrasound evaluation, there are not data
to support the use of ultrasound to evaluate women with a discharge if there is nothing
palpable on the clinical examination or visible on the mammogram.
The use of galactography (ductography) has been promoted over the years to assist in the
evaluation of a discharging duct. The support for this procedure is purely anecdotal, and
very few still perform the study. There have been an increased number of reports of using
tiny endoscopes to look directly inside a discharging duct. The value of this “ductoscopy”
remains to be demonstrated. If a discharge is of concern to the surgeon, he or she often
will explore the problem in the operating room by cannulating
P.735
the duct using a sialogram probe and then doing a circumareolar incision to find it under
the nipple and then dissect the duct and its branches back into the breast. I have been
unable to find any cases in our institution where a cancer was missed using this approach.
Nevertheless, it can result in the removal of a large segment of tissue, and a less invasive
way to exclude breast cancer in these women would be desirable.
Figure 21-1 Mammography can help explain the cause of a nipple discharge.
This 40-year-old woman presented with a bloody nipple discharge. The mammogram
showed segmentally distributed, pleomorphic calcifications on the MLO (A) and CC
(B) mammograms consistent with extensive ductal carcinoma in situ, which was
confirmed by biopsy.
“Diagnostic” Mammography
Mammography is used routinely as a “diagnostic” test for the evaluation of clinically
suspicious breast abnormalities. It is interesting that, objectively, this is its least important
role, but through market pressures and the general trend toward image-guided care, the 1092 / 1584
bi
role, but through market pressures and the general trend toward image-guided care, the
analysis of clinically detected abnormalities has become a major role for imaging.
The primary value of mammography is the earlier detection of breast cancer through the
screening of asymptomatic women. In most cases, by the time a cancer becomes palpable,
the potential benefit from mammography has passed. Frequently a palpable abnormality is
not even evident on the mammogram, or it is visible but remains indeterminate. It is rare
that a mammogram is “diagnostic” in the sense that a firm diagnosis can be made based on
the mammographic evaluation (2). Despite the absence of any objective data to confirm
the value of mammography as a diagnostic test for palpable abnormalities, there are still
those who believe that they actually derive information from the mammogram that they
feel alters clinical management. It is actually somewhat misguided to compare other tests
to mammography for diagnostic accuracy, but there are those who still do. Houssami et al
compared the diagnostic accuracy of mammography to ultrasound among women ages 25
to 55. Not surprisingly, they found that ultrasound was diagnostically more useful (3). This
is obvious to anyone who images the breast, given the simple fact that ultrasound can
make the diagnosis of a cyst when mammography can only delineate a mass and cannot
differentiate a cystic mass from a solid one. Nevertheless, the authors felt they had made
an important comparison. Looking at mammography in a more objective and realistic
fashion provides a clearer picture.
Scenario 1: The lump is visible on the mammogram and has the characteristics of a
classically benign lesion, such as a fat-containing mass (lipoma, oil cyst, or 1093 / 1584
bi
classically benign lesion, such as a fat-containing mass (lipoma, oil cyst, or
hamartoma) or a calcified fibroadenoma (Fig. 21-2). This is one of the few situations in
which the mammogram is actually diagnostic. These lesions have no significant
malignant potential. When their mammographic appearance is typical and the
mammographic finding corresponds to the clinical abnormality, they do not require
biopsy or even further evaluation. In this situation, management is altered by the
mammogram, and the patient benefits from the mammogram. This is one of the
reasons for obtaining a mammogram to evaluate a palpable abnormality.
Unfortunately, this is also an extremely rare occurrence.
Scenario 2: The palpable lump is not visible on the mammogram (Fig. 21-3). It is well
established that there are cancers that are evident on clinical breast examination but
not visible on the mammogram; therefore, the clinician cannot rely on a negative
mammogram to exclude a cancer. Thus, the clinician must still pursue a diagnosis, and
management is not altered by the mammogram. This is a very common situation. The
mammogram has not added to the diagnosis.
Scenario 3: The lump is visible on the mammogram, but its appearance is not specific
(Fig. 21-4). The clinician must still pursue the diagnosis, and management is not
altered by the mammogram. This is also fairly common.
Scenario 4: The lump is visible on the mammogram, and its morphologic
characteristics are very suspicious for malignancy (Fig. 21-5). This often occurs when
the lesion felt on clinical examination is actually cancer. Because these lesions are
almost always very suspicious on the clinical examination alone, the mammogram
rarely alters management. It is possible, however, that without the additional
mammographic evidence, the clinician might have decided that his or her clinical
suspicion was not sufficiently high to pursue a tissue diagnosis. If this is the case, then
the mammogram could have resulted in earlier intervention and management would
be altered. The frequency, however, of this particular scenario has never been
documented scientifically, and in our experience it is very uncommon. Usually when a
palpable mass has mammographic features that strongly suggest cancer, the clinical
examination is highly suspicious and a biopsy would have been performed on the basis
of the clinical findings regardless of the mammographic features. Basic management is
not altered by the mammogram.
1094 / 1584
bi
1095 / 1584
bi
Figure 21-3 Spot compression of a palpable mass not visible on the full-field images
may permit its visualization. The breast tissue is extremely dense, and a palpable,
invasive breast cancer was not visible on the routine MLO (A) and CC (B)
mammographic projections. Spot compression demonstrated an ill-defined mass,
although the morphology was nonspecific (C) and biopsy was still required to establish
the diagnosis.
Figure 21-4 The palpable mass is visible on the mammogram, but its morphology is
nonspecific. This mass is irregular in shape with a microlobulated margin on the MLO
(A) and CC projections (B). Its morphology was also nonspecific on ultrasound (see
Fig. 21-15). It proved to be a cyst.
1096 / 1584
bi
P.737
P.738
P.739
The preceding lists the range of possibilities when mammography is used to evaluate
women with possible breast cancer. It is frequently forgotten that the only efficacious
reason for performing mammography is to reduce the death rate from breast cancer by
detecting cancers earlier. There are no studies that prove that its use in evaluating palpable
abnormalities has any influence on mortality, which is the most important measure of
outcome. An objective evaluation indicates the fact that mammography rarely can
determine the diagnosis when there is a clinically evident lesion. The test itself should
really not be considered “diagnostic,” even though it is important in these settings for
reasons other than determining the etiology of the palpable finding.
Although the “diagnostic” mammogram only rarely alters the management of a clinically
evident abnormality, it does have some value for these patients. These are listed below.
1098 / 1584
bi
Figure 21-6 CBE is often inaccurate. This patient was referred for mammography
with the diagnosis of fibrocystic changes and multiple masses on CBE. In fact, the
breast tissues are almost all fat; there are no cysts and no masses. The clinician was
feeling the lumpy texture of normal breast tissue.
Additional support for screening using CBE was established in the Breast Cancer Detection
Demonstration Project (BCDDP), where almost 9% of the cancers were
P.741
detected only by CBE and were not found by mammography (6).
The benefit from clinical examination is likely to be greatest when the comparison group
that is not screened has cancers diagnosed at a late stage, and even clinical examination
can lead to a “downstaging” for those screened. As noted above, this is likely what
happened in the HIP study. As more of the comparison-group women have their cancers
detected at an earlier stage, it becomes more difficult to demonstrate added benefit from
CBE. Although the efficacy of physical examination by itself to reduce mortality has not
been tested, it is likely that a small number of women can benefit from periodic screening
by physical examination.
Although periodic, properly performed screening with CBE, by itself, has never been shown
to reduce the death rate from breast cancer in a properly performed randomized,
controlled trial, it can likely detect a number of early cancers that might otherwise escape
early detection. Based on anecdotal information, CBE should probably be part of a
complete screening program. Unfortunately, by the time many cancers are large enough to
feel, the patient's course is often already determined and the likelihood that metastatic
spread has already occurred is fairly high. Almost 50% of women with cancers that are 2
cm in size or larger have positive axillary lymph nodes (Fig. 21-7) (7), and complete cure
is unlikely. Regardless, since a palpable abnormality is apparent to the patient as well as1099 / 1584
bi
is unlikely. Regardless, since a palpable abnormality is apparent to the patient as well as
her physician, the care of these patients is of great importance and certainly of
medical/legal consequence. The leading cause of malpractice actions in the United States
stems from the failure to diagnose palpable cancers.
Figure 21-7 The relationship of tumor size to lymph node involvement. Breast cancer
size and nodal status are based on data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End
Results program of the National Cancer Institute, 1977–1983. Percentage of woman
who are axillary lymph-node negative in relationship to the size of the invasive cancer.
(Adapted from Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node
status, and survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.)
1101 / 1584
bi
Clinical Decisions
Mammography can occasionally assist in the management of palpable lesions, but the
management of a clinically evi-dent lesion usually requires clinical decisions, and a
negative mammogram should usually not interfere with earlier intervention if there is
sufficient clinical concern. Management of a breast abnormality should usually be guided by
the analysis that provides the greatest level of concern.
Just as a negative clinical examination does not override a suspicious mammogram, a
negative mammogram does not negate a suspicious clinical examination. It has been
shown repeatedly that mammography cannot be used to exclude breast cancer among
women who have a suspicious finding on clinical examination (25,26). It has been
suggested that the combined use of mammography and ultrasound may be able to exclude
cancer. Dennis et al suggested that if both the mammogram and ultrasound were negative,
this excluded breast cancer in women with an area of clinical concern (27). Unfortunately,
there were possible biases in their study design. Moy et al found that even if the
mammogram and ultrasound were negative, there was still the chance that the area of
clinical concern harbored a malignancy (28). Among 233 women who presented with an
area of clinical concern and who had a negative mammogram and ultrasound, 6 (2.3%)
were found to have a malignancy at biopsy. All of the six cancers were found among the
156 women with radiographically dense breasts, while there were no cancers among the 77
women with fatty breasts and a negative mammogram and ultrasound.
P.745
Although the risk of cancer is small, it would still seem prudent that a biopsy should be
undertaken if the clinical examination is sufficiently suspicious, even if both the
mammogram and ultrasound are negative.
1105 / 1584
bi
Figure 21-8 Spot compression to image a palpable mass is best achieved by trying to
project the margin of the abnormality against the subcutaneous fat. This is best
accomplished by rotating the film holder so that it parallels a plane that passes through
the nipple and the lesion (A,B) and then using spot compression perpendicular to the
plane (C).
Figure 21-9 If it looks like cancer, be suspicious if the biopsy results are
benign. The surgeon felt the spiculated mass in the lateral right breast, as seen on this
CC projection (A), and biopsied the clinical abnormality. The biopsy result was benign
tissue. An early repeat mammogram revealed that the lesion was still present (B).
The postsurgical change is visible immediately adjacent to the persistent mass. Re-
excision following a needle localization established the correct diagnosis of invasive 1106 / 1584
bi
excision following a needle localization established the correct diagnosis of invasive
breast cancer.
Adjunctive Evaluation
As with all tests, the value of additional imaging should be assessed as to its impact on
management. If the results will not alter management, then performing additional imaging
is not justified. The reason for using mammography to evaluate women who have signs or
symptoms of breast cancer is that occasionally, but anecdotally, the mammographic
evaluation of the palpable abnormality may be helpful.
1107 / 1584
bi
1108 / 1584
bi
Figure 21-10 Solid masses among women under age 30 are almost always
fibroadenomas. This oval, sharply defined, hypoechoic, solid mass with a thin
echogenic “rim” proved to be a fibroadenoma in a 22-year-old woman.
1109 / 1584
bi
Figure 21-13 The ultrasound diagnosis of a cyst is very accurate if all criteria are
met. These include a round or oval shape, a sharply defined anterior and posterior
wall, no internal echoes, and enhancement through-transmission of sound. These
characteristics are seen in the transverse (A) and sagittal (B) images of this palpable
cyst. If these characteristics are present, no further intervention is needed.
Unless the radiologist and referring physician agree otherwise, the palpable abnormality
should ultimately remain the responsibility of the referring physician, just as
1111 / 1584
bi
P.750
the mammographically detected, clinically occult lesion requires the radiologist to advise
proper management. If the patient is self-referred to the radiologist and the radiologist
accepts the referral, then all abnormalities of the breast are the radiologist's responsibility
until care has been transferred.
Figure 21-14 Ultrasound is often nonspecific. This is the ultrasound of the palpable
mass in Figure 21-8. Although oval and fairly well-defined, with a homogeneous echo
texture, it still proved to be an invasive breast cancer. The hypoechoic mass beneath
the cancer is a normal rib.
Figure 21-15 Some cysts appear to be solid by ultrasound. This is the ultrasound of
the palpable mass in Figure 21-2. It is irregular in shape and has an irregular echo
texture. Biopsy revealed a benign cyst with a thick wall.
Summary
Although the general management of a palpable abnormality should still be determined by
the clinical evaluation, mammography is of some use for evaluating the area of concern
and may be helpful in limited circumstances where the palpable abnormality has
morphologic characteristics that are diagnostic mammographically. Mammography is
primarily useful for screening the remaining ipsilateral breast tissue and the contralateral1112 / 1584
bi
primarily useful for screening the remaining ipsilateral breast tissue and the contralateral
breast to find occult cancer. The demonstration of a morphologically malignant lesion
should indicate a high probability of cancer, and if the biopsy indicates a benign result, the
accuracy of the biopsy should be reviewed.
Ultrasound has been so heavily promoted that it is being employed to evaluate most, if not
all, clinically evident masses. Ultrasound is not sufficiently diagnostic to rely on it for
differentiating benign from malignant solid lesions, although many believe that it can be
used for this differentiation. Ultrasound can be used to guide the needle biopsy of most
palpable masses. The victory of anecdote over science was made evident in a malpractice
settlement that I know of in a lawsuit where the radiologist was faulted for the failure to
have performed an ultrasound on the breast of a woman who claimed she felt something
when nothing was felt by her physician or even the radiologist (who had examined her
beyond the standard of care), and there was nothing evident on her clinical examination.
There is little question that there are expert witnesses who will testify that ultrasound is
the standard of care for the evaluation of palpable abnormalities despite the lack of any
scientific validation of this role. Unfortunately, the suggestion that ultrasound is indicated in
the evaluation of women with a palpable abnormality will likely prevail in a malpractice
case. As a result, we now practice defensively and evaluate all focal, clinically evident
abnormalities with ultrasound because of the fear of a malpractice accusation should we
not, despite the lack of any scientific support for making this a standard of care. It is
unfortunate, because this practice will greatly increase the cost of health care without any
proof of a real benefit.
References
1. Aiello EJ, Buist DS, White E, et al. Rate of breast cancer diagnoses among
postmenopausal women with self-reported breast symptoms. J Am Board Fam Pract
2004;17:408–115.
2. Kopans DB. Breast imaging and the symptomatic patient: enough with the
“diagnostic” mammography. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:1423.
3. Houssami N, Irwig L, Simpson JM, et al. Sydney Breast Imaging Accuracy Study:
Comparative sensitivity and specificity of mammography and sonography in young
women with symptoms. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:935–940.
5. Shapiro S, Venet W, Strax P, et al. Periodic screening for breast cancer: the Health
Insurance Plan Project and its sequelae, 1963–1986. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press, 1988.
7. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
8. Miller AB, Baines CJ, Turnbull C. The role of the nurse-examiner in the National
Breast Screening Study. Can J Public Health 1991;82:162–167.
9. Christiansen CL, Wang F, Barton MB, et al. Predicting the cumulative risk of false-
positive mammograms. J Natl Cancer Inst 2000;92:1657–1666.
10. Elmore JG, Nakano CY, Koepsell TD, et al. International variation in screening
mammography interpretations in community-based programs. J Natl Cancer Inst
2003;95:1384–1393.
11. Fletcher SW, Black W, Harris R, et al. Report of the International Workshop on
Screening for Breast Cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1644–1656.
12. Barton MB, Harris R, Fletcher SW. The rational clinical examination. Does this
patient have breast cancer? The screening clinical breast examination: should it be
done? How? JAMA 1999;282:1270–1280.
13. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Breast physical examination by the mammographer; an aid
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol 1983;103–106.
14. Mann BD, Giuliano AE, Bassett LW, et al. Delayed diagnosis of breast cancer as a
result of normal mammograms. Arch Surg 1983;118:23–24.
15. Burns P, Grace MCA, Lees AW, et al. False-negative mammograms causing delay in
breast cancer diagnosis. Can Assoc Radiol J 1979;30:74–76.
17. Moskowitz M. Breast cancer: age-specific growth rates and screening strategies.
Radiology 1986;161:37–41.
18. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
19. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
20. Meyer JE, Kopans DB, Oot R. Mammographic visualization of breast cancer in
patients under 35 years of age. Radiology 1983;147:93–94.
21. Williams SM, Kaplan PA, Peterson JC, et al. Mammography in women under age
30: is there clinical benefit? Radiology 1986;161:49–51. 1114 / 1584
bi
30: is there clinical benefit? Radiology 1986;161:49–51.
22. Liberman L, Dershaw DD, Deutch BM, et al. Screening mammography: value in
women 35–39 years old. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:53–56.
23. Faulk RM, Sickles EA. Efficacy of spot compression—magnification and tangential
views in mammographic evaluation of palpable masses. Radiology 1992;185:87–90.
24. Stacey-Clear A, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Observations on the location of breast
cancer in women under fifty. Radiology 1993;186:677–680.
25. Mann BD, Giuliano AE, Bassett LW, et al. Delayed diagnosis of breast cancer as a
result of normal mammograms. Arch Surg 1983;118:23–24.
26. Burns P, Grace MCA, Lees AW, et al. False-negative mammograms causing delay in
breast cancer diagnosis. J Can Assoc Radiol 1979;30:74–76.
P.751
27. Dennis MA, Parker SH, Klaus AJ, et al. Breast biopsy avoidance: the value of
normal mammograms and normal sonograms in the setting of a palpable lump.
Radiology 2001;219:186–191.
28. Moy L, Slanetz PJ, Moore R, et al. Specificity of mammography and US in the
evaluation of a palpable abnormality: retrospective review. Radiology 2002;225:176
–181.
29. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas
with benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
30. Stavros AT, Thickman D, Rapp CL, et al. Solid breast nodules: use of sonography to
distinguish between benign and malignant lesions. Radiology 1995;196:123–134.
1115 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 22 - Image Sequencing: Problems and Solutions in Breast
Evaluation
22
Image Sequencing: Problems and Solutions
in Breast Evaluation
As is stressed throughout this text, imaging the breast can be divided into a few major
tasks:
1. Find it.
2. Is it real?
3. Where is it?
4. What is it?
5. What should be done about it?
6. What was it?
7. What has been learned from it?
The major objective in breast imaging is the detection of breast cancers at a small size and
early stage in an effort to reduce mortality. The screening mammogram is the most
important study because it is the only opportunity to detect cancers earlier (find it). Once a
potential abnormality is found, additional evaluation is frequently needed to determine the
significance of the finding (Is it real?). If it is determined that a finding is real, then the
radiologist must determine its location (Where is it?) so that he or she, if needed, can put a
needle accurately into the lesion or guide a surgeon to the lesion. The radiologist must
decide whether the lesion is benign or has the potential of being malignant and then what
course of action to pursue to establish the diagnosis (What should be done about it).
Following results (What was it?) is not only required by law, but is the only way to continue
to improve. Learning what a lesion was helps to improve one's interpretive skills (What has
been learned from it?).
Basic Principles
Many of the “problem-solving” techniques described below are needed when using two-
dimensional (2D) mammography (film/screen or digital). Once digital breast tomosynthesis
(DBT) replaces conventional 2D mammography, many of the diagnostic problems
described below will disappear. Superimposed tissues are eliminated by DBT. Margins can
be more clearly analyzed using DBT. Morphology is more clearly defined, and the three-
dimensional (3D) location of a lesion is easily determined using DBT.
1116 / 1584
bi
Finding lesions requires high-quality imaging with proper positioning. Most problems in
positioning can be avoided by having well-trained technologists who are compassionate and
can work with the patient in an effort to obtain high-quality mammograms.
Assuming the images are of good quality, the first clinical problems that the radiologist is
likely to encounter can frequently be resolved through additional images. These include
altering the position of the breast relative to the x-ray beam, altering the angle that the x-
ray beam takes as it passes through the breast, the use of spot compression to separate
overlapping structures, and the use of magnification mammography to reduce noise and
provide sharper images. Ultrasound is helpful in determining whether a lesion is cystic or
solid, and whether it is amenable to ultrasound-guided aspiration, biopsy, or needle
localization. Ultimately, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI),
and other tests may help resolve specific problems.
P.754
Mammographic Fluoroscopy
Mammographic evaluation is similar to fluoroscopy, without the fluoroscope. The principles
used in fluoroscopy are those used to separate structures by mammography. Just as a
compression paddle is used to separate overlapping loops of bowel under fluoroscopic
observation, spot compression is used to separate overlapping breast structures. Rolling
the breast and viewing it from different projections is the same as the fluoroscopist's rolling
the patient to use parallax shifts to distinguish separate structures. The only difference is
that fluoroscopy is performed in real time, and with mammography it is the technologist
who repositions and compresses the breast during the evaluation.
Is It Real?
Once a potential abnormality has been found, determining whether it is a real, 3D
abnormality using 2D mammography can be a complicated process. Not all cancers form a
visible mass, and there is the potential of dismissing an infiltrating process simply because
a mass is not evident. The visualization of a finding on more than one additional projection
may be required to determine whether it is three-dimensionally real or merely a projection
artifact of superimposed normal structures. The tendency to rely only on conventional
projections may be unnecessarily limiting. Although it is inconvenient, it is better to have
the patient return for additional evaluation than to make a management decision based on
insufficient information.
The basis of solving problems lies in varying the projections and reorienting the breast
structures to provide a better understanding of the 3D relationships (Fig. 22-1).
Figure 22-1 There are an unlimited number of positions that can be used to evaluate
the breast. This schematic provides just the standard mammographic projections. (CC,
craniocaudal; MLO, mediolateral oblique; ML, mediolateral; ISO, inferosuperior
oblique; FB, from below; LMO, lateromedial oblique; LM, lateromedial; SIO,
superoinferior oblique.)
Comparing Projections
Another method of determining whether a suspected lesion is real is to determine its
location on the projection on which it appears and then to evaluate the corresponding
tissues in the other projection. There are two methods of triangulating a lesion in two
projections: the arc method and the straight-line method. Neither is perfect, and the
accuracy depends on positioning, compression, and the elasticity of the breast tissues.
Figure 22-2 The arc method of triangulation uses the distance from the base of the
nipple to the lesion (D) on the view on which the lesion is seen (A). This becomes the
radius of an arc that is traced on the second view (B). The lesion should lie close to or
on this arc.
1119 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-3 The Cartesian, straight-line method of triangulation determines the line
that is perpendicular to the axis of the nipple that intersects the lesion (D). This is
transferred to the other projection, and a perpendicular (P) at this distance is used to
try to find the lesion.
Spot Compression
Spot compression can be used to separate overlapping structures. The standard
compression paddle presses on the tissues with only as much pressure as the least
compressible
P.756
tissue volume. Spot compression places greater pressure on a smaller volume of tissue.
This can displace tissues that overlap one another, reduce the amount of overlapping
tissue, and push the tissues closer to the detector, reducing geometric blur (Fig. 22-4).
What may initially appear as a significant abnormality can be shown to represent
overlapping normal structures using spot compression (Fig. 22-5). It is often useful to use
spot compression in addition to changing the position of the breast so that the same
structures are not maintained in the same alignment as in the initial image.
1120 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-4 Structures that overlap and cause suspicious shadows on standard
compression (A) can be spread apart on spot compression (B) to eliminate concern.
Spot compression can be used to displace tissues that overlap one another, to reduce
the amount of overlapping tissue, and to push the tissues closer to the detector,
reducing geometric blur.
I have found that spot compression frequently demonstrates the same problem as
standard compression despite the increased pressure. I prefer to use rolled views
(described below) when trying to determine whether a finding is real or merely
superimposed breast tissue.
Some radiologists like to perform the spot-compression images using magnification. This
can be helpful, but it adds another layer of complexity and room for error because any
motion can severely compromise the image sharpness, and this is more likely to occur due
to the longer exposure times needed for magnification. The benefit of magnification is an
improved ability to evaluate the margins of masses and the morphology of calcifications. If
it is not certain whether a lesion is real, we generally use spot compression without
magnification as the first step.
Figure 22-5 The initial CC projection (A) raised the question of a spiculated mass
(arrow). On spot compression (B), however, this was clearly a superimposition of
normal structures.
Figure 22-6 Rotating the gantry and recompressing at a different angle while the
breast is kept in the same position can be used to separate normal overlapping
structures.
Problem: A lesion is seen on the MLO projection and not on the CC view. Is it real? The
tendency is to obtain multiple projections in the CC position trying to identify the lesion.
The fallacy in this approach is that the lesion may not, in fact, be real and thus will not be
visible on these projections. It is best to obtain an additional image slightly altering the
original position of the breast to determine whether the lesion is real. If a superimposition
of structures is suspected, spot compression of the area may be sufficient to exclude a
lesion.
Spot compression is a valuable technique, but the radiologist should always be aware that
spot compression may squeeze a true lesion out from the field of view, leading to the
incorrect impression that it is not real (Fig. 22-10). It is usually best to keep the collimation
open on spot-compression views to permit the opportunity to recognize this problem (Fig.
22-11).
1123 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-7 Rolled views. If superimposed tissues are suspected, the breast can be
rolled by gently rolling the top in one direction and the bottom in the other and
recompressing. Structures that project over one another can be separated using this
maneuver.
Figure 22-8 The breast can be rolled front to back to accomplish the same results as
in the standard rolled views.
The spot-compression view in the same projection may only produce the same
superimposition of structures and not differentiate a true lesion from summation shadows.
For lesions seen only on the MLO projection, it is frequently best to go immediately to the
straight lateral projection. This slight shift in the orientation of the breast structures
relative to the x-ray beam is often sufficient to demonstrate that an apparent abnormality
is not real but rather a benign superimposition of normal structures (Fig. 22-12). If the
lesion is real, its shift relative to the other structures of the breast between the two
projections can help determine its location (see Triangulation of Breast Lesions), and this
information can be used to guide positioning in the CC projection to confirm its 3D location.
Problem: A lesion is seen on the CC view and not on the MLO projection. When a lesion is
seen only on the CC projection and not on the MLO, it is best to return to the CC position
and alter the orientation of the breast relative to the x-ray beam to determine whether the
lesion is real. This
P.759
1124 / 1584
bi
P.760
P.761
P.762
may require only spot compression to demonstrate a benign superimposition of structures
(Fig. 22-13).
Figure 22-9 Rolled views or changing the projection may help to eliminate
overlapping structures so that a lesion is more clearly visible (A). The dense tissue in
the upper outer quadrant is obscuring the visibility of a mass in the lower breast.
Rolling the top laterally projects the mass under fat, improving its visibility. In this
patient there is the suggestion of a mass on the MLO view, but it is obscured by
overlapping tissue (B). By obtaining a straight lateral projection (C), the mass, which
proved to be a cyst, is more evident (arrow).
1125 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-10 Spot compression can push the lesion out of the field of view. A
suspicious lesion is evident with full compression (A). On spot compression the lesion is
pushed out of the field of view (B). If the field is coned to the spot device, this problem
will not be appreciated, and a significant abnormality may be dismissed.
Figure 22-11 In this patient a mass was seen on the CC projection. On the first spot
view (A) it appeared that the mass was not real, but rather was superimposed tissue.
However, by keeping the cones open, the density is visible at the right of the image
(M), having been squeezed out from under the paddle. A repeat (B) shows the mass,
which proved to be a benign cyst.
1126 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-12 There is the suggestion of a mass on the MLO view (arrow) (A) but
there is nothing on the CC view (B) that corresponds. Returning to the view on which
it was seen and modifying the projection as a straight mediolateral (ML) (C), there is
no abnormality. The original mass was a benign superimposition of normal structures.
In a second patient there appears to be a possible spiculated mass in the upper left
breast on the MLO view (D). Nothing was visible on the CC projection. A straight
lateral ML view (E) demonstrates the normal structures that had been projected over
one another, creating the suspicious but nonexistent finding. Simply because an
abnormality appears high on the MLO view does not mean it is in the tail of the breast.
High does not mean “upper outer.” The metallic marker was placed on a skin lesion and 1127 / 1584
bi
High does not mean “upper outer.” The metallic marker was placed on a skin lesion and
projects high on the MLO view (F). Note, however, that it is in the center of the breast
on the CC view (G). Triangulation is best achieved by obtaining a straight lateral view
if a lesion is seen only on the MLO and calculating its location by its movement between
the two films.
Just as when a radiologist rolls a patient under the fluoroscope, the mammography
technologist can gently rotate the breast about the axis of the nipple (rolled view) and
recompress in this new orientation. An image obtained in this new orientation may
demonstrate that the suspected abnormality was a benign superimposition of normal
structures. It may also confirm a true abnormality whose movement relative to the
background of the breast may indicate its location in the upper or lower breast and guide
positioning in the lateral projection to confirm this location (see Triangulation of Breast
Lesions). As noted earlier, rolled views can also be performed by moving the top of the
breast back toward the chest wall and pulling the bottom forward. The opposite roll can
also be useful.
When obtaining rolled views, it is important for the direction of the roll to be indicated with
the top of the breast as a reference. If the top of the breast is rolled laterally and the
bottom medially, then the projection is the “top rolled laterally.” The direction of roll is
important. If the lesion is real, then it moves with the breast tissue in which it lies, and its
location is indicated by knowing which way the top and bottom of the breast were moved.
The direction of roll should also be chosen so that if the lesion is real, following the roll it is
projected over fat and not dense tissue so that it is not obscured by dense tissue (see Fig.
22-9).
1128 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-13 For a lesion seen on the CC and not on the MLO projection, return and
modify the CC. There is the suggestion of a spiculated lesion on the CC projection (A)
(arrow) but nothing is evident on the MLO (B). The top of the breast was rolled
laterally, and the abnormality fell apart (C). Spot compression in the CC projection
(D) also failed to demonstrate any mass. The original concern had been due to a
benign superimposition of normal structures.
Figure 22-14 The lateromedial projection is used to place the film close to a lesion
that is in the medial breast to reduce geometric blur.
1129 / 1584
bi
There are several ways to determine a lesion's location. Triangulation can be accomplished
using alterations of conventional mammographic positioning. If this is unsuccessful,
ultrasound can be used to find the lesion three dimensionally. If this fails, CT is very useful.
If the lesion remains visible in only one projection, a needle can be accurately positioned in
it using the parallax technique described in Chapter 21, and some have used stereotactic
devices to accomplish this task.
1. It remains high or moves even higher on the MLO, it will be found in the lateral portion
of the breast on the CC view (see Fig. 22-18A–C).
2. It moves down a short distance on the MLO, the lesion is likely in the central portion of
the breast.
3. It moves down a large distance on the MLO, then the lesion is likely in the medial
portion of the breast on the CC projection (see Fig. 22-18D–F).
1130 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-15 The lateromedial projection is useful for imaging the medial
tissue with greater sharpness. There is a clearly worrisome mass (open arrow) in
the medial right breast on the CC projection (A). It is unclear which of the densities
(arrows) on the MLO view (B) is the lesion. The lateromedial projection (C) clearly
demonstrates the lesion.
Figure 22-16 To triangulate lesions seen on the MLO and not on the CC view, return
and obtain the mediolateral (ML) projection. Using the sequence of going from the ML
through the MLO to get to the CC, the location of the lesion can be determined.
1131 / 1584
bi
P.765
P.766
If a lesion starts in the center of the breast on the straight lateral (Fig. 22-19A) and:
1. It moves higher on the MLO, it will be found in the lateral portion of the breast on the
CC view.
2. It remains in the center on the MLO, the lesion is likely in the central portion of the
breast.
3. It moves down on the MLO, then the lesion is likely in the medial portion of the breast
on the CC projection.
If a lesion starts in the bottom of the breast on the straight lateral (Fig. 22-19B) and:
1. It stays at the bottom or moves lower on the MLO, it will be found in the medial
portion of the breast on the CC view.
2. It moves a short distance up on the MLO, the lesion is likely in the central portion of
the breast.
3. It moves a long distance up on the MLO, the lesion is likely in the lateral portion of the
breast on the CC projection.
Figure 22-17 To determine the location of a lesion seen on the MLO but not on the CC
view, obtain the mediolateral (ML) and align the films on the view box with the nipples
at the same level and pointing in the same direction and the axilla at the top of the
view box. The films are placed in line on a view box with the straight lateral on one
end, the CC view on the other, and the MLO in between.
Figure 22-18 A line drawn from the lesion on the mediolateral (ML) view to its
location on the MLO view will point to the portion of the breast in which it can be found
on the CC view. This diagram (A) is for a lesion that is high in the breast on the ML
projection. In this patient a mass was seen on the MLO but not on the CC projection.
The straight lateral was obtained, showing the mass. By lining up the straight lateral
followed by the MLO with the CC projection (keeping the nipples in line) (B), a line
through the lesion on the two lateral projections points to the lateral portion of the
breast on the CC view. The location of the lesion in this portion of the breast was
confirmed on the CC image exaggerated laterally (C). The second, small mass in the
center of the breast is in a line on the three images. In this second case, lining up the
ML (D) with the MLO (E) and the CC (F) views will result in a line connecting the lesion
(arrow) on the ML and passing through the lesion on the MLO (arrow), pointing to the
location of the invasive cancer medially (arrow) on the CC (F). 1133 / 1584
bi
location of the invasive cancer medially (arrow) on the CC (F).
Figure 22-19 (A) The movement of a lesion that starts in the middle of the breast on
the mediolateral (ML) view. (B) The location of a lesion that is found in the lower
breast on the ML view.
1134 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-20 Rolled views can be used to determine the location of a lesion
seen only in the CC projection. If the top is rolled laterally and the lesion moves
laterally (A), it is in the top of the breast. This is labeled “CC RL” for “craniocaudal
projection top rolled laterally.” If the lesion is in the bottom of the breast, it will move
medially when the top of the breast moves laterally (B). If the top of the breast is
rolled medially (CC RM), a lesion in the top will move medially (C), and one in the
bottom will move laterally (D). In this patient (E) a mass was seen on the CC view
(top image) but not on the MLO. The CC was repositioned, rolling the top laterally, and
the breast was recompressed. The lesion moved medially (bottom image) and
consequently was in the bottom of the breast. 1135 / 1584
bi
consequently was in the bottom of the breast.
P.769
P.770
Computed Tomography
When additional mammographic views or ultrasound are unable to triangulate the location
of a lesion, CT can be very helpful for locating lesions three dimensionally (Fig. 22-22).
The patient is placed in the gantry in the supine position with her arms extended and hands
comfortably positioned behind her head. The breasts should be positioned as symmetrically
as possible. The patient should be rolled so that nipple/areolar complexes are at the same
height above the table and in the same scan plane (Fig. 22-23) to try to ensure that the
same volumes of tissue are positioned symmetrically. In general, significant lesions are
visible as areas of asymmetric attenuation. The appreciation of symmetry and asymmetry
necessitates symmetric positioning of the breasts within the gantry, and thus attention to
initial positioning facilitates the study.
The patient should be instructed not to take deep breaths. Gentle breathing should be
encouraged to avoid shifting the breasts by thoracic movement. In general, the area in
question will have been seen mammographically in the upper, middle, or lower portions of
the breast, and consequently scans can often be limited to one of these areas.
Initial imaging is performed using 1-cm-thick contiguous slices. The breasts are compared
for symmetry on each slice. When the level of concern is identified, thinner slices are useful
to refine the image and are necessary for accurate preoperative localization.
Contrast-Enhanced CT
Just as with gadolinium on MRI, cancers enhance with intravenously administered
iodinated contrast. This can be helpful in defining the location of a lesion (Fig. 22-24). CT
can be used to position needles for localization and biopsy (see CT Needle Localization).
1136 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-21 Ultrasound can be used to triangulate lesions seen in only one
projection. In this case there is a very suspicious mass seen on the MLO projection
(A). It was not visible on the CC but was high in the breast on the mediolateral (ML)
projection (B). Since it moves up between the ML and the MLO, it must be in the
lateral part of the breast. Ultrasound of the upper outer right breast revealed a very
suspicious triangular hypoechoic mass with posterior acoustic shadowing (C) in the tail
of the right breast. Using ultrasound guidance, a hookwire was positioned in the mass,
and its concordance with the mammographically detected lesion was confirmed on an
axillary tail (AT) view, demonstrating the wire placed in the lesion (D).
1137 / 1584
bi
P.771
P.772
Implants
Implants present a problem for breast imaging in that they may prevent optimal
visualization of the tissues. If a lesion is suspected, the same maneuvers described
previously can be employed in conjunction with implant displacement views. Spot-
compression and magnification views are possible. If the lesion is hidden by the implant on
all but a single projection, ultrasound may help guide the 3D location, evaluation, needle
biopsy localization, and excision of masses.
Conventional, stereotactic, and ultrasound-guided biopsy can be performed by positioning
the needle parallel to a tangent to the surface of the implant. By displacing the implant,
standard needle localization can be performed using a fenestrated compression plate (2). If
the implant presents an obstruction, needle positioning can be accomplished using
ultrasound or the parallax technique described. Some radiologists use stereotactic devices
to accomplish these procedures with the implant displaced from the field of view.
Figure 22-23 The patient should be positioned so that her breasts are symmetric in
the scanner, with the nipples in the same scan plane.
Be Creative
When problems arise, it is often helpful to “think out of the box” to try to solve the
problem. Magnification lateral mammograms are used to evaluate calcifications to try to
determine whether they are layering in the dependent portion of a cyst (milk of calcium).
At times it is not clear whether the calcifications are truly moving in the cysts and therefore
benign milk of calcium. Years ago we decided to try to see if we could image the breast
with the patient leaning forward at right angles so that her breast was pendent. We then
positioned her so that her chest wall was against the side of the bucky where the film is
placed into the tray. With milk of calcium, the calcifications will shift to the dependent 1138 / 1584
bi
placed into the tray. With milk of calcium, the calcifications will shift to the dependent
(anterior) portion of the cyst, and the benign diagnosis can be made (7).
Magnification Mammography
Magnification mammography theoretically provides an absolute increase in resolution. This
is more true for digital mammography, where the spatial resolution is limited by the pixel
size. For film/screen imaging the image is improved primarily by the improved signal-to-
noise ratio. Magnification is of value when this will aid diagnosis and management.
Magnification is valuable in analyzing the
P.773
morphology and distribution of calcifications (Fig. 22-25) and the margins of lesions.
Because of the longer exposures involved, the quality of the magnification image can be
compromised by motion. If calcifications seem to disappear on the magnification image,
motion is the likely cause.
deposits.
Problem: Calcifications may be in the skin. On rare occasions calcifications in the skin can
simulate a suspicious intramammary lesion (Fig. 22-26) (8). This can be appreciated if one
considers that the breast is a spherical organ, and, because only a very small portion of the
skin is seen in tangent, when the breast is compressed in any one projection deposits on its
surface can be expected to project
P.775
as if they lie within the breast itself (Fig. 22-27). Most skin calcifications and skin lesions
are easily recognized from their morphology, but if this is not clearly apparent the location
of a lesion in the skin can be readily confirmed.
Figure 22-27 Because only two thin tangents of skin are seen in the two projections,
most deposits in (or on) the skin project over the breast. This marker (arrow) was
placed on a skin lesion. It is clearly on the skin, but it projects over the center of the
breast tissues on the MLO (A) and CC (B) views.
Analyzing the mammogram, the suspected skin surface is determined by the proximity of
the lesion to the medial, lateral, inferior, or superior surface of the breast. The patient is
positioned in the mammographic system using a fenestrated compression plate in a
manner similar to that followed for a needle localization. The window should encompass
the area of skin in which the calcifications are expected to lie. It is very important that the
proper skin surface is in the window. A small radiopaque marker is taped to the skin at the
1141 / 1584
bi
proper skin surface is in the window. A small radiopaque marker is taped to the skin at the
suspected site of the calcifications (Fig. 22-28). This is confirmed mammographically. The
importance of placing the proper surface in the window can be seen, for example, if a
marker was placed on the top of the breast. On the mammographic projection it will look
as if it is over calcifications, even if they are actually in the bottom of the breast, and the
tangential views will be misleading if the marker is on the wrong skin surface.
Once the marker is in position, the patient is removed from the compression system. The
breast is then positioned so that the x-ray beam is tangent to the skin surface under the
marker. The skin immediately beneath the marker will be viewed from the side, and if
calcifications are present in the skin their location will be absolutely confirmed or the
calcifications will be shown to be in the breast tissue (Fig. 22-29). Dermal deposits are
never malignant and need not be biopsied.
Raised skin lesions can project as if they are within the breast. Confusion can be avoided
by taping a small radiopaque marker on the skin lesion (Fig. 22-30). Repeat
mammography will confirm the correspondence of the marker with the lesion. A tangential
view may be obtained to further corroborate this if necessary.
Image Sequencing
As the number of technologies that can be used to evaluate the breast has increased,
confusion has developed as to
P.776
P.777
P.778
“what to do next.” I have found this especially true for referring physicians, who frequently
are confused as to what tests to order. The accompanying flow charts summarize the basic
principles of breast imaging evaluation (Fig. 22-31).
1142 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-28 Skin localization. To prove that calcifications are in the skin and of no
consequence, the breast is positioned in the mammography machine using a window
compression system, with the skin surface thought to contain the calcifications in the
window of the compression system (A). A marker is taped to the skin at this location
using a scout film and the localization crosshairs to determine the coordinates of the
calcifications. The technologist should remember that the marker may appear to be on
the calcifications on the mammogram but may actually be on the exact opposite side of
the breast. The marker must be taped to the skin surface that contains the
calcifications. This marker enables the tangential view (B) to confirm that the lesion
represents benign dermal deposits. In this case calcifications were thought to be
worrisome on an outside interpretation (C). The breast was compressed using the
window compression paddle, and a marker was placed over the calcifications using the
coordinates derived from a scout film (D). The proximity of the marker to the
calcifications was confirmed (E) and then an image was obtained at low kVp (to image1143 / 1584
bi
calcifications was confirmed (E) and then an image was obtained at low kVp (to image
the skin) in tangent to the marker (F). The calcifications are visible in the skin (arrow)
and of no consequence.
Figure 22-29 In this case tangential imaging showed that the calcifications were not
in the skin. The marker on the skin is distant from the calcifications (arrow). A biopsy
revealed ductal carcinoma in situ.
Figure 22-30 On the initial study there was the suggestion of a mass in the upper
right breast on the MLO projection (A). Inspection of the patient's skin revealed a
raised skin lesion. A marker was taped to it (B), confirming that the density on the
mammogram was the benign skin lesion, and no further evaluation was needed.
1144 / 1584
bi
mammogram was the benign skin lesion, and no further evaluation was needed.
Mammography is the only screening test that has been proven in properly performed trials
to decrease the death rate from breast cancer. Some advocate screening women with
dense breasts using ultrasound. There are some cancers that can be found by ultrasound
that are not visible on the mammogram, but the significance of finding these has not been
determined, and there is no evidence that screening with breast ultrasound will decrease
breast cancer deaths. Until such proof is obtained, ultrasound should not be used outside of
clinical trials for breast cancer screening. MRI is another test that can detect breast cancers
that are not evident by mammography. This has been demonstrated in women who are at
elevated risk. However, there is also no proof that finding these cancers earlier has any
benefit. As is also true of ultrasound, the false-positive rate for MRI is high, so that the
likelihood of “harm” is high. Consequently, it too should not be used for screening outside of
clinical trials until the efficacy of this use is proven in properly performed trials.
For all women ages 40 and over, annual mammography to screen for breast cancer is
recommended. If a problem
P.779
P.780
is detected at screening, additional mammographic evaluation may be indicated to:
1145 / 1584
bi
Figure 22-31 These flow charts demonstrate the basic approach to findings at
screening (A) and for women with a clinically evident abnormality (B).
Using MRI
MRI Is the Best Way to Evaluate Implants for Rupture
As noted above, although many are using MRI to screen high-risk women, there is no
proof that this has any benefit. A valid use for MRI is to scan women with breast implants
who are suspected of having a possible implant rupture. MRI is the best way to determine
whether an implant is ruptured.
References
1. Sickles EA, Weber WN, Galvin HB, et al. Baseline screening mammography: one vs.
two views per breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;147:1149–1150.
2. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomised controlled trial
of one and two view mammography in breast cancer screening. Br Med J
1995;311:1189–1193.
3. Folio LR, Bennett CA. Nipple arc localization. Appl Radiol 1994;(December):17–19.
4. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Practical solutions to problems of
triangulation and preoperative localization of breast lesions. Radiology 1987;163:577
–579.
6. Robertson CL, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Nonpalpable lesions in the
1148 / 1584
bi
7. Moy L, Slanetz PJ, Yeh ED, et al. The pendent view: an additional projection to
confirm the diagnosis of milk of calcium. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2001;177(1):173–175.
8. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Homer MJ, et al. Dermal deposits mistaken for breast
calcifications. Radiology 1983;149:592.
9. Morris EA, Schwartz LH, Dershaw DD, et al. MR imaging of the breast in patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Radiology 1997;205:437–440.
10. Stomper PC, Waddell BE, Edge SB, et al. Breast MRI in the evaluation of patients
with occult primary breast carcinoma. Breast J 1999;5:230–234.
11. Bedrosian I, Mick R, Orel SG, et al. Changes in the surgical management of
patients with breast carcinoma based on preoperative magnetic resonance imaging.
Cancer 2003;98:468–473.
12. Lee JM, Orel SG, Czerniecki BJ, et al. MRI before reexcision surgery in patients
with breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:473–480.
1149 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
23
Histologic, Pathologic, and Imaging
Correlation
Cancer is, without question, the most important pathologic process that affects the breast.
Its early diagnosis is the paramount reason for imaging the breast. Other abnormalities
that occur in the breast are important primarily because they concern the patient or
physician and must be differentiated from malignancy. Of less clinical importance, but of
potentially great value, has been an effort by investigators to predict which women are
more likely to develop breast cancer by identifying histologic changes that may indicate a
higher risk for subsequent malignancy. These efforts have been complicated by the
difficulty in distinguishing pathologic processes from the wide range of physiologic
processes that occur. Even the distinction between benign atypical hyperplasia and ductal
carcinoma in situ (DCIS) is frequently disputed.
Certainly one of the major goals of imaging would be the ability to noninvasively
differentiate benign lesions from malignant lesions. This is likely to be an unattainable goal
until molecular probes become available that can be used with imaging. What we
frequently forget is that breast cancer cells are merely modifications of normal cells that
perform abnormally. Even pathologists cannot always predict how cells will behave, even
though they can examine them individually. Unless the phenotype of the cell reflects its
genotype (which determines its capability), even directly viewing the cell may not be
informative. Knowledge of the cell's genes is not always predictive. Gene expression is an
important component of prognosis, and finally host response to the tumor is yet another
variable.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of the current state of understanding
of the pathologic processes that occur in the breast and their appearance on imaging. Even
though the ability to image tissues changes, the processes themselves do not change, and
many observations of the past continue to hold true.
1150 / 1584
bi
Involutional Changes
Histologically, the breast involutes with age. The periodic variations described above are
superimposed on the long-term involutional changes. There has been a great deal of
misinformation concerning the involution of the fibroglandular tissues and their
replacement by fat. This is not a uniform sequence. It occurs in different women to
differing degrees at different ages. The actual process of involution is rarely obvious
mammographically, although at times replacement of the fibroglandular elements by fat is
fairly dramatic. The available data suggest that some of the dense patterns are associated
with active glandular tissues, although I believe that most of the attenuation of breast
tissue is due to fibrous connective tissue.
Histologically, involution results in replacement of the fibroglandular structures by fat, but it
is not clear that there are any fewer lobules in women with fatty breast patterns on
mammography compared to those with dense patterns. Dense patterns are associated with
younger women, while a higher percentage of older women have fatty patterns, but it is
rare to see a pattern change by mammography from one year to the next; many young
women (even younger than 40 years) have predominantly fat breast tissues, while many
older women, even into their 70s and 80s, have extremely dense patterns. When a pattern
change is evident mammographically, it is usually a gradual process occurring slowly over
several years. Rapid change is usually due to weight gain or loss, because the breast is a
repository for fat. Our own data suggest that there is a steady decrease in the percentage
of women with dense breast tissue by mammography (breast density has no relationship to
how breast tissue feels on clinical examination) that occurs with increasing age. Around the
age of 45, the percentage of women whose pattern changes increases, and then it slows
again around the age of 55 to 60. By age 65, however, 45% of women still have dense
patterns. I suspect that the acceleration between the ages of 45 and 60 is the component
of change that is related to menopause. Support for this is the fact that women who take1151 / 1584
bi
of change that is related to menopause. Support for this is the fact that women who take
exogenous hormones do not experience the acceleration of change between the age of 45
and 60. They do, however, still show the slow and steady change that appears to come
with increasing age.
One parameter that has never been factored into tissue pattern changes is the weight of
the individual. It is possible that the steady change to more fatty patterns that comes with
increasing age is related to weight gain with increasing age.
Prechtel (4) has shown the same progressive change in tissue composition histologically.
The collagen-supporting structures of the breast and the glandular tissues are gradually
replaced by fat beginning in the second decade of life and progressing steadily throughout
life. For many women, no changes occur in the breast's tissue pattern with age.
1. No increased risk: Women with any lesion specified below in a biopsy specimen are at
no greater risk for invasive breast carcinoma than comparable women who have had
no breast biopsy:
1152 / 1584
bi
Adenosis, sclerosing or florid
Apocrine metaplasia
Cyst
Duct ectasia
Fibroadenoma
Fibrosis
Hyperplasia, mild (more than two but not more than four epithelial cells in depth)
Mastitis (inflammation)
Periductal mastitis
Squamous metaplasia
2. Slightly increased risk (1.5 to 2 times): Women with any lesion specified below in a
biopsy specimen are at slightly increased risk for invasive breast carcinoma relative to
comparable women who have had no breast biopsy:
Hyperplasia—moderate or florid, solid or papillary
Papilloma with fibrovascular core
3. Moderately increased risk (5 times): Women with any lesion specified below in a
biopsy specimen are at moderately increased risk for invasive breast carcinoma
relative to comparable women who have had no breast biopsy:
Atypical hyperplasia (borderline lesion)
Ductal
Lobular
Cysts are of no consequence unless they occur in women with a family history of breast
cancer. Dupont and Page (6) found that this combination increases a woman's risk two- to
threefold.
The most important histologic risk factor, besides ductal and lobular carcinomas in situ,
appears to be atypical epithelial hyperplasia (8). According to Dupont and Page, and
corroborated by Kriger and Hiatt (9) and Connelly (10), women with this proliferative
disorder are approximately 5 times more likely to develop breast cancer than are women
with no proliferative changes, and when found in women with a family history of breast
cancer, the relative risk increases 11-fold.
With these important exceptions, no useful correlations exist between the broad category
of fibrocystic change and breast cancer risk. Furthermore, atypical hyperplasia can be
diagnosed only by breast biopsy and as yet cannot be predicted by mammography,
although Stomper et al (11) have shown that biopsies performed for mammographically
detected calcifications reveal a higher percentage of women with atypical hyperplasia than
any other test.
The terms “fibrocystic disease” and “mammary dysplasia” cause unnecessary fear and
carry an unsubstantiated prejudicial connotation. They certainly do not belong in an
imaging lexicon. They should probably be eliminated altogether and replaced by specific
histologic categories. 1153 / 1584
bi
histologic categories.
The blunt-ending ductules that form the acini of the lobule are a part of the duct network,
but they can be, appropriately, considered separately. 1154 / 1584
bi
but they can be, appropriately, considered separately.
1. Ultimately most if not all of the ducts are occluded at the nipple by keratin plugs, yet
most women do not have cysts.
2. Some cysts can be seen to freely communicate with the duct by ultrasound and by
galactography.
3. Cancers occlude the ducts, yet cyst formation is not a phenomenon that is associated
with cancer.
Adenosis is a benign proliferation of the stromal and epithelial elements of the lobule
producing an increased number of acinar structures. Adenosis is a benign process, but
when associated with fibrous architectural distortion (sclerosing adenosis), it can be
confused with malignant change.
Although most breast cancers appear to originate in the TDLU (in either the extra- or
intralobular portion of the duct) and are designated as ductal in origin, some resemble the
epithelial cells that line the acini within the lobule and are correspondingly called lobular
carcinomas. Because the relationship of lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS) to invasive lobular
carcinoma remains unclear, some prefer to call the noninvasive lesion “lobular neoplasia,”
and this is further subdivided into atypical lobular hyperplasia and lobular carcinoma in situ.
Invasive cancer that resembles the cells lining the lobule is designated “invasive lobular
carcinoma.”
Figure 23-1 The terminal duct lobular units (TDLUs) form the glandular elements
of the primary unit in the breast. (A) The TDLU is shown schematically. (B) A 40×
magnification of a thick section of tissue that has been defatted and stained to
demonstrate several terminal ducts and lobules forming TDLUs. (C) A TDLU seen on
hematoxylin and eosin histologic cross-section. The terminal duct (arrow) is visible
entering the lobule, which is composed of acini and intermingled with specialized
connective tissue. (D) Two CC projections of the same breast have been placed back
to back. The image on the right is an enlarged portion of a mammogram in the CC
projection near the chest wall. Contrast material was introduced through a discharging
duct and the image on the left (reversed for comparison) is the same area, but the
vague density has become opacified, revealing several ductules forming the acini of a
TDLU. 1158 / 1584
bi
TDLU.
Mammography will generally not demonstrate these subtle changes, but calcifications may
develop in these lesions in the nipple (Fig. 23-2). Treated by excision, recurrence is rare
and likely due to incomplete excision.
1159 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-3 The fronds of this intraductal papilloma are apparent on this
photomicrograph.
Intraductal papillomas, as their name implies, are contained within the duct. The epithelial
protrusions commonly extend longitudinally through the duct lumen and are frequently
found only on microscopic section. Either they are discovered coincidentally in a biopsy for
some other reason, or they cause a serous or bloody nipple discharge. Cardenosa and
Eklund reported that among 77 cases, 40 (52%) were found coincidentally, 36 (47%)
patients presented with a spontaneous nipple discharge, while 1 (1.3%) patient had a
palpable mass (21). Some pathologists believe that their vascular supply is fragile, which
leads to areas of necrosis, infarction, and bleeding (and possibly the calcification that is
occasionally seen by mammography) (see below). The duct around them can dilate and
form a cystic structure. This is the likely origin of the intracystic papilloma. Histologically,
they are usually not difficult to differentiate from papillary carcinomas, which lack a
myoepithelial layer.
Intraductal papillomas are usually solitary, but they can be multiple. The latter should not
be confused with papillomatosis, which is a term used by some pathologists to describe a
form of epithelial hyperplasia. Pathologists have not agreed on the description of
papillomatosis. Page does not use the term (personal communication from David Page,
May 27, 2005).
Solitary papillomas are usually in the subareolar region, whereas multiple papillomas are
usually in smaller ducts and more peripheral. Rosen and Oberman suggest that women
with multiple papillomas are usually younger than those with solitary papillomas (22).
Solitary intraductal papillomas are generally discovered in the peri- and postmenopausal
years.
Multiple peripheral duct papillomas are less common and are believed to arise in the TDLU.
Multiple peripheral duct papillomas are associated with an increased likelihood of atypical
changes and carcinoma.
Mammographic Appearance
Because they are confined within the duct and conform to it, most papillomas are not
visible by mammography. They frequently extend over a long length of the duct lumen
without expanding it and may follow segmental branches. Occasionally they present as a
lobulated lesion distending the duct and forming a fairly well-circumscribed mass (Fig. 23-
4A), but these cannot be differentiated from other lobulated lesions. When visible, they are
almost always in the anterior part of the breast because they are usually lesions of the
large ducts. Sometimes they are found within a cyst, and it is the cyst that is evident on
the mammogram. Although these are called intracystic papillomas, they are likely
cystically dilated portions of the duct containing a papilloma.
The origin of these cysts is likely different from the cysts that arise in the lobule. The role
of obstruction in the formation of these cysts is unclear. Although they are occasionally
found in the nipple itself, papillomas usually develop in the large duct several centimeters
proximal to the nipple. The duct is sometimes dilated in association with a papilloma, but
the papilloma is usually not right in the distal portion of the dilated duct (near the nipple),
making it unlikely that the duct is dilated due to obstruction. Because the ducts are almost 1160 / 1584
bi
making it unlikely that the duct is dilated due to obstruction. Because the ducts are almost
always obstructed by keratin plugs in the nipple, cystic ductal dilatation is likely more
complex than mere obstruction: it is likely due to a combination of increased secretion
(perhaps from the papilloma or irritation due to it) that is not balanced by resorption,
causing the duct to dilate in accordance with Laplace's law (its widest portion) (Fig. 23-5).
Solitary papillomas of the major ducts calcify infrequently. Occasionally they produce a
nonspecific cluster of microcalcifications. “Shell-like,” lucent-centered, calcific deposits in
the subareolar region are almost certainly due to partial calcification of a large duct
papilloma (Fig. 23-6). Infarction with hemorrhage is thought to be the reason that
papillomas sometimes produce a bloody discharge (23). This process, which pathologists
say is rare, also likely accounts for the rare but distinctive shell-like calcifications.
Ductography, to evaluate nipple discharge, may reveal a filling defect that proves to be an
intraductal papilloma
P.790
(Fig. 23-7), but because intraductal papillomas cannot be distinguished from cancer on the
ductogram, a biopsy is needed to establish the diagnosis. Both breast cancer and
papillomas may produce a filling defect in the contrast column, extravasation, or complete
obstruction to retrograde flow on ductography.
Figure 23-4 Intracystic papillomas are probably actually in cystically dilated ducts.
A rounded mass is visible under the nipple on the lateral mammogram (A). The
mushroom-like appearance of an intracystic papilloma is evident on ultrasound (B)
within the cyst, although a biopsy is necessary to make the diagnosis. Another
intracystic papilloma is evident on this photomicrograph (C).
Five percent of solitary duct discharges are due to cancer, and most believe these
discharges should be investigated surgically. A filling defect delineated by galactography
can be targeted and a needle biopsy performed. These lesions (filling defects) can be
biopsied using core biopsy techniques or needle localization, just as with any other lesion
evident by mammography, and the lesion can be excised, limiting the amount of surgery
needed if it proves to be a papilloma.
1161 / 1584
bi
needed if it proves to be a papilloma.
There is debate over whether a lesion diagnosed as a papilloma at core needle biopsy
needs to be excised. Most of the studies have been retrospective, so they are limited in the
length and completeness of follow-up. They have also been limited by small numbers.
Agoff and Lawton reported on 51 biopsies (24). Among these, 25 were benign papillomas
and 26 were papillomas with associated atypical ductal hyperplasia (ADH). Among the 25
women who had atypical hyperplasia and surgical biopsy, 12 (48%) were found to have
DCIS or invasive cancer. Of the women with benign papillomas on core biopsy, 11 had
surgical excision and none were found to have an associated malignancy. They concluded
that if there is associated ADH, then excision should be performed, but if there is no
associated ADH, then a core biopsy is sufficient and excision of the papilloma is not
needed. Complicating the question is the fact that they did not have follow-up on 10 (20%)
of their patients, and the number of cases is too small to suggest that a negative core
biopsy can exclude cancer. My feeling is that the frequency of these lesions is so small and
the association with atypia or malignancy is sufficiently high
P.791
that it is reasonable to excise them to be certain, but there is legitimate disagreement.
Figure 23-5 This schematic demonstrates the usual relationship of the papilloma
relative to the nipple. Ductal dilatation is likely not due to obstruction but secretion
that is not balanced by resorption.
1162 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-6 These “shell-like” calcifications in a branching pattern (A) were due to
partial calcification of a large duct papilloma. In another case, the calcifications in
a large duct papilloma are evident on the photomicrograph (darkly stained material)
(B). Some of the calcium has been chipped out during the tissue sectioning.
Figure 23-7 The filling defect (arrow) in the duct filled with contrast proved to be an
intraductal papilloma.
Ultrasound Appearance
Papillomas are solid, hypoechoic, usually lobulated masses when they are large enough to
be seen by ultrasound (Fig. 23-8A). Because they are intraluminal lesions, they may be
associated with excess fluid production (or decreased fluid reabsorption), which may
account for their occasional location within a cystically dilated duct (intracystic papilloma).
When found within a cystic structure, the frond-like shape of the papilloma's surface may
be more recognizable (see Fig. 23-8), although any cyst that contains such a
P.792
growth should be biopsied, because cancer cannot be excluded. Some use ultrasound-
guided core needle biopsy to diagnose these lesions. If this is the approach used, a clip
should be placed to mark the site. The cyst will likely be ruptured by the core biopsy. If the
pathology results are discordant, questionable, or positive for malignancy, the lesion may
no longer be visible and the clip will be needed to guide a surgical excision. Since
intracystic lesions are quite uncommon, we recommend that they be excised surgically if
1163 / 1584
bi
intracystic lesions are quite uncommon, we recommend that they be excised surgically if
they are palpable, or following needle localization. Rare intracystic cancers can be
indistinguishable from benign papillomas by imaging (Fig. 23-9).
Figure 23-8 An intraductal papilloma is rarely seen using ultrasound unless it is within
a cyst. (A) An irregularly shaped, hypoechoic mass that proved to be an intraductal
papilloma. The mass in this cyst (B) proved to be an intracystic papilloma. Although
not diagnostic, intracystic papilloma is suggested by the frond-like appearance of the
mass.
Duct Ectasia
Duct ectasia primarily affects the major ducts in the subareolar region, but sometimes the
smaller segmental ducts are involved. There is a nonspecific dilatation of one or more ducts
that may be palpable or merely visible by mammography.
The distended ducts are filled with fluid or thick, unresorbed secretions and cellular debris.
Periductal fibrosis
P.793
may be found in association with an inflammatory infiltrate.
1164 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-10 Papillomas can enhance on MRI. The small, brightly enhancing
mass close to the nipple in the left breast proved to be a benign, intraductal papilloma.
The cause of this benign process remains obscure. Duct dilatation may be secondary to
periductal inflammation or the cause of it. The latter theory suggests that the duct is
weakened by the surrounding inflammation and becomes patulous, filling with unresorbed
cellular debris. The alternative theory is that the duct is primarily distended with cellular
debris, and a secondary inflammation is triggered when this material is extruded out of the
duct into the periductal tissues.
The thickened ducts and chemically induced aseptic inflammation rarely can produce a
palpable mass that may lead to biopsy. This seems to have been more common in the
past. When inflammation occurred, it was associated with an infiltrate that contained
1165 / 1584
plasma cells and was termed “plasma cell mastitis.” Perhaps the pathologists have changed
bi
plasma cells and was termed “plasma cell mastitis.” Perhaps the pathologists have changed
their interpretation, or the entity has truly become rare, but I have not seen the diagnosis
of plasma cell mastitis in decades. The collected debris in the ducts may calcify and
produce characteristic calcifications that are visible by mammography. Duct ectasia does
not predispose to future malignancy.
Ducts are present in all breasts, but they are frequently too small to be resolved by
mammography or may be obscured by surrounding tissues of similar x-ray attenuation.
Ducts may become thicker and more visible when ectatic or thickened because of
periductal collagen deposition. Dilated, thickened ducts are relatively common, and when
symmetrically distributed are of no concern. They usually appear as tubular, serpentine
structures converging on the nipple in the subareolar region (Fig. 23-11A). Ectasia can
involve a single duct (see Fig. 23-11B,C) or multiple ducts (see Fig. 23-11D).
Secretory Deposits
Rod-shaped calcifications are fairly common on mammograms. These have been termed
“secretory deposits.” Since they are not associated with malignancy and are never
intentionally biopsied, their etiology and histologic characteristics are not well understood.
Duct ectasia is a likely component of the process, although these calcifications may form in
normal-sized ducts. There appear to be three patterns of secretory calcification.
Intraluminal debris may calcify and produce thick, continuous, solid, rod-shaped deposits
oriented along duct lines diffusely (Fig. 23-12A) or in a segmental distribution (see Fig. 23-
12B). Other rods may have a central lucency (see Fig. 23-12C) and are probably periductal
calcifications with a noncalcified luminal center. The third type of calcification commonly
seen with this entity are spherical or globular deposits with lucent centers (see Fig. 23-
12D). The latter are common benign deposits that probably arise in small areas of fat
necrosis or in ductal debris.
Secretory calcifications may be confined to one duct network, but they are usually diffuse
and bilateral. Even though this benign process is not associated with an increased risk of
cancer, the possibility that a cancer can develop coincidentally should not be forgotten.
Occasionally secretory calcifications are difficult to distinguish from malignant deposits.
Cancer calcifications are not as regular as secretory calcifications. They lack lucent centers
and are finer and more delicate linear forms with diameters less than 1 mm, rather than
having the thicker, benign rod shapes (Fig. 23-13). The deposits are usually distinctively
different. The benign ductal calcifications are usually smooth, continuous, and thick and
rarely branch The linear calcifications caused by cancer are usually discontinuous and made
up of fine (very small) irregularly shaped particles that form a line but on close inspection
are discontinuous, producing a “dot–dash” pattern. Linear calcifications associated with
cancer more commonly branch (Fig. 23-14).
Ultrasound Appearance
Ultrasound of dilated ducts is as might be expected. If there is fluid in the distended duct, it
will appear as a tubular lucency that may have visible branches (Fig. 23-15A). If the duct is
filled with debris, it will produce a solid-appearing tubular structure with a fairly
homogeneous echotexture, although we have also seen ectatic ducts produce a target
appearance with greater central echogenicity (see Fig. 23-15B).
1166 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-11 (A) An example of duct ectasia with tubular structures appearing to
converge toward the nipple. (B) A similar appearance of duct ectasia. Focal duct
ectasia is evident on MLO (C) and CC (D) projections and on a duct injection (E),
showing a solitary dilated duct. Duct ectasia can be generalized, as is evident on a
galactogram imaged using xeroradiography (F).
1167 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-12 Secretory deposits may form linear rods of calcified debris that are
diffuse (A) or segmental (B) in their distribution. Calcifications can form around a
duct. (C) The duct may be responsible for the central lucency in some tubular
calcifications (arrow). (D) Secretory calcifications are not always rod-shaped but
may be globular, as on this CC projection. At times secretory deposits form calcified
spheres with lucent centers that are indistinguishable from calcifications due to fat
necrosis.
1168 / 1584
bi
1169 / 1584
bi
P.794
P.795
P.796
P.797
1170 / 1584
bi
If only a few of the necessary elements are present, the process is termed ADH.
Mammographic Appearance
Bland hyperplasia rarely causes any mammographic changes. Atypical hyperplasia can
produce masses, but it typically produces microcalcifications that are indistinguishable from
breast cancer on a mammogram (Fig. 23-16A). Helvie et al (27) reviewed 58 cases and
found that among the 45 women who had mammographically identified lesions of atypical
1171 / 1584
bi
found that among the 45 women who had mammographically identified lesions of atypical
hyperplasia, 27 lesions caused calcifications, 8 appeared as nodules, 5 were associated with
spiculated masses, 2 were calcifications associated with architectural distortion, 1 was a
nodule containing a calcification, 1 was asymmetric density, and 1 was an area of
architectural distortion.
These lesions lack the fibrovascular core that distinguishes the large duct papilloma. A
multifocal epithelial proliferation in the small ducts, multiple peripheral papillomas are
usually diagnosed only on histologic assessment. They are significant from an imaging point
of view in that, as with hyperplasia and malignancy, they may produce mammographically
detectable clustered microcalcifications. The association of this entity with increased risk for
subsequent cancer development has been suggested but remains to be confirmed.
Mammographic Appearance
Usually papillomatous lesions are not seen on the mammogram because they are
microscopic changes. Occasionally they produce focal clustered microcalcifications of
varying morphology that are indistinguishable from cancer calcifications and require biopsy
for diagnosis (see Fig. 23-16B). We believe that they occasionally form multiple small
masses that are visible on mammograms, but this has never been confirmed.
Ultrasound Appearance
Occasionally found in conjunction with cysts, hyperplastic and papillomatous lesions are
usually too small to be detected by ultrasound. They may be associated with irregular
hypoechoic tissue, but this is probably due to surrounding fibrosis. 1172 / 1584
bi
hypoechoic tissue, but this is probably due to surrounding fibrosis.
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any well-documented MRI evaluation of these proliferations.
Figure 23-17 It is rare, but fibroadenomas can appear where none was
evident before. The mass in the 12:00 right breast was not present on a
mammogram from 3 years earlier. Biopsy proved it to be a fibroadenoma.
1173 / 1584
bi
Dupont et al (34) have suggested that certain types of fibroadenomas, which they termed
complex, indicate an increased risk for the future development of breast cancer. The
authors reviewed 1,835 cases. If the fibroadenoma contained cysts, sclerosing adenosis,
epithelial calcifications, or papillary apocrine changes, they were classified as complex.
They found that having a complex fibroadenoma increased a woman's risk by three times
(relative risk [RR], 3.10). A family history of breast cancer raised the RR to 3.72, and if
there was benign proliferative disease adjacent to the fibroadenoma the RR rose to 3.88.
These elevated risks remained elevated for decades after the fibroadenoma had been
removed. There was no increased risk if the fibroadenoma was not complex. It is likely
that the complex fibroadenoma is similar to atypical hyperplasia in that it is a phenotypic
reflection of a genetically unstable epithelium whose cells are more prone to malignant
transformation. It is probably not the fibroadenoma that is of significance but the epithelial
changes contained within. There is no evidence that these fibroadenomas themselves ever
transform (they were all removed to make the diagnosis). The complex fibroadenoma may
be an indicator of higher risk, but I am unaware of any corroboration of these
observations.
Although fibroadenomas have no directly established malignant potential, they may be
difficult to distinguish from a phylloides tumor. The phylloides tumor is probably a related
lesion and can be locally recurrent and invasive and may occasionally metastasize. The
exact relation of the two lesions is not clear. Phylloides tumors were more common in the
past, and their present greater rarity may be due to the fact that surgeons have been more
aggressive in biopsying and removing abnormalities found on clinical and mammographic
evaluation. Perhaps small phylloides tumors were being removed and mistakenly
diagnosed as fibroadenomas. Many are now leaving fibroadenomas in the breast and not
removing them. They either think that they can differentiate benign from malignant lesions
using ultrasound, or they are using core needle biopsies to make the diagnosis and leave
the lesion in the breast. It remains to be seen whether these relatively new practices will
lead to an eventual increase in the number of phylloides tumors in the future.
Fibroadenomas appear to be sensitive to hormones. They seem to be less common in
postmenopausal women (35). Among women who had mammographically detected lesions
(e.g., masses, calcifications) removed at the Massachusetts General Hospital following
needle localization, approximately 35% proved to be fibroadenomas among women in their
30s, decreasing to approximately 10% of lesions removed among women in their 70s; the
percentage decreased steadily with increasing age (unpublished data).
Involution of Fibroadenomas
Many fibroadenomas undergo involution where the proliferation is replaced by hyalin. The
exact timing and causes of their involution and its relationship to menopause are not clear.
Involuting, hyalinized fibroadenomas are seen in premenopausal women, and enlarging
fibroadenomas are found in postmenopausal women. In a series of 26 clinically occult,
mammographically detected fibroadenomas that had enlarged, Meyer et al (36) found that
half were in women aged 46 to 60 years. Loss of hormonal support likely results in atrophy
and hyalinization, but this
P.801
is not a completely clear relationship. It is also unclear whether infarction plays a role.
Involution is the usual cause for the development of mammographically distinctive
calcifications. 1175 / 1584
bi
calcifications.
Mammographic Appearance
Mammographically, fibroadenomas are usually sharply circumscribed, well-defined lesions
that are round, ovoid, or smoothly lobulated. They often have one or more flattened
surfaces. Fornage et al (37) have shown that on ultrasound, fibroadenomas are usually not
round, but elongated (see Chapter 16), but this may be in part an artifact of pressure from
the transducer and tethering by breast tissue with the patient in the supine position. As
with all breast lesions, the margins of a fibroadenoma may be obscured by the surrounding
normal tissue. Because it does not infiltrate, the fibroadenoma distorts the surrounding
tissue only by occupying space. Fairly commonly, a thin, lucent halo surrounds it (Fig. 23-
19A), but this is not a diagnostic sign because it can accompany other circumscribed
lesions, including malignancy. The halo reflects an abrupt density transition between the
lesion and the surrounding tissue producing an optical illusion caused by the Mach effect
(38). Fibroadenomas may have somewhat flattened contours, which if present help to
distinguish them from cysts, although ultrasound and aspiration are the only accurate
methods of distinguishing cysts from solid lesions.
Figure 23-19 The classic fibroadenoma has a smooth, sharply defined margin
(A). It is often lobulated with flattened edges. The thin, dark, lucent line surrounding
this fibroadenoma (arrow) has been termed a halo. It is due to the optical illusion
created by the Mach effect (the suppression of retinal cones adjacent to an area of
abrupt transition). Some fibroadenomas are lobulated and concern is increased, as for
this mass seen on the MLO (B) and CC (C) projections in a 36-year-old woman; at
biopsy is proved to be a benign fibroadenoma.
Because they recapitulate the structure of the lobule, fibroadenomas are often lobulated
(see Fig. 23-19B,C). Occasionally they have a microlobulated border, with frequent small
undulations of their surface (Fig. 23-20). Because some cancers have similar margins, 1176 / 1584
bi
undulations of their surface (Fig. 23-20). Because some cancers have similar margins,
however, the level of suspicion must increase with this morphologic characteristic.
Fibroadenomas may develop anywhere in the breast where there are lobules, and
occasionally they are multiple and bilateral. If they undergo involution leading to
hyalinization,
P.802
they may calcify (Fig. 23-21). The cause of the calcifications is unclear. Although most
calcified fibroadenomas are found in postmenopausal women, they are not uncommon
among premenopausal women.
Figure 23-20 This mass with very small lobulations proved to be a fibroadenoma.
Nevertheless, this type of microlobulated margin should raise concern, and biopsy
should be performed.
Calcifications in fibroadenomas usually begin inside the mass (Fig. 23-22A–D) and increase
centripetally (see Fig. 23-22E,F), but fibroadenomas may calcify along their periphery as
well (see Fig. 23-22G,H). Some residual mass may be visible, or the lesion may
completely calcify. When heavily calcified, fibroadenomas have a pathognomonic
appearance as popcorn-shaped large calcifications (Fig. 23-23). Occasionally early
calcifications are fine and irregular; because they are indistinguishable from those forming
in cancer, a biopsy may be needed to ensure the diagnosis (Fig. 23-24). Fibroadenomas
may grow to an extremely large size, but they usually maintain a round or ovoid shape.
1177 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-21 Large calcified masses (dark black) shown on a xerogram (A) have the
typical appearance of multiple benign involuting fibroadenomas. In a 70-year-old
patient (B), the large calcifications are due to multiple involuting fibroadenomas.
1178 / 1584
bi
1179 / 1584
bi
P.803
P.804
P.805
Cancer can, serendipitously, arise alongside a fibroadenoma, and it may envelop the
lesion. Cancer arising in a fibroadenoma is also likely serendipitous (Fig. 23-25). Because
there is epithelium within fibroadenomas, cancer can develop just as it can in normal ductal
epithelium (39). Baker et al found that ill-defined margins, clustered microcalcifications,
and large size or an increase in size should raise concern (33).
Fibroadenomas can grow to very large sizes (Fig. 23-26). Pathologists define a variant of
large fibroadenomas that may occur soon after puberty. These are termed juvenile
fibroadenomas and appear to be more cellular than the adult type of fibroadenoma.
Although there has been some confusion in the past, the giant fibroadenoma appears to be
1180 / 1584
bi
Although there has been some confusion in the past, the giant fibroadenoma appears to be
distinct from a phylloides tumor.
Ultrasound Appearance
Sonographically, fibroadenomas may produce every imaginable combination of echo
characteristics (40). Their appearance is extremely variable, and morphologically, a given
fibroadenoma is indistinguishable by ultrasound from other lesions, including cancer.
Fibroadenomas are typically ovoid, well-circumscribed, hypoechoic lesions that are longer
than they are high (width from the side facing the skin to the side facing the chest wall with
the patient lying supine), with margins that are usually sharply distinguished from the
surrounding tissue (Fig. 23-27A). Their borders, on occasion, merge with the surrounding
tissues and may appear poorly defined. They may have a notch in their surface contour.
Although some believe that fibroadenomas can be differentiated from cancers using
ultrasound, this has never been proved in a proper prospective fashion. Fibroadenomas
have a markedly variable appearance, and there is an overlap with some malignant
lesions. As with other masses that are round or oval, fibroadenomas may exhibit lateral
wall refractive shadowing (see Fig. 23-27B).
The internal echo pattern may be homogeneous or irregular, with high-amplitude echoes
(see Fig. 23-27C); if the lesion is cellular, the echoes may be sparse, making it possible to
mistake a fibroadenoma for a cyst if the gain settings are not appropriate (see Fig. 23-
27D,E). Occasionally a fibroadenoma is isoechoic with the surrounding parenchyma and 1181 not / 1584
bi
27D,E). Occasionally a fibroadenoma is isoechoic with the surrounding parenchyma and not
visible, or barely visible, using ultrasound (see Fig. 23-27F). In a series of 100
fibroadenomas, Fornage et al (37) described 4 that were hyperechoic, although this
appears to be extremely rare. We have seen only one fibroadenoma that was more
echogenic than breast tissue.
Echoes posterior to these lesions are frequently enhanced, particularly when the adenoma
is cellular and round and acts as an acoustic lens focusing the sound. The retrotumoral
echoes are often isoechoic with the surrounding breast tissue. A lesion containing abundant
fibrosis may produce posterior acoustic shadowing that is indistinguishable
P.806
from the classic shadowing found with some cancers (Fig. 23-28).
Figure 23-26 This large, palpable mass seen on the mediolateral (A) and CC (B)
projections was a benign giant fibroadenoma in a 34-year-old woman.
Some believe that fibroadenomas can be differentiated from cancer using ultrasound: this
1182 / 1584
bi
Some believe that fibroadenomas can be differentiated from cancer using ultrasound: this
is probably a statistical phenomenon. Fornage et al (37) found that most cancers were
more round than ovoid, whereas fibroadenomas tended to be ovoid. They measured the
longest axis of the mass and compared it to the axis of the mass perpendicular to the skin
and found that if the ratio was 1.4 or greater, the likelihood of malignancy was extremely
small. Clearly this is a probability argument, because there are cancers that are elongated.
Similarly, others have claimed that the combination of high-resolution ultrasound and
Doppler can differentiate fibroadenomas from cancer. This, too, is a claim that is based
more on probability than the ability to differentiate benign lesions from malignant lesions.
If a lesion is round or oval and well circumscribed on a mammogram and is not a cyst,
there is only a 2% to 5% chance that it represents cancer. If it is these lesions that are
chosen for ultrasound with other obviously benign lesions such as intramammary lymph
nodes included in the study, then ultrasound can be made to seem very accurate. Without
even performing the ultrasound, the specificity would start at 98% if all of the lesions were
called benign. The problem with this type of approach is that it is the two cancers that need
to be found early, and allowing them to pass through the screen because ultrasound gave
improper reassurance may reduce the benefit of screening.
Stavros et al have convinced many radiologists that they can differentiate benign lesions
from malignant (41). They added a new finding, a thin echogenic “rim” that they suggested
is a sign of a benign lesion. There are a number of problems with this study. The results
were diluted by including obvious cancers (spiculated masses by mammography). They
would obviously be irregular on ultrasound, so adding them to the mix would just make the
test seem more accurate for lesions that it would not be used for differentiation of benign
from malignant. It is also not clear how many of their patients were under age 30.
Including these women would dilute the results from the other end of the spectrum, since
virtually all of these would be benign just based on the age of the patients. They provided a
list of observations that were more common among benign lesions, a list of those that were
more common in malignant lesions, and some that were indeterminate. Their approach
requires that there be no observations that are in the indeterminate or more likely to be
malignant categories in order to call a lesion benign. In my experience, there are very few
lesions that meet all of these criteria, so that even if their approach is correct, it excludes
from biopsy only a few patients who have solid masses. We still recommend a biopsy for
the majority of solid masses (that are not mixed density or radiolucent by mammography).
MRI Appearance
Fibroadenomas almost always enhance on MRI. Their morphology is the same as what can
be seen in their gross
P.807
P.808
evaluation. The can be round, oval, or lobulated (see Fig. 23-17A). Occasionally they are
irregular in shape. Nunes et al described nonenhancing septations in a mass as virtually
diagnostic of a fibroadenoma (42). This is likely true (see Fig. 23-17B), but if the lesion is
irregular in shape, irregular enhancement should not be mistaken for nonenhancing
septations.
1183 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-27 (A) A palpable mass in a 32-year-old woman has the typical
appearance of a fibroadenoma by ultrasound. It is a mass that is longer than it is
deep, is ovoid in shape with sharply defined margins, and has a fairly uniform internal
echo texture. The oval shape of a fibroadenoma can focus the sound and produce
enhanced through-transmission of sound as well as refractive, lateral wall
shadowing (B), as in this fibroadenoma. There are prominent internal echoes in
some fibroadenomas, and posterior acoustic enhancement can be dramatic
despite the fact that the lesion is solid (C). The internal echoes are not visible in this
fibroadenoma (D) until the gain is set properly (E). This fibroadenoma (F) is barely
distinguishable from the subcutaneous fat.
1184 / 1584
bi
Cysts
Cysts can be found in women of all ages, but they are uncommon in very young women
and in older women. In our experience only about 3% of palpable lesions prove to be cysts
among women under age 30. Their peak prevalence is in women aged 30 to 50 years. It
used to be suggested that they should not occur among postmenopausal women, but cysts
are not unusual among these women.
Although some cysts are likely distended large ducts, most cysts probably form in the
lobule and represent dilatation of the lobular acini. In postmenopausal women, some are
thought to be part of the involutional process. As the lobular epithelium atrophies, the acini
coalesce, producing fluid-filled spaces surrounded by the sclerotic specialized connective
tissue of the lobule. Through progressive distention, the lobule becomes obliterated and
replaced by the fluid-containing cyst.
The role of duct obstruction in the formation of cysts is unclear. Because the duct orifices in
the nipple, in most women, are normally blocked by keratin plugs, the ducts are “blocked”
all of the time, yet this does not result in cyst formation. It is more likely that cysts form as
a result of an imbalance between secretion and resorption. Active secretion occurs
throughout the duct and lobular system even in the nonlactating individual. It has been
shown experimentally that these secretions are handled by a balanced reabsorption. It is
believed that many cysts form as the result of a change that takes place in the cells lining
the lobule. The cells enlarge and secretions appear to increase. This is termed apocrine
metaplasia (Fig. 23-29). If secretion
P.809
increases but resorption lags behind, the resulting imbalance produces dilatation of the
terminal ductules (acini) within the lobule (Fig. 23-30A). Progressive effacement of the
acinar structure of the intralobular terminal ductules replaces the lobule with a group of
small cysts that may ultimately coalesce into a large cyst (see Fig. 23-30B,C).
1185 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-30 In this photomicrograph, the acini of the lobules are markedly
dilated (A). In another case, they are coalescent (B). The process may continue so
that acini of the lobule may ultimately coalesce to form a cyst, as represented
schematically (C).
Because hyperplasia is a frequently associated finding, it is postulated that some cysts form
when the extralobular duct becomes occluded, but the association is not clear because
occlusion may also be secondary to pressure on the terminal duct from the enlarging cyst.
Occlusion is clearly not required for cyst formation because there is frequently free
communication between a cyst and the duct. We have seen this on ultrasound and 1186 / 1584
bi
communication between a cyst and the duct. We have seen this on ultrasound and
galactography (Fig. 23-31). Fluid accumulation may be dramatic, occasionally reaching
more than 100 mL. It is likely that many cysts merely represent the most distensible
portion of a network that is experiencing increased secretion.
Cysts may be solitary but are often multiple. A single layer of cuboidal epithelium defines
their walls. As noted above, apocrine metaplastic transformation of the lining cells is felt to
play a role in the development of cysts. The metaplasia may persist, or the epithelium may
revert to a cuboidal or flattened epithelium. In autopsy studies, between 20% and 50% of
women are found to have visible cysts.
Carcinoma is rarely found in a cyst. When it occurs, the relationship remains obscure.
Intracystic cancer is potentially just coincidental. Most of the rare intracystic cancers,
P.810
however, are papillary. The surrounding cysts are likely formed from the larger ducts.
Perhaps the duct becomes cystically dilated due to hypersecretion by the tumor.
Alternatively, cancer could be the source of duct obstruction. In our experience intracystic
cancer is found in less than 0.2% of cysts.
Figure 23-31 Cysts may communicate with the ducts. Obstruction is not a
prerequisite for cyst formation. Contrast material flowed into this lobulated cyst
(arrow) from a retrograde injection into a discharging duct.
Cysts may be soft, or they may be under tension from undrained secretions and present as
hard masses. In my anecdotal experience, the mass that truly arises suddenly (not a lesion
that has been present but ignored consciously or otherwise) is virtually always a cyst. If
cyst fluid leaks into the surrounding stroma, it can elicit inflammation that may result in
pericystic fibrosis. This can produce ill-defined margins on mammography, although cysts
are usually sharply demarcated and freely movable. Presumed pericystic inflammation is
the likely reason that the walls of some cysts demonstrate contrast enhancement on MRI
(see below).
1189 / 1584
bi
Mammographic Appearance
Cysts frequently appear as multiple, rounded densities (Fig. 23-32). They may occupy
much of the breast volume and produce numerous overlapping rounded contours.
Solitary cysts are not uncommon. They are normally round or ovoid (Fig. 23-33) but may
be lobulated (Fig. 23-34). They are usually well defined, with circumscribed margins that
may be obscured by the surrounding tissue. Pericystic fibrosis from inflammation may
cause cyst margins to be obscured. A lucent halo may be seen around them (Fig. 23-35),
but, as with other circumscribed lesions, this is not a diagnostic feature. This halo is a Mach
effect in which the cones of the retina, when exposed to a bright object with a sharp
margin, suppress the adjacent cones so that the signal generated by these adjacent cones
at the margin is lower than it should be, and the effect is the illusion of a dark zone
adjacent to the edge of the bright object.
Whether single or multiple, cysts may remain for many years or spontaneously resorb.
Brenner et al (47) reported that among 5,000 consecutive women screened, 53 (1%)
P.812
had developed cysts at one time or another. More than half of these cysts regressed or
spontaneously resorbed within 1 year, and more than two thirds had diminished over 2
years. They found that only 12% had not shown some diminution in size over 5 years.
Cysts may be resorbed over time. This resorption may occur rapidly (Fig. 23-36). Pennes
and Homer (48) suggested that cysts may rupture with mammographic compression, 1190 / 1584
bi
and Homer (48) suggested that cysts may rupture with mammographic compression,
although this has not been our experience.
Figure 23-33 Most cysts are round or ovoid, as seen in this 39-year-old woman.
1191 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-35 (A) A cyst with a sharp line surrounding its margin, forming a
“halo” (the dark band between the two arrows). The halo is an optical illusion due to
the Mach effect. The halo disappears as the lesion immediately beneath the edge is
covered (B,C) (note that the halo itself was not covered).
When multiple, cysts may overlap and look irregular, but they usually do not distort the
basic breast architecture except by displacement. We have a category of “multiple
P.813
rounded densities” when three or more rounded densities are evident on a screening study.
We conclude that these are “likely cysts” and recommend annual screening (as with all
women ages 40 and over). If we see them on subsequent years, some may have enlarged
and some decreased in size; we report them as “fluctuating densities that likely represent
cysts” and do not suggest any intervention. Simply because a patient has “multiple rounded
densities” does not mean that she is less likely to have breast cancer. It is still important to
look for irregular masses, significant calcifications, or architectural distortion, since cancer
can arise in women with multiple cysts just as among women who have no apparent cysts.
1192 / 1584
bi
can arise in women with multiple cysts just as among women who have no apparent cysts.
Figure 23-36 Cysts can be resorbed spontaneously. This mass, seen on the CC
projection (A), was a cyst by ultrasound (B). It resolved spontaneously over 2 months
(C).
Figure 23-37 Fine-curve, linear, “eggshell” calcifications are usually in the wall of a
benign cyst.
1194 / 1584
bi
Septated Cysts
Cysts may be lobulated or septated. Truly septated cysts are unusual. A large cyst may
appear septated because of the lobulations that may occur with the distention of the acinar
structures (Fig. 23-41). Frequently a cyst that appears septated can be completely
aspirated with a single puncture because all sections communicate. Septations in cysts that
are not due to recent hemorrhage, infection, or part of an intracystic mass are of no
significance, and the septated cyst does not need to be aspirated.
Cysts should have bright posterior acoustic enhancement, although this relative
phenomenon may be diminished by attenuation from tissues anterior or posterior to the
1195 / 1584
bi
phenomenon may be diminished by attenuation from tissues anterior or posterior to the
cyst. With the compound beam steering that is now available, the posterior acoustic
enhancement may be lost behind cysts.
Under real-time ultrasound, debris may be seen floating within a cyst. On very rare
occasions we have seen cyst fluid begin to move and develop dramatic turbulence under
ultrasound observation. I believe that this is due to the generation of heat by the sound
beam, causing convection currents in the cyst fluid, or perhaps mechanical motion is
induced by the sound.
Occasionally, a cyst contains blood. Fresh blood from an acute bleed may resemble cyst
fluid on ultrasound. As fibrin begins to organize, internal echoes develop, and what appear
to be septations or even a mass may arise. An older, organized clot can resemble solid
tissue (Fig. 23-42A). Although a rare phenomenon, an older clot may produce irregular
low-amplitude echoes around the inside periphery of the cyst (see Fig. 23-42B). Any
suggestion of a lesion within a cyst should prompt excision, although cancer is very rare
and an intracystic lesion is most likely a benign intracystic papilloma (Fig. 23-43). If a
lesion is indeterminate by ultrasound, complete aspiration will determine that it is a cyst.
One of the problems with high-frequency ultrasound transducers is that they may
demonstrate low-level echoes in cysts that may not merely be noise but proteinaceous
material in the cyst fluid. These have been called “dirty cysts” or “complicated cysts” (Fig.
23-44) to distinguish them from “complex masses.” “Complex masses” contain
P.815
P.816
P.817
both cystic and solid components and need to be biopsied (Fig. 24-45).
1196 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-39 To make the confident diagnosis of a cyst by ultrasound, the mass
should be round, oval, or smoothly lobulated, with sharply defined margins, no internal
echoes, and enhanced through-transmission of sound, as seen in this cyst (A). There
may be some reverberation artifact that accounts for echoes in the anterior portion of
the cyst. (B) Ideally, a cyst, seen here at proper gain, should not fill in with
echoes when the gain is increased (C). With modern ultrasound units, however, low-
level echoes may be seen in cysts, which may indicate that the fluid is extremely
viscid. When there is a question, ultrasound-guided aspiration can resolve the problem.
1197 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-40 Cancer may have only low-level echoes. The shadowing on the
right of this invasive ductal carcinoma (A) was due to the nipple. The solid lesion
appears cystic by ultrasound with no internal echoes until it is imaged from a better
angle with increased gain to show that there are true echoes (B).
1198 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-41 Septations in a cyst are of no major significance unless they are
due to previous hemorrhage. (A) An ovoid mass was seen on the MLO projection. The
cyst, also seen in the CC projection (B), was a benign cyst with septations on
ultrasound (C). If there is no suggestion of an internal mass, no further evaluation is
needed.
Figure 23-42 A blood clot can form in a cyst that has spontaneously bled. The clot
forms the area of low-level echoes at one end of this cyst (A). In a second cyst,
echoes within the periphery (B) were due to a clot.
1199 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-43 The hypoechoic mass in this cyst proved to be a benign intracystic
papilloma. This can be diagnosed only by a biopsy.
The complicated cyst is a problem. Venta et al feel that the lesion that fulfills the criteria for
a cyst but has low-level echoes need only be followed at short interval (50). Unfortunately,
they considered “dirty” or “complicated” cysts to be complex cysts. Cysts with true solid
components should be biopsied and do not belong in this category. In their review of 4,562
breast sonograms obtained over an 18-month period, they found 308 lesions in 252 women
that looked like cysts but had diffuse low-level echoes. Among these women, who had
various follow-up schedules, they found only one malignancy that proved to be a papilloma
with a 3-mm focus of DCIS. They concluded that among “lesions classified as complex
cysts [should be complicated cysts], the malignancy rate was 0.3% (1/308).” Since this was
lower than the rate that has been accepted for “probably benign lesions,” they concluded
that these lesions did not need to be biopsied, but could be followed at short interval.
Although this is reasonable, given the difficulty that we have found in distinguishing
complicated cysts from solid lesions, we (anecdotally) continue to aspirate lesions that
have internal echoes, and biopsy them if we cannot resolve them with aspiration.
Figure 23-46 Breast cysts are bright on T2-weighted MRI images. The
rounded, bright circumscribed areas are benign cysts seen using MRI with T2-weighted
images.
1201 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-47 Pericystic inflammation can cause the wall of a cyst to enhance
on post-gadolinium MRI. Cysts are evident on this T2-weighted image (A), with
one in the central left breast showing rim enhancement following gadolinium injection
and T1 image subtraction consistent with pericystic inflammation (B).
Adenosis
Adenosis, a relatively common benign lesion of the breast. When combined with distortion
from sclerosis (sclerosing adenosis), it may pose problems for the pathologist in its
similarity to cancer, particularly on frozen-section analysis. A range of lobular lesions
constitute adenosis. Jensen et al (51) categorized sclerosing adenosis with the other
“proliferative breast diseases without atypia.” They suggested that a woman who has a
biopsy that reveals sclerosing adenosis has an RR for the subsequent development of
breast cancer that is 1.5 to 2.0 times that of a woman with a nonproliferative lesion at
biopsy. They derived this RR by following 349 women who had benign breast biopsies
between 1950 and 1968. The average follow-up was 17 years. They ascertained which
women had subsequently developed breast cancer, and arrived at this RR figure. Perhaps
contributing to this increased risk was the relatively common association of sclerosing
adenosis with atypical hyperplasia, a lesion that also carries an increased risk for breast
cancer development.
Figure 23-48 This schematic (A) depicts adenosis. In its simplest form, it
represents an idiopathic proliferation of the acini (terminal ductules). On 3D
microscopy the lobule has the appearance of a porcupine, whereas on 2D micrographs
(B) the innumerable acini are seen in cross-section, as in this hematoxylin and eosin
1202 / 1584
bi
(B) the innumerable acini are seen in cross-section, as in this hematoxylin and eosin
preparation. If there is excessive fibrosis accompanying the adenosis, it is termed
sclerosing adenosis.
In its simplest form, adenosis merely represents an enlargement of the lobule secondary to
a benign proliferation of the blunt-ending intralobular ductules (acini) (Fig. 23-48). This
proliferation within the TDLU is primarily an elongation and multiplication of the acini
accompanied by an overgrowth of the epithelial, myoepithelial, and connective tissue
elements in the lobule. Hypertrophic changes occur in the epithelium as well, and secretory
activity may increase. Cystic dilatation of the acini is likely the location for calcium
precipitation and clustered calcifications that may be found by mammography, although
truly microscopic calcifications may be seen in the ductules.
Although benign, with no known predisposition toward
P.819
malignancy, adenosis can have a locally infiltrative appearance. Proliferation of the
epithelium and myoepithelial layer distorts the lobule, and when dense hyalinization
(sclerosis) occurs, it leads to compression and distortion of the epithelium and may be
mistaken for malignant change. When a large volume is involved, a palpable lump may be
detected. Adenosis with or without sclerosis (sclerosing adenosis) has been termed a weak
risk factor, but there are no data to suggest that the lesion itself carries any major
predisposition for future cancer development.
Mammographic Appearance
Mammographically, adenosis rarely forms a visible mass. On occasion it is the cause of
isolated clustered microcalcifications. These are extremely small deposits that can
precipitate in the thinned, increased acini of the lobule and their cystically dilated ends.
Adenosis has the 3D appearance of a porcupine, with the myriad of acini similar to the
quills of the porcupine. Calcifications can develop in the acini, forming very tiny amorphous
particles that are too small to be individually resolved by mammography. However, I
believe that it is the superimposition of these tiny particles that form the very small
calcifications seen using mammography, forming visible clusters from the even smaller
particles (Fig. 23-49). Because the deposits are frequently heterogeneous, they are
indistinguishable from those associated with breast cancer (Fig. 23-50).
1203 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-49 Adenosis. This photomicrograph (A) is from a thick section of breast
tissue showing lobules in which the acini have multiplied due to adenosis. The acini
have become elongated and far more numerous than normal. Under a stereoscopic
microscope they appear like a porcupine. In the next image (B) the calcifications that
were excised at needle localization and biopsy are imaged by x-ray and superimposed
on the lesion (C), showing that the tiny calcifications form in the numerous acini and
the total collection produces a cluster of amorphous, “fuzzy” calcifications (D).
1204 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-50 This cluster of calcifications was indistinguishable from those produced
by cancer, but at biopsy they proved to be forming in benign adenosis.
P.820
When adenosis produces an isolated cluster of calcifications, the diagnosis can be suggested
because the individual particles, seen at the relatively low resolution of mammography, are
frequently composed of smaller and smaller particles when viewed with magnification, as
would be expected from the porcupine-like development of the lobular acini and the
calcifications that form within. Although the diagnosis can be suggested, we continue to
recommend their biopsy because they cannot be reliably distinguished from deposits due to
malignancy. When calcifications are diffusely distributed throughout the breast, however,
and especially when bilateral, biopsy can be avoided.
1205 / 1584
bi
Numerous calcifications may occur with extensive come-docarcinoma, but in
contradistinction to the round, intralobular calcifications of adenosis, comedo calcifications
are usually irregular in shape and frequently have associated fine linear and branching
forms that suggest their ductal distribution (Fig. 23-52). We have described rare cases of
diffuse breast cancer that contain many varying and often benign forms of calcifications
(52). These are very uncommon and are distinguished by the wild appearance that they
produce and the fact that they are extensive and unilateral (Fig. 23-53). We noted that
these cancers frequently had malignant cells with apocrine features (not true apocrine
cancers—see Apocrine Carcinoma), and we postulated that it might be this feature that
accounted for the profusion of calcifications.
Ultrasound Appearance
Adenosis is not visible by ultrasound as a distinct entity, although, as with other processes
that elicit a fibrotic response, tissues containing adenosis may be hypoechoic and produce
shadowing by attenuation and scattering of the beam.
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any reliable MRI findings that are associated with adenosis.
1206 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-53 These calcifications, which were unilateral, form a very rare
manifestation of diffuse carcinoma. Many of the forms suggest a benign process such
as milk of calcium, but the overall “wild” appearance and unilaterality should arouse
1207 / 1584
bi
as milk of calcium, but the overall “wild” appearance and unilaterality should arouse
suspicion. This proved to be diffuse intraductal cancer with apocrine features.
Mammographic Appearance
Lipomas have a typical radiolucent mammographic appearance that permits the diagnosis
of a benign lesion. Although they cannot always be distinguished from other fat-containing
lesions, this is of no consequence because encapsulated, fat-containing lesions are all
benign. The lipoma has a thin capsule (Fig. 23-54) that is visible because of fat on the
inside as well as on the outside. Lipomas may cause distortion of the surrounding
architecture by displacement, or they may themselves be molded by the surrounding
breast. Harder, round, lucent lesions are generally either posttraumatic oil cysts secondary
to fat necrosis or galactoceles. Lipomas, as with all fat, are subject to possible necrosis,
and occasionally they contain the typical spherical calcifications of fat necrosis (Fig. 23-55).
Ultrasound Appearance
Ultrasound is usually not indicated when a lipoma is suspected because the diagnosis is
usually apparent and the lesion is clearly benign by mammography. Lipomas are
hypoechoic and similar in echotexture to subcutaneous fat. They may be distinguished from
the subcutaneous fat by the demonstration of the specular reflection from the capsule (Fig.
23-56). If present, the calcifications in necrotic areas may cause shadowing.
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any MR studies of lipomas, since they would only be incidental findings
(there is no reason to use MRI to evaluate a probable lipoma). They should have the same
tissue signature as breast fat and appear encapsulated.
concern, but their appearance is pathognomonic on mammography and they are always
benign.
Figure 23-54 This lipoma in the lower inner left breast is evident because it displaces
the normal parenchyma on the MLO (A) and CC (B) projections. Enlarged views of
the MLO (C) and CC (D) projections demonstrate that the lesion has a thin capsule,
making it visible and permitting the diagnosis of a benign, fat-containing lesion. A
capsule is visible due to fat on the inside of the lesion.
1209 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-55 Fat necrosis in this lipoma (short lines), seen on this negative-mode
xerogram, produced typical-appearing, lucent-centered calcifications (large arrows).
Figure 23-56 Ultrasound is rarely needed to evaluate a lipoma. The capsule of this
lipoma is evident on ultrasound and distinguishes the mass from the similar
echotexture of the subcutaneous fat.
Mammographic Spectrum
Fat necrosis can produce changes that are radiographically similar to those of cancer (53),
but this is extremely rare in our experience except among women who have had
lumpectomy and radiation therapy. Cicatrization and spiculation may result from the
fibrotic reaction that may accompany the process. This can occur especially in a scar
1210 / 1584
bi
fibrotic reaction that may accompany the process. This can occur especially in a scar
formed after surgery, and even skin retraction may result (Fig. 23-57).
Despite a history of trauma or even surgery, radiographically visible scar formation is
relatively rare in the absence of treatment for breast cancer. In the immediate
postoperative period following a biopsy with benign results, however, architectural
distortion is common, and in some instances this persists for up to 6 to 12 months (54), but
long-term fixed changes following a biopsy with benign results are the exception (55,56).
When surgery is extensive, such as with a reduction mammoplasty, architectural distortion
may be extensive, and fat necrosis is more common, but even these changes are fairly
rare with modern surgical techniques.
Figure 23-57 Postsurgical fat necrosis can cause scarring and skin retraction, as
seen medial to the nipple on this CC projection.
1211 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-58 Postsurgical change rarely has a central mass. The subtle architectural
distortion in an area of previous surgery for a benign lesion converges on a lucent zone.
This is consistent with postoperative change.
Ultrasound Appearance
Little has been written concerning the sonographic appearance of fat necrosis, with the
exception of the posttraumatic oil cyst (58). When oil cysts are formed, they are invariably
well-circumscribed lesions. They may have the sonolucent appearance of cysts with good
through-transmission of sound, or they may contain low-amplitude internal echoes and
produce posterior acoustic shadowing (Fig. 23-64). When a true scar is formed, it scatters
and attenuates sound and is indistinguishable from cancer (Fig. 23-65). Ultrasound is
usually not indicated because the mammographic appearance of most forms of fat necrosis
is so characteristic. Trying to differentiate a scar from cancer using ultrasound is
discouraged since they can look alike.
Galactocele
Occasionally milk-containing cystic structures develop. Although this is most likely to occur
during lactation or in the months after the cessation of nursing, we have seen galactoceles
in nonlactating women. They usually occur in women in their late 20s or early 30s,
probably as a result of an obstructed duct. The proximal (lobular) segment becomes
distended with inspissated milk, the composition of which varies with differing proportions
of protein and fat. Clinically, a galactocele is indistinguishable from other pathologic
processes that form palpable round masses. If the milk-filled cystic mass has sufficient fat
content, it may be visible by mammography as a well-circumscribed radiolucent mass
against the water
P.825
P.826
density of the lactating breast. As with other lucent lesions, these are always benign. They
are usually resolved by aspiration.
Figure 23-59 Architectural distortion that is dramatic on one view but not on the
other is usually due to postsurgical change. In this case, the patient was treated
for breast cancer 3 years earlier with excision and irradiation. The postsurgical change
is not very striking on the MLO projection (A) but is quite obvious on the CC projection
1213 / 1584
bi
is not very striking on the MLO projection (A) but is quite obvious on the CC projection
(B).
Figure 23-61 Calcifications that form a spherical grouping around a lucent center, as
in this enlarged view, are probably the result of fat necrosis. This type of calcium
distribution is an indication of a benign process.
1214 / 1584
bi
Mammographic Appearance
The galactocele may be indistinguishable from other fat-containing lesions of the breast
when it contains sufficient fat to be relatively radiolucent. All fat-containing breast masses
are benign, and a precise diagnosis is not necessary. Usually surrounded by the dense
tissue of the lactating breast, such a lesion may appear as a round, radiolucent zone (Fig.
23-66). However, we have recently seen a number of galactoceles (proven by aspiration),
and they were not radiolucent (Fig. 23-67). Galactoceles are well circumscribed and distort
the surrounding tissues only by occupying space. Fat–fluid levels have been described in
upright lateral mammograms. A mottled appearance similar to that of a hamartoma has
been described with some galactoceles and likened to curdled milk (59).
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound appearance of a galactoceles is quite varied. We have seen several that
looked like simple cysts (Fig. 23-68) and others that had what appeared to be cystic and
solid components (Fig. 23-69). Others have reported a similar spectrum of findings.
Sawhney et al reviewed 10 lesions (60). All had thin, well-defined walls; however, the
internal echo pattern was quite varied. Among five women the echo texture was
homogeneous, and four other cases showed heterogeneous patterns that resembled solid
lesions with “fluid clefts.” The galactoceles that we have seen appear as well-circumscribed
masses. They may contain low-level internal echoes, may produce refractive lateral wall
shadowing, and may demonstrate posterior acoustic enhancement. This appearance makes
it impossible to differentiate some of them from a well-circumscribed, solid breast tumor. If
characteristic mammographic findings are not present to make the diagnosis, aspiration is
indicated. 1215 / 1584
bi
indicated.
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any series describing the MRI findings for galactoceles. There is no
apparent reason to obtain MRI to evaluate these lesions, which are invariably palpable and
easily diagnosed and resolved by aspiration.
1216 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-63 When a TRAM is imaged, false positives can occur. The patient
had had a mastectomy with TRAM reconstruction and suspicious calcifications (A). On
close inspection (B) the calcifications were pleomorphic with linear forms. Needle
localization and surgical excision revealed benign fat necrosis.
1217 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-66 Galactoceles may have varying density and are rare. This is the only
one that we have seen, imaged here with positive-mode xeroradiography. It is evident
as a radiolucent mass in the subareolar portion of the breast.
Figure 23-67 Galactoceles are not all radiolucent by mammography. This mass
developed 8 weeks after the cessation of lactation. It is dense by mammography on
the MLO (A) and CC (B) projections. Aspiration produced thick milk.
Mammographic Appearance
On mammography, there is a classic description of hamartomas that are so characteristic
in appearance that the diagnosis can be made with certainty by mammography. These
hamartomas look like lipomas (encapsulated fat) with fibroglandular (water-density) tissue
1218 / 1584
bi
hamartomas look like lipomas (encapsulated fat) with fibroglandular (water-density) tissue
within (Figs. 23-70 and 23-71). With the exception of a single case report of a sarcoma
P.829
with a similar appearance (62), this lesion appearance is always benign. They are sharply
marginated and surrounded by a thin capsule, which will be evident if there is fat outside
the lesion. Lobulated densities dispersed within the encapsulated fat give the hamartoma
its characteristic appearance that some have likened to a slice of salami. The hamartomas
may not have this classic appearance. Some contain little if any fat and can look like
fibroadenomas (63).
Figure 23-70 The mass in the subareolar region of the right breast, seen on the CC
projection, has the typical appearance of a mammary hamartoma.
Ultrasound Appearance
As with a lipoma or oil cyst, the mammographic appearance of the classic hamartoma is so
characteristic that there is usually no indication for the use of ultrasound in the analysis of
this lesion. If obtained, the ultrasound appearance parallels the radiographic morphology of
the lesion (Fig. 23-72). The mass is sharply defined and displaces surrounding structures. It
contains sonolucent zones as well as echo-producing fibrous structures with a
heterogeneous internal echo pattern. However, the hamartomas may also have a more
uniform appearance and be indistinguishable from a fibroadenoma on imaging, as
described by Georgian-Smith et al (63).
MRI Appearance
We have imaged only one hamartoma using MRI, and its appearance was as expected. It
was a well-circumscribed mass that contained both fibroglandular-appearing tissue and fat
with an encapsulated appearance (Fig. 23-73).
Figure 23-71 A hamartoma in the lower inner left breast is seen in the MLO (A)
projection. Also seen in the CC (B) and enlarged MLO (C) and CC (D) images, this
hamartoma demonstrates the characteristic appearance. A biopsy is not needed to
establish the diagnosis.
1221 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-72 (A) This hamartoma (arrows) is well demarcated by the capsule
surrounding it as seen (top) in this lateral, negative-mode xerogram (dark represents
fat). On whole-breast ultrasound (bottom), the tissues of the hamartoma are relatively
sonolucent with respect to the interspersed, echogenic, fibrous, and glandular tissue.
This ultrasound (B) is from the evaluation of the lesion in Figure 23-71. The ultrasound
appearance of a hamartoma is not diagnostic, whereas the mammogram usually is.
1222 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-74 The round density with ill-defined margins seen in the upper breast on
this negative-mode xerogram is a rare, benign, granular cell tumor.
Figure 23-75 This irregular, spiculated mass that is indistinguishable from breast
cancer proved to be a benign granular cell tumor.
1223 / 1584
bi
P.830
P.831
P.832
We have no experience with the ultrasound or MRI appearance of these lesions.
Focal Fibrosis
Fibrosis is a common component of many breast lesions (Fig. 23-76A). When it occurs in
isolation, it is usually unclear whether an isolated palpable or mammographically detected
island of fibrous tissue represents a new proliferation or merely an involution of the normal
lobules with persisting residual intralobular fibrous stroma. This entity is uncommon and
benign. It is significant from an imaging perspective because it may present as a
nonpalpable, irregular mass with ill-defined margins that cannot be distinguished from
cancer (65). Usually palpable, these lesions are rubbery and freely movable. They do not
have a capsule and are visible mammographically when in contrast with surrounding fat.
Histologically, they are merely isolated areas of abundant fibrous stroma and have no
association with cancer.
Figure 23-76 (A) Photomicrograph (hematoxylin and eosin) of a benign fibrous lesion
that is composed primarily of connective tissue. (B) An ovoid, fairly well-defined, focal
mass on mammography that proved to be benign focal fibrosis.
Mammographic Appearance
This fairly uncommon lesion may present as a well-circumscribed mass (see Fig. 23-76B)
or as an ill-defined lesion that is indistinguishable from breast cancer. Revelon et al
reviewed 1,268 surgical excisions and 796 percutaneous breast biopsies (290 ultrasound-
1224 / 1584
guided, 370 stereotactically guided, and 136 vacuum-assisted stereotactically guided) (66).
bi
guided, 370 stereotactically guided, and 136 vacuum-assisted stereotactically guided) (66).
Focal fibrosis was the diagnosis for 44 (2.1%) of the lesions. They found that 37 (84%) of
the 44 lesions were visualized on mammograms. Among these, six (14%) appeared as
circumscribed masses, two (5%) were lobulated masses, and one (2%) was a
microlobulated mass. There were 11 (25%) masses that had obscured margins, while 2
(5%) were evident only as architectural distortion, and 15 (34%) were seen as asymmetric
densities. There were seven palpable lesions that were not visible on the mammograms.
Thirty-three of the 44 lesions underwent
P.833
ultrasound evaluation. Among these, 25 (76%) were visible. Twenty (80%) of the 25
appeared as well-defined hypoechoic masses. There were three (12%) lesions that
appeared as ill-defined masses and two (8%) that produced marked shadowing without a
visible mass.
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound appearance of focal fibrosis has been described by Revelon et al as noted
above (66). There is little other information on the ultrasound findings in these lesions. In
our experience, they parallel the shape of the lesion seen by mammography. A well-
circumscribed focus will be the same on ultrasound and exhibit the internal echoes of a
solid lesion (Fig. 23-77). When irregular and ill defined by mammography, shadowing is
probably due to attenuation and scattering of the sound. Although Revelon et al (66) and
Rosen et al (67) feel that imaging-guided core needle biopsy is sufficient to make a
diagnosis, I would recommend that a focal lesion that revealed only “focal fibrosis” at core
biopsy be excised unless the lesion was surrounded by fat, making it very unlikely that the
biopsy had missed the target.
Diabetic Mastopathy
Diabetic mastopathy is a fibrous “tumor” that has been reported with increased frequency
after first being described in 1984 (68). Originally described in association with type I
insulin-dependent diabetes over a long period of time, it has also been diagnosed in women
with type II diabetes. It is a lesion that usually occurs in adolescents and young women but
has been found in women as old as their early 50s. Its etiology is uncertain, but most
believe that it is an autoimmune process. The lesion presents as a firm, nontender mass
that can range from millimeters to many centimeters in diameter. Histologically, there is an
increased density of fibroblasts in the stroma. Lymphocytes are characteristically found
collected around and in the walls of small blood vessels. These lymphocytes are apparently
predominantly B cells. These lesions are often single but may be multiple (69).
1225 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-77 On ultrasound, this ovoid area of focal fibrosis was indistinguishable
from a fibroadenoma or carcinoma.
Mammographic Appearance
In 1989 Logan and Hoffman (70) reported on 36 women who were diagnosed with what
the authors called diabetic fibrous breast disease. Among the patients, all had dense breast
tissue patterns. The lesions were not visible on mammography but were palpable. The
tissue was extremely firm, making fine-needle aspiration difficult.
Wong et al (71) reviewed eight lesions in six women diagnosed with diabetic mastopathy.
The mammograms showed asymmetric increased density with ill-defined margins. By
ultrasound they found that all eight lesions were “heterogeneously hypoechoic masses with
ill-defined margins.” Seven of the eight lesions (66%) had marked posterior acoustic
shadowing.
Ultrasound Appearance
The appearance of diabetic mastopathy is characteristic but nonspecific. It is a hypoechoic,
irregular lesion with extremely dense posterior acoustic shadowing. The visible anterior
margin may have a flame shape with multiple irregular peaks. Unfortunately, although the
diagnosis can be suggested, histologic confirmation is needed.
MRI Appearance
There are no series with multiple cases that have been evaluated with MRI. Wong et al
(71) described nonspecific “stromal enhancement on MR imaging.” Tuncbilek et al found
similar gradual enhancement with the lesion that they reported (72).
Given the irregular appearance of these lesions and their similarity in appearance by
imaging to cancers, it would be difficult to avoid a biopsy to make the correct diagnosis
when these masses are present.
Mammographic Appearance
Although PASH has been reported with increased frequency since it was first described, it
remains uncommon. Polger et al (76) reported 7 cases out of 1,661 breast biopsies. The
patients ranged in age from 36 to 61 years. Of the seven women diagnosed with PASH,
43% of the masses were palpable, while the others were detected by mammography. The
masses ranged from 1.1 cm to 11 cm. They tend to be round or oval, with margins that
range from well defined to indistinct (or obscured).
1227 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-78 A palpable lesion that was hidden by dense tissue on the MLO (A) and
CC (B) projections in a 35-year-old woman. It was ovoid and well defined by
ultrasound (C), with a uniform internal echotexture. Core needle biopsy revealed
benign, pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia.
Ultrasound Appearance
PASH has been described as being round or oval and hypoechoic. The posterior echoes
may be attenuated (shadowing), isoechoic, or enhanced. In one case of PASH, the patient
presented with a palpable mass. It was ovoid and well defined on ultrasound with a
uniform internal echotexture (Fig. 23-78). The diagnosis was made using ultrasound-guided
core needle biopsy.
P.835
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any series that included PASH imaged by MRI. In one case, we saw
PASH enhance with intravenous contrast making it indistinguishable from cancer.
1228 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-79 The spiculated mass near the pectoralis major muscle seen on this
lateral xeromammogram (A) proved to be an extra-abdominal desmoid tumor.
Another irregular mass (B) with long spicules was detected by mammography and was
not palpable. It proved to be an extra-abdominal desmoid tumor.
Mammographic Appearance
This very rare benign lesion forms a mass that can be spiculated and ill defined on
mammography (Fig. 23-79A). None has been reported to demonstrate microcalcifications.
In our limited experience, the diagnosis can be suggested by the proximity of the lesion to
the chest wall and by the relatively long projections radiating from it, which are thicker
than the spicules often associated with cancer. These are clearly visible in Figure 23-79B,
which may be the only reported case of an extra-abdominal desmoid tumor that was found
by screening mammography. Although the diagnosis can be suggested, because cancer is
P.836
much more common and the morphologies overlap, biopsy of any spiculated lesion is
required to make the diagnosis.
Ultrasound Appearance
There are no descriptions of this lesion in the literature, but it is likely to be hypoechoic,
with scattering and attenuation producing posterior acoustic shadowing and an appearance
that is indistinguishable from breast cancer.
MRI Appearance
There are no descriptions of this lesion in the literature on MRI, and we have not imaged it
using MRI.
1229 / 1584
bi
Mammographic Appearance
The radial scar has a worrisome appearance mammographically that is indistinguishable
from cancer. It usually presents as an area of architectural distortion with spiculations 1230 / 1584
bi
from cancer. It usually presents as an area of architectural distortion with spiculations
radiating from a central point. There may be accompanying microcalcifications (Fig. 23-80)
(85). Cancer generally has a central core that has grown irregularly in all directions such
that if a mass is present, it has a similar appearance in differing projections. The radial scar
does not generally have a central mass (although it can) but is usually just an area of
architectural distortion with elastic tissue at its center (86). It frequently looks different,
depending on the projection. The spiculations frequently contain lucent zones of fat that
may have been trapped by the cicatrizing process. Although the diagnosis may be
suggested by this entrapment of fat and the long spicules with little if any central density,
the radial scar cannot be distinguished from some cancers, and this lesion still requires a
biopsy for confirmation. Although some would disagree, I do not think that radial scars can
be accurately diagnosed by core needle biopsy unless the entire lesion is removed. It is
very important to realize that stability even over as many as 5 years is not reassuring. The
differentiation of this lesion from cancer can be made only by biopsy.
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound appearance of radial scars is indistinguishable from breast cancer (87). This
is not surprising since ultrasound reflects the gross morphology of a lesion, and the gross
morphology of a radial scar is indistinguishable from a breast cancer (Fig. 23-81). Radial
scars present as irregularly shaped, hypoechoic, poorly defined tissue (Fig. 23-82).
Because the lesion is so suspicious by mammography, the only reason to perform an
ultrasound evaluation
P.837
P.838
is to determine whether ultrasound-guided core needle biopsy or ultrasound-guided needle
localization is feasible. Ultrasound has no useful role in differentiating this benign lesion
from cancer. Biopsy is required.
Figure 23-80 This is an enlargement of a radial scar in the left breast. It has an ill-
defined center with long associated spicules and some calcifications. An excisional
biopsy is needed to establish the diagnosis.
1231 / 1584
bi
MRI Appearance
Not all radial scars demonstrate contrast enhancement. Since it is not possible to
accurately differentiate a radial scar from cancer by mammography or ultrasound, it should
not be too surprising that this cannot be done using MRI either. When a radial scar presents
on MRI, it may be an irregularly shaped enhancing lesion. We have seen some radial scars
that appeared as lobulated masses on MRI (Fig. 23-83). Radial scars can have similar
contrast dynamics (rapid wash-in and wash-out) as breast cancers (88).
1232 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-83 Radial scars have a variable appearance on MRI. The lobulated,
enhancing lesion deep in the left breast near the chest wall proved to be a radial scar at
surgical excision.
Mammographic Appearance
Occasionally the mammogram is characteristic. The thrombosed vein can have a rope-like
or even more diagnostic beaded appearance similar to a string of sausages (Fig. 23-84).
The process may be asymptomatic or may cause pain.
Ultrasound Appearance
Conant et al (94) have described the sonographic appearance of superficial
thrombophlebitis as reflecting the mammographic findings. The vein in the subcutaneous
fat may be seen as a hypoechoic tubular structure that has alternating constricted and
dilated segments. During the thrombosed stage there should be no blood flow on Doppler
(95).
P.839
P.840
Myoid Hamartoma
The myoid hamartoma is an extremely unusual breast tumor. Rosen and Oberman group it
with the general category of myoepitheliomas (22). Like other hamartomas they are a
combination of the normal components of breast tissue occurring in a disorganized tumor-
like collection (96). These are benign lesions that contain smooth muscle that presumably
arise from the myoepithelium of the duct (97). They are a combination of adipose tissue,
fibrous tissue, and smooth muscle. Erlandson and Rosen (98) described their ultrastructure
as containing (a) round or spindle-shaped cells, (b) which are partially invested by basal
lamina, (c) with pinocytotic vesicles along cell membranes, (d) arrays of microfilaments in
the cytoplasm, (e) fusiform densities along arrays of microfilaments, and (f) cells joined by
mature desmosomes.
Mammographic Appearance
We have seen only one myoid hamartoma (see Fig. 23-84C). As a lobulated, fairly well-
circumscribed mass, it was indistinguishable from other solid breast masses.
Ultrasound Appearance
I am unaware of any descriptions of myoid hamartomas by ultrasound.
MRI Imaging
I am unaware of any descriptions of myoid hamartomas by MRI.
Mammographic Appearance
Infection of the breast is extremely painful. Obtaining a good mammogram may not be
possible since the compression may be intolerable. We frequently forego mammography
and just use ultrasound to evaluate the problem due to the pain. The mammographic
appearance of a breast infection is nonspecific. There may be trabecular thickening, and
skin thickening is commonly seen, but neither of these is diagnostic. We have seen an ill-
defined mass that proved to be an abscess, although abscesses are generally hidden in the
dense breast tissue.
Ultrasound Appearance
Ultrasound is the most useful imaging study for delineating an abscess so that purulent
material can be obtained for analysis and culture. Large-gauge needles (18–13 g) can be
introduced under ultrasound guidance to try to withdraw the purulent material to aid in
successful antibiotic therapy. Christensen and Nielsen reviewed the use of ultrasound to
drain and monitor abscesses in 151 patients (101). The infection resolved in 127 women,
while 24 ultimately required surgical drainage. It is not clear, however, how much a role
ultrasound and ultrasound drainage actually played in the care of these women. It is
possible that clinically guided drainage or just antibiotics would have sufficed.
We have inserted “pigtail” drains into large abscesses and have left them in place for
several days to permit the abscess to drain. Ulitzsch et al (102) retrospectively evaluated
ultrasound-guided treatment of breast abscesses in lactating women. Among 108
consecutive lactating women who were clinically suspected of having a breast abscess 56
(52%) abscess collections were found by ultrasound among 43 women. Among these, 23
abscesses (41%) were successfully treated with needle aspiration, while catheter drainage
was used in 33 (59%). The authors chose the treatment method according to the size of
the abscess. They treated abscesses that were smaller than 3 cm in maximum diameter
with needle aspiration and inserted a catheter to drain
P.841
abscesses that were 3 cm or larger in maximum diameter. Only one patient who was
treated with needle aspiration subsequently underwent surgical intervention. Once again it
is not clear how important these interventions were in clearing the infections, but it is likely
that percutaneous abscess drainage is synergistic with antibiotic therapy, and that this
likely reduces the need for surgical intervention.
Leborgne and Leborgne (103) have advocated the installation of antibiotics into the abscess
cavity under ultrasound guidance, but the value of this has not been confirmed, and their
results do not seem to be any better than those reported by others who merely drained the
abscesses and used standard antibiotic treatment.
1236 / 1584
bi
abscesses and used standard antibiotic treatment.
Infected breast tissue can have a varied appearance. The tissues are frequently edematous
with skin thickening and increased echogenicity of the subcutaneous fat. Linear collections
of fluid may be present at the edge of the breast tissue. I have always assumed that this
represents fluid-filled lymphatics (Fig. 23-85). Abscess formation is extremely variable in
appearance. The collections are always hypoechoic (Fig. 23-86). The skin thickening seen
clinically and by mammography is also visible by ultrasound. An abscess is a complex or
hypoechoic mass that often has ill-defined margins but may have better-defined margins as
organization takes place. Generally, the internal structure is mixed in appearance, with
fluid-filled portions as well as more solid-looking tissue. It is frequently not possible to
determine by the ultrasound appearance whether the material in the abscess can be
removed through a needle or catheter (Fig. 23-87). It has been my experience that a
phlegmon that is thick, non-aspiratable necrotic tissue can have the same appearance as
thick purulent material that can be aspirated. The only way to differentiate the two is to try
to aspirate the collection.
Figure 23-85 Fluid collections under the skin with mastitis likely represents
dilated lymphatics. This patient had a breast abscess, and the linear, branching fluid
collections beneath the thickened skin are likely dilated lymphatics.
1237 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-86 This breast abscess following a breast biopsy presented as a complex
mass with fluid- and solid-appearing components.
Parasitic Infections
Parasitic infections involving the breast are fairly uncommon in the United States.
Figure 23-87 An abscess can look like solid tissue on ultrasound. The breast
tissue is clearly abnormal due to the infection. It is not possible to determine whether
this is solid necrotic tissue or fluid enough to be aspirated based on the ultrasound
appearance.
P.842
Blastomycosis
A case of blastomycosis, a fungal infection endemic to the Mississippi and Ohio River
basins, has been reported in a 56-year-old woman (104). The woman presented with 1238 / 1584
bi
basins, has been reported in a 56-year-old woman (104). The woman presented with
multiple skin lesions and bone involvement and a palpable 1.4-cm circumscribed mass with
an obscured border in the upper outer quadrant of the right breast that was solid on
sonography. The mass disappeared after a course of amphotericin B.
Schistosomiasis
Schistosomiasis is caused by a parasitic fluke that is endemic in the tropics and subtropics.
The parasite causes granulomas and fibrosis. It is extremely rare in the breast, but does
occur (105). We have seen this infection manifest as calcifications in a linear distribution. In
the case reported by Gorman et al (105), the calcifications were “fine,” “innumerable,” and
tightly packed.
1239 / 1584
bi
III. Stromal malignancy
A. Phylloides tumor
B. Fibrosarcoma
C. Liposarcoma
D. Angiosarcoma
E. Osteogenic sarcoma
F. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma
IV. Tumors of lymphoid origin: primary lymphoma
V. Metastatic disease to the breast
A. Melanoma
B. Lymphoma
C. Lung
D. Renal
E. Other
Stalsberg and Thomas (106) reviewed the age distribution of the various types of breast
cancer. Using data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results program (SEER)
of the National Cancer Institute for the years 1973 to 1984, they looked at the number of
cancers per 100,000 women diagnosed at each age each year (incidence), the total number
at each age, and the relative frequency (what part of the total is made up by the specific
cancer). These are summarized in Table 23-1.
Apocrine 72 0.06 59
Signet-ring 54 0.05 68
Secretory 9 0.01 67
Adapted from Holland R, Peterse JL, Mills RR, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ: a
proposal for a new classification. Semin Diagn Pathol 1994;11:167–180.
1242 / 1584
bi
Silverstein et al (112) have proposed the Van Nuys Prognostic Index for DCIS. This
scheme assigns points for the size of the lesion, the width of normal tissue removed as the
margin, and the pathologic classification. One point is assigned if the lesion is 15 mm or
less, the width of the margin is more than 10 mm, or the pathologic classification is not
high grade and there is no necrosis. A size of 16 to 40 mm is assigned 2 points, as is a
margin 1 to 9 mm. A non–high-grade lesion with necrosis also gets 2 points. If the size is
41 mm or more, the lesion is assigned 3 points. Three points are assigned for a margin of
less than 1 mm, and high grade with or without necrosis also receives 3 points. The authors
found that a total score of 3 or 4 points had only a 2% recurrence rate, whereas a score of
5, 6, or 7 points resulted in a 19% recurrence, and a score
P.844
of 8 or 9 points resulted in a 57% recurrence. There were no deaths among the 101 women
with a score of 3 or 4 points; three deaths out of the 209 women with scores of 5, 6, or 7
points; and no deaths among the 23 women with a score of 8 or 9 points. As has been
shown in other series, the larger the volume of DCIS, the greater the recurrence rate.
To be validated, the systems need prospective analysis. Furthermore, these studies will
take many years to complete because the recurrence rate of DCIS appears to increase as
patients are followed over a longer period of time. Solin et al (113) found that the rate of
recurrence among women with low-grade DCIS was 2% at 5 years, 5% at 8 years, and
15% at 10 years. The data suggest that high-grade DCIS needs to be treated aggressively
since these lesions seem to recur more quickly, and many recur as invasive cancers if not
treated with surgical removal and radiation.
The earliest-stage DCIS is thought to originate in the terminal duct at its junction with the
lobule or just inside the lobule. Histologically, the cells of ductal carcinoma may distend the
duct to many times its normal size and extend into the lobules and down other branches of
the duct network. Still contained by the basement membrane, these are classified as
intraductal lesions. If the duct wall is slightly breached, they may be termed microinvasive.
Most pathologists recognize several histologic types of DCIS. The most common form of
DCIS appears to be made up of large cells that fill and distend the ducts with frequent
central necrosis of the tumor. This type of comedonecrosis has provided the name
“comedocarcinoma” for this form of DCIS. Comedocarcinomas produce the most distinctive
calcifications on mammography (see Poorly Differentiated Comedocarcinoma).
The next most common types of DCIS are made up of small cells. When these form
cribriform spaces (resembling a sieve), they have been termed “cribriform DCIS,” and
when they produce papillary growths they are termed “micropapillary DCIS.” Lennington
et al (114) found that these lesions are frequently not uniform but contained cells that were
more poorly differentiated at the center and better differentiated at the periphery, with
atypical hyperplasia at the edges. They concluded that these lesions develop from a central
focus and expand peripherally.
Using his classification scheme to grade DCIS, Lagios et al (115) studied DCIS detected by
mammography alone and measuring less than 25 mm in diameter. These lesions were
treated by local excision only. He found that comedocarcinoma was more likely to recur or
become invasive in a 10-year follow-up period than were the micropapillary or cribriform
types. Among the comedocarcinoma lesions with high nuclear grade (poorly differentiated),
19% (6 of 31) recurred within 26 months of surgery, whereas only 1 of the 10
intermediate-grade (cribriform) lesions recurred over an average of 18 months, and none
1243 / 1584
bi
intermediate-grade (cribriform) lesions recurred over an average of 18 months, and none
of the 33 patients with micropapillary/nonnecrotic cribriform types and low nuclear grade
had a recurrence. Schwartz et al (110) had a similar result among 70 patients with DCIS
followed for a median of 47 months. Among the 15% of women who had recurrences, 14 of
the 15 had high-grade lesions.
Morrow (116) has speculated that it is the time to recurrence that varies and not the actual
rate. High-grade lesions tend to recur early (within 5 years), whereas low-grade lesions
take longer to recur. She pointed to the work of Betsill (117) reported in 1978. Among 25
patients with low-grade DCIS who had been treated by biopsy only, 7 of 10 women who
were followed for an average of 21.6 years had recurrence, and 6 of the 7 recurred as
invasive breast cancer. Similar results have been reported by Sanders et al (16). Low-
grade DCIS seems to take longer to become invasive, but it has the potential. These data
suggest that given enough time, a high percentage of DCIS will recur, and many will recur
as invasive cancer. What is not known is the effect of using minimal treatment for these
lesions and risking an invasive recurrence that has the potential to be lethal versus
“overtreating” low-grade lesions that have a high likelihood of cure with excision alone.
Because most DCIS is not clinically evident, the increased use of mammography has
resulted in a marked increase in the diagnosis of this early lesion. Using results from the
SEER program of the National Cancer Institute, Ernster et al (118) compared the increase
in incidence (diagnosis) of DCIS between 1973 and 1983 with the increase in incidence
between 1983 and 1992. For women aged 30 to 39 years, the incidence increased by only
0.3% during the first period, although it increased by 12% during the second period. For
women aged 40 to 49 years, it rose from 0.4% to 17.4% and, as these authors often have
done, they grouped all women aged 50 years and older, showing that the incidence
increased from 5.2% to 18.1%.
The total number of DCIS diagnosed in the United States in 1992 was 23,368. This was
twice the number expected based on the rates from 1973 to 1983. There is little doubt that
the increased incidence is due to the increased use of mammography and detection of
more in situ lesions. The authors, however, blamed mammographic screening for the fact
that many of these women with the earliest form of breast cancer are still treated by
mastectomy. This is a case of shooting the messenger: it is not mammography that is at
fault, but the fact that pathologists and oncologists have not been able to agree on the best
treatment for these lesions.
It is fairly clear that there are some women who have DCIS that never affects them during
the course of their lives, and if it was never discovered they would have never been
troubled by the lesion. There are also cases of DCIS that progress to invasion and death,
however. Most of the data on the long-term follow-up of DCIS are from studies in which
the lesions were removed, improperly categorized as benign, and thus incompletely
treated. Their long-term follow-up has been used to estimate the natural history of
untreated DCIS. This is very inaccurate. In addition to the fact that some of the women
have been lost to follow-up,
P.845
it is frequently forgotten that the surgery that removed these lesions may have removed
the entire focus of DCIS, so that the follow-up may underestimate the significance of these
early cancers.
1244 / 1584
bi
The fact that DCIS is far from innocuous was highlighted by the long-term follow-up of low-
grade DCIS in a study by Page et al (119). Among a group of 28 women who were
followed up for almost 30 years after the incorrect diagnosis of a benign lesion that was
actually DCIS, 9 women developed invasive breast cancer (30%) in the same location from
which the previous lesion had been removed. Among these nine women, seven (25%)
developed invasive breast cancer within 10 years of the biopsy. Two more women
developed invasive breast cancer after more than 10 years. One developed invasive cancer
23 years after the biopsy, whereas another developed invasive cancer 31 years after the
initial biopsy. This latter individual developed metastatic breast cancer and died as a result
at age 79 years. Among the 28 women with so-called low-grade DCIS who had uncertain
treatment, 9 (32%) subsequently developed invasive breast cancer and 5 (20%) died from
breast cancer. Two of the deaths came within 5 years of the biopsy, four came within 10
years, and the fifth occurred 34 years after the initial missed diagnosis. Some have used
this report to suggest that DCIS is not an important lesion, but the authors estimate that
even for these “indolent forms” the risk of invasion was 25% to 50%, and the risk
continued beyond 30 years after the missed diagnosis.
In a study conducted by the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast Project (NSABP), a
multicenter collaborative program, lumpectomy alone was compared to lumpectomy with
adjuvant radiation therapy (Trial B-17) (120). The NSABP randomly assigned 818 women
to the two groups. The protocol called for lumpectomy with histologically clear margins for
all the women. The irradiated group received 5,000 rads (50 Gy). The mean follow-up was
less than 4 years (only 43 months), with a range of 11 to 83 months. Among the women
who received irradiation, the event-free rate (i.e., no recurrent or new cancers, no regional
or distant metastatic cancer, and no cancer deaths) was 84.4% at 5 years, whereas it fell to
73.8% among the women who were not irradiated. Among the 391 women treated by
surgery alone, 64 (16.4%) had recurrences, and 32 of these were invasive cancers (50% of
the recurrences and 8.2% of the total). Among the 399 women treated with surgery and
irradiation, 28 (7%) had recurrence, with eight being invasive cancer (29% of the
recurrences and 2% of the total). These data show that approximately 10% of women with
DCIS will have recurrence within 5 years of excision alone (no irradiation).
The authors updated their results in 2001 (121) and found that radiation after lumpectomy
reduced the risk of recurrence by 58% at 12 years of follow-up and that the use of
tamoxifen in these women further reduced the chance of recurrence.
Even with this large study, there is still controversy. The authors only found that
comedonecrosis and uncertain margins were associated with recurrence and did not feel
that the newer measures of differentiation were of predictive value (122), but their review
was criticized for not properly grading the lesions and analyzing combinations of factors
(123).
Moriya and Silverberg (124) approached the question of the significance of the various
types of DCIS from a different perspective. They compared the histologic findings of
lesions that were pure DCIS with invasive cancers that had residual elements of DCIS.
Solid DCIS with and without necrosis was seen more frequently in the mixed cancers than
in pure DCIS. The authors also found periductal inflammation and multifocality to be more
common in the mixed lesions. The DCIS in mixed lesions was poorly differentiated and had
a higher mitotic rate. The authors concluded that a solid growth pattern with a high nuclear
grade (poor differentiation) was a feature that would likely predict earlier progression to
invasion. 1245 / 1584
bi
invasion.
The controversies associated with DCIS will likely continue for many years. The available
data, however, strongly suggest that these are the earliest identifiable forms of breast
cancer and that clones with invasive potential arise from these in situ lesions, and these
can lead to death. The exact risk is unknown. The available data suggest that invasion is
more likely to occur early in the course of poorly differentiated lesions, but even well-
differentiated DCIS can lead to invasive cancer, and the risk appears to be life-long.
Although mammography has been criticized for finding DCIS at increased frequency in
younger women, these women also have the longest life expectancy and will likely live
long enough for invasive cancers to develop. Mammography should not be faulted for
finding DCIS. Rather, oncologists need to determine how best to treat these lesions. It is
hoped that the grading systems will ultimately prove accurate in differentiating the various
forms of DCIS or DNA analysis will more accurately predict the natural history so that
therapy can be tailored appropriately.
We should also remember that the calcifications detected by mammography do not just
reveal DCIS: approximately 17% of the invasive cancers that we detect in our screening
program are detected because of associated calcifications in the intraductal portion of a
mixed lesion.
Figure 23-88 A duct that is cut in cross-section. It has been distended by DCIS of the
comedo variety, which can be seen in irregular layers lining the duct. In the center, the
necrotic portion of the tumor has separated in the preparation. The dark area that
appears fractured is irregular calcium deposition. It is this irregular pattern of necrosis
and calcium deposition that produces calcifications that are often characteristic of this in
situ cancer.
Mammographic Appearance
1247 / 1584
bi
High-grade comedocarcinoma often (but not always) produces exuberant calcification in
the necrotic cellular debris that accompanies the lesion (Fig. 23-89). Frequently there are
innumerable calcium deposits that fill the ducts and may extend through large volumes of
the breast (Fig. 23-90). The calcifications are heterogeneous, displaying varying irregular
shapes and sizes. Because this form of ductal carcinoma tends to arise or spread through
the ducts, the general distribution of the calcifications is characteristically along the duct
lines. Comedo elements may accompany any ductal cancer with or without invasion, and
thus these characteristic calcifications may also be seen in association with a tumor mass
(Fig. 23-91).
Ultrasound Appearance
The mammographic appearance of diffuse comedocarcinoma is usually so characteristic
that ultrasound is not indicated. Sometimes, however, ultrasound can demonstrate an
associated mass that represents an invasive lesion not evident by mammography. If this is
seen, then it can be biopsied under ultrasound guidance. No particular ultrasound features
have been defined to characterize high-grade DCIS. If no tumor mass is present, the
calcifications
P.847
associated with the intraductal tumor may be sufficiently profuse and close together
(dense) that they can be seen on ultrasound as bright reflections in hypoechoic tissue (Fig.
23-92). Some have used ultrasound to guide the needle biopsy of these lesions.
As with any cancer forming a tumor mass, one would anticipate nonspecific hypoechoic
irregular tissue. If calcifications are sufficiently dense or there is a significant fibrotic
component to the lesion, shadowing may result.
MRI Appearance
DCIS is not always evident on MRI. It has been my experience that extensive DCIS
lesions are often visible as pronounced segmental enhancement (Fig. 23-93). However, it is
not clear to me that small volumes of DCIS will be seen by MRI. Even if these lesions
enhance, the small volume and low signal could easily be lost in the background
enhancement of normal and benign breast tissues. This is evident in the blinded screening
trails where mammography found cases of DCIS that were not detected by MRI (130).
Mammographic Appearance
Some have claimed that the calcifications of poorly differentiated DCIS can be
distinguished from those produced by well-differentiated cancers (131). As noted above,
this has not been our experience (125). Certainly the classic fine, linear branching
calcifications described above almost always predict comedonecrosis, but predicting
degrees of differentiation of DCIS by mammography has been less successful. The more
granular appearance and clustered distribution that others have attributed to well-
differentiated micropapillary and cribriform DCIS have only rarely held
P.848
P.849
up in our cases (Figs. 23-94 and 23-95). Part of the problem is likely due to the fact that
many DCIS lesions are not purely a single type but have multiple forms within the same
lesion, and their categorization is difficult.
1249 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-90 High-grade DCIS progresses rather rapidly. The patient refused
investigation of the calcifications seen in the lateral aspect of the left breast in 1987 on
this CC projection (A). She returned 2.5 years later with extensive calcifications
occupying the upper outer left breast, seen here on the MLO (B) and CC projections
(C). Biopsy revealed extensive intraductal carcinoma with areas of invasion.
1250 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-91 If left long enough, DCIS will likely develop an invasive component.
The high-grade DCIS in this patient is evidenced by calcifications on the MLO
projection. An associated tumor mass indicative of the invasive tumor has arisen,
presumably from a clone of the DCIS.
1251 / 1584
bi
1253 / 1584
bi
Mammographic Appearance
The mammographic appearance of breast cancer is varied. The diagnosis is virtually
certain when an irregular mass with a spiculated margin is present (Fig. 23-97A). The
spiculations may be hidden behind normal breast tissue on 2D breast tissue, but they are
quite evident on digital breast tomosynthesis imaging (see Chapter 28). Lobulated shapes
are fairly common, and the more undulating the border, the more suspicious the lesion
(Fig. 23-98). The mass can be high in x-ray attenuation (see Fig. 23-97B).
Some ductal cancers reveal their presence early by the deposition of calcium (Fig. 23-99),
which is due to either direct cellular secretion or cell necrosis (132). When calcifications are
present in association with a typical tumor mass, the diagnosis is even more certain.
Although an invasive clone may have developed and produced a tumor mass, intraductal
cancer clones may continue to grow confined to the ducts (Fig. 23-100). When calcifications
are found in association with an invasive lesion detected only by mammography, the
calcifications will invariably be found in the intraductal portions of the cancer. The fibrosis,
desmoplasia, and cicatrization that accompany many ductal cancers may produce distortion
of the surrounding architecture with or without an apparent tumor mass, and this process
may lead to skin or nipple retraction. Tabar et al have suggested that small invasive
cancers that are associated with extensive calcifications in DCIS have a very bad
P.853
P.854
prognosis despite the small size of the invasive lesion (133).
1255 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-96 The irregular shape of this invasive ductal carcinoma (not otherwise
specified) is evident in this low-power photomicrograph (hematoxylin and eosin).
1256 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-97 (A) Classically, invasive ductal carcinoma presents as an irregular mass
with spiculated margins detected only by mammography, as in this lesion in a 59-year-
old woman. (B) Cancer is usually high in x-ray attenuation, as in this invasive ductal
carcinoma. (C) It is rare for cancers to be low in attenuation, as in this large, palpable
cancer (arrows). Note that attenuation can be influenced by x-ray technique.
1257 / 1584
bi
Breast cancer usually produces an ill-defined shadow, but even “garden variety” infiltrating
ductal carcinoma may produce a sharply circumscribed mass that is indistinguishable from
a benign lesion (Fig. 23-101). The generally greater x-ray attenuation relative to its
volume often distinguishes the malignant lesion.
Some cancers infiltrate without distorting the normal breast architecture and without
calcium deposition. If the normal parenchyma abutting the tumor is the same radiographic
density, the tumor may be undetectable by mammography. Occasionally the only indication
of the presence of cancer is nonspecific asymmetric density. If this is focal, additional
imaging may reveal the lesion (Fig. 23-102). Asymmetric breast tissue (i.e., no mass,
significant calcifications, or architectural distortion), however, is a normal variation. It must
be palpable before the diagnosis of cancer is considered (134).
Ultrasound Appearance
Just as there is a spectrum of mammographic presentations, the ultrasound appearance of
breast cancer is extremely variable (135). The classic description of breast cancer is an
irregularly shaped hypoechoic structure that frequently has a triangular anterior margin
and attenuates and scatters sound, producing retrotumoral shadowing (Fig. 23-103). This is
fairly characteristic of the spiculated scirrhous lesion, but there is rarely any reason to
obtain an ultrasound study of such a lesion except for ultrasound-guided needle biopsy.
Breast cancer is not always a spiculated mass, although I suspect that, based on our early
experience with digital breast tomosynthesis, spiculations are more common than we have
appreciated because they have been hidden on 2D mammography imaging. Nevertheless,
in 130 cancers studied by whole-breast ultrasound, this appearance was seen only 35% of
the time. Virtually every other shape and pattern has been seen. Cancers are usually
irregular and frequently lobulated (Fig. 23-104) and virtually always hypoechoic relative to
their surroundings. Their internal echo pattern may vary from sparse and heterogeneous
(Fig. 23-105) to very prominent and homogeneous (Fig. 23-106). At least two colloid
cancers have been described at meetings that were hyperechoic relative to the normal
P.855
parenchyma, although we have only seen fibroadenomas that were hyperechoic. We have
seen a cancer that was partially hyperechoic, but it was heterogeneous with some
hypoechoic elements.
1258 / 1584
bi
hypoechoic elements.
Figure 23-99 The calcifications in the lateral half of the breast of a 33-year-old
woman who had a palpable mass following delivery were the only mammographic
indication of an invasive and intraductal carcinoma.
1259 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-101 Breast cancer can be round. This rounded mass proved to be invasive
ductal carcinoma.
Figure 23-102 A focal asymmetry may prove to be breast cancer. Note the focal
asymmetry, which on the MLO view is in the lower right breast (A) and on the CC view
is in the medial right breast (B). Spot compression (C) reveals an irregular, spiculated
mass that proved to be invasive ductal carcinoma (not otherwise specified).
There may be retrotumoral shadowing, or the posterior tissues may appear isoechoic. If
the tumor is relatively homogeneous and round or ovoid, the posterior echoes may be
enhanced relative to the scattering and attenuation caused by the surrounding normal
breast tissue (Fig. 23-107).
1260 / 1584
bi
Fornage (136) has demonstrated that breast cancers tend to be more vertically oriented
relative to the skin layer on supine ultrasound evaluation, whereas benign lesions tend to
be more horizontally oriented and elongated, but there are always exceptions.
Fibroadenomas may be vertically oriented, whereas cancer can be elongated (Fig. 23-108),
and because a tissue diagnosis is so safe it is difficult to forego an almost certain tissue
diagnosis for one that is based on statistics. Stavros has added the thin echogenic rim as a
finding in benign lesions (41), but this too can be seen in some cancers. Even applying all of
their criteria, ultrasound cannot usually be used to make a firm diagnosis that a lesion is
benign because of the broad range of appearances and the overlap between benign and
malignant lesions.
P.856
P.857
I believe that ultrasound should be used only to differentiate cystic breast lesions from solid
ones and to guide needle positioning for interventional procedures.
1261 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-104 This invasive and intraductal carcinoma was lobulated, with a
heterogeneous internal echo texture on ultrasound. There is some posterior acoustic
shadowing.
Figure 23-105 This invasive ductal carcinoma had sparse, low-level internal echoes.
Its shape is fairly round and regular, making it impossible to differentiate this
malignant lesion from a benign lesion by ultrasound.
1262 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-106 This small, invasive breast cancer has a prominent, homogeneous
internal echo texture. There is also posterior acoustic enhancement.
MRI Appearance
As with mammography and ultrasound, a broad range of appearances can be found in
breast cancer using MRI. Breast cancer is usually an irregularly shaped mass that shows
contrast enhancement following the intravenous administration of gadolinium (Fig. 23-
109). Spiculations are harder to appreciate due to the lower spatial resolution of MRI, but
they can often be inferred. Cancers may also enhance at their periphery, producing “rim”
enhancement (Fig. 23-110). This is likely due to higher neovascularity at the periphery of
the lesion. The “typical” cancer enhancement pattern on MRI (or with iodinated contrast on
digital mammography or CT) is a rapid increase followed by a plateau or rapid washout of
the contrast. Unfortunately, there are no criteria that can be used to accurately predict
whether a lesion is benign or malignant using MRI, and biopsy is still needed for an
accurate determination. Although it would appear that most cancers produce some
enhancement on MRI, we have seen a few false-negative
P.858
P.859
studies, so it is not clear that a negative MRI can be used to exclude breast cancer. If there
is no enhancement and the normal tissues show very low-level enhancement, however, an
invasive cancer is very unlikely.
Figure 23-107 (A) This round invasive ductal carcinoma has posterior acoustic
enhancement, as does this invasive cancer (B) in another woman. 1263 / 1584
bi
enhancement, as does this invasive cancer (B) in another woman.
Figure 23-108 This lobulated, circumscribed lesion was elongated and had enhanced
through-transmission of sound with a uniform echo texture. Although these are benign
characteristics, this proved to be an invasive ductal carcinoma.
Figure 23-109 Most cancers are irregular in shape on MRI. A large malignant
mass with calcifications is evident in the right breast on the MLO (A) and CC (B)
mammograms. On MRI its irregular shape is evident on this 2D post-gadolinium 1264 / 1584
bi
mammograms. On MRI its irregular shape is evident on this 2D post-gadolinium
subtracted image (C).
Paget's Disease
Paget's disease, a form of ductal carcinoma that involves the epidermal layers of the
nipple, was first described by Sir James Paget more than 100 years ago. Although some
cases of pure nipple involvement without an intraductal lesion have been described, most
pathologists agree that this carcinoma is merely a ductal malignancy that spreads along the
ducts out onto the nipple, because the ductal lining is continuous with the nipple.
Consequently, the breast cancer that produces Paget's disease presents at an early stage.
The resulting eczematoid reaction on the nipple causes women to seek evaluation early.
Histologically, the tumor is characterized by large, pleomorphic cells in the nipple.
Occasionally a palpable mass is present, but frequently no tumor mass is evident. The
prognosis is generally favorable because of the early presentation. Overall survival
depends on whether the underlying lesion is in situ or infiltrating at the time of diagnosis,
and, as with all cancers, relates to the stage of the lesion.
Mammographic Appearance
It is not unusual for Paget's disease to be clinically apparent with no mammographic
abnormality. Because this is a carcinoma that spreads along the ducts and out onto the
nipple, occasionally a mass is visible deeper in the breast with typical malignant
characteristics (Fig. 23-111). Microcalcifications may be seen within the ducts in the 1265 / 1584
bi
characteristics (Fig. 23-111). Microcalcifications may be seen within the ducts in the
subareolar region directed toward the nipple (Fig. 23-112). The diffuse pattern of ductal
calcifications associated with the comedo form of ductal carcinoma may also be seen.
Figure 23-111 This patient presented with Paget's disease. The xeromammogram
(dark is dense, light is fat) reveals an invasive cancer deep in the breast, with
calcifications indicative of intraductal carcinoma extending to the nipple.
Ultrasound Appearance
Paget's disease is not visible by ultrasound per se. The underlying cancer may be visible by
ultrasound and appear as any other malignant lesion. It is likely that a tumor visible by
ultrasound will also be evident on physical examination, and in general ultrasound is not
indicated when a patient presents with a nipple abnormality.
Tubular Cancer
Tubular carcinoma is a well-differentiated form of invasive ductal carcinoma. It makes up
0.6% of invasive breast cancers (110). Although it is an invasive cancer, its differentiation
results in the production of what appear to be poorly formed ductal structures consisting of
haphazardly arranged tubules lined by a single layer of cuboidal epithelium. The pathologist
may on occasion have difficulty distinguishing tubular carcinoma from benign adenosis.
Although sometimes palpable, the lesions are frequently detected by mammography. They
are slow-growing and are usually very small when detected (137). Perhaps because of its
differentiation (it is attempting to form ducts), tubular cancer has a favorable prognosis
with a low metastatic potential, and the axillary nodes are rarely involved. In Tabar's data
(138), tubular carcinoma accounted for 6% to 8% of all cancers (invasive plus DCIS).
Stalsberg and Thomas (106) suggest that the relative frequency of tubular cancer peaks
among women in their late 40s, followed by a small dip and then a slow increase after the
age of 64 years.
1266 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-112 Calcifications in DCIS (A) are visible extending toward the nipple in
this 70-year-old woman with Paget's disease. A similar appearance is seen on this
positive-mode xerogram in another patient with Paget's disease (B).
P.860
Nothing distinguishes the lesions of tubular cancer from other cancers except that on
average, perhaps owing to slow growth, they are found at a very small size. Because of
length bias sampling (it is more likely that screening at periodic intervals will find slower-
growing cancers), the slower-growing tubular carcinoma is the likely diagnosis when a very
small (5 mm) spiculated lesion is found by mammography (Fig. 23-113). The majority of
tubular carcinomas are less than 1 cm at diagnosis and have a central mass with ill-defined
or spiculated margins (Fig. 23-114). Axillary lymph node metastases are rare. Feig et al
(137) reported that none of 17 tubular cancers was well circumscribed or merely areas of
asymmetric density. Leibman et al (139) found that 11 of 13 tubular cancers were 1.7 cm
or less, with an average diameter of 0.8 cm. Although not a characteristic feature, some
contain microcalcifications.
1267 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-113 This tiny spiculated mass (arrow) was a tubular carcinoma in a 59-
year-old woman that was detected by screening mammography.
Papillary Carcinoma
Relatively rare, papillary cancer is a form of ductal malignancy in which the epithelium
proliferates into villous-like projections that eventually fill the lumen. These lesions
represent approximately 0.9% of invasive cancers (110), and their relative frequency
increases with patient age. Papillary carcinoma can develop as an intracystic lesion,
although
P.861
it is likely that the “cyst” is merely a cystically dilated portion of the duct rather than a
dilated lobule. Unlike comedocarcinoma, papillary carcinoma remains viable within the duct
and does not necrose as readily. Pathologists can confuse this lesion with atypical
papillomatosis. It is unclear whether this represents a continuum beginning with benign
peripheral small duct papillomas or whether these are de novo lesions. Papillary
carcinomas are not generally thought to arise from solitary benign ductal papillomas, which
usually are found in the major ducts. Papillary carcinoma has a slow growth rate. It is not
aggressively infiltrative but certainly can infiltrate. It does not tend to produce the profuse
fibrotic reaction associated with other cancers of the duct. Generally well circumscribed
(due to the cystic structure that often surrounds it) and movable, it is usually not
particularly hard on palpation.
1268 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-114 Tubular carcinoma is slow-growing and the most likely diagnosis when
a very small, spiculated cancer is detected at screening. Periodic screening is more
likely to detect slow-growing cancers (length-biased sampling), as in this patient with a
tubular carcinoma (arrows).
As with any intraductal cancer, papillary carcinoma may become invasive. Some have
reported a low rate of axillary nodal involvement and a favorable prognosis. Others report
a stage-for-stage prognosis similar to that of ductal carcinomas in general.
Mammographic Appearance
While still intraductal, papillary carcinoma is generally not evident mammographically.
These tumors do not tend to produce the fibrotic proliferation associated with other forms
of ductal carcinoma. As papillary carcinomas enlarge, however, they tend to produce fairly
well-circumscribed masses. We have seen papillary carcinoma with a surrounding lucent
halo (Fig. 23-115), again confirming the fact that this is not a diagnostic criterion for a
benign process but rather the result of an abrupt transition in density associated with a
smooth margin. Papillary carcinoma growing within a cyst is indistinguishable from a
solitary cyst unless there is some distortion of the circumference by the tumor. The
diagnosis is made only by microscopic assessment. If the cancer bleeds, the cyst may be
extremely dense on the mammogram because of the iron content of the blood.
Ultrasound Appearance
Because this is a rare lesion, there is little specific information concerning the sonographic
appearance of papillary carcinoma. One would predict that these well-circumscribed
homogeneous masses would have a uniform internal echotexture and probably result in
isoechoic or posterior acoustic enhancement. When intracystic, the tumor will produce an
appearance that is indistinguishable from that of an intracystic papilloma, with multiple
fronds projecting into the lumen of the cyst. Several of the few cases that we have seen
have presented as hemorrhage into what appears to be a cyst. The ultrasound appearance
is that of a complex mass with cystic and solid properties (Fig. 23-116).
MRI Appearance
I am unable to find any detailed reports of the MRI evaluation of papillary cancers, and we
have not imaged a case.
Figure 23-116 Intracystic cancer. This complex mass proved to be a cyst, with the
solid component representing intracystic papillary carcinoma.
P.862
Mammographic Appearance
There are no particular features that distinguish colloid carcinoma from other cancers of the
breast. A review by Conant et al (140) suggested that the lesions tend to be better
circumscribed than many cancers but they may be ill defined, and some have spiculated
margins. The latter tended to be higher in nuclear grade, with lower mucin production and
infiltrating margins. Cardenosa et al (141) reviewed 10 cases of colloid cancer. The
individuals ranged from 31 to 88 years in age, with a mean of 67 years. The majority of
the cancers (70%) were not palpable but were detected by mammography. Their cases
ranged from poorly defined lobulated masses to a cluster of lobulated masses that
resembled a tight group of cysts. In some tumors the contour demonstrates very small
lobulations (Fig. 23-117). When mucin production is profuse these tumors tend to be less
dense radiographically than more scirrhous forms owing to the lower attenuation of the
mucin.
Ultrasound Appearance
The appearance of colloid carcinoma is nonspecific. By ultrasound, these are hypoechoic
lesions with posterior echoes that depend on the architecture of the tumor and the
uniformity of the cellular composition.
MRI Appearance
Kawashima et al described eight cases of colloid cancers evaluated by MRI: all eight lesions
were lobulated and showed contrast enhancement (142). The authors felt that most
exhibited a slowly enhancing contrast pattern (benign type). What was quite distinctive
about these lesions was that they demonstrated high signal intensity on T2 images, likely
due to the large amount of mucin produced by these cancers.
Figure 23-117 Colloid carcinoma is frequently round or oval and may be relatively
low in x-ray attenuation. 1271 / 1584
bi
low in x-ray attenuation.
Medullary Carcinoma
Another relatively uncommon cancer, medullary carcinomas make up approximately 3% of
all breast cancers. SEER data suggest that the relative frequency of medullary carcinoma
rises rapidly during the third decade of life (women in their 20s) and then decreases
relatively steadily after that (110). These cancers are distinctive in that they frequently
grow quite large before being detected. Often round or lobulated and fairly distinct from
the surrounding tissue, they are relatively soft on physical examination. Because they do
not infiltrate aggressively, they tend to be freely movable in the breast.
Histologically, they comprise large cells with basophilic cytoplasm, large nuclei, and
frequent mitoses. True medullary carcinoma has a favorable prognosis, but only if specific
histologic criteria have been met. These have been described by Ridolfi et al (143). True
medullary carcinoma must have a syncytial growth pattern with “pushing” margins (Fig.
23-118). Another characteristic feature of medullary carcinoma is the abundant infiltration
of the lesion by lymphocytes and other inflammatory cells. It has been speculated that this
is some form of immunologic response by the host to the tumor and may account for
frequent necrotic areas within the tumor. To be a true medullary carcinoma, the tumor
must have no ductal or glandular features.
Many tumors have been inappropriately classified as medullary when they are either
atypical medullary cancers or merely invasive ductal carcinoma NOS (144,145). According
to Ridolfi et al (146), the atypical medullary cancers have a prognosis that is in between
the true medullary and carcinoma NOS.
P.863
1272 / 1584
bi
Preliminary data suggest that women who have BRCA1 or BRCA2 hereditary mutations
tend to develop a higher percentage of invasive medullary cancers than might be expected
(147).
Mammographic Appearance
Medullary carcinoma is classically described as a fairly well-circumscribed, smooth, round,
or ovoid mass (148). Although it used to be taught that sharply defined cancers were
generally medullary cancers, this is not the case. Medullary carcinoma is frequently not
sharply demarcated by mammography but has a somewhat ill-defined margin (Fig. 13-
119A). The fact is that most sharply circumscribed cancers are infiltrating ductal carcinoma
(NOS) and are not medullary carcinoma (149). Although these lesions frequently exhibit
necrosis histologically, calcifications are not a particularly significant feature of medullary
cancer.
Ultrasound Appearance
Medullary carcinomas by ultrasound are generally well-circumscribed, frequently lobulated,
hypoechoic lesions (see Fig. 23-119B). They contain low-amplitude internal echoes,
although the internal echoes may be quite heterogeneous. Probably because of their
uniform cellular composition and circumscribed shape, posterior acoustic enhancement is
not unusual in medullary cancer.
MRI Appearance
There are limited data on the MRI appearance of medullary cancers. They appear to
enhance on MRI in a similar fashion to other invasive breast cancers. Their shape dictates
their appearance. They are usually fairly round and since by definition they produce
“pushing” borders, the transition between the tumor and surrounding tissue is fairly well
defined, although not perfectly circumscribed. In two medullary cancers Matsubayashi et al
found that medullary cancers enhanced diffusely and did not exhibit significant rim
enhancement (150).
Apocrine Carcinoma
The various subtypes of breast cancers recognized by pathologists are due to the various
ways that normal cells dedifferentiate into abnormal phenotypes that almost certainly are a
reflection of their abnormal genetic composition. One form of altered differentiation is seen
in rare cancers that have a large percentage of cells with apocrine features. These have
been termed “apocrine carcinomas,” and they make up approximately 0.06% of invasive
cancers (110). Many cancers have some cells that have apocrine metaplasia. To be termed
apocrine carcinoma, however, the majority of the cells should have apocrine
characteristics.
These are very rare tumors, probably accounting for less than 1% of ductal cancers. Aside
from their histologic features they appear to behave in a similar fashion to ductal
carcinoma, although a case-controlled study by Japaze et al suggests that they have a
somewhat better prognosis than invasive ductal carcinoma “not otherwise specified” (151).
Mammographic Appearance
Although the experience with these tumors is limited, their mammographic appearance
does not appear to be distinctive (152). They most commonly present as masses with ill-
1273 / 1584
bi
does not appear to be distinctive (152). They most commonly present as masses with ill-
defined margins. Some have fairly well-defined margins. Some have associated
calcifications, but none has any distinctive characteristics that would aid in their
mammographic diagnosis.
Ultrasound Appearance
There do not appear to be any characteristics of apocrine carcinoma that would be
distinctive on ultrasound.
MRI Appearance
There do not appear to be any characteristics of apocrine carcinoma that would be
distinctive on MRI.
Inflammatory Carcinoma
The definition of inflammatory carcinoma is somewhat elusive. The diagnosis is usually
made on the clinical manifestations of increased warmth, erythema, and the classic peau
d'orange (skin of an orange) appearance of the thickened skin over 30% or more of the
breast. The latter is named because of the accentuation of the depressions around the hair
follicles caused by skin edema. This appearance can be mimicked by benign inflammatory
processes. In my own experience one of the obvious differences between inflammatory
cancer and mastitis caused by an infection is that the cancer is painless while an infection is
usually very painful. The diagnosis is usually confirmed by a biopsy that shows tumor cells
in the dermal lymphatics. Antibiotic therapy may improve the clinical changes in
P.864
both benign and malignant disease, so the physician should be wary of redness and
thickening that seem to improve on antibiotics but do not resolve.
1274 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-119 (A) The medullary carcinoma in this right breast grew to a large size
because it was relatively soft. The margins of medullary carcinoma are not well
defined. On ultrasound (B) this medullary cancer is fairly well defined, with a
heterogeneous internal echo texture and good through-transmission of sound. It is
elongated.
Mammographic Appearance
The mammographic appearance of inflammatory carcinoma is indistinguishable from that
of other processes that cause skin thickening (Fig. 23-120). In our experience it is unusual
to find a mass or tumor-associated calcifications, although in a series of 22 women
Dershaw et al (155) found a mass or significant calcifications in every patient.
Inflammatory carcinoma in association with an underlying mass is probably a separate
entity representing a later-stage progression of an infiltrating tumor mass with secondary
invasion of the dermal lymphatics (Fig. 23-121). There appears to be a predilection for
these cancers to develop in the left breast: in the Dershaw et al series, 67% of the
inflammatory cancers first involved the left breast. As with
P.865
any process that overwhelms the lymphatic drainage, diffuse trabecular thickening and an
overall increase in x-ray attenuation may produce a diffuse increase in radiographic density
in the affected breast.
Ultrasound Appearance
There is no major role for ultrasound in the evaluation of inflammatory carcinoma unless
an abscess or a deep mass is suspected (Fig. 23-122). Inflammatory carcinoma produces
nonspecific skin thickening that is indistinguishable from thickening from any other cause
when imaged by ultrasound. The separation of the specular reflections produced by the
transducer–skin interface and the second specular reflection at the dermal–subcutaneous
fat interface is widened. Low-amplitude echoes are seen within this space, but plain edema
cannot be differentiated from actual tumor infiltration.
Ultrasound can be useful in distinguishing infection from inflammatory cancer if an abscess
is evident. This can be confirmed by aspiration. The diagnosis of inflammatory cancer is
based on the clinical constellation and pathologic proof of breast cancer.
Figure 23-121 A large invasive cancer deep in the breast is responsible for the nipple
retraction and skin thickening in this patient.
MRI Appearance
Inflammatory carcinoma has no distinctive findings on MRI. Although in 7 of the 10 cases
of inflammatory cancer that they described had “patchy” enhancement, Belli et al were
unable to identify features that distinguished the cancers from the 5 patients who had
mastitis (156). Skin thickening is the same for both the benign and malignant processes. A
true malignant mass can be seen at times by MRI.
1276 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-122 Diffuse skin thickening from inflammatory carcinoma is evident (small
arrows) on this ultrasound image (black on white) of a patient with a large invasive
carcinoma (large arrows).
P.866
1277 / 1584
bi
Page et al found that women with ALH have a bilateral risk for the development of cancer,
but that the risk is higher on the side on which it is discovered (162). In their series, 68%
of the time the breast diagnosed with ALH was the breast in which the cancer developed.
They concluded, “Our findings suggest a model of premalignancy for atypical lobular
hyperplasia intermediate between a local precursor and a generalized risk for both breasts.
”
A study from the University of California at San Francisco supports the direct “precursor”
role for LCIS (163). They found in their genetic comparison of the LCIS with concurrent
invasive cancers that the lesions are clonal and directly related to one another. The
precursor concept is also supported by 12-year follow-up data reported by Fisher et al
(164), who followed 180 women diagnosed with LCIS. Among these women, 26 (14.4%)
developed a cancer in the ipsilateral breast. Nine of these (5% of the total group) were
invasive. Fourteen (7.8%) cancers developed in the contralateral breast, of which 10 were
invasive cancers (5.6% of the total group). The fact that the LCIS was likely the precursor
lesion is supported by the fact that eight of the nine ipsilateral invasive cancers were
lobular (88.9%) and six of the eight (75%) invasive contralateral cancers were of lobular
histology. Virtually all the invasive cancers developed within the same location as the index
LCIS. The death rate was extremely low: only two patients in the group died (1.1%). They
concluded that LCIS was a precursor lesion, but that it was more indolent than DCIS. The
mortality rate was so low that they still felt that “there is no compelling reason to surgically
treat LCIS other than conservatively.”
Both ALH and LCIS lesions are still, for the most part, serendipitous findings. They do not
form palpable masses or lesions that are reproducible on mammography and are generally
found coincidentally when a biopsy is performed for some other reason. There is a form of
LCIS that has been shown to produce calcifications. This has been termed “pleomorphic
LCIS” (165). It is of interest, however, that when LCIS is found coincidentally after a
biopsy instigated by concerns raised on a mammogram, the reason for the biopsy is often
nonspecific clustered calcifications. This was the experience of Pope et al (166) and Beute
et al (167), and it has been our experience as well. It remains to be seen how the 1278 / 1584
bi
et al (167), and it has been our experience as well. It remains to be seen how the
calcifications actually relate to the LCIS. Some have advocated surgical excision when a
core biopsy reveals lobular neoplasia (LCIS or ALH) as the most significant finding (168),
since in retrospective studies as many as 17% of these biopsies will reveal an unsuspected
malignancy (169). All of the studies to date that revealed cancers following the excision of
lesions that showed only lobular neoplasia at core biopsy have been retrospective and the
reason for the surgical excisions has not been provided. It is likely that some of the
excisions were due to the fact that the index lesion was missed at core (discordant), and
not surprisingly
P.867
excision of the index lesion revealed cancer. Many of the reported cases have been among
patients who were biopsied for calcifications that proved to be in benign disease with the
ALH or LCIS nearby (as well, apparently, as the occult cancers). A prospective study is
needed to determine exactly what the relationships are. Is it the lobular neoplasia that
carries the association, or the calcifications that are related to the cancers, or are these
cases coincidence?
LCIS is still not counted as breast cancer in reports of breast cancer trials, although DCIS
often is counted.
Although the risk of subsequent cancer is fairly high, the majority of women will still not be
affected. Thus, when LCIS is found, most recommend careful follow-up with annual
mammography, and at least annual, if not more frequent, CBE. Any more aggressive
treatment would legitimately have to involve both breasts because the risk of subsequent
invasive breast cancer is equal for both breasts. Whether careful follow-up will prove to be
the best course of action remains to be seen.
Beute et al (167) found that LCIS was more commonly found in younger women than
ductal carcinoma. Our anecdotal experience agrees with theirs. It has also been our
experience that LCIS is found more commonly in women with radiographically dense
breasts. Beute et al found the same. Their review indicated that 85% of women with LCIS
had breast tissues that were more than 50% dense. They went as far as to speculate that
the persistence of dense breast tissue patterns in postmenopausal women might indicate a
higher percentage with LCIS and an increased risk for breast cancer. This remains to be
proved. Given the difficulty in finding early cancer in women with dense breast tissue and
the propensity for LCIS to be in dense breast tissues, the success of close follow-up
remains to be proved.
Mammographic Appearance
LCIS is generally a histologic diagnosis and more than likely a serendipitous association
with lesions seen mammographically. Most investigators who have reviewed large numbers
of cases have concluded that LCIS is a serendipitous finding. As already noted, however,
calcifications are a common occurrence in benign tissue adjacent to the LCIS. As noted
earlier, calcifications are occasionally found in pleomorphic LCIS (165). These lesions were
often mistaken for DCIS in the past, but they are now differentiated using stains for E-
cadherin. E-cadherin is an adhesion molecule that is found in DCIS, but the less cohesive
cells of LCIS are E-cadherin negative. This does not explain the calcifications that
sometimes occur in the benign tissue adjacent to LCIS. The exact relationship of these
calcifications to the underlying process remains to be elucidated, but it is likely that LCIS
represents a field abnormality in which cells in large volumes of the breast (perhaps a 1279 / 1584
bi
represents a field abnormality in which cells in large volumes of the breast (perhaps a
segment), and often bilaterally, have undergone changes that predispose them to future
malignant change. The calcifications are likely a reflection of this field phenomenon. A
tumor mass is rarely seen. As noted above, it is our impression that LCIS is more common
in the radiographically dense breast.
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound findings of LCIS are also not well characterized. Some have described
hypoechoic tissue with associated posterior acoustic shadowing, but it is unclear whether
this represents the lesion itself or adjacent tissues that were beside the serendipitous,
histologically detected LCIS.
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any findings on MRI that are associated with lobular neoplasia.
Mammographic Appearance
ILC is notoriously difficult to detect early (177,178). It frequently develops insidiously and
is diagnosed at a later stage than most invasive ductal cancers. I suspect that this is due to
the fact that invasive lobular carcinoma cells are not cohesive, and they invade the stroma
as small groups of cells with normal tissue in between. I suspect that what makes them
finally evident is that these groups coalesce. There are no features that characteristically
distinguish an ILC from an infiltrating ductal carcinoma. When visible mammographically,
these lesions generally are irregular in shape, with ill-defined margins. They can distort the
architecture in a manner similar to that of their ductal counterparts. Calcifications can
occur, but this is not a particularly distinguishing feature.
Le Gal et al (173) found little differences between the mammographic appearance of ILC
and invasive ductal carcinoma. Mendelson et al (179) described five patterns in 50 patients,
half of whom had palpable cancers:
1. Asymmetric density without definable margins was the most common pattern.
2. A high-density mass with spiculated margins was the next most common presentation.
3. Dense breast tissue with no tumor discernible by mammography was fairly uncommon
in their series.
4. Microcalcifications: 25% of the lesions contained calcifications, but calcifications alone
were rarely the reason for biopsy, and more than half the time the calcifications were
in contiguous, benign tissue.
5. Round, discrete mass was a rare presentation for ILC.
These patterns seem indistinguishable from those of invasive ductal carcinoma. The fairly
common presentation of asymmetric density without a definable mass and the cases in
which there is no abnormality by mammography, however, contribute to the fact that ILC
is frequently more difficult to diagnose at a small size.
Although ILC can form typical spiculated masses, it frequently appears as an area of
progressively increasing density in an area of radiographically dense breast tissue. Krecke
and Gisvold (180) found that because it frequently does not form a demonstrable mass or
distort the architecture or commonly produce calcifications, and is frequently isodense with
normal tissue, it is not unusual for ILC to go undetected on sequential mammograms until
it becomes clinically evident (Fig. 23-124). Retrospective review of the mammograms will
sometimes show a subtle and gradual increase in density over several years with little
architectural distortion in the area of the ILC, although the distortion ultimately becomes
evident. Most investigators agree that ILC often does not produce a central tumor mass
that is visible by mammography, as is frequently the case for invasive ductal carcinoma.
Ultrasound Appearance
ILC cannot be distinguished from infiltrating ductal carcinoma by ultrasound. The
morphology of the two lesions is similar both grossly and by imaging techniques, and on
ultrasound, hypoechoic tissue is seen with varying degrees of posterior acoustic shadowing.
In their retrospective review of 62 pathologically proven cases of ILC, Selinko et al found
that ILC lesions were more easily seen on ultrasound than mammography, but that most 1281 / 1584
bi
that ILC lesions were more easily seen on ultrasound than mammography, but that most
lesions (58%) presented as nonspecific hypoechoic masses, most of which had posterior
acoustic shadowing (but 27% did not have posterior acoustic shadowing) (181).
MRI Appearance
Invasive lobular carcinoma demonstrates enhancement patterns that are similar to
invasive ductal cancers. In several studies MRI was more sensitive for demonstrating ILC
than mammography (182,183). In our experience, the demonstration of ILC can be
problematic since the tumor distribution can mimic the normal parenchymal distribution
(Fig. 23-125). Some ILC lesions can have very subtle contrast enhancement.
Phylloides Tumor
The phylloides (or phyllodes) tumor is an unusual stromal tumor. Many believe it is related
to the fibroadenoma. Although these lesions were thought to represent sarcomas and were
called “cystosarcoma phylloides” in the past, this terminology and classification is no longer
used. Although listed here among the sarcomas, most now do not classify it as a sarcoma,
although the malignant form metastasizes to the lung as does a sarcoma and not to the
axillary lymph nodes. The term “phylloides” is due to its “leafy” pattern of growth. Most are
indolent and benign, but approximately 25% will recur locally if treated incompletely, and
approximately 10% can be expected to metastasize.
Some divide the malignant lesions into low and high grade. The phylloides tumor has been
described in women at virtually all ages, although its peak prevalence between
P.869
ages 30 and 50 years occurs earlier than breast cancer (184). Its prevalence appears to
have diminished over the past years, and it has been suggested that this may be the result
of more aggressive removal of solid breast lesions. Pathologists can mistake phylloides
tumors for benign fibroadenomas. Imaging-guided biopsies are resulting in a reduction in
the surgical excisions for lesions that are called fibroadenomas at core biopsy. It remains to
be seen whether the incidence of phylloides tumors will increase.
1282 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-124 Invasive lobular carcinoma (ILC) can develop insidiously. In this
patient with large breasts, the mammogram of the front of the left breast on the
mediolateral (A) and CC (B) projections is unremarkable in 1992. Two years later, the
mammogram reveals an ill-defined increase in density that has no central mass and is
interspersed with fat, visible on the MLO (C) and CC (D) projections. This proved to
be ILC. When ILC arises in denser tissue, it can go undetected for a longer period of
time, as in this case. The CC projection in 1994 (E) is unremarkable except when
compared to the CC projection (F) from 15 months earlier. The entire parenchymal
density has increased due to ILC, but the architecture is fairly well preserved. It is
fairly common with ILC for the architecture to be preserved because the cells infiltrate
in columns often with normal tissue in between, and the tumor frequently appears to
elicit little desmoplastic response.
Figure 23-125 Invasive lobular carcinoma can be insidious on MRI. The image
on the left is a slice prior to the intravenously administered contrast. The parenchyma
looks the same on the postcontrast image on the right, with diffuse enhancement
secondary to diffuse invasive lobular cancer. There is no focal mass, but rather diffuse
infiltration with no architectural distortion.
Mammographic Appearance
Phylloides tumors are indistinguishable by mammography from other well-circumscribed
breast lesions. Although their margins may be obscured by the surrounding parenchyma
(Fig. 23-126), they are generally well-defined lesions (Fig. 23-127). Rapid growth is one of
the indications that a circumscribed lesion may be a phylloides tumor. Spiculation does not
occur,
P.871
P.872
and microcalcifications are not a feature of this lesion. A halo may be seen surrounding the
tumor, but once again, this is merely related to the macroscopically smooth margin.
Figure 23-126 The large mass (A) in the right breast in this 28-year-old woman is
obscured by the surrounding dense tissue. It had grown rapidly over several months 1285 / 1584
bi
obscured by the surrounding dense tissue. It had grown rapidly over several months
and proved to be a phylloides tumor. This phylloides tumor in a 71-year-old woman
was a well-defined circumscribed mass seen on these MLO (B) and CC (C)
projections. The images are enlarged (D,E) to show the sharply defined border. This
mass had grown rapidly over a 7-month period.
Figure 23-127 (A) This phylloides tumor was found in an 18-year-old woman. On
ultrasound, it is ovoid, with a uniform internal echo texture. (B) Ultrasound of the
phylloides tumor in Figure 23-126B–E. It is smoothly lobulated, with a uniform internal
echotexture and enhanced through-transmission of sound. It is indistinguishable from a
fibroandenoma.
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound appearance of phylloides tumors is usually identical to that of
fibroadenomas. They are generally well-circumscribed lesions, distinguished only by their
relatively large size. Variable low-amplitude internal echoes are present (see Fig. 23-
127A,B). Occasionally they are difficult to distinguish from the surrounding fat using
ultrasound (Fig. 23-128). Retrotumoral echoes may be diminished, isoechoic, or increased.
Fluid-filled, slit-like spaces are sometimes seen (187), but diagnosis remains speculative,
and the lesion requires biopsy to establish the diagnosis.
MRI Appearance
Phylloides tumors enhance rapidly on MRI, but their patterns are indistinguishable from
fibroadenomas.
1286 / 1584
bi
Angiosarcoma
Fortunately a rare malignancy, angiosarcoma has a very poor prognosis. It is generally
seen in younger age groups, although it may occur in women at any age. On CBE the
P.873
tumor presents as a palpable mass or thickening. If it is close to the skin, there may be a
blue discoloration in the skin. The lesions are firm and composed of vascular channels that
may be similar in appearance to those of benign hemangiomas. As with tumors of capillary
origin, the diagnosis is made by the cytologic analysis. Pathologists now divide
angiosarcomas into low, intermediate, and high grade (188). Benign hemangiomas occur in
the breast, but they are invariably smaller than 2 cm, whereas angiosarcomas are usually
larger than 2 cm.
Angiosarcomas are almost uniformly fatal, with rapid metastatic spread, and survival
beyond 5 years is extremely rare, although the more recent division of the lesions by
grade suggests that women with low- and intermediate-grade lesions may have better
survival. Because these lesions spread as sarcomas, axillary dissection is not indicated.
When seen mammographically, angiosarcomas appear somewhat lobulated and ill defined
(Fig. 23-129). Microcalcifications and spiculations are not distinguishing features.
Osteogenic Sarcoma
Primary osteogenic sarcomas can occur in extraosseous locations and have been reported
in the breast (189). They are rare but can occur in an area that was previously irradiated.
It has been postulated that they arise from mesenchymal cells in fibroadenomas.
A lesion reported by Watt et al (189) was densely ossified with thread-like spiculations of
sarcoma-produced osteoid. We have seen two cases of osteogenic sarcoma in the breast.
One was a well-defined mass with somewhat unusual calcifications (Fig. 23-130); the other
was irregularly shaped. 1287 / 1584
bi
was irregularly shaped.
Figure 23-129 The lobulated mass in the anterior right breast on this positive-mode
xerogram (dark areas are dense; light areas are fat) proved to be an angiosarcoma.
(Reprinted with permission of William Ladd, MD.)
Mammographic Appearance
The literature on malignant fibrous histiocytoma in the breast is not extensive. When
mammograms have been obtained, the lesion appears to be large and fairly well
circumscribed, with lobulated margins (Fig. 23-131). Spiculations and microcalcifications
have not been described.
Ultrasound Appearance
There is no large experience with the ultrasound appearance of malignant fibrous
histiocytoma. Our one case had a nonspecific appearance that reflected its circumscribed
lobulated shape (see Fig. 23-131B). The Taiwanese reported a case in which a 6-cm lesion
1288 / 1584
bi
lobulated shape (see Fig. 23-131B). The Taiwanese reported a case in which a 6-cm lesion
had cystic and solid features that they attributed to hemorrhage and hypercellularity (191).
It is impossible to distinguish this appearance from a carcinoma, abscess, or hematoma.
MRI Appearance
I am unable to find any reports.
1289 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-130 This round mass with ossifications on the lateral (A) and CC (B)
projections proved to be an osteogenic sarcoma. A second, irregular and irregularly
calcified mass on the mediolateral (C) projection also proved to be an osteogenic
sarcoma.
Figure 23-131 This large smoothly lobulated mass (A) proved to be a malignant
fibrous histiocytoma. On ultrasound (B) it appeared complex, with a heterogeneous 1290 / 1584
bi
fibrous histiocytoma. On ultrasound (B) it appeared complex, with a heterogeneous
internal echo texture that was indistinguishable from a carcinoma, abscess, or
hematoma.
Mammographic Appearance
There is a limited experience with these lesions reported in the literature. Our three cases
were all somewhat different. One presented as a small, fairly well-defined, slightly
lobulated mass (Fig. 23-132A). The second was larger, with a much more ill-defined margin
(see Fig. 23-132B). The third was a large spiculated lesion (Fig. 23-133).
Figure 23-132 (A) Adenoid cystic carcinoma may be fairly well circumscribed, as
seen on this CC positive-mode xerogram (dark is dense, light is fat). In a second case
of adenoid cystic carcinoma (B), the lesion presented as an ill-defined obscured mass.
On ultrasound (C), the second case was an ovoid mass with somewhat irregular
margins but a uniform internal echo texture. This is a nonspecific appearance.
1291 / 1584
bi
P.876
P.877
Ultrasound Appearance
In two case reports, adenoid cystic carcinomas were described as well defined with
heterogenous internal echo textures (193).
MRI Appearance
There are few reports of the MR characteristics of these rare lesions. In one report the
authors found rapid enhancement with no washout starting from the edge and filling in the
center over time (194). Adenoid cystic carcinomas can have bright components on MRI,
presumably due to their mucin content.
Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
1292 / 1584
bi
Mucoepidermoid carcinoma is another extremely rare lesion in the breast with no particular
prognostic significance. It is a tumor that is generally found in the salivary gland, although
it has been described in the breast (195). Page and Anderson (23) suggest that these may
be variants of mucinous carcinoma. These lesions contain mucin-secreting cells, as well as
epidermoid cells and myoepithelium.
Mammographic Appearance
We have seen a single case of this lesion (Fig. 23-134A–C). The lesion was lobulated and
elongated, with no distinguishing features.
Ultrasound Appearance
The ultrasound of our single case of mucoepidermoid carcinoma demonstrated that the
elongated mass was not a cystically dilated duct; otherwise it was of little value. It
demonstrated an irregular, hypoechoic mass that blocked the transmission of sound (see
Fig. 23-134D).
Figure 23-135 This nodule, seen on the magnification lateral (A) and the spot
magnification CC (B) projections, proved to be lymphoma at biopsy in a 56-year-old
woman with no other sites of involvement.
Mammographic Appearance
Mammary lymphoma may produce a single discrete nodule (Fig. 23-135) or multiple
nodules (Fig. 23-136). It may also produce a diffuse increase in radiographic density (Fig.
23-137).
P.878
P.879
Nodules may be well circumscribed or have margins that fade into the surrounding tissue.
The lesion's borders may be ill defined, but spiculations are not a feature of lymphoma. A
diffuse increase in density can also occur, and although the presence of large axillary nodes
should raise the possibility of lymphoma (Fig. 23-138), axillary nodal involvement is
radiographically indistinguishable from diffuse ductal cancer with regional nodal
involvement (Fig. 23-139) or even lymphoid hyperplasia (Fig. 23-140). We have seen
lymphoma in the breast resolve with therapy (Fig. 23-141).
Lieberman et al (197) reviewed 32 lesions in 29 women. Two thirds of the lesions were
primary. In 69% of the cases, the lesion was solitary, and three women had multiple
masses.
1294 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-136 These are multiple nodules of lymphoma seen on the MLO (A) and CC
(B) projections in the breast of a woman who has had known lymphoma for 5 years.
1295 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-137 The diffuse increase in density medially in the right breast seen on
these CC projections was due to lymphoma.
Figure 23-138 The large axillary nodes in this patient were due to lymphoma.
1296 / 1584
bi
1297 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-140 The large axillary node on the right in this patient proved to be benign
lymphoid hyperplasia.
Ultrasound Appearance
Lymphoma in the breast produces a nonspecific hypoechoic mass (Fig. 23-142) with
variable through-transmission of sound. The lesion is clearly solid, containing low-
amplitude echoes, but cannot be diagnosed by ultrasound.
1298 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-141 Masses due to lymphoma may resolve with therapy. The masses seen
here (A) disappeared after chemotherapy for lymphoma (B).
Mammographic Appearance
Lesions that metastasize to the breast may produce changes similar to those of primary
breast cancer, but they are more likely to be multiple; they are frequently bilateral; and
perhaps owing to their centripetal growth, they form a nidus of tumor cells that is usually
round, with fairly well-defined margins (Fig. 23-143). Microcalcifications are not a
distinguishing feature (metastatic osteogenic sarcoma can ossify), and although their
margins may be ill defined, spiculations are rarely if ever found.
Ultrasound Appearance
Lesions that metastasize to the breast have ultrasound findings that reflect their shape and
composition (199). Usually
P.881
round or ovoid with some degree of lobulation, they have variable internal echoes ranging
from scattered low-amplitude signals to heterogeneous, fairly prominent reflections (Fig.
23-144). The posterior echoes are usually preserved, and as with all round solid breast
masses, relative enhancement may occur.
1299 / 1584
bi
MRI Appearance
Metastatic lesions to the breast enhance. Their appearance reflects their physical shape
(e.g., round, oval).
Figure 23-143 Lesions that are metastatic to the breast from other organs are
frequently fairly well defined. This round density was metastatic melanoma.
1300 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-144 (A) Metastatic renal cell carcinoma formed round masses on the
mammogram. (B) On ultrasound the masses could almost be mistaken for cysts. They
are round and regular, with extremely low-level internal echoes and enhancement of
the posterior echoes.
Mammographic Appearance
Metaplastic bone formation is an uncommon entity. It can be suspected when the matrix of
the calcifications is unusual,
P.882
forming coarse deposits (Fig. 23-145), but the diagnosis can be made only by biopsy.
1301 / 1584
bi
forming coarse deposits (Fig. 23-145), but the diagnosis can be made only by biopsy.
Figure 23-145 (A) Metaplastic bone was found in association with intraductal
carcinoma at the biopsy of this collection of irregularly shaped calcifications. (B)
Metaplastic bone was found in the wall of this benign cyst.
Ultrasound Appearance
We have never evaluated a lesion containing metaplastic bone, but I suspect that it would
be echogenic with shadowing.
MRI Appearance
I have not seen any reported cases.
Secretory Carcinoma
Secretory carcinoma is a rare form of ductal carcinoma that may occur in the adult, but it
is a rare form of breast cancer that has been described in the preadolescent as well. The
tumor usually presents a hard mass eccentric to the nipple.
Histologically, its abundant secretions are similar to lactation, producing eosinophilic-
staining material. It rarely metastasizes, but some cases of this tumor have been lethal.
P.883
Mammographic Appearance
Mammography is not indicated in preadolescent and adolescent girls. Cancer is virtually
unheard of, and the radiation risk for the breast is high at these young ages.
Ultrasound Appearance
Our only experience with secretory carcinoma was in a 5-year-old girl who developed a
mass eccentric to the nipple. Because of the patient's age, mammography was not
performed. Ultrasound demonstrated a hypoechoic lesion with heterogeneous internal echo
texture and posterior acoustic enhancement, indistinguishable from a fibroadenoma (Fig.
23-147).
MRI Appearance
I am unaware of any reports of the MRI appearance of secretory cancer in adolescents.
Mammographic Appearance
In the case described by Samuels et al (205), one breast was considerably smaller than the
other, with no pectoralis major visible on the affected side. They performed a CT scan that
confirmed the absence of pectoralis major muscle on the affected side. In the cases that we
have seen, there was a virtual absence of the breast (Fig. 23-148), with no visible
pectoralis major.
Figure 23-147 An unusual secretory carcinoma was diagnosed in this 5-year-old girl
who had a palpable mass that was eccentric to the nipple. It was a lobulated,
hypoechoic mass, as seen on this ultrasound.
1304 / 1584
bi
Figure 23-148 Poland's syndrome. Note the marked difference in the size and
development of the abnormal left breast (A) relative to the normal right breast (B) in
this patient with congenital absence of the chest wall muscles and soft tissues.
Ultrasound Findings
There is no indication for routine ultrasound in women with Poland's syndrome, but
Sferlazza and Cohen (208) reported that the absence of the pectoralis major muscle could
be demonstrated by ultrasound.
References
1. Harms SE, Flamig DP, Hesley KL, et al. Fat-suppressed three-dimensional MR
imaging of the breast. Radiographics 1993;13:247–267.
3. Kuhl CK, Bieling HB, Gieseke J, et al. Healthy premenopausal breast parenchyma in
dynamic contrast-enhanced MR imaging of the breast: normal contrast medium
enhancement and cyclical-phase dependency. Radiology 1997;203:137–144. 1305 / 1584
bi
enhancement and cyclical-phase dependency. Radiology 1997;203:137–144.
5. Love SM, Gelman RS, Silen W. Fibrocystic disease of the breast—a nondisease? N
Engl J Med 1982;307:1010.
6. Dupont WD, Page DL. Risk factors for breast cancer in women with proliferative
breast disease. N Engl J Med 1985;312:146.
P.885
8. Marshall LM, Hunter DJ, Connolly JL, et al. Risk of breast cancer associated with
atypical hyperplasia of lobular and ductal types. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers
Prevention 1997;6:297–301.
9. Kriger N, Hiatt RA. Risk of breast cancer after benign breast diseases: variation by
histologic type, degree of atypia, age at biopsy, and length of follow-up. Am J Epidemiol
1992;135:619–631.
10. Connolly J, Schnitt S, London S, et al. Both atypical lobular hyperplasia and atypical
ductal hyperplasia predict for bilateral breast cancer risk. Lab Invest 1992;66:13A.
11. Stomper PC, Cholewinski SP, Penetrante RB, et al. Atypical hyperplasia: frequency
and mammographic and pathologic relationships in excisional biopsies guided with
mammography and clinical examination. Radiology 1993;189:667–671.
12. Wellings SR, Jensen HM. On the origin and progression of ductal carcinoma in the
human breast. J Natl Cancer Institute 1973;50:111.
13. Gallagher HS, Martin JE. Early phases in the development of breast cancer. CA
Cancer J Clin 1969;24:1170.
15. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
16. Sanders ME, Schuyler PA, Dupont WD, et al. The natural history of low-grade
ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast in women treated by biopsy only revealed over 30
1306 / 1584
bi
ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast in women treated by biopsy only revealed over 30
years of long-term follow-up. Cancer 2005;103:2481–2484.
17. Fechner RE, Mills SE. Breast pathology: Benign proliferations, atypias and in situ
carcinomas. Chicago: American Society of Clinical Pathologists Press, 1990:45–49.
18. Peerizin KH, Lattes R. Papillary adenoma of the nipple. A clinicopathologic study.
Cancer 1972;29:996–1009.
19. Healy CE, Dijkstra B, Walsh M, et al. Nipple adenoma: a differential diagnosis for
Paget's disease. Breast J 2003;9:325–326.
22. Rosen PP, Oberman HA. Tumors of the mammary gland. In: Atlas of tumor
pathology. Washington, DC: Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, 1992.
23. Page DL, Anderson TJ. Diagnostic histopathology of the breast. New York: Churchill
Livingstone, 1987.
24. Agoff SN, Lawton TJ.Papillary lesions of the breast with and without atypical ductal
hyperplasia: can we accurately predict benign behavior from core needle biopsy? Am J
Clin Pathol 2004;122:440–443.
25. Daniel BL, Gardner RW, Birdwell RL, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of
intraductal papilloma of the breast. Magn Reson Imaging 2003;21:887–892.
26. Sloane JP. Biopsy pathology of the breast. New York: Wiley, 1985.
27. Helvie MA, Hessler C, Frank T, et al. Atypical hyperplasia of the breast:
mammographic appearance and histologic correlation. Radiology 1991;179:759–764.
28. Ohuchi N, Abe R, Takahashi T, et al. Origin and extension of intraductal papillomas
of the breast: a three-dimensional reconstruction study. Breast Cancer Res Treat
1984;4:117.
29. Hughes LE, Mansel RE, Webster DJT. Abnormalities of normal development and
involution: a new perspective on pathogenesis and nomenclature of benign breast
disorders. Lancet 1987;2:1316–1319.
30. Meyer JE, Frenna TH, Polger M, et al. Enlarging occult fibroadenomas. Radiology
1992;183:639–641. 1307 / 1584
bi
1992;183:639–641.
32. Pick PW, Iossifides IA. Occurrence of breast carcinoma within a fibroadenoma: a
review. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1984;105:590.
33. Baker KS, Monsees BS, Diaz NM, et al. Carcinoma within fibro-adenomas:
mammographic features. Radiology 1990;176:371–374.
34. Dupont WD, Page DL, Pari FF, et al. Long-term risk of breast cancer in women and
fibroadenoma. N Engl J Med 1994;331:10–15.
35. Foster ME, Garrahan N, Williams S. Fibroadenoma of the breast: a clinical and
pathological study. J R Coll Surg Edinb 1988;33:16–19.
36. Meyer JE, Frenna TH, Polger M, et al. Enlarging occult fibroadenomas. Radiology
1992;183:639–641.
37. Fornage BD, Lorigan JG, Andry E. Fibroadenoma of the breast: sonographic
appearance. Radiology 1989;172:671–675.
38. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. The halo sign and malignant breast
lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:1145–1147.
39. Pick PW, Iossifides IA. Occurrence of breast carcinoma within a fibroadenoma: a
review. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1984;108:590.
40. Jackson VP, Rothschild PA, Kreipke DL, et al. The spectrum of sonographic findings
of fibroadenoma of the breast. Invest Radiol 1986;21:34.
41. Stavros AT, Thickman D, Rapp CL, et al. Solid breast nodules: use of sonography to
distinguish between benign and malignant lesions. Radiology 1995;196:123–134.
42. Nunes LW, Schnall MD, Siegelman ES, et al. Diagnostic performance characteristics
of architectural features revealed by high spatial-resolution MR imaging of the breast.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;169:409–415.
43. Chalas E, Valea F. The gynecologist and surgical procedures for breast disease. Clin
Obstet Gynecol 1994;37:948–953.
44. Smith DN, Kaelin CM, Korbin CD, et al. Impalpable breast cysts: utility of cytologic
examination of fluid obtained with radiologically guided aspiration. Radiology
1997;204:149–151.
1308 / 1584
bi
45. Leung JW, Sickles EA. Multiple bilateral masses detected on screening
mammography: assessment of need for recall imaging. AJR Am J Roentgenol
2000;175:23–29.
46. Dupont WD, Page DL. Risk factors for breast cancer in women with proliferative
breast disease. N Engl J Med 1985;312:146–151.
47. Brenner RJ, Bein ME, Sarti DA, et al. Spontaneous regression of interval benign
cysts of the breast. Radiology 1994;193:365–368.
48. Pennes D, Homer MJ. Disappearing breast masses caused by compression during
mammography. Radiology 1987;165:327–328.
49. Sickles EA, Abele JS. Milk of calcium within tiny breast cysts. Radiology
1981;141:655.
50. Venta LA, Kim JP, Pelloski CE, et al. Management of complex breast cysts. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1999;173:1331–1336.
51. Jensen RA, Page DL, Dupont WD, et al. Invasive breast cancer risk in women with
sclerosing adenosis. Cancer 1989;64:1977–1983.
52. Kopans DB, Nguyen PL, Koerner FC, et al. Mixed form, diffusely scattered
calcifications in breast cancer with apocrine features. Radiology 1990;177:807–811.
53. Bassett LW, Gold RH, Mirra JA. Nonneoplastic breast calcifications in lipid cysts:
development after excision and primary irradiation. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1982;138:335.
54. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585.
55. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585–588.
56. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, McCarthy KA, et al. Having undergone benign breast
biopsy rarely complicates or alters interpretation of screening mammography. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1998;170:1539–1541.
57. Bassett LW, Gold RH, Cove HC. Mammographic spectrum of traumatic fat necrosis:
the fallibility of “pathognomonic” signs of carcinoma. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1978;130:119.
58. Morgan CL, Trought WS, Peete W. Xeromammographic and ultrasonic diagnosis of a
traumatic oil cyst. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1978;130:1189.
1309 / 1584
bi
59. Gomez A, Mata JM, Donoso L, et al. Galactocele: three distinctive radiographic
appearances. Radiology 1986;158:43.
P.886
61. Hessler C, Schnyder P, Ozzello L. Hamartoma of the breast: diagnostic
observations of 16 cases. Radiology 1978;126:95.
62. Taupman RE, Shargo S, Boatman KK, et al. Malignant cystosarcoma with
lipomatous component: a case report. Breast Dis Breast 1982;7:31–33.
64. Bassett LW, Cove HC. Myoblastoma of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1979;132:122.
65. Hermann G, Schwartz IS. Focal fibrous disease of the breast: mammographic
detection of an unappreciated condition. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1983;140:1245.
66. Revelon G, Sherman ME, Gatewood OM, et al. Focal fibrosis of the breast: imaging
characteristics and histopathologic correlation. Radiology 2000;216:255–259.
67. Rosen EL, Soo MS, Bentley RC. Focal fibrosis: a common breast lesion diagnosed at
imaging-guided core biopsy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1999;173:1657–1662.
68. Soler NG, Khardori R. Fibrous disease of the breast, thyroiditis, and
cheiroarthropathy in type I diabetes mellitus. Lancet 1984;1:193–195.
69. Utada Y, Watanabe T, Kajiwara T, et al. A case of diabetic mastopathy with multiple
lesions mimicking breast cancer. Breast Cancer 2003;10:371–373.
70. Logan WW, Hoffman NY. Diabetic fibrous breast disease. Radiology 1989;172:667
–670.
71. Wong KT, Tse GM, Yang WT. Ultrasound and MR imaging of diabetic mastopathy.
Clin Radiol 2002;57:730–735.
72. Tuncbilek N, Karakas HM, Okten O. Diabetic fibrous mastopathy: dynamic contrast-
enhanced magnetic resonance imaging findings. Breast J 2004;10:359–362.
73. Vuitch MF, Rosen PP, Erlandson RA. Pserudoangiomatous hyperplasia of the
mammary stroma. Hum Pathol 1986;17:185–191. 1310 / 1584
bi
mammary stroma. Hum Pathol 1986;17:185–191.
75. Gow KW, Mayfield JK, Lloyd D, et al. Pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia of
the breast in two adolescent females. Am Surg 2004;70:605–608.
76. Polger MR, Denison CM, Lester S, et al. Pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia.
Mammographic and sonographic appearances. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1996;166:349
–352.
77. Kalisher L, Long JA, Peyster RG. Extra-abdominal desmoid of the axillary tail
mimicking breast carcinoma. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1976;126:903.
78. Rickert RR, Kalisher L, Hutter RVP. Indurative mastopathy: a benign sclerosing
lesion of breast with radial scar which may simulate carcinoma. CA Cancer J Clin
1981;47:561.
79. Mokbel K, Price RK, Mostafa A, et al. Radial scar and carcinoma of the breast:
microscopic findings in 32 cases. Breast 1999;8:339–342.
80. Jacobs TW, Byrne C, Colditz G, et al. Radial scars in benign breast biopsy
specimens and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1999;340:430–436.
81. Welllings SR, Alpers CE. Subgross pathologic features and incidence of radial scars
in the breast. Hum Pathol 1984;15:475–479.
82. Nielson M, Jensen J, Andersen JA. An autopsy study of radial scar in the female
breast. Histopathology 1985;9:287–295.
83. Farshid G, Rush G. Assessment of 142 stellate lesions with imaging features
suggestive of radial scar discovered during population-based screening for breast
cancer. Am J Surg Pathol 2004;28:1626–1631.
84. Cohen MI, Matthies HJ, Mintzer RA, et al. Indurative mastopathy: a cause of false-
positive mammograms. Radiology 1985;155:69.
85. Orel SG, Evers K, Yeh IT, et al. Radial scar with microcalcifications: radiologic-
pathologic correlation. Radiology 1992;183:470–482.
86. Ciatto S, Morrone D, Catarazi S, et al. Radial scars of the breast: review of 38
consecutive mammographic diagnoses. Radiology 1993;187:757–760.
1311 / 1584
bi
87. Cohen MA, Sferlazza SJ. Role of sonography in evaluation of radial scars of the
breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2000;174:1075–1078.
88. Canade A, Costantini M, Magistrelli A, et al. Radial scar: from conventional imaging
to the new techniques. Case reports. Rays 2002;27:319–323.
89. Cawson JN, Malara F, Kavanagh A, et al. Fourteen-gauge needle core biopsy of
mammographically evident radial scars: is excision necessary? Cancer 2003;97:345
–351.
91. Mayor M, Buron I, de Mora JC, et al. Mondor's disease. J Dermatol 2000;39:922
–925.
92. Jaberi M, Willey SC, Brem RF. Stereotactic vacuum-assisted breast biopsy: an
unusual cause of Mondor's disease. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;179:185–186.
93. Harris AT. Mondor's disease of the breast can also occur after a sonography-guided
core biopsy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:284–285.
94. Conant EF, Wilkes AN, Mendelson EB, et al. Superficial thrombophlebitis of the
breast (Mondor's disease): mammographic findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;160:1201–1203.
95. Yanik B, Conkbayir I, Oner O, et al. Imaging findings in Mondor's disease. J Clin
Ultrasound 2003;31:103–107.
96. Filho OG, Gordan AN, Mello Rde A, et al. Myoid hamartomas of the breast: report
of 3 cases and review of the literature. Int J Surg Pathol 2004;12:151–153.
97. Daroca PJ, Reed RJ, Love GL, et al. Myoid hamartomas of the breast. Am J Surg
Pathol 1982;6:785.
98. Erlandson RA, Rosen PP. Infiltrating myoepithelioma of the breast. Am J Surg
Pathol 1982;6:785.
99. Graeme-Cook F, O'Brian DS, Daly PA. Unusual breast masses: the sequential
development of mammary tuberculosis and Hodgkin's disease in a young woman.
Cancer 1988;61:1457–1459.
100. Jalali U, Rasul S, Khan A, et al. Tuberculous mastitis. J Coll Physicians Surg Pak
2005;15:234–237.
1312 / 1584
bi
101. Christensen H, Nielsen MB. Ultrasound-guided drainage of breast abscesses:
results in 151 patients. Br J Radiol 2005;78:186–188.
102. Ulitzsch D, Nyman MK, Carlson RA Breast abscess in lactating women: US-guided
treatment. Radiology 2004;232:904–909.
104. Propeck PA, Scanian KA. Blastomycosis of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1996;166:726.
105. Gorman JD, Champaign JL, Sumida FK, et al. Schistosomiasis involving the
breast. Radiology 1992;185:423–424.
106. Stalsberg H, Thomas DB. Age distribution of histologic types of breast cancer. Int J
Cancer 1993;54:1–7.
107. Kopans DB, Moore RH, McCarthy KA, et al. The positive predictive value of
mammographically initiated breast biopsy: there is no abrupt change at age 50 years.
Radiology 1996;200:357–360.
108. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Vitak B, et al. The relative contributions of screen-detected in
situ and invasive breast carcinomas in reducing mortality from the disease. Eur J
Cancer 2003;39:1755–1760.
109. Lagios MD, Margolin FR, Westdahl PR, et al. Mammographically detected duct
carcinoma in situ: frequency of local recurrence following tylectomy and prognostic
effect of nuclear grade on local recurrence. Cancer 1989;63:618–624.
110. Schwartz GF, Finkel GC, Garcia JC, et al. Subclinical ductal carcinoma in situ of the
breast: treatment by local excision and surveillance alone. Cancer 1992;70:2468–2474.
111. Holland R, Peters JL, Millis RR, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ: a proposal for a
new classification. Semin Diagn Pathol 1994;11:167–180.
112. Silverstein MJ, Lagios MD, Craig PH, et al. A prognostic index for ductal carcinoma
in situ of the breast. Cancer 1996;77:2267–2274.
P.887
113. Solin LJ, Kurtz J, Fourquet A, et al. Fifteen-year results of breast-conserving
surgery and definitive irradiation for the treatment of ductal carcinoma in situ
(intraductal carcinoma) of the breast [abstract]. Proc Am Soc Clin Oncol 1995;14:107.
1313 / 1584
bi
114. Lennington WJ, Jensen RA, Dalton LW, et al. Ductal carcinoma in situ of the
breast: heterogeneity of individual lesions. Cancer 1994;73:118–124.
115. Lagios MD, Margolin FR, Westdahl PR, et al. Mammographically detected duct
carcinoma in situ: frequency of local recurrence following tylectomy and prognostic
effect of nuclear grade on local recurrence. Cancer 1989;63:618–624.
116. Morrow M. The natural history of ductal carcinoma in situ. Implications for clinical
decision making. Cancer 1995;76:1113–1115.
117. Betsill WL, Rosen PP, Liuberman PM, et al. Intraductal carcinoma: Long-term
follow-up after biopsy alone. JAMA 1978;239:1863–1867.
119. Page DL, Dupont WD, Rogers LW, et al. Continued local recurrence of carcinoma
15–25 years after a diagnosis of low-grade ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast treated
only by biopsy. Cancer 1995;76:1197–1200.
122. Fisher ER, Costantino J, Fisher B, et al. Pathologic findings from the National
Surgical Adjuvant Breast Project (NSABP) Protocol B-17. Cancer 1995;75:1310–1319.
123. Page DL, Lagios MD. Pathologic analysis of the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast
Project (NSABP) B-17 Trial. Cancer 1995;75:1219–1222.
124. Moriya T, Silverberg SG. Intraductal carcinoma (ductal carcinoma in situ) of the
breast. A comparison of pure noninvasive tumors with those including different
proportions of infiltrating carcinoma. Cancer 1994;74:2972–2978.
125. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, Oyama T, et al. Mammographic appearance of ductal
carcinoma in situ does not reliably predict histologic subtype. Breast J 2001;7:417–421.
126. Stomper PC, Connolly JL, Meyer JE, et al. Clinically occult ductal carcinoma in situ
detected with mammography: analysis of 100 cases with radiologic-pathologic
correlation. Radiology 1989;172:235–241.
1314 / 1584
bi
128. Kinkel K, Gilles R, Feger C, et al. Focal areas of increased opacity in ductal
carcinoma in situ of the comedo type: mammographic-pathologic correlation. Radiology
1994;192:443–446.
129. Evans AJ, Pinder S, Ellis IO, et al. Screening-detected and symptomatic ductal
carcinoma in situ: mammographic features with pathologic correlation. Radiology
1994;191:237–240.
133. Tabar L, Chen HH, Duffy SW, et al. A novel method for prediction of long-term
outcome of women with T1a, T1b, and 10–14 mm invasive breast cancers: a
prospective study. Lancet 2000;355:429–433.
134. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
135. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Steinbock T. Breast cancer: appearance as delineated by
whole breast water-path ultrasound scanning. J Clin Ultrasound 1982;10:303–322.
136. Fornage BD, Lorigan JG, Andry E. Fibroadenoma of the breast: sonographic
appearance. Radiology 1989;172:671–675.
137. Feig SA, Shaber GS, Patchefsky AS, et al. Tubular carcinoma of the breast.
Radiology 1978;129:311.
138. Tabar L. The impact of breast cancer screening with mammography in women
aged 40–49 years. Presented at the Falun Conference, March 21–22, 1996, Falun,
Sweden.
139. Leibman AJ, Lewis M, Kruse B. Tubular carcinoma of the breast: mammographic
appearance. AJR Am J Roetgenol 1993;160:263–265.
140. Conant EF, Dillion RL, Palazzo J, et al. Imaging findings in mucin-containing
carcinomas of the breast: correlation with pathologic features. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1315 / 1584
bi
carcinomas of the breast: correlation with pathologic features. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;163:821–824.
141. Cardenosa G, Doudna C, Eklund GW. Mucinous (colloid) breast cancer: clinical and
mammographic findings in 10 patients. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994;162:1077–1079.
143. Ridolfi RL, Rosen PP, Port A, et al. Medullary carcinoma of the breast: a
clinicopathologic study with 10 year follow-up. Cancer 1977;40:1365–1385.
145. Rubens JR, Kopans DB. Medullary carcinoma of the breast: is it overdiagnosed?
Arch Surg 1990;125:601–604.
146. Ridolfi RL, Rosen PP, Port A, et al. Medullary carcinoma of the breast: a
clinicopathological study with 10-year follow-up. Cancer 1977;40:1365–1385.
147. Warner E, Plewes DB, Shumak RS, et al. Narod comparison of breast magnetic
resonance imaging, mammography, and ultrasound for surveillance of women at high
risk for hereditary breast cancer. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:3524–3531.
148. Meyer JM, Amin E, Lindfors KK, et al. Medullary carcinoma of the breast:
mammographic and sonographic features. Radiology 1989;170:79–82.
149. Rubens JR, Lewandrowski KB, Kopans DB, et al. Medullary carcinoma of the
breast. Overdiagnosis of a prognostically favorable neoplasm. Arch Surg 1990;125:601
–604.
150. Matsubayashi R, Matsuo Y, Edakuni G, et al. Breast masses with peripheral rim
enhancement on dynamic contrast-enhanced MR images: correlation of MR findings
with histologic features and expression of growth factors. Radiology 2000;217:841–848.
151. Japaze H, Emina J, Diaz C, et al. “Pure” invasive apocrine carcinoma of the
breast: a new clinicopathological entity? Breast 2005;14:3–10.
153. Panades M, Olivotto IA, Speers CH, et al. Evolving treatment strategies for
inflammatory breast cancer: a population-based survival analysis. J Clin Oncol
2005;23:1941–1950.
1316 / 1584
bi
155. Dershaw DD, Moore MP, Liberman L, et al. Inflammatory breast carcinoma:
Mammographic findings. Radiology 1994;190:831–834.
157. Foote FW, Stewart FW. Lobular carcinoma in situ. A rare form of mammary
cancer. Am J Pathol 1941;17:491–496.
158. Rosen PP, Kosloff C, Lieberman PH, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast.
Am J Surg Pathol 1978;2:225–251.
159. Wheeler JE, Enterline HT, Roseman JM, et al. Lobular carcinoma in-situ of the
breast: long-term follow-up. Cancer 1974;34:554–563.
160. Webber BL, Heise H, Niefeld JP, et al. Risk of subsequent contralateral breast
carcinoma in a population of patients with in-situ breast carcinoma. Cancer
1981;47:2928–2932.
161. Haagensen CD, Lane N, Lattes R, et al. Lobular neoplasia (so-called lobular
carcinoma in situ) of the breast. Cancer 1978;42:737–769.
P.888
162. Page DL, Schuyler PA, Dupont WD, et al. Atypical lobular hyperplasia as a
unilateral predictor of breast cancer risk: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet
2003;361:125–129.
163. Shelley Hwang E, Nyante SJ, Yi Chen Y, et al. Clonality of lobular carcinoma in situ
and synchronous invasive lobular carcinoma. Cancer 2004;100:2562–2572.
164. Fisher ER, Land SR, Fisher B, et al. Pathologic findings from the National Surgical
Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project: twelve-year observations concerning lobular
carcinoma in situ. Cancer 2004;100:238–244.
166. Pope TL, Fechner RE, Wilhelm MC, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast:
mammographic features. Radiology 1988;168:63–66.
167. Beute BJ, Kalisher L, Hutter RVP. Lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast: clinical,
pathologic, and mammographic features. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1991;157:257–265.
1317 / 1584
bi
168. Arpino G, Allred DC, Mohsin SK, et al. Lobular neoplasia on core-needle biopsy:
clinical significance. Cancer 2004;101:242–250.
169. Foster MC, Helvie MA, Gregory NE, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ or atypical
lobular hyperplasia at core-needle biopsy: is excisional biopsy necessary? Radiology
2004;231:813–819.
170. Foote FW, Stewart FW. A histologic classification of carcinoma of the breast.
Surgery 1946;19:74–99.
171. Dixon JM, Anderson TJ, Page DL, et al. Infiltrating lobular carcinoma of the
breast: incidence and consequence of bilateral disease. Br J Surg 1983;70:513–516.
172. Silverstein MJ, Lewinsky BS, Waisman JR, et al. Infiltrating lobular carcinoma: is
it different from infiltrating duct carcinoma? Cancer 1994;73:1673–1677.
174. Santiago RJ, Harris EE, Qin L, et al. Similar long-term results of breast-
conservation treatment for Stage I and II invasive lobular carcinoma compared with
invasive ductal carcinoma of the breast. Cancer 2005;103:2747–2754.
176. Bumpers HL, Hassett JM, Penetrante RB, et al. Endocrine organ metastases in
subjects with lobular carcinoma of the breast. Arch Surg 1993;128:1344–1347.
178. Sickles EA. The subtle and atypical mammographic features of invasive lobular
carcinoma. Radiology 1991;178:25–26.
179. Mendelson EB, Harris KM, Doshi N, et al. Infiltrating lobular carcinoma:
mammograhic patterns with pathologic correlation. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1989;153:265
–271.
180. Krecke KN, Gisvold JJ. Invasive lobular carcinoma of the breast: mammographic
findings and extent of disease at diagnosis in 184 patients. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1993;161:957–960.
1318 / 1584
bi
181. Selinko VL, Middleton LP, Dempsey PJ. Role of sonography in diagnosing and
staging invasive lobular carcinoma. J Clin Ultrasound 2004;32:323–332.
182. Munot K, Dall B, Achuthan R, et al. Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the
diagnosis and single-stage surgical resection of invasive lobular carcinoma of the breast.
Br J Surg 2002;89:1296–1301.
183. Boetes C, Veltman J, van Die L, et al. The role of MRI in invasive lobular
carcinoma. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2004;86:31–37.
184. Hart WR, Bauer RC, Oberman HA. Cystosarcoma phyllodes: a clinicopathologic
study of twenty-six hypercellular periductal stromal tumors of the breast. Am J Clin
Pathol 1978;70:211.
185. Tan PH, Jayabaskar T, Chuah KL, et al. Phyllodes tumors of the breast: the role of
pathologic parameters. Am J Clin Pathol 2005;123:529–540.
188. Rosen PP, Oberman HA. Tumors of the mammary gland. In: Atlas of tumor
pathology. Washington, DC: Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, 1992.
189. Watt CA, Haggar AM, Krasicky GA. Extraosseous osteogenic sarcoma of the
breast: mammographic and pathologic findings. Radiology 1984;150:34.
190. Langham MR, Mills SA, DeMay RM, et al. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma of the
breast: a case report and review of the literature. Cancer 1984;54:558.
191. Yao MS, Chan WP, Chen CY, et al. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma of the female
breast: a case report. Clin Imaging 2005;29:134–137.
193. Sheen-Chen SM, Eng HL, Chen WJ, et al. Adenoid cystic carcinoma of the breast:
truly uncommon or easily overlooked? Anticancer Res 2005;25:455–458.
195. Kovi J, Duong HD, Leffall LD Jr. High-grade mucoepidermoid carcinoma of the
breast. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1918;105:612–614. 1319 / 1584
bi
breast. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1918;105:612–614.
197. Liberman L, Giess CS, Dershaw DD, et al. Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma of the
breast: imaging characteristics and correlation with histopathologic findings. Radiology
1994;192:157–160.
198. Toombs BD, Kalisher L. Metastatic disease to the breast: clinical, pathologic, and
radiologic features. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1977;129:673.
199. Derchi LE, Rizzato G, Guiseppetti GM, et al. Metastatic tumors in the breast:
sonographic findings. J Ultrasound Med 1985;4:69.
200. Cole-Beuglet C, Kirk ME, Selouan R, et al. Bone within the breast. Radiology
1976;119:643.
201. Gow KW, Mayfield JK, Lloyd D, et al. Pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia of
the breast in two adolescent females. Am Surg 2004;70:605–608.
202. Agarwal P, Sparnon AL. Benign breast lesions in adolescent girls: an overview with
a case report. T Pediatr Surg Int 2005;21:381–382.
204. Poland A. Deficiency of the pectoral muscles. Guys Hosp Rep 1841;6:191–193.
206. Ravitch MM. Poland's syndrome: a study of an eponym. Plast Reconstr Surg
1977;59:508–512.
207. Khandelwal A, O'Hea BJ, Garguilo G. Breast cancer in a patient with Poland's
syndrome. Am Surg 2004;70:491–495.
208. Sferlazza SJ, Cohen MA. Poland's syndrome: a sonographic sign [letter]. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1996;167:1597.
1320 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
24
Interventional Procedures in the Breast:
Imaging-Guided Needle Placement for
Biopsy and the Preoperative Localization of
Clinically Occult Lesions
Breast Biopsy: An Historical Perspective
The primary objective of mammography is the detection of clinically occult cancer of the
breast at an early stage in its growth in the hope of interrupting the natural history of the
malignancy before it has metastasized to other organs, and thereby preventing or delaying
death from the cancer. In addition to mortality reduction, earlier detection can permit less
aggressive forms of therapy (1) and allows breast-preserving cancer treatment options.
The randomized controlled trials of breast cancer screening proved that mammographic
screening can result in decreased cancer deaths. Mammography was able to find early
cancers, and this has led to decreased deaths.
Mammography, however, is a screening test. It is rarely a diagnostic study in the true
sense of the word. It is frequently not possible to use mammography to differentiate
benign from malignant lesions, and many of the lesions that raise concern on
mammograms are subsequently shown to be benign. In the early years of screening the
false-positive rate was of great concern. Surgeons were unable to palpate lesions detected
by mammography, and large amounts of breast tissue had to be removed to make a
diagnosis. The location of the lesion was estimated from the mammograms and the
surgeon removed excessive amounts of tissue to ensure that the lesion was contained
P.890
in the excision. More often than not, the lesion found on the mammogram proved to be a
benign change. The high false-positive rate was severely criticized. The success of
screening was directly related to the development of techniques to guide surgical biopsies
more accurately so that only small amounts of tissue needed to be removed to establish a
diagnosis. Needle localization techniques were devised in which the radiologist would place
a needle in the breast as close as possible so that the surgeon could have some idea of
where to operate (2).
As might be expected, the needles might not be placed as accurately as one might desire,
since they were positioned “free hand.” The surgeons insisted on operating directly down
toward the operating table when the patient was in the operating room; consequently,
radiologists were forced to try to place needles from the front of the breast, making needle
placement extremely inaccurate (3,4). Furthermore, a plain straight needle could easily be
displaced from the lesion or fall entirely out of the breast. In 1979 Hall and Frank
developed a guide wire that could be positioned in the breast with a hook on the end so
that it was less likely to pull out (5). The shaft of the wire was placed into a needle and the
distal 5 mm of the wire was bent back into a hook that was outside the needle (Fig. 24-1).
The needle and hook were pushed into the breast tissue through a small skin incision.
When the needle was withdrawn, the hooked end held the wire in place near the
nonpalpable lesion.
One of the important problems with the Frank biopsy guide was that the hook was outside
the introducing needle, so there was no possibility of repositioning the wire once it was
pushed into the breast. This compromised the accuracy with which the guide could be 1321 / 1584
bi
pushed into the breast. This compromised the accuracy with which the guide could be
positioned. We solved the problem of accurate needle localization with our development of
the spring-hook wire system (6). The reason the Frank guide had the hook outside of the
needle was that if a wire is bent back to form a hook and then pushed through a needle, it
would not reform the hook when it was pushed out the other end. I found that by bending
the wire back and then overbending it, a small spring was formed at the bend so that when
the hook was compressed against the wire and pushed through a needle, the hook would
spring back to its open position and fix itself in the tissue (Fig. 24-2). This allowed the
needle to be positioned and repositioned until the optimal location was determined, and
then the hookwire guide could be after-loaded, the needle was removed, and the wire
would “hook” into the tissue at the lesion to be biopsied. The wire was fixed in the tissue
and the surgeon could follow it down to the tissue to be removed. We subsequently added
a thickened segment just proximal to the hook and placed the wire so that the lesion was
at the thick segment. This provided the surgeon with a marker for identifying where the
lesion was on the wire relative to the hook.
Figure 24-1 The Frank biopsy guide. A wire was bent back into a hook and the
long portion of the wire was inserted into a needle, with the hook protruding out the
end. A skin incision was made and the needle/wire system was pushed into the breast
toward the nonpalpable lesion. The needle could not be repositioned since the hook
engaged in the tissue as soon as the needle was pulled back.
We also recognized that trying to place needles from the front of the breast was inaccurate
and, with the chest wall as the “backstop,” potentially dangerous. Consequently, we
developed techniques that permitted safe and accurate positioning of the wire either
through or alongside the lesion that needed to be biopsied (7,8,9,10).
Because the time at which metastatic spread takes place cannot be determined, there is no
guarantee that a given individual can be cured of breast cancer, even if her cancer is
discovered and treated early; however, the interruption of the growth of a breast cancer at
as early a time as possible in its development is generally desirable. There are clearly
cancers that are not lethal, since most women who are diagnosed with breast cancer do not
die from the malignancy, but until there are accurate ways to determine which cancers
may be lethal and which will not, it is generally best to aggressively pursue subtle signs of
malignancy. Having a high threshold for intervention, in which the radiologist recommends
intervention only when classic signs of cancer are present, will allow early cancers to pass
through the
P.891
screen and will likely compromise the benefit (11,12). Similarly, if an early lesion is
detected at screening but the diagnostic test is falsely negative, allowing the cancer to
continue growing, the benefit of screening and earlier detection may be lost. Direct tissue
analysis is the best way to determine whether a lesion is benign or malignant. By providing
safe and accurate localization, radiologists could aggressively send surgeons after
nonpalpable lesions detected by mammography. These biopsies could be performed using
local anesthesia, and if done properly only a small amount of breast tissue needed to be
excised to make an accurate diagnosis with good cosmetic results (13). Safe and accurate
needle localization followed by safe and accurate surgical biopsy made breast cancer 1322 / 1584
bi
needle localization followed by safe and accurate surgical biopsy made breast cancer
screening feasible and reasonable.
Figure 24-2 The spring-hook (Kopans) wire guide. By overbending a wire with
the correct tensile strength and malleability, a hook could be fashioned with a spring on
the end that could be passed through the lumen of a needle and would “spring” open
when the needle was pulled back. This permitted accurate positioning (and
repositioning) of the needle before engaging the hook, permitting very accurate needle
localization.
Although needle localization and surgical biopsy to make a diagnosis have largely been
replaced by imaging-guided core needle biopsy (CNB), safe and accurate needle
localization is still needed to guide the biopsy of lesions that had a biopsy result that was
discordant with the imaging findings, the biopsy of lesions that are not amenable to
imaging-guided core biopsy, and the surgical excision of known breast cancers.
Figure 24-3 Hypothetical ROC. Unless the observer has unique information, all
trained interpreters operate on the same curve. The only way to reduce interventions
that prove to be benign lesions (false positives) is to permit some cancers to pass
through the screen (false negatives).
Sensitivity
It is not sufficient to compare PPVs in isolation. Key measures for gauging the success of a
screening program are its record of detecting small, early-stage cancers and not missing
many cancers. Although it is ultimately the size and stage of the cancers detected that is
important, the success of just detecting cancers is one measure of the accomplishments of
a screening program. The detection of cancers is summarized by the “sensitivity” of the
screening program. Sensitivity is defined as the number of cancers found by screening
divided by the number of cancers ultimately diagnosed in the screened population. This is
the percentage of the total cancers that are diagnosed in a population over a defined
(usually 1-year) period that are detected by the screen. If 100 women are found to have
breast cancer over the course of a year and screening found 85 of them, then the
sensitivity of screening is 85/100 = 85%.
Cancers that are missed by the screen but become apparent in the interval between
screens (found by the patient or her doctor) are called interval cancers. A successful
screening program should have a high sensitivity (>80%) and a low interval cancer rate
(<20%). Sensitivity alone does not necessarily determine the success of a screening
program. The yield of early cancers may be influenced by thresholds for intervention. For
example, a cancer may be visible on mammograms over several years before it becomes
palpable. There may be several opportunities for a radiologist to make the diagnosis before
it becomes clinically evident. If it metastasizes during that period, the radiologist with the
low threshold for intervention might diagnose it before metastatic spread occurs, while the
radiologist with a higher threshold might miss the opportunity and diagnose it after
metastatic spread has occurred, and yet the cancer may still be clinically occult and
detected by screening. They might both have the same “sensitivity,” but the first radiologist
will provide the benefit. As a consequence, the size and stage of the cancers that are
detected are critical in assessing the success of a screening program.
Sensitivity is often expressed as the number of cancers detected for every 1,000 women
screened for the first time (prevalence) and the number detected in each subsequent year
(incidence). A successful program that screens an average population of women from the
ages of 40 to 80 will detect anywhere from 6 to 10 cancers per 1,000 women screened in
the prevalence screen and then 2 to 3 cancers per 1,000 in each subsequent incidence
screen. As noted earlier, these figures will vary depending on the actual cancer rate in the
1326 / 1584
bi
screen. As noted earlier, these figures will vary depending on the actual cancer rate in the
population being studied. A high-risk population or an older population (naturally at higher
risk) will have larger numbers of cancers in the prevalence screen and in each incidence
screen, whereas a low-risk group will have lower numbers. Having a sense of the amount
of cancer that should be expected can help assess results. A program, for example, that
only detects one cancer per 1,000 women screened among a high-risk group is certainly
not a successful screening program.
Early Intervention
The size, stage, and histologic grade of a cancer are the main predictors of outcome.
Survival is improved when cancers are found at a small size and when there is no evidence
of spread to the axillary nodes or to other organs (26). Even within stages, size is a further
indication of prognosis.
P.895
Rosen has shown improved survival for small stage I cancers in comparison to larger stage
I cancers. Invasive malignancies that are 1 cm or smaller have a statistically significantly
better prognosis than stage I cancers 1.1 to 1.9 cm in size (27). Although Tabar
recommended that the goal for the median size of invasive cancers detected in a screening
program should be 1.5 cm, his data also suggest that the detection of cancers 1 cm or less
in diameter is the more important goal (28). He found that women whose cancers were
detected at 1 cm or smaller had uniformly excellent survivals of more than 95%.
Furthermore, he found that although histologic grade was a prognostic factor for women
with cancers that were larger than 1 cm, women with a cancer smaller than 1 cm all did
well, regardless of grade.
Although size is not the complete determinant of prognosis, it is a major factor. Michaelson
showed that the data suggest a direct relationship between the number of cells in a cancer
and the probability of a cell becoming metastatic (29). The observational data suggest that
the probability of metastatic spread is fairly low for a tumor mass that is under 1 cm, but it
increases fairly rapidly as the number of cells in the tumor increases beyond the 1-cm size.
If screening is to have benefit, a large percentage of cancers must be found at an earlier
stage than the usual care without screening. Mortality can be reduced if as many invasive
cancers as possible are found when they are smaller than 1 cm. The only true value of
mammography is in the detection of cancers at a smaller size and earlier stage.
1328 / 1584
bi
In summary, comparisons of PPVs cannot be made in isolation. They must include an
evaluation of the population being screened; how many cancers are expected in that
population (prior probability); the sensitivity of the screening (what percentage of the
cancers are detected earlier); the number of cancers detected per 1,000 women screened
at the first screen (prevalence) and at subsequent screens (incidence); and the size, stage,
and histologic grade of the cancers detected.
1331 / 1584
bi
Dronkers 1992 Ultrasound 70 53 45 4 9 17 24
and
stereotaxis
The use of imaging-guided needle biopsy to differentiate benign from malignant breast
lesions is attractive. Needle biopsies are less invasive than surgery, have fewer
complications, and leave a much smaller scar than surgical biopsies. If the biopsy is benign
and the results are concordant with the imaging expectations, then the patient can avoid a
surgical procedure that is not only physically and psychologically traumatic but also costly
to the health care system. If the lesion can be shown to be malignant, then the patient can
discuss her options with her physician, and she can decide on the approach to therapy that
is best suited to her. Now that sentinel node biopsy has replaced axillary dissection, a
woman with the diagnosis of breast cancer by needle biopsy can go to the operating room
once and have the lesion excised and her nodes biopsied at the same time. Liberman et al
found that at least one trip to the operating room is eliminated in over 70% of women as a
result the information gained by stereotactically guided needle biopsy (49,50).
One of the arguments in support of needle biopsy is that the knowledge that a lesion is
malignant by CNB may lead to the surgeon performing a wider surgical excision, and this
may reduce the need for a second operation to deal with positive margins. The data on
this, however, are conflicting. White et al found that women who had their cancers
diagnosed by CNB were less likely to need a re-excision than those who were diagnosed by
needle localization and surgical biopsy (51), while Chagpar et al found no difference in the
need to re-excise breast cancer based on the biopsy method in a multi-institutional study
(52). Morrow et al (53) also found that the need for re-excision
P.898
was not affected by having the CNB diagnosis. This makes some sense, since even having
the knowledge that a lesion is malignant, the surgeon cannot determine the true extent of
a lesion in the operating room and must wait for pathologic review of the excised tissue.
Epithelial Displacement
Displacement into the parenchyma of the epithelial cells that line the ducts is another
problem. Displaced cells from DCIS, pushed into the surrounding tissue, can be mistaken
as invasive cancer cells. Because the needles are large, they can displace large pieces of
cancer (63). Although Liberman et al did not find this to be a major problem using
stereotactic biopsy and a vacuum-assisted biopsy technique (64), pathologists should still
be aware of this possibility so that they do not misinterpret cells from intraductal cancer
that got pushed into the normal stroma and falsely diagnose them as invasive cancer.
1. It is probably safe to rely on a needle biopsy that reveals a fibroadenoma if the lesion
that is biopsied is round, oval, or lobulated with a sharply defined or partially obscured
margin.
2. If a large number of calcifications are removed using a needle biopsy system from a
small lesion and the result is a benign histology such as adenosis or fibrocystic tissue
with calcifications, these are likely sufficiently concordant.
3. If no calcifications are removed or only a few are removed (65) or the suspicion of
malignancy is high, the operator should probably not rely on a benign needle biopsy
result.
4. If the lesion is irregular in shape with spiculated margins, the radiologist should not
rely on a needle biopsy with a benign result.
5. If the needle biopsy reveals pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia (PASH) and the
targeted mass was a lesion surrounded by fat, the diagnosis is likely concordant. If,
however, this is the result for a biopsy of a lesion that is surrounded by dense tissue,
the biopsy may have missed the mass and it may be that the PASH is in the
surrounding tissue.
1335 / 1584
bi
6. There is still debate about the use of needle biopsy of spiculated architectural distortion
that suggests a possible radial scar. A few studies suggest that needle biopsy can be
sufficiently accurate that excision is not needed if:
a. At least 12 samples are obtained (using vacuum-assisted biopsy)
b. There is no atypical hyperplasia in the core biopsies
c. The results are concordant with the imaging findings (66).
Since radial scars are fairly uncommon, there is a high rate of atypical hyperplasia or DCIS
associated with them (67), and since the likelihood of malignancy is high for any spiculated
lesion that is not due to postsurgical scarring, we believe that these lesions should still be
excised when detected by mammography when the core biopsy reveals a radial scar to
avoid the chance of a sampling error.
Particularly for diagnostic biopsies, very accurate guidance for the surgical excision of
breast lesions is important, not only to ensure that the lesion is removed but also to
minimize morbidity and cosmetic damage. Quadrant resection for diagnostic purposes is
absolutely contraindicated, because it is inaccurate and results in the removal of
unnecessarily large amounts of tissue. The majority of mammographically detected lesions
are benign. Consequently, when the degree of suspicion is low, the goal of excisional biopsy
should be to remove as little breast tissue as is necessary to make an accurate diagnosis.
If the morphologic criteria strongly suggest malignancy, a wider excision is recommended
to try to obtain margins that are free of tumor 1338 / 1584
bi
to try to obtain margins that are free of tumor
P.903
to reduce the need for re-excision. Even when the diagnosis of breast cancer is made by
needle biopsy prior to localization and surgical excision, it is often not possible to obtain
clear margins, since the surgeon still has no way of knowing the true extent of the lesion
during the operation (78,79,80).
As for all procedures, safety for the patient should be a prime consideration. Techniques
used for needle placement for preoperative localization can also be used to accurately
position needles for needle biopsy.
Figure 24-5 Accurate localization should be routine. In this case a needle has
been placed alongside a group of calcifications (arrow) in the left breast (A). The basic
goal is to pass a needle parallel to the chest wall (B) and transfix the lesion with the
needle (C) or ultimately with a wire guide. The needle should never be more than 5
mm from the lesion if surgical excision is planned.
1340 / 1584
bi
Conventional Hypodermic Needles
A conventional hypodermic needle is the simplest guide for preoperative breast lesion
localization. The needle must be of sufficient length to pass through (or immediately
alongside) and beyond the lesion when the needle is imaged with compression
perpendicular to its course to ensure that the suspect tissue does not slip off the tip of the
needle.
Advantages
Conventional needles are extremely simple guides to place in the breast. Because they are
stiff, the surgeon can torque the shaft and feel the needle to discern its course within the
breast tissue. A straight needle is easily removed or repositioned if its relationship to the
lesion is suboptimal.
Disadvantages
The disadvantage of a simple needle is that it can be easily and accidentally dislodged from
the tissues. Furthermore, it does not provide a three-dimensionally stable indicator of the
depth of the lesion. The protrusion of the needle hub above the skin may result in its being
inadvertently caught and pulled out of the breast prematurely. We have modified a
hypodermic needle to avoid this problem by forming a flat pushing surface out of its
proximal shaft (Fig. 24-7).
This flat-head needle is accomplished by bending a standard 22-gauge spinal needle. The
stylet is pulled back from the needle tip but is left in the needle for strength when the
needle is bent. The hub is removed and the proximal portion of the shaft is bent at right
angles and then into a spiral. This creates a flat-head needle (that can be fashioned at
varying lengths) that can be inserted flush to the skin, similar to a long thumbtack.
Because the proximal spiral is made from the needle, the lesion can be imaged through it.
Some surgeons find a straight needle sufficient, but it only provides 2D accuracy. The
surgeon must estimate the distance of the lesion along its shaft. There is also the
P.905
chance that movement of the breast may cause the lesion to slip off the needle.
Figure 24-6 Localization guides vary. A simple hypodermic needle (A) or a longer
spinal needle (B) can be used. Hookwires can be placed through needles (C). Needles
can be held in place by a wire that comes out the side of the needle (D) or curved
wires that come out the end of the needle (E,F). Some surgeons prefer a needle with
a flat head (G) (see Fig. 21-4). These are seen schematically as they are positioned
through a lesion. A hypodermic needle is passed through and beyond the lesion (H).
After the needle is properly positioned, a spring hookwire can be placed (I). When the
hook comes out the side of the needle, there is often a long segment of needle that
protrudes from the breast (J). A needle with a curved wire coming out its end has little
holding power and is not much better than a hypodermic (K).
Hookwire Systems
1341 / 1584
bi
As noted earlier, in 1979, Hall and Frank described the use of a wire with a hook formed at
its end (87). This was introduced near the lesion to anchor in the tissue and to guide the
surgeon to a nonpalpable abnormality. In their system, the wire was placed in a needle
with the hook protruding from the pointed end and bent back along the needle shaft. The
system required a skin incision and then the needle, with the hook protruding, was forced
into the breast tissues. Because the hook was outside the needle tip, the needle could only
be advanced forward. Once the needle was pulled back, the hook became embedded in the
tissue and could be not be withdrawn. It provided a three-dimensionally stable anchor for
the wire guide.
Figure 24-7 A flat-head needle can be made from a standard 22-gauge spinal needle.
Pull the stylet back 1 cm. Bend the needle 90 degrees at the desired length. Make the
next bend as a spiral, perpendicular to the shaft of the needle. Cut off the excess
needle and hub with wire cutters.
Advantages
Hooked wires afford the most three-dimensionally accurate localization guides. They have
the additional advantage of
P.906
P.907
flexibility so that nothing projects above the skin (the wire can be taped gently to the skin),
making it more difficult to dislodge them. Once positioned, wires are comfortable for the
patient and the surgeon can apply gentle traction to assist in the dissection.
1342 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-8 Standard needle localization. Using spring hookwire systems, the
lesion is positioned so that it is projected through the window of a fenestrated
compression paddle with grid markers (A). The coordinates are used to guide the
passage of the needle through or alongside the lesion (B) in the first projection; it is
advanced beyond the lesion and the position is confirmed, as seen here (C) looking
down the shaft of the needle. The patient is removed from the window compression
system. Ensure that the tip of the needle stays beyond the lesion by advancing the
needle and pulling the breast up around it as compression is slowly released. The
gantry is rotated 90 degrees and using a spot compression device the breast is
recompressed to show the relationship of the lesion to the tip of the needle (D). The
needle is withdrawn so that the tip is positioned where the wire is to engage the tissue,
and the wire is after-loaded. The wire is held firmly and the needle is withdrawn so that
the wire engages the tissue with the lesion on the thickened segment (E). The
sequence is summarized schematically (F).
Disadvantages
Because wires are flexible, they are difficult for the surgeon to feel. Unless followed directly
from the skin insertion site into the breast, some surgeons find it difficult to locate wires
within the breast. This difficulty may be overcome by passing a cannula over the wire in
the operating room (45). This stiffens the wire and permits it to be more easily palpated.
Surgeons should be cautioned not to use wires as retractors, because with sufficient
traction they can be pulled out of the breast. Wires are stable in fibroglandular tissue but 1343 / 1584
bi
traction they can be pulled out of the breast. Wires are stable in fibroglandular tissue but
may be moved in fat if there is no firmer tissue in which to anchor, because fat is almost
liquid at body temperature.
All wires can be cut with scissors, and fragments have been left in the breast. Surgeons
should be urged to use scalpel dissection. We routinely advise the patient that the wire
may be transected, although this has happened only 10 times in more than 8,000
localization procedures. There does not appear to be any harm from small fragments of
wire being left in the breast. They do not appear to move within the tissues (90), but long
fragments with intact hooks that have been initially positioned from the front of the breast
using the free-hand technique have been reported to have migrated to other parts of the
body (91).
The surgeon should be cautioned to dissect carefully. Scalpels cannot cut most wires, but
scissors can. Contact between the wire and an electrocautery theoretically can result in a
thermal injury along the course of the wire or cause the wire to fracture and should
therefore be avoided. This is also true for all needle systems used for localization.
The length of a wire is important. Wires that are too short should not be used, and care
should be exercised if a wire is shortened (cut) after it has been positioned in the breast.
Wires must be of sufficient length so that when the breast is in its natural position the wire
will not be enveloped completely by the breast and drawn beneath the skin. This possibility
seems to be most likely if the needle is positioned from the front of the breast and the wire
is engaged while the patient is supine. When the patient sits up, there is the danger that
the re-expanded breast will completely envelop the wire. This is important to consider
when performing guide placement under ultrasound or CT guidance from the front of the
breast. To be safe, the length of the wire should exceed by several centimeters the
maximum distance from the skin entry site to the lesion.
The length of the needle and wire can be estimated from the mammographic projection
where the breast will be compressed orthogonal to the direction of needle insertion by
measuring the distance of the lesion from the skin surface through which the needle will be
passed (Fig. 24-9). This distance may in actuality be shorter than the final distance because
of the curvature of the breast, but it cannot be longer. If the length of wire is chosen
properly and insertion is performed parallel to the chest wall, there is no need to anchor
the protruding end of the wire. Firmly anchoring the wire is actually contraindicated
because movement of the breast may cause the wire to be pulled out of the lesion. The
wire should be loosely taped to the skin to permit movement in and out of the skin so that
the hook is not under any tension. Multiple wires can be positioned to bracket a cancer that
appears to be spread over a segment (Fig. 24-10).
Figure 24-9 Needle length is chosen by measuring the distance from the skin to the
lesion in the projection that is orthogonal to the expected course of the needle. If, for
example, the needle is to be introduced from the lateral side of the breast, the needle
length can be estimated in the craniocaudal projection. The actual distance to the lesion
may prove to be shorter, but a needle that is longer than the distance from the skin to
the lesion (SL) should be used.
1344 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-10 Lesions can be bracketed with multiple wires to aid in surgical
excision. Multiple needles can be placed though a fenestrated compression paddle to
try to bracket cancers that extend over several centimeters. The needles are
positioned using the fenestrated compression paddle here in the ML projection (A) with
the wires engaged with the breast compressed in the CC projection (B).
Anchored Needles
Numerous efforts have been made to develop improved biopsy guides, although the
spring-hook wire appears to meet most needs. Since I did not have the resources to patent
it, it has been copied by many companies.
1345 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-11 When using spring hookwires, the lesion is optimally placed on the
thickened segment of wire so that the surgeon, on reaching the thickened segment,
knows that the lesion is in the next volume of tissue.
Advantages
A needle with a protruding wire with a tight curve has the advantage of being
repositionable even after the hook is advanced by permitting retraction of the hook back
into the needle. The repositioning capability is useful for accurate
P.909
positioning, and the stiffer needle target is helpful for the surgeon.
Figure 24-12 The thickened distal segment of the spring-hook wire guides
surgical excision. If the hook is placed just beyond the lesion, the lesion will be on
the thickened segment. The surgeon can then excise the tissue from the beginning of
the thickened segment to around the distal hook, removing the lesion with a margin of
normal tissue.
Disadvantages
Unfortunately, there are trade-offs with all guides. The ability to straighten out the curve
and pull the wire back into the needle weakens its holding power. Our own investigations
into the development of this type of configuration led us to discard the technology. A wire
that can be pulled into the tip of the needle can be pulled out of the breast.
When using the commercially available system, to prevent the wire from being cut it is
recommended that the needle be left protecting it. This may result in a large portion of the
needle protruding from the skin (see Fig. 24-6J) because the depth of a lesion can never be
accurately determined ahead of time. This increases the chance that the needle will be
dislodged. Since the original description of the commercial system, the recommendation
has changed so that it is advised that the introducing needle be left in to protect the wire
1346 / 1584
bi
has changed so that it is advised that the introducing needle be left in to protect the wire
from transection (93). By leaving the needle on the wire, it is more likely that the system
will inadvertently be pulled out of the breast; it is therefore recommended that the
introducing needle be pushed completely into the breast flush to the skin before advancing
the hook. Unfortunately this causes a loss of the third dimension in the localization, and
using this system in this fashion may have little advantage over a straight needle because
the surgeon must once again estimate the location of the lesion along the needle shaft.
Advantages
The major advantages of this system are the stiffness of the guide for the surgeon and the
ability to reposition the needle. A stable, three-dimensionally accurate localization can
result. Studies have demonstrated that a wire protruding from the side of a needle has 1.5
times the holding power of a flexible spring-hook wire anchor and 6 times the holding
power of a curved wire protruding from the end of the needle (94,95).
Disadvantages
The major drawback to this system is that it is not flexible. Three-dimensional positioning
results in variable lengths of needle protruding from the breast. This must be protected to
prevent the protruding portion from being inadvertently hit and dislodged or damaging the
tissues.
Other guide wires have been developed. By welding spring wire material to the end of
wires, multiple hooks can be attached to the end of a wire. Various spiral configurations can
be made to try to anchor wires in the breast tissue.
1348 / 1584
bi
Localization Parallel to The Chest Wall is The Safest
and Most Accurate Method for X-Ray–Guided Needle
Localization
As noted earlier, I now believe that free-hand localization from the front of the breast is
dangerous and inaccurate and should be discouraged. If the lesion is visible on ultrasound,
then an anterior approach can be used with the needle under direct observation. CT
guidance also allows safe and accurate anterior localization, and the use of digital breast
tomosynthesis will also allow safe and accurate anterior needle localizations. However, safe
and accurate anterior needle localization cannot be accomplished using standard 2D
mammography (film/screen or digital) unless the lesion is close to the skin.
Positioning guides from the front of the breast directed back toward the chest wall can be
dangerous. Free-hand needle localization is extremely operator-dependent. Although some
individuals claim a high degree of accuracy, it has never been shown that this method is as
generally accurate as the parallel to the chest wall (PCW) approach. Most practitioners of
this method accept a satisfactory needle position that is 1 cm from the lesion. I believe that
this is too far from the target and necessitates the removal of large volumes of tissue by
the surgeon to ensure that the lesion has been removed. It is fairly common to have the
surgeon remove additional tissue samples using this guidance because the lesion is
frequently missed with the first excision (101).
Free-hand localization is a technique that cannot rely on geometry but only on the artistry
of the operator. It relies on successive approximations and requires a degree of skill and
luck if accurate localizations are to result, particularly for lesions deep in the breast.
Anteroposterior needle insertion can be dangerous, particularly if the target lesion is close
to the chest wall. Needles introduced back toward the chest wall have been inserted
P.911
into the pectoralis muscles (Fig. 24-13), the pleural space (102), the lung, the
mediastinum, and even the heart. Introducing needles in this fashion has caused
pneumothoraces, and there was even a case in which a wire was placed into the aortic
valve, ultimately requiring replacement of the valve.
Figure 24-13 Free-hand needle localization from the front of the breast can
be dangerous. In this patient a wire was placed by free-hand technique with the
patient lying supine. She was rolled into the lateral projection for this xerogram. The 1349 / 1584
bi
patient lying supine. She was rolled into the lateral projection for this xerogram. The
hooked end of the wire projects over the lung. Fortunately it was not in her lung, but it
was hooked into the pectoralis major muscle; when she sat up, her breast re-expanded
and completely enveloped the entire wire. Not only did the lesion have to be
relocalized, but the surgeon also had to be guided to the wire.
If positioning from the front of the breast is desired, ultrasound, CT, or digital breast
tomosynthesis should be used.
Wire Migration
If needle localization procedures are performed properly, problems should be rare. Some
have suggested that wires may migrate from their original position, but this is an illusion.
Wires do not migrate unless they are left in the breast and not removed. Wires can be
placed inappropriately—and they have been positioned by radiologists into the muscle,
lung, mediastinum, and heart—but they do not migrate there. Wire guides can appear to
move once they are anchored. If wires are placed with the patient supine, the thickness of
the breast may be greatly underestimated as it spreads on the chest wall. If the wire is too
short for the true depth of the lesion, when the patient sits up and the breast re-expands, a
wire placed in this fashion may be enveloped by and completely disappear into the breast
(giving the appearance of migration). There have been reports of wires that have not only
been completely enveloped by the breast but also were not retrieved by the surgeon. Over
a period of time, some of these have been massaged by body motion into other parts of
the body (91). Our review suggests that this happens only when wires have been placed
using a free-hand method directed back toward the chest wall. In general, however, it is
best to remove all of the wire guide, although small pieces do not seem to move.
Caution
The anteroposterior approach should be used with great caution and is probably best suited
for superficial lesions. Breast cancer cells are not easily seeded along thin needle tracks,
but this remains a possibility. We have found no evidence that needle localization with 20-
gauge or smaller needles poses any risk of needle track seeding in the breast (103), but all
of the cases that we followed had the needle positioned PCW, and they either had
lumpectomy and radiation or a mastectomy. There was a report at the RSNA several years
ago in which tumors recurred in the exact location where a localization needle had ended,
but these women never received radiation, and this likely accounts for the successful tumor
seeding.
There is a potential to inadvertently track cells into the pleural space during an
anteroposterior localization. This has, however, never been investigated and remains
another theoretical reason for not using free-hand localization.
Virtually all significant complications can be avoided by positioning guides with PCW
approaches. Surgeons may initially be reluctant to accept this approach, but it should be
stressed that it is a much safer and much more accurate way of positioning a guide,
because the lesion can be held away from the chest wall in the mammography unit so that
it can be pierced by the inserted needle. The parallel approach is precise, with no
estimation required.
Circumareolar Incision
Although some surgeons believe that a circumareolar incision is cosmetically preferred, this
is not necessarily the case. If incisions are made in appropriate relation to the contours of
the breast (Langer's lines) (Fig. 24-14), peripheral incisions fade and become virtually
imperceptible. Dragging a cancer through a large volume of the breast to
P.912
remove it through a circumareolar incision is not recommended and may compromise
conservation therapy with radiation, especially if partial breast irradiation is used. If this
maneuver contaminates an unacceptably large volume of normal breast tissue, requiring a
larger volume of tissue to be boosted to the highest doses by the radiation therapist, a 1350 / 1584
bi
larger volume of tissue to be boosted to the highest doses by the radiation therapist, a
mastectomy may be required. The surgeon should be aware of this and use incisions that
permit the most accurate removal of a lesion and provide good cosmetic results, without
compromising treatment options.
Figure 24-14 This schematic shows the natural lines of skin tension (A), known as
Langer's lines. Small incisions should follow these lines for the best cosmetic results. If
large amounts of tissue are removed, surgeons advise following radial lines in the
lower breast (B).
1351 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-15 A spot compression plate with a window can facilitate needle placement
near the nipple.
Figure 24-16 Metallic markers along the edge of windows in the corners of a
compression paddle can facilitate needle placement for lesions in the axillary tail.
Figure 24-17 When positioning needles, remember that the x-ray beam is divergent
and is only perpendicular to the film at the center of the chest-wall side of the detector. 1352 / 1584
bi
and is only perpendicular to the film at the center of the chest-wall side of the detector.
Figure 24-18 The centering light should be aligned with the x-ray beam. A
sponge is compressed under the fenestrated compression, and needles are placed using
the centering light to align their hubs over the point of entry into the sponge (A).
Needles are advanced into the sponge (B). If the light and tube are aligned, a
subsequent x-ray will look down the lumen of the needles (C). If the light is not
aligned with the x-ray beam, then an x-ray of the needles will suggest that they are
tilted (D). The light should be realigned.
Figure 24-19 The entry point for the needle is determined by evaluating the location
of the lesion on a straight lateral (mediolateral [ML]) projection and a craniocaudal
(CC) view. Unless there are other considerations, the shortest distance to the lesion
should be chosen. In this case the lesion (arrows) is closest to the top of the breast, as
is evident on the ML (A) view, and fairly far from the medial or lateral surfaces, as
seen on the CC (B) projection. The best approach is from the top with the patient in
the CC projection.
P.915
It should be clear that the breast can be positioned in any way that affords access to the
lesion through the window while the breast is held in compression (Fig. 24-21). The gantry
or the breast can be rotated to permit access from any direction (see Fig. 24-20). In some
patients, the lesion can even be localized from the front of the breast if the breast is
sufficiently flexible that it can be turned so that the desired anterior surface is in the
window and the lesion is also visible in the window of the compression plate on the x-ray.
Once the shortest distance has been determined, the patient is seated facing the unit. With
her face turned away from the side to be localized, the breast is compressed within the
mammographic unit using the fenestrated compression plate so that the preliminary
mammogram will project the lesion in the opening of the compression plate (Fig. 24-22).
Because viewing the needle can produce a vasovagal response, the patient should be
instructed to keep her head turned away from the localization procedure. This should be
1354 / 1584
bi
instructed to keep her head turned away from the localization procedure. This should be
done in a supportive manner. Rather than reminding the patient that she might faint seeing
a needle in her breast, we find that it is best to suggest that we merely do not want her
face to project in our pictures.
The patient should be advised of the importance of not moving her breast and staying in
the mammography machine. She should be informed of each step of the procedure so that
she is not startled. We also position an aide or the technologist so that she can talk to the
patient and distract her from the procedure. It is often useful to mark the skin of the breast
with an ink marker at the corners of the window to help to determine whether the patient
moves during the procedure.
All mammography devices have a system of crosshairs up near the x-ray tube. These
crosshairs can be moved so that they project onto the compression paddle, the fenestration
in it, and the coordinate system along the sides of the fenestration. The first image shows
the lesion, the fenestration, and the coordinates along the edges of the fenestration. Using
the preliminary image, lines are drawn perpendicular to the edges of the window through
the center of the lesion (see Fig. 24-22A). This can be done using a marker if film is being
used. Digital mammography systems have electronic crosshairs that can determine the
coordinates of the target. The intersection of these lines with the calibrations along the
edge of the window defines the x and y coordinates of the lesion. The breast should be
repositioned if the lesion is not visible in a hole.
Figure 24-20 If a lesion is medial, then the window compression is positioned over
the medial skin surface (A). If the lesion is at the top of the breast, then the
craniocaudal approach is used (B). For laterally located lesions, the lateromedial
approach is used (C), and if the lesion is in the lower breast the window can be placed
on the underside with the gantry turned upside down (D). It is not necessary to choose
one of these directions. The window can be positioned anywhere in between, as long as
the lesion can be positioned in the field of view.
1355 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-21 These schematics show the step-by-step approach to lesions, depending
on their position in the breast. Step 1: The breast is compressed using a fenestrated
plate, affording the shortest approach to the lesion, and the needle is inserted. Step 2:
The needle is passed through or alongside the lesion, and the breast is uncompressed,
with the lesion transfixed by the needle. Step 3: The breast is recompressed with a
spot compression. If a straight-needle technique is used, the localization is complete.
On this second view, the distance of the lesion along the needle can be measured. Step
4: If the hookwire technique is used, the needle is withdrawn so that the tip is the
desired distance beyond the lesion. Step 5: The hookwire is after-loaded and advanced
to the needle tip. By holding the wire and withdrawing the needle, the hook will engage
where the needle tip has been. Ideally this is just beyond the lesion. Step 6: The
breast is removed from compression, and the hook will be just beyond the lesion.
P.916
P.917
After suitable skin preparation (we have always used three Betadine wipes and an alcohol
wipe), the coordinates of the lesion, as seen on the preliminary image, are identified on the
compression plate. The crosshairs or a laser light in the collimator of the tube housing is
then projected onto the fenestrated compression and the breast. By aligning the crosshairs
with the coordinates identified from the first image, the skin entry for the needle can be
determined. Local anesthesia is injected at the intersection of the crosshairs. This may
suffice. I inject more local anesthesia in the direction that the localization needle will follow.
A syringe containing local anesthetic can be attached to the localizing needle and
anesthesia can be injected as the needle is advanced. Alignment can be maintained by
keeping the crosshairs centered on the plunger of the syringe.
Because the x-ray beam that made the preliminary image is divergent, the only place that
the beam is perpendicular to the film plane is at the center of the compression plate along
the edge closest to the chest wall. If a needle is introduced perpendicular to the film plane
at any other location, it will miss the targeted lesion (see Fig. 24-22B). Using a properly
aligned centering light or appropriately aligned laser device, the needle tip is positioned at
the intersection of the crosshairs on the skin (see Fig. 24-22C) and then the needle is
aligned in the direction of the x-ray beam (see Fig. 24-22D). This is accomplished by
positioning the needle so that shadow of the hub on the skin is directly over and centered 1356 / 1584
bi
positioning the needle so that shadow of the hub on the skin is directly over and centered
on the point of the needle where it is to enter the skin. The centering light is used in a
similar fashion as a fluoroscope during a needle biopsy of the lung. The same alignment
can be accomplished by moving the hub of the needle so that the crosshairs project on the
center of the hub, or if a syringe is fastened to the hub, the crosshairs should project on the
plunger surface of the syringe.
If the centering light is appropriately aligned with the x-ray beam and the shadow of the
hub cast by the centering light is centered over the shadow of the needle where it is to
enter the skin, then the needle can be advanced in the same direction as the x-ray beam
that made the image of the lesion, and the needle will pass through the targeted lesion.
This can be confirmed by a repeat x-ray (see Fig. 24-22E). Using this technique, we have
shown that even if the needle does not pass directly through the lesion, the shaft of the
needle will never be more than 5 mm from the lesion (13).
To facilitate positioning the needle, we developed a small disk that can be placed on the
hub of the needle. This disk, which we call a TARGET, permits the crosshairs to be
projected onto its flat surface. Based on the scout film, the crosshairs are projected onto
the skin at the appropriate grid coordinates (Fig. 24-23A) and the needle tip is positioned
at the skin entry site at the intersection of the crosshairs on the skin surface in the routine
fashion (see Fig. 24-23B). While maintaining the needle tip in position on the skin, the
needle is then tilted so that the crosshairs are projected onto the center of the TARGET
disk (see Fig. 24-23C) on the needle hub. If the centering light is properly aligned with the
x-ray beam, the needle will be positioned in direct alignment with the path that the x-ray
beam followed to generate the preliminary film. The needle is then advanced into the
tissues in a smooth motion, keeping the crosshairs centered on the needle, ensuring
accurate positioning.
It is important to pass the needle through and beyond the suspected lesion in this first
projection. This ensures that the lesion either is skewered by the needle or is immediately
adjacent to it. This method permits extremely accurate needle positioning. Unless the
patient moves, it is virtually impossible for the needle to be more than 0.5 mm from the
lesion. The TARGET can be removed if desired or,
P.918
P.919
because it is radiolucent, the lesion can be imaged through it (Fig. 24-24) to confirm the x
and y coordinates of the needle position.
1357 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-22 The breast is positioned so that on the scout film (A) the lesion projects
in the window of the compression paddle. The lines drawn on the film using a wax
marker define its coordinates, using the grid markings at the edge of the window (B).
If the needle is advanced perpendicular to the film, it will miss the lesion because the
x-ray beam is divergent. The needle tip should be placed at the intersection of the
crosshairs as they project on the skin, having been adjusted to the proper coordinates
(C). The needle should be advanced at the appropriate angle (using the centering
light) in the direction of the x-ray beam to hit the lesion (D). The fact that the
alignment was correct can be checked on the subsequent x-ray, where the needle and
its hub are superimposed on the lesion (E).
1358 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-23 (A) The crosshairs are projected onto the skin at the appropriate grid
coordinates, and the tip of the needle is placed on the intersection of the crosshairs, as
in this localization from the MLO projection (B). While maintaining the needle tip on
the skin entry point, the needle is angled up so that the crosshairs project onto and are
centered on the TARGET (C) and so the needle can be advanced into the breast while
maintaining alignment with the x-ray beam.
Once the relationship of the needle to the lesion has been confirmed (x and y coordinates),
there is no reason to ever return to this first projection. If the needle is passed beyond the
lesion and is in appropriate position on the second film, an engaged wire must be in the
same relation to the lesion as the needle through which it was introduced, and therefore
there is no reason to return to the first projection once a hookwire is engaged. It is, in fact,
not a good idea to return to the first projection once a wire has been deployed, because
compressing the breast and a wire in the direction of its insertion may result in moving the
wire. There is no need to do this, so it should not be done.
If the initial placement is suboptimal, the needle can be partially withdrawn, the insertion
angle changed, and the needle reinserted without repuncturing the skin to achieve a more
accurate position. If the breast had moved during the procedure, a new skin puncture may
be necessary to
P.920
ensure that the localization needle will be no more 5 mm from the lesion.
Figure 24-24 The TARGET is radiolucent so that it can remain on the needle, because
the lesion can be imaged through it, as seen in this case. The hub of the needle is the
dense square in the center of the circular density, which is the TARGET.
1359 / 1584
bi
dense square in the center of the circular density, which is the TARGET.
Occasionally the breast tissues are extremely firm and resist the passage of a needle.
Generally a constant, firm pressure on the needle will ultimately permit it to pass through
this type of tissue. Care should be taken to avoid bending the needle, since wires with thick
segments cannot pass around the bend of a bent needle.
Once the x and y coordinates are confirmed and are satisfactory with respect to the lesion,
compression is slowly released. The radiologist should reach between the compression
plates and hold the breast in one hand while holding the needle hub (on the other side of
the plate) with the fingers of the other hand. It is very important that as compression is
slowly released, the radiologist advances the needle further into the breast while
simultaneously pulling the breast up around the needle (Fig. 24-25B) to ensure that the tip
of the needle always remains beyond the target so that the lesion remains on the shaft of
the needle. If the lesion comes off the shaft of the needle (see Fig. 24-25C), accurate
localization is lost and the procedure should be started again. It is generally possible and
desirable for needle stability to push the hub flush with the skin. The needle should have
been chosen such that when this
P.921
is accomplished and the breast is compressed perpendicular to its course, the needle tip is
at least 1 cm beyond the lesion.
Figure 24-25 The central hole in the TARGET can facilitate the introduction of a
hookwire into the needle cannula during a localization procedure. Here (A), the
radiologist is after-loading the wire through the hole in the center of the TARGET.
Having advanced the needle as the breast is uncompressed, the tip will have stayed
deep to the lesion, and the lesion will maintain its relationship to the needle (B). The
radiologist is holding the needle in one hand, and while the technologist slowly
uncompresses the breast, he advances the needle further into the breast and pulls the
breast up around the needle to be sure to keep the tip beyond the lesion (C). If the
needle is not advanced while the breast is being uncompressed, the lesion may pull off
of the needle as the breast re-expands to its normal position (D).
After complete release of the breast from the compression system, the patient is moved
from the mammography unit. Because most patients look immediately down to the breast
to see what has been done, it is wise for the radiologist to keep a hand over the needle to
prevent the patient from seeing it. Viewing the needle in her breast increases the likelihood
that she will experience a vasovagal reaction. She will need to turn her head away, 1360 / 1584
bi
that she will experience a vasovagal reaction. She will need to turn her head away,
regardless, when she is repositioned in the machine.
With the patient away from the machine, the gantry is rotated 90 degrees in preparation
for determining the z, or depth, coordinate. This final maneuver is facilitated by replacing
the large compression paddle with the small spot compression device. At this point in the
procedure it is no longer necessary to compress the entire breast. It is only necessary to
be able to visualize the relationship of the needle tip to the targeted lesion so that the tip
can be pulled back to establish its appropriate relationship to the lesion. By using the spot
compression plate over the area, the lesion is held firmly (Fig. 24-26A), and the
relationship of the tip of the needle to the lesion is visible (see Fig. 24-26B). By using the
spot compression paddle, there is room for the radiologist to get to the hub of the needle to
adjust its depth and insert and engage a wire (see Fig. 24-26C,D).
In the initial projection, the needle is passed to a depth that is beyond the lesion. The
actual distance that the needle passes beyond the lesion is not important, only that it goes
beyond the lesion. The distance that the needle can be pulled back to get to the proper
depth can be measured on the orthogonal mammogram (see Fig. 24-26B). If a simple
needle technique is used, this orthogonal projection is the final view required, as it gives
the surgeon the relationship of the lesion along the shaft of the needle (see Fig. 24-26C).
The needle tip should be at least 1 cm beyond the lesion so that the lesion remains along
the needle shaft regardless of the position of the breast at surgery (see Fig. 24-26D).
See PDF
Figure 24-26 The spot compression paddle is used to compress perpendicular to the
course of the needle (A) to image the needle tip and the lesion (B). If a hookwire is to
be introduced, this image is used to determine how far back the needle should be
pulled (arrow) to position the hook at the appropriate depth. By using the spot
compression paddle, the radiologist can easily reach the needle to pull it back to the
desired depth (C). A hookwire should be engaged so that the hook is beyond the lesion
(D) (curved arrow) and the lesion is along the thickened segment (small arrows). The
surgeon should remove a small amount of tissue around the thickened segment, and
the excised tissue should be sent for specimen radiography. Specimen radiography
confirms that the lesion and wire have been successfully removed (E). In this second
patient (F), a straight, flat-head needle has been placed from the bottom of the breast
using the craniocaudal (CC) projection. This provides only 2D accuracy, and the
surgeon must use the image to determine how far along the needle to go to find the
lesion (arrow). With a straight-needle technique, the tip should be well beyond the
lesion to preclude having the lesion slip off the needle shaft. In this third patient, the
shortest distance is from the lateral side, so the breast is positioned in the lateromedial
projection (G) with the window over the lateral skin surface. The needle is introduced
and its position is confirmed (H). The needle is advanced as the compression is
released, and the spot compression device is substituted for the window compression.
The gantry is rotated 90 degrees into the CC projection, and the breast is
recompressed to show the distance from the lesion (arrow) to the needle tip (I). The
needle is pulled back and the wire engaged, with the lesion ideally located on the
thickened segment of wire just proximal to the hook (J). Excision of the invasive
ductal carcinoma is confirmed on the specimen radiograph (K).
The orthogonal view permits withdrawal of the needle so that the tip can be precisely
positioned. Cytologic material can be obtained by withdrawing the needle until the tip is in
the lesion (although this risks the possibility that the needle will be pulled out of the lesion
and the whole procedure will have to be performed again from the beginning). We have
done CNBs in this fashion, positioning an introducing needle through which the core needle
was passed. If, however, this orthogonal projection shows that the lesion has come off the
needle shaft and is beyond the tip, accurate localization is lost. The lesion may no longer be
in line with the needle, and although readvancing it may give the appearance that it 1361 / 1584
bi
in line with the needle, and although readvancing it may give the appearance that it
intersects the lesion, the needle may be in a different plane. Accurate localization will be
lost, and the surgeon may fail to excise the area of concern. Should the needle be pulled
out of the lesion, it is best to start the procedure from the beginning and be certain that the
needle remains through the target tissue.
If a hookwire system is used for localization, the needle is withdrawn so that its tip is at the
level at which the hook will be placed. In general, it is best to anchor hooks slightly deeper
than the lesion so that the wire passes through the lesion. We prefer using wires with a 2-
cm thickened segment just proximal to the hook as a guide for the surgeon (see Hookwire
Systems earlier in this chapter). With these wires, the hook is ideally engaged 1.0 to 1.5
cm beyond the lesion so that the lesion is on the thickened segment just proximal to the
hook (see Fig. 24-26E). This ensures that if there is any movement of the wire with slight
traction at surgery, the hook will pull into the lesion and not away from it.
The surgeon can use the thickened distal segment of wire as a marker to indicate that the
level of the lesion has been reached and that the hook is 2 cm beyond. If the biopsy is
being done for diagnostic purposes, the surgeon should ideally remove a small cylinder of
tissue around the thickened segment that provides a small margin of tissue around the
lesion and includes the hook. If the lesion is a known malignancy, then a wider excision
may be desirable to try to avoid the need for re-excision. Specimen radiography should be
obtained to confirm that the lesion has been excised (see Fig. 24-26F) (see below).
Accurate engagement of hookwires is accomplished by pulling the needle out so that its tip
is positioned at the desired location for the end of the wire. The wire is then after-loaded
into the needle from the hub. By advancing the wire up the mark on the proximal portion,
the hook will be folded just inside the needle tip. The proximal wire should then be held in
position while the needle is withdrawn back over it and out of the breast. In this way the
hook will engage where the needle tip had been. This method is preferred to advancing the
wire out of the needle.
On occasion the needle tip may become firmly embedded in fibrous tissue such that when it
is withdrawn, the tip pulls the tissue with it. Although it appears that the needle is being
pulled out of the breast, when the wire is engaged and the tissue elastically returns it to its
normal position, the hook may be pulled farther beyond the lesion than is desirable (a hook
that is too deep with the lesion along the wire is preferable to one that is too shallow with
the lesion beyond the hook). A similar result can occur by inadvertently feeding the wire
out the needle tip rather than pulling the needle out while holding the wire stationary. The
wire can follow the needle track or, if the breast is primarily fat, can be pushed through the
fat if there is no fibrous tissue to prevent this advance.
The problem of the needle tip being fixed in tissue and the wire ending up deeper than
desired can be avoided by turning the needle to break it loose from these tissues as it is
withdrawn and increasing the pressure of the compression device to prevent the tissues
from moving. It is also useful to position the hook in space, while it is still contained in the
needle, before pulling the needle back (Fig. 24-27). If the needle tip is to be pulled back 2
cm for proper positioning of the hook, the wire can be inserted so that the burnished mark
is 2 cm outside the needle hub. Even though the needle tip is still beyond the appropriate
point, the hook is in the desired position relative to the lesion. If the proximal wire is held
firmly and the needle is turned and withdrawn, the tip usually frees itself from the deeper
P.925
tissue by the time the hook is exposed, and the hook engages in the desired tissue.
1362 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-27 It is occasionally helpful to position the hook within the needle in its
desired location in space, as shown on this schematic (A), and then to pull the needle
back to release the hook in the appropriate position just beyond the lesion (B).
Some of our surgeons have found it valuable to have a metallic marker placed at the skin
insertion site so that on the final film obtained with the hook engaged they can see how far
down the wire the lesion is from the skin (with the understanding that the breast is
compressed).
Figure 24-28 The wire should be taped to the skin in a gentle loop with no tension.
1364 / 1584
bi
1365 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-30 Some surgeons transect the wire and deliver the distal portion through
an incision that is remote from the skin entry site (A). This permits the surgeon to
operate looking down the axis of the wire to facilitate the removal of a small cylinder of
tissue around the thick segment and the hook (B) and containing the lesion.
A third approach is to undertake a circumareolar incision, which some surgeons prefer for
its cosmetic value; however, as noted above, there is some debate as to the safety of this
approach for reaching peripheral lesions that prove to be malignant. Finding a wire when
such an approach is used may be difficult. By passing a 23- or 22-gauge needle or specially
formed blunt-tipped cannula over the wire, using the wire as a guide, a stiffer target is
created to approach a deep lesion (8).
The surgeon should understand that any wire can inadvertently be pulled out of the breast
if sufficient traction is placed on it. Furthermore, if the wire is positioned predominantly in
fat, there is little tissue for any hook to adhere to and wires can be moved in fat. The wire
should be used as a guide, not as a retractor. By placing the lesion along the
thickened segment proximal to the hook, any traction applied to the wire pulls the hook
back into the lesion
P.927
rather than away from it. The thick segment acts as an indicator for the surgeon so that
the distance to the hook can be anticipated.
Dye Injection
If a dye injection technique is used either alone or in conjunction with guide placement, the
needle for such injections may be positioned in the same way as described earlier. A vital
dye is chosen, and a very small amount is injected into the region of the lesion. The needle
may remain in place or be withdrawn slowly, injecting the dye as the needle is withdrawn,
staining the track. Although this provides a visible track that can be followed by the
surgeon to the tissue in question, it can be difficult to follow, and many surgeons who use
dye injections leave a needle guide in as well. Although diffusion of dye into a much larger
volume than desired has been a problem for some surgeons, proponents argue that this is
a rare occurrence.
Some advocate mixing the vital dye with iodinated contrast material to confirm the
position of the stained tissue relative to the lesion on the mammogram. This, however,
may obscure the lesion in the subsequent specimen radiograph. If these techniques are
used, the practitioner must be aware of the potential for contrast reactions as well as
possible allergic reactions to the vital dye.
Carbon particles are used in Europe. They are inert and can be positioned weeks in
advance because they do not move. Some use these at the time of FNAB so that the
surgeon has a guide to the suspicious tissue. Following a thin black line to a lesion,
however, can be difficult and may result in the need to remove an excessively large
amount of tissue.
1366 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-31 The specimen should be gently compressed (not crushed) to perform
specimen radiography. Detail may be lost if the specimen is not compressed (A).
Masses may not be visible at all. With compression and magnification (B) excellent
detail is seen, and the removal of masses as well as calcifications can be confirmed.
Margin Analysis
Although the overall prognosis is determined by whether cancer has spread systemically,
successful treatment of breast cancer involves preventing recurrences within the breast.
Multiple studies have shown that recurrence rates are reduced if a rim of normal tissue is 1367 / 1584
bi
Multiple studies have shown that recurrence rates are reduced if a rim of normal tissue is
removed around the tumor. Resection to clear margins is the desired goal of an excisional
procedure, and analysis of the margins is used to determine whether they are free of
tumor, increasing the likelihood (although not guaranteeing) that the tumor has been
excised. The specimen radiograph can give a preliminary assessment of part of the margin.
Figure 24-32 Sonography of the excised specimen can confirm the removal of
a mass. The oval, hypoechoic mass is evident with the wire guide along its side in this
ultrasound of the excised specimen, confirming removal of what proved to be a
fibroadenoma.
One of the important duties of the pathologist is the assessment of the relationship of
cancer to the margins of the excised tissue. If there is tumor present at the margin of the
lesion, then a significant amount of residual tumor is likely still in the breast and the
recurrence rate in the breast will be higher (104,105). Before sectioning, the pathologist
should paint the surface of the specimen with India ink or some similar stain so that the
proximity of cancer to a margin can be assessed after sectioning and during viewing under
the microscope (106). Some pathologists use different-colored inks to identify the different
surfaces of the specimen so that if tumor is found to extend to a margin, they can inform
the surgeon of its relative position in the breast. If a margin is positive, some pathologists
believe that this can help direct the surgeon as to the part of the biopsy cavity wall that
should be re-excised if re-excision is needed for a positive margin.
Unfortunately, although important, margin analysis is quite crude. The pathologist is
viewing only a tiny portion of the specimen. Some surgeons excise the “obvious”
malignancy, trying to include a rim of normal tissue. They then obtain “shaved margins.”
These are thin sections parallel to the walls of the excision cavity. The shaved margins
should be free of tumor, and this increases the likelihood that all tumor has been removed.
If the shaved margins are positive, then it is likely that there is considerably more tumor
remaining in the breast that cannot be identified for resection, and the patient may be
advised to have a mastectomy.
One specimen radiograph is retained for the patient's record. The second specimen
radiograph provides the pathologist with an understanding of the lesion that was excised so
that the histologic review can be correlated with the expected pathology to ensure
concordance. The volume of the tissue excised may be quite small, but the lesion itself
usually occupies a much smaller portion of the sample. Permanent histologic sections are
generally approximately 4 to 5 µm thick. This, however, is a very small sample of
P.929
even the smallest biopsy specimen. It would take 2,000 5-µm-thick histologic samples to
completely evaluate just a 1-mL volume of breast tissue. Thus, it is possible for the
pathologist to inadvertently overlook the actual lesion. Because of this major opportunity
for sampling error, even careful margin analysis may fail to reveal that cancer is extending
to the margin. It is almost impossible to determine when DCIS has been completely
excised because it might extend into a duct that is not included in any of the sections
viewed microscopically. With DCIS, even when there are pathologically clear margins,
residual in situ cancer is found at re-excision or in the mastectomy at least 40% of the
1368 / 1584
bi
residual in situ cancer is found at re-excision or in the mastectomy at least 40% of the
time. Presumably radiation therapy reduces the recurrence rate for DCIS by killing this
residual tumor in the breast (107).
If there is any question as to whether the lesion has been seen by the pathologist,
radiographs of any remaining unprocessed biopsy tissue or of the paraffin blocks can be
obtained and samples of the residual tissue at various levels processed to ensure that
complete evaluation has occurred. If there is any question as to where in the specimen the
lesion can be found, the sectioned specimen can be radiographed to determine the slices
that contain the lesion.
On occasion it is necessary to radiograph the paraffin blocks containing residual tissue to
determine whether the lesion is still deeper in the block, requiring additional histologic
sections. We image the blocks by turning them on their side (Fig. 24-33) (108). This not
only will demonstrate which blocks contain the calcifications, but will also show how much
deeper down in the blocks the calcifications can be found. The pathologist will then get
“levels” through the block to be sure the targeted lesion is evaluated.
As noted earlier, some reports and our own experience have suggested that cancers may
occur at a distance from benign microcalcifications, and this has been used to argue that
larger biopsy samples are indicated. Most calcifications associated with cancer are in the
tumor, and in general a small tissue sample is desirable for diagnostic purposes. When
there is already a diagnosis of cancer, a larger sample to try to achieve clear margins is
usually obtained.
Figure 24-33 If the pathologist does not find calcifications in the specimen, they may
be deeper in the paraffin blocks. Here a paraffin block (P) has been turned on its side
so that the radiograph can show the depth location of calcifications (arrow) in the block.
Cyst Aspiration
Using the fenestrated compression paddle, a needle can be placed into the lesion with the
patient in a mammographic position and, using the same procedure described for needle
localization, fluid can be aspirated (Fig. 24-35). When the breast is compressed, a cyst is
under pressure and fluid may be ejected as soon as the needle passes into the lesion. If a
cyst is suspected, it is prudent to attach connecting tubing to the needle so that as it is
advanced any fluid forced from the cyst collects in the tubing. The end of the tubing can be
connected to a syringe, and an assistant can aspirate as the needle is advanced. The
TARGET can be used
P.930
to guide needle placement by attaching a stopcock to the needle, the TARGET to the top
connection, and the connecting tubing to the side port (Fig. 24-36). If there is no intention
to follow an aspiration with immediate surgery, we introduce the needle from the CC
projection. This allows the needle to reach the most dependent portion of a cyst so that it
can be completely aspirated.
Figure 24-34 Bracketing a lesion using wire guides can aid in surgical
excision. In this case of extensive DCIS, three needles have been positioned (A) and
three wires engaged to surround the lesion (B), aiding the surgeon in obtaining clear
margins.
If a needle localization is planned but fluid is obtained at aspiration, the needle should be
passed through the lesion and the localization should proceed. By viewing the needle in the
90-degree projection, it can be determined whether complete resolution has been
achieved. If not, the needle can be pulled back into the lesion and repeat aspiration
performed (Fig. 24-37A). If the lesion completely disappears and the fluid is turbid yellow,
green, or brown, it is safe to terminate the localization and cancel the surgery. If, however,
there is no fluid, there is a residual mass, or the fluid appears to contain old blood (thick
and maroon), it is prudent to proceed with a needle biopsy or localization and excision (see 1370 / 1584
bi
and maroon), it is prudent to proceed with a needle biopsy or localization and excision (see
Fig. 24-37B).
Figure 24-35 When performing mammographically guided cyst aspiration, the lesion
is positioned in the window of the compression paddle (A). The needle is introduced as
with a standard needle localization, but with connecting tubing attached to a syringe.
Once the skin is punctured, an assistant can begin aspirating while the operator
advances the needle. The position of the needle can be checked with a mammogram
(B) to ensure that the lesion has been hit and drained. A final film confirms the
resolution of the cyst (C).
1371 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-36 The TARGET can be used for mammographically guided cyst aspiration
by placing it on a stopcock in the needle hub. Suction can be applied by an assistant
through connecting tubing attached to the side port of the stopcock.
Figure 24-37 If a lesion does not produce fluid, a wire can be after-loaded
through the same needle. In this patient the needle has been withdrawn into the
mass, as seen on this negative-mode xerogram (A). When no fluid could be
withdrawn, a hookwire was introduced (B), and surgery revealed an invasive ductal
carcinoma.
1372 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-38 As demonstrated on this schematic, calcifications that are in the skin of
the breast usually project over the breast tissue.
Ideally the radiologist will avoid recommending a biopsy for skin deposits, but the biopsy
can still be avoided if the needle localization is done using the PCW approach from the
shortest distance. Problems will occur, however, if free-hand localization is used because
there is no way of deducing that the calcifications are actually in the skin if this approach is
used.
If the possibility of dermal calcifications is not appreciated and a needle localization is
performed, there is still the opportunity to avoid unnecessary surgery. Using the PCW
localization technique described previously, a needle introduced from the closest skin
surface will pass through the calcifications if they are in the skin. When the patient is
removed from the first position in the mammography system and the gantry is rotated and
repositioned in the orthogonal projection, dermal deposits should be suspected if the
calcifications are close to the needle hub (assuming it has been placed flush to the skin) or
if the calcifications are close to the skin entry site (Fig. 24-40A). These can be confirmed by
obtaining an image with the x-ray
P.933
beam in tangent to the needle skin entry point (see Fig. 24-40B). The localization should be
terminated, the patient reassured, and the surgeon notified that a biopsy is not needed.
1373 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-39 These calcifications (arrows) are indeterminate on the craniocaudal (A)
and lateral (B) projections. Using the window compression, a marker is taped to the
skin (C) overlying the calcifications (or taped to them if they are in the skin). A
tangential view (D) shows them in the skin (arrow) and proves that the calcifications
are dermal deposits and therefore of no consequence.
1374 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-40 If the calcifications appear to be close to the needle entry site (A), they
may be in the skin. A tangential view to the needle entry site (B) can confirm dermal
deposits so that the needle localization and biopsy can be canceled. In this case surgery
was canceled when the radiologist realized that the calcifications were in the skin at the
needle entry site (C) (arrow).
A localization needle longer than the anticipated distance to the lesion from the skin surface
is then selected. The breast is positioned in the usual manner, with the lesion in the window
of the compression plate. The needle is passed in the direction of the x-ray beam, as in a
standard PCW localization procedure (Fig. 24-41A), so that the tip of the needle is passed
beyond the lesion almost to the other side of the breast. The breast is then partially
uncompressed. By pulling on the skin or slightly rolling the breast and recompressing, the
needle is tilted over (any direction works), and when another image is obtained the needle
is seen at an oblique angle (see Fig. 24-41B). The targeted lesion can be seen along the
needle, and its projected distance along the shaft and projected distance from the tip can
be measured from the film.
Simple geometry can be used to determine how far beyond the lesion the tip of the needle
actually lies. This actual distance can be calculated by comparing the ratio of the true
distance of the lesion from the tip of the needle (TDL) to the projected distance of the tip of
the needle from the lesion (PDL) to the ratio of the true length of the needle (TLN) to the
projected length of the needle (PLN) (see Fig. 24-41C) and then solving for the true
distance from the lesion: TDL/PDL = TLN/PLN. Solve for TDL: TDL = TLN * PDL/PLN.
The needle can then be withdrawn the true distance that the lesion lies from the tip (TDL),
and the tip of the needle will then be at the lesion (see Fig. 24-41D). Cytology can be
obtained or a hookwire can be introduced and engaged in the tissues, and the lesion will be
at the level of the hook (see Fig. 24-41E) (110).
This technique has been used successfully to position a guide for the excision of
calcifications seen adjacent to a silicone gel implant where the lesion could be seen in only
one projection (Fig. 24-42). The implant was in the way so that stereotaxis could not be
performed, and the parallax method was used to place a wire for surgical excision. The
implant was displaced using a spot compression device with a window cut out to hold the
implant out of the field of view. The needle was passed down the x-ray beam trajectory
through the breast almost to the other side. The compression was relaxed slightly so that
the skin could be pulled and the needle tipped. The ratios were obtained and the distance
to pull back was calculated, permitting accurate localization of the lesion.
The same method can be used to place two needles or a combination of needles and wires
at a lesion so
P.935
P.936
1375 / 1584
bi
P.937
P.938
that their intersection can be used to guide the surgeon (Fig. 24-43).
Figure 24-41 The technique of parallax localization can be seen in the localization of
this lesion from the lateromedial approach. The mass has been placed in the window
and the needle introduced in the standard fashion and pushed almost to the other side
of the breast (A). Compression is reduced slightly and the skin pulled or the breast
rolled so that the needle tilts over (B). The needle is now visible at an angle so that its
projected length is foreshortened. The open arrow points to the mass. The short
arrows define the projected distance that the needle must be pulled back from the
lesion (PDL). PDL is related to the true distance that the needle must be pulled back
(TDL) as the projected length of the needle (PLN) seen on the mammogram (C) is to
the true length of the metal portion of the needle (TLN). The TDL is calculated, and the
needle is pulled back this distance (D) and a wire engaged. In this example, the
accuracy of the technique can be seen in the relationship of the hooked end to the
lesion (E).
1376 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-42 Parallax localization. This patient's implant (IMP) and calcifications
were seen at the bottom of the breast (arrow) only on the lateral projection (A). The
calcifications are more clearly seen on this spot compression lateral projection with the
implant displaced superiorly (B). As a consequence of the implant, the calcifications
were not visible on any other projection. They could not be seen on a stereotactic
system and had to be localized using the parallax technique. Using a spot compression
paddle with a fenestration, the implant was displaced up and the calcifications were
positioned in the window (C). A needle was placed straight through the calcifications
(D), and then the needle was tilted by pulling on the skin with the breast in
compression (E). By calculating the distance using the parallax formula, the needle
was pulled back and a wire was engaged at the calcifications. A second needle was
inserted as a precaution. The calcifications are at the intersection of the wire and
needle (F).
If the needle bends, then the calculations will not be accurate, so a stiff needle should be
used (at least 20 gauge). Because the breast is compressed in the direction of the needle,
small distances from the needle tip to the lesion are amplified when the breast is
uncompressed.
Some Pitfalls
If these localization techniques are followed, very few problems can arise. The accuracy of
the localization can be diminished
P.939
if the needle is pulled out of the lesion (Fig. 24-44). If in the orthogonal position the needle
is inadvertently pulled out of the lesion, it cannot be accurately replaced because the lesion
and the needle may be at different planes once the lesion comes off the shaft of the needle.
Usually the procedure should be started from the beginning to try to ensure accuracy.
1378 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-43 Another aid in needle localization is to use two needles. As
shown schematically and in Figure 21-31, one needle is placed using the standard
localization approach (A) and then the breast is rolled, tipping the needle (B). A
second needle is introduced in the direction of the x-ray beam (C). The lesion will lie at
the intersection of the two needles. This approach was used in this case. The mass (D)
was positioned in the fenestrated compression system. A needle was passed vertically
through it. This image looks directly down the needle (E). The breast was rolled,
showing that the needle tip was just beyond the mass (F), and a second needle was
introduced vertically (G). A wire was deployed through the first needle, and the second
needle was taped in place. The surgeon removed the tissue at the intersection (H),
which proved to be benign focal fibrosis.
Wires can be gently pulled out of the breast (even completely) if the hook has been
positioned too far beyond the lesion. This should be done carefully. If resistance is met,
then an image should be obtained to see if the hook is overbending (opening too wide).
Overbending may stress the spring and could result in breaking off the hook. If the hook is
in fat, there is little on which it can hold and it can be pulled back. It generally holds tightly
in connective tissue.
Wires have been cut at surgery (see Fig. 24-44), and fragments have been left in the
breast (Fig. 24-45). The significance of this varies with the type of wire and the method of
positioning it in the breast. Fragments of wires that were positioned PCW have been
followed, many for more than 10 years. They have virtually all remained stable with no
significant sequelae. Significant migration of wire fragments, however, has been reported
with wires that were positioned free-hand and directed back toward the chest wall. One
was eventually removed from a cervical neuroforamen (91), and another extruded from
behind the knee after traversing the abdomen over several weeks.
Wires are cut when surgeons dissect with scissors. Scalpel dissection avoids the problem.
The wire should not be pulled hard because the hook may overbend and break off.
Surgeons should be cautioned not to touch wires with electrocautery because this may also
fragment the wire, as well as possibly burning the tissue along the wire's course. In our
experience transection of a wire is extremely rare, having occurred only 10 times in more
than 8,000 procedures (0.1%).
It is not a good idea to try to advance a wire once it has been deployed. This could result in
bending it at the junction of the thick section and the hook (Fig. 24-46) and could break the
wire.
Beware of disappearing masses. On occasion a mass seems to disappear during a
localization procedure when the needle is introduced. If morphologically it may represent a
cyst and fluid comes out of the lumen of the needle, then it is likely a cyst. However, if the
lesion seems to have disappeared and there is no fluid to account for its disappearance, the
image is likely due to distortion of the tissues or contusion around the mass caused by the
needle. It is very unusual to lacerate a cyst and have it decompress without any fluid
coming out of the needle lumen. The lesion is likely still there, and the localization should
be completed
P.940
P.941
in the area of the “disappeared” lesion and excision carried out (Fig. 24-47). The mass will
be seen on the specimen radiograph.
1379 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-44 In this case the needle was pulled too far back and was pulled out of the
lesion (arrow) (A). The radiologist pushed the needle back (B) and engaged a wire
(C), but the surgeon missed the abnormality. This was likely due to the fact that once
the needle has pulled out of the lesion, the plane of the needle and the lesion may
separate. As a result, the wire ended up at a different level than the lesion, even
though it appears to project over it, and the surgeon missed the cancer with his first
attempt. The needle cannot be accurately readvanced without starting the localization
from the beginning.
1380 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-45 A wire fragment (arrows), seen here on MLO (A) and CC (B)
projections, was left at surgery following a needle localization performed 9 years
earlier. It has remained stable, with no evidence of movement.
Figure 24-46 The radiologist tried to advance this wire after it had been deployed
from the needle during a free-hand localization. This caused a bend at the junction 1381 / 1584
bi
from the needle during a free-hand localization. This caused a bend at the junction
between the thickened segment and the hook.
Transducer Selection
High-frequency transducers (7.5 MHz or higher) focused in the near field to a depth of 3 to
5 cm are needed. Linear arrays appear to be the best for guiding needle positioning.
Figure 24-47 The mass, seen here on the CC projection (A), seemed to disappear
when the needle was placed from the bottom of the breast and the wire was engaged,
as seen on this mediolateral projection (B). The excision of the area of concern was
completed, however, since no fluid had been expressed through the needle lumen, and
the small invasive cancer was clearly evident in the specimen radiograph (C).
P.942
Patient Preparation
Just as with x-ray–guided needle localization, the procedure should be carefully explained
to the patient and her questions answered. Because ultrasound-guided procedures are
directed at an angle back toward the chest wall, it is probably best to discuss the possibility
of pneumothorax (extremely rare) as well as the potential need for a chest tube if a
pneumothorax occurs when the targeted lesion is located against the chest wall.
Hematomas after ultrasound-guided core needle biopsy are fairly common, so we alert the
patient that this will likely occur. We also explain that the reason we will be pressing firmly
on her breast after the procedure (this is often the most uncomfortable part of the
procedure) is to try to minimize a hematoma. The patient should also be informed of the
possibility of infection, although this is extremely rare (we have had only one in several 1382 / 1584
bi
possibility of infection, although this is extremely rare (we have had only one in several
thousand biopsies).
Patient Positioning
Fenestrated compression plates and mammography systems can be used to hold the breast
and prevent a lesion from moving during ultrasound-guided procedures (Fig. 24-48).
However, most ultrasound-guided procedures can be performed with the patient lying fairly
comfortably in the supine position. She should be rolled into whichever oblique position
causes the portion of the breast that contains the lesion to be as thin as possible against the
chest wall to reduce the amount of tissue that the ultrasound beam and the needle must
traverse and to help keep the lesion from moving away from the biopsy device or
localization needle. A bolster behind the patient's back can help her maintain the
appropriate position. The breast can be further thinned on the chest wall by having the
patient extend her arm, placing the palm of her hand behind her head.
The radiologist should always be aware that with the patient supine in this position, needles
may be directed back toward the anterior chest wall, and the operator should always avoid
the inadvertent placement of a needle into the lung or mediastinum. The patient should be
rolled and the approach angled as much as possible so that the needle passes as parallel to
the chest wall as possible. When
P.943
a lesion is close to or directly against the chest wall, some have found that it can be lifted
off the chest wall by injecting the local anesthetic behind it to move it away (Fig. 24-49).
The radiologist can sometimes introduce the tip of the needle into the lesion and lift it off
the chest wall by depressing the handle of the biopsy device (Fig. 24-50) before firing. If
there is concern that a safe biopsy cannot be achieved, it may be best to consider the use
of the stereotactic biopsy system to hold the target lesion away from the chest wall.
Figure 24-48 The fenestrated compression plate can be used to hold the
breast and lesion while performing ultrasound-guided procedures.
1383 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-49 Anesthetic can be used to elevate a lesion away from the chest
wall. If a lesion is close to the chest wall, anesthetic can be injected between it and the
chest wall so that it is raised off the chest wall for a safer CNB.
Figure 24-50 Sometimes the needle can be used to raise the lesion away
from the chest wall before firing.
The cysts that we end up aspirating have been named “dirty” or “complicated” cysts. These
are round, oval, or smoothly lobulated lesions that have low-level internal echoes (Fig. 24-
51) that do not move under ultrasound observation (debris in cysts can sometimes be seen
to move under ultrasound observation, confirming the cystic nature of the lesion).
Unfortunately, Venta et al called them “complex” cysts in their paper that evaluated the
need for aspiration (115). The term “complex cyst” should be reserved for lesions that 1384 / 1584
bi
need for aspiration (115). The term “complex cyst” should be reserved for lesions that
have clear solid and cystic components. Venta et al found only 1 cancer in 308 aspirations
of complicated cysts and suggested that since this is lower than the 2% rate accepted for
“probably benign” lesions, short-interval follow-up would be a reasonable alternative to
aspiration. I find that following lesions with ultrasound is not very satisfying. There is
always the question of whether the same lesion is being seen each time, and the
orientation of the lesion during which the measurement is obtained is never exactly the
same. Since ultrasound-guided cyst aspiration is so safe, simple, and relatively
inexpensive, and in our experience these “complicated” cysts are fairly uncommon, we
generally aspirate them to confirm the diagnosis. This obviates the need for 2 years of
follow-up, which carries higher anxiety levels and is more expensive than the aspiration.
Figure 24-51 A complicated (dirty) cyst. The low-level echoes in this lesion make
it impossible to be certain that it is a cyst. Aspiration confirmed that it was a benign
cyst.
Once the needle is in the cyst, the needle can be angled up and down to see if moves freely
(Fig. 24-55) without moving the cyst. If the punctured lesion is solid, moving the tip of the
needle up and down will move the solid mass along with it. Once the needle has penetrated
into the cyst, the fluid can be aspirated by an assistant while the operator monitors the
withdrawal of fluid and the needle position under ultrasound. If the fluid resists aspiration,
the tip of the needle can be rotated or repositioned to better drain the cyst's contents.
Once the fluid has been removed, a small amount of air (less than the amount of
withdrawn fluid) can be introduced so that the cyst and its wall can be seen easily on
postaspiration mammography, which is
P.946
P.947
P.948
used as a check (Fig. 24-56) to be certain that the aspirated lesion was what had raised
concern on the mammogram. There is, however, no proof that this pneumocystography is
of any benefit, and we rarely inject air anymore.
Figure 24-52 The transducer is fastened to the “third hand” (A). The transducer is
then positioned over the lesion (B), and a straw is passed perpendicular to the plane of
the section between the skin and transducer (C). When its shadow appears over the
lesion (D), its tip is used to mark the skin over the lesion (E,F). A second mark is
made at the end of the transducer on the skin where the needle will be inserted.
1387 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-53 We find that there is more sensitive control of the needle if it is
connected to a syringe using tubing and the syringe is given to an assistant, who
provides suction as needed (A). Following suitable sterile preparation, the needle is
introduced at the end of the transducer and directed toward the lesion, with its course
monitored by ultrasound (B).
Figure 24-54 By introducing the needle along the plane of the section (A), its tip can
be monitored at all times. The needle is visible entering from the right, and its tip
(arrow) is just at the margin of the cyst (B). The needle is advanced into the cyst,
which is completely drained under real-time observation (C).
1388 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-55 A needle will move in a cyst but will move a solid mass. A needle
that is in a fluid-filled structure can be moved in the fluid without moving the structure
(A,B), but if the structure is solid, moving the needle will move the mass (C,D).
Fluid Analysis
Breast cyst fluid is rarely crystal clear. It is usually turbid yellow, white cream-colored,
brown, gray, or green. The viscosity of cyst fluid can vary from that of water to that of
thick mucus that is almost impossible to aspirate. These
P.949
colors are almost always associated with benign processes. When the fluid is thick and
maroon or dark brown, suggesting old blood, an intracystic process should be suspected,
such as a papilloma or carcinoma. This should be distinguished from the other colors
described above that become blood-tinged during the aspiration. Bright blood indicates that
a blood vessel has been pierced. This is of no clinical significance. If there is no evidence of
old blood (not new bleeding), it is of no demonstrable benefit to send fluid for cytologic
analysis. Most merely dispose of typical cyst fluid. Smith et al found that no cancers were
identified by cytologic analysis of 660 aspirated cysts among 583 women (116).
Furthermore, “atypia” seen cytologically does not have the same importance as when it is
seen histologically. They found that 33 women had cytologically atypical cells, but none had
malignancy at excision. Not only is intracystic cancer extremely rare, but negative cytology
1389 / 1584
bi
malignancy at excision. Not only is intracystic cancer extremely rare, but negative cytology
does not eliminate the possibility of malignancy. If we begin to aspirate old blood, then we
stop the aspiration if possible so that the lesion remains visible and recommend that it be
excised. If it is aspirated completely, then we suggest putting in a clip to mark the location
for surgical removal.
Figure 24-56 This large subareolar cyst (A) was aspirated under ultrasound
observation. The needle can be clearly seen (B) (arrows) as the remaining fluid was
being withdrawn. A smaller amount of air was introduced through the needle, and the
follow-up pneumocystogram confirmed a simple cyst with a thin wall (C).
Pneumocystography
Some have claimed that inflating a cyst with slightly less air than the amount of fluid
withdrawn will prevent its recurrence. In our experience air does not seem to reduce the
rate of recurrence. Introducing air does permit the sharp definition of the cyst wall and is a
way of confirming that the aspirated abnormality does correspond to the
mammographically imaged finding. It should be considered an optional maneuver.
1390 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-57 Positioning wire guides using ultrasound. The needle should be
passed alongside or through the lesion (A) so that the hookwire can be engaged with
the hook just beyond the lesion (B) with the lesion on the thickened segment.
Positioning guides for the surgeon under ultrasound observation has several advantages:
1. The needle can be monitored at all times as it is passed through the tissues with the
patient lying in the same orientation as she will be during the surgery in the operating
room.
2. By passing the needle and guide down in the direction of surgery with the breast
flattened on the chest wall, the surgeon dissects through the smallest volume of tissue
in the direction that many surgeons prefer to operate.
3. The location of the tip of the needle to the lesion can be accurately monitored.
Many breast lesions are relatively superficial, and by positioning the patient supine and
oblique with the ipsilateral arm behind her head, the breast tissue can be thinned to permit
needle placement through a minimum of tissue. This benefits the patient as well as the
surgeon. Alcohol or sterile saline is the best coupling material for these procedures, as gels
make the breast slippery and difficult to stabilize. The lesion is triangulated and the needle
introduced in the same fashion as described for cyst aspiration under direct ultrasound
observation. We prefer that the needle pass through the lesion or immediately alongside
the lesion so that the tip of the needle is approximately 0.5 to 1.0 cm beyond the lesion,
with the hook on the other side of the lesion (Fig. 24-57), so that if the surgeon pulls back
on the wire it will pull into the lesion and not away from it.
The transducer is positioned over the lesion. The needle is inserted in the same fashion as
for a cyst aspiration along the long axis of the transducer. It is advanced in the plane of the
scan so that its passage through the tissues can be
P.951
monitored (Fig. 24-58). By using a shallow angle, the needle is more easily visualized
because the angle of the incident sound is closer to perpendicular to its surface. This also
reduces the chances of entering the pectoralis muscle or thorax.
1391 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-58 Under ultrasound observation the localizing needle is passed through or
alongside the lesion (A). The wire is deployed (B) while an assistant presses the
breast against the chest wall.
The goal is to visualize the tip of the needle as it passes under the transducer to the lesion.
The injection of a local anesthetic as the needle is advanced can frequently be seen under
ultrasound, indicating the tip of the needle. On occasion, a lesion cannot be entered
because it moves out of the way as the needle presses against it. An assistant can help to
stabilize the lesion, but the operator should always be cognizant of the other hands to avoid
an inadvertent needle stick.
Once the needle is positioned in, through, or alongside the lesion, a spring-hook wire can
be deployed and the needle removed. During removal of the needle and deployment of the
hookwire, an assistant should hold the breast around the needle down against the chest
wall so that the lesion is not pulled off the needle before engaging the hook. I prefer to
actually monitor the deployment of the wire in real time to be sure it deploys where I want
it. A follow-up mammogram is sometimes useful to confirm the relation of the wire to the
lesion (Fig. 24-59). If a mammogram is obtained, compression should always be
perpendicular to the course of the wire and never in the same direction as the wire, since
the latter might cause it to move. As with CT-guided localizations, the wire must be
sufficiently long so that it is not enveloped completely by the breast when the patient sits
up.
As with biopsies after mammographically guided localizations, the excised tissue should be
placed in a plastic bag and sent for imaging confirmation. If the lesion was visible by
mammography, the confirmation of its removal is easiest by specimen radiography. If,
however, it is not seen on the mammogram, then ultrasound imaging of the specimen
directly through the plastic bag can be used to confirm the removal of the lesion (Fig. 24-
60).
CT-Guided Localization
We now use CT-guided needle localization for lesions that are detected by MRI and that are
not visible by mammography or ultrasound (117). Lesions that are difficult to triangulate 1392 / 1584
bi
not visible by mammography or ultrasound (117). Lesions that are difficult to triangulate
by mammographic projections or ultrasound can also be located by CT.
The patient is positioned within the scanner so that her breasts are symmetrically
positioned and aligned with the plane of scan by aligning the nipples. This permits the
comparison of symmetric areas so that asymmetric areas can be detected. I prefer that
the patient remain within the scanner during the localization procedure to avoid shifting the
breast on the chest wall with table movement. The skin is sterilely prepared. I prefer to
tape a sterile piece of wire or a thin needle sagittally over the expected region of the lesion
(Fig. 24-61B). This fiducial wire should then always be visible during the procedure as a
constant reference. It should not be so thick that it causes artifacts. Others in my group
used the standard graduated markers for CT guidance that are removed once the lesion
has been located.
Once the scanning is started, I prefer to move the breasts as little as possible so that the
lesion does not move. An intravenous needle is placed so that iodinated contrast material
can be administered.
The breast is scanned with 2.5- to 0.5-cm-thick contiguous slices covering the portion of
the breast in which the lesion is anticipated. If the lesion can be seen without contrast
P.952
material (see Fig. 24-61A), a needle for a wire guide can be placed under CT guidance.
The patient can be positioned in the gantry with her arm extended and her body rotated so
that a minimum amount of breast tissue overlies the lesion. If the lesion is close to the
chest wall, it might be preferable to rotate the patient so that the needle passes parallel to
the chest wall to avoid entering the chest wall with the needle. The lesion is again located
by scanning and accurately triangulated using thinner slices. Thin slices (5 mm or smaller)
should be used when positioning needles so that the tip and hub are visible within the scan
plane. This avoids having the needle angle through the plane, giving the appearance that
the tip is further from the chest wall than it actually is. By measuring the location of the
lesion relative to the reference wire on the skin, along with the depth of the lesion on the
scan, a needle can be introduced using the laser and the skin wire to triangulate the point
of entry and depth of insertion. Care should be taken to avoid entering the pectoralis or
thorax. A hookwire can be engaged when the needle tip is satisfactorily positioned just
deep to the lesion (see Fig. 24-61C,D).
Figure 24-60 This mass (M), seen on the prelocalization ultrasound (A), is confirmed
in the ultrasound of the excised specimen (B). The bright linear structure is the wire in
the specimen.
If the lesion is not visible on the no-contrast scan, iodinated contrast can be used. We
obtain a preliminary, no-contrast scan, and then inject 100 cc at 2 cc per second. We use a
40-second delay and then repeat the scans three or four times. Usually a malignant lesion
will enhance using IV contrast (Fig. 24-62) and a wire can be placed for surgical excision.
This technique is especially helpful when a lesion is detected by MRI and is not visible on
ultrasound or conventional mammography. Iodine and gadolinium behave in a similar
1393 / 1584
bi
fashion, so a lesion that enhances with gadolinium on MRI will usually enhance on CT with
iodinated contrast.
Because the needle is placed from the front of the breast and the wire is engaged with the
patient supine, a long wire should be used, as the breast will re-expand when the patient
sits up. The wire may be engulfed by the breast and should be sufficiently long to prevent it
from disappearing completely into the breast. The external wire is then loosely taped to
the skin and a sterile gauze placed over the entry site.
Figure 24-61 CT can be used to guide needle and wire placement. The lesion is
identified by CT (A). The skin is prepared, and a sterile wire is taped over the
approximate location of the lesion (B) as a constant reference mark, so that the
patient can remain in the scanner to ensure that her breast does not move. The plane
containing the lesion is located, and the patient remains at that table location. The
needle is inserted, being sure to identify the entire length of the needle to avoid going 1394 / 1584
bi
needle is inserted, being sure to identify the entire length of the needle to avoid going
too deep (C). With an assistant holding the breast against the chest wall, a wire is
engaged and the needle removed. Ideally the hook will be just beyond the lesion, as in
this case where the hook is just deep to the lesion that is on the thickened segment
(D). The specimen radiograph (E) of this invasive cancer confirms the accuracy of this
technique. Another localization sequence (F).
Figure 24-62 Cancers can show contrast enhancement on CT. Just as they
enhance with gadolinium, contrast enhancement using iodinated contrast can reveal
cancer on CT, as in this lesion in the bottom of the right breast.
The patient lies supine for the introduction of the sialogram needle. The face of the nipple
looks like a cracked surface crisscrossed by crevices (Fig. 24-63). The duct openings are
generally at the bottom of these crevices. Keratin debris frequently fills the crevices and
must be cleaned out gently using the tip of the sialogram needle.
Figure 24-63 The surface of the nipple has a cobblestone appearance. The
cobblestone appearance of the nipple is appreciated in this enlarged view. The duct
openings are generally found in the crevices.
Using a magnifying lens, the breast is squeezed to express a small drop of discharge and
the tip of the needle is placed in the crevice in which the discharge was expressed (Fig. 24-
64). If the needle is held by the flexible tubing, excessive force cannot inadvertently be
applied to the needle as the operator wiggles it in the crevice until it falls into the
1395 / 1584
bi
applied to the needle as the operator wiggles it in the crevice until it falls into the
discharging and generally distended duct. The needle is advanced up to the bend, and tape
is placed to hold it in the duct.
The patient is moved to the mammography unit, taking care to avoid dislodging the
needle. Moderate compression is applied with the patient seated and the breast in the CC
projection. Contrast medium is injected. If there is resistance, the needle tip may be
against the wall of the duct and should be repositioned (frequently by pulling back slightly
and moving it parallel to the axis of the nipple). If resistance continues or contrast refluxes
from the duct, it could be due to an obstructive lesion in the nipple or just beneath it. A
mammogram, which can be performed with the sialogram needle remaining in the duct,
will answer the question. Contrast should be introduced until there is
P.955
reflux or the patient experiences a feeling of fullness or pain or burning. The latter may
indicate extravasation, and the procedure should be terminated. Extravasation may be due
to the needle tearing the duct or to a process, such as cancer, that has disrupted the duct.
Generally the breast feels full when the ducts of that network are all opacified and before
filling of the lobules. Filling the lobules is not desirable, because filled lobules can obscure
the detail from the ducts.
Figure 24-65 A filling defect was identified by galactography in a woman with a nipple
discharge, and using the grid localization system a wire guide was placed into the 1396 / 1584
bi
discharge, and using the grid localization system a wire guide was placed into the
lesion, which at excision proved to be a benign intraductal papilloma. The galactogram
permitted limited tissue removal by identifying the lesion and permitting its
localization.
Concordance Is Needed
Because, for the most part, needle biopsies still run the risk of sampling error (although
this risk has been diminished by vacuum-assisted biopsy devices), the radiologist must still
compare the results of the needle biopsy with the imaging findings. This has never been 1397 / 1584
bi
compare the results of the needle biopsy with the imaging findings. This has never been
discussed in detail. Certainly the biopsy of a spiculated mass that produces “fibrocystic
change” would never be considered “concordant,” but it is not always apparent whether a
lesion is concordant or not. For example, if an ill-defined mass on ultrasound that is
surrounded by dense breast tissue (not fat) comes back with a core biopsy diagnosis of
pseudoangiomatous
P.956
stromal hyperplasia (PASH), is this concordant, or might the biopsy have missed the lesion
and been of the tissue surrounding the mass, since PASH can be focal or diffuse? This is an
unanswered question. We err on the side of caution and would ask that the mass be
excised. If needle biopsy is to remain a safe replacement for accurate needle localization
and surgical biopsy, then the radiologist must have a healthy skepticism. If the radiologist
is not comfortable that the core biopsy results accurately reflect the lesion that was
biopsied, then a rebiopsy or, as we prefer, a surgical excision should be recommended. As
noted earlier, since the diagnosis of atypical ductal hyperplasia (ADH) versus DCIS is
influenced by the number of ducts involved by the process, if a core biopsy results in the
diagnosis of ADH, then surgical excision is recommended because the diagnosis is often
changed to DCIS with more tissue.
General Considerations
Needle Biopsy and “Probably Benign Lesions”
Some have advocated needle biopsies for lesions classified as “probably benign.” These are
lesions that would ordinarily be followed by mammography at approximately 6-month
intervals for 2 to 3 years. Because the vast majority of these prove to be benign (36), it is
not cost-effective to add needle biopsy to the standard short-interval follow-up for these
lesions. There are potential psychological benefits to providing women with a definitive
diagnosis so that they do not have to return at short intervals, but biopsying lesions that
have an extremely low likelihood of being malignant (<2%) will lead to increased and not
decreased costs (121).
Spring-Driven Systems
Unfortunately, many lesions cannot be sampled as simply as described above because
tissue does not often fall into the notch, and manual biopsies of breast lesions often yield
empty notches. Spring-driven systems that automate the process are required. Using high-
powered springs in rapid succession, the trocar is driven into the lesion and followed almost
instantaneously by the outer needle, which shears a sample of tissue into the notch. These
systems take advantage of tissue inertia, making it less likely that the lesion will move out
of the way of the needle (like bobbing for apples). Furthermore, the needles are designed
to bend and draw the tissue into the notch, producing a higher tissue yield. We have found
that the best combination is a 14-gauge needle with a “long throw” of 2.3 cm and a trocar
with a 1.9-cm notch.
When using the spring-driven systems, the operator must remember that the needle will
be driven forward (supposedly at 70 miles per hour!) and that the notch is behind the
needle tip by some distance. The operator must be certain
P.958
that there is sufficient room on the other side of the lesion so that the lesion can be safely
sampled without the needle tip ending in an undesirable location. This is one of the reasons
why imaging guidance is so important. If the lesion is close to the surface of the breast
adjacent to the film holder (during stereotactically guided procedures), there is the
potential that the needle tip may exit the other side of the breast and break or bend
against the film holder. If the lesion is close to the chest wall and the needle is directed
back in this direction under ultrasound observation, there is the risk of perforating the
pectoralis muscle or penetrating into the pleura, mediastinum, or lung. The operator
should be aware of these possible problems and take steps to avoid them.
1400 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-66 Schematic showing the design of a needle for core biopsy of the breast.
To maximize the amount of tissue removed from the lesion, the needle should be pulled
back from the center of the target before firing by the distance of the throw minus the
distance from the tip of the needle to the center of the notch in the cocked position (see
Stereotactic Biopsy, below). Thus, if the distance from the tip of the stylet to the center of
the notch is 1.8 cm and the throw distance of the needle is 2.3 cm, then the needle should
be fired 2.3 minus 1.8 cm (0.5 cm) from the center of the target. This places the center of
the notch in the center of the lesion at the end of the spring-driven traverse. In general I
have found that placing the tip of the biopsy needle at the edge of the lesion works well for
most lesions. Precise targeting is not possible because even with high-speed biopsy
devices, the targeted tissues can still move to the side or be pushed back (“snowplowing”)
by the biopsy needle.
Figure 24-67 By exposing the notch of the biopsy needle in a test tube with a few
cubic centimeters of sterile saline, the tissue can be floated out of the notch and the
needle reused.
Advantages
1401 / 1584
bi
Because core samples provide histologic information, they can be interpreted by any
pathologist who is trained in breast pathology. Invasive cancers can be distinguished from
in situ lesions. Because specific benign histologic diagnoses can be made, CNB is more
practical and definitive than cytology and has been clearly shown to result in a reduction in
the number of open surgical biopsies that will be needed.
Disadvantages
As with any needle biopsy technique, there is always the possibility of a sampling error,
with the needle obtaining tissue from around the lesion but missing the lesion itself.
Because these needles are quite large, the risk of hematoma is fairly common, tumor can
seed the needle track (59), and in situ tumor can be pushed into the surrounding tissue and
be incorrectly interpreted as being invasive. Limiting the pathologist to slivers of tissue can
make accurate evaluation difficult. This is why many cases of CNB that are interpreted as
atypical ductal hyperplasia are upgraded to DCIS when more tissue is removed.
Since the introduction of spring-loaded devices, advances have been made in these needle
sampling devices. Suction has been added to pull tissue into the notch or cutting needle.
Not only does this allow for more tissue to
P.959
be removed, but the cutting device can also be left in the lesion while the samples are
removed out the back of the needle. The needle is merely rotated in place to biopsy other
parts of the lesion. In the Mammotome system, a spring drives the stylet into the tissue.
At the bottom of the notch in the stylet is a series of holes. Suction through the holes is
applied, pulling tissue into the notch (Fig. 24-69). A rotating cutting cannula is advanced,
slicing a core of tissue into the cannula. Without withdrawing the needle, the sample can be
withdrawn in the cutting cannula out the back of the needle, clearing the notch so that
another sample can be obtained without having to remove the needle. Multiple tissue
samples can be obtained in this fashion merely by rotating the notch or repositioning the
needle without removing it from the targeted area. This increases the size of the samples
and facilitates multiple sampling. It should reduce the likelihood of a sampling error.
Variations on this technology have been developed. The Soros and SenoRx devices wash
the samples out of the cutting cannula into a collection bag so that tissue removal is almost
completely automated.
1402 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-68 The Mueller tray (A) contains all of the materials (prep solutions,
lidocaine, syringes, hypodermic needles, no. 11 scalpel, sterile saline, glass slides,
sterile drapes, and sponges), except the biopsy system, needed for needle biopsy. Of
particular value is a pad into which needles can be placed (B) and then reused,
reducing the risk of an inadvertent needle stick.
Figure 24-69 The Mammotome uses suction to pull tissue into the notch (A), where a
core is cut into a cutting cannula (B), so that it can be pulled out the back of the needle
(C) while the notch remains in place ready for another sample.
Stereotactic Guidance
Stereotactic devices are simply mammography machines that permit the acquisition of two
images taken from different angles. Using these images and simple geometry
(trigonometry), the 3D location of a lesion (its x, y, and z coordinates) can be calculated so
that a needle can be accurately guided to the lesion. The breast and lesion can be held in
place while the lesion can be sampled multiple times.
Stereotactically guided biopsy can be performed using either upright mammography
systems with add-on devices or specially developed tables on which the patient can lie
prone for the biopsy with the x-ray device under the table. The stereotactic technique
relies on the parallax that occurs between the lesion and fiducial marks that are in a fixed 1404 / 1584
bi
relies on the parallax that occurs between the lesion and fiducial marks that are in a fixed
location relative to the imaging system (Fig. 24-71). A pair of stereo images is obtained by
angling the x-ray tube 15 degrees to one side of the perpendicular to the film plane and
then swinging the tube 15 degrees to the other side for a 30-degree difference between the
stereo images (some systems permit smaller angles to be used). Both images contain the
projected lesion and fixed reference marks (fiducials). The computer identifies the fiducials
and knows the precise location of these marks. By comparing the amount that the lesion
appears to move between the two images relative to the fixed marks in the two images
(parallax shift), the exact location of the lesion relative to the fiducials and, consequently,
the needle guide can be determined. The x and y coordinates are evident directly. The
height of the lesion above the film plane, and consequently the depth (the reciprocal) of the
lesion and its distance from the needle holder, can be calculated by the distance that the
lesion appeared to move relative to the fiducials between the two images. This depth is
called the z of the lesion. By telling the system where the tip of a needle is located once the
biopsy device is attached to the system (zeroing the z), the device can automatically
calculate how to move the biopsy device holder and needle assembly so that the tip of the
needle can be placed at the target in the breast.
Most systems hold the breast in compression so that the lesion is located in the window of a
fenestrated compression device. The patient may be seated with a stereo-mammographic
device added on to a conventional mammography system, or the procedure may be
performed with the patient prone, with her breast in an opening in the table surface. In this
latter device the x-ray machine is oriented horizontally beneath the table and the breast
hangs down into the field of view (Fig. 24-72). The images are collected using a digital
detector (Fig. 24-73). The needle guide automatically moves to its appropriate position and
the tip of the needle can be guided to the center of the targeted tissue with an accuracy
that is probably within 1 to 2 mm.
A stereotactic system can use polar coordinates so that the needle is angled to the targeted
lesion (Fig. 24-74), or Cartesian coordinates can be used so that the needle remains
perpendicular to the film plane while it moves in the x and y planes. Polar coordinates may
have a slight advantage by permitting the targeting of lesions closer to the chest wall,
although both systems work well.
Once the coordinates of the target are known, the biopsy procedure can begin. Studies
suggest that probably at least five tissue samples should be obtained from various portions
of a given lesion (132,133). Although stereotactically guided core biopsy was developed
using spring-driven systems, we believe that vacuum-assisted biopsy devices are
preferable. These facilitate the removal of larger numbers of core samples and larger
samples than spring-driven systems, and this reduces the sampling error (134).
1405 / 1584
bi
1406 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-73 The lesion is positioned in the window of the compression system (A).
A stereotactic pair of images is obtained, and five points in the lesion are targeted for
biopsy (B). Films with the needle in the prefire position can aid in ensuring that the
targeted tissue has not moved. These images (C) were obtained prior to obtaining the
third specimen. The lesion has become less well defined because of bleeding around it.
If the lesion is too close to the back of the detector, a spring-fired cannula may pass
through the breast and hit the detector. (D) The desired relationship to the notch. (E)
There is insufficient stroke margin to permit a safe biopsy.
P.961
P.962
Generally the center of the lesion is targeted. The following sequence is used for
stereotactically guided CNB:
1. The breast must be thick enough when compressed to permit the introduction of the
biopsy device.
2. After discussing the procedure with the patient, including its risks (e.g., missing the
lesion, hematoma, infection) and alternatives, informed consent is obtained. The
patient is positioned in the compression system so that the lesion is in the biopsy
window of the compression plate.
3. A scout image is obtained to confirm that the target is in the window (see Fig. 24-
73A). The patient is repositioned as needed.
4. The biopsy device is loaded onto the device holder of the stereotactic machine with the
needle in the “cocked” position.
5. The skin surface is prepared sterilely.
6. A pair of stereo images is obtained, and the needle coordinates are determined (see
Fig. 24-73B).
7. The tip of the needle is moved to the z position and the computer is given its
coordinates, zeroing it out
P.963
(“z zero”). The computer now can tell the relationship of the needle to the center of the
target.
1407 / 1584
bi
8. Most systems have a button that moves the needle guide to the correct location that
will aim it at the targeted lesion.
9. By advancing the needle to the skin, the operator can define the point of skin entry.
10. Local anesthesia is injected into the skin to raise a wheal at this point and then into the
tissues deeper in the breast to include the targeted lesion and its surrounding tissue.
Bending the needle without occluding its lumen can aid in introducing the anesthetic
along the expected course of the biopsy needle (Fig. 24-75).
11. Using a no. 11 scalpel blade, a 3- to 5-mm cut is made in the skin through the
subcutaneous tissues so that the biopsy needle can be introduced.
Figure 24-75 The needle can be bent to deliver anesthesia. Using a syringe
and straight needle (A) a skin wheal should be raised to anesthetize the skin,
which is the most sensitive tissue of the breast. By bending the needle (B)
anesthesia can be delivered to the deep tissues around the expected course of the
biopsy device.
12. Based on the coordinates programmed into the stereotactic device, the biopsy device
is introduced into the breast so that the tip of the needle is proximal to the center of
the lesion. A stereo pair of x-rays can be obtained to confirm its position (see Fig. 24-
73C). Most biopsy devices are spring-loaded to overcome tissue inertia for the final
positioning of the biopsy device. Before firing, the operator should be certain that the
needle will not pass out the other side of the breast and strike the image detector. The
distance between where the needle tip is expected to end after firing and the distance
to the far side of the breast is called the “stroke margin.” There should always be
several millimeters of stroke margin. The manufacturers of both the stereotactic
devices and the needle biopsy devices have worked out how far back the tip of the
specific 1408 / 1584
bi
specific
P.964
biopsy device should be from the lesion to optimally position the biopsy notch. The
operator should use these guidelines unless some other approach is being used. The
ultimate goal is that the center of the notch, after “fire,” should end up centered in the
lesion so that the cutting system will maximize the amount of lesion sampled. The
general method for calculating the distance that the tip should be from the center of
the lesion prior to firing so that the notch will be centered in the lesion after firing is
provided below. Films taken after firing (see Fig. 24-73D) can also be used to evaluate
the accuracy of the positioning. The operator should be aware that the lesion may not
be far enough from the detector. If in firing the needle the throw will cause it to come
out the other side of the breast, the biopsy should not be done (see Fig. 24-73E). This
will bend the stylet and could injure the patient.
13. The distance that the needle must be pulled back before firing can be calculated. It is
the difference between the throw distance (how far the spring advances the stylet) and
the distance from the stylet tip to the center of the notch (Fig. 24-76). For example, if
the center of the notch is 1.8 cm from the tip of the stylet and the spring moves the
stylet 2.3 cm, then the needle should be fired from a point that is 5 mm proximal to
the center of the lesion. This means that the center of the notch is positioned 2.3 cm
proximal to the center of the lesion so that when the needle is fired the center of the
notch moves 2.3 cm and coincides with the center of the lesion.
Despite the importance of being accurate, there are unpredictable movements that
can reduce the precision of needle positioning. Even though it moves at very high
speed, the needle can “snowplow” the lesion away from it. The lesion can move in
virtually any direction away from the needle. Post-fire films can indicate that the lesion
has moved to one side or the other, and the operator can concentrate the biopsy
removal on this quadrant. If calcifications move to the left, then it makes no sense to
sample “around the clock.” In this situation the sampling should concentrate on the
tissues between 7 o'clock and 11 o'clock.
Figure 24-76 If the maximum possible sample of target tissue is desired, then
the lesion must be centered in the notch of the stylet when the cannula slices tissue
into the notch. Triggering a spring-loaded stylet with the needle tip in the center of
the lesion (A) will not center the notch, and some of the tissue sampled will be on
the far side of the lesion, increasing the sampling error. Before a spring-loaded
needle is fired, the needle should be withdrawn from the center of the target so
that when it is fired the center of the notch will coincide with the center of the
tissue target. This is accomplished by starting with the center of the notch at the
distance back from the center of the tissue (B) that is equivalent to the throw
distance of the particular needle/gun system being used minus the distance from
the tip to the center of the notch. The following formula calculates the pullback
distance: DPB = TD – DNT, where DPB = the distance to pull back before firing,
DNT = the distance from the center of the notch to the tip of the stylet, and TD =
the throw distance (distance the spring will drive the stylet). Thus, if the distance
from the tip of the stylet to the center of the notch is 1.8 cm and the throw
distance of the needle is 2.3 cm, the needle should be fired 2.3 - 1.8 = 0.5 cm
1409 / 1584
bi
distance of the needle is 2.3 cm, the needle should be fired 2.3 - 1.8 = 0.5 cm
from the center of the target.
On rare occasion the lesion may be so close to the proximal skin surface that the
computer suggests that the needle should be fired from outside the breast. This should
never be done, since the needle will just bounce off the skin. If a very superficial lesion
is being targeted, the operator should first be certain that the lesion is not actually in
the skin. The needle should be passed through the skin and the device fired, and then
the needle can be withdrawn so that the notch is at the targeted lesion. For a suction
biopsy device to work the notch must be completely covered by tissue, so the operator
may have to advance the biopsy device so that only the proximal portion of the notch
is at the lesion just under the skin.
14. Post-fire films confirm the relationship of the needle to the lesion (Fig. 24-77). The
large needles frequently obscure a small lesion, since the needle tip passes beyond the
target if the notch is positioned at the target.
15. The tissue is sampled.
16. Usually stereotactic biopsy is used for biopsying calcifications. Consequently, we take
the samples and place then on a sterile saline-moistened Telfa pad. They are then x-
rayed using magnification mammography or our specimen radiographic unit to confirm
the removal of a sufficient number of calcifications (see Fig. 24-77E,F) (135). On rare
occasions one or two calcifications
P.965
may suffice, but in general a larger portion of the cluster is needed to make an
accurate diagnosis (136). If insufficient material has been removed, the operator can
remove more, since the biopsy device has remained at the target while the specimen
is imaged. Some operators apparently x-ray the specimen in the stereo unit, but this
necessitates removing the patient, which complicates resampling should it be needed.
For this reason we keep the patient in the device and use another device to image the
tissues that have been removed.
Figure 24-77 Postfire films (A) show that the needle tip is in a slightly different
relationship on the two films to the portion of the lesion being targeted (9:00). This
may mean that tissue adjacent to the lesion, rather than the lesion itself, was
sampled. In this case the mass proved to be a fibroadenoma, but DCIS situ was
discovered, serendipitously, immediately adjacent to it. In this other patient,
calcifications were targeted (B) and the samples were x-rayed (C), confirming
that there were calcifications in the sample. The radiolucent portions of the tissue
represent fat. The calcifications were due to high-grade comedocarcinoma. 1410 / 1584
bi
represent fat. The calcifications were due to high-grade comedocarcinoma.
17. If the entire targeted lesion has been removed by the sampling, it is important to
place a clip at the site. Should additional surgery be needed, it is often not possible to
determine the location of the lesion that has been removed by needle biopsy. When in
doubt, we place a clip. Various tissue markers are available. They should be
introduced as directed by the manufacturer. Given the importance of MRI, we now
favor titanium clips that have little or no susceptibility artifact.
18. Once a satisfactory biopsy has been obtained, the biopsy device can be removed from
the breast. When the needle is withdrawn, an assistant should immediately put
pressure over the cut and the lesion to limit hematoma formation. When the
procedure is complete, the patient should be released from compression and firm
pressure maintained over the biopsy site for 10 minutes to limit hematoma formation.
19. An ice pack is applied to the biopsy area. Aspirin or other analgesics that slow clotting
should be avoided 5 days before the procedure and several days after. A small amount
of bleeding is common. When obtaining informed consent from the patient, we warn
her that a hematoma is likely (since it is) and explain that we will put firm pressure on
her after the procedure to try to minimize it. Many patients find the pressure
uncomfortable. By explaining and reinforcing the reason for it, we avoid patients
becoming angry from the discomfort of the pressure. I prefer obtaining postprocedure
orthogonal mammographic images to confirm that the
P.966
tissue disruption is at the lesion, increasing the likelihood that the lesion has been
appropriately sampled, as well as the location of a clip to the biopsy site should one
have been placed. The extent of a hematoma, should one have occurred, is also
documented by these images.
20. The patient is advised that she should keep the Steri-Stripped biopsy site dry and
covered and that she should use only ice over the site (wrapped in a thin towel to
avoid frostbite) and not heat should it become uncomfortable. She is given numbers to
call should she have any questions and is instructed to immediately report any sign of
infection or return to the emergency room if she cannot contact any of us or her doctor
so that antibiotics can be started. We have had only two infections out of thousands of
biopsies.
Contraindications
A prerequisite for stereotactically guided biopsy is that the lesion can be positioned in the
compression window. This may prevent access to lesions close to the chest wall and those
high in the axilla or close to the sternum.
Because the needle passes through the lesion, if it is too close to the opposite side of the
breast or the breast is too thin, the risk of hitting the detector with the needle may
preclude needle biopsy.
Any bleeding diathesis may also be a contraindication. We advise patients to avoid
ingesting any substance containing aspirin or ibuprofen for 5 to 7 days before the
procedure. If the biopsy is urgent, significant bleeding is unlikely despite using these drugs
and can usually be controlled with firm continuous pressure on the skin. Although it is
probably not ideal, biopsies have been done with no apparent increase in bleeding for
patients who have remained on some form of mild to significant anticoagulation therapy
(137).
Figure 24-78 If the same part of a target is not identified for the computer, it can
calculate a point in space that is not in the tissue. The needle tip may project over a
lesion and be considerably short of it or beyond it, adding to the potential for sampling
error.
The accurate sampling of calcifications can be particularly problematic. Targeting the same
portion of a cluster in the two stereo images can be very difficult. Benign calcifications may
be associated with malignancies, and the confirmation of calcium in the core samples may
be falsely reassuring. As described earlier, there has been concern that biopsies that result
in the worst pathology being lobular carcinoma in situ or atypical lobular hyperplasia should
undergo excision because of the high rate of associated cancer. My experience has been
that it is more likely that when some calcifications have been removed after needle
localization and surgical excision, the calcifications are found to be in benign tissue with a
cancer nearby. These cancers may be missed if only the calcifications are sampled at core
biopsy.
1413 / 1584
bi
Multiple biopsy systems have been developed. These include spring-driven devices and
vacuum-assisted devices as well as large-core, “remove the tissue in one piece” devices
using radiofrequency/cautery cutting.
We have found that the spring-assisted CNB devices work well. The tip of the biopsy should
be positioned proximal to the lesion (just as for stereotactic biopsy) so that when the
needle is fired, the center of the notch ends up in the center of the lesion (see Fig. 24-76).
We have found that the use of an introducing needle (13-gauge for a 14-gauge core)
facilitates the process (Fig. 24-79). The introducing needle need only be pushed through
the breast tissue to the mass one time (this is the most difficult part of the procedure
because the tissues may be extremely fibrous) (see Fig. 24-79A–C). Once in place just
proximal to the lesion, the trocar of the introducing needle is removed and a core biopsy
needle is advanced to the lesion (see Fig. 24-79D). A sample is obtained (see Fig. 24-79E),
and the core needle is removed through the introducer (see Fig. 24-79F). An assistant can
apply pressure over the lesion to reduce hematoma formation while the core sample is
removed from the notch of the biopsy device. After removing the sample, the spring driver
can be cocked again and passed back through the introducer to the lesion. By changing the
angle of the introducing needle using the leverage of the biopsy gun handle, another
sample from a different area of the targeted lesion can be obtained (see Fig. 24-79G,H).
Because the introducing needle remains in position, providing easy access through the
tissue, the process can be repeated numerous times with little trauma to the patient.
Figure 24-79 An introducing needle and coaxial core biopsy system facilitate needle
biopsy. Under imaging guidance (represented here as ultrasound), the introducing
needle is advanced to the lesion (A). The trocar is removed (B), and the cocked core
needle can be introduced (C) through the introducing needle. The core system is fired,
and in rapid sequence the notched stylet fires into the mass (D), followed by the
cannula, which slices tissue into the notch (E). Then the core needle is removed with
the sample (F) while pressure is applied over the lesion to reduce bleeding. The tissue
is cleared from the core needle and placed into formalin (G). The needle is recocked
and introduced back through the introducing needle, which has maintained easy access
to the lesion. Another sample can be obtained by changing the angle of the coaxial
system (H).
1414 / 1584
bi
system (H).
P.968
P.969
Some now use hand-held vacuum-assisted or radiofrequency biopsy systems that remove
larger volumes of tissue. These may reduce the sampling error, but there are no objective
data to show that these are much superior to the spring-driven systems. Since all
ultrasound-guided biopsies are monitored in real time, and the location of the needle can
be assessed directly in its relationship to the biopsied lesion, accuracy is quite high, so that
any improvement on accuracy is likely to be small. Since it is possible to remove the entire
lesion through a very small skin entrance site, the devices that can be used to remove the
entire lesion may be of value. One of the problems that we have seen with core biopsies is
that since the lesion is still present after the sampling, a number of women return several
years later because their “new doctor” is concerned that what he or she is feeling may be
different from what was biopsied. Percutaneous removal of such lesions as fibroadenomas
may in the long term be more desirable than sampling.
Advantages
The advantage of ultrasound is that the needle can be monitored throughout the
procedure, and its relationship to the target can be seen at all times. The equipment is
much less expensive than stereotactic guidance equipment. There is no ionizing radiation
involved, and the procedure can be performed much faster than stereotactic-guided biopsy.
Disadvantages
The procedure is extremely operator-dependent. It requires good eye–hand coordination.
Some lesions are difficult to see by ultrasound. If the lesion cannot be clearly identified,
then an inaccurate biopsy is likely. Microcalcifications are rarely visible unless they are
densely distributed in a lesion (Fig. 24-80). Small lesions (<1 cm) may be difficult to hit.
Because the breast is not immobilized, the lesion may be pushed out of the path of the
needle as it is introduced into the lesion. Careful comparison between the expected biopsy
results and the core pathology is important. If they are not concordant, then a surgical
excision is suggested. Because the needle is directed back toward the chest wall, there is
the danger of entering structures of the thorax and causing damage.
Any introduction of a needle into the breast can produce a confusing picture on follow-up
ultrasound. Hematomas and edema caused by needle biopsies can produce effects that
when seen by ultrasound are indistinguishable from cancer (138) and may persist for
months.
1416 / 1584
bi
Figure 24-81 An “eggcrate”-shaped grid can be used for MRI-guided procedures. The
patient lies prone in the MRI system (A) and following sterile skin preparation her
breast is immobilized with an “eggcrate” compression paddle that allows needle access
while holding the breast immobile (too much compression will prevent intravenously
administered contrast material from flowing into the breast) (B). A marker, such as a
vitamin E capsule, is placed on the immobilizer to provide a reference that is visible on
MR (C) so that the correct grid opening can be identified on the MRI scan that is in line
with the lesion being targeted. A needle guide is placed in the grid opening that is in
line with the lesions (D). An introducing needle is inserted through the needle guide
(E). The biopsy needle is designed so that if it is passed through the introducer, it will
be at the correct depth as the lesion so that tissue can be removed (F).
The development of accurate, fairly simple, and safe ways to biopsy MRI detected lesions
will help to move the technology forward as a screening study. With its improved sensitivity
over mammography and these biopsy techniques available to help deal with a somewhat
lower specificity, I believe that MRI will likely replace mammography in the future as the
screening method of choice to detect breast cancer in both high-risk women and women
with “difficult” breasts to evaluate radiographically. The main impediments to MRI
screening for breast cancer are the lack of scientific proof that finding cancers with MRI
actually saves lives, the cost of the test, and the need for injecting intravenous contrast
agents. These are issues that can and will be addressed, and MRI will become an
increasingly important second-level screening test for many women.
Summary
There is clear interest in reducing the number of excisional biopsies for lesions that prove
to be benign and in having an accurate diagnosis of malignant lesions before definitive
surgical intervention is initiated. From the perspective of cost as well as from the goal of
reducing the amount of trauma needed to make a diagnosis, imaging-guided needle biopsy
has replaced needle localization and surgical excision. Although I suspect that needle
biopsy is somewhat less accurate than properly performed needle localization and surgical
excision, it is likely that the true accuracy of imaging-directed needle biopsies will not be
1417 / 1584
bi
excision, it is likely that the true accuracy of imaging-directed needle biopsies will not be
known. These procedures are attractive because a needle biopsy is less traumatic than
surgery, and the cost of the procedure is less than the cost of needle localization and
surgical excision.
One of the other major advantages of needle biopsy is that it requires no preparation on
the part of the patient. Although we prefer to have women who have been anticoagulated
to stop the anticoagulation prior to a biopsy, we offer our patients an immediate biopsy at
the time of their diagnostic imaging analysis should a biopsy be indicated. Although even
several months' delay in diagnosis has not been shown to be detrimental (142), the
psychological impact of waiting for a breast biopsy can be avoided by offering a “same-day”
procedure. This places a strain on the breast imaging division, since resources are needed
to provide for unexpected procedures, but it is a worthwhile effort.
References
1. Barth RJ Jr, Gibson GR, Carney PA, et al. Detection of breast cancer on screening
mammography allows patients to be treated with less-toxic therapy. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 2005;184:324–329.
2. Horns JW, Arndt RD. Percutaneous spot localization of nonpalpable breast lesions.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1976;127:253–256.
3. Yankaskas BC, Knelson MH, Abernathy ML, et al. Needle localization biopsy of occult
lesions of the breast: experience in 199 cases. Invest Radiol 1988;23:729–733.
5. Hall FM, Frank HA. Preoperative localization of nonpalpable breast desions. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1979;132:101–105.
7. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Spring-hookwire breast lesion localizer: use
with rigid compression mammographic systems. Radiology 1985;157:505–507.
8. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. The versatile spring-hookwire breast lesion localizer. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1982;138:586–587.
9. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Breast sonography to guide aspiration of
cysts and preoperative localization of occult breast sesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1984;143:489–492.
10. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Computed tomography guided localization of clinically occult
breast carcinoma—the “N” skin guide. Radiology 1982;145:211–212.
11. Van Dijck JAAM, Verbeek ALM, Hendriks JHCL, et al. The current detectability of
breast cancer in a mammographic screening program. Cancer 1993;72:1933–1938.
12. Kopans DB. Mammography screening for breast cancer. Cancer 1993;72:1809
–1812.
14. Moskowitz M. The predictive value of certain mammographic signs in screening for
breast cancer. Cancer 1983;51:1007–1011.
15. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. The halo sign and malignant breast
lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:1145–1147.
16. Cohen MI, Matthies HJ, Mintzer RA, et al. Indurative mastopathy: a cause of false-
positive mammograms. Radiology 1985;155:69–71.
17. Bassett LW, Gold RH, Cove HC. Mammographic spectrum of traumatic fat necrosis:
the fallibility of “pathognomonic” signs of carcinoma. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1978;130:119–122.
P.972
19. Poplack SP, Carney PA, Weiss JE, et al. Screening mammography: costs and use of
screening-related services. Radiology 2005;234:79–85.
20. Meyer JE, Kopans DB, Stomper PC, et al. Occult breast abnormalities:
percutaneous preoperative needle localization. Radiology 1984;150:335.
21. Gisvold JJ, Martin JK. Prebiopsy localization of nonpalpable breast lesions. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1984;143:477.
22. Rosenberg AL, Schwartz GF, Feig SA, et al. Clinically occult breast lesions:
localization and significance. Radiology 1987;162:167.
23. Kopans DB. The positive predictive value of mammography. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1992;158:521–526.
24. D'Orsi CJ. To follow or not to follow, that is the question. Radiology 1992;184:306.
25. Elmore JG, Wells CK, Lee CH, et al. Variability in radiologists' interpretations of
mammograms. N Engl J Med 1994;331:1493–1499.
26. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
27. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
28. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day N, et al. Breast cancer treatment and natural history:
new insights from results of screening. Lancet 1992;339:412–414.
29. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
30. Linver MN, Paster SB. Mammography outcomes in a practice setting by age:
prognostic factors, sensitivity, and positive biopsy rate. Monogr Natl Cancer Inst
1419 / 1584
bi
prognostic factors, sensitivity, and positive biopsy rate. Monogr Natl Cancer Inst
1997;22:113–117.
31. Baker LH. Breast cancer detection demonstration project: five-year summary
report. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
32. Spivey GH, Perry BW, Clark VA, et al. Predicting the risk of cancer at the time of
breast biopsy. Am Surg 1982;48:326.
33. Dupont WD, Page DL. Risk factors for breast cancer in women with proliferative
breast disease. N Engl J Med 1985;312:146.
34. Bassett LW, Liu TH, Giuliano AE, et al. The prevalence of carcinoma in palpable vs.
impalpable mammographically detected lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1991;157:21
–24.
35. Smart CR. Highlights of the evidence of benefit for women aged 40–49 years from
the 14-year follow-up of the Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project. Cancer
1994;74:296–300.
36. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
37. Liberman L, Fahs MC, Dershaw DD, et al. Impact of stereotaxic core breast biopsy
on cost of diagnosis. Radiology 1995;195:633–637.
38. Liberman L, Feng TL, Dershaw DD, et al. US-guided core breast biopsy: use and
cost-effectiveness. Radiology 1998;208:717–723.
39. Groenewoud JH, Pijnappel RM, van den Akker-Van Marle ME, et al. Cost-
effectiveness of stereotactic large-core needle biopsy for nonpalpable breast lesions
compared to open-breast biopsy. Br J Cancer 2004;90:383–392.
40. Margolin FR, Leung JW, Jacobs RP, et al. Percutaneous imaging-guided core breast
biopsy: 5 years' experience in a community hospital. AJR Am J Roentgenol
2001;177:559–564.
41. Pfarl G, Helbich TH, Riedl CC, et al. Stereotactic 11-gauge vacuum-assisted breast
biopsy: a validation study. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;179:1503–1507.
42. Sickles EA, Herzog KA. Mammography of the postsurgical breast. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1981;136:585–588.
43. Slanetz PJ, Giardino AA, McCarthy KA, et al. Having undergone benign breast
biopsy rarely complicates or alters interpretation of screening mammography. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1998;170:1539–1541.
46. Elvecrog EL, Lechner MC, Nelson MT. Nonpalpable breast lesions: correlation of
stereotaxic large-core-needle biopsy and surgical biopsy results. Radiology
1993;188:453–455.
1420 / 1584
bi
47. Meyer JE, Smith DN, Lester SC, et al. Larger-core needle biopsy of nonpalpable
breast lesions. JAMA 1999;281:1638–1641.
48. Fajardo LL, Pisano ED, Caudry DJ, et al. Radiologist Investigators of the Radiologic
Diagnostic Oncology Group V. Stereotactic and sonographic large-core biopsy of
nonpapable breast lesions: results of the Radiologic Diagnostic Oncology Group V study.
Acad Radiol 2004;11:293–308.
49. Liberman L, LaTrenta LR, Dershaw DD, et al. Impact of core biopsy on the surgical
management of impalpable breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;168:495–499.
51. White RR, Halperin TJ, Olson JA Jr, et al. Impact of core-needle breast biopsy on
the surgical management of mammographic abnormalities. Ann Surg 2001;233:769
–777.
52. Chagpar AB, Martin RC 2nd, Hagendoorn LJ, et al. Lumpectomy margins are
affected by tumor size and histologic subtype but not by biopsy technique. Am J Surg
2004;188:399–402.
57. Fornage BD, Fariux MJ, Simatos A. Breast masses: US guided fine-needle
aspiration biopsy. Radiology 1987;162:409–414.
58. Ciatto S, Del Turco M, Bravetti P. Nonpalpable breast lesions: stereotaxic fine-
needle aspiration cytology. Radiology 1989;173:57–59.
59. Harter LP, Curtis JS, Ponto G, et al. Malignant seeding of the needle track during
stereotaxic core needle breast biopsy. Radiology 1992;185:713–714.
60. Hoorntje LE, Schipper ME, Kaya A, et al. Tumour cell displacement after 14G breast
biopsy. Eur J Surg Oncol 2004;30:523–525.
61. Diaz LK, Wiley EL, Venta LA. Are malignant cells displaced by large-gauge needle
core biopsy of the breast? AJR Am J Roentgenol 1999;173:1303–1313.
62. King TA, Hayes DH, Cederbom GJ, et al. Biopsy technique has no impact on local
recurrence after breast-conserving therapy. Breast J 2001;7:19–24.
1421 / 1584
bi
63. Youngson BJ, Cranor M, Rosen PP. Epithelial displacement in surgical breast
specimens following needling procedures. Am J Surg Pathol 1994;18:896–903.
64. Liberman L, Vuolo M, Dershaw DD, et al. Epithelial displacement after stereotactic
11-gauge directional vacuum-assisted breast biopsy. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1999;172:677–681.
65. Margolin FR, Kaufman L, Jacobs RP, et al. Stereotactic core breast biopsy of
malignant calcifications: diagnostic yield of cores with and cores without calcifications on
specimen radiographs. Radiology 2004;233:251–254.
66. Brenner RJ, Jackman RJ, Parker SH, et al. Percutaneous core needle biopsy of
radial scars of the breast: when is excision necessary? AJR Am J Roentgenol
2002;179:1179–1184.
67. Cawson JN, Malara F, Kavanagh A, et al. Fourteen-gauge needle core biopsy of
mammographically evident radial scars: is excision necessary? Cancer 2003;97:345
–351.
68. Gisvold JJ, Goeliner JR, Grant CS, et al. Breast biopsy: a comparative study of
stereotaxically guided core and excisional techniques. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1994;162:815–820.
P.973
70. Margolin FR, Leung JW, Jacobs RP, et al. Percutaneous imaging-guided core breast
biopsy: 5 years' experience in a community hospital. AJR Am J Roentgenol
2001;177:559–564.
71. Winchester DJ, Bernstein JR, Jeske JM, et al. Upstaging of atypical ductal
hyperplasia after vacuum-assisted 11-gauge stereotactic core needle biopsy. Arch Surg
2003;138:619–622.
72. Bauer VP, Ditkoff BA, Schnabel F, et al. The management of lobular neoplasia
identified on percutaneous core breast biopsy. Breast J 2003;9:4–9.
73. Foster MC, Helvie MA, Gregory NE, et al. Lobular carcinoma in situ or atypical
lobular hyperplasia at core-needle biopsy: is excisional biopsy necessary? Radiology
2004;231:813–819.
74. Arpino G, Allred DC, Mohsin SK, et al. Lobular neoplasia on core-needle biopsy:
clinical significance. Cancer 2004;101:242–250.
75. Verkooijen HM. Core Biopsy after Radiological Localisation (COBRA) Study Group.
Diagnostic accuracy of stereotactic large-core needle biopsy for nonpalpable breast
disease: results of a multicenter prospective study with 95% surgical confirmation. Int J
Cancer 2002;99:853–859.
76. Tinnemans JGM, Wobbes T, Hendricks JHCL, et al. Localization and excision of
nonpalpable breast lesions: a surgical evaluation of three methods. Arch Surg
1987;122:802–806.
1422 / 1584
bi
77. Weyant M, Carroccio A, Tartter PI, et al. Determinants of success with spot
localization biopsy of the breast. J Am Coll Surg 1995;181:521–524.
78. Liberman L, LaTrenta LR, Dershaw DD, et al. Impact of core biopsy on the surgical
management of impalpable breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997;168:495–499.
80. Chagpar AB, Martin RC 2nd, Hagendoorn LJ, et al. Lumpectomy margins are
affected by tumor size and histologic subtype but not by biopsy technique. Am J Surg
2004;188:399–402.
81. Berkowitz JE, Gatewood OMB, Gayler BW. Equivocal mammographic findings:
evaluation with spot compression. Radiology 1989;171:369–371.
82. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Practical solutions to problems of
triangulation and preoperative localization of breast lesions. Radiology 1987;163:577
–579.
83. Kopans DB, Waitzkin ED, Linetsky L, et al. Localization of breast lesions identified
on only one mammographic view. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;149:39–41.
84. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK, et al. Breast sonography to guide aspiration of
cysts and preoperative localization of occult breast lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1984;143:489–492.
85. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Computed tomography guided localization of clinically occult
breast carcinoma—the “N” skin guide. Radiology 1982;145:211–212.
86. Spillane RM, Whitman GJ, McCarthy KA, et al. Computed tomography-guided
needle localization of nonpalpable breast lesions: review of 24 cases. Acad Radiol
1996;3:115–120.
87. Hall FM, Frank HA. Preoperative localization of nonpalpable breast lesions. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1979;132:101–105.
89. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. The versatile spring-hookwire breast lesion localizer. AJR Am
J Roentgenol 1982;138:586–587.
90. Whitman GJ, McCarthy KA, Hall DA, et al. Retained hook-wire fragments in 12
patients: mammography and management. Presented at the meeting of the
Radiological Society of North America, 1995, Chicago.
91. Davis PS, Wechsler RJ, Feig SA, et al. Migration of breast biopsy localization wire.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1988;150:787–788.
92. Homer MJ. Nonpalpable breast lesion localization using a curved-end retractable
wire. Radiology 1985;157:259–260.
93. Homer MJ, Pile-Spellman ER. Needle localization of occult breast lesions with a
1423 / 1584
bi
curved-end retractable wire: technique and pitfalls. Radiology 1986;161:547–548.
94. Urrutia EJ, Hawkins IF, Hawkins MC, et al. Clinical experience of a new retractable
barb needle for breast lesion localization: the first 60 cases. Presented at the 73rd
Scientific Assembly of the Radiological Society of North America, December 1987,
Chicago.
95. Czarnecki DJ, Berridge DL, Splittgerber GF, et al. Comparison of the anchoring
strengths of the Kopans and Hawkins II needle-hook-wire systems. Radiology
1992;183:573–574.
98. Weyant M, Carroccio A, Tartter PI, et al. Determinants of success with spot
localization biopsy of the breast. J Am Coll Surg 1995;181:521–524.
100. Reynolds HE, Jackson VP, Musnick BS. Preoperative needle localization in the
breast: utility of local anesthesia. Radiology 1993;187:503–505.
101. Petrovich JA, Ross DS, Sullivan JW, et al. Mammographic wire localization in
diagnosis and treatment of occult carcinoma of breast. Surg Gynecol Obstet
1989;168:239–243.
102. Bristol JB, Jones PA. Transgression of localizing wire into the pleural cavity prior to
mammography. Br J Radiol 1981;54:139–140.
103. Kopans DB, Gallagher WJ, Swann CA, et al. Does preoperative needle localization
lead to an increase in local breast cancer recurrence? Radiology 1988;167:667–668.
104. Spivack B, Khana MM, Tarafa L, et al. Margin status and local recurrence after
breast-conserving surgery. Arch Surg 1994;129:952–957.
105. Gage I, Schnitt SJ, Nixon AJ, et al. Pathologic margin involvement and the risk of
recurrence in patients treated with breast conserving therapy. Cancer 1996;78:1921
–1928.
106. Lagios MD. Ductal carcinoma in situ: pathology and treatment. Surg Clin North
Am 1990;70:853–871.
108. Cardenosa G, Eklund GW. Paraffin block radiography following breast biopsies: use
of orthogonal views. Radiology 1991;180:873–874.
109. Smith DN, Kaelin CM, Korbin CD, et al. Impalpable breast cysts: utility of
cytologic examination of fluid obtained with radiographically guided aspiration.
1424 / 1584
bi
cytologic examination of fluid obtained with radiographically guided aspiration.
Radiology 1997;204:149–151.
110. Kopans DB, Waitzkin ED, Linetsky L, et al. Localization of breast lesions identified
on only one mammographic view. AJR 1987;149:394.
112. Davros WJ, Madsen EL, Zagaebski JA. Breast mass detection by US: a phantom
study. Radiology 1985;156:773.
113. Parker SH, Jobe WE, Dennis MA, et al. US-guided automated large-core breast
biopsy. Radiology 1993;187:507–511.
115. Venta LA, Kim JP, Pelloski CE, et al. Management of complex breast cysts. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1999;173:1331–1336.
116. Smith DN, Kaelin CM, Korbin CD, et al. Impalpable breast cysts: utility of
cytologic examination of fluid obtained with radiologically guided aspiration. Radiology
1997;204:149–151.
117. Slanetz PJ, Jain R, Kline JL, et al. CT-guided preoperative needle localization of
MR imaging-detected mammographically occult lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1999;172:160–162.
118. Poplack SP, Carney PA, Weiss JE, et al. Screening mammography: costs and use
of screening-related services. Radiology 2005;234:79–85.
119. Liberman L, Feng TL, Dershaw DD, et al. US-guided core breast biopsy: use and
cost-effectiveness. Radiology 1998;208:717–723.
120. Lindfors KK, Rosenquist CJ. Needle core biopsy guided with mammography: a
study of cost-effectiveness. Radiology 1994;190:217–222.
P.974
121. Sickles EA, Parker SH. Appropriate role of core breast biopsy in the management
of probably benign lesions. Radiology 1993;188:315.
122. Cady B. Use of primary breast carcinoma characteristics to predict lymph node
metastases. Cancer 1997;79:1856–1861.
123. Fisher B, Redmond C, Fisher E, et al. Ten-year result of a randomized clinical trial
comparing radical mastectomy and total mastectomy with or without irradiation. N Engl
J Med 1985;312:674.
124. Lamonica D, Edge SB, Hurd T, et al. Mammographic and clinical predictors of
drainage patterns in breast lymphoscintigrams obtained during sentinel node
procedures. Clin Nucl Med 2003;28:558–564.
125. Suga K, Yuan Y, Okada M, et al. Breast sentinel lymph node mapping at CT
lymphography with iopamidol: preliminary experience. Radiology 2004;230:543–552.
1425 / 1584
bi
lymphography with iopamidol: preliminary experience. Radiology 2004;230:543–552.
126. Veronesi U, Galimberti V, Mariani L, et al. Sentinel node biopsy in breast cancer:
early results in 953 patients with negative sentinel node biopsy and no axillary
dissection. Eur J Cancer 2005;41:231–237.
127. Harlow SP, Krag DN. Sentinel lymph node biopsy in breast cancer. Breast Dis
2001;12:43–55.
128. Luini A, Gatti G, Zurrida S, et al. The sentinel lymph node biopsy under local
anesthesia in breast carcinoma: experience of the European Institute of Oncology and
impact on quality of life. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2005;89:69–74.
129. Martin RC, Derossis AM, Fey J, et al. Intradermal isotope injection is superior to
intramammary in sentinel node biopsy for breast cancer. Surgery 2001;130:432–438.
131. Ferzli GS, Hurwitz JB, Puza T, et al. Advanced breast biopsy instrumentation: a
critique. J Am Coll Surg 1997;185:145–151.
132. Liberman L, Dershaw DD, Rosen PP, et al. Stereotaxic 14-gauge breast biopsy:
how many specimens are needed? Radiology 1994;192:793–795.
133. Brenner RJ, Fajardo L, Fisher PR, et al. Percutaneous core biopsy of the breast:
effect of operator experience and number of samples on diagnostic accuracy. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1996;166:341–346.
134. Pfarl G, Helbich TH, Riedl CC, et al. Stereotactic 11-gauge vacuum-assisted
breast biopsy: a validation study. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;179:1503–1507.
135. Meyer JE, Lester SC, Frenna TH, et al. Occult breast calcifications sampled with
large-core biopsy: confirmation with radiography of the specimen. Radiology
1993;188:581–582.
136. Margolin FR, Kaufman L, Jacobs RP, et al. Stereotactic core breast biopsy of
malignant calcifications: diagnostic yield of cores with and cores without calcifications on
specimen radiographs. Radiology 2004;233:251–254.
137. Melotti MK, Berg WA. Core needle breast biopsy in patients undergoing
anticoagulation therapy: preliminary results. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2000;174:245–249.
138. Svensson WE, Tohno E, Cosgrove DO, et al. Effects of fine-needle aspiration on
the US appearance of the breast. Radiology 1992;185:709–711.
139. Kuhl CK, Morakkabati N, Leutner CC, et al. MR imaging-guided large-core (14-
gauge) needle biopsy of small lesions visible at breast MR imaging alone. Radiology
2001;220:31–39.
140. Brenner RJ, Shellock FG, Rothman BJ, et al. Technical note: magnetic resonance
imaging-guided preoperative breast localization using “freehand technique.” Br J Radiol
1995;68:1095–1098.
1426 / 1584
bi
141. Liberman L, Morris EA, Dershaw DD, et al. Fast MRI-guided vacuum-assisted
breast biopsy: initial experience. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;181:1283–1293.
142. Richards MA, Westcombe AM, Love SB, et al. Influence of delay on survival in
patients with breast cancer: a systematic review. Lancet 1999;353:1119–1126.
1427 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 25 - The Breast Imaging Report: Data Management and the Breast
Imaging Audit
25
The Breast Imaging Report: Data
Management and the Breast Imaging Audit
The accurate and clear communication of breast imaging results to the patient and her
physician become a major issue in the 1980s. Although the communication of results from
all imaging studies is important, because of the high visibility and public concern over
breast cancer and mammographic screening, and the fact that mammography, unlike most
other imaging studies, is principally used in asymptomatic, healthy individuals, attention
has been focused on these communications.
1431 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-1 Fibrocystic disease is a meaningless and inaccurate term. This patient
was sent for a mammogram with a diagnosis of fibrocystic disease. In fact, her
mammogram clearly shows that she has no cysts and very little fibrosis. Her doctor
was feeling the lumpiness caused by locules of fat and Cooper's ligaments.
P.978
Radiographically, breasts are as varied as are individual facial features. There is a broad
spectrum of tissue patterns found on mammograms that are determined by the relative
concentrations of the various tissue types in a given individual. In 1976 John Wolfe
described four basic breast tissue patterns evident by mammography, and he expressed his
belief that they were associated with varying risks for the development of breast cancer
(3). The experienced radiologist knows very well that these patterns are a gross
oversimplification. We once tried to develop even more refined comparative patterns and
gave up at 46! Arguments followed over the accuracy of Wolfe's observations with regard
to cancer risk. Boyd has spent years studying the relationship of mammographically
determined patterns and cancer risk and has concluded that women with dense tissue
patterns had 1.8 to 8 times the risk of developing breast cancers as do women with fatty
patterns (4,5). This has raised many research questions, but it is not, at this time, of any
clinical value since breast cancer is fairly common among women, regardless of their tissue 1432 / 1584
bi
clinical value since breast cancer is fairly common among women, regardless of their tissue
patterns.
It is well established that, although many cancers are detected by mammography among
women with dense breast tissues, the denser patterns can hide some cancers. Since there
is not yet a practical way to apply tissue patterns in advising women based on risk, most
radiologists ignore the risk associated with various patterns but indicate the tissue pattern
as a measure of the possible reduction in sensitivity for an individual case. Since dense
tissue patterns can obscure a breast cancer, the American College of Radiology (ACR)
recommends that the breast imaging report provide a measure of the density of the
breast, as an indication of the sensitivity of mammography for the patient.
Wolfe's system was succinct, and a similar system has been adopted by the ACR in the
Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System (BIRADS). As with clinical examination, there
is a broad spectrum of radiographic appearances of breast tissue, and, based on our
current level of knowledge, it is impossible to determine which of these patterns are
normal and which represent significant pathologic changes. Consequently, the four patterns
are all considered normal. The mammographic report should contain only findings that are
of significance in patient management and that reflect the level of sensitivity for detecting
small cancers that mammography has in a given individual. At the current level of
understanding, overall radiographic density is significant only for the fact that small cancers
are harder to detect in the dense breast.
BIRADS Is Born
BIRADS was originally based on, and adapted from, the Massachusetts General Hospital
(MGH) Reporting System (11) which I had developed, along with a lesion-analysis
approach that was developed by Carl D'Orsi et al (12) in conjunction with Bolt, Beranek,
and Newman. BIRADS was conceived as a system that would evolve over time as new
data emerged, permitting refinements of the system, and has now undergone several
revisions. Below is a summary of the BIRADS approach. The reader is cautioned that the
following does not constitute an official copy of the system. Although I am a member of the
ACR BIRADS committee, I disagree with several of the more recent modifications to the
system. These, and the reasons for disagreement, will be provided. The reader is
encouraged to contact the ACR to obtain the latest copy of BIRADS or to go to the ACR
website (http://www.acr.org/).
The BIRADS guide for mammography is composed of six major sections:
1. Introduction
2. The breast imaging lexicon (dictionary)
3. The reporting system itself
4. A section on follow-up and outcome monitoring
5. A guidance chapter to further explain the rationale behind parts of the system
6. A data collection chapter
7. Appendices with various data collection forms
The introduction to BIRADS provides general principles in breast cancer detection and
diagnosis. It establishes the differences between screening (the evaluation of
asymptomatic patients in the search for unsuspected cancers) and diagnostic evaluation
(symptomatic patients requiring additional evaluation because of an abnormal screening
study). Not only is BIRADS important for radiologists, but the distinctions between these
functions and their definitions are important for all physicians to understand. The
introduction emphasizes the need for coordinated breast care and defines the role of
imaging in that care.
Screening
It is stated that the major role for mammography is the earlier detection of breast cancer
in asymptomatic women. Although mammography can detect the majority of breast
1435 / 1584
bi
in asymptomatic women. Although mammography can detect the majority of breast
cancers, there are some that are palpable yet elude mammographic detection (13).
BIRADS reinforces the fact that physical examination remains an important component of
screening. In addition, although mortality reduction has not been objectively shown, breast
self-examination is encouraged in the document.
P.980
These are the characteristics that most experts acknowledge as useful for the general
characterization of noncalcified lesions.
Asymmetries
I have found that many radiologists have some difficulty with defining the various
asymmetries that occur when one breast is compared to the other. BIRADS has tried to
organize the definitions. In 1989 we defined asymmetric breast tissue in our article that
concluded that most were normal variations (15). BIRADS has tried to further clarify the
topic by calling asymmetric breast tissue global asymmetry while using our definition that
there is “a greater volume of breast tissue [in one breast relative to the other] over a
significant portion of the breast,” and reaffirming our definition by stating that with global
asymmetry, “There is no mass, distorted architecture, or associated suspicious
calcifications.” I would add that it should also not be a new change that has developed since
a previous study (assuming that old images are available). BIRADS also includes the
conclusion of our study that global asymmetry (asymmetric breast tissue) is a normal
variation and is only of concern if it “corresponds to a palpable abnormality.”
BIRADS tries to explain a focal asymmetry with varying success. I think the BIRADS
approach may add to the confusion since asymmetric breast tissue, as we studied it, did
not require that it involve “at least a quadrant,” as BIRADS defines global asymmetry, and
our study showed that asymmetric breast tissue can be a fairly small, focal volume. I
prefer to use the term focal asymmetry when I first note an asymmetry. Then, based on
closer inspection, I try to determine if it represents a mass or just asymmetric breast
tissue. If I do not believe it is a mass, but I believe it is a benign finding and wish to follow
it at short interval, I call it a vague density to indicate that it is likely an island of normal
tissue and I want to follow it at short interval to increase my confidence in the diagnosis.
BIRADS, however, defines a focal asymmetry as:
Calcifications
The various types of calcium deposits are defined in the BIRADS lexicon. They are divided
into those that are typically benign and distinguishable as such, such as skin deposits and
vascular calcifications, as well as the coarse, popcornlike appearing calcifications of an
involuting fibroadenoma and the rodlike calcifications of secretory deposits. BIRADS has
added round calcifications to those that are typically benign and allows the use of the term
punctate when round calcifications are very small (under 0.5 mm).
P.982
Also included among the typically benign calcifications are lucent-centered deposits, such as
those caused by fat necrosis. Other benign deposits include eggshell or rim calcifications,
which form from fat necrosis, in the walls of cysts, and occasionally at the periphery of
fibroadenomas. The classic appearance of precipitated calcium in milk of calcium, the
typical knots and curvilinear deposits formed by sutures, and the large dystrophic
calcifications that are commonly found in the irradiated breast are also included in the
typically benign group.
The next BIRADS group of calcifications are those that are of “Intermediate Concern
—Suspicious.” These have a high enough likelihood of malignancy that a biopsy is indicated
to determine their etiology. Amorphous or indistinct calcifications are included in this group.
I believe that, when analyzing amorphous calcifications in particular, the distribution of the
deposits is even more important. When amorphous calcifications are scattered over large
volumes of breast tissue they are invariably benign. When they are in an irregular cluster,
they become of greater significance.
I believe that BIRADS has made a mistake by suggesting that coarse calcifications be
included in the group of those with intermediate concern. Any kind of benign calcification
can be found coincidentally with a cancer. In my experience cancer never produces only 1439 / 1584
bi
can be found coincidentally with a cancer. In my experience cancer never produces only
coarse calcifications. When these have been associated with cancer, there have always
been other, more suspicious calcifications. To avoid confusion I would urge that the term
coarse calcifications be reserved for benign deposits. Coarse calcifications are those whose
particle size is usually more than 1 mm in diameter (certainly greater than 0.5 mm). I
would have no objection to placing any borderline cluster of coarse calcifications into short-
interval follow-up, but I do not believe that the data support the biopsy of coarse
calcifications unless they are associated with more suspicious deposits.
The third BIRADS classification of calcifications includes those with a higher probability of
malignancy. These are the pleomorphic or heterogeneous calcifications, or those that are
fine linear and/or branching calcifications.
Distribution Modifiers
Although the morphological characteristics of individual calcifications is important for
determining their significance, the distribution of the particles in the breast is also an
important criterion. The description of calcifications should be qualified by the use of the
distribution modifiers, as follows:
1. Grouped or clustered. Although most calcifications are benign when they form in a
group or nonspecific cluster, if they are pleomorphic and there are 5 or more, then
suspicion is warranted.
2. Linear. A linear distribution is just as it suggests: the calcifications are arrayed in a
distribution that approximates a line. Since this suggests a ductal distribution, and
ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) forms in ducts, deposits that form a line are
suspicious.
3. Segmental. These are calcifications that appear to be forming in a lobe or segment or
portion of a lobe or segment. The inference is that they are in a ductal distribution,
and, since DCIS can spread in the ducts as they branch to form a lobe or segment, this
is a suspicious distribution of calcifications.
4. Regional. These are calcifications that are distributed over a large volume of the
breast, but do not appear to be segmental in their distribution (the first example in
BIRADS, 4th edition, actually is not a good one in that it shows calcifications that are
clearly in ducts and segmental, as are the malignant calcifications in the example on
page 115). Regionally distributed calcifications are invariably benign (see
diffuse/scattered below).
5. Diffuse/scattered. These are calcifications that are distributed throughout most of the
breast. They are virtually always due to a benign process or processes. In the few
cases that we have seen where cancer calcifications have been distributed regionally or
diffusely, the calcifications have been so pleomorphic that the diagnosis has been
obvious.
The total evaluation of calcifications includes their number, size, morphology, and
distribution. All of these are defined in BIRADS.
Lesion Location
1441 / 1584
bi
Lesion Location
As with masses, the location of significant calcifications should be included in the report. To
facilitate the clinician's understanding of the location of an imaging-detected lesion,
BIRADS has adopted the clinical reference system that uses the face of a clock to define
location (Fig. 25-2) and divides the breast into anterior, middle, and posterior (deep)
tissues (Fig. 25-3). This does require that the radiologist convert the location, as
determined on the mammogram, into the clinical reference system.
Figure 25-2 Lesion location should be provided using clinical references that are
based on the face of a clock. Note that the same clock description describes a different
location depending on which breast is involved. For example, 1:00 on the right breast is
in the upper inner breast, whereas on the left it is upper outer.
Associated Findings
With the detection of smaller and smaller cancers, associated findings such as skin
retraction and thickening have become much less common. Additional definitions are
provided in the lexicon for associated findings, including skin or nipple retraction, skin or
trabecular thickening, adenopathy, and others, so that the descriptive portion of the report
is complete. A thorough discussion of the descriptors can be found in an article by D'Orsi
and Kopans (16).
BIRADS, 4th edition, includes BIRADS for US and BIRADS for MRI. The terminology for
these is discussed in Chapters 17 and 20.
1442 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-3 The breast is divided by depth into anterior, middle, and posterior
tissues, as seen in the lateral (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections.
1443 / 1584
bi
1. “The breast is almost entirely fat. (Less than 25% fibroglandular).”
2. “There are scattered fibroglandular (approximately 25% to 50% fibroglandular).”
3. “The breast tissue is heterogeneously dense which could obscure detection of small
masses (approximately 51% to 75% fibroglandular).”
4. “The breast tissue is extremely dense. This may lower the sensitivity of
mammography (greater than 75% fibroglandular).”
5. If an implant is present, it should be stated in the report (2).
These descriptions of tissue patterns are provided as an indication of the likely sensitivity of
the test (3,4), acknowledging (18,19) that mammography is less sensitive in the dense
breast and alerting the referring physician as to the type of breast being evaluated.
The body of the report should include a description of significant findings using the
appropriate descriptors, any associated findings, the size of the abnormality, and its
location. Any findings should be described in the report using BIRADS terminology
provided by the BIRADS lexicon.
The following language is taken from BIRADS. The accompanying figures are my
interpretation of those descriptions:
1444 / 1584
bi
4. Indistinct (ill-defined) margins (Fig. 25-5E) are poorly defined and raise
concern that there may be infiltration by the lesion that is not likely because
of superimposed normal breast tissue.
5. Spiculated margins (Fig. 25-5F). The lesion is characterized by thin lines
radiating from the margins of a mass. If there is no visible mass, the basic
description of architectural distortion
P.985
P.986
with spiculation as a modifier should be used.
1445 / 1584
bi
c. Special cases.
1. An asymmetric tubular structure or solitary dilated duct (Fig. 25-6) is a
tubular or branching structure that likely represents a dilated or otherwise
enlarged duct. If unassociated with other suspicious clinical or mammographic
findings, it is usually of minor significance.
2. Intramammary lymph nodes (Fig. 25-7) are typically reniform or have a
radiolucent notch due to fat at the hilum and are generally 1 cm or smaller in
size. They may be larger than 1 cm and normal when fat replacement is
pronounced. They may be multiple, or marked fat replacement may cause a
single lymph node to look like several rounded masses. This specific diagnosis
should be made only for masses in the lateral half and usually upper portion
of the breast.
3. Global asymmetry is the term for what we described as asymmetric breast
tissue (see discussion earlier) (Fig. 25-8). This is judged relative to the
corresponding area in the other breast and includes a greater volume of
breast tissue, greater density of breast tissue, or more prominent ducts.
There is no focal mass formation, no central density, no distorted
architecture, and no associated calcifications. Asymmetric breast tissue
usually represents a normal variation but may be significant when it
corresponds to a palpable asymmetry.
4. Focal asymmetric density (Fig. 25-9) is a density that cannot be accurately
described using the other shapes. It is visible as asymmetry of tissue density.
It could represent an island of normal breast, but its lack of specific benign
characteristics may warrant further evaluation. Additional imaging may
reveal a true mass or significant architectural distortion.
d. Density (attenuation) is used to define the x-ray attenuation of the lesion relative
to the expected attenuation of an equal volume of fibroglandular breast tissue. It
is important in that most breast cancers that form a visible mass are of equal or
higher density than an equal volume of fibroglandular tissue. It is rare (although
not impossible) for breast cancer to be lower in density. Breast cancers are never
fat containing (radiolucent), although they may trap fat.
1. High density (Fig. 25-10A).
2. Equal density (isodense) (Fig. 25-10B).
1446 / 1584
bi
1447 / 1584
bi
P.987
P.988
P.989
3. Low density (lower attenuation but not fat containing) (Fig. 25-10C).
1448 / 1584
bi
4. Fat containing (radiolucent) (Fig. 25-10D). This includes all lesions containing
fat, such as oil cysts, lipomas, or galactoceles, as well as mixed lesions, such
as hamartomas or fibroadenolipomas. When appropriate, histologic terms
may be included.
2. Calcifications. Benign calcifications are usually larger than calcifications associated with
malignancy. They are usually coarser, often round with smooth margins, and are much
more easily seen. Calcifications associated with malignancy are usually very small and
often require the use of a magnifying glass to see them well.
When a specific etiology cannot be given, a description of calcifications should include
the morphology and distribution of the calcifications. Benign calcifications need not
always be reported. They should be reported if the interpreting radiologist is
concerned that other observers might misinterpret them. Types and distribution of
calcifications:
a. Typically benign (Fig. 25-11A).
1. Skin calcifications (Fig. 25-11B) are typical lucent-centered deposits that are
pathognomonic. Atypical forms can be confirmed, by tangential views, to be
in the skin.
2. Vascular calcifications (Fig. 25-11C): parallel tracks or linear tubular
calcifications that are clearly associated with blood vessels.
3. Coarse or popcornlike calcifications (Fig. 25-11D) are the classic calcifications
produced by an involuting fibroadenoma. BIRADS, 4th edition, places these in
a category of intermediate concern. I do not believe this is a good idea, and I
believe they should remain in the benign category, as noted earlier.
4. Large rodlike calcifications (Fig. 25-11E) are benign calcifications that form
continuous rods that may occasionally branch, are usually >1 mm in
diameter, may have lucent centers, and likely fill or surround ectatic ducts.
These are the kinds of calcifications found in secretory disease, plasma cell
mastitis, and duct ectasia.
1449 / 1584
bi
See PDF
5. Round calcifications (Fig. 25-11F), when multiple, may vary in size. They are
usually considered benign and, when small (<1 mm), frequently are formed1452 / 1584
bi
usually considered benign and, when small (<1 mm), frequently are formed
in the acini of lobules. When <0.5 mm, the term punctate can be used.
6. Spherical or lucent-centered calcifications (Fig. 25-11G) are benign
calcifications that range from <1 mm to >1 cm. These deposits have smooth
surfaces, are round or oval, and have a lucent center. The wall that is created
is thicker than the rim or eggshell type of calcification. Included are areas of
fat necrosis, calcified debris in ducts, and occasional fibroadenomas.
7. Rim or eggshell calcifications (Fig. 25-11H) are very thin benign calcifications
that appear as calcium deposited on the surface of a sphere. These deposits
are usually <1 mm in thickness,
P.997
when viewed on edge. Although fat necrosis can produce these thin deposits,
calcifications in the walls of cysts are the most common rim calcifications.
8. Milk of calcium calcifications (Fig. 25-11I) are consistent with sedimented
calcifications in cysts. On the CC image they are often less evident and
appear as fuzzy, round, amorphous deposits, while on the horizontal beam
lateral image they are sharply defined, semilunar, crescent shaped,
curvilinear (concave up), or linear, defining the dependent portion of cysts.
9. Suture calcifications (Fig. 25-11J) represent calcium deposited on suture
material. These are relatively common in the postirradiated breast. They are
typically linear or tubular in appearance, and knots are frequently visible.
10. Dystrophic calcifications (Fig. 25-11K) are calcifications that usually form in
the irradiated breast or in the breast following trauma. Although irregular in
shape, they are usually >0.5 mm in size. They may have lucent centers.
11. Punctate calcifications (Fig. 25-11L) are round or oval, <0.5 mm with well-
defined margins.
b. Intermediate concern calcifications are indistinct or amorphous (Fig. 25-11M).
They are often round or flake-shaped calcifications that are sufficiently small or
hazy in appearance that a more specific morphologic classification cannot be
determined.
c. Higher probability of malignancy.
1. Pleomorphic or heterogeneous calcifications (granular) (Fig. 25-11N) are
neither typically benign nor typically malignant irregular calcifications, with
varying sizes and shapes that are usually less than 0.5 mm in diameter.
2. Fine linear or branching calcifications (Fig. 25-11O) are thin, irregular
calcifications that appear linear but are discontinuous and <1 mm in width.
Their appearance suggests irregular filling of the lumen of a duct involved
irregularly by breast cancer.
d. Distribution modifiers (Fig. 25-12) are used as modifiers of the basic morphologic
description and describe the arrangement of the calcifications.
1. Grouped or clustered (see Fig. 25-12A) calcifications: although historically the
term clustered has connoted suspicion, the term is now used as a neutral
distribution modifier and may reflect benign or malignant processes. The term
should be used when multiple calcifications occupy a small volume (<2 cm3) 1453 / 1584
bi
should be used when multiple calcifications occupy a small volume (<2 cm3)
of tissue.
2. Linear (see Fig. 25-12B) calcifications are arrayed in a line that may have
branch points.
3. Segmental (see Fig. 25-12C) calcifications are worrisome in that their
distribution suggests deposits in a duct and its branches, raising the possibility
of multifocal breast cancer in a lobe or segment of the breast. Although
benign causes of segmental calcifications exist, such as secretory disease, this
distribution is of greater concern when the morphology of the calcifications is
not specifically benign.
4. Regional (see Fig. 25-12D) calcifications are scattered in a large volume of
breast tissue, not necessarily conforming to a duct distribution, and are likely
benign, but they are not everywhere in the breast and do not fit the other
more suspicious categories.
5. Scattered or diffuse (see Fig. 25-12E) calcifications are distributed randomly
throughout the breast.
6. Multiple groups (see Fig. 25-12F): this modifier is used when there is more
than one group of calcifications that are similar in morphology and
distribution.
3. Associated findings: used with masses or calcifications or may stand alone as findings
when no other abnormality is present.
a. Skin retraction (Fig. 25-13): the skin is pulled in abnormally.
b. Nipple retraction (Fig. 25-14): the nipple is pulled in or inverted.
c. Skin thickening (Fig. 25-15): this may be focal or diffuse.
d. Trabecular thickening (Fig. 25-16): this is a thickening of the fibrous septae of the
breast.
e. Skin lesion (Fig. 25-17): commented on when it projects over the breast in two
views and may be mistaken for an intramammary lesion.
f. Axillary adenopathy (Fig. 25-18): enlarged, nonfatty, replaced axillary lymph
nodes may be commented on. Mammographic assessment of these nodes is
unreliable.
0. Need additional imaging evaluation. This category should, with rare exception, be
used only when there is no radiologist to immediately review the study and the patient
must be recalled for additional evaluation (e.g., magnification mammography, rolled
views, US) before a final assessment can be rendered. This category actually means
that the study is incomplete until additional imaging is completed and a final
assessment
1454 / 1584
bi
assessment
P.998
P.999
can be rendered. BIRADS, 4th edition, allows this category when outside studies are
being sought before a full report can be rendered. I believe that this dilutes the
category. A report should be rendered as if the old studies may never be obtained and
then, if the old studies do arrive, an amended report can be provided.
1. Negative. The vast majority of screening mammograms are in this category. There
is nothing on the mammogram to suggest the presence of malignancy.
2. Benign findings. This category is used when a benign finding that the observer
wishes to report appears on the mammogram, but the finding has no likelihood of
malignancy, and there is no need for further evaluation. This might include a fat-
containing lesion, such as a lipoma or an oil cyst, or calcifications, such as secretory or
vascular, that might be confusing to the untrained observer or have some implications
for the management of a palpable finding.
3. Probably benign—short-interval follow-up suggested. This category will most likely
evolve as data that help to refine characteristics that distinguish benign from malignant
lesions are accumulated. Individual interpreters may include different findings in this
category. Pooling of data should ultimately allow actual and accurate probabilities of a
malignant tumor being present to be determined for the various findings. This
category should only be used for a finding whose characteristics suggest that it is
almost certainly benign, but, because a very small possibility exists (2% or less) that it
is a malignant tumor, it is thought to be prudent to follow up at a shorter interval to
assess its stability. Approaches to such lesions have been described (20,21). One of the
common lesions that fits into this category is the solitary circumscribed mass. Sickles,
who has done the most work in this area, has shown that, if a mass found on a
prevalence (first) mammogram is round, oval, or lobulated and has well-defined
margins over 75% of its surface in two magnification projections, it can be safely
followed at short interval. His follow-up consisted of a mammogram at 6 months and
then 2 additional years of annual mammograms, not just as screening mammograms
but as highly recommended annual follow-up mammograms 3 years total. Our own
short-interval follow-up is more intensive, with mammography every 6 months but for
a total of 2 years (stability of a cancer for more than 2 years is extremely rare). The
principle behind short-interval follow-up is the fact that if a lesion has a low probability
of cancer, based on its morphology and given
P.1000
P.1001
that the probability of cancer being stable over time is also very low, then the
probability of a lesion with low probability morphology as well as stability being a
cancer is extremely low (the probabilities are multiplicative). Follow-up is done to try
to detect the few cancers that have benign morphology as early as possible while 1456 / 1584
bi
to detect the few cancers that have benign morphology as early as possible while
trying to avoid unnecessary traumatic intervention.
1458 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-16 There are a number of causes of trabecular thickening. This patient
had superior vena caval obstruction secondary to lung cancer, causing edema
in both breasts, as seen on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B)
projections. Note that the fine lines of the breasts are markedly thickened.
1459 / 1584
bi
1460 / 1584
bi
P.1002
Most impalpable lesions that come to biopsy fall into this category. The range of
suspicious is determined by the interpreter. BIRADS now suggests that the interpreter
might wish to divide this category into 3 subcategories (A, B, and C) to better alert the
referring physician as to the level of concern.
a. Category 4A is a lesion that the radiologist feels should be biopsied but believes
that the probability of malignancy is low. An example of this is a solid
circumscribed mass where the core biopsy is expected to show a fibroadenoma,
but the radiologist wishes to exclude a less common, circumscribed malignancy or
Phyllodes tumor.
b. Category 4B. The lesion is of intermediate suspicion. An example of this might be
a cluster of calcifications, whose shapes are slightly irregular, that could well be
due to DCIS but are most likely to be due to fibrocystic tissue.
c. Category 4C. The lesion is of concern but does not have the classic morphology of
a malignancy.
Highly suggestive of malignancy—appropriate action should be taken. Although
mammography cannot provide histologic diagnoses, there are many lesions whose
morphology is so characteristic that the diagnosis of malignancy is almost certain. An
irregular spiculated mass, for example, is virtually always cancer. It goes without
saying that a lesion in this category requires intervention.
Known biopsy-proven malignancy—appropriate action should be taken. This simply
means that there is evidence of a known cancer on the mammogram. For example,
patients who are being followed while on neoadjuvant chemotherapy and whose cancer
is not removed from the breast during the treatment, would fall into this category. I
would prefer the statement to read: “There is evidence of the known cancer. There is
no evidence of new or additional disease.”
It should be noted that these are final assessment categories. As noted earlier, a patient
whose screening mammogram suggests the need for additional evaluation because a
finding cannot be categorized into one of the five assessment groups is considered to be
incompletely assessed until additional imaging is done and the findings assigned to one of
the six categories.
The terminology used to define these categories was carefully crafted in consultation with
nonradiologists. BIRADS alerts the referring physician to the fact that these are
assessments based on the imaging study. If the clinician is concerned based on clinical or
other findings, the negative mammogram does not negate that concern. These categories
cannot, with rare exception, be used to eliminate concern raised over a clinically suspicious
abnormality and do not obviate the need for clinical assessment of the breast as well. The
decision to perform a biopsy of most palpable lesions must still be
P.1003
based on the clinical assessment when the mammogram, or other imaging studies, are
unrevealing.
BIRADS 1 Reports
BIRADS 1 indicates a negative mammogram. Mammograms that are unremarkable fall
into two categories. The first is the breast that is predominantly fat (Fig. 25-19), and the
parenchyma is radiographically lucent. The sensitivity of mammography for small lesions in
breasts in this category should be quite high. In this circumstance our report would read as
follows:
Figure 25-19 This is a normal mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B)
mammogram of a 39-year-old woman with predominantly fatty breasts.
When the breast tissues are inhomogeneous or radiographically dense (Fig. 25-20) and a
lesion could be obscured, we prefer the following as a reminder to the referring physician
that a lesion could be hidden by the kind of dense tissue found in this patient:
1462 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-20 The breast tissues are extremely and heterogeneously dense on the
mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections. This somewhat lowers the
sensitivity of mammography, but the mammogram is normal.
The breast tissues are heterogeneously dense. This somewhat lowers the sensitivity of
mammography. No focal masses or clustered microcalcifications are seen, although the
dense surrounding tissue could obscure a lesion.
Conclusion: Dense mammary tissues with no mammographic evidence of
malignancy.
BIRADS 1: NEGATIVE
Such reporting accurately reflects what is seen mammographically and conveys the
somewhat diminished sensitivity level in the mammographically dense breast.
The breast tissues are heterogeneously dense. This somewhat lowers the sensitivity of
mammography. No abnormality is seen in the area of clinical concern as indicated by
the patient. Any decision to biopsy at this time should be based on the clinical
assessment.
Conclusion: There is no mammographic evidence of malignancy.
BIRADS 1: NEGATIVE
1463 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-21 The density that projects over the upper outer right breast, on the
mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections, is a benign
intramammary lymph node.
1465 / 1584
bi
Figure 25-22 There is asymmetric breast tissue that projects over the upper outer
left breast on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections. If this is
palpable, it should be viewed with suspicion. Otherwise it represents a normal
variation.
P.1006
The breast tissues are predominantly fat. No masses or clustered calcifications are
identified.
There is a dilated duct in the subareolar region of the left breast. This almost certainly
represents a benign process. Nevertheless, careful follow-up is suggested with a
repeat study in 6 months.
Conclusion: Probable benign duct dilatation, but follow-up is suggested.
BIRADS 3: PROBABLY BENIGN FINDING—SHORT-INTERVAL FOLLOW-UP IS
RECOMMENDED
Conclusion: Suspicious calcifications in the upper outer quadrant of the right breast.
Biopsy should be considered.
BIRADS 4: SUSPICIOUS ABNORMALITY—BIOPSY SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
Figure 25-24 There is an irregular, ill-defined mass in the lower inner aspect of the
right breast, as seen on the mediolateral oblique (A) and craniocaudal (B) projections.
On spot-compression imaging (C), this represents a spiculated mass that proved to be
an invasive ductal carcinoma.
Figure 25-25 A cyst by ultrasound is round, oval, or lobulated with sharply defined
margins, no internal echoes, and enhanced through-transmission of sound.
Transverse and longitudinal scans of the upper left breast were obtained. The 1.5-cm
nonpalpable mass, seen by mammography in the 12:00 region, has the US
appearance of a cyst with sharply defined margins, no internal echoes, and has
enhanced through-transmission of sound.
Conclusion: The mass seen by mammography in the upper left breast is a benign,
simple cyst by ultrasound. No further evaluation is needed.
On a statistical basis solid masses that are oval with their long axis parallel to the chest
wall or smoothly lobulated with sharply defined margins and a homogeneous internal echo
texture by US are almost always benign. The demonstration of a thin echogenic rim is a
criterion that is rarely seen with a malignancy. It is also not that common for benign
lesions. It does occur, but, in our experience, it is quite uncommon except in masses in the
very young (under the age of 30), for whom the likelihood of cancer is very low to begin
with. The likelihood of cancer is so low for a mass in a woman under the age of 30 that it is
unclear whether imaging adds anything to the clinical evaluation. With no scientific support,
but based on the idea that seeing it is better than just feeling it, US is commonly used to
evaluate palpable masses in women under the age of 30.
P.1010
With or without US, the likelihood of cancer is extremely low. Seeing a benign-appearing
mass is reassuring. so I state the obvious in my report, i.e., in a woman of this age, the
lesion likely represents a fibroadenoma, but I add that, if certainty is needed, US cannot
be used to differentiate benign from malignant solid lesions and imaging guided biopsy or1471 / 1584
bi
be used to differentiate benign from malignant solid lesions and imaging guided biopsy or
surgical removal could be undertaken.
In older women cancer becomes a greater likelihood. The degree of concern can be
conveyed based on the US analysis. If a solid lesion has a triangular shape with irregular
margins and causes shadowing, it is more likely to represent a malignant process.
However, the radiologist should be aware that benign breast structures can have malignant
appearances, and malignant lesions can have what is considered to be benign morphology.
Our US report reflects whether the finding of clinical or mammographic concern can be
explained on the basis of a macrocyst being present. If the lesion is not clearly a cyst but is
a three-dimensionally definable solid lesion with regular US features (Fig. 25-26), it is so
described:
Transverse and longitudinal scans of the upper outer right breast were obtained. The
2.5-cm mass, visible by mammography, in this area is seen by US. It is ovoid with
smooth margins and a homogeneous internal echo texture. There is enhanced
through-transmission of sound. The appearance is consistent with a solid breast mass.
Conclusion: The mass seen by mammography in the upper outer right breast is solid
by US. Although its characteristics are suggestive of a benign process, this cannot be
absolutely determined by imaging and biopsy should be considered. US guided core
needle biopsy is recommended.
Figure 25-26 This well-defined, solid mass with uniform internal echoes proved
to be a fibroadenoma at core needle biopsy.
In women under the age of 30, there is an overwhelming statistical likelihood that any
mass is a fibroadenoma. It could be argued that imaging for these women is not
warranted. In our report we may suggest that a well-circumscribed solid lesion most likely
1472 / 1584
bi
warranted. In our report we may suggest that a well-circumscribed solid lesion most likely
represents a fibroadenoma, but we caution the referring physician that this cannot be
absolutely determined by imaging techniques and, if greater certainty is needed, a US-
guided biopsy or surgical excision is suggested. The following is a sample report for a
palpable area of clinical concern:
Transverse and longitudinal scans of the area indicated by the patient in the upper
outer right breast reveal a 2-cm ovoid, sharply marginated mass with a homogeneous
internal echo texture and good sound transmission. In a patient of this age, this almost
certainly represents a fibroadenoma; however, this cannot be absolutely determined
by any imaging study. If certainty is required, US-guided core needle biopsy or
surgical excision is suggested.
Conclusion: Solid mass in the right breast.
1473 / 1584
bi
1. the number of women screened
2. the number of women requiring additional imaging
3. the number of biopsies recommended and the number actually performed
4. the number of cancers detected (DCIS separated from invasive cancers)
5. the size and stage of the cancers detected
so that the accuracy of the individual screening programs and their success in diagnosing
breast cancers at an earlier stage can be determined. This will also allow each group to
adjust its thresholds by comparison with pooled national data.
BIRADS has evolved over many years, and a great deal of thought, effort, and discussion
has gone into it. It is not a departure from traditional imaging analysis; rather it simply
defines the basic structure of mammographic interpretation. BIRADS merely describes
what most radiologists do on a daily basis. It does not eliminate the individual expertise of
the radiologist but structures mammographic evaluation in an organized and
understandable fashion to try to eliminate confusing reports. BIRADS is not a perfect
system. BIRADS is evolving with time and new understandings of imaging and cancer
detection and diagnosis. The ACR BIRADS committee will evaluate any submitted
suggestions for improvement.
Mammography represents the best method available to reduce breast cancer mortality.
The use of BIRADS is an important component in the overall delivery of high-quality breast
evaluation. Its use will improve the communication of mammography results and permit
an ongoing improvement in mammographic quality and interpretation.
Figure 25-27 (A) If there are 100 cancers in a population and mammography detects
85% of them, then the sensitivity of mammography is 85%. If 50% of the cancers are
only found by mammography, and 35% are both clinically evident and visible by
mammography, while 15% are not found by mammography but are evident by clinical
examination, the sensitivity of clinical examination is 50%, and the false-negative rate
for mammography is 15%. (B) If the group studied is made up only of women with
palpable masses, then the sensitivity of clinical examination jumps to 100% (by
definition), and the sensitivity of mammography falls to 70%. Such a screening,
however, would miss the 50% of cancers that could be found earlier that are not
palpable.
False-Negative Mammography
The ability of mammography to demonstrate abnormalities that are subsequently shown to
be malignant varies
1476 / 1584
bi
P.1013
depending on the patient population and the intensity of the mammographic evaluation.
The false-negative rate is difficult to determine accurately because it requires follow-up on
all negative screening mammograms. This is impossible for most practices without linkage
to state databases, since women shift their health care and the diagnosis of breast cancer
may be made in some other facility. Most groups can only develop crude measures for
missed cancers, but their analysis may help reduce the rate in the future.
The false-negative rates for a test depend on the standard against which the test is
compared and the length of follow-up of the population. For example, in the Breast Cancer
Detection Demonstration Project (13), 20% of cancers became apparent within 1 year of
screening, having been missed by a combination of mammography and physical
examination. This is a common percentage, repeated in a number of the randomized
controlled trials of screening. Assuming an average doubling time of 100 to 180 days, these
interval cancers were present at the time of screening and were not detected or were not
detectable by the screen.
The immediate false-negative rate for mammography is determined by the number of
cancers missed at a screening by mammography divided by the number of cancers that
could be detected at that screening. The equation is
The false negative rate for mammography screening = mammographically missed
cancers/[mammographically detected cancers + clinically detected cancers].
The number is even higher if the data are collected over 1 year following a negative
screening test.
The interval cancer rate is the percentage of cancers that surface in the interval between
screenings divided by the total number of cancers detected over the entire period (cancers
surfacing in the interval between screens/[cancers surfacing in the interval between
screens + screen-detected cancers]).
Accuracy
Accuracy is a measure of the overall accuracy of a test. This is the number of correct study
results divided by the total number of patients studied, which equals the true positives plus
the true negatives divided by the total patients studied. For breast cancer screening,
1477 / 1584
bi
the true negatives divided by the total patients studied. For breast cancer screening,
accuracy is not that valuable a measure because cancer is so uncommon that the accuracy
is dominated by the true negatives.
Audit Results
There are no absolute figures for determining a successful screening program. It depends
on the prior probability of cancer in the population (how much breast cancer is actually
present to detect). Tabar et al (33) have shown that it is better to detect invasive cancers
before they become >1 cm, although he has suggested that the median size should be 1.5
cm or smaller. We believe that the goal should be 1 cm or smaller. In addition to data of
Tabar et al, this goal is reinforced by the data from Memorial Sloan-Kettering, which
demonstrated a significant survival benefit among women with stage 1 cancers when the
cancer was 1.0 cm or smaller (34).
In our own program we find approximately eight to ten cancers (DCIS + invasive) in the
first screening (prevalence) and approximately two to four new cancers in women who
have had previous mammograms (incidence). Our interventional policy is quite aggressive:
60% of the invasive cancers are 1.0 cm or smaller and 30% of the cancers detected are
DCIS. These results are at the cost of a positive predictive value for a biopsy of
approximately 12% for women aged 40 that rises steadily to approximately 45% by age 79
for a mammographically instigated breast biopsy (the positive predictive value increases
with the prior probability of cancer which increases with the age of the women being
screened). In Sickles' audit (35) with a slightly less aggressive approach, such that the
positive predictive value ranged from 26% for women in their forties to 56% for women
over age 70, 39% of the invasive cancers were 1.0 cm or smaller and 30% of the cancers
were DCIS. In Sickles' audit, 79% were stage 0 or stage 1 cancers (negative axillary
lymph nodes). Although these data were collected at a time when needle localization and
surgical excision was the primary form of biopsy, the results should be similar for lesions
diagnosed by imaging-guided core needle biopsy.
Figure 25-28 Cancer can be missed due to poor positioning. This poorly
positioned straight lateral mammogram (A) (the position used during much of the
Canadian screening trial; see Chapter 4) is negative. A repeat mediolateral oblique on
the same day (B) reveals the cancer, despite the fact that even it is not well
positioned.
Positioning is complicated by the curvature and slope of the chest wall, and in some women
the standard two views may not image the entire breast. Blind spots are most common
laterally toward the axilla and medially close to the sternum. High-upper-inner-quadrant
lesions are especially difficult to project onto the detector.
Between 30% and 50% of the failures to detect cancers on the mammogram are
unavoidable (37,38) because the tumors do not produce primary or secondary changes that
are visible with current techniques. If the tumor is surrounded by tissue of similar x-ray
attenuation and there is no architectural distortion or deposition of calcium, a large cancer
may be invisible mammographically.
On approximately one-third of false-negative mammograms, cancers are visible
mammographically but are missed by interpreter oversight. Yankaskas et al (39) found
that 29% of cancers were visible in retrospect but missed by the original radiologist. Based
on CAD review, as many as 70% of cancers that are missed on mammography may be
detectable (40). Approximately 1/3 of missed cancers have subtle signs of malignancy that
may not be appreciated by the inexperienced radiologist. Interpretive errors will always
occur, but they can be minimized by proper training. Every radiologist, no matter how
skilled, cannot avoid overlooking cancers. Because there is a psychovisual threshold below
which it does not appear possible to operate,
P.1015
overlooking even an occasional obvious malignancy cannot be avoided by even the most
experienced radiologist. Because observers overlook different things, multiple studies have
now shown that having a second reader review the cases (double reading) reduces the
possibility of oversight by 5% to 15% (41,42,43). As noted earlier, double reading is 1479 / 1584
bi
possibility of oversight by 5% to 15% (41,42,43). As noted earlier, double reading is
desirable, but it can only be effective if it is performed efficiently. Reading screening studies
online complicates double reading. The best way to perform double reading efficiently is by
delaying interpretation and mounting studies on multiviewers or reading digital studies in
batches. Two or more radiologists can batch read studies very efficiently without increasing
the cost. If the process is inefficient, then the cost of screening must go up, screening sites
will have to close, and women will be denied access. Not only does reading online make
double reading difficult, but we have shown that reading too quickly, not surprisingly, also
leads to increased errors.
The importance of high-quality imaging cannot be overemphasized. Mammographic
detection of breast cancer is completely image dependent. Proper equipment is essential,
and well-trained, motivated technologists are the key to optimizing the study. Experienced
interpreters cannot compensate for poor-quality mammography, and strict attention to
positioning and quality control should be a constant obligation.
Unfortunately, not only does mammography not detect all cancers, but mammography
does not detect all cancers early enough to result in a cure. At this time, breast cancer can
only be cured if it is detected and treated before it has successfully spread to other parts of
the body. The primary cancer in the breast is not lethal. It is the metastatic disease that
eventually kills. Experience suggests that there is a broad spectrum of breast cancer
behavior. Some cancers are likely metastatic very early in their growth. The ability to pass
into the circulation, float to other organs, and successfully invade those tissues likely
requires DNA changes beyond those that merely cause unrestricted cell proliferation. The
fact that many cancers lack the ability to successfully spread to other organs is the likely
reason that some cancers can be stopped and many women can be cured of breast cancer.
Nevertheless, it is very likely that some cancers develop metastatic capability early in their
development. It is entirely possible that in some cancers the first malignant clone has the
ability to spread. These cancers may have seeded other organs long before the primary is,
or even can be, discovered, and early detection for these women is simply not early
enough. Other cancers are not detectable by either mammography or clinical breast exam
until they are quite large and have already metastasized, while still other cancers grow to
be very large and never metastasize. Although not a 1-to-1 link, in general metastatic
spread is directly associated with the size of the cancer at diagnosis (44,45).
Assuming the average doubling time of breast cancer is 100 to 180 days, virtually all
cancers that eventually become detectable either clinically or mammographically likely
have been present at the microscopic level for 5 or more years before their detection.
Some may be present for as long as 30 years before they are found (46). The fact that
mortality can be reduced by mammography screening suggests that many cancers grow to
moderately large sizes before they successfully metastasize. There is still much room for
improvement in detecting cancer earlier. Since prognosis is clearly related to size, even
earlier detection than is now possible may add additional benefit. MRI and US have shown
the potential to find small cancers that are not detected by mammography or clinical
examination. Before MRI or US are employed for screening, however, it must be shown
that finding these cancers actually leads to reduced mortality (47).
Interval Cancers
In screening programs, an indication of the false-negative mammograms can be found in
the interval cancer rate. Most
P.1016
investigators categorize cancers that are diagnosed subsequent to a negative screening but
before the next screening as interval cancers. Thus, the rate of interval cancers varies with
the time between screenings. Interval cancers indicate the false-negative rate for cancers
that become palpable between screenings. They do not indicate how many cancers that are
detected at a screening were actually visible but overlooked at an earlier screening. These
RVFNs have been counted in the screening trials as screen detected and not as false-
negatives. They should be legitimately considered screening detected because they would
not have been detected any earlier in the absence of screening, but they are lesions that
offer the opportunity for improved detection since they are visible on earlier screenings
(Fig. 25-29). Those that were detected but interpreted as benign (IBFN) are another
category of lesions where earlier detection is possible.
Bird has provided one of the most complete analyses of false-negative mammograms, and,
among 320 cancers diagnosed between 1985 and 1990, 77 (24%) were missed at
screening. The authors used a double-reading system. They found that 11 (14%) of the
cancers were detected by the second reader. This is similar to the 15% SRFN rate reported
by Tabar et al (42). In our practice we found that 7% of cancers detected by screening
were detected by the second reader. Among false negatives reported by Bird et al, only 19
1481 / 1584
bi
were detected by the second reader. Among false negatives reported by Bird et al, only 19
(25%) were TFN. Forty-seven of 77 (61%) cancers were retrospectively visible (RVFN).
Another 14 (18%) were detected, but diagnosis was delayed because they were
interpreted as benign (IBFN). Only four (5%) were missed because of technical failures. In
all, 40 (51%) of the false-negative mammograms were attributed to misinterpretation,
offering room for improvement (Table 25-2). By comparing the patients whose cancers
were missed by mammography, the authors concluded that cancers were more likely to be
missed in denser breast tissue, if the cancers did not contain calcifications, or where the
density developed subtly over time.
In the randomized controlled trial performed in Malmö, Sweden, interval cancers that have
been reported differ from the false negatives reported by Bird et al. As noted above, in
screening programs a lesion that is visible on a previous mammogram and that does not
grow to clinical detectability between screenings is not counted as a false
P.1017
negative despite the fact that diagnosis is delayed. Rather it is counted as a screening-
detected cancer. In a review of 96 cancers (20% of the total of 470 found in the screened
population) that became clinically evident in the interval between screenings in the Malmö
screening program, Ikeda et al, probably for this reason, found a lower percentage of
cancers that were retrospectively visible than did Bird et al. The implication and data
suggest that cancers that rise to clinical detectability between screenings are more
aggressive and fast-growing cancers (49).
1482 / 1584
bi
Classified as benign 18
Visible in retrospect 43
Source: Bird RE, Wallace TW, Yankaskas BC. Analysis of cancers missed at
screening mammography. Radiology 1992;184:613–617.
If the goal is to reduce the interval cancer rate, then the time between screens might have
to be shortened (50). In the Malmö study, 21,000 women between the ages of 45 and 69
were offered screening at intervals of 18 months. The size of the interval cancers was
similar to those in the control groups, with a median diameter of 1.9 cm. Lymph nodes
were positive in 23% of the screening-detected cancers, 36% of the interval invasive
cancers, and 44% of the controls. Among the screening-detected cancers, 19% were stage
II or worse. Although among the interval cancers 42% were stage II or worse and among
control group cancers 52% were stage II or worse, women with interval cancers were
twice as likely to die as the controls. The exact reason for this is unclear.
Among the interval cancers, 46% were diagnosed within 12 months of a negative screening
and 75% within 18 months. Proportionally more interval cancers were found in younger
women. TFN mammograms that showed no evidence of cancer on previous mammograms
accounted for 63% (63/100) of the patients with invasive carcinoma and DCIS. There were
slight mammographic abnormalities evident in retrospect in 21 (21%). Evidence was visible
on previous mammograms of a probable malignancy in 10 of 100 (10%) of the women with
interval cancer. Only 2% were felt to have been missed for technical reasons.
Birads-Ultrasound
As noted earlier, recognizing the increasing role of US in breast evaluation, a BIRADS for
US was developed in 2003. As with BIRADS-Mammography, the reader is referred to the
ACR for the details of BIRADS-US. The following is a summary that includes some of the
author's own biases.
Similar to BIRADS-Mammography, BIRADS-US contains a lexicon of terms to be used in
reporting US findings, a similar reporting structure as BIRADS-Mammography, and an
1484 / 1584
bi
reporting US findings, a similar reporting structure as BIRADS-Mammography, and an
appendix that provides a useful classification form. The descriptors (lexicon of terms) used
in BIRADS-US are described in detail in Chapter 17.
The BIRADS-US report is organized in a fashion that is similar to BIRADS-Mammography.
Pertinent history should be provided along with whether previous studies were compared.
The area of investigation should be described (e.g., upper outer quadrant) followed by a
clear and succinct description of the findings. The location of the finding should be described
and, if the study was correlated with other imaging studies, the correlation and its
conclusions should be included in the report. The same BIRADS final assessment
categories can be applied to BIRADS-US.
Figure 25-30 Fluid can be seen by ultrasound in the dermal and subdermal
lymphatics. This patient had a breast abscess. The skin is thickened, and the fluid is
likely in dilated lymphatics.
varies over time following injection, provides the most important information. Our group at
the MGH tends to favor high resolution and morphologic evaluation, but we have not been
able to analyze dynamic information for the past several years, and it is possible that, as
acquisition times become faster while preserving spatial resolution, our approach might
change.
The most important portions of BIRADS-MRI include a description of the findings and the
final assessment. Foci of enhancement can be seen that are too nonspecific to be useful and
need not be evaluated further. A mass, as with mammography and US, is defined as a
“three-dimensional space occupying lesion.” Its shape (round, oval, lobulated, or irregular)
and margins (smooth, irregular, or spiculated) should be described. The internal pattern of
contrast enhancement may help in lesion evaluation. BIRADS-MRI describes mass
enhancement as “homogeneous or heterogenous” with specific distinct patterns being
described individually as:
1. Focal
2. Linear (a single line of enhancement)
3. Ductal (resembling a ductal distribution)
4. Segmental (triangular distribution suggesting a lobe or segment of the breast)
5. Regional
6. Multiple regions (two or more)
7. Diffuse (widely scattered and evenly distributed)
These can be further characterized by the pattern of enhancement within the distribution,
and BIRADS-MRI suggests “homogenous, heterogeneous, stippled/punctuate, clumped,
and reticular/dendritic.”
The symmetry or lack of symmetry of the patterns should also be provided.
BIRADS-MRI also describes the analysis of the dynamics of contrast enhancement as it
“washes in” and the “washout” of contrast. I believe that this will be an evolving science as
scanners become faster. In general, cancers tend to enhance rapidly and washout quickly.
This is described in greater detail in Chapter 20.
As with the other BIRADS modules, a final, decision oriented overall assessment that
parallels that of BIRADS-Mammography should be used.
References
1487 / 1584
bi
1. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day NE, et al. What is the optimum interval between
screening examinations? An analysis based on the latest results of the Swedish two-
county breast cancer screening trial. Br J Cancer 1987;55:547–551.
2. Bassett LW, Monsees BS, Smith RA, et al. Survey of radiology residents: breast
imaging training and attitudes. Radiology 2003;227:862–869.
3. Wolfe JN. Breast patterns as an index of risk for developing breast cancer. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1976;126:1130–1139.
4. Boyd NF, Dite GS, Stone J, et al. Heritability of mammographic density, a risk factor
for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2002;347:886–894.
5. Boyd NF, Jong RA, Yaffe MJ, et al. A critical appraisal of the Canadian National
Breast Cancer Screening Study. Radiology 1993;189:661–663.
6. Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System Atlas (BIRADS). American College of
Radiology; 2003.
8. Conway BJ, McCrohan JL, Reuter FG, et al. Mammography in the eighties. Radiology
1990;177:335–339.
10. Scott WC. Establishing mammographic criteria for recommending surgical biopsy.
Report of the Council of Scientific Affairs of the American Medical Association.
September, 1989.
P.1020
11. Kopans DB. Breast imaging. Philadelphia: Lippincott; 1989:351.
12. D'Orsi CJ, Karellas A, Costanza ME, et al. Preliminary report of an intervention to
improve mammography skills of radiologists. Prog Clin Biol Res 1989;293:151–157.
13. Baker LH. Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project: five-year summary
report. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
14. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomised controlled trial
of one and two view mammography in breast cancer screening. BMJ 1995;311:1189
–1193.
1488 / 1584
bi
15. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
16. D'Orsi CJ, Kopans DB. Mammographic feature analysis. Semin Roentgenol
1993;28:204–230.
17. D'Orsi CJ, ed. The American College of Radiology Breast Imaging Reporting and
Data System, 2nd ed. Reston, VA: American College of Radiology; 1995.
19. Bird RE, Wallace TW, Yankaskas BC. Analysis of cancers missed at screening
mammography. Radiology 1992;184:613–617.
20. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
21. Varas X, Leborgne F, Leborgne JH. Non-palpable, probably benign lesions: role of
follow-up mammography. Radiology 1992;184:409–414.
22. Kopans DB, Swann CA, White G, et al. Asymmetric breast tissue. Radiology
1989;171:639–643.
23. Sickles EA. Periodic mammographic follow-up of probably benign lesions: results of
3184 consecutive cases. Radiology 1991;179:463–468.
24. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Stability of a mammographic mass: a false sense of security.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1981;137:595–598.
26. Sickles EA. Probably benign breast lesions: when should follow-up be recommended
and what is the optimal follow-up protocol? Radiology 1999;213:11–14.
27. Elmore JG, Wells CK, Lee CH, et al. Variability in radiologists' interpretations of
mammograms. N Engl J Med 1994;331:1493–1499.
28. Stavros AT, Thickman D, Rapp CL, et al. Solid breast nodules: use of sonography to
distinguish between benign and malignant lesions. Radiology 1995;196:123–134.
29. Sickles EA. Quality assurance: how to audit your own mammography practice.
Radiol Clin North Am 1992;30:265–275.
30. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Breast physical examination by the mammographer: an aid
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol 1983;103–106.
1489 / 1584
bi
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol 1983;103–106.
31. Faulk RM, Sickles EA. Efficacy of spot compression—magnification and tangential
views in mammographic evaluation of palpable masses. Radiology 1992;185:87–90.
32. Fletcher SW, Black W, Harris R, et al. Report of the International Workshop on
Screening for Breast Cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1644–1656.
33. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Day N, et al. Breast cancer treatment and natural history:
new insights from results of screening. Lancet 1992;339:412–414.
34. Rosen PP, Groshen S, Saigo PE, et al. A long-term follow-up study of survival in
stage I (T1 N0 M0) and stage II (T1 N1 M0) breast carcinoma. J Clin Oncol 1989;7:355
–366.
35. Sickles EA. Auditing your practice. In: Syllabus: a categorical course in breast
imaging. Kopans DB, Mendelson EB, eds. Oak Brook, Ill: Radiological Society of North
America; 1995:81–91.
36. Stomper PC, Kopans DB, Sadowsky NL, et al. Is mammography painful? A
multicenter patient survey. Arch Intern Med 1988;148:521–524.
37. Martin J, Moskowitz M, Milbrath JR. Breast cancers missed by mammography. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1979;132:737–739.
38. Feig SA, Shaber GS, Patchefsky A, et al. Analysis of clinically occult and
mammographically occult breast tumors. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1977;128:403–408.
39. Yankaskas BC, Schell MJ, Bird RE, et al. Reassessment of breast cancers missed
during routine screening mammography: a community-based study. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 2001;177:535–541.
40. Birdwell RL, Ikeda DM, O'Shaughnessy KF, et al. Mammographic characteristics of
115 missed cancers later detected with screening mammography and the potential
utility of computer-aided detection. Radiology 2001;219:192–202.
41. Bird RE. Professional quality assurance for mammographic screening programs.
Radiology 1990;177:587.
42. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Duffy S, et al. Update of the Swedish two-county program of
mammographic screening for breast cancer. Radiol Clin North Am 1992;30:187–210.
43. Thurfjell EL, Lernevall KA, Taube AAS. Benefit of independent double reading in a
population-based mammography screening program. Radiology 1994;191:241–244.
44. Carter CL, Allen C, Henson DE. Relation of tumor size, lymph node status, and
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187. 1490 / 1584
bi
survival in 24,740 breast cancer cases. Cancer 1989;63:181–187.
45. Michaelson JS, Silverstein M, Wyatt J, et al. Predicting the survival of patients with
breast carcinoma using tumor size. Cancer 2002;95:713–723.
46. Kopans DB, Rafferty E, Georgian-Smith D, et al. A simple model of breast cancer
growth may provide explanations for observations of apparently complex phenomena.
Cancer 2003;97:2951–2959.
47. Kopans DB, Monsees B, Feig SA. Screening for cancer—when is it valid? Lessons
from the mammography experience. Radiology 2003;229:319–327.
48. Peer PG, Holland R, Jan HCL, et al. Age-specific effectiveness of Nijmegen
population-based breast cancer screening program: assessment of early indicators of
screening effectiveness. J Natl Cancer Inst 1994;86:436–441.
49. Burrell HC, Sibbering DM, Wilson AR, et al. Screening interval breast cancers:
mammographic features and prognosis factors. Radiology 1996;199:811–817.
50. Kopans DB. Screening for breast cancer and mortality reduction among women 40
–49 years of age. Cancer 1994;74:311–322.
51. Kopans DB. Mammography screening for breast cancer. Cancer 1993;72:1809
–1812.
52. Sickles EA, Kopans DB. Deficiencies in the analysis of breast cancer screening data.
J Natl Cancer Inst 1993;85:1621–1624.
53. Moy L, Slanetz PJ, Moore R, et al. Specificity of mammography and US in the
evaluation of a palpable abnormality: retrospective review. Radiology 2002;225:176
–181.
1491 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
> Table of Contents > 26 - The Medical-Legal Problem and Breast Imaging
26
The Medical-Legal Problem and Breast
Imaging
In our litigious society, the failure to diagnose breast cancer has become the leading cause
of malpractice claims, and this is likely to increase. It is virtually impossible to be protected
from a lawsuit, and, even if the physician performs at a very high level, a jury may still
decide, based on pity for a woman dying of breast cancer, to find for the plaintiff against
the physician. The contingency fee system, in which a lawyer stands to receive 30% or
more of any monetary award, makes it attractive for lawyers to sue if there is any
indication of possible success. The amount awarded by juries has been increasing. Jury
trials are a contest that involves experts who are hired by the defendant and experts who
are hired by the plaintiff. The plaintiff's experts are there to try to convince the jury that
the defendant was negligent by not living up to the standard of care in a given situation,
and the defense experts are there to try to convince the jury that the defendant did live up
to the standard and provided appropriate care. The plaintiff's lawyers are there to buttress
the testimony of the plaintiff's experts and to try to discredit the defendant's experts and
their testimony, while the defendant's lawyers are there to try to discredit the plaintiff's
experts and their testimony and to buttress the testimony of the defendant's experts.
Ultimately the jury decides whom they believe.
The failure to diagnose breast cancer has become the leading cause of medial malpractice
claims. Radiologists are being sued at an increasing rate. The situation has deteriorated
rapidly such that most residents are avoiding the subspecialty of breast imaging. In a
survey of senior residents, Bassett et al (1) showed that, after “not an interesting field,” the
greatest reason that residents were not going into breast imaging was the stress involved
in interpreting the studies and the fear of being sued. Since the year 2000 there has been a
marked decrease in applicants for breast imaging fellowships across the United States.
Radiologists are trying to avoid reading mammograms in increasing numbers. This has all
occurred at a time when the randomized controlled trials have shown that mammography
screening can reduce the death rate by 25% to 30% (2). This benefit has been confirmed in
service screening in Sweden (3) and the Netherlands (4), and the death rate from breast
cancer in the United States has decreased by 20% with the onset of wide-scale
mammographic screening (5). All of these gains will be lost if there are not enough
radiologists to read the mammograms (6).
Despite the apparently discouraging situation there is some good news. Most malpractice
cases that go to trial are decided in favor of the radiologist. In addition, there are things
that radiologists can do to reduce the risk of a suit and to increase the likelihood of
succeeding at a trial. Perhaps the most important, and obvious, approach is to be kind and
considerate to the patient. A common reason why individuals sue is because they are angry
1492 / 1584
bi
considerate to the patient. A common reason why individuals sue is because they are angry
at the way they feel they have been treated. Kindness and consideration should go without
saying, but in a busy practice we are often stressed ourselves, and in our haste we may
seem brusque and uncaring. This should be avoided. It is important that all members of
the breast imaging team, from those scheduling the studies to the receptionists down
through to the radiologists, be supportive, attentive, and friendly. We look for breast
cancers everyday, going through the same steps over and over so that it becomes a
routine. For the woman coming to us once a year, however, it is an unfamiliar and anxiety-
provoking experience. She is anxious because she is actively “looking for cancer.” She will
be exposing an intimate part of her body to a stranger who will unceremoniously pull and
tug on it and place it in what is perceived as a vise, which squeezes what the
P.1022
patient perceives as a delicate organ. She will not see the images, which will go
somewhere else, and an impersonal report will be issued. As every mammography
technologist will report, many patients manifest their anxiety in the form of hostile
behavior and heightened sensitivity. The tense patient is primed for wanting to blame
someone should there be an untoward outcome. Certainly, the patient, who is told that her
mammogram is negative and subsequently finds she has breast cancer, is likely to be angry
and to believe that something must have been done incorrectly, since all of the
“propaganda” about mammograms suggests that they find all cancers early enough to
result in a cure. Despite the fact that radiologists and others have been warning for years
that this is not the case (7,8), the perception is that mammograms are perfect, so that,
when a cancer is not detected, it is not surprising that the patient might assume that an
error was made. If she is angry from the experience, she may well seek redress. The
breast imaging staff should be sensitive to these facts and avoid arguments or conflicts of
any kind with the patient. Efforts should be made to be sure that the patient is cared for in
a friendly and supportive fashion.
Tort of Negligence
Medical malpractice or negligence is covered by tort law. There are four elements that
define the tort of negligence (9):
1. Duty. The physician must have established a duty toward the patient. This is generally
implied when a service (interpreting a mammogram, etc.) has been rendered and
there is an understood level of expectation for care on the part of the patient.
2. Breach of duty. This is the act of failing to appropriately fulfill the responsibilities
implicit in the duty to the patient.
3. Causation. Causation means that the action or failure of the action by the physician
was directly related to the injury to the patient.
4. Damage. This fourth element requires that the causation actually resulted in damage
or loss to the patient.
Expert Witnesses
As noted above, a malpractice trial usually involves the testimony of experts. These are
individuals who are called to testify in support of a defendant or to promote the plaintiff's
P.1023
case. Although lawyers would argue to the contrary, in my experience just about anyone
who has ever seen a mammogram can be considered an expert. I was once involved as an
expert in a trial in which the plaintiff's mammography expert had never heard of Dr. Daniel
Kopans! In one trial, outside of Boston, where the jury found against the radiologist and
awarded over seven million dollars, the plaintiff's “expert” was a retired radiation
oncologist who testified that the radiologist should have seen a cancer on a mammogram.
He pointed to an area that was actually distant from where the cancer was later found
(since it actually was not visible on the mammogram in question). When challenged that 1494 / 1584
bi
(since it actually was not visible on the mammogram in question). When challenged that
the cancer was found in a different location, he replied that “the cancer had grown.” The
fact that this “expert,” who could not interpret mammograms was allowed, and the fact
that he was able to lie with impunity points out another problem. Since experts are
providing their opinions, they are not held to the standard of perjury to which the average
witness must adhere, and, apparently, the expert system is so important that the legal
system permits experts great leeway. Berlin (10) points out:
Compounding the problem is the fact that providing expert testimony can be very
lucrative. An expert can charge whatever he or she wishes to charge for testifying, so that
there is considerable financial pressure to provide expert testimony. There are Web sites
that provide lists of physicians who are willing to be experts.
Failure to Diagnose
The radiologist is under unreasonable pressure to detect all cancers. The majority of
lawsuits involving breast imaging are due to a failure to see a cancer on a mammogram
that may or may not be visible in retrospect. The plaintiff can always find an “expert” who
is willing to testify that the radiologist should have seen the lesion. This is remarkable in
that there is no radiologist in the world who has not at some time failed to see a significant
abnormality that is visible in retrospect, yet these experts are willing to determine that
another radiologist was negligent for having made a similar oversight. The “truth” may not
enter into the equation. I testified at a trial in which the plaintiff's “expert” testified that the
defendant had missed the cancer in the upper outer left breast. The only thing that was
present on the mammogram in question was the normal scalloped edge of the
parenchyma. Of course, the debate could have been my word against the plaintiff's expert
but for the fact that the cancer was in the medial aspect of the breast in a totally different
quadrant. Despite the facts, this case still went to trial. Fortunately, the defense prevailed,
seemingly vindicating the process (I am told that approximately 70% of cases that go to
trial are won by the defense). What cannot be quantified, however, is the mental anguish
and financial cost that is shouldered by the defendant and the defense in these cases.
Most observers will count three Fs in the paragraph. In fact, there are six Fs in the text.
You are an expert in Fs. You were told that there are Fs in the text, you even suspected a
trick, so you were extra diligent at looking, yet most everyone (who has not seen this
before) will only see three Fs. Apparently, the brain does not process the Fs in the OFs. You
have been provided with far more information than a radiologist has looking at a
1499 / 1584
bi
have been provided with far more information than a radiologist has looking at a
mammogram. You had a far simpler task to do, and you still missed three out of the six Fs.
I would submit that it is not negligence when a human can look at something and not see
it, since there is no way that we know of to prevent this from periodically happening. It is
unfortunate but not negligence.
If we drop all of the sanctimonious pretense regarding our judicial system, we can
acknowledge that it is probably one of the most fair in the world, but this does not mean
that we cannot make it “more fair.” A mistake that I once made when discussing these
problems with a lawyer was to suggest that our legal system was “designed to arrive at the
truth.” He laughed and corrected me by pointing out that it was not designed to arrive at
truth, but, as an adversarial system, it was designed to “see who wins.” Several, recent,
highly visible cases have made this abundantly clear. The problem is that it is not just the
legal system in isolation that is at stake. Complex scientific studies have shown that
mammographic screening can reduce the death rate from breast cancer for women aged
40 and over by at least 30% (2). Studies in Sweden suggest that the potential for
mammography to decrease the breast cancer death rate is as high as 63% (17). This is a
dramatic change since the death rate from breast cancer in the United States had not
changed in the 50 years preceding 1990. Since breast cancer screening began in the United
States, in the mid-1980s, the breast cancer death rate has plunged. Mammographic
screening can save a large number of lives. However, as noted earlier, as we begin to
reduce the number of lives lost, we are facing an evolving crisis. Radiologists are shunning
the interpretation of mammograms because of the fear of being sued for missing a cancer.
There is little doubt that the public relations effort that went into urging women to have
mammograms raised their expectations beyond reality. Mammography screening does not
detect all cancers and does not detect all cancers early enough to effect a cure. However, a
large number of lives can be saved through mammographic screening. The problem is that,
just as we have entered an era where numerous lives can be saved, we run the risk that
there will be no one around who is willing to read the studies. Something must change in
the medical-legal situation, or the gains of decreased breast cancer deaths of the last
decade will be lost because of greed and unattainable expectations.
I am not arguing for an end to malpractice litigation. There are clearly cases of negligence.
However, the fact that a cancer is visible in retrospect on a mammogram is so common
that it should not be considered a reason for a lawsuit. Since every radiologist who reads
mammograms is guaranteed to periodically not see a cancer that is visible (even obvious
—do not forget the Fs) in retrospect, this should constitute the standard of care and should
not result in a suit.
I have suggested the following (6): just as Judge Sam C. Pointer Jr., coordinating judge for
the Federal Breast Implant Multi-District Litigation, convened a review by a panel of
experts to determine if there was any credible scientific evidence that silicone gel implants
were causing systemic disease (18), I would urge that a similar panel review the issue of
breast cancer detection. I am confident that they will arrive at the same conclusion: since
we are all guaranteed to periodically overlook a cancer that is visible in retrospect, this
should not be the cause for a suit. An insurance system could be set up to compensate
women should an oversight occur, based on the judgment of a panel of true experts.
Radiologists could be monitored to ensure that someone was not just reading every case as
normal (since this would only miss 1 to 8 cancers per 1,000 women) and that the
radiologist had a reasonable cancer detection rate and false-negative rate.
1500 / 1584
bi
radiologist had a reasonable cancer detection rate and false-negative rate.
Berlin has suggested that a campaign be mounted to educate women to the facts. The fact
that mammography does not find all cancers and does not find all cancers early enough to
effect a cure needs to be clearly understood. Since we should all be provided with accurate
information about our health care, this should be wholeheartedly supported. However, this
information has been available for decades, and yet we are still faced with a mounting
crisis. Women should not be denied the ability to sue for malpractice, but radiologists
should also not be placed in jeopardy for psychovisual phenomena that are beyond our
control.
Double Reading
Just as the second person was able to see the keys when they were overlooked by the
first, having two or more readers review imaging studies reduces the failure to perceive an
abnormality. Unfortunately, having two radiologists review every imaging study is
impractical and not reimbursed. For these reasons it is not the standard of care.
Nevertheless, it is a way to reduce the chance of overlooking a cancer on a mammogram.
Computer-aided detection (CAD) may be another way to reduce this problem. Double
reading, however, is a nonspecific term. It may mean a review by two
P.1027
readers to reduce errors of perception, or it may be considered as double interpretation,
where the second reader may decide the concerns raised by the first reader are
unwarranted. Double interpretation is a way to reduce false-positive interpretations,
although it could lead to an increase in false negatives if the second reader's lack of
concern proves to be incorrect.
The interest in double reading depends on the aims of those who review the process. At a
meeting held by the National Cancer Institute in January 1996 to review the value of
double reading, health planners were more interested in reducing the number of
mammograms interpreted as abnormal (because recalling patients for additional
evaluation represents inconvenience and added expense) than they were in reducing the
error rate in cancer detection. Radiologists and those interested in reducing the death rate
from breast cancer were more interested in reducing the chances of overlooking a
significant abnormality. The cost of health care is of major concern, but the best science
and medicine should be determined first, and then society can decide what it can afford.
Thus, only the latter use of double reading is discussed below.
Double Perception
Since individuals fail to perceive different things (someone else points out your keys), the
problem of missing a cancer may be reduced by instituting a system of double reading with
two radiologists reviewing the same mammogram. This is impractical in many practices
and would lead to an unsupportable increase in the cost of screening. If, however,
screening cases are read in bulk on a preloaded alternator or workstation, double reading
can be done without significantly increasing the cost.
In a study performed at the Massachusetts General Hospital, double reading was
performed on 5,899 cases. The main reader was methodical in reviewing all previous
mammograms, while the second reader (termed the quick reader) was assigned to quickly
scan the cases looking for possible abnormalities. The main reader took approximately 2
hours to review 40 to 50 mammograms, while the quick reader accomplished the same
1501 / 1584
bi
hours to review 40 to 50 mammograms, while the quick reader accomplished the same
task in less than 15 minutes. Together, the 2 readers detected 39 breast cancers. The main
reader detected 36 of the 39 breast cancers diagnosed in the group, while the quick reader
detected 31 of the 39. Three of the malignant lesions detected by the quick reader were
overlooked by the main reader, but eight malignant lesions were overlooked by the quick
reader.
Our results suggest that reading slowly and methodically is more accurate than reading
quickly, but it also showed that two observers are better than a single observer. Bird (19)
has reported a similar experience. Using a second reader increased their detection rate by
5%. Tabar et al (20) have quoted a 15% increase in cancer detection with double reading,
and Thurfjell et al (21) also found a 15% increase in cancers detected using a second
reader. Freer and Ulissey (22), using a CAD system, increased their cancer detection rate
by 19.5%.
Double reading is not the standard of care. Requiring double reading may, in fact, be
counterproductive. Unless an efficient system is used, double reading is expensive (double
the radiologist time). If radiologists are forced out of the field because the cost of screening
becomes too high, then women will be denied access to screening, and this could result in
more cancer deaths. However, if the studies are organized efficiently, then the incremental
increase in radiologist time is minimal, and double reading can be easily accomplished at
no additional cost. Unfortunately, there has been increasing pressure to provide women
having a mammogram with an immediate report. Women and physicians need to be
educated that the psychological benefit from an immediate report is falsely reassuring (a
negative mammogram does not mean that a woman does not have breast cancer) and that
it is preferable to permit a delayed and more careful review and permit time for double
reading to increase the chance of finding a cancer earlier.
Failure to Communicate
Failure to communicate the fact that an abnormality has been detected is a potentially
significant problem. The duty of the radiologist has not been defined in an absolute sense
and will not likely ever be universally defined (it may vary from state to state) but rather
will be decided with each individual case. A written report is clearly indicated. It is also
prudent to contact the referring physician directly when a significant abnormality (one that
needs immediate attention) is detected. This is part of the American College of Radiology
(ACR) standard. Although there is no consistent determination of the absolute
responsibility of the radiologist, it would also be prudent to establish a follow-up system
that would permit the timely detection of a patient with a significant abnormality who has
not undergone appropriate follow-up. The use of computers can be extremely helpful in this
regard.
1502 / 1584
bi
Monitor Results
It has been suggested that an important defense in a malpractice action will come from
having established group
P.1028
and individual track records (as required by the Food and Drug Administration under the
Mammography Quality Standards Act). Maintenance of a database such as recommended
by the ACR Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System will help establish the standard of
practice within a group and by an individual. A well-thought-out approach to the evaluation
of problem lesions rather than a haphazard approach to image interpretation is important.
Careful maintenance of records and notation of communication with the referring physician
(documentation) is strongly recommended.
Although there is no way to prevent a lawsuit, the following practices would seem prudent:
Tort Reform
Unfortunately, those responsible for this system and who benefit the most from it are also
in control of the legislation that could change it. Not only is it a profitable system for
lawyers, but, because their profession is based on the principle that a lawsuit is a routine
method for settling grievances, they fail to understand why doctors are concerned about
the system.
Introduction
There has been an increasing emphasis by some radiologists that, in breast imaging, more
is better. The frequent use of additional mammographic projections, magnification
mammography, ultrasound, and other tests is urged to try to derive a more thorough
understanding of an abnormality in order to suggest appropriate management. It is argued
by some radiologists that decisions should not be made based on the screening study
alone, and, if a questionable finding or abnormality is detected, they insist that the
radiologist should work it up. Others urge the increased use of ultrasound to evaluate
possible abnormalities. What is lacking in this reflexive exhortation is the importance of
P.1029
determining how the additional evaluation will actually influence the care of the patient and
benefit the patient. Ultimately, the cost of interventions is a stress in the opposite direction.
Doctors may be sued for having not performed a test, while they may lose their jobs in a
managed care system if they order tests that are not indicated.
What separates medicine from the snake oils of the past is science. It is the careful
analysis and objective study of an intervention, using the scientific method, to determine
its value and efficacy that raise medically justified procedures above the level of the copper
bracelet. The mere fact that an individual believes in a procedure does not validate that
procedure.
1504 / 1584
bi
Additional imaging and analysis beyond the screening mammogram may be clinically useful
if the added information expedites patient care and provides information that influences
management decisions to the benefit of the patient. This is particularly true in the setting of
screening with mammography, where the care of a clinically asymptomatic woman with a
mammographically detected abnormality depends on the radiologist's interpretation. In
this situation, sufficient imaging analysis is required to permit the radiologist to advise the
patient and her physician as to the appropriate course of action. The mere fact that an
additional test adds information, however, does not necessarily justify its use, particularly
in light of rising health care costs. There is little doubt that performing every possible test
on every patient adds some benefit to a few, but it definitely leads to unjustifiable costs,
and, more importantly, probable harm to many patients from spurious but ultimately
insignificant findings.
As with all tests, the value of additional imaging should be assessed for its impact on care.
If the results of a test do not have the potential to alter the course of patient care in a
beneficial fashion, then its use is not justified, and it should not be considered the standard
of care. If the use of a test has no scientifically demonstrated efficacy, then it should not be
considered a standard.
Clearly every approach to care has not been and cannot be validated scientifically.
However, anecdotal experience should not dictate a standard of care for all physicians
without supporting scientific validation. For example, there were many radiologists who
believed that whole-breast ultrasound could replace mammography in the early detection
of breast cancer. Whole-breast ultrasound units proliferated and could have been construed
as the standard of care. It was not until the systems were evaluated in a scientific fashion
that their lack of efficacy was demonstrated.
A number of experts believed that women who have been treated for breast cancer
conservatively should always have magnification views of the tumor site in their follow-up
mammograms. This could have been misconstrued as a standard had it not been for a
study by DiPiro et al (24), who showed, in a scientific fashion, that this had no advantage
over the standard two views, with the addition of magnification views for the small number
of women for whom the contact views raised a question.
1506 / 1584
bi
Conclusion
Some may find this chapter overly pessimistic. The fact remains that most radiologists who
are sued over a mammogram, and go to court, are vindicated. I am not sure, however,
that this means that all is well. Being sued, for many, is psychologically devastating, and it
is not clear that there is a benefit to putting a well-intentioned and conscientious physician
through this process when 70% are not found to be negligent. I would hope that the legal
system would recognize the scientific facts. Just as it was shown, and is now admissible in
all trials, that silicone implants are not implicated in systemic illness, it should be clear that
the failure to see a breast cancer that is evident in retrospect is not, a priori, negligence.
Unless the plaintiff can provide other evidence of negligence, this should not be considered
a cause for a lawsuit, given the scientific facts of human perception.
Unfortunately, many radiologists now practice defensively. In our own practice we perform
breast ultrasound on all women who are referred with a history of a possible clinically
evident abnormality. There are no data that this will save any lives, but so many “experts”
have proselytized the practice that it would be a simple matter to find an expert who would
testify that this is the standard of care. There is no question in my mind that many of us
now practice defensive medicine and that this is a factor in the increasing costs of health
care.
As noted earlier, there are practices that make sense in an effort to reduce the chance of a
lawsuit. Certainly at the top of the list is an effort to provide the highest quality of care that
the practice can provide. It goes without saying that the radiologist and his/her staff should
try to practice at the highest level that they can and provide the best care that they can
within the severe constraints of the health care system. Patients should be cared for with
compassion, understanding, and kindness by everyone with whom they come in contact.
Studies should be reviewed carefully and interpreted as accurately as possible. Double 1512 / 1584
bi
Studies should be reviewed carefully and interpreted as accurately as possible. Double
reading (not the standard of care) is encouraged to try to reduce the false-negative rate.
Studies and interventions should be interpreted and performed by practitioners who
understand
P.1034
what they are doing and have reason and rationale for all that they do. The radiologist
should be able to explain his or her interpretation and recommendations in a logical
fashion. It is a good idea to document all important decisions and communications with the
patient and her physician. Information in the patient record should be accurate and clear.
Frivolous comments or information that is not germane to the care of the patient should
not be entered into the patient record. The interpretation of images should be undertaken
in a systematic fashion. Although resources are limited, efforts to reduce the chance that a
patient will fall through the cracks are a good idea. Radiologists should be aware that
lawsuits are a fact of life and that most are without merit. I hope this knowledge will
reduce the psychological impact of these accusations.
References
1. Bassett LW, Monsees BS, Smith RA, et al. Training and attitudes of residents
regarding breast imaging. Radiology 2001;221:337.
2. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Smith RA. The mammographic screening trials: commentary on
the recent work by Olsen and Gotzsche. CA Cancer J Clin 2002;52:68–71.
3. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Chen H, et al. The impact of organized mammography service
screening on breast carcinoma mortality in seven Swedish counties. Cancer
2002;95:458–469.
6. Kopans DB. Mammography screening is saving thousands of lives, but will it survive
medical malpractice? Radiology 2004;230:20–24.
7. Burns P, Grace MCA, Lees AW, et al. False negative mammograms causing delay in
breast cancer diagnosis. J Can Assoc Radiol 1979;30:74–76.
8. Mann BD, Giuliano AE, Bassett LW, et al. Delayed diagnosis of breast cancer as a
result of normal mammograms. Arch Surg 1983;118:23–24.
1513 / 1584
bi
10. Berlin L. Bearing false witness. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2003;180:1515–1521.
11. Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals (92–102), 509 U.S. 579 (1993).
http://www.supct.law.cornell.edu/supct/html/92–102.ZS.html. Accessed May 20, 2006.
12. Kundel HL, Nodine CF, Thickman D, et al. Nodule detection with and without a chest
image. Invest Radiol 1985;20:94–99.
13. Kundel HL. Predictive value and threshold detectability of lung tumors. Radiology
1981;139:25–29.
14. Berlin L, Hendrix RW. Malpractice issues in radiology: perceptual errors and
negligence. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;170:863–867.
15. Birdwell RL, Ikeda DM, O'Shaughnessy KF, et al. Mammographic characteristics of
115 missed cancers later detected with screening mammography and the potential
utility of computer-aided detection. Radiology 2001;219:192–202.
17. Tabar LK, Vitak B, Chen HHT, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast cancer mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
18. Diamond BA, Hulka BS, Kerkvliet NI, et al. Silicone breast implants in relation to
connective tissue diseases and immunologic dysfunction. A report by a National Science
Panel to the Honorable Sam C. Pointer Jr., coordinating judge for the Federal Breast
Implant Multi-District Litigation. http://www.fjc.gov/BREIMLIT/SCIENCE/report.htm.
Accessed May 20, 2006.
19. Bird RE. Professional quality assurance for mammographic screening programs.
Radiology 1990;177:587.
20. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Duffy SW, et al. Update of the Swedish two-county program
of mammographic screening for breast cancer. Radiol Clin North Am 1992;30:187–210.
21. Thurfjell EL, Lernevall KA, Taube AAS. Benefit of independent double reading in a
population-based mammography screening program. Radiology 1994;191:241–244.
22. Freer TW, Ulissey MJ. Screening mammography with computer-aided detection:
prospective study of 12,860 patients in a community breast center. Radiology
2001;220:781–786.
23. Kopans DB. Breast imaging and the “standard of care” for the “symptomatic”
patient. Radiology 1993;187:608–611.
1514 / 1584
bi
24. DiPiro PJ, Meyer JE, Shaffer K, et al. Usefulness of the routine magnification view
after breast conservation therapy for carcinoma. Radiology 1996;198:341–343.
25. Potchen EJ, Bisesi MA, Sierra AE, et al. Mammography and malpractice. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1991;156:475–480.
26. Seidman H, Gelb SK, Silverberg E, et al. Survival experience in the Breast Cancer
Detection Demonstration Project. CA Cancer J Clin 1987;37:258–290.
27. Tabar L, Fagerberg CJG, Gad A, et al. Reduction in mortality from breast cancer
after mass screening with mammography. Lancet 1985;1:829–832.
29. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Cohen AM, et al. Palpable breast masses: the importance of
preoperative mammography. JAMA 1981;246:2819–2822.
30. Brenner RJ. Medicolegal aspects of breast imaging: variable standards of care
relating to different types of practice. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1991;156:719–723.
31. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Analysis of mammographically obvious breast carcinomas
with benign results on initial biopsy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1981;153:570–572.
32. Harris JR, Lippman ME, Veronesi U, et al. Breast cancer. N Engl J Med
1992;327:319–328, 390–398, 473–480.
33. Sadowsky NL, Semine A, Harris JR. Breast imaging: a critical aspect of breast
conserving treatment. Cancer 1990;65:2113–2118.
34. Shapiro S, Venet W, Strax P, et al. Periodic screening for breast cancer: The Health
Insurance Plan project and its sequelae, 1963–1986. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press; 1988.
36. Meyer JE, Kopans DB. Breast physical examination by the mammographer: an aid
to improved diagnostic accuracy. Appl Radiol March/April 1983;103–106.
37. Faulk RM, Sickles EA. Efficacy of spot compression—magnification and tangential
views in mammographic evaluation of palpable masses. Radiology 1992;185:87–90.
38. Baker LH. Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project: five-year summary
report. CA Cancer J Clin 1982;32:194–225.
1515 / 1584
bi
39. Moskowitz M. Breast cancer: age-specific growth rates and screening strategies.
Radiology 1986;161:37–41.
40. Swann CA, Kopans DB, McCarthy KA, et al. Mammographic density and physical
assessment of the breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:525–526.
41. Boren WL, Hunter TB, Bjelland JC, et al. Comparison of breast consistency at
palpation with breast density at mammography. Invest Radiol 1990;25:1010–1011.
42. Kopans DB, Meyer JE, Lindfors KK. Whole breast ultrasound imaging—four year
follow up. Radiology 1985;157:505–507.
43. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Occult cancer in women with dense breasts:
detection with screening US—diagnostic yield and tumor characteristics. Radiology
1998;207:191–199.
44. Kolb TM, Lichy J, Newhouse JH. Comparison of the performance of screening
mammography, physical examination, and breast US and evaluation of factors that
influence them: an analysis of 27,825 patient evaluations. Radiology 2002;225:165
–175.
45. Kopans DB. Sonography should not be used for breast cancer screening until its
efficacy has been proven scientifically. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2004;182:489–491.
P.1035
46. Fornage BD, Faroux MJ, Simatos A. Breast masses: US-guided fine-needle
aspiration biopsy. Radiology 1987;162:409–414.
48. Gordon PB, Goldenberg SL. Malignant breast masses detected only by ultrasound: a
retrospective review. Cancer 1995;76:626–630.
49. Kopans DB, Sickles EA, Feig SA. Malignant breast masses detected only by
ultrasound: a retrospective review. Cancer 1996;77:208–209.
50. Donegan WL. Evaluation of a palpable breast mass. N Engl J Med 1992;327:937
–942.
51. Land CE, Tokunaga M, Koyama K, et al. Incidence of female breast cancer among
atomic bomb survivors, Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 1950–1990. Radiat Res 2003;160:707
–717.
52. Boice JD, Harvey EB, Blettner M, et al. Cancer in the contralateral breast after
radiotherapy for breast cancer. N Engl J Med 1992;326:781–785.
1516 / 1584
bi
53. Mettler FA, Upton AC, Kelsey CA, et al. Benefits versus risks from mammography:
a critical assessment. Cancer 1996;77:903–909.
1517 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
27
Digital Mammography
X-ray mammography continues to be the only imaging technique with the proven capability
of detecting clinically occult breast cancer with a resulting decrease in breast cancer deaths.
The primary reason to image the breast using x-rays is to detect breast cancers at a
smaller size and earlier stage in an effort to interrupt the growth of these tumors prior to
successful metastatic spread. X-ray mammography is the only imaging technique that has
been shown to decrease mortality in randomized controlled trials that screened
asymptomatic women (1,2,3) and, when introduced into the general population, has
resulted in a marked decrease in the death rate from breast cancers (4,5,6). For the first
time since 1940, the death rate from breast cancer began to decrease in 1990, and this can
be directly linked to the onset of widespread mammographic screening in the United States
(7). Although film/screen technology has matured to the point where only small
improvements are likely, efforts to improve the detection of breast cancer using x-ray
imaging continue. The development of digital mammography has opened up new
opportunities for investigation that hold the promise of increased cancer detection with a
decrease in false-positive tests.
1519 / 1584
bi
Figure 27-1 Digitization converts an analog signal into a digital signal. If the
density of the film (assume completely black is zero and pure white is the highest
signal) is measured across a line of the image (A), it appears as a continuous line (B),
depending on the whiteness or blackness of the image at each point along the line. The
height of the line can be represented by numbers at any specified points (C) (digital
conversion), and this produces a digital measure. Every point on the image can be
converted to a number. The size of the point determines the fineness or coarseness of
the digital representation.
1520 / 1584
bi
P.1038
P.1039
P.1040
Disadvantages of Film
There are several important disadvantages of film/screen combinations. As a consequence
of the fact that the film is both the detector and the display medium, the actual exposure
requirements are dictated by the need to produce an image on the film that is viewable.
Film does not respond linearly to incident photons. It is not very sensitive to the early
photons striking it so that areas of high x-ray absorption in the breast (low transmission of
photons to the film) all appear similarly white on the image (the toe of the Hunter and 1521 / 1584
bi
photons to the film) all appear similarly white on the image (the toe of the Hunter and
Driffield curve) (Fig. 27-3), and it is only over a fairly narrow range of exposure that small
changes in photon attenuation result in differences in film blackening (contrast). Since the
normal structures of the breast and cancers of the breast have similar x-ray attenuation,
this limitation can make it difficult to visualize and separate normal from abnormal
structures. Contrast is extremely important. Although film has high spatial resolution, if
there is insufficient contrast between two small structures, then they will not be visible as
separate structures (contrast resolution).
Another limitation of film is that, once the image is developed, it is immutable. The
information is displayed in only a single presentation, and, if the exposure has not been
optimal, the image will be suboptimal. The film is the only record of the image, and, if it is
lost or damaged, the loss is irretrievable. Storage of x-ray films requires large amounts of
space, and studies are not infrequently lost. If a consultation with another physician or
expert is desired, the images must be physically moved to the consultant.
1523 / 1584
bi
Figure 27-4 The American Science and Engineering line-scanning digital
mammography system used pre- and post-breast slits to virtually eliminate
scatter. The x-rays entered the scintillator along its edge, and the light emitted was
converted to electricity by the photodiode array aligned along the scintillator. This
provided high x-ray photon detection efficiency with a short light path to reduce spread
in the scintillator.
The initial approval process for digital mammography was further complicated by a
requirement that was to be imposed by the FDA. Since only 2 to 4 cancers would be
expected for every 1,000 women screened in a screening study, the FDA recognized that it
could not require a direct comparison of digital mammograms to film/screen in a screening
program, so it allowed the manufacturers to perform reader studies that involved the
“enrichment” of a group of screening mammograms with images of breasts with cancers. If
the areas under the receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve for the analysis of the
digital set of images were within acceptable range of the ROC for film/screen, then the
FDA would give provisional approval of the device. However, the FDA was initially going to
require that the companies perform postapproval studies to show that, in a screening
situation, digital imaging was equivalent to film/screen images. The manufacturers were
stunned, since these very large studies would cost millions of dollars. One of the companies
approached Congress, arguing that they could not possibly fund such a postapproval study,
and, consequently, Congress earmarked $26 million to pay for the postapproval studies.
When I and others testified before an FDA panel that was to determine whether the GE
PMA (the first to be approved) should be granted, we not only convinced the panel that the
data supported approval, but we convinced them to recommend that the companies not
have to perform a postapproval screening study. Based on our testimony the panel then
convinced the FDA to approve the GE device, and the FDA dropped the requirement for
postapproval screening studies. The millions of dollars, however, had already been set
aside by Congress to pay for a study that was no longer required by the FDA. Instead of
using the funds for a more important study, such as the evaluation of ultrasound or MRI for
screening, as I suggested, the congressional mandate required that the money be used to
evaluate digital mammography. As a consequence, the American College of Radiology
(ACR) Imaging Network stepped in, and the Digital Mammographic Imaging Screening
Trial (DMIST) was developed to use the money to do the study that was no longer required
by the FDA. DMIST (see below) evaluated approximately 49,528 women who agreed to
have both digital as well as film/screen mammograms and the studies were interpreted in
a blinded fashion, with the radiologists being permitted to recommend further evaluation
on the basis of either study. The inclusion of such a large cohort of women provides the
study with a great deal of statistical power, so that small differences between film/screen
and digital mammography will be detectable. Unfortunately, there are problems with the
DMIST study. Patients who were studied at the Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) and
were enrolled in the DMIST trial had their images reviewed with a suboptimal display
workstation. Because the FDA approved the LORAD Selenia system under the PMA
process, readers at the MGH were required to review the digital images using the
presentation algorithm that was approved by the FDA. Although LORAD would not reveal
its proprietary algorithm, the images were displayed with extremely high contrast and
appeared to have some edge enhancement as well. This has the effect of making every
crossing of a Cooper's ligament appear to be a possible spiculated lesion and resulted in a
much higher recall rate for the digital studies than for the film/screen studies. There were1524 / 1584
bi
much higher recall rate for the digital studies than for the film/screen studies. There were
only 14 cancers diagnosed among the 1,357 women included in the MGH portion of the
DMIST study, so that statistical analysis is not possible for cancer detection. However, we
found four cancers on both the digital images and the film/screen images. Digital found one
cancer that was missed on film/screen, and one cancer was detected on film/screen that
was missed on digital. Seven cancers were detected on the screening study 1 year later
(DMIST would classify these as false negatives, despite the fact that they were detected by
screening), and the 14th cancer was detected by an MRI examination. We found no
difference in cancer detection rates between digital mammography and film/screen, and
this has been our feeling in general.
Most experts in breast imaging realized that the digital detector systems where
comparable to film/screen imaging as soon as they were able to view the images. Given
that the physics of the systems was well understood, and that the images could be adjusted
to look identical to a film/screen
P.1042
study (Fig. 27-5), it was apparent that the detectors could replace conventional film/screen
technology, as well as providing all of the advantages of having a computerized image.
Gradually the manufactures have been able to fulfill the requirements of the PMA process.
They have been able to gain FDA approval for their systems, and digital mammography
systems have become commercially available.
The process can then be reversed to display the image. Instead of numbers in cells of the
spreadsheet, a level of gray (white to black) can be assigned to each cell in proportion to
the number (energy) of the photons that were counted at that cell location. The image
becomes visible as a grayscale image by filling in the cells with a level of gray that is based
on the energy or number of x-rays counted in each cell. The numbers between pure white
and pure black can be assigned, and contrast and brightness can be easily varied and
enhanced because different “windows” and grayscale levels can be assigned, since the
image is computer generated. Unlike a film/screen image, which cannot be altered and is
based on the exposure used and the chemical processing of the film, a digital image can be
adjusted in infinite combinations, including completely inverting the image so that black
structures become white and white become black (Fig. 27-7). Since the image is defined by
numbers, it can be sent electronically anywhere in the world and can be displayed
simultaneously in an infinite number of sites to look exactly the same, regardless of
P.1045
where it is viewed. This great range, versatility, and improvement in contrast separation is
one of the major benefits of a digital mammogram. 1529 / 1584
bi
one of the major benefits of a digital mammogram.
Theoretically, a pixel can be any size, and the detector pixels can vary in size, depending
on the type and design of the detector. Although there are other important variables, in
general, the smaller the pixel, the higher the potential spatial resolution (Fig. 27-8). Larger
pixel sizes provide lower spatial resolution. Although smaller pixels should be able to
produce higher spatial resolution if the dose is held constant, this benefit may be
diminished by the fact that signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) will decrease as the pixel size is
diminished and the image will be noisier. This effect can be seen in the following example.
Assume that 100 x-ray photons fall onto a 100-µm pixel and that there are 20 noise signals
that are generated for each pixel. The SNR would be 100/20 or 5. If we now divide up the
pixel into 4 smaller pixels so that each is 50 µm (Fig. 27-9), the signal
P.1046
P.1047
is divided by 4 so that each pixel now sees 25 photons. However, since the noise is the
1530 / 1584
bi
is divided by 4 so that each pixel now sees 25 photons. However, since the noise is the
same for each pixel (20 spurious counts per pixel), the SNR will drop to 25/20 or 1.25 and
the image will appear noisier. This is oversimplified, but the important point to realize is
that simply having smaller pixels does not mean that the image is improved.
Figure 27-8 As the pixel size decreases the spatial resolution increases. With
large pixels the spatial resolution is very poor (A). As the pixel size decreases the
spatial resolution improves (B–D).
1531 / 1584
bi
Figure 27-9 Increasing the resolution by decreasing the size of the pixel can
worsen the signal-to-noise ratio. If a detector pixel is 400 µm on a side (A), the
noise level for each pixel is 40, and 400 signals are detected, then the signal-to-noise
ratio is 400/40, which is 10. If the size of the detector elements is cut in half so that
each is 100 µm (B) and nothing else is done, then the signal-to-noise ratio is
degraded. The noise level in each detector element is still 40, but the signal at each
pixel is now only ¼ that of the larger pixel, since the signal must be divided over 4
elements. Each pixel sees 100 signals. The signal-to-noise ratio drops to 100/40, which
is 2.5.
One of the unresolved questions for digital mammography revolves around how much
spatial resolution is needed. Film/screen combinations, in theory, can have as much as 15-
to 20-lppm resolution. Although this high resolution is never achieved in clinical use,
film/screen combinations probably provide 10- to 11-lppm resolution. The actual spatial
resolution for both film/screen technology as well as digital devices is a function of a
number of factors. These include the size of the focal spot of the x-ray tube, the
composition of the focal spot, the source-to-image distance, the influence of any phosphor
or other x-ray conversion device employed by the system, the dispersion of light that
occurs if the x-ray photons are converted to light, the sensitivity of the electronic detection
of the x-ray photon or light detector, the noise that is inherent in the detector and its
electronics, and the size of the imaging pixel. Assuming that the system is ideal, the
following relationships hold:
Figure 27-10 Spatial resolution versus contrast resolution. If two structures are
too close together for the system to resolve, then they appear as one structure. These
simulated calcifications appear as one if there is insufficient spatial resolution (A). Even
if the system has high spatial resolution, if there is insufficient contrast resolution, then
the calcifications and the tissue in which they lie appear as a single structure, and the
calcifications are not visible (B). Even if the spatial resolution is not high, the
structures may be seen if they can be resolved by differences in contrast. These 1533 / 1584
bi
structures may be seen if they can be resolved by differences in contrast. These
simulated calcifications are visible in the dense tissue because of high contrast,
although their morphology is indistinct owing to low spatial resolution (C).
Figure 27-11 These are the modulation transfer functions for a high-resolution
film/screen system and a full-field digital system. Note that the digital system has high-
contrast resolution for the lower spatial frequencies. The film/screen system will have
greater contrast transfer at the higher frequencies, but this better spatial resolution
may not be visible because the contrast will be very low and the structures will be
invisible to the observer.
Noise
Noise is one of the biggest problems in imaging. All systems produce noise. There are
various forms of noise. These range from a background electronic signals generated in
electronic detectors to the structure noise of the normal breast tissue. When an electronic
detector is resting, waiting for an x-ray exposure, it produces random signals that
constitute background noise. This is recorded before an exposure as the “dark filed” image,
and it is subtracted from the image when the exposure is made. Noise can be considered a
random background signal fluctuation from many sources that cannot be eliminated. A
system may be able to display high-frequency structures, but the strength of the signal
may be so low that it cannot be seen because it is lost in the noise of the system.
P.1049
Figure 27-12 Signal-to-noise ratio. When the signal is low relative to the noise, the
structure (signal) cannot be seen (A). By increasing the signal (B) or decreasing the
noise (C) the structure becomes more evident.
Figure 27-13 Digital mammography and a test phantom. All of the test objects
in the ACR phantom are visible using the General Electric flat-panel imager because of
its wide dynamic range.
Dynamic Range
The ability to differentiate structures of similar, but not identical, x-ray attenuation is the
contrast resolution of a system. This is described in terms of dynamic range. For example,
a system that can represent the x-ray attenuation of the tissues through which the x-ray
beam passed using only 8 shades of gray (from white to black) has a much lower dynamic
range than one with 4,096 shades of gray. Film/screen systems have a very narrow
dynamic range, and the exposure must be made to fit that narrow range; otherwise, the
image will be underexposed or overexposed. Because a digital system is not limited in this
way, it can record a much larger range of photon flux and can record and differentiate
much more subtle differences in contrast (its dynamic range is greater). This longer scale
means that tissues of similar but slightly different contrast, that would not be differentiated
using film, can be differentiated with a digital system. Digital systems offer the opportunity
for much higher contrast resolution.
Digital Detectors
There are a number of ways that a digital mammogram can be acquired. These include
point scanning, line scanning, multiline scanning, and area detectors.
Point Scanning
The simplest method of forming a digital image would be to sweep a very small pencil
beam of x-rays across the breast and have the transmitted x-rays detected by a single
large detector behind the breast to record the transmitted photons (Fig. 27-14A). By
knowing the position of the beam at the time the x-rays reached the detector, a full image
could be painted by the beam. This type of system could have some major advantages but
is totally impractical. Assume that the beam is 100 µm in size and that enough photons
could be delivered in 1/10 of a second for each point to be scanned. This means that each
second the beam could scan 1 mm. For even a very small breast that covers a 50 by 100
mm area (a total of 5,000 mm2), it would take the device 5,000 seconds (83 minutes) to
make a single image. This is clearly not a practical approach unless enormous photon
fluxes could be generated so that the image could be scanned in seconds and not minutes.
Figure 27-14 There are several approaches to forming a digital mammogram. (A)
Sweeping a point of x-rays across the breast and detecting the transmitted photons
at each point is the simplest way to make a digital image, but it is extremely slow. (B)
A line-scanning system, with detectors following a fan beam of x-rays that sweep
across the breast, is feasible but very slow. (C) A pixel array (several rows of
detectors) can be scanned under the breast and exposed by a fan beam in a fairly
efficient fashion.
Area Detectors
When a detector system is two-dimensional so that the image can be captured over the
entire breast area simultaneously,
1538 / 1584
bi
entire breast area simultaneously,
P.1052
it is called an area detector. Film is an example of an analog area detector. Digital area
detectors have been devised.
Charge-Coupled Devices
One of the first successful digital detectors for x-ray imaging of the breast was the light-
sensitive CCD. This is similar to the detectors used in digital cameras. Since CCDs respond
to light, to use them for x-ray imaging, the x-rays must first be converted to light.
Consequently, these devices use a fluorescent material (similar to the screens used in
film/screen imaging) that converts the x-ray photons to light photons. Because the CCDs
have a fairly small area of coverage, the light given off by the screen must be channeled
from a large area down to the size of the CCD, using fiber-optic light guides (tapers) (Fig.
27-15). The CCD converts the light energy to electrical energy. The CCD is a chip that
contains rows and columns of electronic wells. Light striking the surface of the CCD
releases electrons. The free electrons can move around, and they accumulate in the
capacitors (wells) of the CCD. Electronic pulses are used to move the collected electrons
from one well to the next and eventually to where the voltage in each well can be read.
This signal produces an image of how much light had fallen on each individual pixel.
Figure 27-15 A fiberoptic taper can be used to channel the light emitted from the
fluorescent screen down to the smaller area of the charge-coupled device.
1539 / 1584
bi
The quantity of electrons is proportionate to the light impinging on the photocathode. The
charge in each well can be read and expressed digitally. Since CCDs have only been made
in fairly small sizes, they were initially used as a single camera with a limited field of view
as the detectors in stereotactic devices. One solution for making a full-field system was to
tile several small CCD cameras together to form a large area detector. The TREX/Bennet
camera used 12 CCDs to form an area detector. The slot-scanning array described earlier
that is used in the Fisher system is based on rectangular CCDs arranged in a row.
1540 / 1584
bi
The use of selenium as a semiconductor has now been adapted so that the charge can be
read directly from the plate to produce a digital image. Instead of blowing toner
1541 / 1584
bi
P.1054
onto the plate, transistor array technology is applied to the plate, permitting the charge to
be read directly (17). Amorphous-selenium detectors have the advantage of being able to
directly convert x-ray photons to electronic charge, without requiring the interposition of a
fluorescing screen. The use of screens to convert x-ray photons into light results in a slight
degradation of the image due to light spread in the screen (see Chapter 8) that can cause
some blurring of the image. In a selenium system the x-ray photons are converted directly
to electrons, and the electrons move in straight lines to the detector array for conversion to
a readable signal.
1543 / 1584
bi
P.1055
instantaneously toggle the same projection from different dates on the same screen will
allow the radiologist to better appreciate changes from one year to the next. A new lesion
is more easily perceived as a “jump” in the image if this toggling can be done rapidly. Each
radiologist should be able to determine his/her hanging protocol (how the images are
displayed and the sequence in which they are displayed) and have programmable buttons
for three or four preset processing displays/computer-aided detection (CAD) buttons. The
workstation should be designed to facilitate image interpretation and should require a
minimum of inputs from the radiologist. Images should be displayed, with no delay, when
they are called for review. Ultimately, bringing up an image should bring up the linked
interpretation report so that the radiologist can compose the report while viewing the
image and the two remain linked. We have found that report generation can be highly
automated using carefully designed macro codes.
Dual-Energy Subtraction
The detection of clustered microcalcifications remains an important part of mammography
screening. Even if the detection of ductal carcinoma in situ is found to be less important
than we believe it is today, approximately 17% of the invasive cancers that we detect are
found by the calcifications that are in the in situ portion of an invasive cancer. Detecting
clustered microcalcifications will remain an important function of breast cancer screening.
Digital imaging using dual-energy subtraction permits a new way to detect these deposits.
This can be used to produce images of the breast that greatly emphasize calcifications. The
ratio of the attenuation of x-rays as they pass through soft tissue versus their attenuation
by calcifications changes between high-kVp and low-kVp imaging and can be used to
highlight calcifications. When a high-kVp image is obtained, the attenuation of soft tissue
and the attenuation of calcifications is closer to one another than when a low-kVp image is
obtained. By adjusting the images so that the soft-tissue signals match, there will still be a
difference between the calcium signals (Fig. 27-20). By subtracting the images, the soft
tissues are eliminated (since they are equal on both images),
P.1058
P.1059
leaving an image that shows only calcifications (Fig. 27-21). Since calcifications are
extremely small, 2 to 400 µm, the images to be subtracted must register perfectly. This
will, likely, require simultaneous acquisition of the high- and low-kVp images, and this, in
turn, will require special capabilities for the digital systems. Another problem that must be
overcome is the noise in each of the two images is different. Consequently, the subtraction
images contain both sets or a doubling of the noise. If this can be overcome, dual-energy
subtraction can result in the enhanced detection of early breast cancers by showing the
radiologist only the calcifications, without any masking from the soft tissues.
1548 / 1584
bi
1549 / 1584
bi
Figure 27-20 Dual-energy subtraction takes advantage of the fact that the change
in attenuation is greater for calcifications than for soft tissues when the kVp is altered
from high energies to low energies. If the resulting images are adjusted so that the soft
tissues in the two images have identical digital representations, then, when one is
subtracted from the other, the soft tissues completely subtract, and the only residual
signal is from the calcifications, permitting an image of only the calcifications in the
breast. This is shown schematically where the signals from a soft-tissue object and
calcifications are represented by the curves for the high- (line 1) and low-energy (line
2) exposures. By raising the peaks (line 3) so that the soft tissue curves completely
subtract, there is still some signal from the subtracted calcification signals, and this
difference is the signal for the calcifications only.
The conspicuity of calcifications is also enhanced by removing normal tissue structure noise
using DBT (see Chapter 28).
1550 / 1584
bi
Figure 27-22 Contrast subtraction eliminates everything but the contrast material. A
precontrast image (A) is obtained, and then images are obtained following the
intravenous administration of the contrast agent (B). By subtracting the two (C), only
the contrast image remains, making the cancer more evident because of its nest of
neovascularity (D).
Jong et al (26) have used a direct subtraction technique to evaluate breast lesions with
iodinated contrast material in a digital mammography system. They used a conventional
subtraction technique by obtaining an image prior to the intravenous administration of
contrast and then subtracting this from subsequent images to show the distribution of the1551 / 1584
bi
contrast and then subtracting this from subsequent images to show the distribution of the
contrast agent (Fig. 27-23).
The direct subtraction technique requires perfect registration to avoid artifacts and poor
image quality. Any motion
P.1061
between the images that are to be subtracted can ruin the images. Direct contrast
subtraction requires a noncontrast image followed by the contrast images, so that the first
can be subtracted from the others. These are separated by tens of seconds, and it is almost
impossible for the patient to remain completely motionless between the image acquisitions.
Powerful registration software is needed to align the images for subtraction. Breast motion
may ruin the subtraction. To avoid this, Lewin et al (27) have used a novel technique to
show contrast enhancement. By taking advantage of the k-edge of iodinated contrast
material, Lewin et al use the dual-energy approach described above for calcifications and
apply it to the iodinated contrast-enhanced image. They first inject the contrast
intravenously and then take, in rapid sequence, a high-kVp image followed immediately by
a low-kVp image, each set just above and below the k-edge of the iodine. By subtracting
the two, the areas concentrating the iodine (lesion neovascularity) are enhanced, and
tumors are more pronounced (Fig. 27-24).
Figure 27-23 Contrast subtraction with high spatial resolution could show the
morphology of tumor vascularity. A nest of very small blood vessels is seen in this
cancer in an animal. The precontrast scan was subtracted from the postcontrast scan
using a high-resolution digital mammography detector.
The use of contrast material in the breast will be limited by individual reactions to the
contrast material. However, MRI has already shown that it can be used to detect more
cancers among high-risk women than conventional two-dimensional mammography. Since
iodinated contrast and gadolinium have similar biological behaviors, digital contrast
subtraction may be a valuable and less expensive way than MRI for detecting breast
cancer in the high-risk woman whose mammary parenchyma is radiographically dense.
Mapping the distribution of the neovasculature induced by a cancer may provide a more
accurate understanding of the extent of the tumor, not only helping to better guide
appropriate therapy, but potentially reducing the need for surgery by permitting accurate in
vivo tumor ablation. We plan to couple contrast-subtraction mammography with DBT using
magnification imaging. We believe that this will give us unprecedented visualization of the
small vessels in and around breast lesions, with much greater morphological detail than is1552 / 1584
bi
small vessels in and around breast lesions, with much greater morphological detail than is
possible with two-dimensional imaging (see Chapter 28). This may well allow the
differentiation of benign from malignant lesions by the characteristics of their
neovascularity.
Figure 27-24 The k-edge of iodine can be used to enhance the conspicuity of
vascular lesions. Iodinated contrast material is injected intravenously. A high-kVp
image is obtained (A), and a low-kVp image is obtained (B) in rapid succession
(simultaneously would be preferable). By subtracting the two images, the distribution
of the contrast material is enhanced, and tumors are more conspicuous.
Conclusion
Digital mammography is at least as capable of detecting early breast cancer as
conventional film/screen mammography. It has the immediate added advantage of
permitting more rapid throughput, improving the efficiency of screening. Eliminating the
need for film processing and processor quality control reduces cost. Digital mammography
provides for more efficient image management and permits sharing of an infinite number
of identical images. Digital images provide the opportunity for immediate computer
analysis to aid the radiologist in detection and diagnosis. Digital also facilitates the use of
telemammography that could provide high-quality service to underserved women in
remote areas, as well as expert consultation on difficult cases. The great promise of digital
mammography, however, lies in the new areas undergoing exploration. These could aid in
the detection of the 20% of cancers that are presently not found by conventional
mammography but appear as clinically evident cancers within 1 year of a negative
mammogram. These new x-ray imaging techniques and others that have yet to be devised
will be made possible by electronic imaging and the increased application of computer
power to the problems of breast cancer detection and diagnosis.
References
1. Tabar L, Fagerberg G, Duffy SW, et al. Update of the Swedish two-county program of
mammographic screening for breast cancer. Radiol Clin North Am 1992;30:187–210.
2. Bassett LW, Liu TH, Giuliano AE, et al. The prevalence of carcinoma in palpable vs
impalpable mammographically detected lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1991;157:21
–24.
3. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Smith RA. The mammographic screening trials: commentary on
the recent work by Olsen and Gotzsche. CA Cancer J Clin 2002;52:68–71.
4. Tabar L, Vitak B, Tony HH, et al. Beyond randomized controlled trials: organized
mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality. Cancer
2001;91:1724–1731.
1555 / 1584
bi
5. Duffy SW, Tabar L, Chen H, et al. The impact of organized mammography service
screening on breast carcinoma mortality in seven Swedish counties. Cancer
2002;95:458–469.
8. Oestmann JW, Kopans DB, Hall DA, et al. A comparison of digitized storage
phosphors and conventional mammography in the detection of malignant
microcalcifications. Invest Radiol 1988;23:725–728.
9. Lewin JM, Hendrick RE, D'Orsi CJ, et al. Comparison of full-field digital
mammography with screen-film mammography for cancer detection: results of 4,945
paired examinations. Radiology 2001;218:873–880.
10. Lewin JM, D'Orsi CJ, Hendrick RE, et al. Clinical comparison of full-field digital
mammography and screen-film mammography for detection of breast cancer. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 2002;179:671–677.
13. Pisano ED, Gastonis C, Hendrick E, Yaffe M, Baum J, Acharya S, Conant EF, Fajardo
LL, Bassett L, D'Orsi C, Jong R, Rebner M. Diangsotic Perfomrance of Digital versus
Film Mammogrpahy for Bresat-Cancer Screening. N Engl J Med 2005;3.
14. Kopans DB. Informed decision making: age of 50 is arbitrary and has no
demonstrated influence on breast cancer screening in women. Am J Roentgenology
2005;5:177-82
15. Rowlands JA, Zhao W, Blevis IM, et al. Flat-panel digital radiology with amorphous
selenium and active-matrix readout. Radiographics 1997;17:753–760.
P.1064
16. Kopans DB. Double reading. Radiol Clin North Am 2000;38:719–724.
1556 / 1584
bi
17. Vyborny C. Can computers help radiologists read mammograms? Radiology
1994;191:315–317.
18. Freer TW, Ulissey MJ. Screening mammography with computer-aided detection:
prospective study of 12,860 patients in a community breast center. Radiology
2001;220:781–786.
19. Birdwell RL, Ikeda DM, O'Shaughnessy KF, et al. Mammographic characteristics of
115 missed cancers later detected with screening mammography and the potential
utility of computer-aided detection. Radiology 2001;219:192–202.
20. Karssemeijer N, Otten JD, Verbeek AL, et al. Computer-aided detection versus
independent double reading of masses on mammograms. Radiology 2003;227:192–200.
21. Chang CHJ, Nesbit DE, Fisher DR, et al. Computed tomographic mammography
using a conventional body scanner. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1982;138:553–558.
22. Watt CA, Ackerman LV, Windham JP, et al. Breast lesions: differential diagnosis
using digital subtraction angiography. Radiology 1986;159:39–42.
23. Weidner N, Semple JP, Welch WR, et al. Tumor angiogenesis and metastasis
—correlation in invasive breast carcinoma. N Engl J Med 1991;324:1–8.
25. Lewin JM, Isaacs PK, Vance V, et al. Dual-energy contrast-enhanced digital
subtraction mammography: feasibility. Radiology 2003;229:261–268.
26. Kopans DB, Meyer JE. Computed tomography guided localization of clinically occult
breast carcinoma—the “N” skin guide. Radiology 1982;145:211–212.
27. Spillane RM, Whitman GJ, McCarthy KA, et al. Computed tomography-guided
needle localization of nonpalpable breast lesions: review of 24 cases. Acad Radiol
1996;3:115–120.
28. Slanetz PJ, Jain R, Kline JL, et al. CT-guided preoperative needle localization of MR
imaging-detected mammographically occult lesions. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1999;172:160–162.
29. Chen Z, Ning R. Why should breast tumour detection go three dimensional? Phys
Med Biol 2003;48:2217–2228.
31. Boone JM, Nelson TR, Lindfors KK, et al. Dedicated breast CT: radiation dose and
image quality evaluation. Radiology 2001;221:657–667.
32. Boone JM, Shah N, Nelson TR. A comprehensive analysis of DgN(CT) coefficients
for pendant-geometry cone-beam breast computed tomography. Med Phys
2004;31:226–235.
34. Pizzutiello RJ. Practical and logistical aspects of implementing full-field digital
mammography. Semin Breast Dis 2003;6:49–57.
1558 / 1584
bi
:
Title: Breast Imaging, 3rd Edition
Copyright ©2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
28
Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
As described in Chapter 27, Digital Mammography, the development of full-field digital
detectors for x-ray imaging of the breast has opened new opportunities for breast cancer
detection and diagnosis that were not possible with film/screen technology. Digital
detectors permit the definition of an image using nothing but digits to identify the row
number, column number, and a number indicating the amount of energy deposited at every
pixel in the detector (Fig. 28-1). By having an image that can be evaluated by a computer,
major opportunities arise to improve x-ray imaging of the breast. Digital breast
tomosynthesis (DBT) is a major advance made possible by the availability of digital
detectors.
One of the major problems with conventional two-view, two-dimensional (2D)
mammography is the fact that the normal breast tissues can be superimposed on a breast
lesion and get in the way by obscuring a small cancer. This is most evident when comparing
the clarity with which a cancer is visible on a specimen radiograph to the difficulty seeing it
while it was still in the breast (Fig. 28-2). Of course, the geometry of the imaging of the
specimen, with the object immediately against the detector, is superior to imaging the
lesion when it is displaced from the detector by intervening breast tissue, but it is also clear
that the lesion in the specimen is much better seen because of the elimination of the
normal structures of the breast tissues that are projected on top of the projection of the
lesion and obscuring it. This “structure noise” is a major impediment to the detection and
diagnosis of many breast cancers.
In 1971, Miller et al reported on a technique to help reduce the problem of overlapping
normal structures. They took a relatively small number of projections using an x-ray beam
coming from different angles (1) and used those images to “synthesize” slices though the
tissues. The approach worked in the following fashion. The projections of structures onto a
detector shift less between images obtained from different angles if they are closer to the
detector than if they are further away from the detector (Fig. 28-3). This is the well-known
phenomenon of parallax shift. Based on the differing parallax shifts of structures in different
planes, they showed that they could line up the images and add them together so that only
the structures that were in the same plane were perfectly aligned, reinforcing one another,
while structures in other planes were out of alignment. The aligned structures in the same
plane were reinforced and as a result much more visible, while those that were out of
alignment were harder to see because they were misaligned. The structures in one plane
could be sharply defined, while those in the other planes were essentially eliminated. By
shifting the images and adding them again in a programmed fashion, every plane through
the structure could be “synthesized” in sharp registration, while those out of the plane were
made less conspicuous by misregistration. This technique, now known as “shift and add,”
effectively blurred the out-of-plane structures so that only the plane of interest was visible
1559 / 1584
bi
effectively blurred the out-of-plane structures so that only the plane of interest was visible
in sharp detail. In this way the images could be “shifted” and “added” to align and
synthesize any and all planes parallel to the detector.
Unlike conventional linear or hypocycloidal tomography, where the x-ray source and
detector need to be moved for each slice and a full exposure is required for each slice,
tomosynthesis requires a relatively few projections, yet permits all planes through the
object to be “synthesized” from these few images. We recognized the potential for this
technique for imaging the breast in the late 1970s, but the technology to make it practical
did not exist (digital detectors and high-speed computers). Since registration was critical
and complex, an electronic detector was needed so that the images could be “shifted and
added” using a computer. Unfortunately, there was no detector available in the 1970s that
had sufficient resolution to develop this approach for x-ray imaging of the breast. I brought
the idea of tomosynthesis to the attention of our physicist, Loren Niklason, when he joined
MGH Radiology and the Breast Imaging Division, and he agreed that we should explore
this for breast imaging. At the start of the 1990s, with the help of our Director of Breast
Imaging Research, Richard Moore,
P.1066
P.1067
P.1068
P.1069
we realized that the full-field digital detector that was under development by General
Electric was suited for use in a prototype tomosynthesis system for breast imaging. Dr.
Niklason, PhD, Laura Niklason, MD, and Brad Christian, PhD, developed the physics and
mathematics to make it practical for mammography, and we invented the technique for
imaging the whole breast. Using phantom material and mastectomy specimens we
confirmed that high-resolution x-ray tomography could be accomplished (2). There was
initial resistance from General Electric to support tomosynthesis development, but they
agreed to build the first prototype whole-breast unit when we received support from a
grant from the Department of Defense (3). With input and guidance from Richard Moore
and Dr. Niklason, General Electric constructed a DBT prototype unit that underwent clinical
trials at MGH.
1560 / 1584
bi
Figure 28-1 In this series of 10 images, progressive zoom is applied. As the image is
enlarged the individual pixels can be seen, and ultimately the pixels and the value of
the energy detected at each pixel are demonstrated (I,J).
1561 / 1584
bi
Figure 28-2 Lesions are more clearly seen when the structure noise of the
breast is removed. Even when surrounded by fat, the breast cancer is difficult to see
on the enlarged image from a standard mammogram (A). Once it has been removed
from the breast and the normal tissue structures are out of the way, as seen on this
specimen radiograph (B), its morphologic characteristics are clearly evident.
1562 / 1584
bi
Figure 28-3 Tomosynthesis allows the “synthesis” of innumerable slices through the
breast from a relatively small number of projection images. In a standard 2D image,
all of the structures from one side of the breast to the other superimpose, obscuring
the details (A). When images are taken from differing angles (B–E) structures in a
plane closer to the detector appear to move a shorter distance than those further away
(parallax shift). By electronically lining up the images so that only structures in the
plane of interest perfectly align, objects out of the plane will misregister and be
inconspicuous, while those in the plane will be reinforced and become more apparent
(F). By shifting the images (G) and adding them again, structures in the next plane
are reinforced above those out of the plane. This can be done for all planes through the
breast.
1564 / 1584
bi
Although our approach is designed to collect images from known angles so that the
computer can calculate the precise trajectory of the x-ray beams that formed the images,
there are other ways of calculating these paths. Tuned aperture CT (TACT) was developed
for dental applications. It uses the location of fiducial markers projected on the images to
calculate the location of the x-ray tube and the path of the x-ray photons. This approach
has been used to produce slices through small volumes of breast tissue (5), but to my
knowledge it has not been used to image the entire breast.
Advantages of DBT
It has long been clear that the single best projection for x-ray imaging of the breast is the
MLO projection (6). The MLO projection encompasses virtually all of the breast tissues that
1567 / 1584
bi
MLO projection (6). The MLO projection encompasses virtually all of the breast tissues that
can be projected onto a 2D detector. Our preliminary experience with DBT, a review of the
literature, and a review of the mammograms from over 400 patients with breast cancer
suggest that DBT will need to be performed only in the MLO projection. If this proves to be
the case, and DBT need be obtained only from the MLO projection, not only will it result in
a decreased dose for screening (see above), but women will have less discomfort from the
study, since each breast will have to be compressed only once and not two times. A single-
projection study will also simplify review by the radiologist.
A review of the literature suggests that the reason cancers are missed on the MLO and
seen on the CC projection is that they are obscured by superimposed tissue. It is very
rarely because they are not in the field of view on the MLO (7–42). In a review of over 380
cases of breast cancer diagnosed at MGH, we found that only three cancers (0.8%) were
out of the field of view of the MLO. These were all in the deep lower portions of the breast,
and they were missed due to poor MLO positioning. An additional four cancers (1%) were
partially imaged on the MLO view (42).
It is apparent that the CC projection is important, primarily to see “behind” normal
structures that might obscure a lesion on the MLO and to provide the radiologist with the
third (z) dimension for locating a lesion three-dimensionally in the breast. It is likely that
only the MLO projection will be needed with DBT, since tomosynthesis eliminates
superimposed structures. Furthermore, because it is a cross-sectional, slice technique, the
location of every lesion is readily apparent by its x, y, and slice location in the breast. Since
the technique eliminates the obscuration of lesions by superimposed tissues, and since the
MLO provides the greatest overall coverage of the breast, we believe that each breast will
need to be imaged only in the MLO projection. This will improve compliance, since patients
will need to be compressed only once on each side, and it will facilitate image review, since
the radiologist will need to review only MLO images.
1570 / 1584
bi
Figure 28-9 Calcifications are better seen on DBT using the “slab”
technique. By eliminating overlapping normal tissue, calcifications are more
clearly seen using DBT when comparing conventional mammography (A) with
DBT using the “slab” technique (B).
2. A possible lesion is found at screening, but its 3D location in the breast cannot be
determined from the screening views. VIEWS OBTAINED: Rolled, straight lateral
3. A lesion is found at screening, or on clinical examination: How should it be managed?
This is based primarily on what the chances are that it could be malignant and this is
based primarily on morphology. VIEWS OBTAINED: Rolled views, straight lateral,
spot compression, and magnification
DBT will eliminate the need for most of these extra diagnostic x-ray studies:
1572 / 1584
bi
1. Approximately 25% of the women who are recalled for an abnormal mammogram at
MGH are found to have normal breast tissues on additional imaging. The additional
views prove that what was seen at screening was a pseudo-abnormality caused by
superimposing normal structures. These are eliminated by tomosynthesis (Fig. 28-10).
1573 / 1584
bi
2. The x and y coordinates are obvious on a tomosynthesis image. The number of the
slice, the thickness of the slice, and the total number of slices from one side of the
breast to the other completely define its location from the single DBT MLO scan (Fig.
28-11).
3. The shape and margins of masses help to determine their importance. Often
superimposed tissues obscure these characteristics. The shape and margins of masses
are more clearly seen on DBT because superimposed structures are removed. Cancers
that appear to have “ill-defined” margins frequently can be seen to have spiculated
margins on DBT (Fig. 28-12), making the diagnosis almost certain.
P.1079
P.1080
Conclusions
The development of digital detectors has permitted the development of DBT. By
eliminating superimposed structure noise, one of the main problems with x-ray
mammography is eliminated. Referring to the main Breast Imaging Algorithm, DBT helps
to “Find it,” determines “Is it real,” accurately defines “Where is it,” improves the ability to
determine “What is it,” and will greatly facilitate determining, “What should be done about
it.” DBT has numerous advantages, not the least of which is that any radiologist who is
skilled at reading conventional 2D mammograms will be able to read DBT studies, since
the interpretation criteria are the same; the images are simply clearer. Usually when the
sensitivity (the ability to detect cancers) of a test increases, it is accompanied by a
decrease in specificity (the false-positive rate increases). This is not the case with DBT. The
sensitivity increase and the specificity are both improved (fewer false positives).
Examination time is decreased, since only the MLO acquisition is needed. The patient need
be compressed only one time for each breast. Reading is faster and less complicated for
the radiologist, and the need for “diagnostic” mammography is virtually eliminated. The 1575 / 1584
bi
the radiologist, and the need for “diagnostic” mammography is virtually eliminated. The
cost of screening (primary and secondary) is decreased, while DBT increases the cancer
detection rate.
Using DBT as the base platform for registering and developing other breast imaging studies
will improve breast cancer detection and diagnosis even beyond what it is today. The
development of DBT represents a win/win/win/win win situation.
References
1. Miller ER, McCurry EM, Hruska B. An infinite number of laminograms from a finite
number of radiographs. Radiology 1971;98:249–255.
2. Niklason LT, Christian BT, Niklason LE, et al. Digital tomosyn-thesis in breast
imaging.Radiology 1997;205:399–406.
7. Eklund GW, Cardenosa G. The art of mammographic positioning. Radiol Clin North
Am 1992;30:21–53.
8. Bassett LW, Gold R. Breast radiography using the oblique projection. Radiology
1983;149:585–587.
9. Sickles EA, Weber WN, Galvin HB, et al. Baseline screening mammography: one vs.
two views per breast. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;147:1149–1153.
10. Ikeda DM, Sickles EA. Second screening mammography: one versus two views per
breast. Radiology 1988;168:651–656.
11. Kraeger JA, Kornguth PJ. Mammography for screening high-risk patients for cancer.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994;162:295–297.
13. Wald NJ, Murphy P, Major P, et al. UKCCCR multicentre randomized controlled trial
of one- and two-view mammography in breast cancer screening. Br Med J
1995;311:1189–1193. 1576 / 1584
bi
1995;311:1189–1193.
14. Warren RML, Duffy SW, Bashir S. The value of the second view in screening
mammography. Br J Radiol 1996;69:105–108.
15. Huppe JR, Schneider HJ. [Efficiency and practicability of the oblique mediolateral
view as one-view mammography (author's transl)]. Radiologe 1977;17:211–212.
18. Muir BB, Kirkpatrick AE, Roberts MM, et al. Oblique-view mammography:
adequacy for screening. Radiology 1984;151:39–41.
19. Bassett LW, Bunnell DH, Jahanshahi R, et al. Breast cancer detection: one versus
two views. Radiology 1987;165:95–97.
20. Locker AP, Manhire AR, Caseldine J, et al. A comparison of the detection of breast
carcinoma by mammography using one and two views. Br J Radiol 1988;61:440.
21. Bassett LW, Bunnell DH, Gold RH, et al. Film-screen mammography: comparison of
views. J Natl Med Assoc 1989;81:391–394.
22. Anttinen I, Pamilo M, Roiha M, et al. Baseline screening mammography with one
versus two views. Eur J Radiol 1989;9:241–243.
23. Thurfjell E. Mammography screening: one versus two views and independent
double reading. Acta Radiol 1994;35:345–350.
24. Hackshaw AK, Wald NJ, Michell MJ, et al. An investigation into why two-view
mammography is better than one-view in breast cancer screening. Clin Radiol
2000;55:454–458.
26. Bird RE, Wallace TW, Yankaskas BC. Analysis of cancers missed at screening
mammography. Radiology 1992;184:613–617.
1577 / 1584
bi
P.1081
28. Lundgren B, Jakobsson S. Single-view mammography screening: three year follow-
up of interval cancer cases. Radiology 1979;130:109–112.
29. Libshitz HI, Fetouh S, Isley J, et al. One-view mammographic screening? Radiology
1976;120:719–722.
30. Hall FM, Berenberg AL. Selective use of the oblique projection in mammography.
AJR Am J Roentgenol 1978;131:465–468.
31. Cukier DS, Lopez FA, Maravilla RB. One-view follow-up mammogram: efficacy in
screening for breast cancer. J Appl Med Tech Assess 1977;237:661–662.
32. Moskowitz M, Libshitz HI. Mammographic screening for breast cancer by lateral
view only: is it practical? J Can Assoc Radiol 1977;28:259–261.
34. Sickles EA, Omnisky SH, Sollitto RA, et al. Medical audit of a rapid-throughput
mammography screening practice: methodology and results of 27,114 examinations.
Radiology 1990;175:323–327.
35. Martin JE, Moskowitz M, Milbrath JR. Breast cancer missed by mammography. AJR
Am J Roentgenol 1979;132:737–739.
37. Pagani JJ, Bassett LW, Gold RH, et al. Efficacy of combined film-
screen/xeromammography: preliminary report. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1980;135:141
–146.
38. Bassett LW. Clinical image evaluation. Radiol Clin North Am 1995;33:1027–1039.
39. Bassett LW, Hirbawi IA, DeBruhl N, et al. Mammographic positioning: evaluation
from the view box. Radiology 1993;188:803–806.
40. Taplin SH, Rutter CM, Finder C, et al. Screening mammography: clinical image
quality and the risk of interval breast cancer. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002;178:797–803.
41. Young KC, Wallis MG, Blanks RG, et al. Influence of number of views and
mammographic film density on the detection of invasive cancers: results from the NHS
Breast Screening Programme. Br J Radiol 1997;70:482–488.
1578 / 1584
bi
42. Rafferty E, Kopans DB, Wu T, et al. Breast tomosynthesis: will a single view do?
Presented at the 90th Scientific Assembly of the Radiological Society of North America,
Chicago, December 2004.
P.1082
Atlas Images
Anatomy Details
Atlas Image 1. The retinacula cutis that attach the breast to the skin are clearly
seen on this tomosynthesis slice extending from the edge of the parenchyma to the
skin.
1579 / 1584
bi
Atlas Image 2. Detail of the underside of the skin can be seen on tomosynthesis
slices. What were thought to be pores can now be seen to be insertions of fat from
beneath the skin into the dermis. We have termed these the “Cutaneous Caves of
Kopans” until they are better explained!
Atlas Image 3. The solitary dilated duct is not well defined on this digital MLO
projection (A). It is clearly defined on the MLO tomosynthesis slice (B).
1580 / 1584
bi
P.1083
Atlas Image 4. Globules of fat are clearly defined by Cooper's ligaments on this
tomosynthesis slice.
1581 / 1584
bi
Atlas Image 5. Multiple cysts are more clearly evident on this tomosynthesis
slice. Their margins were less well defined on conventional mammography.
P.1084
1582 / 1584
bi
Atlas Image 6. Margins are more clearly defined using DBT. The margins of the
lobulated mass in the anterior upper right breast are more clearly defined on this
tomosynthesis slice than on the conventional mammogram. Biopsy proved this was a
fibroadenoma.
1583 / 1584
bi
Atlas Image 7. Spiculation is more easily seen using DBT. This small cancer was
ill defined on conventional mammography. Its spicules are easily seen on this DBT slice
(A) and the enlarged image (B).
1584 / 1584